(George Gasper, Mizan Rahman) Basic Hypergeometric Series

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Editorial Board
R. S. Doran, P. Flajolet, M. Ismail, T.-Y. Lam, E. Lutwak
Volume 96
Basic Hypergeometric Series

Second Edition
This revised and expanded new edition will continue to meet the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, self contained, and comprehensive account of the rapidly growing
eld of basic hypergeometric series, or q-series. It contains almost all of the important
summation and transformation formulas of basic hypergeometric series one needs to
know for work in elds such as combinatorics, number theory, modular forms, quantum groups and algebras, probability and statistics, coherent-state theory, orthogonal
polynomials, or approximation theory. Simplicity, clarity, deductive proofs, thoughtfully designed exercises, and useful appendices are among its strengths. The rst ve
chapters cover basic hypergeometric series and integrals, whilst the next ve are devoted to applications in various areas including Askey-Wilson integrals and orthogonal
polynomials, partitions in number theory, multiple series, and generating functions.
Chapters 9 to 11 are new for the second edition, the nal chapter containing a simplied version of the main elements of the theta and elliptic hypergeometric series
as a natural extension of the single-base q-series. Elsewhere some new material and
exercises have been added to reect recent developments, and the bibliography has
been revised to maintain its comprehensive nature.
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF
MATHEMATICS
AND
ITS APPLICATIONS
All the titles listed below can be obtained from good booksellers or from
Cambridge University Press. For a complete series listing visit
http://publishing.cambridge.org/stm/mathematics/eom/.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
76.
78.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
Jan Krajicek Bounded Arithmetic, Propositional Logic, and Complex Theory

H. Gromer Geometric Applications of Fourier Series and Spherical Harmonics
H. O. Fattorini Innite Dimensional Optimization and Control Theory
A. C. Thompson Minkowski Geometry
R. B. Bapat and T. E. S. Raghavan Nonnegative Matrices and Applications
K. Engel Sperner Theory
D. Cvetkovic, P. Rowlinson and S. Simic Eigenspaces of Graphs
F. Bergeron, G. Labelle and P. Leroux Combinatorial Species and Tree-Like Structures
R. Goodman and N. Wallach Representations of the Classical Groups
T. Beth, D. Jungnickel and H. Lenz Design Theory Volume I 2 ed.
A. Pietsch and J. Wenzel Orthonormal Systems and Banach Space Geometry
George E. Andrews, Richard Askey and Ranjan Roy Special Functions
R. Ticciati Quantum Field Theory for Mathematicians
A. A. Ivanov Geometry of Sporadic Groups I
T. Beth, D. Jungnickel and H. Lenz Design Theory Volume II 2 ed.
O. Stormark Lies Structural Approach to PDE Systems
C. F. Dunkl and Y. Xu Orthogonal Polynomials of Several Variables
J. Mayberry The Foundations of Mathematics in the Theory of Sets
C. Foias, R. Temam, O. Manley and R. Martins da Silva Rosa NavierStokes Equations and
Turbulence
B. Polster and G. Steinke Geometries on Surfaces
D. Kaminski and R. B. Paris Asymptotics and MellinBarnes Integrals
Robert J. McEliece The Theory of Information and Coding 2 ed.
Bruce A. Magurn An Algebraic Introduction to K-Theory
Teo Mora Solving Polynomial Equation Systems I
Klaus Bichteler Stochastic Integration with Jumps
M. Lothaire Algebraic Combinatorics on Words
A. A. Ivanov and S. V. Shpectorov Geometry of Sporadic Groups, 2
Peter McMullen and Egon Schulte Abstract Regular Polytopes
G. Gierz et al. Continuous Lattices and Domains
Steven R. Finch Mathematical Constants
Youssef Jabri The Mountain Pass Theorem
George Gasper and Mizan Rahman Basic Hypergeometric Series 2 ed.
Maria Cristina Pedicchio & Walter Tholen Categorical Foundations
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
BASIC HYPERGEOMETRIC SERIES
Second Edition
GEORGE GASPER
Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois, USA
MIZAN RAHMAN
Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada
PUBLISHED BY THE PRESS SYNDICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE
The Pitt Building, Trumpington Street, Cambridge, United Kingdom

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK

40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 100114211, USA
477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia
Ruiz de Alarcon 13, 28014 Madrid, Spain
Dock House, The Waterfront, Cape Town 8001, South Africa
http://www.cambridge.org

C Cambridge University Press 1990, 2004
This book is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception
and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements,
no reproduction of any part may take place without
the written permission of Cambridge University Press.
First published 1990 Second edition 2004.
Printed in the United Kingdom at the University Press, Cambridge
Typeface Computer Modern 10/12 pt.
System TEX [TB]
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloguing in Publication data
Gasper, George.
Basic hypergeometric series / George Gasper, Mizan Rahman. 2nd edn.
p. cm. (Encyclopedia of mathematics and its applications; v. 96)
Includes bibliographical references and indexes.
ISBN 0 521 83357 4
1. Hypergeometric series. I. Rahman, Mizan. II. Title. III. Series.
QA353.H9G37 2004
515 .243dc22 2004045686
ISBN 0 521 83357 4 hardback
The publisher has used its best endeavors to ensure that the URLs for external websites referred to in this
book are correct and active at the time of going to press. However, the publisher has no responsibility for
the websites and can make no guarantee that a site will remain live or that the content is or
will remain appropriate.
To
Brigitta, Karen, and Kenneth Gasper
and
Babu, Raja, and to the memory of Parul S. Rahman
Contents
page xiii
Foreword
Preface
Preface to the second edition
xxi
xxv
1 Basic hypergeometric series
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series
1
1
1.3 The q -binomial theorem
1.4 Heines transformation formulas for 2 1 series
13
1.5 Heines q -analogue of Gauss summation formula
14
1.6 Jacobis triple product identity, theta functions, and elliptic numbers
15
1.7 A q -analogue of Saalsch

utzs summation formula
17
1.8 The BaileyDaum summation formula
18
1.9 q -analogues of the KarlssonMinton summation formulas
18
1.10 The q -gamma and q -beta functions
20
1.11 The q -integral
23
Exercises
Notes
24
34
2 Summation, transformation, and expansion formulas
38
2.1 Well-poised, nearly-poised, and very-well-poised hypergeometric and

basic hypergeometric series
38
2.2 A general expansion formula
40
2.3 A summation formula for a terminating very-well-poised 4 3 series
41
2.4 A summation formula for a terminating very-well-poised 6 5 series
42
2.5 Watsons transformation formula for a terminating very-well-poised

8 7
series
42
2.6 Jacksons sum of a terminating very-well-poised balanced 8 7 series
43
2.7 Some special and limiting cases of Jacksons and Watsons formulas:
the RogersRamanujan identities
44
2.8 Baileys transformation formulas for terminating 5 4 and 7 6 series

2.9 Baileys transformation formula for a terminating
vii
10 9
series
45
47
viii
Contents
2.10 Limiting cases of Baileys
10 9
transformation formula
48
2.11 Baileys three-term transformation formula for VWP-balanced 8 7 series

2.12 Baileys four-term transformation formula for balanced
10 9
series
Exercises
Notes
53
55
58
67
3 Additional summation, transformation, and

expansion formulas
69
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Two-term transformation formulas for 3 2 series
69
70
3.3 Three-term transformation formulas for 3 2 series
73
3.4 Transformation formulas for well-poised 3 2 and very-well-poised 5 4

series with arbitrary arguments
74
2
3.5 Transformations of series with base q to series with base q
77
3.6 Bibasic summation formulas

3.7 Bibasic expansion formulas
80
84
3.8 Quadratic, cubic, and quartic summation and transformation formulas
88
3.9 Multibasic hypergeometric series
95
3.10 Transformations of series with base q to series with base q
Exercises
Notes
96
100
111
4 Basic contour integrals
113
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Watsons contour integral representation for 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) series
113
115
4.3 Analytic continuation of 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
117
4.4 q -analogues of Barnes rst and second lemmas
119
4.5 Analytic continuation of
r+1 r
series
120
4.6 Contour integrals representing well-poised series
121
4.7 A contour integral analogue of Baileys summation formula
123
4.8 Extensions to complex q inside the unit disc
124
4.9 Other types of basic contour integrals
125
4.10 General basic contour integral formulas
126
Contents
ix
4.11 Some additional extensions of the beta integral
129
4.12 Sears transformations of well-poised series
130
Exercises
Notes
132
135
5 Bilateral basic hypergeometric series
137
5.1 Notations and denitions

5.2 Ramanujans sum for 1 1 (a; b; q, z)
137
138
5.3 Baileys sum of a very-well-poised 6 6 series
140
5.4 A general transformation formula for an r r series
141
2r 2r series
5.6 Transformation formulas for very-well-poised 8 8 and 10 10 series
143
5.5 A general transformation formula for a very-well-poised

Exercises
Notes
145
146
152
6 The AskeyWilson q-beta integral and

some associated formulas
6.1 The AskeyWilson q -extension of the beta integral
154
154
6.2 Proof of formula (6.1.1)
156
6.3 Integral representations for very-well-poised 8 7 series
157
6.4 Integral representations for very-well-poised
10 9
series
6.5 A quadratic transformation formula for very-well-poised balanced
159
10 9
series
6.6 The AskeyWilson integral when max (|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) 1
Exercises
Notes
7 Applications to orthogonal polynomials
162
163
168
173
175
7.1 Orthogonality
175
7.2 The nite discrete case: the q -Racah polynomials and some special cases
177
7.3 The innite discrete case: the little and big q -Jacobi polynomials
181
7.4 An absolutely continuous measure: the continuous q -ultraspherical

polynomials
7.5 The AskeyWilson polynomials
184
188
Contents
7.6 Connection coecients
7.7 A dierence equation and a Rodrigues-type formula for the
195
AskeyWilson polynomials
197
Exercises
Notes
199
213
8 Further applications
217
8.1 Introduction
8.2 A product formula for balanced 4 3 polynomials
217
218
8.3 Product formulas for q -Racah and AskeyWilson polynomials
221
8.4 A product formula in integral form for the continuous q -ultraspherical

polynomials
223
8.5 Rogers linearization formula for the continuous q -ultraspherical

polynomials
226
8.6 The Poisson kernel for Cn (x; |q)
227
8.7 Poisson kernels for the q -Racah polynomials
229
8.8 q -analogues of Clausens formula
232
8.9 Nonnegative basic hypergeometric series
236
8.10 Applications in the theory of partitions of positive integers
239
8.11 Representations of positive integers as sums of squares
242
Exercises
Notes
9 Linear and bilinear generating functions for

basic orthogonal polynomials
9.1 Introduction
9.2 The little q -Jacobi polynomials
245
257
259
259
260
9.3 A generating function for AskeyWilson polynomials
262
9.4 A bilinear sum for the AskeyWilson polynomials I
265
9.5 A bilinear sum for the AskeyWilson polynomials II
269
9.6 A bilinear sum for the AskeyWilson polynomials III
270
Exercises
Notes
272
281
Contents
xi
10 q-series in two or more variables
282
10.1 Introduction
10.2 q -Appell and other basic double hypergeometric series
10.3 An integral representation for (1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)

10.4 Formulas for
(2)
10.5 Formulas for
(3)
a
b
c
(q ; q , q ; q , q ; q; x, y)
b
b
282
282
284
286
(q , q ; q , q ; q ; q; x, y)
10.6 Formulas for a q -analogue of F4
288
10.7 An AskeyWilson-type integral representation for a q -analogue of F1
294
Exercises
Notes
11 Elliptic, modular, and theta hypergeometric series
290
296
301
302
11.1 Introduction
11.2 Elliptic and theta hypergeometric series
302
303
11.3 Additive notations and modular series

11.4 Elliptic analogue of Jacksons 8 7 summation formula
312
321
11.5 Elliptic analogue of Baileys transformation formula for a terminating

10 9
series
323
11.6 Multibasic summation and transformation formulas for theta

hypergeometric series
325
11.7 Rosengrens elliptic extension of Milnes fundamental theorem
331
Exercises
Notes
336
349
Appendix I Identities involving q -shifted factorials,
q -gamma functions and q -binomial coecients
351
Appendix II Selected summation formulas
354
Appendix III Selected transformation formulas
359
References
Symbol index
367
415
Author index
Subject index
418
423
Foreword
My education was not much dierent from that of most mathematicians of my

generation. It included courses on modern algebra, real and complex variables,
both point set and algebraic topology, some number theory and projective geometry, and some specialized courses such as one on Riemann surfaces. In
none of these courses was a hypergeometric function mentioned, and I am not
even sure if the gamma function was mentioned after an advanced calculus
course. The only time Bessel functions were mentioned was in an undergraduate course on dierential equations, and the only thing done with them was to
nd a power series solution for the general Bessel equation. It is small wonder
that with a similar education almost all mathematicians think of special functions as a dead subject which might have been interesting once. They have no
idea why anyone would care about it now.
Fortunately there was one part of my education which was dierent. As
a junior in college I read Widders book The Laplace Transform and the
manuscript of its very important sequel, Hirschman and Widders The Convolution Transform. Then as a senior, I. I. Hirschman gave me a copy of a preprint
of his on a multiplier theorem for Legendre series and suggested I extend it to
ultraspherical series. This forced me to become acquainted with two other very
important books, Gabor Szeg
os great book Orthogonal Polynomials, and the
second volume of Higher Transcendental Functions, the monument to Harry
Bateman which was written by Arthur Erdelyi and his co-workers W. Magnus,
F. Oberhettinger and F. G. Tricomi.
From this I began to realize that the many formulas that had been found,
usually in the 18th or 19th century, but once in a while in the early 20th
century, were useful, and started to learn about their structure. However, I
had written my Ph.D. thesis and worked for three more years before I learned
that not every fact about special functions I would need had already been
found, and it was a couple of more years before I learned that it was essential
to understand hypergeometric functions. Like others, I had been put o by all
the parameters. If there were so many parameters that it was necessary to put
subscripts on them, then there has to be a better way to solve a problem than
this. That was my initial reaction to generalized hypergeometric functions,
and a very common reaction to judge from the many conversations I have
had on these functions in the last twenty years. After learning a little more
about hypergeometric functions, I was very surprised to realize that they had
occurred regularly in rst year calculus. The reason for the subscripts on the
parameters is that not all interesting polynomials are of degree one or two. For
xiii
xiv
Foreword
a generalized hypergeometric function has a series representation
cn
(1)
n=0
with cn+1 /cn a rational function of n. These contain almost all the examples
of innite series introduced in calculus where the ratio test works easily. The
ratio cn+1 /cn can be factored, and it is usually written as
cn+1
(n + a1 ) (n + ap )x
.
=
cn
(n + b1 ) (n + bq )(n + 1)
(2)
Introduce the shifted factorial

(a)0 = 1,
(3)
(a)n = a(a + 1) (a + n 1),
n = 1, 2, . . . .
Then if c0 = 1, equation (2) can be solved for cn as

(a1 )n (ap )n xn
(b1 )n (bq )n n!
(4)

a1 , , ap
(a1 )n (ap )n xn
;x =
(b1 )n (bq )n n!
b1 , , bq
n=0
(5)
cn =
and

p Fq
is the usual notation.

The rst important result for a p Fq with p > 2, q > 1 is probably Pfas
sum

n, a, b
(c a)n (c b)n
;1 =
, n = 0, 1, . . . .
(6)
3 F2
(c)n (c a b)n
c, a + b + 1 c n
This result from 1797, see Pfa [1797], contains as a limit when n , another
important result usually attributed to Gauss [1813],

a, b
(c)(c a b)
F
, Re (c a b) > 0.
(7)
;
1
=
2 1
(c a)(c b)
c
The next instance is a very important result of Clausen [1828]:

2

a, b
2a, 2b, a + b
;x .
;x
= 3 F2
2 F1
a + b + 12
a + b + 12 , 2a + 2b
(8)
Some of the interest in Clausens formula is that it changes the square of a

class of 2 F1 s to a 3 F2 . In this direction it is also interesting because it was
probably the rst instance of anyone nding a dierential equation satised by
[y(x)]2 , y(x)z(x) and [z(x)]2 when y(x) and z(x) satisfy
a(x)y + b(x)y + c(x)y = 0.
(9)
Foreword
xv
This problem was considered for (9) by Appell, see Watson [1952], but
the essence of his general argument occurs in Clausens paper. This is a common phenomenon, which is usually not mentioned when the general method is
introduced to students, so they do not learn how often general methods come
from specic problems or examples. See D. and G. Chudnovsky [1988] for an
instance of the use of Clausens formula, where a result for a 2 F1 is carried to a
1
. Those identi3 F2 and from that to a very interesting set of expansions of
ties were rst discovered by Ramanujan. Here is Ramanujans most impressive
example:

9801
(1/4)n (1/2)n (3/4)n 1
=
[1103 + 26390n]
.
(1)n (1)n n!
(99)4n
2 2 n=0
(10)
There is another important reason why Clausens formula is important. It

leads to a large class of 3 F2 s that are nonnegative for the power series variable
between 1 and 1. The most famous use of this is in the nal step of de
Branges solution of the Bieberbach conjecture, see de Branges [1985]. The
integral of the 2 F1 or Jacobi polynomial he had is a 3 F2 , and its positivity is
an easy consequence of Clausens formula, as Gasper had observed ten years
earlier. There are other important results which follow from the positivity in
Clausens identity.
Once Kummer [1836] wrote his long and important paper on 2 F1 s and
F
s,
this material became well-known. It has been reworked by others. Rie1 1
mann redid the 2 F1 using his idea that the singularities of a function go a long
way toward determining the function. He showed that if the dierential equation (9) has regular singularities at three points, and every other point in the
extended complex plane is an ordinary point, then the equation is equivalent
to the hypergeometric equation
x(1 x)y + [c (a + b + 1)x]y aby = 0,
(11)
which has regular singular points at x = 0, 1, . Riemanns work was very

inuential, so much so that much of the mathematical community that considered hypergeometric functions studied them almost exclusively from the point
of view of dierential equations. This is clear in Kleins book [1933], and in
the work on multiple hypergeometric functions that starts with Appell in 1880
and is summarized in Appell and Kampe de Feriet [1926].
The integral representations associated with the dierential equation point
of view are similar to Eulers integral representation. This is

2 F1

1
a, b
(c)
;x =
(1 xt)a tb1 (1 t)cb1 dt,
(b)(c b) 0
c
(12)
|x| < 1, Re c > Re b > 0, and includes related integrals with dierent contours.
The dierential equation point of view is very powerful where it works, but it
xvi
Foreword
does not work well for p 3 or q 2 as Kummer discovered. Thus there is a

need to develop other methods to study hypergeometric functions.
In the late 19th and early 20th century a dierent type of integral representation was introduced. These two dierent types of integrals are best
represented by Eulers beta integral

ta1 (1 t)b1 dt =
(a)(b)
,
(a + b)
Re (a, b) > 0
and Barnes beta integral

1
(a + it)(b + it)(c it)(d it) dt
2
=
(a + c)(a + d)(b + c)(b + d)

,
(a + b + c + d)
(13)
(14)
Re (a, b, c, d) > 0.
There is no direct connection with dierential equations for integrals like

(14), so it stands a better chance to work for larger values of p and q.
While Euler, Gauss, and Riemann and many other great mathematicians
wrote important and inuential papers on hypergeometric functions, the development of basic hypergeometric functions was much slower. Euler and Gauss
did important work on basic hypergeometric functions, but most of Gauss
work was unpublished until after his death and Eulers work was more inuential on the development of number theory and elliptic functions.

Basic hypergeometric series are series
cn with cn+1 /cn a rational function of q n for a xed parameter q, which is usually taken to satisfy |q| < 1, but
at other times is a power of a prime. In this Foreword |q| < 1 will be assumed.
Euler summed three basic hypergeometric series. The one which had the
largest impact was

2
(1)n q (3n n)/2 = (q; q) ,
(15)
where
(a; q) =
(1 aq n ).
(16)
n=0
If
(a; q)n = (a; q) /(aq n ; q)
(17)
then Euler also showed that

xn
1
=
,
(x; q)
(q; q)n
n=0
|x| < 1,
(18)
Foreword
xvii
and
(x; q) =

(1)n q ( 2 ) xn
.
(q; q)n
n=0
(19)
Eventually all of these were contained in the q-binomial theorem

(a; q)n n
(ax; q)
=
x ,
(x; q)
(q; q)n
n=0
|x| < 1.
(20)
While (18) is clearly the special case a = 0, and (19) follows easily on
replacing x by xa1 and letting a , it is not so clear how to obtain (15)
from (20). The easiest way was discovered by Cauchy and many others. Take
a = q 2N , shift n by N , rescale and let N . The result is called the triple
product, and can be written as
(x; q) (qx1 ; q) (q; q) =
(1)n q ( 2 ) xn .
(21)
n=
Then q q 3 and x = q gives Eulers formula (15).

Gauss used a basic hypergeometric series identity in his rst proof of the
determination of the sign of the Gauss sum, and Jacobi used some to determine
the number of ways an integer can be written as the sum of two, four, six
and eight squares. However, this particular aspect of Gauss work on Gauss
sums was not very inuential, as his hypergeometric series work had been, and
Jacobis work appeared in his work on elliptic functions, so its hypergeometric
character was lost in the great interest in the elliptic function work. Thus
neither of these led to a serious treatment of basic hypergeometric series. The
result that seems to have been the crucial one was a continued fraction of
Eisenstein. This along with the one hundredth anniversary of Eulers rst
work on continued fractions seem to have been the motivating forces behind
Heines introduction of a basic hypergeometric extension of 2 F1 (a, b; c; x). He
considered
a b

q , q
(q a ; q)n (q b ; q)n n
;
q,
x
=
x , |x| < 1.
(22)
2 1
(q c ; q)n (q; q)n
qc
n=0
Observe that
(q a ; q)n
= (a)n ,
q1 (1 q)n
lim
so

lim
q1
2 1

qa , qb
a, b
;
x
.
;
q,
x
=
F
2
1
qc
c
Heine followed the pattern of Gauss published paper on hypergeometric

series, and so obtained contiguous relations and from them continued fraction
xviii
Foreword
expansions. He also obtained some series transformations, and the sum

a b

q , q
(q ca ; q) (q cb ; q)
cab
;
q,
q
, |q cab | < 1.
=
2 1
(q c ; q) (q cab ; q)
qc
(23)
This sum becomes (7) when q 1.

As often happens to path breaking work, this work of Heine was to a large
extent ignored. When writing the second edition of Kugelfunctionen (Heine
[1878]) Heine decided to include some of his work on basic hypergeometric
series. This material was printed in smaller type, and it is clear that Heine included it because he thought it was important, and he wanted to call attention
to it, rather than because he thought it was directly related to spherical harmonics, the subject of his book. Surprisingly, his inclusion of this material led
to some later work, which showed there was a very close connection between
Heines work on basic hypergeometric series and spherical harmonics. The
person Heine inuenced was L. J. Rogers, who is still best known as the rst
discoverer of the RogersRamanujan identities. Rogers tried to understand this
aspect of Heines work, and one transformation in particular. Thomae [1879]
had observed this transformation of Heine could be written as an extension of
Eulers integral representation (12), but Rogers was unaware of this explanation, and so discovered a second reason. He was able to modify the transformation so it became the permutation symmetry in a new series. While doing
this he introduced a new set of polynomials which we now call the continuous
q-Hermite polynomials. In a very important set of papers which were unjustly
neglected for decades, Rogers discovered a more general set of polynomials and
found some remarkable identities they satisfy, see Rogers [1893a,b, 1894, 1895].
For example, he found the linearization coecients of these polynomials which
we now call the continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials. These polynomials
contain many of the spherical harmonics Heine studied. Contained within this
product identity is the special case of the square of one of these polynomials as
a double series. As Gasper and Rahman have observed, one of these series can
be summed, and the resulting identity is an extension of Clausens sum in the
terminating case. Earlier, others had found a dierent extension of Clausens
identity to basic hypergeometric series, but the resulting identity was not satisfactory. The identity had the product of two functions, the same functions
but one evaluated at x and the other at qx, and so was not a square. Thus
the nonnegativity that is so useful in Clausens formula was not true for the
corresponding basic hypergeometric series. Rogers result for his polynomials
led directly to the better result which contains the appropriate nonnegativity.
From this example and many others, one sees that orthogonal polynomials
provide an alternative approach to the study of hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric functions. Both this approach and that of dierential equations
are most useful for small values of the degrees of the numerator and denominator polynomials in the ratio cn+1 /cn , but orthogonal polynomials work for
a larger class of series, and are much more useful for basic hypergeometric se-
Foreword
xix
ries. However, neither of these approaches is powerful enough to encompass all

aspects of these functions. Direct series manipulations are surprisingly useful,
when done by a master, or when a computer algebra system is used as an aid.
Gasper and Rahman are both experts at symbolic calculations, and I regularly
marvel at some of the formulas they have found. As quantum groups become
better known, and as Baxters work spreads to other parts of mathematics as
it has started to do, there will be many people trying to learn how to deal with
basic hypergeometric series. This book is where I would start.
For many years people have asked me what is the best book on special
functions. My response was George Gaspers copy of Baileys book, which was
heavily annotated with useful results and remarks. Now others can share the
information contained in these margins, and many other very useful results.
Richard Askey
University of Wisconsin
Preface
The study of basic hypergeometric series (also called q-hypergeometric series or

q-series) essentially started in 1748 when Euler considered the innite product

(q; q)1
(1 q k+1 )1 as a generating function for p(n), the number of
=
k=0
partitions of a positive integer n into positive integers (see 8.10). But it was
not until about a hundred years later that the subject acquired an independent
status when Heine converted a simple observation that lim [(1q a )/(1q)] = a
q1
into a systematic theory of 2 1 basic hypergeometric series parallel to the

theory of Gauss 2 F1 hypergeometric series. Heines transformation formulas
for 2 1 series and his q-analogue of Gauss 2 F1 (1) summation formula are
derived in Chapter 1, along with a q-analogue of the binomial theorem, Jacobis
triple product identity, and some formulas for q-analogues of the exponential,
gamma and beta functions.
Apart from some important work by J. Thomae and L. J. Rogers the
subject remained somewhat dormant during the latter part of the nineteenth
century until F. H. Jackson embarked on a lifelong program of developing
the theory of basic hypergeometric series in a systematic manner, studying
q-dierentiation and q-integration and deriving q-analogues of the hypergeometric summation and transformation formulas that were discovered by
A. C. Dixon, J. Dougall, L. Saalsch
utz, F. J. W. Whipple, and others. His
work is so pervasive that it is impossible to cover all of his contributions in a
single volume of this size, but we have tried to include many of his important
formulas in the rst three chapters. In particular, a derivation of his summation
formula for an 8 7 series is given in 2.6. During the 1930s and 1940s many
important results on hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series were derived by W. N. Bailey. Some mathematicians consider Baileys greatest work
to be the Bailey transform (an equivalent form of which is covered in Chapter 2), but equally signicant are his nonterminating extensions of Jacksons
8 7 summation formula and of Watsons transformation formula connecting
very-well-poised 8 7 series with balanced 4 3 series. Much of the material on
summation, transformation and expansion formulas for basic hypergeometric
series in Chapter 2 is due to Bailey.
D. B. Sears, L. Carlitz, W. Hahn, and L. J. Slater were among the prominent contributors during the 1950s. Sears derived several transformation formulas for 3 2 series, balanced 4 3 series, and very-well-poised n+1 n series.
Simple proofs of some of his 3 2 transformation formulas are given in Chapter 3. Three of his very-well-poised transformation formulas are derived in
Chapter 4, where we follow G. N. Watson and Slater to develop the theory of
xxi
xxii
Preface
basic hypergeometric series from a contour integral point of view, an idea rst
introduced by Barnes in 1907.
Chapter 5 is devoted to bilateral basic hypergeometric series, where the
most fundamental formula is Ramanujans 1 1 summation formula. Substantial contributions were also made by Bailey, M. Jackson, Slater and others,
whose works form the basis of this chapter.
During the 1960s R. P. Agarwal and Slater each published a book partially devoted to the theory of basic hypergeometric series, and G. E. Andrews
initiated his work in number theory, where he showed how useful the summation and transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series are in the
theory of partitions. Andrews gave simpler proofs of many old results, wrote
review articles pointing out many important applications and, during the mid
1970s, started a period of very fruitful collaboration with R. Askey. Thanks to
these two mathematicians, basic hypergeometric series is an active eld of research today. Since Askeys primary area of interest is orthogonal polynomials,
q-series suddenly provided him and his co-workers with a very rich environment
for deriving q-extensions of beta integrals and of the classical orthogonal polynomials of Jacobi, Gegenbauer, Legendre, Laguerre and Hermite. Askey and
his students and collaborators who include W. A. Al-Salam, M. E. H. Ismail,
T. H. Koornwinder, W. G. Morris, D. Stanton, and J. A. Wilson have produced
a substantial amount of interesting work over the past fteen years. This urry
of activity has been so infectious that many researchers found themselves hopelessly trapped by this alluring q-disease, as it is aectionately called.
Our primary motivation for writing this book was to present in one modest
volume the signicant results of the past two hundred years so that they are
readily available to students and researchers, to give a brief introduction to the
applications to orthogonal polynomials that were discovered during the current
renaissance period of basic hypergeometric series, and to point out important
applications to other elds. Most of the material is elementary enough so
that persons with a good background in analysis should be able to use this
book as a textbook and a reference book. In order to assist the reader in
developing a deeper understanding of the formulas and proof techniques and
to include additional formulas, we have given a broad range of exercises at the
end of each chapter. Additional information is provided in the Notes following
the Exercises, particularly in relation to the results and relevant applications
contained in the papers and books listed in the References. Although the
References may have a bulky appearance, it is just an introduction to the vast
literature available. Appendices I, II, and III are for quick reference, so that it
is not necessary to page through the book in order to nd the most frequently
needed identities, summation formulas, and transformation formulas. It can
be rather tedious to apply the summation and transformation formulas to the
derivation of other formulas. But now that several symbolic computer algebraic
systems are available, persons having access to such a system can let it do some
of the symbolic manipulations, such as computing the form of Baileys 10 9
transformation formula when its parameters are replaced by products of other
parameters.
Preface
xxiii
Due to space limitations, we were unable to be as comprehensive in our

coverage of basic hypergeometric series and their applications as we would
have liked. In particular, we could not include a systematic treatment of basic
hypergeometric series in two or more variables, covering F. H. Jacksons work
on basic Appell series and the works of R. A. Gustafson and S. C. Milne on
U (n) multiple series generalizations of basic hypergeometric series referred to
in the References. But we do highlight Askey and Wilsons fundamental work
on their beautiful q-analogue of the classical beta integral in Chapter 6 and
develop its connection with very-well-poised 8 7 series. Chapter 7 is devoted
to applications to orthogonal polynomials, mostly developed by Askey and
his collaborators. We conclude the book with some further applications in
Chapter 8, where we present part of our work on product and linearization
formulas, Poisson kernels, and nonnegativity, and we also manage to point
out some elementary facts about applications to the theory of partitions and
the representations of integers as sums of squares of integers. The interested
reader is referred to the books and papers of Andrews and N. J. Fine for
additional applications to partition theory, and recent references are pointed
out for applications to ane root systems (Macdonald identities), association
schemes, combinatorics, dierence equations, Lie algebras and groups, physics
(such as representations of quantum groups and R. J. Baxters work on the
hard hexagon model of phase transitions in statistical mechanics), statistics,
etc.
We use the common numbering system of letting (k.m.n) refer to the
n-th numbered display in Section m of Chapter k, and letting (I.n), (II.n),
and (III.n) refer to the n-th numbered display in Appendices I, II, and III,
respectively. To refer to the papers and books in the References, we place the
year of publication in square brackets immediately after the authors name.
Thus Bailey [1935] refers to Baileys 1935 book. Suxes a, b, ... are used
after the years to distinguish dierent papers by an author that appeared in
the same year. Papers that have not yet been published are referred to with
the year 2004, even though they might be published later due to the backlogs
of journals. Since there are three Agarwals, two Chiharas and three Jacksons
listed in the References, to minimize the use of initials we drop the initials of the
author whose works are referred to most often. Hence Agarwal, Chihara, and
Jackson refer to R. P. Agarwal, T. S. Chihara, and F. H. Jackson, respectively.
We would like to thank the publisher for their cooperation and patience
during the preparation of this book. Thanks are also due to R. Askey,
W. A. Al-Salam, R. P. Boas, T. S. Chihara, B. Gasper, R. Holt, M. E. H. Ismail,
T. Koornwinder, and B. Nassrallah for pointing out typos and suggesting improvements in earlier versions of the book. We also wish to express our sincere
thanks and appreciation to our TEXtypist, Diane Berezowski, who suered
through many revisions of the book but never lost her patience or sense of
humor.
In 1990 it was beyond our wildest imagination that we would be working on a

second edition of this book thirteen years later. In this day and age of rapid
growth in almost every area of mathematics, in general, and in Orthogonal
Polynomials and Special Functions, in particular, it would not be surprising if
the book became obsolete by now and gathered dust on the bookshelves. All
we hoped for is a second printing. Even that was only a dream since the main
competitor of authors and publishers these days are not other books, but the
ubiquitous copying machine. But here we are: bringing out a second edition
with full support of our publisher.
The main source of inspiration, of course, has been the readers and users
of this book. The response has been absolutely fantastic right from the rst
weeks the book appeared in print. The kind of warm reception we enjoyed
far exceeded our expectations. Years later many of the leading researchers
in the eld kept asking us if an updated version would soon be forthcoming.
Yes, indeed, an updated and expanded version was becoming necessary during the latter part of the 1990s in view of all the explosive growth that the
subject was experiencing in many dierent areas of applications of basic hypergeometric series (also called q-series). However, the most important and
signicant impetus came from an unexpected source Statistical Mechanics. In trying to nd elliptic (doubly periodic meromorphic) solutions of the
so-called Yang-Baxter equation arising out of an eight-vertex model in Statistical Mechanics the researchers
found that the solutions are, in fact, a form

of hypergeometric series
an z n , where an+1 /an is an elliptic function of n,
with n regarded as a complex variable. In a span of only ve years the study
of elliptic hypergeometric series and integrals has become almost a separate
area of research on its own, whose leading researchers include, in alphabetical order, R. J. Baxter, E. Date, J. F. van Diejen, G. Felder, P. J. Forrester,
I. B. Frenkel, M. Jimbo, Y. Kajihara, K. Kajiwara, H. T. Koelink, A. Kuniba,
T. Masuda, T. Miwa, Y. van Norden, M. Noumi, Y. Ohta, M. Okado, E. Rains,
H. Rosengren, S. N. M. Ruijsenaars, M. Schlosser, V. P. Spiridonov, L. Stevens,
V. G. Turaev, A. Varchenko, S. O. Warnaar, Y. Yamada, and A. S. Zhedanov.
Even though we had not had any research experience in this exciting
new eld, it became quite clear to us that a new edition could be justied
only if we included a chapter on elliptic hypergeometric series (and modular
and theta hypergeometric series), written in an expository manner so that it
would be more accessible to non-experts and be consistent with the rest of
the book. Chapter 11 is entirely devoted to that topic. Regrettably, we had
to be ruthlessly selective about choosing one particular approach from many
xxv
xxvi
possible approaches, all of which are interesting and illuminating on their own.
We were guided by the need for brevity and clarity at the same time, as well
as consistency of notations.
In addition to Chapter 11 we added Chapter 9 on generating and bilinear generating functions in view of their central importance in the study of
orthogonal polynomials, as well as Chapter 10, covering briey the huge topic
of multivariable q-series, restricted mostly to F. H. Jacksons q-analogues of the
four Appell functions F1 , F2 , F3 , F4 , and some of their more recent extensions.
In these chapters we have attempted to describe the basic methods and results,
but left many important formulas as exercises. Some parts of Chapters 18
were updated by the addition of textual material and a number of exercises,
which were added at the ends of the sections and exercises in order to retain
the same numbering of the equations and exercises as in the rst edition.
We have corrected a number of minor typos in the rst edition, some
discovered by ourselves, but most kindly pointed out to us by researchers
in the eld, whose contributions are gratefully acknowledged. A list of errata, updates of the references, etc., for the rst edition and its translation
into Russian by N. M. Atakishiyev and S. K. Suslov may be downloaded at
arxiv.org/abs/math.CA/9705224 or at www.math.northwestern.edu/george/
preprints/bhserrata, which is usually the most up-to-date. Analogous to the
rst edition, papers that have not been published by November of 2003 are
referred to with the year 2003, even though they might be published later.
The number of people to whom we would like to express our thanks and
gratitude is just too large to acknowledge individually. However, we must mention the few whose help has been absolutely vital for the preparation of this
edition. They are S. O. Warnaar (who proof-read our les with very detailed
comments and suggestions for improvement, not just for Chapter 11, which
is his specialty, but also the material in the other chapters), H. Rosengren
(whose e-mails gave us the rst clue as to how we should present the topic of
Chapter 11), M. Schlosser (who led us in the right directions for Chapter 11),
S. K. Suslov (who sent a long list of errata, additional references, and suggestions for new exercises), S. C. Milne (who suggested some improvements in
Chapters 5, 7, 8, and 11), V. P. Spiridonov (who suggested some improvements
in Chapter 11), and M. E. H. Ismail (whose comments have been very helpful).
Thanks are also due to R. Askey for his support and useful comments. Finally,
we need to mention the name of a behind-the-scene helper, Brigitta Gasper,
who spent many hours proofreading the manuscript. The mention of our ever
gracious TEXtypist, Diane Berezowski, is certainly a pleasure. She did not
have to do the second edition, but she said she enjoys the work and wanted
to be a part of it. Where do you nd a more committed friend? We owe her
immensely.
In 1990 it was beyond our wildest imagination that we would be working on a

second edition of this book thirteen years later. In this day and age of rapid
growth in almost every area of mathematics, in general, and in Orthogonal
Polynomials and Special Functions, in particular, it would not be surprising if
the book became obsolete by now and gathered dust on the bookshelves. All
we hoped for is a second printing. Even that was only a dream since the main
competitor of authors and publishers these days are not other books, but the
ubiquitous copying machine. But here we are: bringing out a second edition
with full support of our publisher.
The main source of inspiration, of course, has been the readers and users
of this book. The response has been absolutely fantastic right from the rst
weeks the book appeared in print. The kind of warm reception we enjoyed
far exceeded our expectations. Years later many of the leading researchers
in the eld kept asking us if an updated version would soon be forthcoming.
Yes, indeed, an updated and expanded version was becoming necessary during the latter part of the 1990s in view of all the explosive growth that the
subject was experiencing in many dierent areas of applications of basic hypergeometric series (also called q-series). However, the most important and
signicant impetus came from an unexpected source Statistical Mechanics. In trying to nd elliptic (doubly periodic meromorphic) solutions of the
so-called Yang-Baxter equation arising out of an eight-vertex model in Statistical Mechanics the researchers
found that the solutions are, in fact, a form

of hypergeometric series
an z n , where an+1 /an is an elliptic function of n,
with n regarded as a complex variable. In a span of only ve years the study
of elliptic hypergeometric series and integrals has become almost a separate
area of research on its own, whose leading researchers include, in alphabetical order, R. J. Baxter, E. Date, J. F. van Diejen, G. Felder, P. J. Forrester,
I. B. Frenkel, M. Jimbo, Y. Kajihara, K. Kajiwara, H. T. Koelink, A. Kuniba,
T. Masuda, T. Miwa, Y. van Norden, M. Noumi, Y. Ohta, M. Okado, E. Rains,
H. Rosengren, S. N. M. Ruijsenaars, M. Schlosser, V. P. Spiridonov, L. Stevens,
V. G. Turaev, A. Varchenko, S. O. Warnaar, Y. Yamada, and A. S. Zhedanov.
Even though we had not had any research experience in this exciting
new eld, it became quite clear to us that a new edition could be justied
only if we included a chapter on elliptic hypergeometric series (and modular
and theta hypergeometric series), written in an expository manner so that it
would be more accessible to non-experts and be consistent with the rest of
the book. Chapter 11 is entirely devoted to that topic. Regrettably, we had
to be ruthlessly selective about choosing one particular approach from many
xxv
xxvi
possible approaches, all of which are interesting and illuminating on their own.
We were guided by the need for brevity and clarity at the same time, as well
as consistency of notations.
In addition to Chapter 11 we added Chapter 9 on generating and bilinear generating functions in view of their central importance in the study of
orthogonal polynomials, as well as Chapter 10, covering briey the huge topic
of multivariable q-series, restricted mostly to F. H. Jacksons q-analogues of the
four Appell functions F1 , F2 , F3 , F4 , and some of their more recent extensions.
In these chapters we have attempted to describe the basic methods and results,
but left many important formulas as exercises. Some parts of Chapters 18
were updated by the addition of textual material and a number of exercises,
which were added at the ends of the sections and exercises in order to retain
the same numbering of the equations and exercises as in the rst edition.
We have corrected a number of minor typos in the rst edition, some
discovered by ourselves, but most kindly pointed out to us by researchers
in the eld, whose contributions are gratefully acknowledged. A list of errata, updates of the references, etc., for the rst edition and its translation
into Russian by N. M. Atakishiyev and S. K. Suslov may be downloaded at
arxiv.org/abs/math.CA/9705224 or at www.math.northwestern.edu/george/
preprints/bhserrata, which is usually the most up-to-date. Analogous to the
rst edition, papers that have not been published by November of 2003 are
referred to with the year 2003, even though they might be published later.
The number of people to whom we would like to express our thanks and
gratitude is just too large to acknowledge individually. However, we must mention the few whose help has been absolutely vital for the preparation of this
edition. They are S. O. Warnaar (who proof-read our les with very detailed
comments and suggestions for improvement, not just for Chapter 11, which
is his specialty, but also the material in the other chapters), H. Rosengren
(whose e-mails gave us the rst clue as to how we should present the topic of
Chapter 11), M. Schlosser (who led us in the right directions for Chapter 11),
S. K. Suslov (who sent a long list of errata, additional references, and suggestions for new exercises), S. C. Milne (who suggested some improvements in
Chapters 5, 7, 8, and 11), V. P. Spiridonov (who suggested some improvements
in Chapter 11), and M. E. H. Ismail (whose comments have been very helpful).
Thanks are also due to R. Askey for his support and useful comments. Finally,
we need to mention the name of a behind-the-scene helper, Brigitta Gasper,
who spent many hours proofreading the manuscript. The mention of our ever
gracious TEXtypist, Diane Berezowski, is certainly a pleasure. She did not
have to do the second edition, but she said she enjoys the work and wanted
to be a part of it. Where do you nd a more committed friend? We owe her
immensely.
1
BASIC HYPERGEOMETRIC SERIES
1.1 Introduction
Our main objective in this chapter is to present the denitions and notations for hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series, and to derive the
elementary formulas that form the basis for most of the summation, transformation and expansion formulas, basic integrals, and applications to orthogonal
polynomials and to other elds that follow in the subsequent chapters. We begin by dening Gauss 2 F1 hypergeometric series, the r Fs (generalized) hypergeometric series, and pointing out some of their most important special cases.
Next we dene Heines 2 1 basic hypergeometric series which contains an additional parameter q, called the base, and then give the denition and notations
for r s basic hypergeometric series. Basic hypergeometric series are called
q-analogues (basic analogues or q-extensions) of hypergeometric series because
an r Fs series can be obtained as the q 1 limit case of an r s series.
Since the binomial theorem is at the foundation of most of the summation
formulas for hypergeometric series, we then derive a q-analogue of it, called the
q-binomial theorem, and use it to derive Heines q-analogues of Eulers transformation formulas, Jacobis triple product identity, and summation formulas
that are q-analogues of those for hypergeometric series due to Chu and Vandermonde, Gauss, Kummer, Pfa and Saalsch
utz, and to Karlsson and Minton.
We also introduce q-analogues of the exponential, gamma and beta functions,
as well as the concept of a q-integral that allows us to give a q-analogue of
Eulers integral representation of a hypergeometric function. Many additional
formulas and q-analogues are given in the exercises at the end of the chapter.
1.2 Hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series

In 1812, Gauss presented to the Royal Society of Sciences at G
ottingen his
famous paper (Gauss [1813]) in which he considered the innite series
1+
a(a + 1)b(b + 1) 2 a(a + 1)(a + 2)b(b + 1)(b + 2) 3

ab
z+
z +
z + (1.2.1)
1c
1 2 c(c + 1)
1 2 3 c(c + 1)(c + 2)
as a function of a, b, c, z, where it is assumed that c = 0, 1, 2, . . ., so that

no zero factors appear in the denominators of the terms of the series. He
showed that the series converges absolutely for |z| < 1, and for |z| = 1 when
Re (c a b) > 0, gave its (contiguous) recurrence relations, and derived his
famous formula (see (1.2.11) below) for the sum of this series when z = 1 and
Re (c a b) > 0.
1
Basic hypergeometric series
Although Gauss used the notation F (a, b, c, z) for his series, it is now
customary to use F (a, b; c; z) or either of the notations

a, b
;z
2 F1 (a, b; c; z),
2 F1
c
for this series (and for its sum when it converges), because these notations
separate the numerator parameters a, b from the denominator parameter c
and the variable z. In view of Gauss paper, his series is frequently called
Gauss series. However, since the special case a = 1, b = c yields the geometric
series
1 + z + z2 + z3 + ,
Gauss series is also called the (ordinary) hypergeometric series or the Gauss
hypergeometric series.
Some important functions which can be expressed by means of Gauss
series are
(1 + z)a = F (a, b; b; z),
log(1 + z) = zF (1, 1; 2; z),
sin1 z = zF (1/2, 1/2; 3/2; z 2 ),
1
tan
(1.2.2)
z = zF (1/2, 1; 3/2; z ),
ez = lim F (a, b; b; z/a),
2
where |z| < 1 in the rst four formulas. Also expressible by means of Gauss
series are the classical orthogonal polynomials, such as the Tchebichef polynomials of the rst and second kinds
Tn (x) = F (n, n; 1/2; (1 x)/2),
(1.2.3)
Un (x) = (n + 1)F (n, n + 2; 3/2; (1 x)/2),
(1.2.4)
the Legendre polynomials

Pn (x) = F (n, n + 1; 1; (1 x)/2),
(1.2.5)
the Gegenbauer (ultraspherical) polynomials

(2)n
F (n, n + 2; + 1/2; (1 x)/2),
n!
and the more general Jacobi polynomials
Cn (x) =
( + 1)n
F (n, n + + + 1; + 1; (1 x)/2),
n!
where n = 0, 1, . . . , and (a)n denotes the shifted factorial dened by
Pn(,) (x) =
(a)0 = 1, (a)n = a(a + 1) (a + n 1) =
(a + n)
,
(a)
(1.2.6)
(1.2.7)
n = 1, 2, . . . . (1.2.8)
Before Gauss, Chu [1303] (see Needham [1959, p. 138], Takacs [1973] and
Askey [1975, p. 59]) and Vandermonde [1772] had proved the summation formula
(c b)n
, n = 0, 1, . . . ,
(1.2.9)
F (n, b; c; 1) =
(c)n
1.2 Hypergeometric series
which is now called Vandermondes formula or the ChuVandermonde formula,

and Euler [1748] had derived several results for hypergeometric series, including
his transformation formula
F (a, b; c; z) = (1 z)cab F (c a, c b; c; z),
|z| < 1.
(1.2.10)
Formula (1.2.9) is the terminating case a = n of the summation formula

(c)(c a b)
, Re(c a b) > 0,
(1.2.11)
(c a)(c b)
which Gauss proved in his paper.
Thirty-three years after Gauss paper, Heine [1846, 1847, 1878] introduced
the series
(1 q a )(1 q a+1 )(1 q b )(1 q b+1 ) 2
(1 q a )(1 q b )
z
+
z + , (1.2.12)
1+
(1 q)(1 q c )
(1 q)(1 q 2 )(1 q c )(1 q c+1 )
where it is assumed that q = 1, c = 0, 1, 2, . . . and the principal value of
each power of q is taken. This series converges absolutely for |z| < 1 when
|q| < 1 and it tends (at least termwise) to Gauss series as q 1, because
1 qa
lim
= a.
(1.2.13)
q1 1 q
The series in (1.2.12) is usually called Heines series or, in view of the
base q, the basic hypergeometric series or q-hypergeometric series.
Analogous to Gauss notation, Heine used the notation (a, b, c, q, z) for
his series. However, since one would like to also be able to consider the case
when q to the power a, b, or c is replaced by zero, it is now customary to dene
the basic hypergeometric series by

a, b
; q, z
(a, b; c; q, z) 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) 2 1
c
(a; q)n (b; q)n

=
zn,
(1.2.14)
(q;
q)
(c;
q)
n
n
n=0
F (a, b; c; 1) =
where

(a; q)n =
1,
n = 0,
(1 a)(1 aq) (1 aq n1 ), n = 1, 2, . . . ,
(1.2.15)
is the q-shifted factorial and it is assumed that c = q m for m = 0, 1, . . . .

Some other notations that have been used in the literature for the product
(a; q)n are (a)q,n , [a]n , and even (a)n when (1.2.8) is not used and the base is
not displayed.
Another generalization of Gauss series is the (generalized) hypergeometric
series with r numerator parameters a1 , . . . , ar and s denominator parameters
b1 , . . . , bs dened by

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
;z
r Fs (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; z) r Fs
b1 , . . . , bs

(a1 )n (a2 )n (ar )n n
=
z .
(1.2.16)
n!(b1 )n (bs )n
n=0

Some well-known special cases are the exponential function
ez =
0 F0 (; ; z),
(1.2.17)
the trigonometric functions

sin z = z 0 F1 (; 3/2; z 2 /4),
cos z =
0 F1 (; 1/2; z
/4),
(1.2.18)
the Bessel function
J (z) = (z/2)
0 F1 (;
+ 1; z 2 /4)/( + 1),
(1.2.19)
where a dash is used to indicate the absence of either numerator (when r = 0)

or denominator (when s = 0) parameters. Some other well-known special cases
are the Hermite polynomials
Hn (x) = (2x)n 2 F0 (n/2, (1 n)/2; ; x2 ),
(1.2.20)
and the Laguerre polynomials

( + 1)n
(1.2.21)
1 F1 (n; + 1; x).
n!
Generalizing Heines series, we shall dene an r s basic hypergeometric
series by

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
; q, z
r s (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, z) r s
b1 , . . . , bs

(1.2.22)

n 1+sr
(a1 ; q)n (a2 ; q)n (ar ; q)n
(1)n q ( 2 )
zn
=
(q; q)n (b1 ; q)n (bs ; q)n
n=0
n
with 2 = n(n 1)/2, where q = 0 when r > s + 1.
In (1.2.16) and (1.2.22) it is assumed that the parameters b1 , . . . , bs are
such that the denominator factors in the terms of the series are never zero.
Since

(1.2.23)
(m)n = q m ; q n = 0, n = m + 1, m + 2, . . . ,
L
n (x) =
an r Fs series terminates if one of its numerator parameters is zero or a negative

integer, and an r s series terminates if one of its numerator parameters is
of the form q m with m = 0, 1, 2, . . ., and q = 0. Basic analogues of the
classical orthogonal polynomials will be considered in Chapter 7 as well as in
the exercises at the ends of the chapters.
Unless stated otherwise, when dealing with nonterminating basic hypergeometric series we shall assume that |q| < 1 and that the parameters and
variables are such that the series converges absolutely. Note that if |q| > 1,
then we can perform an inversion with respect to the base by setting p = q 1
and using the identity
n
(a; q)n = (a1 ; p)n (a)n p( 2 )
(1.2.24)
to convert the series (1.2.22) to a similar series in base p with |p| < 1 (see
Ex. 1.4(i)). The inverted series will have a nite radius of convergence if the
original series does.
Observe that if we denote the terms of the series (1.2.16) and (1.2.22)
which contain z n by un and vn , respectively, then
un+1
(a1 + n)(a2 + n) (ar + n)
z
=
un
(1 + n)(b1 + n) (bs + n)
(1.2.25)
is a rational function of n, and

vn+1
(1 a1 q n )(1 a2 q n ) (1 ar q n )
1+sr
(q n )
=
z
(1.2.26)
vn
(1 q n+1 )(1 b1 q n ) (1 bs q n )

is a rational function of q n . Conversely, if n=0 un and n=0 vn are power
series with u0 = v0 = 1 such that un+1 /un is a rational function of n and
vn+1 /vn is a rational function of q n , then these series are of the forms (1.2.16)
and (1.2.22), respectively.
By the ratio test, the r Fs series converges absolutely for all z if r s, and
for |z| < 1 if r = s + 1. By an extension of the ratio test (Bromwich [1959,
p. 241]), it converges absolutely for |z| = 1 if r = s + 1 and Re [b1 + + bs
(a1 + + ar )] > 0. If r > s + 1 and z = 0 or r = s + 1 and |z| > 1, then this
series diverges, unless it terminates.
If 0 < |q| < 1, the r s series converges absolutely for all z if r s and
for |z| < 1 if r = s + 1. This series also converges absolutely if |q| > 1
and |z| < |b1 b2 bs q|/|a1 a2 ar |. It diverges for z = 0 if 0 < |q| < 1 and
r > s + 1, and if |q| > 1 and |z| > |b1 b2 bs q|/|a1 a2 ar |, unless it terminates. As is customary, the r Fs and r s notations are also used for the sums
of these series inside the circle of convergence and for their analytic continuations (called hypergeometric functions and basic hypergeometric functions,
respectively) outside the circle of convergence.
Observe that the series (1.2.22) has the property that if we replace z by
z/ar and let ar , then the resulting series is again of the form (1.2.22)
with r replaced by r 1. Because this is not the case for the r s series dened

n 1+sr
without the factors (1)n q ( 2 )
in the books of Bailey [1935] and Slater
[1966] and we wish to be able to handle such limit cases, we have chosen to use
the series dened in (1.2.22). There is no loss in generality since the Bailey and
Slater series can be obtained from the r = s + 1 case of (1.2.22) by choosing s
suciently large and setting some of the parameters equal to zero.
An r+1 Fr series is called k-balanced if b1 + b2 + + br = k + a1 + a2 +
utzian).
+ ar+1 and z = 1; a 1-balanced series is called balanced (or Saalsch
Analogously, an r+1 r series is called k-balanced if b1 b2 br = q k a1 a2 ar+1
and z = q, and a 1-balanced series is called balanced (or Saalsch
utzian). We will
rst encounter balanced series in 1.7, where we derive a summation formula
for such a series.
For negative subscripts, the shifted factorial and the q-shifted factorials
are dened by
(a)n =
1
1
(1)n
=
=
,
(a 1)(a 2) (a n)
(a n)n
(1 a)n
(1.2.27)

n
(a; q)n
1
1
(q/a)n q ( 2 )
=
=
=
,
(1 aq 1 )(1 aq 2 ) (1 aq n )
(aq n ; q)n
(q/a; q)n
(1.2.28)
where n = 0, 1, . . . . We also dene

(a; q) =
(1 aq k )
(1.2.29)
k=0
for |q| < 1. Since the innite product in (1.2.29) diverges when a = 0 and
|q| 1, whenever (a; q) appears in a formula, we shall assume that |q| < 1.
The following easily veried identities will be frequently used in this book:
(a; q)n =
(a; q)
,
(aq n ; q)
(1.2.30)
n
(a1 q 1n ; q)n = (a; q)n (a1 )n q ( 2 ) ,

(a; q)nk =
(a; q)n
1
(a q 1n ; q)k
(1.2.31)
(qa1 )k q (2)nk ,
(1.2.32)
(a; q)n+k = (a; q)n (aq n ; q)k ,
(1.2.33)
(a; q)k (aq k ; q)n

,
(a; q)n
(1.2.34)
(aq n ; q)k =
(a; q)n
,
(a; q)k
(1.2.35)
(a; q)n (aq n ; q)k

,
(a; q)2k
(1.2.36)
(aq k ; q)nk =
(aq 2k ; q)nk =
(q n ; q)k =
k
(q; q)n
(1)k q (2)nk ,
(q; q)nk
(1.2.37)
(a; q)k (qa1 ; q)n nk

q
,
(a1 q 1k ; q)n
(1.2.38)
(aq n ; q)k =
(a; q)2n = (a; q 2 )n (aq; q 2 )n ,
(1.2.39)
(a2 ; q 2 )n = (a; q)n (a; q)n ,
(1.2.40)
where n and k are integers. A more complete list of useful identities is given
in Appendix I at the end of the book.
Since products of q-shifted factorials occur so often, to simplify them we
shall frequently use the more compact notations
(a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q)n = (a1 ; q)n (a2 ; q)n (am ; q)n ,
(1.2.41)
(a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q) = (a1 ; q) (a2 ; q) (am ; q) .
(1.2.42)
The ratio (1 q a )/(1 q) considered in (1.2.13) is called a q-number (or

basic number) and it is denoted by
[a]q =
1 qa
,
1q
q = 1.
(1.2.43)
It is also called a q-analogue, q-deformation, q-extension, or a q-generalization

of the complex number a. In terms of q-numbers the q-number factorial [n]q !
is dened for a nonnegative integer n by
[n]q ! =
[k]q ,
(1.2.44)
k=1
and the corresponding q-number shifted factorial is dened by

[a]q;n =
n1
[a + k]q .
(1.2.45)
lim [a]q = a,
(1.2.46)
k=0
Clearly,
lim [n]q ! = n!,
q1
and
q1
[a]q;n = (1 q)n (q a ; q)n ,
lim [a]q;n = (a)n .
q1
(1.2.47)
Corresponding to (1.2.41) we can use the compact notation

[a1 , a2 , . . . , am ]q;n = [a1 ]q;n [a2 ]q;n [am ]q;n .
(1.2.48)

n 1+sr
[a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ]q;n
zn
(1)n q ( 2 )
[n]
![b
,
.
.
.
,
b
]
q
1
s
q;n
n=0

= r s q a1 , q a2 , . . . , q ar ; q b1 , . . . , q bs ; q, z(1 q)1+sr ,
(1.2.49)
Since
anyone working with q-numbers and the q-number hypergeometric series on

the left-hand side of (1.2.49) can use the formulas for r s series in this book
that have no zero parameters by replacing the parameters by q th powers and
applying (1.2.49).
As in Frenkel and Turaev [1995] one can dene a trigonometric number
[a; ] by
sin(a)
[a; ] =
(1.2.50)
sin()
for noninteger values of and view [a; ] as a trigonometric deformation of a
since lim0 [a; ] = a. The corresponding r ts trigonometric hypergeometric
series can be dened by
r ts (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , z)

n 1+sr
[a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; ]n
=
(1)n ei( 2 )
zn,
[n;
]![b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
]
1
s
n
n=0
(1.2.51)
where
[n; ]! =
[k; ],
[a; ]n =
k=1
and
n1
[a + k; ],
(1.2.52)
k=0
[a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; ]n = [a1 ; ]n [a2 ; ]n [am ; ]n .
(1.2.53)
From
[a; ] =
eia eia
q a/2 q a/2
1 q a (1a)/2
=
=
,
q
ei ei
1q
q 1/2 q 1/2
(1.2.54)
where q = e2i , it follows that

[a; ]n =
(q a ; q)n n(1a)/2n(n1)/4
q
,
(1 q)n
(1.2.55)
and hence
r ts (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , z)
= r s (q a1 , q a2 , . . . , q ar ; q b1 , . . . , q bs ; q, cz)
with
c = (1 q)1+sr q r/2s/2+(b1 ++bs )/2(a1 ++ar )/2 ,
(1.2.56)
(1.2.57)
which shows that the r ts series is equivalent to the r s series in (1.2.49).

Elliptic numbers [a; , ], which are a one-parameter generalization (deformation) of trigonometric numbers, are considered in 1.6, and the corresponding elliptic (and theta) hypergeometric series and their summation and
transformation formulas are considered in Chapter 11.
We close this section with two identities involving ordinary binomial coefcients, which are particularly useful in handling some powers of q that arise
in the derivations of many formulas containing q-series:

k
n
n+k
+ kn ,
(1.2.58)
+
=
2
2
2

k
n
nk
+ k kn .
(1.2.59)
+
=
2
2
2
1.3 The q-binomial theorem
One of the most important summation formulas for hypergeometric series is
given by the binomial theorem:
2 F1 (a, c; c; z)
1 F0 (a; ; z)

(a)n n
z = (1 z)a ,
n!
n=0
(1.3.1)
where |z| < 1. We shall show that this formula has the following q-analogue

(a; q)n n
(az; q)
z =
,
1 0 (a; ; q, z) =
(q;
q)
(z; q)
n
n=0
|z| < 1, |q| < 1,
(1.3.2)
which was derived by Cauchy [1843], Heine [1847] and by other mathematicians. See Askey [1980a], which also cites the books by Rothe [1811] and
Schweins [1820], and the remark on p. 491 of Andrews, Askey, and Roy [1999]
concerning the terminating form of the q-binomial theorem in Rothe [1811].
Heines proof of (1.3.2), which can also be found in the books Heine [1878],
Bailey [1935, p. 66] and Slater [1966, p. 92], is better understood if one rst
follows Askeys [1980a] approach of evaluating the sum of the binomial series
in (1.3.1), and then carries out the analogous steps for the series in (1.3.2).
Let us set

(a)n n
z .
(1.3.3)
fa (z) =
n!
n=0
Since this series is uniformly convergent in |z| when 0 < < 1, we may
dierentiate it termwise to get
fa (z) =

n(a)n n1
z
n!
n=1

(a)n+1 n
=
z = afa+1 (z).
n!
n=0
(1.3.4)
Also

(a)n (a + 1)n n
z
fa (z) fa+1 (z) =
n!
n=1

(a + 1)n1
n(a + 1)n1 n
[a (a + n)] z n =
z
n!
n!
n=1
n=1

(a + 1)n n+1
z
= zfa+1 (z).
n!
n=0
(1.3.5)
Eliminating fa+1 (z) from (1.3.4) and (1.3.5), we obtain the rst order dierential equation
a
fa (z),
(1.3.6)
fa (z) =
1z
subject to the initial condition fa (0) = 1, which follows from the denition
(1.3.3) of fa (z). Solving (1.3.6) under this condition immediately gives that
fa (z) = (1 z)a for |z| < 1.
Analogously, let us now set
ha (z) =

(a; q)n n
z ,
(q; q)n
n=0
|z| < 1, |q| < 1.
(1.3.7)
Clearly, hqa (z) fa (z) as q 1. Since haq (z) is a q-analogue of fa+1 (z), we
rst compute the dierence

(a; q)n (aq; q)n n
z
ha (z) haq (z) =
(q; q)n
n=1
10

=

(aq; q)n1
[1 a (1 aq n )] z n
(q;
q)
n
n=1
= a

(1 q n )(aq; q)n1 n
z
(q; q)n
n=1
= a

(aq; q)n1 n
z = azhaq (z),
(q; q)n1
n=1
(1.3.8)
giving an analogue of (1.3.5). Observing that

f (z) f (qz)
q1
(1 q)z
f (z) = lim
(1.3.9)
for a dierentiable function f , we next compute the dierence

ha (z) ha (qz) =

(a; q)n n
(z q n z n )
(q;
q)
n
n=1

(a; q)n n (a; q)n+1 n+1
=
z =
z
(q; q)n1
(q; q)n
n=1
n=0
= (1 a)zhaq (z).
(1.3.10)
Eliminating haq (z) from (1.3.8) and (1.3.10) gives

1 az
(1.3.11)
ha (qz).
1z
Iterating this relation n 1 times and then letting n we obtain
ha (z) =
(az; q)n
ha (q n z)
(z; q)n
(az; q)
(az; q)
ha (0) =
,
=
(z; q)
(z; q)
ha (z) =
(1.3.12)
since q n 0 as n and ha (0) = 1 by (1.3.7), which completes the proof

of (1.3.2).
One consequence of (1.3.2) is the product formula
1 0 (a; ; q, z) 1 0 (b; ; q, az)
a
=
b
1 0 (ab; ; q, z),
(1.3.13)
ab
.
which is a q-analogue of (1 z) (1 z) = (1 z)
In the special case a = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , (1.3.2) gives
1 0 (q
; ; q, z) = (zq n ; q)n = (z)n q n(n+1)/2 (q/z; q)n ,
(1.3.14)
where, by analytic continuation, z can be any complex number. From now

on, unless stated othewise, whenever q j , q k , q m , q n appear as numerator
parameters in basic series it will be assumed that j, k, m, n, respectively, are
nonnegative integers.
If we set a = 0 in (1.3.2), we get
1 0 (0; ; q, z)
zn
1
=
, |z| < 1,
(q;
q)
(z;
q)
n
n=0
(1.3.15)
11
which is a q-analogue of the exponential function ez . Another q-analogue of ez

can be obtained from (1.3.2) by replacing z by z/a and then letting a
to get

q n(n1)/2 n
z = (z; q) .
(1.3.16)
0 0 (; ; q, z) =
(q; q)n
n=0
Observe that if we denote the q-exponential functions in (1.3.15) and
(1.3.16) by eq (z) and Eq (z), respectively, then eq (z)Eq (z) = 1, eq1 (z) =
Eq (qz) by (1.2.24), and
lim eq (z(1 q)) = lim Eq (z(1 q)) = ez .
q1
(1.3.17)
q1
In deriving q-analogues of various formulas we shall sometimes use the

observation that
(q a z; q)
=
(z; q)
1 0 (q
Thus
lim
q1
; ; q, z)
1 F0 (a; ; z)
(q a z; q)
= (1 z)a ,
(z; q)
= (1z)a as q 1 . (1.3.18)
|z| < 1,
a real.
(1.3.19)
By analytic continuation this holds for z in the complex plane cut along the
positive real axis from 1 to , with (1 z)a positive when z is real and less
than 1.
Let and be the forward and backward q-dierence operators, respectively, dened by
f (z) = f (qz) f (z),
f (z) = f (q 1 z) f (z),
(1.3.20)
where we take 0 < q < 1, without any loss of generality. Then the unique
analytic solutions of
f (z)
= f (z),
z
f (0) = 1
and
g(z)
= g(z),
z
g(0) = 1,
(1.3.21)
are
f (z) = eq (z(1 q))
and g(z) = Eq (z(1 q)).
(1.3.22)
The symmetric q-dierence operator q is dened by

q f (z) = f (zq 1/2 ) f (zq 1/2 ).
(1.3.23)
If we seek an analytic solution of the initial-value problem
in the form

n=0
q f (z)
= f (z),
q z
f (0) = 1,
(1.3.24)
an z n , then we nd that
an+1 =
1 q n/2
q an ,
1 q n+1
a0 = 1,
(1.3.25)
12
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Hence, an = (1 q)n q (n
q-exponential function
expq (z) =
n)/4
/(q; q)n , and we have a third

(1 q)n q (n n)/4 n 1
zn
z =
(q;
q)
[n;
]!
n
n=0
n=0
(1.3.26)
with q = e2i . This q-exponential function has the properties

expq1 (z) = expq (z),
lim expq (z) = ez ,
q1
(1.3.27)
and it is an entire function of z of order zero with an innite product representation in terms of its zeros. See Nelson and Gartley [1994], and Atakishiyev
and Suslov [1992a]. The multi-sheet Riemann surface associated with the qlogarithm inverse function z = lnq (w) of w = expq (z) is considered in Nelson
and Gartley [1996].
Ismail and Zhang [1994] found an extension of expq (z) in the form
2

1m
q m /4 1m +z
f (z) =
, aq 2 z ; q
bm ,
aq 2
(q;
q)
m
m
m=0
(1.3.28)
which has the property

f (z)
= f (z),
x(z)
f (z) = f (z + 1/2) f (z 1/2),
(1.3.29)
where
x(z) = C(q z + q z )
(1.3.30)
with C = abq 1/4 /(1 q) is the so-called q-quadratic lattice, and a and b
are arbitrary complex parameters such that |ab| < 1. In the particular case
q z = ei , 0 , x = cos , the q-exponential function in (1.3.28) becomes
the function
2

q m /4 1m i 1m i m
q 2 ae , q 2 ae ; q
b .
(1.3.31)
Eq (x; a, b) =
(q; q)m
m
m=0
Ismail and Zhang showed that
lim Eq (x; a, b(1 q)) = exp[(1 + a2 2ax)b],
q1
(1.3.32)
and that Eq (x; a, b) is an entire function of x when |ab| < 1. From (1.3.32) they
observed that Eq (x; i, it/2) is a q-analogue of ext . It is now standard to use
the notation in Suslov [2003] for the slightly modied q-exponential function
2

1m
1m
(2 ; q 2 ) q m /4
m
2 ei , iq 2 ei ; q
iq
(i)
,
Eq (x; ) =
(q2 ; q 2 ) m=0 (q; q)m
m
(1.3.33)
which, because of the normalizing factor that he introduced, has the nice property that Eq (0; ) = 1 (see Suslov [2003, p. 17]).
13

Heine [1847, 1878] showed that
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(b, az; q)
2 1 (c/b, z; az; q, b),
(c, z; q)
(1.4.1)
where |z| < 1 and |b| < 1. To prove this transformation formula, rst observe
from the q-binomial theorem (1.3.2) that

(c/b; q)m n m
(cq n ; q)
=
(bq ) .
(bq n ; q)
(q; q)m
m=0
Hence, for |z| < 1 and |b| < 1,

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) =
(b; q) (a; q)n (cq n ; q) n

z
(c; q) n=0 (q; q)n (bq n ; q)
(b; q) (a; q)n n (c/b; q)m n m

=
z
(bq )
(c; q) n=0 (q; q)n m=0 (q; q)m
(b; q) (c/b; q)m m (a; q)n

b
(zq m )n
(c; q) m=0 (q; q)m
(q;
q)
n
n=0
(b; q) (c/b; q)m m (azq m ; q)

=
b
(c; q) m=0 (q; q)m
(zq m ; q)
(b, az; q)
2 1 (c/b, z; az; q, b)
(c, z; q)
by (1.3.2), which gives (1.4.1).

Heine also showed that Eulers transformation formula
2 F1 (a, b; c; z)
= (1 z)cab 2 F1 (c a, c b; c; z)
(1.4.2)
has a q-analogue of the form

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(abz/c; q)
2 1 (c/a, c/b; c; q, abz/c).
(z; q)
(1.4.3)
A short way to prove this formula is just to iterate (1.4.1) as follows

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(b, az; q)
2 1 (c/b, z; az; q, b)
(c, z; q)
(c/b, bz; q)
=
2 1 (abz/c, b; bz; q, c/b)
(c, z; q)
(abz/c; q)
=
2 1 (c/a, c/b; c; q, abz/c).
(z; q)
=
(1.4.4)
(1.4.5)
(1.4.6)
14

1.5 Heines q-analogue of Gauss summation formula
In order to derive Heines [1847] q-analogue of Gauss summation formula

(1.2.11) it suces to set z = c/ab in (1.4.1), assume that |b| < 1, |c/ab| < 1,
and observe that the series on the right side of
2 1 (a, b; c; q, c/ab)
(b, c/b; q)
1 0 (c/ab; ; q, b)
(c, c/ab; q)
can be summed by (1.3.2) to give

2 1 (a, b; c; q, c/ab)
(c/a, c/b; q)
.
(c, c/ab; q)
(1.5.1)
By analytic continuation, we may drop the assumption that |b| < 1 and require
only that |c/ab| < 1 for (1.5.1) to be valid.
For the terminating case when a = q n , (1.5.1) reduces to
2 1 (q
, b; c; q, cq n /b) =
(c/b; q)n
.
(c; q)n
(1.5.2)
By inversion or by changing the order of summation it follows from (1.5.2) that

2 1 (q
, b; c; q, q) =
(c/b; q)n n
b .
(c; q)n
(1.5.3)
Both (1.5.2) and (1.5.3) are q-analogues of Vandermondes formula (1.2.9).

These formulas can be used to derive other important formulas such as, for
example, Jacksons [1910a] transformation formula
k
(az; q) (a, c/b; q)k
(bz)k q (2)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) =
(z; q)
(q, c, az; q)k
k=0
(az; q)
=
2 2 (a, c/b; c, az; q, bz).
(z; q)
(1.5.4)
This formula is a q-analogue of the PfaKummer transformation formula

2 F1 (a, b; c; z)
= (1 z)a 2 F1 (a, c b; c; z/(z 1)).
To prove (1.5.4), we use (1.5.2) to write

k

(b; q)k
(q k , c/b; q)n k n
=
bq
(c; q)k
(q, c; q)n
n=0
(1.5.5)
1.6 Jacobis triple product identity
15
and hence
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
=
=
=
=

(a; q)k
(q; q)k
k=0

n=0 k=n

n=0 k=0
zk
k

(q k , c/b; q)n k n
bq
(q, c; q)n
n=0
n
(a; q)k (c/b; q)n k
z (b)n q ( 2 )
(q; q)kn (q, c; q)n
n
(a; q)k+n (c/b; q)n
(bz)n z k q ( 2 )
(q; q)k (q, c; q)n
n (aq n ; q)k
(a, c/b; q)n
(bz)n q ( 2 )
zk
(q,
c;
q)
(q;
q)
n
k
n=0
k=0
n
(az; q) (a, c/b; q)n
=
(bz)n q ( 2 ) ,
(z; q) n=0 (q, c, az; q)n
by (1.3.2). Also see Andrews [1973]. If a = q n , then the series on the right
side of (1.5.4) can be reversed (by replacing k by n k) to yield Sears [1951c]
2 1 (q
, b; c; q, z)
n
(c/b; q)n bz
n
=
, q/z, c1 q 1n ; bc1 q 1n , 0; q, q). (1.5.6)
3 2 (q
(c; q)n
q
1.6 Jacobis triple product identity, theta
functions, and elliptic numbers
Jacobis [1829] well-known triple product identity (see Andrews [1971])

1
(zq 2 , q 2 /z, q; q) =
(1)n q n
/2 n
z ,
z = 0,
(1.6.1)
n=
can be easily derived by using Heines summation formula (1.5.1).

1
First, set c = bzq 2 in (1.5.1) and then let b 0 and a to obtain
2

1
(1)n q n /2 n
z = (zq 2 ; q) .
(q; q)n
n=0
(1.6.2)
Similarly, setting c = zq in (1.5.1) and letting a and b we get
qn zn
1
=
.
(q, zq; q)n
(zq; q)
n=0
Now use (1.6.2) to nd that
1
(zq 2 , q 2 /z; q)
2
2

(1)m+n q (m +n )/2 mn
=
z
(q; q)m (q; q)n
m=0 n=0
(1.6.3)
16

2
2

(1)n q n /2 n
qk
=
z
q nk
n+1 ; q)
(q;
q)
(q,
q
n
k
n=0
k=0
2
2

(1)n q n /2 n
qk
+
z
q nk .
n+1 ; q)
(q;
q)
(q,
q
n
k
n=1
(1.6.4)
k=0
Formula (1.6.1) then follows from (1.6.3) by observing that

2
1
qk
1
1
q nk =
=
.
n+1
n+1
(q; q)n
(q, q
; q)k
(q; q)n (q
; q)
(q; q)
k=0
An important application of (1.6.1) is that it can be used to express the

theta functions (Whittaker and Watson [1965, Chapter 21])
1 (x, q) = 2
2 (x, q) = 2
(1)n q (n+1/2) sin(2n + 1)x,
n=0
q (n+1/2) cos(2n + 1)x,
(1.6.5)
(1.6.6)
n=0
3 (x, q) = 1 + 2
4 (x, q) = 1 + 2
q n cos 2nx,
n=1
(1)n q n cos 2nx
(1.6.7)
(1.6.8)
n=1
in terms of innite products. Just replace q by q 2 in (1.6.1) and then set z

equal to qe2ix , qe2ix , e2ix , e2ix , respectively, to obtain
1 (x, q) = 2q 1/4 sin x
2 (x, q) = 2q 1/4 cos x
(1 q 2n )(1 2q 2n cos 2x + q 4n ),
(1.6.9)
(1 q 2n )(1 + 2q 2n cos 2x + q 4n ),
(1.6.10)
n=1
n=1
3 (x, q) =
(1 q 2n )(1 + 2q 2n1 cos 2x + q 4n2 ),
(1.6.11)
(1 q 2n )(1 2q 2n1 cos 2x + q 4n2 ).
(1.6.12)
n=1
and
4 (x, q) =
n=1
It is common to write k (x) for k (x, q), k = 1, . . . , 4.

Since, from (1.6.9) and (1.6.10),
lim 21 q 4 1 (x, q) = sin x,
1
q0
lim 21 q 4 2 (x, q) = cos x,

1
q0
(1.6.13)
one can think of the theta functions 1 (x, q) and 2 (x, q) as one-parameter
deformations (generalizations) of the trigonometric functions sin x and cos x,
1.7 q-Saalsch
utz formula
17
respectively. This led Frenkel and Turaev [1995] to dene an elliptic number
[a; , ] by
1 (a, ei )
,
(1.6.14)
[a; , ] =
1 (, ei )
where a is a complex number and the modular parameters and are xed
complex numbers such that Im ( ) > 0 and = m + n for integer values of m and n, so that the denominator 1 (, ei ) in (1.6.14) is never
zero. Then, from (1.6.9) it is clear that [a; , ] is well-dened, [a; , ] =
[a; , ], [1; , ] = 1, and
sin(a)
lim [a; , ] =
= [a; ].
(1.6.15)
Im
sin()
Hence, the elliptic number [a; , ] is a one-parameter deformation of the
trigonometric number [a; ] and a two-parameter deformation of the number
a. Notice that [a; , ] is called an elliptic number even though it is not an
elliptic (doubly periodic and meromorphic) function of a. However, [a; , ]
is a quotient of 1 functions and, as is well-known (see Whittaker and Watson [1965, 21.5]), any (doubly periodic meromorphic) elliptic function can be
written as a constant multiple of a quotient of products of 1 functions. The
corresponding elliptic hypergeometric series are considered in Chapter 11.
1.7 A q-analogue of Saalsch

utzs summation formula
Pfa [1797] discovered the summation formula
(c a)n (c b)n
, n = 0, 1, . . . , (1.7.1)
3 F2 (a, b, n; c, 1 + a + b c n; 1) =
(c)n (c a b)n
which sums a terminating balanced 3 F2 (1) series with argument 1. It was
rediscovered by Saalsch
utz [1890] and is usually called Saalsch
utz formula or
the PfaSaalsch
utz formula; see Askey [1975]. To derive a q-analogue of
(1.7.1), observe that since, by (1.3.2),

(ab/c; q)k k
(abz/c; q)
=
z
(z; q)
(q; q)k
k=0
the right side of (1.4.3) equals

m

(ab/c; q)k (c/a, c/b; q)m ab
z k+m ,
(q;
q)
(q,
c;
q)
c
k
m
m=0
k=0
and hence, equating the coecients of z n on both sides of (1.4.3) we get

n

(q n , c/a, c/b; q)j j
(a, b; q)n
q =
.
1n /ab; q)
(q,
c,
cq
(c,
ab/c; q)n
j
j=0
Replacing a, b by c/a, c/b, respectively, this gives the following sum of a terminating balanced 3 2 series
(c/a, c/b; q)n
n
; c, abc1 q 1n ; q, q) =
, n = 0, 1, . . . ,
(1.7.2)
3 2 (a, b, q
(c, c/ab; q)n
18
which was rst derived by Jackson [1910a]. It is easy to see that (1.7.1) follows
from (1.7.2) by replacing a, b, c in (1.7.2) by q a , q b , q c , respectively, and letting
q 1. Note that letting a in (1.7.2) gives (1.5.2), while letting a 0
gives (1.5.3).
1.8 The BaileyDaum summation formula
Bailey [1941] and Daum [1942] independently discovered the summation formula
(q; q) (aq, aq 2 /b2 ; q 2 )
,
(1.8.1)
2 1 (a, b; aq/b; q, q/b) =
(aq/b, q/b; q)
which is a q-analogue of Kummers formula
2 F1 (a, b; 1
+ a b; 1) =
(1 + a b)(1 + 12 a)
.
(1 + a)(1 + 12 a b)
(1.8.2)
Formula (1.8.1) can be easily obtained from (1.4.1) by using the identity
(1.2.40) and a limiting form of (1.2.39), namely, (a; q) = (a, aq; q 2 ) , to
see that
2 1 (a, b; aq/b; q, q/b)
(a, q; q)
2 1 (q/b, q/b; q; q, a)
(aq/b, q/b; q)

(q 2 /b2 ; q 2 )n n
(a, q; q)
=
a
(aq/b, q/b; q) n=0 (q 2 ; q 2 )n
=
(a, q; q) (aq 2 /b2 ; q 2 )

(aq/b, q/b; q) (a; q 2 )
(q; q) (aq, aq 2 /b2 ; q 2 )
=
.
(aq/b, q/b; q)
=
by (1.3.2)
1.9 q-analogues of the KarlssonMinton

summation formulas
Minton [1970] showed that if a is a negative integer and m1 , m2 , . . . , mr are
nonnegative integers such that a m1 + + mr , then

a, b, b1 + m1 , . . . , br + mr
;1
r+2 Fr+1
b + 1, b1 , . . . , br
(b + 1)(1 a) (b1 b)m1 (br b)mr
(1.9.1)
=
(1 + b a)
(b1 )m1 (br )mr
where, as usual, it is assumed that none of the factors in the denominators
of the terms of the series is zero. Karlsson [1971] showed that (1.9.1) also
holds when a is not a negative integer provided that the series converges, i.e.,
if Re(a) > m1 + + mr 1, and he deduced from (1.9.1) that

a, b1 + m1 , . . . , br + mr
F
;
1
= 0, Re (a) > m1 + + mr , (1.9.2)
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
1.9 q-KarlssonMinton formulas
19

(m1 + + mr ), b1 + m1 , . . . , br + mr
;1
b1 , . . . , br
(m1 + + mr )!
.
(1.9.3)
= (1)m1 ++mr
(b1 )m1 (br )mr
These formulas are particularly useful for evaluating sums that appear as solutions to some problems in theoretical physics such as the Racah coecients.
They were also used by Gasper [1981b] to prove the orthogonality on (0, 2)
of certain functions that arose in Greiners [1980] work on spherical harmonics
on the Heisenberg group. Here we shall present Gaspers [1981a] derivation of
q-analogues of the above formulas. Some of the formulas derived below will
be used in Chapter 7 to prove the orthogonality relation for the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials.
Observe that if m and n are nonnegative integers with m n, then
(br q m ; q)n mn
n m
, q ; br ; q, q) =
q
2 1 (q
(br ; q)n
r+1 Fr
by (1.5.3), and hence

a1 , . . . , ar , br q m
; q, z
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br1 , br
n

(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n
(q n , q m ; q)k mn+k
n
=
z
q
(q, b1 , . . . , br1 ; q)n
(q, br ; q)k
n=0
k=0
=
=

m
k
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n (q m ; q)k
z n (1)k q mn+knk+(2)
(b1 , . . . , br1 ; q)n (q; q)nk (q, br ; q)k
n=0 k=0
m
m
k
(q , a1 , . . . , ar ; q)k
(zq m )k q (2)
(q, b1 , . . . , br ; q)k
k=0

a1 q k , . . . , ar q k
mk
r r1
,
; q, zq
b1 q k , . . . , br1 q k
|z| < 1.
(1.9.4)
This expansion formula is a q-analogue of a formula in Fox [1927, (1.11)] and

independently derived by Minton [1970, (4)].
When r = 2, formulas (1.9.4), (1.5.1) and (1.5.3) yield

(q, bq/a; q)
a, b, b1 q m
1 1m
m
=
; q, a q
, b; b1 ; q, q)
3 2
2 1 (q
bq, b1
(bq, q/a; q)
(q, bq/a; q) (b1 /b; q)m m
b ,
(1.9.5)
=
(bq, q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m
provided that |a1 q 1m | < 1. By induction it follows from (1.9.4) and (1.9.5)
that if m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers and |a1 q 1(m1 ++mr ) | < 1, then

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1(m1 ++mr )
;
q,
a
q
r+2 r+1
bq, b1 , . . . , br
(q, bq/a; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr
b
(1.9.6)
=
(bq, q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
20
which is a q-analogue of (1.9.1). Formula (1.9.1) can be derived from (1.9.6) by

replacing a, b, b1 , . . ., br by q a , q b , q b1 , . . . , q br , respectively, and letting q 1.
Setting br = b, mr = 1 and then replacing r by r + 1 in (1.9.6) gives

a, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 (m1 ++mr )
= 0, |a1 q (m1 ++mr ) | < 1,
; q, a q
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
(1.9.7)
while letting b in the case a = q (m1 ++mr ) of (1.9.6) gives
(m ++m )

1
r
q
, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
;
q,
1
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
=
(1)m1 ++mr (q; q)m1 ++mr (m1 ++mr )(m1 ++mr +1)/2
q
, (1.9.8)
(b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
which are q-analogues of (1.9.2) and (1.9.3). Another q-analogue of (1.9.3) can
be derived by letting b 0 in (1.9.6) to obtain

a, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1(m1 ++mr )
;
q,
a
q
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
=
mr
1
m1
mr
(1)m1 ++mr (q; q) bm
1 br
q ( 2 )++( 2 ) ,
(q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
(1.9.9)
when |a1 q 1(m1 ++mr ) | < 1.

In addition, if a = q n and n is a nonnegative integer then we can reverse
the order of summation of the series in (1.9.6), (1.9.7) and (1.9.9) to obtain

n
q , b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
;
q,
q
r+2 r+1
bq, b1 , . . . , br
n
b (q; q)n (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr
=
, n m1 + + mr , (1.9.10)
(bq; q)n (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

n
q , b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
; q, q = 0, n > m1 + + mr ,
(1.9.11)
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
and the following generalization of (1.9.8)
n

(1)n (q; q)n q n(n+1)/2
q , b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
; q, 1 =
,
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
(b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
(1.9.12)
where n m1 + + mr , which also follows by letting b in (1.9.10).

Note that the b 0 limit case of (1.9.10) is (1.9.11) when n > m1 + + mr ,
and it is the a = q (m1 ++mr ) special case of (1.9.9) when n = m1 + + mr .
1.10 The q-gamma and q-beta functions
The q-gamma function
q (x) =
(q; q)
(1 q)1x , 0 < q < 1,
(q x ; q)
(1.10.1)
1.10 The q-gamma and q-beta functions
21
was introduced by Thomae [1869] and later by Jackson [1904e]. Heine [1847]
gave an equivalent denition, but without the factor (1q)1x . When x = n+1
with n a nonnegative integer, this denition reduces to
q (n + 1) = 1(1 + q)(1 + q + q 2 ) (1 + q + + q n1 ),
(1.10.2)
which clearly approaches n! as q 1 . Hence q (n + 1) tends to (n + 1) = n!

as q 1 . The denition of q (x) can be extended to |q| < 1 by using the
principal values of q x and (1 q)1x in (1.10.1).
To show that
(1.10.3)
lim q (x) = (x)
q1
we shall give a simple, formal proof due to Gosper; see Andrews [1986]. From
(1.10.1),
(q; q)
q (x + 1) = x+1
(1 q)x
(q
; q)
(1 q n )(1 q n+1 )x
=
(1 q n+x )(1 q n )x
n=1
Hence

x
n+1
n
n+x
n
n=1

x

x 1
1
1
=x x
1+
1+
n
n
n=1
lim q (x + 1) =
q1
= x(x) = (x + 1)
by Eulers product formula (see Whittaker and Watson [1965, 12.11]) and the
well-known functional equation for the gamma function
(x + 1) = x (x),
(1) = 1.
(1.10.4)
For a rigorous justication of the above steps see Koornwinder [1990]. From
(1.10.1) it is easily seen that, analogous to (1.10.4), q (x) satises the functional equation
1 qx
f (x), f (1) = 1.
(1.10.5)
f (x + 1) =
1q
Askey [1978] derived analogues of many of the well-known properties of the
gamma function, including its log-convexity (see the exercises at the end of
this chapter), which show that (1.10.1) is a natural q-analogue of (x).
It is obvious from (1.10.1) that q (x) has poles at x = 0, 1, 2, . . . . The
residue at x = n is
lim (x + n)q (x) =
xn
(1 q)n+1
q 1n ) (1 q 1 )
q n )(1
(1
(1 q)n+1
= n
.
(q ; q)n log q 1
lim
xn
x+n
1 q x+n
(1.10.6)
22
The q-gamma function has no zeros, so its reciprocal is an entire function with
zeros at x = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Since
1 q n+x
1
,
= (1 q)x1
q (x)
1 q n+1
n=0
(1.10.7)
the function 1/q (x) has zeros at x = n 2ik/ log q, where k and n are
nonnegative integers.
A q-analogue of Legendres duplication formula

1
1
2x1
=2
(1.10.8)
(2x)
(x) x +
2
2
can be easily derived by observing that

q2 (x)q2 x + 12
(q, q 2 ; q 2 )
1
(1 q 2 )12x
= 2x 2x+1 2
(q , q
; q )
q 2 2
=
(q; q)
(1 q 2 )12x = (1 + q)12x q (2x)
(q 2x ; q)
and hence

1
1
2x1
q2 (x)q2 x +
= (1 + q)
.
q (2x)q2
2
2
Similarly, it can be shown that the Gauss multiplication formula

n1
1
(n1)/2
nx 12
x +
=n
(x) x +
(nx)(2)
n
n
(1.10.9)
(1.10.10)

1
2
n1
r
r
q (nx)r
n
n
n

1
n1
= (1 + q + + q n1 )nx1 r (x)r x +
r x +
(1.10.11)
n
n
with r = q n ; see Jackson [1904e, 1905d]. The q-gamma function for q > 1 is
considered in Exercise 1.23. For other interesting properties of the q-gamma
function see Askey [1978] and Moak [1980a,b] and Ismail, Lorch and Muldoon
[1986].
Since the beta function is dened by
B(x, y) =
(x)(y)
,
(x + y)
(1.10.12)
it is natural to dene the q-beta function by

Bq (x, y) =
q (x)q (y)
,
q (x + y)
(1.10.13)
1.11 The q-integral
23
which tends to B(x, y) as q 1 . By (1.10.1) and (1.3.2),

Bq (x, y) = (1 q)
= (1 q)
(q, q x+y ; q)
(q x , q y ; q)
(q; q) (q y ; q)n
(q y ; q)
n=0
q nx
(q; q)n

(q n+1 ; q) nx
= (1 q)
q ,
(q n+y ; q)
n=0
Re x, Re y > 0. (1.10.14)
This series expansion will be used in the next section to derive a q-integral
representation for Bq (x, y).
1.11 The q-integral
Thomae [1869, 1870] and Jackson [1910c, 1951] introduced the q-integral
1

f (t) dq t = (1 q)
f (q n )q n
(1.11.1)
0
n=0
and Jackson gave the more general denition

b

b
f (t) dq t =
f (t) dq t
0
where
f (t) dq t,
(1.11.2)
f (t) dq t = a(1 q)
f (aq n )q n .
(1.11.3)
Jackson also dened an integral on (0, ) by

f (t) dq t = (1 q)
f (q n )q n .
(1.11.4)
n=0
n=
The bilateral q-integral is dened by

f (t) dq t = (1 q)
[f (q n ) + f (q n )] q n .
(1.11.5)
n=
If f is continuous on [0, a], then it is easily seen that

a
a
f (t) dq t =
f (t) dt
lim
q1
(1.11.6)
and that a similar limit holds for (1.11.4) and (1.11.5) when f is suitably
restricted. By (1.11.1), it follows from (1.10.14) that
1
(tq; q)
tx1 y
dq t, Re x > 0, y = 0, 1, 2, . . . , (1.11.7)
Bq (x, y) =
(tq
; q)
0
which clearly approaches the beta function integral
1
tx1 (1 t)y1 dt, Re x, Re y > 0,
B(x, y) =
0
(1.11.8)
24
as q 1 . Thomae [1869] rewrote Heines formula (1.4.1) in the q-integral

form
1
(tzq a , tq; q)
q (c)
a b c
(q
,
q
;
q
;
q,
z)
=
tb1
dq t,
(1.11.9)
2 1
q (b)q (c b) 0
(tz, tq cb ; q)
which is a q-analogue of Eulers integral representation
1
(c)
tb1 (1 t)cb1 (1 tz)a dt,
2 F1 (a, b; c; z) =
(b)(c b) 0
(1.11.10)
where | arg(1 z)| < and Re c > Re b > 0.

The q-integral notation is, as we shall see later, quite useful in simplifying
and manipulating various formulas involving sums of series.
Exercises
1.1 Verify the identities (1.2.30)(1.2.40), and show that
n

n
a
n
(i)
q ( 2 ) ,
(aq ; q)n = (q/a; q)n
q
n

n
a
(q/a; q)n+k
kn
(aq
(ii)
; q)n =
q nk( 2 ) ,
(q/a; q)k
q
1
(iii)
(iv)
(qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)n
(a , a ; q)n
1
2
1
2
1 aq 2n
,
1a
1
(a; q)2n = (a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 ; q)n ,

n
(v)
(vi)
(a; q)n (q/a; q)n = (a)n q ( 2 ) ,

(q, q, q 2 ; q 2 ) = 1.
1.2 The q-binomial coecient is dened by

n
(q; q)n
=
k q
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
for k = 0, 1, . . . , n, and by

(q +1 , q +1 ; q)
q ( + 1)
=
=
+1
q
(q, q
; q)
q ( + 1)q ( + 1)
for complex and when |q| < 1. Verify that

n
n
(i)
=
,
nk q
k q

k
(q ; q)k
k
(ii)
=
(q ) q (2) ,
k q
(q; q)k

k+
(q +1 ; q)k
(iii)
=
,
k
(q; q)k
q
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Exercises

k
+k1
=
(q )k q (2) ,
k q
k
q

+1
k
=
q +
=
+
q +1k ,
k
k q
k1 q
k q
k1 q
q
n

k
n
(z)k q (2) ,
(z; q)n =
k q
k=0
when k and n are nonnegative integers.

1.3 (i) Show that the binomial theorem
n

n k nk
a b
(a + b)n =
k
k=0
where n = 0, 1, . . . , has a q-analogue of the form

n

n
bk (a; q)k (b; q)nk
(ab; q)n =
k q
k=0
n

n
=
ank (a; q)k (b; q)nk .
k q
k=0
(ii) Extend the above formula to the q-multinomial theorem

(a1 a2 am+1 ; q)n

n
1 +k2 ++km
=
ak21 ak31 +k2 akm+1
,
.
.
.
,
k
k
1
m
q
0k ,...,0k
m
1
k1 ++km n
(a1 ; q)k1 (a2 ; q)k2 (am ; q)km (am+1 ; q)n(k1 ++km ) ,

where m = 1, 2, . . . , n = 0, 1, . . . , and

(q; q)n
n
=
k1 , . . . , km q
(q; q)k1 (q; q)km (q; q)n(k1 ++km )
is the q-multinomial coecient.
1.4 (i) Prove the inversion formula

a1 , . . . , ar
; q, z
r s
b1 , . . . , bs
n

1 1

a1 ar z
(a1
)n
1 , . . . , ar ; q
=
.
1 1
(q 1 , b1
)n b1 bs q
1 , . . . , bs ; q
n=0
(ii) By reversing the order of summation, show that

a1 , . . . , ar , q n
; q, z
r+1 s
b1 , . . . , bs
sr1
n
n
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n z
n (2)
(1) q
=
(b1 . . . , bs ; q)n q
k

n

(q 1n /b1 , . . . , q 1n /bs , q n ; q)k b1 bs q n+1
(q, q 1n /a1 , . . . , q 1n /ar ; q)k

a1 ar z
k=0
25
26

when n = 0, 1, . . . .
(iii) Show that

a1 , . . . , ar+1
z
;
q,
q
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
(a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; q)
=
(1 q)(q, b1 , . . . , br ; q)
tz1
0
(qt, b1 t, . . . , br t; q)
dq t,
(a1 t, . . . , ar+1 t; q)
when 0 < q < 1, Re z > 0, and the series on the left side does not
terminate.
1.5 Show that
n
(c, bq n ; q)m
(b/c; q)n (q n , c; q)k q k
=
(cq k ; q)m .
(b; q)m
(b; q)n
(q, cq 1n /b; q)k
k=0
1.6 Prove the summation formulas

(i) 2 1 (q n , q 1n ; qb2 ; q 2 , q 2 ) =
(b2 ; q 2 )n (n)
q 2 ,
(b2 ; q)n
(c/a; q)
,
(c; q)
(iii) 2 0 (a, q n ; ; q, q n /a) = an ,
(ii) 1 1 (a; c; q, c/a) =

q n n
2
(iv)
=
,
2
(q; q)n
(q; q)
n=0
(zp1 ; p1 )
, |p| > 1, |azp1 | < 1,
(azp1 ; p1 )
(a/c, b/c; p1 )
(vi) 2 1 (a, b; c; p, p) =
, |p| > 1.
(1/c, ab/c; p1 )
1.7 Show that, for |z| < 1,
(v) 1 0 (a; ; p, z) =
2
2 1 (a , aq; a; q, z)
= (1 + az)
(a2 qz; q)
(z; q)
1.8 Show that, when |a| < 1 and |bq/a2 | < 1,

2 2
2
2
2 1 (a , a /b; b; q , bq/a )

(b/a; q)
(b/a; q)
(a2 , q; q 2 )
+
.
=
2(b, bq/a2 ; q 2 ) (a; q)
(a; q)
(Andrews and Askey [1977])

1.9 Let (a, b, c) denote the series 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z). Verify Heines [1847]
q-contiguous relations:
(1 a)(1 b)
(aq, bq, cq),
(i) (a, b, cq 1 ) (a, b, c) = cz
(q c)(1 c)
1b
(aq, bq, cq),
(ii) (aq, b, c) (a, b, c) = az
1c
Exercises
27
(1 b)(1 c/a)
(aq, bq, cq 2 ),
(1 c)(1 cq)
(1 b/aq)
(aq, b, cq).
(iv) (aq, bq 1 , c) (a, b, c) = az
1c
(iii) (aq, b, cq) (a, b, c) = az
1.10 Denoting 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z), 2 1 (aq 1 , b; c, q, z), 2 1 (a, bq 1 ; c; q, z)

and 2 1 (a, b; cq 1 ; q, z) by , (aq 1 ), (bq 1 ) and (cq 1 ), respectively,
show that
(i) b(1 a)(aq) a(1 b)(bq) = (b a),
(ii) a(1 b/c)(bq 1 ) b(1 a/c)(aq 1 ) = (a b)(1 abz/cq),
(iii) q(1 a/c)(aq 1 ) + (1 a)(1 abz/c)(aq)
= [1 + q a aq/c + a2 z(1 b/a)/c],
(iv) (1 c)(q c)(abz c)(cq 1 ) + (c a)(c b)z(cq)
= (c 1)[c(q c) + (ca + cb ab abq)z].
(Heine [1847])
1.11 Let g(; , , ) = (ei , ; q) 2 1 (ei , ei ; ; q, ei ). Prove that
g(; , , ) is symmetric in , , and is even in .
1.12 Let Dq be the q-derivative operator dened for xed q by
Dq f (z) =
f (z) f (qz)
,
(1 q)z
and let Dqn u = Dq (Dqn1 u) for n = 1, 2, . . . . Show that

d
(i) lim Dq f (z) =
f (z) if f is dierentiable at z,
q1
dz
(a, b; q)n
(ii) Dqn 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) =
(aq n , bq n ; cq n ; q, z),
n 2 1
(c;
q)
(1
q)
n

(z; q)
(a,
b;
c;
q,
z)
(iii) Dqn
2 1
(abz/c; q)
n
ab
(zq n ; q)
(c/a, c/b; q)n
n
n
=
2 1 (a, b; cq ; q, zq ).
(c; q)n (1 q)n c
(abz/c; q)
(iv) Prove the q-Leibniz formula
Dqn [f (z)g(z)]
n

n
k=0
Dqnk f (zq k )Dqk g(z).

q
1.13 Show that u(z) = 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) satises (for |z| < 1 and in the formal
power series sense) the second order q-dierential equation

1 c (1 a)(1 b) (1 abq)
+
z Dq u
z(c abqz)Dq2 u +
1q
1q
(1 a)(1 b)
u = 0,
(1 q)2
where Dq is dened as in Ex. 1.12. By replacing a, b, c, respectively, by
q a , q b , q c and then letting q 1 show that the above equation tends to
the second order dierential equation
z(1 z)v + [c (a + b + 1)z]v abv = 0
28

for the hypergeometric function v(z) =
(Heine [1847])
2 F1 (a, b; c; z),
where |z| < 1.
1.14 Let |x| < 1 and let eq (x) and Eq (x) be as dened in 1.3. Dene
sinq (x) =
eq (ix) eq (ix) (1)n x2n+1

=
,
2i
(q; q)2n+1
n=0
cosq (x) =
eq (ix) + eq (ix) (1)n x2n

=
.
2
(q; q)2n
n=0
Also dene
Eq (ix) Eq (ix)
,
2i
Sinq (x) =
Cosq (x) =
Eq (ix) + Eq (ix)
.
2
Show that
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
eq (ix) = cosq (x) + i sinq (x),

Eq (ix) = Cosq (x) + iSinq (x),
sinq (x)Sinq (x) + cosq (x)Cosq (x) = 1,
sinq (x)Cosq (x) Sinq (x) cosq (x) = 0.
For these identities and other identities involving q-analogues of sin x and
cos x, see Jackson [1904a] and Hahn [1949c].
1.15 Prove the transformation formulas

n
n
(bzq n /c; q)
q ,b
q , c/b, 0
(i)
; q, z =
; q, q ,
3 2
2 1
c
c, cq/bz
(bz/c; q)

(ii)
2 1

(iii)
2 1
n

(c/b; q)n n
q n , b
q , b, q/z
; q, z =
; q, z/c ,
b 3 1
c
bq 1n /c
(c; q)n
q n , b
c
n

q , b, bzq n /c
(c/b; q)n
; q, q .
; q, z =
3 2
(c; q)n
bq 1n /c, 0
(See Jackson [1905a, 1927])

1.16 Show that

(a; q)n n(n+1)/2
q
= (q; q) (aq; q 2 ) .
(q;
q)
n
n=0
1.17 Show that

n

(a, b; q)k
k=0
(q; q)k
= (a; q)n+1
(ab)nk q (nk)(n+k1)/2
n

k=0
k
(b)k q (2)
.
(q; q)k (q; q)nk (1 aq nk )
(Carlitz [1974])
Exercises
29
1.18 Show that

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(c; q) 1 1 (a; c; q, z) = (z; q) 1 1 (az/c; z; q, c),

and deduce that 1 1 (bq; 0; q, q) = (bq 2 ; q 2 ) /(q; q 2 ) ,
(z; q) 2 1 (a, 0; c; q, z) = (az; q) 1 2 (a; c, az; q, cz),

(a; q)n (n)
q 2 (at/z)n 2 1 (q n , a; q 1n /a; q, qz 2 /a)
2 ; q)
(q,
a
n
n=0
= (zt; q) 2 1 (a, a/z 2 ; a2 ; q, zt),
1.19 Using (1.5.4) show that

(i)
(ii)
|zt| < 1.

(ab, bq/a; q 2 )
a, q/a
; q, b =
,
q, b
(b; q)

(a2 q, b2 q; q 2 )
a2 , b2
1
1
;
q,
q
=
.
2 2
abq 2 , abq 2
(q, a2 b2 q; q 2 )
2 2
(Andrews [1973])
1.20 Prove that if Re x > 0 and 0 < q < 1, then

q nx
,
(q; q)n
n=0
(i)
q (x) = (q; q) (1 q)1x
(ii)
1
(1 q)x1 (1)n q nx (n)
=
q 2 .
q (x)
(q; q) n=0 (q; q)n
1.21 For 0 < q < 1 and x > 0, show that

d2
q n+x
2
log
(x)
=
(log
q)
,
q
2
dx
(1 q n+x )2
n=0
which proves that log q (x) is convex for x > 0 when 0 < q < 1.
1.22 Conversely, prove that if f (x) is a positive function dened on (0, )which
satises
1 qx
f (x + 1) =
f (x) for some q, 0 < q < 1,
1q
f (1) = 1,
and log f (x) is convex for x > 0, then f (x) = q (x). This is Askeys
[1978] q-analogue of the Bohr-Mollerup [1922] theorem for (x). For two
extensions to the q > 1 case (with q (x) dened as in the next exercise),
see Moak [1980b].
1.23 For q > 1 the q-gamma function is dened by
q (x) =
(q 1 ; q 1 )
(q 1)1x q x(x1)/2 .
(q x ; q 1 )
30

Show that this function also satises the functional equation (1.10.5) and
that q (x) (x) as q 1+ . Show that for q > 1 the residue of q (x)
at x = n is
n+1
(q 1)n+1 q ( 2 )
.
(q; q)n log q
1.24 Jackson [1905a,b,e] gave the following q-analogues of Bessel functions:

(q +1 ; q)
(x/2) 2 1 (0, 0; q +1 ; q, x2 /4),
(q; q)

(q +1 ; q)
x2 q +1
J(2) (x; q) =
,
(x/2) 0 1 ; q +1 ; q,
(q; q)
4
(q +1 ; q)
(x/2) 1 1 (0; q +1 ; q, qx2 /4),
J(3) (x; q) =
(q; q)
J(1) (x; q) =
where 0 < q < 1. The above notations for the q-Bessel functions are due
to Ismail [1981, 1982, 2003c].
Show that

J(2) (x; q) = x2 /4; q J(1) (x; q), |x| < 2, (Hahn [1949c])
and
lim J(k) (x(1 q); q) = J (x),
k = 1, 2, 3.
q1
1.25 For the q-Bessel functions dened as in Exercise 1.24 prove that
2(1 q ) (k)
(k)
J (x; q) J1 (x; q), k = 1, 2;
x

1
x (1)
(ii)
J(1) (xq 2 ; q) = q /2 J(1) (x; q) + J+1 (x; q) ;
2

1
x (1)
(1)
/2
(1)
J (x; q) J1 (x; q) .
(iii)
J (xq 2 ; q) = q
2
2(1 q ) (3)
(3)
+1 (3)
1/2
J (x; q) J1 (x; q).
(iv) q
J+1 (xq ; q) =
x
(k)
q J+1 (x; q) =
(i)
1.26 (i) Following Ismail [1982], let

(1)
(1)
f (x) = J(1) (x; q)J (xq 2 ; q) J (x; q)J(1) (xq 2 ; q).

Show that
1
f (xq 2 ) =
1+
x2
4

f (x)
and deduce that, for non-integral ,

f (x) = q /2 (q , q 1 ; q) /(q, q, x2 /4; q) .
(ii) Show that

g (qx) + x2 /4 q q g (x) + g (xq 1 ) = 0
Exercises
31
(3)
with g (x) = J (xq /2 ; q 2 ) and deduce that

g (x)g (xq 1 ) g (x)g (xq 1 ) =
(q 2 , q 12 ; q 2 ) (1)
q
.
(q 2 , q 2 ; q 2 )
(Ismail [2003c])
1.27 Show that
(i)

tn Jn(2) (x; q) = x2 /4; q eq (xt/2)eq (x/2t),
n=
(ii)
tn Jn(3) (x; q) = eq (xt/2)Eq (qx/2t).
n=
Both of these are q-analogues of the generating function
tn Jn (x) = ex(tt
)/2
n=
1.28 The continuous q-Hermite polynomials are dened in Askey and Ismail
[1983] by
n

(q; q)n
ei(n2k) ,
Hn (x|q) =
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
k=0
where x = cos ; see Szego [1926], Carlitz [1955, 1957a, 1958, 1960] and
Rogers [1894, 1917]. Derive the generating function

Hn (x|q) n
1
t =
,
i , tei ; q)
(q;
q)
(te
n
n=0
|t| < 1.
(Rogers [1894])
1.29 The continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials are dened in Askey and Ismail [1983] by
Cn (x; |q) =
n

(; q)k (; q)nk
k=0
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
ei(n2k) ,
where x = cos . Show that
n

(; q)n in
q ,
1 2i
Cn (x; |q) =
e
; q, q e
2 1
1 q 1n
(q; q)n

( 2 ; q)n in n
q n , , e2i
e
3 2
; q, q ,
=
2, 0
(q; q)n
lim Cn (x; q |q) = Cn (x),
q1
and

n=0
Cn (x; |q)tn =
(tei , tei ; q)
, |t| < 1.
(tei , tei ; q)
(Rogers [1895])
32
1.30 Show that if m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers, then

b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1(m1 ++mr )
(i)
; q, q
r+1 r+1
bq, b1 , . . . , br
(q; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr
b
,
=
(bq; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
(ii)
; q, q (m1 ++mr ) = 0,
r r
b1 , . . . , br

b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
(iii)
; q, q 1(m1 ++mr )
r r
b1 , . . . , br
=
mr
1
m1
mr
(1)m1 ++mr (q; q) bm
1 br
q ( 2 )++( 2 ) .
(b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
(Gasper [1981a])
1.31 Let b denote the q-dierence operator dened for a xed q by
b f (z) = bf (qz) f (z).
Then 1 is the operator dened in (1.3.20). Show that
b xn = (bq n 1)xn
and, if
vn (z) =
then
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n
(1)(1+sr)n q (1+sr)n(n1)/2 z n ,
(q, b1 , . . . , bs ; q)n
(b1 /q b2 /q bs /q )vn (z)

= z(a1 a2 ar )vn1 (zq 1+sr ),
n = 1, 2, . . . .
Use this to show that the basic hypergeometric series

v(z) = r s (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, z)
satises (in the sense of formal power series) the q-dierence equation
(b1 /q b2 /q bs /q )v(z) = z(a1 ar )v(zq 1+sr ).
This is a q-analogue of the formal dierential equation for generalized
hypergeometric series given, e.g. in Henrici [1974, Theorem (1.5)] and
Slater [1966, (2.1.2.1)]. Also see Jackson [1910d, (15)].
1.32 The little q-Jacobi polynomials are dened by
pn (x; a, b; q) =
2 1 (q
, abq n+1 ; aq; q, qx).
Show that these polynomials satisfy the orthogonality relation

(bq; q)j
(aq)j pn (q j ; a, b; q)pm (q j ; a, b; q)
(q;
q)
j
j=0
if m = n,
0,
(q, bq; q)n (1 abq)(aq)n (abq 2 ; q)
=
, if m = n.
(aq, abq; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 ) (aq; q)
Exercises
33
(Andrews and Askey [1977 ])

1.33 Show for the above little q-Jacobi polynomials that the formula
pn (x; c, d; q) =
n
ak,n pk (x; a, b; q)
k=0
holds with
ak,n
kn

n+k+1
k+1
k+1 (q n , aq, cdq n+1 ; q)k
q
,
cdq
,
aq
)
(
= (1) q 2
; q, q .
3 2
cq k+1 , abq 2k+2
(q, cq, abq k+1 ; q)k
k

1.34 (i) If m, m1 , m2 , . . . , mr are arbitrary nonnegative integers and
|a1 q m+1(m1 ++mr ) | < 1, show that

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 m+1(m1 ++mr )
;
q,
a
q
r+2 r+1
bq 1+m , b1 , . . . , br
=
(q, bq/a; q) (bq; q)m (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr m
b
(bq, q/a; q) (q; q)m (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

q m , b, bq/b1 , . . . , bq/br
r+2 r+1
;
q,
q
;
bq/a, bq 1m1 /b1 , . . . , bq 1mr /br
(ii) if m1 , m2 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers and |a1 q 1(m1 ++mr ) | <

1, |cq| < 1, show that

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1(m1 ++mr )
;
q,
a
q
r+2 r+1
bcq, b1 , . . . , br
=
(bq/a, cq; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr

b
(bcq, q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

c1 , b, bq/b1 , . . . , bq/br
r+2 r+1
;
q,
cq
.
bq/a, bq 1m1 /b1 , . . . , bq 1mr /br
(Gasper [1981a])
1.35 Use Ex. 1.2(v) to prove that if x and y are indeterminates such that
xy = qyx, q commutes with x and y, and the associative law holds, then
n
n

n
n
(x + y)n =
y k xnk =
xk y nk .
k q
k q1
k=0
k=0
(See Cigler [1979], Feinsilver [1982], Koornwinder [1989], Potter[1950],

Sch
utzenberger [1953], and Yang [1991]).
1.36 Verify that if x and y are indeterminates satisfying the conditions in
Ex. 1.35, then
(i)
(ii)
eq (x)eq (y) = eq (x + y yx);

Eq (x)Eq (y) = Eq (x + y), Eq (y)Eq (x) = Eq (x + y + yx).
eq (y)eq (x) = eq (x + y),
34

(Fairlie and Wu [1997]; Koornwinder [1997], where q-exponentials with
q-Heisenberg relations and other relations are also considered.)
1.37 Show that

qe2i , qe2i 2 2
;q ,
2 1
q

2q 1/4
q 2 e2i , q 2 e2i 2 2
+
cos 2 1
;q ,
q3
1q
(2 ; q 2 )
Eq (z; ) =
(q2 ; q 2 )
with z = cos .
1.38 Extend Jacobis triple product identity to the transformation formula
1+
(1)n q ( 2 ) (an + bn ) = (q, a, b; q)
n=1

(ab/q; q)2n q n
.
(q, a, b, ab; q)n
n=0
Deduce that

2
1+2
an q 2n = (q; q) (aq; q 2 )
(a; q)2n q n
.
(q, aq; q)n (aq; q 2 )n
n=0
n=1
(Warnaar [2003a])
Notes
1.1 and 1.2 For additional material on hypergeometric series and orthogonal polynomials see, e.g., the books by Erdelyi [1953], Rainville [1960], Szeg
o
[1975], Whittaker and Watson [1965], Agarwal [1963], Carlson [1977], T.S. Chihara [1978], Henrici [1974], Luke [1969], Miller [1968], Nikiforov and Uvarov
[1988], Vilenkin [1968], and Watson [1952]. Some techniques for using symbolic computer algebraic systems such as Mathematica, Maple, and Macsyma
to derive formulas containing hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series are discussed in Gasper [1990]. Also see Andrews [1984d, 1986, 1987b],
Andrews, Crippa and Simon [1997], Andrews and Knopfmacher [2001], Andrews, Knopfmacher, Paule and Zimmermann [2001], Andrews, Paule and
Riese [2001a,b], Askey [1989f, 1990], Askey, Koepf and Koornwinder [1999],
Boing and Koepf [1999], Garoufalidis [2003], Garoufalidis, Le and Zeilberger
[2003], Garvan [1999], Garvan and Gonnet [1992], Gosper [2001], Gosper and
Suslov [2000], Koepf [1998], Koornwinder [1991b, 1993a, 1998], Krattenthaler
[1995b], Paule and Riese [1997], Petkovsek, Wilf and Zeilberger [1996], Riese
[2003], Sills [2003c], Wilf and Zeilberger [1990], and Zeilberger [1990b].
1.31.5 The q-binomial theorem was also derived in Jacobi [1846],
along with the q-Vandermonde formula. Bijective proofs of the q-binomial
theorem, Heines 2 1 transformation and q-analogue of Gauss summation formula, the q-Saalsch
utz formula, and of other formulas are presented in Joichi
and Stanton [1987]. Rahman and Suslov [1996a] used the method of rst order linear dierence equations to prove the q-binomial and q-Gauss formulas.
Bender [1971] used partitions to derive an extension of the q-Vandermonde
Notes
35
sum in the form of a generalized q-binomial Vandermonde convolution. The

even and odd parts of the innite series on the right side of (1.3.33) appeared
in Atakishiyev and Suslov [1992a], but without any explicit reference to the
q-exponential function. Also see Suslov [19982003] and the q-convolutions in
Carnovale [2002], Carnovale and Koornwinder [2000], and Rogov [2000].
1.6 Other proofs of Jacobis triple product identity and/or applications
of it are presented in Adiga et al. [1985], Alladi and Berkovich [2003], Andrews [1965], Cheema [1964], Ewell [1981], Gustafson [1989], Joichi and Stanton [1989], Kac [1978, 1985], Lepowsky and Milne [1978], Lewis [1984], Macdonald [1972], Menon [1965], Milne [1985a], Sudler [1966], Sylvester [1882],
and Wright [1965]. Concerning theta functions, see Adiga et al. [1985], Askey
[1989c], Bellman [1961], and Jensens use of theta functions in P
olya [1927] to
derive necessary and sucient conditions for the Riemann hypothesis to hold.
1.7 Some applications of the q-Saalsch
utz formula are contained in Carlitz [1969b] and Wright [1968].
1.9 Formulas (1.9.3) and (1.9.8) were rediscovered by Gustafson [1987a,
Theorems 3.15 and 3.18] while working on multivariable orthogonal polynomials.
1.11 Also see Jackson [1917, 1951] and, for fractional q-integrals and
q-derivatives, Al-Salam [1966] and Agarwal [1969b]. Toeplitz [1963, pp. 5355]
pointed out that around 1650 Fermat used a q-integral type Riemann sum to
evaluate the integral of xk on the interval [0, b]. Al-Salam and Ismail [1994]
evaluated a q-beta integral on the unit circle and found corresponding systems
of biorthogonal rational functions.
n
, which is also called the GausEx. 1.2 The q-binomial coecient
k q
sian binomial coecient, counts the number of k dimensional subspaces of an
n dimensional vector space over a eld GF (q), q a prime power (Goldman and
Rota [1970]), and it is the generating function, in powers of q, for partitions into
at most k parts not exceeding n k (Sylvester [1882]). It arises in such diverse
elds as analysis, computer programming, geometry, number theory, physics,
and statistics. See, e.g., Aigner [1979], Andrews [1971a, 1976], M. Baker and
Coon [1970], Baxter and Pearce [1983], Berman and Fryer [1972], Dowling
[1973], Dunkl [1981], Garvan and Stanton [1990], Handa and Mohanty [1980],
Ihrig and Ismail [1981], Jimbo [1985, 1986], van Kampen [1961], Kendall and
Stuart [1979, 31.25], Knuth [1971, 1973], P
olya [1970], P
olya and Alexanderson [1970], Szego [1975, 2.7], and Zaslavsky [1987]. Sylvester [1878] used the
invariant theory that he and
developed to prove that the coecients of

n Cayley
the Gaussian polynomial
= aj q j are unimodal. A constructive proof
k q
was recently given by OHara [1990]. Also see Bressoud
[1992] and Zeilberger

n
[1989a,b, 1990b]. The unimodality of the sequence
: k = 0, 1, . . . , n is
k q
explicitly displayed in Aigner [1979, Proposition 3.13], and Macdonald [1995,
Example 4 on p. 137].
Ex. 1.3 Cigler [1979] derived an operator form of the q-binomial theorem.
MacMahon [1916, Arts. 105107] showed that if a multiset is permuted, then
36
the generating function for inversions is the q-multinomial coecient. Also see
Carlitz [1963a], Kadell [1985a], and Knuth [1973, p. 33, Ex. 16]. Gasper derived
the q-multinomial theorem in part (ii) several years ago by using the q-binomial
theorem and mathematical induction. Andrews observed in a 1988 letter that it
can also be derived by using the expansion formula for the q-Lauricella function
D stated in Andrews [1972, (4.1)] and the q-Vandermonde sum. Some sums
of q-multinomial coecients are considered in Bressoud [1978, 1981c]. See also
Agarwal [1953a].
Ex. 1.8 Jain [1980c] showed that the sum in this exercise is equivalent to
the sum of a certain 2 2 series, and summed some other 2 2 series.
Ex. 1.10 Analogous recurrence relations for 1 1 series are given in Slater
[1954c].
Exercises 1.12 and 1.13 The notations q , q , and Dq are also employed
in the literature for this q-derivative operator. We employed the script Dq operator notation to distinguish this q-derivative operator from the q-derivative
operator dened in (7.7.3) and the q-dierence operator dened in Ex. 1.31.
Additional results involving q-derivatives and q-dierence equations are contained in Adams [1931], Agarwal [1953d], Andrews [1968, 1971a], Bowman
[2002], Carmichael [1912], Di Vizio [2002, 2003], Faddeev and Kashaev [2002],
Faddeev, Kashaev and Volkov [2001], Hahn [1949a,c, 1950, 1952, 1953], Ismail, Merkes and Styer [1990], Jackson [1905c, 1909a, 1910b,d,e], Miller [1970],
Mimachi [1989], Sauloy [2003], Starcher [1931], and Trjitzinsky [1933]. For
fractional q-derivatives and q-integrals see Agarwal [1969b] and Al-Salam and
Verma [1975a,b]. Some q-Taylor series are considered in Jackson [1909b,c]
and Wallisser [1985]. A q-Taylor theorem based on the sequence {n (x)}
n=0
with n (x) = (aei , aei ; q)n , x = cos , was obtained by Ismail and Stanton
[2003a,b] along with some interesting applications.
Ex. 1.14 For q-tangent and q-secant numbers and some of their properties, see Andrews and Foata [1980] and Foata [1981]. A discussion of
q-trigonometry is given in Gosper [2001]. See also Bustoz and Suslov [1998]
and Suslov [2003].
Exercises 1.201.23 Ismail and Muldoon [1994] studied some inequalities
and monotonicity properties of the gamma and q-gamma functions.
Ex. 1.22 Also see Artin [1964, pp. 1415]. A dierent characterization of
q is presented in Kairies and Muldoon [1982].
Exercises 1.241.27 Other formulas involving q-Bessel functions are contained in Jackson [1904ad, 1908], Ismail and Muldoon [1988], Rahman [1987,
1988c, 1989b,c], and Swarttouw and Meijer [1994]. It was pointed out by Ismail in an unpublished preprint in 1999 (rewritten for publication as Ismail
(3)
[2003c]) that J (x; q) was actually introduced by Jackson [1905a], contrary
to the claim in Swarttouw [1992] that a special case of it was rst discovered
by Hahn [1953] and then in full generality by Exton [1978].
Ex. 1.28 See the generating functions for the continuous q-Hermite polynomials derived in Carlitz [1963b, 1972] and Bressoud [1980b], and the applications to modular forms in Bressoud [1986]. An extension of these q-Bessel
functions to a q-quadratic grid is given in Ismail, Masson and Suslov [1999].
Notes
37
Ex. 1.32 Masuda et al. [1991] showed that the matrix elements that arise
in the representations of certain quantum groups are expressible in terms of
little q-Jacobi polynomials, and that this and a form of the Peter-Weyl theorem
imply the orthogonality relation for these polynomials. Pade approximants for
the moment generating function for the little q-Jacobi polynomials are employed in Andrews, Goulden and D.M. Jackson [1986] to explain and extend
Shanks method for accelerating the convergence of sequences. Pade approximations for some q-hypergeometric functions are considered in Ismail, Perline
and Wimp [1992].
2
SUMMATION, TRANSFORMATION, AND EXPANSION FORMULAS
2.1 Well-poised, nearly-poised, and very-well-poised

hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series
The hypergeometric series
r+1 Fr
a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1
;z
b1 , . . . , br

(2.1.1)
is called well-poised if its parameters satisfy the relations

1 + a1 = a2 + b1 = a3 + b2 = . . . = ar+1 + br ,
(2.1.2)
and it is called nearly-poised if all but one of the above pairs of parameters
(regarding 1 as the rst denominator parameter) have the same sum. The
series (2.1.1) is called a nearly-poised series of the rst kind if
1 + a1 = a2 + b1 = a3 + b2 = = ar+1 + br ,
(2.1.3)
and it is called a nearly-poised series of the second kind if

1 + a1 = a2 + b1 = a3 + b2 = = ar + br1 = ar+1 + br .
(2.1.4)
The order of summation of a terminating nearly-poised series can be reversed so that the resulting series is either of the rst kind or of the second
kind.
Kummers summation formula (1.8.2) gives the sum of a well-poised 2 F1
series with argument 1. Another example of a summable well-poised series
is provided by Dixons [1903] formula
[ a, b, c; 1 + a b, 1 + a c ; 1]
(1 + 12 a)(1 + a b)(1 + a c)(1 + 12 a b c)
,
=
(1 + a)(1 + 12 a b)(1 + 12 a c)(1 + a b c)
3 F2
(2.1.5)
Re (1 + 12 a b c) > 0, which reduces to Kummers formula (1.8.2) by letting

c .
If the series (2.1.1) is well-poised and a2 = 1 + 12 a1 , then it is called a
very-well-poised series. Dougalls [1907] summation formulas

a, 1 + 12 a, b, c, d, e, n
;
1
F
7 6 1
2 a, 1 + a b, 1 + a c, 1 + a d, 1 + a e, 1 + a + n
(1 + a)n (1 + a b c)n (1 + a b d)n (1 + a c d)n
(2.1.6)
=
(1 + a b)n (1 + a c)n (1 + a d)n (1 + a b c d)n
38
2.1 Well-, nearly-, and very-well-poised series
39
when the series is 2-balanced (i.e, 1 + 2a + n = b + c + d + e), and

a, 1 + 12 a, b, c, d
F
;
1
5 4 1
2 a, 1 + a b, 1 + a c, 1 + a d
=
(1 + a b)(1 + a c)(1 + a d)(1 + a b c d)

, (2.1.7)
(1 + a)(1 + a b c)(1 + a b d)(1 + a c d)
when Re (1 + a b c d) > 0, illustrate the importance of very-well-poised

hypergeometric series. Note that Dixons formula (2.1.5) follows from (2.1.7)
by setting d = 12 a.
Analogous to the hypergeometric case, we shall call the basic hypergeometric series

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1
;
q,
z
(2.1.8)
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
well-poised if the parameters satisfy the relations
qa1 = a2 b1 = a3 b2 = = ar+1 br ;
1
2
(2.1.9)
1
2
very-well-poised if, in addition, a2 = qa1 , a3 = qa1 ; a nearly-poised series of

the rst kind if
qa1 = a2 b1 = a3 b2 = = ar+1 br ,
and a nearly-poised series of the second kind if
qa1 = a2 b1 = a3 b2 = = ar br1 = ar+1 br .
(2.1.10)
In this chapter we shall be primarily concerned with the summation and transformation formulas for very-well-poised basic hypergeometric series. To help
simplify some of the displays involving very-well-poised r+1 r series which arise
in the proofs in this and the subsequent chapters we shall frequently replace

1
1
a1 , qa12 , qa12 , a4 , . . . , ar+1
; q, z
1
1
r+1 r
a12 , a12 , qa1 /a4 , . . . , qa1 /ar+1
by the more compact notation
r+1 Wr
(a1 ; a4 , a5 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, z) .
(2.1.11)
In the displays of the main formulas, however, we shall continue to use the
notation, since in most applications one needs to know the denominator
parameters.
In all of the very-well-poised 6 5 , 8 7 and 10 9 series in Appendix II and
Appendix III the parameters a1 , a4 , . . . , ar+1 and the argument z satisfy the
very-well-poised balancing condition
r+1 r
(a4 a5 ar+1 )z = ((a1 q) 2 )r3

1
2
(2.1.12)
with either the plus or minus sign, where (a1 q) is the principal value of the
square root of a1 q. Thus, we will call a r+1 Wr series very-well-poised-balanced
(or, for brevity, VWP-balanced) if (2.1.12) holds. A special case of this condition was stated at the end of 2.4 in the rst edition of this book. It follows
from (2.1.12) that a VWP-balanced series is balanced (1-balanced) when z = q,
40
Summation, transformation, and expansion formulas
a balanced r+1 Wr series is VWP-balanced when r is even, but it is not necessarily VWP-balanced when r is odd since then we only know that the squares
of both sides of (2.1.12) (with z = q) are equal (see the comments in the rst
paragraph of 2.6). When r + 1 = 2k is an even integer, which is usually the
case, (2.1.12) simplies to the condition
(a4 a5 a2k )z = (a1 q)k2 .
(2.1.13)
1
2
Notice that if we set a2k = (a1 q) , then the 2k W2k1 series reduces to a
series that satises (2.1.12) with r = 2k 2 and the corresponding
plus or minus sign.
Since any well-poised r+1 r series that satises the relations in (2.1.9) can
be written as a very-well-poised series in the form
2k1 W2k2
1
2
r+5 Wr+4 (a1 ; a1
, a12 , qa12 , qa12 , a2 , a3 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, z),
(2.1.14)
if follows that the very-well-poised balancing condition for the series in (2.1.14)
is consistent with the well-poised balancing condition
1
(a1 a2 ar+1 )z = ((a1 q) 2 )r+1
(2.1.15)
for a well-poised r+1 r series to be well-poised-balanced (WP-balanced). In

particular, the 2 1 series in the Bailey-Daum summation formula (1.8.1) is
WP-balanced. Clearly, every VWP-balanced basic hypergeometric series is
WP-balanced and, by the above observations, every WP-balanced basic hypergeometric series can be rewritten to be a VWP-balanced series of the form
in (2.1.14).
2.2 A general expansion formula
Let a, b, c be arbitrary parameters and k be a nonnegative integer. Then, by
the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2)

k
, aq k , aq/bc; aq/b, aq/c; q, q
3 2 q
aq k
(b, c; q)k
(c, q 1k /b; q)k
=
,
(2.2.1)
=
(aq/b, cq k /a; q)k
(aq/b, aq/c; q)k bc
so that
n

k=0
(b, c, q n ; q)k
Ak
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)k
k
n

(aq/bc, aq k , q k ; q)j (q n ; q)k
bc
aq
q
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)j (q; q)k

n nj

aq/bc, aq i+j , q ij ; q j (q n ; q)i+j
k=0 j=0
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)j (q; q)i+j

n

aq/bc, aq j , q n ; q j
j
=
(1)j q (2)
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)j
j=0
j=0 i=0
k
Ak
qj
bc
aq
i+j
Ai+j
2.3 A summation formula for a terminating 4 3
nj

i=0

q jn , aq 2j ; q i ij bc i+j
q
Ai+j ,
(q, aq j ; q)i
aq
41
(2.2.2)
where {Ak } is an arbitrary sequence. This is equivalent to Baileys [1949]

lemma. Choosing
(a, a1 , . . . , ar ; q)k
zk ,
(2.2.3)
Ak =
(b1 , b2 , . . . , br+1 ; q)k
we obtain the expansion formula

a, b, c, a1 , a2 , . . . , ar , q n
;
q,
z
r+4 r+3
aq/b, aq/c, b1 , b2 , . . . , br , br+1
n
(aq/bc, a1 , a2 , . . . , ar , q n ; q)j
bcz j
j
q (2) (a; q)2j
=
(q, aq/b, aq/c, b1 , . . . , br , br+1 ; q)j
aq
j=0
2j

aq , a1 q j , a2 q j , . . . , ar q j , q jn
bcz
r+2 r+1
;
q,
.
(2.2.4)
aq j+1
b1 q j , b2 q j , . . . , br q j , br+1 q j
This is a q-analogue of Baileys formula [1935, 4.3(1)]. The most important
property of (2.2.4) is that it enables one to reduce the r+4 r+3 series to a sum
of r+2 r+1 series. Consequently, if the above r+2 r+1 series is summable for
some values of the parameters then (2.2.4) gives a transformation formula for
the corresponding r+4 r+3 series in terms of a single series.
2.3 A summation formula for a terminating
very-well-poised 4 3 series
1
Setting b = qa 2 , c = qa 2 and ak = bk , k = 1, 2, . . . , r, br+1 = aq n+1 , we

obtain from (2.2.4) that

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , q n
; q, z
4 3
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq n+1
1 n
n

q , q ; q j (a; q)2j
j
=
(qz)j q (2)
1
1
n+1
(q, a 2 , a 2 , aq
; q)j
j=0
2j jn

2 1 aq , q
; aq j+n+1 ; q, zq 1j .
(2.3.1)
If we set z = q n so that the above 4 3 series is VWP-balanced, then the 2 1
series on the right of (2.3.1) can be summed by means of the Bailey-Daum
summation formula (1.8.1), which gives

2j jn
(q; q) aq 2j+1 , aq 2n+2 ; q 2
j+n+1
1+nj
=
; aq
; q, q
.
2 1 aq , q
(aq n+j+1 , q 1+nj ; q)
(2.3.2)
Hence, using the identities (1.2.32), (1.2.39) and (1.2.40), and simplifying, we
obtain the transformation formula

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , q n
n
; q, q
4 3
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq n+1

n
(aq, q; q)n
=
, q 1 ; q n ; q, q .
(2.3.3)
2 1 q
1
1
(qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)n
42
Clearly, both sides of (2.3.3) are equal to

1 when
n = 0.nBy (1.5.3) the 2 1
series on the right of (2.3.3) has the sum q 1n ; q n q 1 / (q n ; q)n when

n = 0, 1, . . . . Since q 1n ; q n = 0 unless n = 0, it follows that

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , q n
n
; q, q = n,0 ,
(2.3.4)
4 3
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq n+1

where
m,n =
1, m = n,
0, m =
n,
(2.3.5)
is the Kronecker delta function. This summation formula will be used in the
next section to obtain the sum of a 6 5 series.
2.4 A summation formula for a terminating
very-well-poised 6 5 series
1
Let us now set a1 = qa 2 , a2 = qa 2 , b1 = a 2 , b2 = a 2 , br+1 = aq n+1 and

ak = bk , for k = 3, 4, . . . , r. Then (2.2.4) gives

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, q n
; q, z
6 5
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq n+1
j
1
1
n

j
(aq/bc, qa 2 , qa 2 , q n ; q)j (a; q)2j
bcz
q (2)
=
1
1
n+1
aq
(q, a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq
; q)j
j=0
2j j+1 1

1
aq , q a 2 , q j+1 a 2 , q jn
bcz
4 3
;
q,
.
(2.4.1)
1
1
aq j+1
q j a 2 , q j a 2 , aq j+n+1
If z = aq n+1 /bc, then we can sum the above 4 3 series by means of (2.3.4) to
obtain the summation formula

1
1
aq n+1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, q n
; q,
1
1
6 5
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq n+1
bc
(aq/bc, qa 2 , qa 2 , q n ; q)n (a; q)2n
1
(q, a , a
(aq, aq/bc; q)n
=
.
(aq/b, aq/c; q)n
1
2
1
2
, aq/b, aq/c, aq n+1 ; q)n
(1)n q n(n+1)/2
(2.4.2)
Note that the above 6 5 series is VWP-balanced and that this summation
formula reduces to (2.3.4) when bc = aq. In the next two sections, like climbing
the steps of a ladder, we will use (2.4.2) to extend it to a transformation formula
and a summation formula for very-well-poised 8 7 series.
2.5 Watsons transformation formula for a
terminating very-well-poised 8 7 series
We shall now use (2.4.2) to prove Watsons [1929a] transformation formula
for a terminating very-well-poised 8 7 series as a multiple of a terminating
2.6 Jacksons sum

balanced 4 3 series:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, q n
a2 q 2+n
;
q,
8 7
1
1
bcde
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq n+1

n
(aq, aq/de; q)n
q , d, e, aq/bc
; q, q .
=
4 3
aq/b, aq/c, deq n /a
(aq/d, aq/e; q)n
43
(2.5.1)
It suces to observe that from (2.2.4) we have

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, q n
a2 q 2+n
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcde
j
1
1
n
n

j
(aq/bc, qa 2 , qa 2 , d, e, q ; q)j (a; q)2j
aq n+1
=
q (2)
1
1
n+1
de
(q, a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq
; q)j
j=0

1
1
aq 2j , q j+1 a 2 , q j+1 a 2 , dq j , eq j , q jn
aq 1+nj
6 5 j 1
;
q,
,
(2.5.2)
1
de
q a 2 , q j a 2 , aq j+1 /d, aq j+1 /e, aq j+n+1
which gives formula (2.5.1) by using (2.4.2) to sum the above 6 5 series.
Clearly, the 8 7 series in (2.5.1) is VWP-balanced and the transformation
formula (2.5.1) reduces to the summation formula (2.4.2) when bc = aq.
2.6 Jacksons sum of a terminating verywell-poised balanced 8 7 series
The 8 7 series in (2.5.1) is balanced when the six parameters a, b, c, d, e and n
satisfy the condition
(2.6.1)
a2 q n+1 = bcde,
which is the very-well-poised balancing condition. For such a series Jackson
[1921] showed that

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, q n
; q, q
8 7
1
1
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q)n
=
,
(2.6.2)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q)n
when n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . This formula follows directly from (2.5.1), since the 4 3
series on the right of (2.5.1) becomes a balanced 3 2 series when (2.6.1) holds,
and therefore can be summed by the q-Saalsch
utz formula. Notice that the
very-well-poised series in (2.6.2) is also balanced if a2 q n+1 = bcde = 0, but
then it is not VWP-balanced and it is not summable as a quotient of products
of q-shifted factorials. Hence, not every balanced terminating very-well-poised
8 7 series is summable.
Formula (2.6.2) is a q-analogue of (2.1.6), as can be seen by replacing a, b, c, d, e by q a , q b , q c , q d , q e , respectively, and then letting q 1. It
should be observed that the series 8 7 in (2.6.2) is balanced, while the limiting series 7 F6 in (2.1.6) is 2-balanced. The reason for this apparent discrepancy is that the appropriate q-analogue of the term (1 + 12 a)k /( 12 a)k
1
1
1
1
= (a + 2k)/a in the 7 F6 series is not (qa 2 ; q)k /(a 2 ; q)k = (1 a 2 q k )/(1 a 2 )
44

1
but (qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)k /(a 2 , a 2 ; q)k , which introduces an additional q-factor in

the ratio of the products of the numerator and denominator parameters. Analogous to (2.1.12), one could call the very-well-poised 7 F6 series in (2.1.6) VWPbalanced if (b + c + d + e n) + 1 = 2(a + 1), so that then every terminating
very-well-poised 7 F6 (1) series is summable whenever it is VWP-balanced.
2.7 Some special and limiting cases of Jacksons and
Watsons formulas: the RogersRamanujan identities
Many of the known summation formulas for basic hypergeometric series are
special or limiting cases of Jacksons formula (2.6.2). For example, if we take
d in (2.6.2) we get (2.4.2). On the other hand, taking the limit a 0
after replacing d by aq/d gives the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2). Let us now
take the limit n in (2.6.2) to obtain the following summation formula for
a non-terminating VWP-balanced 6 5 series

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d
aq
; q,
6 5
1
1
bcd
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q)
=
,
(2.7.1)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q)
where, for convergence, it is required that |aq/bcd| < 1. This formula is clearly
a q-analogue of Dougalls 5 F4 summation formula (2.1.7), and it reduces to
(2.3.4) when bc = aq and d = q n . If cd = aq, then (2.7.1) reduces to the
1
summation formula 4 W3 (a; b; q, 1/b) = 0, where |b| > 1. Setting d = a 2 in
(2.7.1), we get a q-analogue of Dixons formula (2.1.5)

1
1
a, qa 2 , b, c
qa 2
; q,
4 3
1
bc
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c
1
(aq, aq/bc, qa 2 /b, qa 2 /c; q)

1
(aq/b, aq/c, qa 2 , qa 2 /bc; q)
(2.7.2)
provided |qa 2 /bc| < 1.

Watson [1929a] used his transformation formula (2.5.1) to give a simple
proof of the famous RogersRamanujan identities (Hardy [1937]):
2

qn
(q 2 , q 3 , q 5 ; q 5 )
=
,
(q; q)n
(q; q)
n=0
(2.7.3)

q n(n+1)
(q, q 4 , q 5 ; q 5 )
=
,
(q; q)n
(q; q)
n=0
(2.7.4)
where |q| < 1. First let b, c, d, e in (2.5.1) to obtain

n

(a; q)k (1 aq 2k ) (q n ; q)k 2k2 2 n k
q (a q )
(q; q)k (1 a) (aq n+1 ; q)k
k=0
n

k
(q n ; q)k
aq n+1 q k(k1)/2 .
= (aq; q)n
(q; q)k
k=0
(2.7.5)
2.8 Baileys transformation formulas
45
Since the series on both sides are nite this limiting procedure is justied as
long as the term-by-term limits are assumed to exist. However, our next step
is to take the limit n on both sides of (2.7.5), which we can justify by
applying the dominated convergence theorem. Thus we have
1+

(aq; q)k1 (1 aq 2k )
(q; q)k
k=1
(1)k a2k q k(5k1)/2

ak q k
= (aq; q)
.
(q; q)k
(2.7.6)
k=0
In view of Jacobis triple product identity (1.6.1) the series on the left side of
(2.7.6) can be summed in the cases a = 1 and a = q by observing that
1+

(q; q)k1 (1 q 2k )
k=1
(q; q)k
(1)k q k(5k1)/2

(1)n q n(5n+1)/2 = q 2 , q 3 , q 5 ; q 5
(2.7.7)
n=
and
(1 q 2k+1 )(1)k q k(5k+3)/2
k=0

(1)n q n(5n+3)/2 = q, q 4 , q 5 ; q 5 .
(2.7.8)
n=
The identities (2.7.3) and (2.7.4) now follow immediately by using (2.7.6). For
an early history of these identities see Hardy [1940, pp. 9099].
2.8 Baileys transformation formulas for terminating
5 4
and 7 6 series
Using Jacksons formula (2.6.2), it can be easily shown that

(a, b, c; q)k
(bc/a; q)k
=
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)k
(qa2 /bc; q)k
k

(; q)j (1 q 2j )(b/a, c/a, aq/bc; q)j
(q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, bc/a; q)j

(a; q)k+j (a/; q)kj a j
,
(2.8.1)
(q; q)k+j (q; q)kj
j=0
where is an arbitrary parameter. If {Ak } is an arbitrary sequence, it follows

that

k=0
(a, b, c; q)k
Ak
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)k
46

=

(bc/a; q)k
(; q)j (1 q 2j ) (b/a, c/a, aq/bc; q)j
A
k
2
(qa /bc; q)k
(q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, bc/a; q)j
j=0
k=0
(a; q)k+j (a/; q)kj a j
(q; q)k+j (q; q)kj
(; q)j (1 q 2j )(b/a, c/a, aq/bc; q)j (a; q)2j a j
(q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, qa2 /bc; q)j (q; q)2j
j=0
k=0
(aq 2j , a/, bcq j /a; q)k

Aj+k ,
(q, q 2j+1 , a2 q j+1 /bc; q)k
(2.8.2)
provided the change in order of summation is justied (e.g., if all of the series
terminate or are absolutely convergent).
It is clear that appropriate choices of and Ak will lead to transformation
formulas for basic hypergeometric series which have at least a partial wellpoised structure.
First, let us take Ak = q k (d, q n ; q)k /(aq/d, a2 q n /2 ; q)k and =
2
qa /bcd, so that the inner series on the right of (2.8.2) becomes a balanced
and terminating 3 2 . Summing this 3 2 series and simplifying the coecients,
we obtain Baileys [1947a,c] formula

a, b, c, d, q n
;
q,
q
5 4
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a2 q n /2

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a,
(q/a, 2 q/a; q)n
=
12 11
1
1
(q, 2 q/a2 ; q)n
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d,

1
1
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , 2 q n+1 /a, q n
; q, q , (2.8.3)
1
1
1
1
q/a 2 , q/a 2 , (q/a) 2 , (q/a) 2 , aq n /, q n+1
where = qa2 /bcd.
Note that the 5 4 series on the left is balanced and nearly-poised of the
second kind, while the 12 11 series on the right is balanced and VWP-balanced.
Note also that a terminating nearly-poised series of the second kind can be
expressed as a multiple of a nearly-poised series of the rst kind by simply
reversing the series.
By proceeding as in the proof of (2.8.3), one can obtain the following
variation of (2.8.3)

q n , b, c, d, e
;
q,
q
5 4
q 1n /b, q 1n /c, q 1n /d, eq 2n /2

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , bq n , cq n , dq n ,
(2 q n+1 , q/e; q)n
= 2 n+1
12 11
1
1
( q
/e, q; q)n
2 , 2 , q 1n /b, q 1n /c, q 1n /d,

q n/2 , q n/2 , q (1n)/2 , q (1n)/2 , e, 2 q n+1 /e
;
q,
q
, (2.8.4)
q 1+n/2 , q 1+n/2 , q (1+n)/2 , q (1+n)/2 , q/e, eq n /
where = q 12n /bcd.
2.9 Baileys transformation formula
47
Next, let us choose Ak = q k (1 aq 2k )(d, q n ; q)k /(1 a)(aq/d,

/2 ; q)k and = qa2 /bcd in (2.8.2) so that the inner series on the
a q
right side takes the form
2 2n
qj
1 aq 2j
(d, q n ; q)j
1 a (aq/d, a2 q 2n /2 ; q)j

1
1
aq 2j , q j+1 a 2 , q j+1 a 2 , a/, q jn
5 4 j 1
; q, q .
1
q a 2 , q j a 2 , q 2j+1 , a2 q jn+2 /2
This 5 4 series is a special case of the 5 4 series on the left side of (2.8.3); in
fact, the 12 11 series on the right side of (2.8.3) in this case reduces to a terminating 8 7 series, which we can sum by Jacksons formula (2.6.2). Carrying out
the straightforward calculations, we get Baileys [1947c] second transformation
formula

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, q n
;
q,
q
7 6
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a2 q 2n /2
(/aq, 2 /aq; q)n 1 2 q 2n1 /a
=
(q, 2 /a2 q; q)n
1 2 /aq

1
1
1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 ,
12 11
1
1
1
1
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, (q/a) 2 , (q/a) 2 ,

1
1
qa 2 , qa 2 , 2 q n1 /a, q n
; q, q ,
(2.8.5)
1
1
/a 2 , /a 2 , aq 2n /, q n+1
where = qa2 /bcd.
2.9 Baileys transformation formula for
a terminating 10 9 series
One of the most important transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric
series is Baileys [1929] formula transforming a terminating 10 9 series, which
is both balanced and VWP-balanced, into a series of the same type:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n
; q, q
10 9
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a,
(aq, aq/ef, q/e, q/f ; q)n
=
10 9
1
1
(aq/e, aq/f, q/ef, q; q)n
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d,

e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ,
; q, q ,
(2.9.1)
q/e, q/f, ef q n /a, q n+1
where = qa2 /bcd.
To derive this formula, rst observe that by (2.6.2)

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, aq m , q m
; q, q
8 7
1
1
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q 1m /a, q m+1
48

=
(b, c, d, q; q)m
,
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a/; q)m
(2.9.2)
and hence the left side of (2.9.1) equals

n

(a; q)m (1 aq 2m )(e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q)m (a/; q)m m
q
(q; q)m (1 a)(aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1 ; q)m (q; q)m
m=0
m

(; q)j (1 q 2j )(b/a, c/a, d/a, aq m , q m ; q)j
qj
1m /a, q m+1 ; q)
(q;
q)
(1
)(aq/b,
aq/c,
aq/d,
q
j
j
j=0
n
m

(a; q)m+j (1 aq 2m )(e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q)m
qm
n /, aq n+1 ; q)
(q;
q)
(1
a)(aq/e,
aq/f,
ef
q
mj
m
m=0 j=0
(a/; q)mj (; q)j (1 q 2j )(b/a, c/a, d/a; q)j a j

(q; q)m+j (q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)j
n
2j
n+1

(; q)j (1 q )(b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f, aq
/ef, q n ; q)j
(q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1 ; q)j

aq j (aq; q)
2j j

2j
j
n+j+1
/ef, q jn ; q, q ,
8 W7 aq ; eq , f q , a/, aq
(q; q)2j
(2.9.3)
j=0
where the 8 W7 series is dened as in 2.1. Summing the above 8 W7 series

by means of (2.6.2) and simplifying the coecients, we obtain (2.9.1). It is
sometimes helpful to rewrite (2.9.1) in a somewhat more symmetrical form:
10 W9
(a; b, c, d, e, f, g, h; q, q)
(aq, aq/ef, aq/eg, aq/eh, aq/f g, aq/f h, aq/gh, aq/ef gh; q)
=
(aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, aq/ef g, aq/ef h, aq/egh, aq/f gh; q)

10 W9 qa2 /bcd; aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd, e, f, g, h; q, q ,
(2.9.4)
where at least one of the parameters e, f, g, h is of form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . .,

and
(2.9.5)
q 2 a3 = bcdef gh.
2.10 Limiting cases of Baileys
10 9
A number of the known transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series

follow as limiting cases of the transformation formula (2.9.1). If we let b, c, or
d in (2.9.1), we obtain Watsons formula (2.5.1). On the other hand, if we
take the limit n , we get the transformation formula for a nonterminating
8 7 series

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f
a2 q 2
;
q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f
=
(aq, aq/ef, q/e, q/f ; q)

(aq/e, aq/f, q, q/ef ; q)
2.10 Limiting cases of 10 9 transformation formula

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f
aq
; q,
,
8 7
1
1
ef
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q/e, q/f
49
(2.10.1)
where = qa2 /bcd and
max (|aq/ef |, |q/ef |) < 1.
(2.10.2)
The convergence of the two series in (2.10.1) is ensured by the inequalities

(2.10.2) which, of course, are not required if both series terminate. For example, if f = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , then (2.10.1) becomes

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, q n
a2 q n+2
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcde
(aq, q/e; q)n
=
(aq/e, q; q)n

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, e, q n
aq n+1
.
8 7
; q,
1
1
e
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q/e, q n+1
(2.10.3)
This identity expresses one terminating VWP-balanced 8 7 series in terms of
another.
Using (2.5.1) we can now express (2.10.3) as a transformation formula
between two terminating balanced 4 3 series:
n

q , a, b, c
; q, q
4 3
d, e, f

(e/a, f /a; q)n n
q n , a, d/b, d/c
; q, q ,
a 4 3
=
d, aq 1n /e, aq 1n /f
(e, f ; q)n
(2.10.4)
where abc = def q n1 . This is a very useful formula which was rst derived by
Sears [1951c], and hence is called Sears 4 3 transformation formula. It is a
q-analogue of Whipples [1926b] formula

n, a, b, c
F
;
1
4 3
d, e, f

(e a)n (f a)n
n, a, d b, d c
F
;
1
,
=
4 3
d, 1 + a e n, 1 + a f n
(e)n (f )n
(2.10.5)
where a + b + c + 1 = d + e + f + n.
Use of (2.5.1) and (2.10.1) also enables us to express a terminating balanced 4 3 series in terms of a nonterminating 8 7 series. For example, if b, c,
or d in (2.10.1) is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., then the series on the left
side of (2.10.1) terminates, but that on the right side does not. In particular,
50
setting d = q n , and then replacing e and f by d and e, respectively, we obtain

n
; q, a2 q n+2 /bcde
8 W7 a; b, c, d, e, q
=
(aq, aq/de, a2 q n+2 /bcd, a2 q n+2 /bce; q)

(aq/d, aq/e, a2 q n+2 /bc, a2 q n+2 /bcde; q)

8 W7 a2 q n+1 /bc; aq n+1 /b, aq n+1 /c, aq/bc, d, e; q, aq/de , (2.10.6)
provided |aq/de| < 1 to ensure that the nonterminating series on the right side
converges. Use of (2.5.1) then leads to the formula
n

(deq n /a, deq n /b, deq n /c, deq n /abc; q)
q , a, b, c
;
q,
q
=
4 3
d, e, f
(deq n , deq n /ab, deq n /ac, deq n /bc; q)

1
1

deq n1 , q deq n1 2 , q deq n1 2 ,
8 7
1
1
(deq n1 ) 2 ,
(deq n1 ) 2 ,

a, b, c, dq n , eq n
de
,
(2.10.7)
;
q,
abc
deq n /a, deq n /b, deq n /c, e, d
provided def = q 1n abc and |de/abc| < 1.
As another limiting case of (2.9.1) Bailey [1935, 8.5(3)] found a nonterminating extension of (2.5.1) that expresses a VWP-balanced 8 7 series in terms
of two balanced 4 3 series. First iterate (2.9.1) to get

3 n+2
/bcdef, q n ; q, q
10 W9 a; b, c, d, e, f, a q
=
(aq, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)n

(aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/def ; q)n

10 W9 def q n1 /a; aq/bc, d, e, f, bdef q n1 /a2 , cdef q n1 /a2 , q n ; q, q .
(2.10.8)
Clearly, the 10 W9 on the left side of (2.10.8) tends to the 8 7 series on the left
side of (2.10.1) as n . However, the terms near both ends of the series on
the right side of (2.10.8) are large compared to those in the middle for large n,
which prevents us from taking the term-by-term limit directly. To circumvent
this diculty, Bailey chose n to be an odd integer, say n = 2m + 1 (this is
not necessary, but it makes the analysis simpler), and divided the series on
the right into two halves, each containing m + 1 terms, and then reversed the
order of the second series. The procedure is schematized as follows:
2m+1

k =
k=0
m

k=0
m

k=0
k +
k +
2m+1

k=m+1
m

2m+1k ,
(2.10.9)
k=0
where {k } is an arbitrary sequence. Letting m (and hence n ), it

follows from (2.10.8) that

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f
a2 q 2
;
q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef
2.10 Limiting cases of
10 9
51

aq/bc, d, e, f
(aq, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)
;
q,
q
=
4 3
(aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/def ; q)
aq/b, aq/c, def /a
2 2
(aq, aq/bc, d, e, f, a q /bdef, a2 q 2 /cdef ; q)
+
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, a2 q 2 /bcdef, def /aq; q)

aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef, a2 q 2 /bcdef
; q, q ,
(2.10.10)
4 3
a2 q 2 /bdef, a2 q 2 /cdef, aq 2 /def
where |a2 q 2 /bcdef | < 1, if the 8 7 series does not terminate. Note that if
either b or c is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., then the 8 7 series on the left
side terminates but the series on the right side do not necessarily terminate.
On the other hand if one of the numerator parameters (except a2 q 2 /bcdef ) in
either of the two 4 3 series in (2.10.10) is of the form q n , then the coecient
of the other 4 3 series vanishes and we get either (2.5.1) or (2.10.7).
If aq/bc, aq/de, aq/df or aq/ef equals 1, then (2.10.10) reduces to the 6 5
summation formula (2.7.1). If, on the other hand, aq/cd = 1 then the 8 7
series in (2.10.10) reduces to a 6 5 which, via (2.7.1), leads to the summation
formula
(aq, aq/be, aq/bf, aq/ef ; q)
(aq/b, aq/e, aq/f, aq/bef ; q)

aq/bc, e, f
(aq, c/e, c/f, aq/ef ; q)
;
q,
q
=
3 2
(c, aq/e, aq/f, c/ef ; q)
aq/b, ef q/c
(aq, aq/ef, e, f, aq/bc, acq/bef ; q)
+
(aq/e, aq/f, ef /c, c, aq/b, aq/bef ; q)

c/e, c/f, aq/bef
; q, q .
(2.10.11)
3 2
cq/ef, acq/bef
Solving for the rst 3 2 series on the right and relabelling the parameters we
get the following nonterminating extension of the q-Saalsch
utz formula

(q/e, f /a, f /b, f /c; q)
a, b, c
; q, q =
3 2
e, f
(aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, f ; q)
(q/e, a, b, c, qf /e; q)
(e/q, aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, f ; q)

aq/e, bq/e, cq/e
;
q,
q
,
(2.10.12)
3 2
q 2 /e, qf /e
where ef = abcq. Sears [1951a, (5.2)] derived this formula by a dierent
method. If a, b, or c is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , then (2.10.12) reduces
to (1.7.2).
A special case of (2.10.12) which is worth mentioning is obtained by setting
c = 0, f = 0, and then replacing e by c to get
2 1 (a, b; c; q, q)
(q/c, abq/c; q)
(aq/c, bq/c; q)
(q/c, a, b; q)
(c/q, aq/c, bq/c; q)
2 1 (aq/c, bq/c; q
/c; q, q).
(2.10.13)
52
If a or b is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., then (2.10.13) reduces to (1.5.3).

In general, a 2 1 (a, b; c; q, q) series does not have a sum which can be written
as a ratio of innite products. However, we can still express (2.10.13) as the
summation formula for a single bilateral innite series in the following way.
First, use Heines transformation formula (1.4.1) to transform both 2 1
series in (2.10.13):
2 1 (a, b; c; q, q)
2 1 (aq/c, bq/c; q
(b, aq; q)
2 1 (c/b, q; aq; q, b)
(c, q; q)
(b, aq; q) (c/b; q)n n

=
b ,
(c, q; q) n=0 (aq; q)n
/c; q, q) =
(2.10.14)
(aq/c, bq 2 /c; q) (q/a; q)n aq n

.
(q 2 /c, q; q) n=0 (bq 2 /c; q)n c
(2.10.15)
Next, note that

(q/a; q)n aq n
c 1 bq/c (1/a; q)n aq n
=
.
(bq 2 /c; q)n c
q 1 a n=1 (bq/c; q)n c
n=0
(2.10.16)
Using (2.10.14) - (2.10.16) and the identity (1.2.28) in (2.10.13) we obtain

(c/b; q)n n
(c, q/c, abq/c, q; q)
b =
,
(aq; q)n
(b, aq, aq/c, bq/c; q)
n=
(2.10.17)
which is Ramanujans sum (see Chapter 5 and Andrews and Askey [1978]).
However, the conditions under which (2.10.17) is valid, namely, |q| < 1, |b| <
1 and |aq/c| < 1, are more restrictive then those for (2.10.13). Note that
(2.10.17) tends to Jacobis triple product identity (1.6.1) when a = 0 and
b 0. We shall give an alternative derivation of this important sum in Chapter
5 where bilateral basic series are considered.
As was pointed out by Al-Salam and Verma [1982a], both (2.10.10) and
(2.10.12) can be conveniently expressed as q-integrals. Thus (2.10.12) is equivalent to
b
(qt/a, qt/b, ct; q)
dq t
(dt, et, f t; q)
a
(q, bq/a, a/b, c/d, c/e, c/f ; q)
,
(2.10.18)
= b(1 q)
(ad, ae, af, bd, be, bf ; q)
where c = abdef , while (2.10.10) is equivalent to
b
(qt/a, qt/b, ct, dt; q)
dq t
(et, f t, gt, ht; q)
a
(q, bq/a, a/b, cd/eh, cd/f h, cd/gh, bc, bd; q)
= b(1 q)
(ae, af, ag, be, bf, bg, bh, bcd/h; q)
8 W7 (bcd/hq; be, bf, bg, c/h, d/h; q, ah) ,
(2.10.19)
2.11 Baileys three-term transformation formula for 8 7 series
53
provided cd = abef gh and |ah| < 1.

By substituting c = abdef into (2.10.18), letting f 0 and then replacing a, d, e by a, c/a, d/b, respectively, we obtain Andrews and Askeys [1981]
formula
b
(qt/a, qt/b; q)
dq t
a (ct/a, dt/b; q)
b(1 q)(q, a/b, bq/a, cd; q)
.
(2.10.20)
=
(c, d, bc/a, ad/b; q)
In view of (1.3.18), (2.10.20) is a q-extension of the beta-type integral
d
(c + d)a+b1
(1 + t/c)a1 (1 t/d)b1 dt = B(a, b) a1 b1 ,
(2.10.21)
c
d
c
which follows from (1.11.8) by a change of variable.
The notational compactness of (2.10.18) and (2.10.19) is advantageous in
many applications (see, e.g., the next section). In addition, the symmetry
of the parameters in the q-integral on the left side of (2.10.19) implies the
transformation formula (2.10.1).
2.11 Baileys three-term transformation formula
for VWP-balanced 8 7 series
The q-integral representation (2.10.19) of an 8 7 series can be put to advantage in deriving Baileys [1936] three-term transformation formula for VWPbalanced 8 7 series:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f
a2 q 2
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef
(aq, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef, eq/c, f q/c, b/a, bef /a; q)
=
(aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/def, q/c, ef q/c, be/a, bf /a; q)

1
1
ef /c, q(ef /c) 2 , q(ef /c) 2 , aq/bc, aq/cd, ef /a, e, f
bd
; q,
8 7
1
1
a
(ef /c) 2 , (ef /c) 2 , bef /a, def /a, aq/c, f q/c, eq/c
(aq, bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, d, e, f ; q)
b
a (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, def /a; q)
(aq/bc, bdef /a2 , a2 q/bdef ; q)
(aq/def, q/c, b2 q/a; q)

1
1
b2 /a, qba 2 , qba 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a
a2 q 2
; q,
,
8 7
1
1
bcdef
ba 2 , ba 2 , bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f
(2.11.1)
where |bd/a| < 1 and |a q /bcdef | < 1.
To prove this formula, rst observe that by (2.10.19)

2 2
8 W7 a; b, c, d, e, f ; q, a q /bcdef
2 2
54

=
aq def
(aq, d, e, f, aq/bc, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)
adef q(1 q) (q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, def /aq, aq/def ; q)
def
(t/a, qt/def, aqt/bdef, aqt/cdef ; q)
dq t.
(2.11.2)
(t/de, t/df, t/ef, aqt/bcdef ; q)
aq
Since
bdef /a
f (t) dq t +
aq
def
def
f (t) dq t =
f (t) dq t,
(2.11.3)
(t/a, qt/def, aqt/bdef, aqt/cdef ; q)

,
(t/de, t/df, t/ef, aqt/bcdef ; q)
(2.11.4)
bdef /a
aq
where
f (t) =
and
bdef /a
f (t) dq t
aq
bdef (1 q)(q, bdef /a2 , a2 q/bdef, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, bq/a, bq/c; q)
,
a(aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, q/c, b2 q/a; q)

2
(2.11.5)
8 W7 b /a; b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q, a2 q 2 /bcdef ,
def
f (t) dq t =
bdef /a
def (1 q)(q, aq/b, aq/c, eq/c, f q/c, bef /a, def /a; q)
(d, e, f, be/a, bf /a, aq/bc, q/c, ef q/c; q)
8 W7 (ef /c; aq/bc, aq/cd, ef /a, e, f ; q, bd/a) ,
(2.11.6)
we immediately get (2.11.1) by using (2.11.5) and (2.11.6) in (2.11.3). The

advantage of our use of the q-integral notation can be seen by comparing the
above proof with that given in Bailey [1936].
The special case qa2 = bcdef is particularly important since the series on
the left side of (2.11.1) and the second series on the right become balanced,
while the rst series on the right becomes a 6 5 series with sum
(aq/ce, aq/cf, ef q/c, q/c; q)
,
(aq/c, eq/c, f q/c, aq/cef ; q)
provided |aq/cef | < 1. This gives Baileys summation formula:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f
; q, q
8 7
1
1
b
(aq, c, d, e, f, bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f ; q)
a (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, b2 q/a; q)

1
1
; q, q
8 7
1
1
=
(aq, b/a, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/cf, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)

,
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q)
(2.11.7)
10 9
series 55
where qa2 = bcdef , which is a nonterminating extension of Jacksons formula

(2.6.2). This can also be written in the following equivalent form
b
1
1
(qt/a, qt/b, t/a 2 , t/a 2 , qt/c, qt/d, qt/e, qt/f ; q)
dq t
1
1
a (t, bt/a, qt/a 2 , qt/a 2 , ct/a, dt/a, et/a, f t/a; q)
b(1 q)(q, a/b, bq/a, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/cf, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)
=
.
(b, c, d, e, f, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q)
(2.11.8)
2.12 Baileys four-term transformation formula
for balanced 10 9 series
Let us start by replacing a, b, c, d, e, and f in (2.11.8) by , bq n , c/a,
d/a, e/a and a/bq n , respectively, to obtain
bqn
1
1
(qt/, tq 1n /b, t/ 2 , t/ 2 , aqt/c, aqt/d, aqt/e, btq n+1 /a; q)
dq t
1
1
(t, btq n /, qt/ 2 , qt/ 2 , ct/a, dt/a, et/a, atq n /b; q)
b(1 q)(q, /b, bq/, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, c, d, e; q)

=
(a/, b, c/a, d/a, e/a, a/b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a; q)
n
q
(b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a; q)n
,
(2.12.1)
(bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e; q)n
a
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Let f, g, h be arbitrary complex numbers such that
|a3 q 3 /bcdef gh| < 1. Set = a3 q 2 /bcdef gh, multiply both sides of (2.12.1) by
(b2 /a; q)n (1 b2 q 2n /a)(bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)n a n
(q; q)n (1 b2 /a)(bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)n
and sum over n from 0 to . Then the right side of (2.12.1) leads to
b(1 q)(q, /b, bq/, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, c, d, e; q)
(a/, b, c/a, d/a, e/a, a/b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a; q)

10 W9 b2 /a; b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q, q . (2.12.2)
The left side leads to two double sums, one from each of the two limits of the
q-integral. From the upper limit, bq n , we get
b(1 q)(q, bq/, abq/c, abq/d, abq/e, b2 q/a; q)
(b, a/, b2 q/, bc/a, bd/a, be/a; q)
(b2 /a; q)n (1 b2 q 2n /a)(bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)n a n
(q; q)n (1 b2 /a)(bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)n
n=0

(b2 /; q)2n+j (1 b2 q 2n+2j /)(b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a; q)n+j (a/; q)j
qj
2 /)(bq/, abq/c, abq/d, abq/e; q)
2 q/a; q)
(q;
q)
(1
b
(b
j
n+j
2n+j
j=0


(b2 /; q)m (1 b2 q 2m /)(b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, a/; q)m
qm
2 /)(bq/, abq/c, abq/d, abq/e, b2 q/a; q)
(q;
q)
(1
b
m
m
m=0
2

2 m
m
8 W7 b /a; bf /a, bg/a, bh/a, b q /, q ; q, q .
(2.12.3)
56
Let us now assume that = 1, that is,

a3 q 2 = bcdef gh.
(2.12.4)
Then, by Jacksons formula (2.6.2), the 8 7 series in (2.12.3) has the sum
(b2 q/a, aq/f g, aq/f h, aq/gh; q)m
(bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, aq/f gh; q)m
and the expression in (2.12.3) simplies to

10 W9 b2 /; b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /, bg/, bh/; q, q , (2.12.5)
since, by (2.12.4), aq/f g = bh/, aq/f h = bg/, and aq/gh = bf /.
We now turn to the double sum that corresponds to the lower limit, , in
the q-integral (2.12.1). This leads to
the series
(1 q)(q, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/b, bq/a; q)
(b, q, a/b, c/a, d/a, e/a; q)

(b2 /a; q)n (1 b2 q 2n /a)(b, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a, b/; q)n n
q
(q; q)n (1 b2 /a)(bq/a, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, bq/a; q)n
n=0

8 W7 ; bq n , c/a, d/a, e/a, aq n /b; q, q
=
(1 q)(q, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/b, bq/a; q)

(b, q, a/b, c/a, d/a, e/a; q)

(; q)m (1 q 2m )(b, c/a, d/a, e/a, a/b; q)m m
q
(q; q)m (1 )(q/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, bq/a; q)m
m=0

8 W7 b2 /a; bq m , bq m /, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q, q .
(2.12.6)
The last 8 7 series in (2.12.6) is balanced and nonterminating, so we may use

(2.11.7) to get
( b2 /a; bq m , bq m /, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q, q )
(b2 q/a, q m+1 /f, q m+1 /g, g m+1 /h, aq/f g, aq/f h, aq/gh, aq m /b; q)
=
(bq m+1 /a, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, a/, f q m , gq m , hq m ; q)
aq m (b2 q/a, bq m /, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a, aq m+1 /b, aq m+1 /f ; q)
+
b (bq 1m /a, bq m+1 /a, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, a/, f q m , gq m ; q)
(aq m+1 /g, aq m+1 /h, q 2m+1 ; q)
(hq m , aq 2m+1 ; q)
8 W7 ( aq 2m ; bq m , f q m , gq m , hq m , a/; q, q ) .
(2.12.7)
8 W7
Use of this breaks up the double series in (2.12.6) into two parts:
(1 q)(q, b2 q/a, q/b, q/f, q/g, q/h, bf /, bg/; q)
(b, f, g, h, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, q; q)
10 9
series 57
(bh/, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)

(a/, c/a, d/a, e/a; q)
10 W9 (; b, c/a, d/a, e/a, f, g, h; q, q)
a(1 q)(q, b/, q/b, b2 q/a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g; q)
(b, a/b, aq, c/a, d/a, e/a, bq/a, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)
(aq/h, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)
(a/, f, g, h; q)

(a; q)n (1 aq 2n )(b, f, g, h, a/; q)n
qn
(q;
q)
(1
a)(aq/b,
aq/f,
aq/g,
aq/h,
q;
q)
n
n
n=0
8 W7 ( ; c/a, d/a, e/a, aq n , q n ; q, q ) .
(2.12.8)
Summing the last 8 7 series by (2.6.2) we nd that the sum over n in (2.12.8)
equals 10 W9 (a; b, c, d, e, f, g, h; q, q) which is, of course, balanced by virtue of
(2.12.4). Equating the expression in (2.12.2) with the sum of those in (2.12.5)
and (2.12.8), and simplifying the coecients, we nally obtain Baileys [1947b]
four-term transformation formula

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f, g, h
; q, q
10 9
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h
(aq, b/a, c, d, e, f, g, h, bq/c, bq/d; q)
+ 2
(b q/a, a/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bc/a, bd/a; q)
(bq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)
(be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
1
b2 /a, qba 2 , qba 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a
; q, q
10 9
1
1
ba 2 , ba 2 , bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h
=
(aq, b/a, q/f, q/g, q/h, bf /, bg/, bh/; q)

(q, b/, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b, c/a, d/a, e/a, f, g, h
; q, q
10 9
1
1
2 , 2 , q/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/f, q/g, q/h
(aq, b/a, f, g, h, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, c/a, d/a; q)
(b2 q/, /b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bc/a, bd/a; q)
(e/a, abq/c, abq/d, abq/e; q)
(be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
1
b2 /, qb 2 , qb 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /, bg/, bh/
; q, q .
10 9
1
1
b 2 , b 2 , bq/, abq/c, abq/d, abq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h
+
(2.12.9)

In terms of the q-integrals this can be written in a more compact form:

b
(qt/a, qt/b, ta 2 , ta 2 , qt/c, qt/d, qt/e, qt/f, qt/g, qt/h; q)

1
(t, bt/a, qta 2 , qta 2 , ct/a, dt/a, et/a, f t/a, gt/a, ht/a; q)
a (b/a, aq/b, c/a, d/a, e/a, bf /, bg/, bh/; q)
=
(b/, q/b, c, d, e, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
dq t
58

(qt/, qt/b, t 2 , t 2 , aqt/c, aqt/d, aqt/e, qt/f, qt/g, qt/h; q)

1
dq t,
1
1
(t, bt/, qt 2 , qt 2 , ct/a, dt/a, et/a, f t/, gt/, ht/; q)
(2.12.10)
where = qa2 /cde and a3 q 2 = bcdef gh.

Exercises
2.1 Show that
3 2

1
1
atq 2 ; q

a, qa 2 , qa 2
2
; q, t = 1 aqt
, |t| < 1.
1
1
a 2 , a 2
(t; q)
2.2 Show that, for max(|t|, |aq|) < 1,

1
1

1
(aq, bt; q)
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b
;
q,
t
=
, t; bqt; q, aq .
1
1
2 1 b
4 3
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b
(t, aq/b; q)
(See Gasper and Rahman [1983a].
2.3 Give an alternate proof of the 6 5 summation formula (2.4.2) by rst using
(2.2.4) to derive a terminating form of the q-Dixon formula (2.7.2) and
then using it along with the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2).
2.4 Prove Sears identity (2.10.4) by using (1.4.3) and the coecients in the
power series expansion of the product
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) 2 1 (d, e; abde/c; q, abz/c).
2.5 Prove that

n

(a; q)k (1 aq 2k )(b, c, a/bc; q)k
k=0
(q; q)k (1 a)(aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)k
qk =
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc; q)n

(q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)n
for n = 0, 1, . . . .
2.6 Show that

q n , b, c, q 1n /bc
; q, q
4 3
q 1n /b, q 1n /c, bc
0,
n = 2m + 1,
= (q, b2 , c2 ; q 2 ) (bc; q)
m
2m
, n = 2m,
(b, c; q)2m (b2 c2 ; q 2 )m
where n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . . . (Bailey [1941], Carlitz [1969a])

2.7 Derive Jacksons terminating q-analogue of Dixons sum:

2n
,
b,
c
q
(b, c; q)n (q, bc; q)2n
q 2n
=
,
; q,
3 2
12n
12n
bc
(q, bc; q)n (b, c; q)2n
q
/b, q
/c
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . (See Jackson [1921, 1941], Bailey [1941], and Carlitz
[1969a])
Exercises
2.8 Show that
59

1
1
q n , a, b 2 , b 2
; q, q
1n
1
1
q
a 2 , q 2 a 2 , b
0,
n = 2m+1,
2
= (q, bq/a; q )m , n = 2m,
(bq, q/a; q 2 )m
4 3
1n
2
where n, m = 0, 1, . . . .
(Andrews [1976a])
2.9
Prove that

a, b, b, aq/c2
; q, q
4 3
aq/c, aq/c, b2
(q/b2 , a, b, b, aq/c2 , aq 2 /b2 c, aq 2 /b2 c; q)
+ 2
(b /q, q/b, q/b, aq/b2 , aq/c, aq/c, aq 2 /b2 c2 ; q)

q/b, q/b, aq/b2 , aq 2 /b2 c2
4 3
;
q,
q
aq 2 /b2 c, aq 2 /b2 c, q 2 /b2
(q/b2 , q; q) (a2 q 2 , aq 2 /b2 , aq 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /b2 c2 ; q 2 )
.
=
(aq/b2 , aq; q) (q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , aq 2 , aq 2 /b2 c2 ; q 2 )
2.10 The q-Racah polynomials, which were introduced by Askey and Wilson
[1979], are dened by

n
q , abq n+1 , q x , cq xN
; q, q ,
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q) = 4 3
aq, bcq, q N
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , N . Show that
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q) =
(aq/c, bq; q)n n

c Wn (N x; b, a, c1 , N ; q).
(aq, bcq; q)n
2.11 The Askey-Wilson polynomials are dened in Askey and Wilson [1985] by
pn (x; a, b, c, d | q)
n
=a
(ab, ac, ad; q)n 4 3

q n , abcdq n1 , aei , aei
; q, q ,
ab, ac, ad
where x = cos . Show that

(i) pn (x; a, b, c, d | q) = pn (x; b, a, c, d | q),
(ii) pn (x; a, b, c, d | q) = (1)n pn (x; a, b, c, d | q).
2.12 Show that
1
1
1
1
2 n+1
/b, q n ; q, q)
10 W9 (a; b 2 , b 2 , (bq) 2 , (bq) 2 , a/b, a q
(aq, a2 q/b2 ; q)n

, n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
(aq/b, a2 q/b; q)n
60
2.13 If = qa2 /bcd and |q/a| < 1, prove that

q2
(q/a, 2 q/a; q)
a, b, c, d
; q, 2 =
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d
a
(q, 2 q/a2 ; q)

1
1
1
1
10 W9 ; a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a; q, q/a ,

q
a, b, c, d
(ii) 4 3
; q,
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d
a
(i)
4 3
(aq, q, qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)
1
(q, q/a, qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)

1
1
8 W7 ; a 2 , a 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a; q, q .
1
2.14 (i) Show that

4 3

1
1
a, qa 2 , b, q n
(ab2 , b1 , qb1 a 2 ; q)n
;
q,
q
=
,
1
1
a 2 , aq/b, b2 q 1n
(b2 , aq/b, b1 a 2 ; q)n
which is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 4.5(1.3)].

(ii) Using (i) in the formula (2.8.2) prove the following q-analogue of
Bailey [1935, 4.5(4)]:

6 5
a, qa 2 , b, c, d, q n
; q, q
1
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a2 q 1n /2
1
(/a, 2 /a, qa 2 ; q)n

1
(q, 2 /a2 , a 2 ; q)n

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a,
12 11
1
1
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d,
1
qa 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , 2 q n /a, q n

1
a 2 , qa 2 , (q/a) 2 , (q/a) 2 , aq 1n /, q n+1

1

; q, q ,
where = qa2 /bcd.

This formula is equivalent to Jains [1982, (4.6)] transformation formula.
2.15 By taking suitable q-integrals of the function
f (t) =
(qt/b, qt/c, aqt/bc, tq 2 /bcdef ; q)

,
(at, qt/bcd, qt/bce, qt/bcf ; q)
Exercises
61
prove Baileys [1936, (4.6)] identity

(aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q/ad, q/ae, q/af ; q)
(qa2 , ab, ac, b/a, c/a; q)
2

8 W7 a ; ab, ac, ad, ae, af ; q, q 2 /abcdef
(bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, q/bd, q/be, q/bf ; q)
+ b1
(qb2 , ba, bc, a/b, c/b; q)

2
8 W7 b ; ba, bc, bd, be, bf ; q, q 2 /abcdef
(cq/d, cq/e, cq/f, q/cd, q/ce, q/cf ; q)
+ c1
(qc2 , ca, cb, a/c, b/c; q)
2

8 W7 c ; ca, cb, cd, ce, cf ; q, q 2 /abcdef
a1
= 0,
provided |q 2 /abcdef | < 1.
2.16 (i) Let S(, , , ) = (, q/, , q/, , q/, , q/; q) . Using Ex. 2.15,
prove that
S(x, x/, , /) S(x, x/, , /)
= S(x, x/, , /),
where x, , , are non-zero complex numbers. (Sears [1951c,d], Bailey

[1936])
(ii) Deduce that
1
(q 2 , q 2 ; q) S(q 4 , q 4 , q 4 , q 4 )
1
= (q 2 , q 2 /, q 2 /, q 2 /; q)
q 4 ( + 1 1 )(q, q/, q/, q/; q) .
1
(Ismail and Rahman [2002b])

2.17 Show that
(i)

8 7
, q 2 , q 2 , a, b, c, c, q/c2
q
; q,
1
1
2
ab
2 , 2 , q/a, q/b, q/c, q/c, c
(q, c2 /; q) (aq, bq, c2 q/a, c2 q/b; q 2 )
,
(q/a, q/b; q) (q, abq, c2 q, c2 q/ab; q 2 )
1
where = c(ab/q) 2 and |q/ab| < 1, and

1
1
c, q(c) 2 , q(c) 2 , a, q/a, c, d, q/d
(ii)
; q, c
8 7
1
1
(c) 2 , (c) 2 , cq/a, ac, q, cq/d, cd
=
(c, cq; q) (acd, acq/d, cdq/a, cq 2 /ad; q 2 )

,
(cd, cq/d, ac, cq/a; q)
|c| < 1.
Verify that (i) is a q-analogue of Watsons summation formula (Bailey

[1935, 3.3(1)]) while (ii) is a q-analogue of Whipples formula (Bailey [1935,
3.4(1)]). (See Jain and Verma [1985] and Gasper and Rahman [1986]).
62
2.18 In the 6 5 summation formula (2.7.1) let b, c, d . Then set a = 1 to

prove Eulers [1748] identity

(1)n q n(3n1)/2 + q n(3n+1)/2 = (q; q) .
1+
n=1
2.19 Show that

n
; q, q
10 W9 a; b, c, d, e, f, g, q
=
(aq, aq/ce, aq/de, aq/ef, aq/eg, b; q)n n

e
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, b/e; q)n
n

10 W9 eq /b; e, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/bf, aq/bg, eq n /a, q n ; q, q ,
where a3 q n+2 = bcdef g and n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .

2.20 Prove that

a; b, c, d, e, f, g, q n ; q, a3 q n+3 /bcdef g
n
(aq, aq/f g; q)n (q n , f, g, aq/de; q)j q j
10 W9
(aq/f, aq/g; q)n j=0 (q, aq/d, aq/e, f gq n /a; q)j

q j , d, e, aq/bc
;
q,
q
,
4 3
aq/b, aq/c, deq j /a
for n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
2.21 Show that

3 3
10 W9 a; b, c, d, e, f, g, h; q, a q /bcdef gh

(; q)n (1 q 2n )(b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f, g, h; q)n (aq; q)2n
=
(q; q)n (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h; q)n (q; q)2n
n=0
2 2 n

2n
a q
n
n
n
n
3 3
8 W7 aq ; a/, eq , f q , gq , hq ; q, a q /bcdef gh ,
ef gh
where = qa2 /bcd and |a3 q 3 /bcdef gh| < 1.
2.22 Prove that
2 2 n
n
(a; q)n (1 aq 2n )(b, c, d, e; q)n
a q
q( 2 )
(q; q)n (1 a)(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)n
bcde
n=0

(aq, aq/de; q)
aq
aq/bc, d, e
, |aq/de| < 1.
=
; q,
3 2
aq/b, aq/c
(aq/d, aq/e; q)
de
Deduce that
(a; q)n (1 aq 2n )(d, e; q)n aq n (n)

q 2
(q;
q)
(1
a)(aq/d,
aq/e;
q)
de
n
n
n=0
(aq, aq/de; q)
.
(aq/d, aq/e; q)
Exercises
2.23 Prove that
n

j=0
63
(ab, ac, ad; q)j

qj
(abcd, aqz, aq/z; q)j
(1 z/a)(1 abcz)
8 W7 (abcz; ab, ac, bc, qz/d, q; q, dz)
(1 bz)(1 cz)
(1 aq n+1 /z)(1 abczq n+1 )
(ab, ac, ad; q)n+1
(abcd, aqz, aq/z; q)n+1

(1 a/z)(1 abcz)

n+1
n+1
n+1
; abq
, acq
, bc, qz/d, q; q, dz .
8 W7 abczq
2.24 Show that

(q/a, q/e, q2 /a, q/f ; q)
a, b, c, d, e
; q, q =
5 4
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, f
(q, aq/f, eq/f, aq/f ; q)

1
1
1
1
12 W11 ; a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, e, aq/f ; q, q
(a, e, a/, q/f, q 2 /f ; q)

(f /q, q, aq/f, aq/f, eq/f ; q)

(; q)j (1 q 2j )(b/a, c/a, d/a; q)j
j=0 k=0
(q; q)j (1 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)j
(f /q, aq/f ; q)j (aq j+1 /f, aq 1j /f, eq/f ; q)k j+k
q
,
(q 2 /f, f /a; q)j (q, q 2j /f, q 2+j /f ; q)k
where = qa2 /bcd and f = ea2 /2 . Note that this reduces to (2.8.3)
when e = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
2.25 By interchanging the order of summation in the double sum in Ex. 2.24
and using Baileys summation formula (2.11.7), prove Jain and Vermas
[1982, (7.1)] transformation formula

a, b, c, d, e
;
q,
q
5 4
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, f
(a, b, c, d, e, q/f, aq 2 /bf, aq 2 /cf, aq 2 /df ; q)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, f /q, aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, dq/f, eq/f ; q)

eq/f, aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, dq/f
;
q,
q
5 4 2
q /f, aq 2 /bf, aq 2 /cf, aq 2 /df
(q/a, q/e, q2 /a, q/f ; q)

(q, aq/f, eq/f, aq/f ; q)

1
1
1
1
12 W11 ; a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a, e, aq/f ; q, q
(a, e, b/a, c/a, d/a, q/f, a2 q 2 /bf, a2 q 2 /cf, a2 q 2 /df, aq 3 /f 2 ; q)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, dq/f, eq/f, f /aq, a2 q 3 /f 2 ; q)

3
3
3
3
12 W11 a2 q 2 /f 2 ; qa 2 /f, qa 2 /f, (qa) 2 /f, (qa) 2 /f,

q/a, aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, dq/f ; q, q ,
64

where the parameters are related in the same way as in Ex. 2.24. Note
that this is a nonterminating extension of (2.8.3) and that the rst 5 4
series on the left is a nearly-poised series of the second kind while the
second 5 4 series is a nearly-poised series of the rst kind.
2.26 If a = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., prove that

a, b, c
(ax; q)
aqx
=
;
q,
3 2
bc
(x; q)
aq/b, aq/c

1
1
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc
; q, q .
5 4
aq/b, aq/c, ax, q/x
(Sears [1951a, (4.1)], Carlitz [1969a, (2.4)])
2.27 Show that

(c, ab/c; q)n
q n , c, ab/c, a1 , . . . , ar
; q, z =
r+3 r+2
a, b, b1 , . . . , br
(a, b; q)n
kn

n
n
(q , c/a, c/b; q)k
q
, c, a1 , . . . , ar
k
;
q,
z
.
r+2 r+1
cq k , b1 , . . . , br
(q, c, ca1 b1 q 1n ; q)k
k=0
2.28 Show that

a, b1 , . . . , br , c, q n
(aq/cz, q 1n /c; q)n
;
q,
qz
=
n+1
(aq/c, q 1n /cz; q)n
aq/b1 , . . . , aq/br , aq/c, aq
k
n

(q n /cz, 1/z, q n /a, q n ; q)k (1 q 2kn /cz) aq n+1
(q, aq/cz, q/cz, q 1n /c; q)k (1 q n /cz)

c
k=0

a, b1 , . . . , br , czq k , q kn
r+3 r+2
; q, q .
aq/b1 , . . . , aq/br , aq k+1 /cz, aq n+1k
r+3 r+2
2.29 Show that

r+2 r+1
=

3 2
q n , cdq n+1 , a1 , . . . , ar
; q, z
cq, b1 , . . . , br
n

(1)k q k(k+1)/2 (aq, cdq n+1 , q n ; q)k
k=0
(q, cq, abq k+1 ; q)k
q kn , cdq n+k+1 , aq k+1

; q, q
cq k+1 , abq 2k+2

r+2 r+1

q k , abq k+1 , a1 , . . . , ar
; q, z .
aq, b1 , . . . , br
2.30 Iterate (2.12.9) to prove Baileys [1947b, (8.1)] transformation formula:

10 W9 (a; b, c, d, e, f, g, h; q, q)
(aq, c, d, e, f, g, h, b/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e; q)

(qb2 /a, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a, a/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)
(bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)

(aq/f, aq/g, ag/h; q)
2
10 W9 (b /a; b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q, q)
Exercises
=
65
(aq, b/a, g, bq/g, aq/ch, aq/dh, aq/eh, aq/f h, bch/a, bdh/a; q)

(bhq/g, bh/a, g/h, aq/h, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a; q)
(beh/a, bf h/a; q)
(be/a, bf /a; q)
(aq, b/a, h, bq/h, aq/cg, aq/dg, aq/eg, aq/f g, bcg/a, bdg/a; q)

(bgq/h, bg/a, h/g, aq/g, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a; q)
(beg/a, bf g/a; q)
(be/a, bf /a; q)
10 W9 (bh/g; b, aq/cg, aq/dg, aq/eg, aq/f g, bh/a, h; q, q)
10 W9 (bg/h; b, aq/ch, aq/dh, aq/eh, aq/f h, bg/a, g; q, q),
where a3 q 2 = bcdef gh.

2.31 By using the q-Dixon formula (2.7.2) prove that the constant term in the
Laurent expansion of
(x1 /x2 , x1 /x3 ; q)a1 (x2 /x3 , qx2 /x1 ; q)a2 (qx3 /x1 , qx3 /x2 ; q)a3
is
(q; q)a1 +a2 +a3 /(q; q)a1 (q; q)a2 (q; q)a3 .
where a1 , a2 and a3 are nonnegative integers.
(Andrews [1975a])
2.32 Use (2.10.18), the q-binomial theorem, and the generating function in
Ex. 1.29 to derive the formula
Cn (cos ; |q) =
( 2 ; q)n
(q; q)n
2i sin (, , e2i , e2i ; q)

1 q (q, 2 , e2i , e2i ; q)
ei
ei
(qtei , qtei ; q) n
t dq t,
(tei , tei ; q)
0 < < .
(Rahman and Verma [1986a])

2.33 (i) Prove that
6+2kW5+2k (a; b, a/b, d, e1 , . . . , ek , aq
n1 +1
/e1 , . . . , aq nk +1 /ek ; q, q 1N /d)
k
(q, aq, aq/bd, bq/d; q) (aq/bej , bq/ej ; q)nj
,
(bq, aq/b, aq/d, q/d; q) j=1 (aq/ej , q/ej ; q)nj
k = 1, 2, . . . ,
where n1 , . . . , nk are nonnegative integers, N = n1 + +nk , and |q 1N /d| <

1 when the series does not terminate. (Gasper [1997])
(ii) Deduce that
(bei , bei ; p)
(aqei , aqei ; q)
k+1

1 a2 q 2k (a2 q)k (1)k q ( 2 ) (aei , aei ; q)k (abq k , bq k /a; p)
=
1 a2 (q; q)k (q, qa2 ; q)
(aqei , aqei ; q)k
k=0
when 0 < p < q, or p = q and |b| < |a|.

(Ismail and Stanton [2003a]).
66
2.34 Derive the formulas

(i)
q ()
2 1 (q , q ; q ; q, z) =
q ()q ( )
t1
0
(tq, tzq + ; q)
(tq , tz; q)
2 1 (q , q ; q ; q, tz) 3 2 (q + , q , t1 ; q , q/tz; q, q)dq t,

(ii)
q ()
2 1 (q , q ; q ; q, z) =
q ()q ( )
2 1 (q
, q ; q ; q, tzq ) 3 2 (q , q
t1
0
(tq, tzq ; q)
(tq , tz; q)
, t1 ; q , q/tz; q, q)dq t,
(iii)
2 1 (q
, q ; q ; q, z) =
q ()q ()
q ()q ()q ( + )
3 1 (q , q , t1 ; q + ; q, tq )
(tq; q)
+
(tq
; q)
0

3 2 (q , q , q ; q , q ; q, tz)dq t,
t1
where Re > Re > 0 in (i) and (ii), and Re (, , + ) > 0 in

(iii). These formulas are q-integral analogues of Erdelyis [1939, equations
(17), (11), and (20), respectively] fractional integral representations for
2 F1 series. (Gasper [2000])
2.35 Derive the following discrete extensions of the formulas in Ex. 2.34:
(i)
n
; , ; q, q) =
3 2 (, , q
n

n (, /; q)n (/; q)nk n
k q
(; q)n (; q)k
k=0
3 2 (/, /, q k ; , /; q, q) 3 2 (/, /, q kn ; /, q k ; q, q),

(ii)
n

n (, /; q)k (/; q)nk n k
n
; , ; q, q) =
3 2 (, , q
k q
(; q)n (; q)k
k=0
3 2 (/, , q k ; , /; q, q) 3 2 (, /, q kn ; /, q k ; q, q),
(iii)
n

n (; q)n (; q)k (/; q)nk nk
n
; , ; q, q) =
3 2 (, , q
k q
(, ; q)n
k=0
3 2 (/, /, q
kn
; /, q 1n /; q, q 1k /) 4 3 (, , , q k ; , , ; q, q).
(Gasper [2000])
2.36 Extend the formulas in Ex. 2.35 to:
(i)
n n
; , , ; q, q)
4 3 (, , q , q
Notes
=
67
(/, q/; q)n n
(, q/; q)n
k
n

(/, , /, /, q n , q n ; q)k (q/; q)2k
(q, q/, , , q 1n /, q n+1 /; q)k (/; q)2k
k=0
4 3 (/, /, q k /, q k ; , /, /; q, q)
4 3 (/, /, q k+n , q kn ; /, q k , q k ; q, q),
(ii)
n n
; , , ; q, q)
4 3 (, , q , q
(/, q/; q)n n
=
(, q/; q)n
k
n

q
(/, , /, /, q n , q n ; q)k (q/; q)2k
1n
n+1
(q, q/, , /, q
/, q
/; q)k (/; q)2k
k=0
4 3 (/, , q k /, q k ; , /, ; q, q)
4 3 (, /, q n+k , q kn , /, q k , q k /; q, q),
(iii)

q n , , a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
;
q,
z
r+2
, b1 , b2 , . . . , bs
n
(, ; q)n (q n , /; q)nk nk
=
q
(, ; q)n
(q, q 1n /; q)nk
k=0

k

/, /, q kn
q , , a1 , . . . , ar
1k
3 2
; q, q
/ r+2 s+1
; q, z ,
/, q 1n /
, b1 , b2 , . . . , bs
s+1
where q = in (i) and (ii). (Gasper [2000])

Notes
2.5 Some applications of Watsons transformation formula (2.5.1) to mock
theta functions are presented in Watson [1936, 1937].
2.7 For additional proofs of the RogersRamanujan identities, identities
of RogersRamanujan type, applications to combinatorics, Lie algebras, statistical mechanics, etc., see Adiga et al. [1985], Alladi [1997], Alladi, Andrews and
Berkovich [2003], Alladi and Berkovich [2002], Andrews [1970b, 1974b,c, 1976,
1976b, 1979b, 1981a, 1984b,d, 1986, 1987a,b, 1997, 2001], Andrews, Askey,
Berndt et al. [1988], Andrews and Baxter [1986, 1987], Andrews, Baxter, Bressoud et al. [1987], Andrews, Baxter, and Forrester [1984], Andrews, Schilling
and Warnaar [1999], Bailey [1947a, 1949, 1951], Baxter [19801988], Baxter
and Andrews [1986], Baxter and Pearce [1983, 1984], Berkovich and McCoy
[1998], Berkovich, McCoy and Schilling [1998], Berkovich and Paule [2001a,b],
Berkovich and Warnaar [2003], Berndt [19852001], Borwein and Borwein
[1988], Bressoud [1980a, 1981a,b, 1983a], Bressoud, Ismail and Stanton [2000],
Burge [1993], Dobbie [1962], Dyson [1988], Fine [1988], Foda and Quano [1995],
Garrett, Ismail and Stanton [1999], Garsia and Milne [1981], Garvan [1988],
68
Lepowsky [1982], Lepowsky and Wilson [1982], McCoy [1999], Misra [1988],
Paule [1985a], Ramanujan [1919], Rogers and Ramanujan [1919], Schilling
and Warnaar [2000], Schur [1917], Sills [2003a,b,c], Slater [1952a], Stanton
[2001a,b], Warnaar [19992002a, 2003a2003e], and Watson [1931].
2.9 Agarwal [1953e] showed that Baileys transformation (2.9.1) gives a
transformation formula for truncated 8 7 series, where the sum of the rst N
terms of an innite series is called a truncated series.
2.10 Many additional transformation formulas for hypergeometric series
are derived in Whipple [1926a,b].
2.11 Additional transformation formulas for 8 7 series are derived in
Agarwal [1953c].
Ex. 2.6 Also see the summation formulas for very-well-poised series in
Joshi and Verma [1979].
Ex. 2.31 This exercise is the n = 3 case of the Zeilberger and Bressoud [1985] theorem that if x1 , . . . , xn , q are commuting indeterminates and
a1 , . . . , an are nonnegative integers, then the constant term in the Laurent
expansion of

(xi /xj ; q)ai (qxj /xi ; q)aj
1i<jn
is equal to the q-multinomial coecient

(q; q)a1 ++an
.
(q; q)a1 (q; q)an
This was called the Andrews q-Dyson conjecture because Andrews [1975a]
had conjectured it as a q-analogue of a previously proved conjecture of Dyson
[1962] that the constant term in the Laurent expansion of
a

xi i
1
xj
1i=jn
is equal to the multinomial coecient

(a1 + + an )!
.
a1 ! an !
The n = 4 case of the Andrews q-Dyson conjecture was proved independently by Kadell [1985b]. Additional constant term results are derived in
Baker and Forrester [1998, 1999], Bressoud [1989], Bressoud and Goulden
[1985], Cherednik [1995], Cooper [1997a,b], Evans, Ismail and Stanton [1982],
Forrester [1990], Kadell [1994, 1997, 2000], Kaneko [19962001], Macdonald
[19721998b], Morris [1982], Opdam [1989], Stanton [1986b, 1989], Stembridge
[1988], and Zeilberger [19871994].
3
ADDITIONAL SUMMATION, TRANSFORMATION,
AND EXPANSION FORMULAS
3.1 Introduction
In this chapter we shall use the summation and transformation formulas of
Chapters 1 and 2 to deduce additional transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series which are useful in many applications. In 3.2 and 3.3
we shall obtain q-analogues of some of Thomaes [1879] 3 F2 transformation
formulas, typical among which are

(d b)n
n, a, b
n, c a, b
;1 =
;1 ,
(3.1.1)
3 F2
3 F2
c, d
c, 1 + b d n
(d)n
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,

3 F2

(d)(e)(s)
a, b, c
d a, e a, s
;1 =
; 1 , (3.1.2)
3 F2
d, e
s + b, s + c
(a)(s + b)(s + c)
s = d + e a b c, and

3 F2

(1 a)(d)(e)(c b)
a, b, c
;1 =
d, e
(d b)(e b)(1 + b a)(c)

b, b d + 1, b e + 1
3 F2
; 1 + idem (b; c),(3.1.3)
1 + b c, 1 + b a
where the symbol idem (b; c) after an expression means that the preceding
expression is repeated with b and c interchanged.
The main topic of this chapter, however, will be the q-analogues of a large
class of transformations known as quadratic transformations. Two functions
f (z) and g(w) are said to satisfy a quadratic transformation if z and w identically satisfy a quadratic equation and f (z) = g(w). Among the important
examples of quadratic transformation formulas are
a a + 1
4z
b; 1 + a b;
(1 + z)a 2 F1 (a, b; 1 + a b; z) = 2 F1 ,
,
2
2
(1 + z)2
(3.1.4)
a a + 1

2
1
z
(1 z)a 2 F1 (a, b; 2b; 2z) = 2 F1 ,
;b + ;
,
(3.1.5)
2
2
2 (1 z)2

z2
1
, (3.1.6)
(1 z)a 2 F1 (2a, a + b; 2a + 2b; z) = 2 F1 a, b; a + b + ;
2 4(z 1)
69
70
Additional summation, transformation, and expansion formulas

1
1
+ b + ; z) = 2 F1 (a, b; a + b + ; 4z(1 z)),
2
2

a, b, c
(1 z)a 3 F2
;z
1 + a b, 1 + a c
1 1

a, (a + 1), 1 + a b c
4z
;
,
= 3 F2 2 2
(1 z)2
1 + a b, 1 + a c

a, 1 + 12 a, b, c
(1 z)a+1
F
;
z
4 3 1
1+z
2 a, 1 + a b, 1 + a c
1

1
4z
2 (a + 1), 1 + 2 a, 1 + a b c
.
;
= 3 F2
(1 z)2
1 + a b, 1 + a c
2 F1 (2a, 2b; a
(3.1.7)
(3.1.8)
(3.1.9)
The above denition of a quadratic transformation cannot be directly applied

to basic hypergeometric series. For example, the a = q n case of the identity
in Ex. 2.26 is a q-analogue of the a = n case of (3.1.8), but it does not t
into the above denition of a quadratic transformation. So we shall just say
that a transformation between basic hypergeometric series is quadratic if it
is a q-analogue of a quadratic transformation for hypergeometric series.
It will be seen that one important feature of the quadratic transformations
derived for basic hypergeometric series in the following sections is that the
series obtained from an r s (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, z) series by a quadratic
transformation will have squares or square roots of at least one of a1 , . . . , ar ,
b1 , . . . , bs , q, z and possibly a square or square root of q as its base.
In general, a convergent 3 2 (a, b, c; d, e; q, z) series cannot be expressed as a
multiple of another 3 2 or of any other r s series. It is natural to expect that
for such a transformation to exist there has to be some relationship among
the parameters and the argument z. Sears [1951a,c] found that in the cases
z = q and z = de/abc there is a whole family of transformation formulas
for 3 2 series, analogous to Thomaes [1879] transformation formulas for 3 F2
series. For the sake of convenience we will say that a basic hypergeometric
series r s (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, z) is of type I if z = q, and of type II if z
is the product of the denominator parameters divided by the product of the
numerator parameters. Note that a series is of both types if it is balanced.
In this section we shall consider transformations between two 3 2 series.
Such formulas may be obtained in a very straightforward manner as special
and limiting cases of Sears identity (2.10.4) which, for our present purposes,
is rewritten in the form

q n , a, b, c,
; q, q
4 3
d, e, abcq 1n /de
n

q , a, d/b, d/c,
(e/a, de/bc; q)n
;
q,
q
,
(3.2.1)
=
4 3
(e, de/abc; q)n
d, de/bc, aq 1n /e
71
with n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
Keeping n xed and choosing special or limiting values of one of the other
parameters leads to transformation formulas for terminating 3 2 series. Let us
consider this class of formulas rst.
Case (i)
3 2
Letting c 0 in (3.2.1) we get

n
q n , a, b
q , a, d/b
bq
(e/a; q)n n
.
;
q,
; q, q =
a 3 2
(e; q)n
e
d, e
d, aq 1n /e
(3.2.2)
Note that the series on the left is of type I and that on the right is of type II.
Formula (3.2.2) is a q-analogue of (3.1.1).
Case (ii) Letting a 0 in (3.2.1) gives

n
n
n
q , b, c
q , d/b, d/c
(de/bc; q)n bc
; q, q =
; q, q .
3 2
3 2
(e; q)n
d
d, e
d, de/bc
(3.2.3)
If we let c 0 in (3.2.3) we obtain

2 1

n
n

q , b, 0
; q, q ,
q n , d/b; d; q, bq/e = (1)n q ( 2 ) (e; q)n en 3 2
d, e
which may be written in the form (Ex. 1.15(i))

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) =

(abz/c; q)
a, c/b, 0
;
q,
q
,
3 2
c, cq/bz
(bz/c; q)
(3.2.4)
where a = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
Case (iii) Let c in (3.2.1). This gives Sears [1951c, (4.5)] formula

n
n
q , a, b
q , a, d/b
(e/a; q)n
deq n
=
; q, q .
(3.2.5)
; q,
3 2
3 2
ab
(e; q)n
d, e
d, aq 1n /e
Note that there is no essential dierence between (3.2.2) and (3.2.5) since one
can be obtained from the other by a change of parameters.
Case (iv) Replacing a by aq n in (3.2.1) and simplifying, we get

n
q , aq n , b, c
;
q,
q
4 3
d, e, abcq/de

n
n
q , aq n , d/b, d/c
(aq/e, de/bc; q)n bc
=
;
q,
q
.
4 3
(e, abcq/de; q)n
d
d, de/bc, aq/e
Set d = c and then let c . In the resulting formula we replace , e and
abq/e by c, d and e, respectively, to get

n
q , aq n , b
de
; q,
3 2
ab
d, e

n
n
q , aq n , abq/de
(aq/d, aq/e; q)n de
q
=
(3.2.6)
;
q,
3 2
(d, e; q)n
aq
b
aq/d, aq/e
72
which is a transformation formula between two terminating 3 2 series of type

II.
Let us now consider the class of transformation formulas that connect two
nonterminating 3 2 series.
Case (v) In (3.2.1) let us take n . A straightforward term-by-term
limiting process gives the formula

a, b, c
a, d/b, d/c
(e/a, de/bc; q)
de
e
=
.
(3.2.7)
; q,
; q,
3 2
3 2
abc
(e, de/abc; q)
a
d, e
d, de/bc
Apart from the general requirement that no zero shall appear in the denominators of the two 3 2 series, the parameters must be restricted by the convergence
conditions: |de/abc| < 1 and |e/a| < 1. This formula is a q-analogue of the
Kummer-Thomae-Whipple formula

a, d b, d c
(e)(d + e a b c)
a, b, c
;
1
=
;
1
, (3.2.8)
F
F
3 2
3 2
d, e
(e a)(d + e b c)
d, d + e b c
where Re (e a) > 0 and Re (d + e a b c) > 0.
Case (vi)
Iterating (3.2.1) once gives

q n , a, b, c
;
q,
q
4 3
d, e, abcq 1n /de

n
q , d/b, e/b, de/abc
(b, de/ab, de/bc; q)n
; q, q .
(3.2.9)
=
4 3
(d, e, de/abc; q)n
de/ab, de/bc, q 1n /b
Let us assume that max (|b|, |de/abc|) < 1. Then, taking the limit n , we
obtain Halls [1936] formula

de
a, b, c
;
q,
3 2
d, e
abc

(b, de/ab, de/bc; q)
d/b, e/b, de/abc
=
; q, b .
(3.2.10)
3 2
de/ab, de/bc
(d, e, de/abc; q)
Note that this is a q-analogue of formula (3.1.2).
Before leaving this section it is worth mentioning that by taking the limit
n in Watsons formula (2.5.1), we get another transformation formula:

(aq/d, aq/e; q)
aq
aq/bc, d, e
=
;
q,
3 2
aq/b, aq/c
de
(aq, aq/de; q)
2 2 k

k
(a; q)k (1 aq 2k )(b, c, d, e; q)k
a q
q (2)
,
(q; q)k (1 a)(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)k
bcde
k=0
(3.2.11)
provided |aq/de| < 1. This is a q-analogue of the formula

(1 + a)(1 + a d e)
1 + a b c, d, e
;1 =
3 F2
1 + a b, 1 + a c
(1 + a d)(1 + a e)

a, 1 + 12 a, b, c, d, e
6 F5 1
; 1 , (3.2.12)
2 a, 1 + a b, 1 + a c, 1 + a d, 1 + a e
73
where Re (1 + a d e) > 0; see Bailey [1935, 4.4(2)].

In (2.10.10) let us replace a, b, c, d, e, f by Aq N , Bq N , C, D, E, F q N , respectively, and then let N . In the resulting formula replace C, D, E, Aq/B
and Aq/F by a, b, c, d and e, respectively, to obtain

d/a, b, c
(e/b, e/c; q)
de
a, b, c
=
;
q,
;
q,
q
3 2
3 2
d, e
abc
(e, e/bc; q)
d, bcq/e

e/b, e/c, de/abc
(d/a, b, c, de/bc; q)
; q, q ,
(3.3.1)
+
3 2
(d, e, bc/e, de/abc; q)
de/bc, eq/bc
where |de/abc| < 1, and bc/e is not an integer power of q. This expresses a 3 2
series of type II in terms of a 3 2 series of type I. As a special case of (3.3.1),
let a = q n with n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Then

n
deq n
q , b, c
;
q,
3 2
d, e
bc

b, c, dq n
(e/b, e/c; q)
=
; q, q
3 2
(e, e/bc; q)
bcq/e, d

(b, c; q) (de/bc; q)n
e/b, e/c, deq n /bc
+
; q, q .
(3.3.2)
3 2
eq/bc, de/bc
(e, bc/e; q) (d; q)n
Setting n = 0 in (3.3.2) gives the summation formula (2.10.13).
We shall now obtain a transformation formula involving three 3 2 series
of type II. We start by replacing a, b, c, d, e, f in (2.11.1) by Aq N , Bq N , C, D,
E, F q N , respectively, and then taking the limit N . In the resulting
formula we replace C, D, E, Aq/B, Aq/F by a, b, c, d, e, respectively, and obtain

a, b, c
de
;
q,
3 2
abc
d, e

c, d/a, cq/e
(e/b, e/c, cq/a, q/d; q)
bq
=
; q,
3 2
(e, cq/d, q/a, e/bc; q)
d
cq/a, bcq/e

aq/d, bq/d, cq/d
(q/d, eq/d, b, c, d/a, de/bcq, bcq 2 /de; q)
de
,
;
q,
3 2
(d/q, e, bq/d, cq/d, q/a, e/bc, bcq/e; q)
abc
q 2 /d, eq/d
(3.3.3)
provided |bq/d| < 1, |de/abc| < 1 and none of the denominator parameters on
either side produces a zero factor. If |q| < |de/abc| < 1, then

de
a, b, c
; q,
3 2
d, e
abc

q/a, d/a, e/a
(e/b, e/c, q/d, bq/a, cq/a, abcq/de; q)
abcq
=
;
q,
3 2
(e, e/bc, q/a, bq/d, cq/d, bcq/e; q)
de
bq/a, cq/a
74

aq/d, bq/d, cq/d
(b, c, q/d, d/a, eq/d, de/bcq, bcq 2 /de; q)
de
,
; q,
3 2
(e, e/bc, q/a, bq/d, cq/d, bcq/e, d/q; q)
abc
q 2 /d, eq/d
(3.3.4)
by observing that from (3.2.7)

c, d/a, cq/e
bq
; q,
3 2
d
cq/a, bcq/e

q/a, d/a, e/a
(abcq/de, bq/a; q)
abcq
.
=
; q,
3 2
(bcq/e, bq/d; q)
de
bq/a, cq/a
If we set e = c in (3.3.3), let c 0 and then replace d and by c and abz/c,

respectively, where |z| < 1, |bq/c| < 1, then we obtain
(abz/c, q/c; q)
2 1 (c/a, cq/abz; cq/az; q, bq/c)
(az/c, q/a; q)
(b, q/c, c/a, az/q, q 2 /az; q)
2
(3.3.5)
2 1 (aq/c, bq/c; q /c; q, z).
(c/q, bq/c, q/a, az/c, cq/az; q)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
Sears [1951c, p. 173] four-term transformation formulas involving 3 2 series of types I and II can also be derived by a combination of the formulas
obtained in this and the previous section. Some of these transformation formulas also arise as special cases of the more general formulas that we shall
obtain in the next chapter by using contour integrals.
3.4 Transformation formulas for well-poised 3 2 and

very-well-poised 5 4 series with arbitrary arguments
Gasper and Rahman [1986] found the following formula connecting a wellpoised 3 2 series with two balanced 5 4 series:

a, b, c
aqx
; q,
3 2
bc
aq/b, aq/c

1
1
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc
(ax; q)
;
q,
q
=
5 4
(x; q)
aq/b, aq/c, ax, q/x
(a, aq/bc, aqx/b, aqx/c; q)
(aq/b, aq/c, aqx/bc, x1 ; q)
1

1
1
1
xa 2 , xa 2 , x(aq) 2 , x(aq) 2 , aqx/bc
5 4
; q, q .
aqx/b, aqx/c, xq, ax2
+
(3.4.1)
Convergence of the 3 2 series on the left requires that |aqx/bc| < 1. It is also
essential to assume that x does not equal q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . ., because of the
factors (x; q) and (x1 ; q) appearing in the denominators on the right side
of (3.4.1). Note that if either a or aq/bc is 1 or a negative integer power of q,
3.4 Transformation formulas of well-poised 3 2 and 5 4 series
75
then the coecient of the second 5 4 series on the right vanishes, so that (3.4.1)
reduces to the Sears-Carlitz formula (Ex. 2.26). An important application of
(3.4.1) is given in 8.8.
To prove (3.4.1) we replace d by dq n in (2.8.3) and then let n . This
gives

a, b, c
(bcd/aq; q)
d
=
; q,
3 2
2 ; q)
a
(bcd/qa
aq/b, aq/c

1
1
1
1
2 1n
lim 12 W11 a q
/bcd; a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq 1n /bc,
n

aq 1n /bd, aq 1n /cd, a3 q 3n /b2 c2 d2 , q n ; q, q .
(3.4.2)
To take the limit on the right side of (3.4.2) it suces to proceed as in (2.10.9)
to obtain
lim
12 W11 (
5 4
)
1
2
a , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc

; q, q
aq/b, aq/c, bcd/aq, a2 q 2 /bcd
bcd (bcd/a2 , bd/a, cd/a, aq/bc, a; q)

qa2 (d/a, aq/b, aq/c, bcd/a, a2 q 2 /bcd; q)

3
3
1
3
1
3
d/a, bcd/qa 2 , bcd/qa 2 , bcd/q 2 a 2 , bcd/q 2 a 2
5 4
; q, q . (3.4.3)
bd/a, cd/a, bcd/a2 , b2 c2 d2 /qa2
Using this in (3.4.2) and replacing d by qxa2 /bc, we get (3.4.1).

If we now replace d by dq n in (2.8.5) and then let n , we obtain the

1
1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c
x(aq) 2
; q,
5 4
1
1
bc
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c
1
(1 x2 )(xq(aq) 2 ; q)
(x(aq) 2 ; q)

1
1
1
1
(aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 , aq/bc
; q, q
5 4
1
1
aq/b, aq/c, xq(aq) 2 , q(aq) 2 /x
1
(aq, aq/bc, x(aq) 2 /b, x(aq) 2 /c; q)

1
2
(aq/b, aq/c, x(aq) /bc, (aq) 2 /x; q)

1
1
1
x, x, xq 2 , xq 2 , x(aq) 2 /bc
5 4
; q, q .
1
1
1
x(aq) 2 /b, x(aq) 2 /c, x(q/a) 2 , qx2
In terms of q-integrals formulas (3.4.1) and (3.4.4) are equivalent to

a, b, c
aqx
; q,
3 2
bc
aq/b, aq/c
(3.4.4)
76

=
and
5 4
(a, aq/bc; q)
s(1 q)(q, aq/b, aq/c, q/x, x; q)
s
(qu/xs, qu/s, aqu/bs, aqu/cs, axu/s; q)
dq u,
1
1
1
1
sx (ua 2 /s, ua 2 /s, u(aq) 2 /s, u(aq) 2 /s, aqu/bcs; q)
(3.4.5)
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c
x(aq) 2
; q,
1
1
bc
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c
1
(1 x2 )(aq, aq/bc; q)
s(1 q)(q, aq/b, aq/c, x(aq) 2 , q(aq) 2 /x; q)
s
1
1
(uq(aq) 2 /sx, qu/s, aqu/bs, aqu/cs, uxq(aq) 2 /s; q)
dq u,
1
1
1
1
1
sx(aq) 2 (u(aq) 2 /s, u(aq) 2 /s, uqa 2 /s, uqa 2 /s, aqu/bsc; q)
(3.4.6)
1
respectively, where s = 0 is an arbitrary parameter.

1
1
If we now set c = (aq) 2 in (3.4.5), replace x by x/b(aq) 2 , and use (2.10.19),
then we get
2
2 1 (a, b; aq/b; q, qx/b )
8 7
(xq/b, aqx2 /b2 ; q)

(aqx/b, qx2 /b2 ; q)
1
ax/b, q(ax/b) 2 , q(ax/b) 2 , x, a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2
qx
; q, 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
b
(ax/b) 2 , (ax/b) 2 , aq/b, xqa 2 /b, xqa 2 /b, x(aq) 2 /b, x(aq) 2 /b
(3.4.7)
provided |qx/b | < 1 when the two series do not terminate.

1
Similarly, setting c = (aq) 2 and replacing x by x/bq in (3.4.6) we obtain

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b
x
(ax2 /b2 , x/qb; q)
; q, 2 =
4 3
1
1
qb
(aqx/b, x2 /qb2 ; q)
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b

1
1
1
1
1
1
ax/b, q(ax/b) 2 , q(ax/b) 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 , x
x
; q, 2 ,
8 7
1
1
1
1
1
1
qb
(ax/b) 2 , (ax/b) 2 , x(aq) 2 /b, x(aq) 2 /b, xa 2 /b, xa 2 /b, aq/b
2
(3.4.8)
provided |x/qb2 | < 1 when the series do not terminate.
3.5 Quadratic transformations
77
3.5 Transformations of series with

base q 2 to series with base q
If in Sears summation formula (2.10.12) we set b = c, e = q, replace a by
aq r , r = 0, 1, 2, . . ., multiply both sides by
(x2 , y 2 ; q 2 )r
b2r q r
(q; q)r (x2 y 2 b2 ; q 2 )r
and then sum over r from 0 to , we get
2 2 2

(1, q, ab, ab, b2 ; q)
a ,x ,y
2
2
;
q
,
qb
3 2
a2 b2 , x2 y 2 b2
(a, b, a, b, b, b; q)
=

(q, ab2 ; q) (a, b, b; q)j j

q 2j , x2 , y 2
2 2
q
;
q
,
q
3
2
x2 y 2 b2 , q 22j /b2
(a, b, b; q) j=0 (q, q, ab2 ; q)j

(q, ab2 ; q) (a, b, b; q)j j

q 2j , x2 , y 2
2 2
+
q 3 2 2 2 2 22j 2 ; q , q
x y b ,q
/b
(a, b, b; q) j=0 (q, q, ab2 ; q)j
(3.5.1)
assuming that |qb2 | < 1 when the series on the left is nonterminating.
Since the two 3 2 series on the right side can be summed by the
q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2) with the base q replaced by q 2 , it follows from
(3.5.1) that
2 2 2

(a2 b2 ; q 2 )
a ,x ,y
2
2
;
q
,
qb
3 2
a2 b2 , x2 y 2 b2
(b2 ; q 2 )

(a, ab2 ; q)
a, bx, bx, by, by
; q, q
=
5 4
q, ab2 , bxy, bxy
(1, b2 ; q)

(a, ab2 ; q)
a, bx, bx, by, by
;
q,
q
.
(3.5.2)
+
5 4
q, ab2 , bxy, bxy
(1, b2 ; q)
Note that one of the terms on the right side of (3.5.2) drops out when a =
q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Setting y = ab and using (2.10.10) gives
2
2 2 2 4 2
2
2 1 (a , x ; a x b ; q , qb )
(b2 , a2 b2 x2 ; q 2 ) (ab2 , b2 x2 ; q)
(a2 b2 , b2 x2 ; q 2 ) (b2 , ab2 x2 ; q)
8 W7 (ab2 x2 /q; a, x, x, bx, bx; q, ab2 ),
(3.5.3)
where |qb2 | < 1 and |ab2 | < 1 when the series do not terminate. By applying Heines transformation formula (1.4.1) twice to the 2 1 series above and
1
replacing b by q 2 /b we nd that
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 4
2 1 (a , b ; a q /b ; q , x q /b )
(qa2 x2 /b2 , q 2 a2 x2 /b4 ; q 2 ) (aq/b2 , qx2 /b2 ; q)

(qx2 /b2 , q 2 x2 /b4 ; q 2 ) (qa2 /b2 , aqx2 /b2 ; q)
78

12
1
1
1
2 2
xq 2 xq 2
ax
ax2 , q ax2
, q
, a, x, x,
,
b2
b
b
b2
b2
aq
; q, 2 ,
8 7
1
1

1
1
b
2
2
qx2 aqx aqx axq 2 axq 2
ax2
ax2
,
,
,
,
,
,
b
b
b2
b2
b2 b2
b2
(3.5.4)
provided |aq/b2 | < 1 and |xq/b2 | < 1 when the series do not terminate. This
formula was derived by Gasper and Rahman [1986], and a terminating version
of it was given earlier by Verma [1980]. Application of the transformation
formula (2.10.1) to the 8 7 series on the right of (3.5.4) yields an equivalent
formula
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 4
2 1 (a , b ; a q /b ; q , x q /b )
1
(qa2 x2 /b2 , q 2 a2 x2 /b4 ; q 2 ) (xq 2 /b, axq 2 /b3 ; q)

(qx2 /b2 , q 2 x2 /b4 ; q 2 ) (axq 2 /b, a2 xq 2 /b3 ; q)
1
1
1
1
1
xa2 q 2 /b3 , q(xa2 q 2 /b3 ) 2 ,
q(xa2 q 2 /b3 ) 2 , a,
8 7
1
1
1
1
3
(xa2 q 2 /b3 ) 2 , (xa2 q 2 /b3 ) 2 , axq 2 /b3 ,

1
1
1
1
aq 2 /b,
aq 2 /b, aq/b2 , xq 2 /b
xq 2
,
(3.5.5)
; q,
1
b
aqx/b2 , aqx/b2 , axq 2 /b, qa2 /b2
1
where |xq/b2 | < 1 and |xq 2 /b| < 1 when the series do not terminate. It is clear
that formula (3.5.5) is a q-analogue of the quadratic transformation formula
2 F1 (a, b; 1
+ a b; x2 ) = (1 x)2a 2 F1 (a, a +
4x
1
b; 2a + 1 2b;
).
2
(1 x)2
(3.5.6)
We shall now prove the following transformation formula due to Jain and
Verma [1982]:

1
1
a, q 2 a 2 , q 2 a 2 , b, c, cq, d, dq, e, eq
a3 q 3
2
;q , 2 2 2
10 9
1
1
bc d e
a 2 , a 2 , aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, aq/c, aq 2 /d, aq/d, aq 2 /e, aq/e
1
1
2 , (aq/b) 2 , c, d, e
(aq/b)
(aq, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de; q)
; q, q
=
5 4
1
1
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/cde; q)
2
2
(aq) , (aq) , aq/b, cde/a
+
(aq 2 , a3 q 3 /c2 d2 e2 ; q 2 ) (c, d, e, a2 q 2 /bcde; q)

2
(aq /b, a3 q 3 /bc2 d2 e2 ; q 2 ) (aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, cde/aq; q)
5 4
(a3 q 3 /bc2 d2 e2 ) 2 , (a3 q 3 /bc2 d2 e2 ) 2 , aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de

1
2
1
2
; q, q ,
(a q /c d e ) , (a q /c d e ) , a q /bcde, aq /cde
3 3
2 2 2
3 3
2 2 2
2 2
(3.5.7)
3.5 Quadratic transformations
79
with the usual understanding that if the 10 9 series on the left does not terminate then the convergence condition |a3 q 3 /bc2 d2 e2 | < 1 must be assumed to
hold.
First we rewrite (2.10.12) in the form
(aq 4n+1 , aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de; q) (cq 2n , dq 2n , eq 2n ; q)r r

q
(cq 2n , dq 2n , eq 2n , aq 12n /cde; q) r=0 (q, aq 4n+1 , cdeq 2n /a; q)r
(aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de; q)r

(a2 q 2n+2 /cde; q)
qr
(cdeq 2n1 /a; q) r=0 (q, a2 q 2n+2 /cde, aq 22n /cde; q)r
(c, d, e; q)2n
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)
,
(c, d, e; q)
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e; q)2n
(3.5.8)
where n is a nonnegative integer. Using (1.2.39) and (1.2.40), multiplying both

sides of (3.5.8) by
3 3 n
a q
(a, b; q 2 )n (1 aq 4n )
,
(q 2 , aq 2 /b; q 2 )n (1 a) bc2 d2 e2
and summing over n from 0 to , we get
, a3 q 3 /bc2 d2 e2 )
(aq, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de; q) (a, b; q 2 )n (1 aq 4n )
10 W9 (a; b, c, cq, d, dq, e, eq; q
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/cde; q)
n=0
(c, d, e; q)2n
q n(2n1)
(cde/a; q)2n (aq; q)4n
+
(q 2 , aq 2 /b; q 2 )n (1 a)
aq 3
b
n

3 2
cq 2n , dq 2n , eq 2n
aq 4n+1 , cdeq 2n /a

; q, q

(a, b; q 2 )n (1 aq 4n )
(c, d, e, a2 q 2 /cde; q)
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, cde/aq; q) n=0 (q 2 , aq 2 /b; q 2 )n (1 a)
(cde/aq; q)2n
2 2
(a q /cde; q)2n
a3 q 3
bc2 d2 e2
n
3 2

aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de
; q, q .
a2 q 2n+2 /cde, aq 22n /cde
(3.5.9)
The rst double series on the right side of (3.5.9) easily transforms to

(c, d, e; q)m
q m 6 W5 a; b, q 1m , q m ; q 2 , aq 2m+1 /b ,
(q, aq, cde/a; q)m
m=0
which, by (2.4.2), equals
5 4
c, d, e, (aq/b) 2 , (aq/b) 2
1
aq/b, cde/a, (aq) 2 , (aq) 2

; q, q .
Similarly we can express the second double series on the right side of (3.5.9)
as a single balanced 5 4 series. Combining the two we get (3.5.7).
1
The special case of (3.5.7) that results from setting e = (aq) 2 is particularly interesting because both 5 4 series on the right side become balanced 4 3
80
series which, via (2.10.10), combine into a single 8 7 series with base q. Thus
we have the formula

1
1
2 2
a, q 2 a 2 , q 2 a 2 , b, c, cq, d, dq
2 a q
;q , 2 2
8 7
1
1
bc d
a 2 , a 2 , aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, aq/c, aq 2 /d, aq/d
1
(aq, aq/bc, aq/cd, aq/cd, aq/db 2 , aq/db 2 ; q)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/d, aq/cdb , aq/cdb 2 ; q)

1
1
1
1
1
1
a/d, q(a/d) 2 , q(a/d) 2 , c, b 2 , b 2 , (aq) 2 /d, (aq) 2 /d
aq
8 7
,
1
1
1
1
1
1 ; q,
bc
(a/d) 2 , (a/d) 2 , aq/cd, aq/db 2 , aq/db 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2
1
2
(3.5.10)
where |a2 q 2 /bc2 d2 | < 1 and |aq/bc| < 1 when the series do not terminate.
Our main objective in this section is to derive summation formulas containing
two independent bases. Let us start by observing that when d = a/bc Jacksons
8 7 summation formula (2.6.2) reduces to the following sum of a truncated
series
n

1 aq 2k
(a, b, c, a/bc; q)k
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc; q)n
qk =
,
(3.6.1)
1 a (q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)k
(q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)n
k=0
where n = 0, 1, . . . . Notice that this series telescopes, for if we set 1 = 0

and
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc; q)k
k =
(3.6.2)
(q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)k
for k = 0, 1, . . ., and apply the dierence operator dened by uk = uk
uk1 to k , then we get
k =
(1 aq 2k )(a, b, c, a/bc; q)k k

q ,
(1 a)(q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)k
(3.6.3)
which gives (3.6.1), since

n

uk = un u1
(3.6.4)
k=0
for any sequence {uk }.

These observations and the bibasic extension
(ap, bp; p)k (cq, aq/bc; q)k
k =
(q, aq/b; q)k (ap/c, bcp; p)k
(3.6.5)
of k were used in Gasper [1989a] to show that

k =
(1 apk q k )(1 bpk q k ) (a, b; p)k (c, a/bc; q)k

qk ,
(1 a)(1 b)
(3.6.6)

which, by (3.6.4), gave the indenite bibasic summation formula
n

(1 apk q k )(1 bpk q k ) (a, b; p)k (c, a/bc; q)k
(1 a)(1 b)
k=0
81
qk
(ap, bp; p)n (cq, aq/bc; q)n

(3.6.7)
(q, aq/b; q)n (ap/c, bcp; p)n
for n = 0, 1, . . . . Notice that the part of the series on the left side of (3.6.7)
containing the q-shifted factorials is split-poised in the sense that aq = b(aq/b)
and c(ap/c) = (a/bc)(bcp) = ap, while the expression on the right side is
balanced and well-poised since
=
(ap)(bp)(cq)(aq/bc) = q(aq/b)(ap/c)(bcp)
and
(ap)q = (bp)(aq/b) = (cq)(ap/c) = (aq/bc)(bcp).
The b 0 case of (3.6.7)
n

1 apk q k (a; p)k (c; q)k
k=0
1a
(q; q)k (ap/c; p)k
ck =
(ap; p)n (cq; q)n n

c
(q; q)n (ap/c; p)n
(3.6.8)
is due to Gosper.
To derive a useful extension of (3.6.7), Gasper and Rahman [1990] set
(ap, bp; p)k (cq, ad2 q/bc; q)k
(dq, adq/b; q)k (adp/c, bcp/d; p)k
for k = 0, 1, 2, . . ., and observed that
sk =
sk = sk sk1
(ap, bp; p)k1 (cq, ad2 q/bc; q)k1
=

(1 apk )(1 bpk )(1 cq k )(1 ad2 q k /bc)
(3.6.9)
(1 dq k )(1 adq k /b)(1 adpk /c)(1 bcpk /d)

d(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc)(1 adpk q k )(1 bpk /dq k )
(1 a)(1 b)(1 c)(1 ad2 /bc)
(a, b; p)k (c, ad2 /bc; q)k q k
.

Since (3.6.4) extends to
n

uk = un um1 ,
=
(3.6.10)
(3.6.11)
k=m
where we employed the standard convention of dening

a + a
m n,
m
m+1 + + an ,

m = n + 1,
ak = 0,
k=m
(an+1 + an+2 + + am1 ), m n + 2,

(3.6.12)
82
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . ., it follows from (3.6.10) that (3.6.7) extends to the

indenite bibasic summation formula
n

(1 adpk q k )(1 bpk /dq k )
(a, b; p)k (c, ad2 /bc; q)k
qk
(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=m
(1 a)(1 b)(1 c)(1 ad2 /bc)

d(1 ad)(1 b/d)(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc)

(ap, bp; p)n (cq, ad2 q/bc; q)n
(c/ad, d/bc; p)m+1 (1/d, b/ad; q)m+1
(dq, adq/b; q)n (adp/c, bcp/d; p)n

(1/c, bc/ad2 ; q)m+1 (1/a, 1/b; p)m+1
(3.6.13)
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . ., by applying the identity (1.2.28). Observe that (3.6.7)

is the case d = 1 of (3.6.13) and that the right side of (3.6.9) is balanced and
well-poised since
(ap)(bp)(cq)(ad2 q/bc) = (dq)(adq/b)(adp/c)(bcp/d)
and
(ap)(dq) = (bp)(adq/b) = (cq)(adp/c) = (ad2 q/bc)(bcp/d).
It is these observations and the factorization that occurred in (3.6.10) which
motivated the choice of sk in (3.6.9).
If |p| < 1 and |q| < 1, then by letting n or m tend to innity in (3.6.13)
we nd that (3.6.13) also holds with n or m replaced by . In particular, this
yields the following evaluation of a bilateral bibasic series

qk
(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=
(1 a)(1 b)(1 c)(1 ad2 /bc)

d(1 ad)(1 b/d)(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc)

(ap, bp; p) (cq, ad2 q/bc; q)
(c/ad, d/bc; p) (1/d, b/ad; q)
,
(dq, adq/b; q) (adp/c, bcp/d; p)

(1/c, bc/ad2 ; q) (1/a, 1/b; p)
(3.6.14)
where |p| < 1 and |q| < 1.

In 3.8 we shall use the m = 0 case of (3.6.13) in the form
n

qk
(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=0
(1 a)(1 b)(1 c)(1 ad2 /bc)

d(1 ad)(1 b/d)(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc)
(dq, adq/b; q)n (adp/c, bcp/d; p)n

(1 d)(1 ad/b)(1 ad/c)(1 bc/d)
.
d(1 ad)(1 b/d)(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc)
(3.6.15)
There is no loss in generality since, by setting k = j m in (3.6.13), it is

seen that (3.6.13) is equivalent to (3.6.15) with n, a, b, c, d replaced by n +
83
m, apm , bpm , cq m , dq m , respectively. We shall also use the special case

c = q n of (3.6.15) in the form
n

(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=0
(a, b; p)k (q n , ad2 q n /b; q)k

qk
(dq, adq/b; q)k (adpq n , bp/dq n ; p)k
(1 d)(1 ad/b)(1 adq n )(1 dq n /b)

,
(1 ad)(1 d/b)(1 dq n )(1 adq n /b)
where n = 0, 1, . . . . The d 1 limit case of (3.6.16)
n

(1 apk q k )(1 bpk q k ) (a, b; p)k (q n , aq n /b; q)k
(3.6.16)
k=0
(1 a)(1 b)
(q, aq/b; q)k (apq n , bpq n ; p)k
q k = n,0 , (3.6.17)
where n,m is the Kronecker delta function and n = 0, 1, . . ., was derived independently by Bressoud [1988], Gasper [1989a], and Krattenthaler [1996].
If we replace n, a, b and k in (3.6.17) by n m, apm q m , bpm q m and j m,
respectively, we obtain the orthogonality relation
n

anj bjm = n,m
(3.6.18)
j=m
with
anj =
bjm
(1)n+j (1 apj q j )(1 bpj q j )(apq n , bpq n ; p)n1

,
(q; q)nj (apq n , bpq n ; p)j (bq 12n /a; q)nj
(apm q m , bpm q m ; p)jm a 1+2m jm 2(jm)

q
=
q 2 .
(q, aq 1+2m /b; q)jm
b
(3.6.19)
(3.6.20)
This shows that the triangular matrix A = (anj ) is inverse to the triangular
matrix B = (bjm ). Since inverse matrices commute, by computing the jk th
term of BA, we obtain the orthogonality relation
jk

(1 apk q k )(1 bpk q k )(apk+1 q k+n , bpk+1 q kn ; p)jk1
(q; q)n (q; q)jkn (aq 2k+n /b; q)jk1
n=0

jkn
a
1 q 2k+2n (1)n q n(jk1)+( 2 ) = j,k ,
(3.6.21)
b
which, by replacing j, n, a, b by n + k, k, apk1 q k , bpk1 q k , respectively,
yields the bibasic summation formula

n

k
b (aq k , bq k ; p)n1 (1 aq 2k /b)
a
1
(1)k q (2) = n,0
1
k
p
p
(q; q)k (q; q)nk (aq /b; q)n+1
k=0
(3.6.22)
for n = 0, 1, . . . . The b 0 limit case of (3.6.22) was derived in Al-Salam
and Verma [1984] by using the fact that the nth q-dierence of a polynomial
in q of degree less than n is equal to zero. For applications to q-analogues of
Lagrange inversion, see Gessel and Stanton [1983, 1986] and Gasper [1989a].
Formulas (3.6.17) and (3.6.22) will be used in 3.7 to derive some useful general
expansion formulas.
84

One of the most important general expansion formulas for hypergeometric

series is the Fields and Wimp [1961] expansion

(aR )n ()n ()n (x)n

aR , cT
; xw =
r+t Fs+u
bS , dU
(bS )n ( + n)n n!
n=0

n + , n + , n + aR
;x
r+2 Fs+1
1 + 2n + , n + bS

n, n + , cT
;w ,
(3.7.1)
t+2 Fu+2
, , dU
where we employed the contracted notation of representing a1 , . . . , ar by aR ,
(a1 )n (ar )n by (aR )n , and n + a1 , . . . , n + ar by n + aR . In (3.7.1), as
elsewhere, either the parameters and variables are assumed to be such that
the (multiple) series converge absolutely or the series are considered to be
formal power series in the variables x and w. Special cases of (3.7.1) were
employed, e.g., in Gasper [1975a] to prove the nonnegativity of certain sums
(kernels) of Jacobi polynomials and to give additional proofs of the Askey and
Gasper [1976] inequalities that de Branges [1985] used at the last step in his
proof of the Bieberbach conjecture.
Verma [1972] showed that (3.7.1) is a special case of the expansion
An Bn
n=0

(xw)n
(x)n ()n+k ()n+k
=
Bn+k xk
n!
n!(
+
n)
k!(
+
2n
+
1)
n
k
n=0
k=0
n

(n)j (n + )j
j=0
j!()j ()j
Aj w j
(3.7.2)
and derived the q-analogue
An Bn
n=0
(xw)n
(q; q)n
n (, ; q)n+k
(x)n
q( 2 )
Bn+k xk
n
2n+1 ; q)
(q,
q
;
q)
(q,
q
n
k
n=0
k=0
n

(q n , q n ; q)j
j=0
(q, , ; q)j
Aj (wq)j .
(3.7.3)
To derive a bibasic extension of (3.7.3) we rst observe that, by (3.6.17),

m

(1 pr+j q r+j )(1 pr+j q rj ) (pr q r , pr q r ; p)j
j=0
(1 pr q r )(1 pr q r )
(q m , 1 q 2r+m ; q)j
qj
r+1
(p q r+m , pr+1 q rm ; p)j
(q, 1 q 2r+1 ; q)j

= m,0
(3.7.4)
85
for m = 0, 1, . . . . Hence, if Cr,m are complex numbers such that Cr,0 = 1 for
r = 0, 1, . . . , then

1 1 q 2r+2m ( 1 q 2r ; q)m (pq r , pq r ; p)r
Br xr =
1 1 q 2r (q; q)m (pq r+m , pq rm ; p)r
m=0
q mr Br+m Cr,m xr+m m,0

(1 pn q n )(1 pn q n )(1 1 q 2n+2k )
(q; q)k (q; q)n (pq n+k , pq nk ; p)n
n=r
k=0
( 1 q n+r+1 ; q)n+kr1 (pq r , pq r ; p)n1 (q n ; q)r

n
(1)n Bn+k Cr,n+kr xn+k q n(1+rnk)+( 2 )
(3.7.5)
by setting j = n r and m = n + k r. Then by multiplying both sides

of (3.7.5) by Ar wr /(q; q)r and summing from r = 0 to we obtain Gaspers
[1989a] bibasic expansion formula

n
(xw)n
(1 pn q n )(1 pn q n )
An Bn
=
(x)n q n+( 2 )
(q; q)n
(q; q)n
n=0
n=0

k=0
1 1 q 2n+2k
Bn+k xk
(q; q)k (pq n+k , pq nk ; p)n
n

(q n ; q)j ( 1 q n+j+1 ; q)n+kj1
j=0
(q; q)j
(pq j , pq j ; p)n1 Aj Cj,n+kj wj q n(jnk) ,
(3.7.6)
where Cj,0 = 1, for j = 0, 1, . . . .

Note that if p = q and Cj,m 1, then (3.7.6) reduces to an expansion
which is equivalent to

(xw)n
(, q n+1 /, , ; q)n x n
An Bn
=
(q; q)n
(q, q n ; q)n
n=0
n=0

(q 2n /, q n+1 /, q n+1 /, 1/, q n , q n ; q)k

Bn+k xk
n
n
2n+1 ; q)
(q,
q
/,
q
/,
q
k
k=0
n

j=0
(q n , q n ; q)j
Aj (wq)j .
(q, q n+1 /, q 1n /, , ; q)j
(3.7.7)
Vermas expansion (3.7.3) is the limit case of (3.7.7). For basic hypergeometric series, (3.7.7) gives the following q-extension of (3.7.1)

aR , cT
;
q,
xw
r+t s+u
bS , dU
86

j
(cT , eK , , q j+1 /; q)j x j
[(1)j q (2) ]u+mtk
j
(q, dU , fM , q ; q)j
j=0

2j
q /, q j+1 /, q j+1 /, 1 ,

t+k+4 u+m+3
q j /, q j /, q 2j+1 , dU q j ,

cT q j , eK q j
j(u+mtk)
; q, xq
fM q j

q j , q j , aR , fM
; q, wq ,
r+m+2 s+k+2
q j+1 /, q 1j /, bS , eK
(3.7.8)
where we used a contracted notation analogous to that used in (3.7.1).

Note that by letting in (3.7.8) and setting m = 2, f1 = f2 = 0 we
get the expansion

aR , cT
; q, xw
r+t s+u
bS , d U

j
(cT , eK ; q)j j
j (2) u+3tk
=
]
x
[(1)
q
(q, dU , q j ; q)j
j=0
cT q j , eK q j
t+k u+1
; q, xq j(u+2tk)
q 2j+1 , dU q j
j

q , q j , aR
r+2 s+k
; q, wq ,
bS , eK
(3.7.9)
which is equivalent to Vermas [1966] q-extension of the Fields and Wimp

expansion (3.7.1). Other types of expansions are given in Fields and Ismail
[1975].
Al-Salam and Verma [1984] used the b 0 limit case of the summation
formula (3.6.22) to show that Eulers transformation formula
an bn xn =
n=0
(1)k
k=0
xk (k)
f (x)k a0 ,
k!
where
f (x) = b0 + b1 x + b2 x2 +
and
k a0 =
k

j=0
(1)j

k
akj ,
j
has the bibasic extension

n=0
An Bn (xw) =

k=0
k

(1 apn q n )wn An
(apq ; p)k1 x
(q; q)kn (apq k ; p)n
n=0
k
(3.7.10)

(apk q k ; p)j
j=0
(q; q)j
87
j
Bj+k (x)j q (2) .
(3.7.11)
The p = q case of (3.7.11) is due to Jackson [1910a].

In order to employ (3.6.22) to extend (3.7.10), replace n in (3.6.22) by j,
2
multiply both sides by Bn+j xn+j (a/b)j q j , sum from j = 0 to , change the
order of summation and then replace k by k n and j by j + k n to obtain

b 1 aq 2k2n /b k
a
1
Bn xn = 1
x
p
p
(q; q)kn
k=n

(aq kn , bq nk ; p)j+kn1 a j+kn
(q; q)j (aq kn /b; q)j+kn+1

b
j=0
j
j+kn+1
).
2
(x)j Bj+k q (kn)(j+kn1)+(2)+(
(3.7.12)
Next we replace a by apn+1 q n , b by bpn+1 q n , multiply both sides by An wn

and then sum from n = 0 to to get

(apq k , bpq k ; p)k1
An Bn (xw)n =
n=0
k=0
(aq k /b; q)k
xk
k

(1 apn q n )(1 bpn q n )(aq k /b; q)n
An w n
k , bpq k ; p)
(q;
q)
(apq
kn
n
n=0

(apk q k , bpk q k ; p)j a 2n j+kn
q
(q; q)j (aq 2k+1 /b; q)j
b
j=0
j
j+kn+1
).
2
Bj+k (x)j q (kn)(j+kn1)+(2)+(
(3.7.13)
This formula tends directly to (3.7.11) as b 0. By replacing An , Bn , x, w

by suitable multiples, we may change (3.7.13) to an equivalent form which
n
tends to (3.7.11) as b . In addition, by replacing A , B , x, w by A q 2( 2 ) ,
n
n
2( 2 )
, bx/a, aw/b, respectively, we can write (3.7.13) in the simpler looking

Bn q
equivalent form

n=0
An Bn xn wn =

(apq k , bpq k ; p)k1
k=0
(q, aq k /b; q)k
(x)k q (
k+1
2 )
k

(1 apn q n )(1 bpn q n )(q k , aq k /b; q)n
An w n
k , bpq k ; p)
(apq
n
n=0

(apk q k , bpk q k ; p)j
j=0
(q, aq 2k+1 /b; q)j
Bj+k xj q j .
(3.7.14)
As in the derivation of (3.7.6), one may extend (3.7.14) by replacing Bj+k

by Bj+k Cn,j+kn with Cn,0 = 1 for n = 0, 1, . . . . Multivariable expansions,
which are really special cases of (3.7.6) and (3.7.14), may be obtained by
88
replacing An and Bn in (3.7.6) and (3.7.14) by multiple power series, see, e.g.
Gasper [1989a], Ex. 3.22 and, in the hypergeometric limit case, Luke [1969].
For a multivariable special case of the Al-Salam and Verma expansion (3.7.11),
see Srivastava [1984].
3.8 Quadratic, cubic, and quartic summation

and transformation formulas
By setting p = q j or q = pj , j = 2, 3, . . ., in the bibasic summation formulas of
3.7 and using summation and transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series, one can derive families of quadratic, cubic, etc. summation, transformation and expansion formulas. To illustrate this we shall derive a quadratic
transformation formula containing ve arbitrary parameters by starting with
the q = p2 case of (3.6.16)
n

(1 adp3k )(1 b/dpk )
(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=0
(a, b; p)k (p2n , ad2 p2n /b; p2 )k

p2k
(dp2 , adp2 /b; p2 )k (adp2n+1 , bp12n /d; p)k
(1 d)(1 ad/b)(1 adp2n )(1 dp2n /b)

,
(1 ad)(1 d/b)(1 dp2n )(1 adp2n /b)
(3.8.1)
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
Change p to q and d to c in (3.8.1), multiply both sides by
(ac2 /b; q 2 )n (c/b; q)2n
Cn
(q 2 ; q 2 )n (acq; q)2n
and sum over n to get

(ac2 /b; q 2 )n (cq/b; q)2n (1 c)(1 ac/b)
Cn
(q 2 ; q 2 )n (ac; q)2n (1 cq 2n )(1 acq 2n /b)
n=0

n

(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k )
n=0 k=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
cq k k
(a, b; q)k (ac2 /b; q 2 )n+k (c/b; q)2nk
q (2) Cn
(cq 2 , acq 2 /b; q 2 )k (q 2 ; q 2 )nk (acq; q)2n+k b

(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k ) (a, b; q)k (ac2 /b; q 2 )2k (c/b; q)k cq k
k=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
(cq 2 , acq 2 /b; q 2 )k (acq; q)3k
(ac2 q 4k /b; q 2 )m (cq k /b; q)2m

Ck+m .
(q 2 ; q 2 )m (acq 3k+1 ; q)2m
m=0
Setting
Cn =
(1 ac2 q 4n /b)(d, e, f ; q 2 )n (a2 q 3 /def )n

,
(1 ac2 /b)(ac2 q 2 /bd, ac2 q 2 /be, ac2 q 2 /bf ; q 2 )n
it follows from (3.8.2) that

2
2
2 2 2 3
10 W9 (ac /b; ac/b, c, cq/b, cq /b, d, e, f ; q , a c q /def )
q (2)
(3.8.2)
3.8 Quadratic, cubic, and quartic formulas
89

(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k ) (a, b, c/b; q)k (ac2 q 2 /b; q 2 )2k
k=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
(cq 2 , acq 2 /b; q 2 )k (acq; q)3k
(d, e, f ; q 2 )k (a2 c3 q 4 /bdef )k

(k2)
q
(ac2 q 2 /bd, ac2 q 2 /be, ac2 q 2 /bf ; q 2 )k
8 W7 (ac2 q 4k /b; cq k /b, cq k+1 /b, dq 2k , eq 2k , f q 2k ; q 2 , a2 c2 q 3 /def ). (3.8.3)

If we now assume that
a2 c2 q = def,
(3.8.4)
then we can apply (2.11.7) to get

2 4k
k
k+1
/b, dq 2k , eq 2k , f q 2k ; q 2 , q 2 )
8 W7 (ac q /b; cq /b, cq
(ac2 q 4k+2 /b, bf /ac2 q 2k , abq 2k+1 , acq k+2 /d; q 2 )

(acq 3k+2 , acq 3k+1 , ac2 q 2k+2 /bd, ac2 q 2k+2 /be; q 2 )
(acq k+2 /e, acq k+1 /d, acq k+1 /e, ac2 q 2 /bde; q 2 )
(bef /ac2 , bdf /ac2 , f /acq k , f /acq k1 ; q 2 )
bf q 2k (ac2 q 4k+2 /b, cq k /b, cq k+1 /b, dq 2k , eq 2k ; q 2 )

ac2 (ac2 q 2k+2 /bf, acq 3k+2 , acq 3k+1 , ac2 q 2k+2 /bd; q 2 )
(f q 2 /e, f q 2 /d, bf q 22k /ac2 , bf q k+1 /c, bf q k+2 /c; q 2 )

(ac2 q 2k+2 /be, bef /ac2 , bdf /ac2 , bf 2 q 2 /ac2 , f /acq k , f /acq k1 ; q 2 )
8 W7 (bf 2 /ac2 ; f q 2k , bef /ac2 , bdf /ac2 , f /acq k , f /acq k1 ; q 2 , q 2 ), (3.8.5)

which, combined with (3.8.3), gives
2
2
2 2
10 W9 (ac /b; c, d, e, f, ac/b, cq/b, cq /b; q , q )
(ac2 q 2 /b, ac2 q 2 /bde, abq, bf /ac2 ; q 2 ) (acq/d, acq/e; q)

(ac2 q 2 /bd, ac2 q 2 /be, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 ; q 2 ) (acq, f /ac; q)

k=0
(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k )(a, b, c/b; q)k (d, e, f ; q 2 )k

q 2k
(1 ac)(1 b/c)(cq 2 , acq 2 /b, abq; q 2 )k (acq/d, acq/e, acq/f ; q)k
bf (ac2 q 2 /b, d, e, f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )

ac2 (ac2 q 2 /bf, ac2 q 2 /be, ac2 q 2 /bd, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , bf 2 q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )
(bf q/c, c/b; q)
(acq, f /ac; q)
+

(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k )
k=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
(a, b; q)k (ac2 /bf, f ; q 2 )k

q 2k
(cq 2 , acq 2 /b; q 2 )k (bf q/c, acq/f ; q)k
8 W7 (bf 2 /ac2 ; f q 2k , bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , f /acq k , f /acq k1 ; q 2 , q 2 ).
(3.8.6)
90
The last sum over k in (3.8.6) is

(bf 2 /ac2 , f, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , f /ac, f q/ac; q 2 )j (1 bf 2 q 4j /ac2 )
j=0
(q 2 , bf q 2 /ac2 , f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /c, bf q/c; q 2 )j (1 bf 2 /ac2 )

(1 acq 3k )(1 b/cq k )
k=0

j=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
q 2j
(a, b; q)k (ac2 /bf q 2j , f q 2j ; q 2 )k

q 2k
2
(cq , acq 2 /b; q 2 )k (bf q 2j+1 /c, acq 12j /f ; q)k
(bf 2 /ac2 , f, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , f /ac, f q/ac; q 2 )j (1 bf 2 q 4j /ac2 ) 2j

q
(q 2 , bf q 2 /ac2 , f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /c, bf q/c; q 2 )j (1 bf 2 /ac2 )
(1 c)(1 ac/b)(1 ac/f q 2j )(1 bf q 2j /c)

c(1 ac)(1 b/c)(1 f q 2j /c)(1 ac/bf q 2j )

(a, b; q) (f q 2j , ac2 /bf q 2j ; q 2 )
1
(c, ac/b; q 2 ) (ac/f q 2j , bf q 2j /c; q)
(1 c)(1 ac/b)(1 f /ac)(1 bf /c)

(1 c/b)(1 ac)(1 f /c)(1 bf /ac)
10 W9 (bf 2 /ac2 ; f, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , bf /ac, f /c, f q/ac, f q 2 /ac; q 2 , q 2 )
f
+
ac(1 ac)(1 c/b)(1 f /c)(1 bf /ac)
(a, b; q) (f, ac2 /bf ; q 2 )
2
(cq , acq 2 /b; q 2 ) (acq/f, bf q/c; q)

j

2
(bf 2 /ac2 , bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , f /c, bf /ac; q 2 )j (1 bf 2 q 4j /ac2 )
f q2
qj
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(q , f q /d, f q /e, bf q /ac, f q /c; q )j
(1 bf /ac )
ab
j=0
(3.8.7)
by the n = case of (3.6.15). Thus,

2
2
2 2
10 W9 (ac /b; c, d, e, f, ac/b, cq/b, cq /b; q , q )
bf (1 c)(1 ac/b)
ac2 (1 f /c)(1 bf /ac)
(ac2 q 2 /b, d, e, f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )

(bf 2 q 2 /ac2 , ac2 q 2 /be, ac2 q 2 /bd, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , ac2 q 2 /bf ; q 2 )
2

bf
(bf /c, cq/b; q)
bdf bef f bf f q f q 2 2 2
; f, 2 , 2 , , , , 2 ; q , q
10 W9
(ac, f q/ac; q)
ac2
ac ac c ac ac ac
(acq/d, acq/e; q) (ac2 q 2 /b, abq, bf /ac2 , ac2 q 2 /bde; q 2 )

(acq, f /ac; q) (ac2 q 2 /bd, ac2 q 2 /be, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 ; q 2 )

1 acq 3k
k=0
1 ac
a2 c3 (1
(a, b, cq/b; q)k (d, e, f ; q 2 )k

qk
k (acq/d, acq/e, acq/f ; q)k
(cq 2 , acq 2 /b, abq; q)
bf 2 (a, b, cq/b; q)
f /c)(1 bf /ac)(ac, f /ac, acq/f ; q)
(f, ac2 /bf, ac2 q 2 /b, d, e, f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )

2
2
(cq , acq /b, ac2 q 2 /bf, ac2 q 2 /be, ac2 q 2 /bd, bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , bf 2 q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )

(bf 2 /ac2 , bdf /ac2 , bef /ac2 , f /c, bf /ac; q 2 )j
(q 2 , f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e, bf q 2 /ac, f q 2 /c; q 2 )j
j=0
91
(1 bf 2 q 4j /ac2 )
(1 bf 2 /ac2 )
f q2
ab
j
qj
(3.8.8)
when (3.8.4) holds.

Now observe that since
2 2 j

j
(a, q a, q a, c, d, e, f ; q)j
a q
q ( 2)
cdef
(q, a, a, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f ; q)j
j=0

(aq, aq/ef ; q)
aq
aq/cd, e, f
=
; q,
3 2
aq/c, aq/d
(aq/e, aq/f ; q)
ef
by the n limit case of (2.5.1), the sum over j in (3.8.8) equals

(q 2 , bf 2 q 2 /ac2 ; q 2 )
f /c, bf /ac, ac2 q 2 /bde 2 2
.
;
q
,
q
3 2
f q 2 /d, f q 2 /e
(bf q 2 /ac, f q 2 /c; q 2 )
(3.8.9)
(3.8.10)
Hence, by setting e = a2 c2 q/df in (3.8.8) we obtain the Gasper and Rahman

[1990] quadratic transformation formula
2
2
2 2
2 2
10 W9 (ac /b; f, ac/b, c, cq/b, cq /b, d, a c q/df ; q , q )
(ac2 q 2 /b, bf /ac2 , ac/b, c, cq/b, cq 2 /b, bf q 2 /ac; q 2 )

(bf 2 q 2 /ac2 , ac2 /bf, ac2 q 2 /bd, df q/ab, bdf /ac2 , abq/d, cq 2 ; q 2 )
(f q 2 /c, bf /c, bf q/c, f q 2 /d, df 2 q/a2 c2 , d, a2 c2 q/df ; q 2 )

(acq 2 /b, f /c, bf /ac, ac, acq, f q/ac, f q2 /ac; q 2 )
10 W9 (bf 2 /ac2 ; f, bdf /ac2 , abq/d, f /c, bf /ac, f q/ac, f q 2 /ac; q 2 , q 2 )
(a, b, cq/b; q)
(ac, ac/f, f q/ac; q)
(f, d, a2 c2 q/df, bf /ac2 , ac2 q 2 /b, f q 2 /d, df 2 q/a2 c2 , q 2 ; q 2 )

(bf /ac, f /c, cq 2 , acq 2 /b, ac2 q 2 /bd, df q/ab, bdf /ac2 , abq/d; q 2 )

f /c, bf /ac, f q/ab 2 2
3 2
;q ,q
f q 2 /d, df 2 q/a2 c2
(acq/d, df /ac; q) (ac2 q 2 /b, abq, bf /ac2 , f q/ab; q 2 )

(acq, f /ac; q) (ac2 q 2 /bd, df q/ab, bdf /ac2 , abq/d; q 2 )

1 acq 3k
k=0
(a, b, cq/b; q)k (d, f, a2 c2 q/df ; q 2 )k q k

. (3.8.11)
1 ac (cq 2 , acq 2 /b, abq; q 2 )k (acq/d, acq/f, df /ac; q)k
92
Note that the rst two terms on the left side of (3.8.11) containing the
W
10 9 series can be transformed to another pair of 10 W9 series by applying the
four-term transformation formula (2.12.9). Since the 3 2 series in (3.8.11) is
balanced it can be summed by (1.7.2) whenever it terminates. When c = 1
formula (3.8.11) reduces to the quadratic summation formula

1 aq 3k
(a, b, q/b; q)k (d, f, a2 q/df ; q 2 )k
qk
1 a (q 2 , aq 2 /b, abq; q 2 )k (aq/d, aq/f, df /a; q)k
k=0
(aq, f /a, b, q/b; q) (d, a2 q/df, f q 2 /d, df 2 q/a2 ; q 2 )

(a/f, f q/a, aq/d, df /a; q) (aq 2 /b, abq, f q/ab, bf /a; q 2 )

f, bf /a, f q/ab 2 2
3 2
;
q
,
q
f q 2 /d, df 2 q/a2
+
(aq, f /a; q) (aq 2 /bd, abq/d, bdf /a, df q/ab; q 2 )

.
(aq/d, df /a; q) (aq 2 /b, abq, bf /a, f q/ab; q 2 )
(3.8.12)
By multiplying both sides of (3.8.11) by (f /ac; q) and then setting f = ac

we obtain Rahmans [1993] quadratic transformation formula

(a; q 2 )k (1 aq 3k )(d, aq/d; q 2 )k (b, c, aq/bc; q)k k
q
(q; q)k (1 a)(aq/d, d; q)k (aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, bcq; q 2 )k
k=0

(aq 2 , bq, cq, aq 2 /bc; q 2 )
b, c, aq/bc 2 2
;q ,q ,
=
(3.8.13)
3 2
dq, aq 2 /d
(q, aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, bcq; q 2 )
provided d or aq/d is not of the form q 2n , n a nonnegative integer. Also, the
case d = q 2n of (3.8.11) gives
n

1 acq 3k
(a, b, cq/b; q)k (f, a2 c2 q 2n+1 /f, q 2n ; q 2 )k
qk
1 ac (cq 2 , acq 2 /b, abq; q 2 )k (acq/f, f /acq 2n , acq 2n+1 ; q)k
k=0
(acq; q)2n (ac2 q 2 /bf, abq/f ; q 2 )n

(acq/f ; q)2n (abq, ac2 q 2 /b; q 2 )n
10 W9 (ac2 /b; f, ac/b, c, cq/b, cq 2 /b, a2 c2 q 2n+1 /f, q 2n ; q 2 , q 2 ) (3.8.14)
and the case b = cq 2n+1 gives

2n

1 acq 3k
k=0
(d, f, a2 c2 q/df ; q 2 )k (a, cq 2n+1 , q 2n ; q)k

qk
1 ac (acq/d, acq/f, df /ac; q)k (cq 2 , aq 12n , acq 2n+2 ; q 2 )k
(acq 2 , dq/ac, f q/ac, acq 2 /df ; q 2 )n

(q/ac, acq 2 /d, acq 2 /f, df q/ac; q 2 )n
10 W9 (acq 2n1 ; c, d, f, a2 c2 q/df, aq 2n1 , q 12n , q 2n ; q 2 , q 2 )
(3.8.15)
for n = 0, 1, . . . .
Similarly, the special case
n

(1 acq 4k )(1 b/cq 2k )
k=0
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
(a, b; q)k (q 3n , ac2 q 3n /b; q 3 )k

q 3k
(cq 3 , acq 3 /b; q 3 )k (acq 3n+1 , b/cq 3n1 ; q)k

=
(1 c)(1 ac/b)(1 acq 3n )(1 cq 3n /b)

,
(1 ac)(1 c/b)(1 cq 3n )(1 acq 3n /b)
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
93
(3.8.16)
of (3.6.16) is used in Gasper and Rahman [1990] to show that Gospers sum
(see Gessel and Stanton [1982])

a, a + 1/2, b, 1 b, c, (2a + 1)/3 c, a/2 + 1
;1
7 F6
1/2, (2a b + 3)/3, (2a + b + 2)/3, 3c, 2a + 1 3c, a/2

2a+b+2

2 c + 13 c + 23 2ab+3
3
3

2a+2 2a+3 3c+b+1 3c+2b
=
3 3 3
3
3

3+2a3c
2+2a3c
sin 3 (b + 1)
32+2a+b3c 3 3+2ab3c

(3.8.17)
3
3

1 acq 4k (a, q/a; q)k (ac; q)2k (d, acq/d; q 3 )k k
q
1 ac (cq 3 , a2 cq 2 ; q 3 )k (q; q)2k (acq/d, d; q)k
k=0
(acq 2 , acq 3 , d/ac, dq/ac, adq, aq, q 2 /a, dq 2 /a; q 3 )

(q, q 2 , dq, dq 2 , a2 cq 2 , cq 3 , dq/a2 c, d/c; q 3 )
d(a, q/a, acq; q) (q 3 , d, acq/d, d2 q 2 /ac; q 3 )
ac(q, d, acq/d; q) (cq 3 , a2 cq 2 , d/c, dq/a2 c; q 3 )

d/c, dq/a2 c 3 3
2 1
;q ,q
d2 q 2 /ac
+
(3.8.18)
and to derive the extension

2
2
2
3
3 3
10 W9 (ac /b; d, c, a bc/d, ac/b, cq/b, cq /b, cq /b; q , q )
(1 c)(1 ac/b) (cq/b, bd/c; q) (ac2 q 3 /b, a2 bc/d, d2 q 3 /a2 bc, bd/ac2 ; q 3 )
(1 d/c)(1 bd/ac) (ac, dq/ac; q) (ac2 /bd, cdq 3 /ab2 , ab2 /c, bd2 q 3 /ac2 ; q 3 )
10 W9 (bd2 /ac2 ; d, bd/ac, ab2 /c, d/c, dq/ac, dq 2 /ac, dq 3 /ac; q 3 , q 3 )

(a, b, cq/b; q) (q 3 , d, ac2 q 3 /b, a2 bc/d, d2 q 3 /a2 bc, bd/ac2 ; q 3 )
(ac, dq/ac, ac/d; q) (cq 3 , acq 3 /b, d/c, bd/ac, cdq 3 /ab2 , ab2 /c; q 3 )

d/c, bd/ac
2 1 2 3 2 ; q 3 , q 3
d q /a bc
(ab, dq/ab; q) (bd/ac2 , ac2 q 3 /b; q 3 )

(acq, d/ac; q) (ab2 /c, cdq 3 /ab2 ; q 3 )

1 acq 4k
(a, b; q)k (cq/b; q)2k (d, a2 bc/d; q 3 )k
qk
1 ac (cq 3 , acq 3 /b; q 3 )k (ab; q)2k (acq/d, dq/ab; q)k
k=0
and some other cubic transformation formulas.
(3.8.19)
94

The special case
n

(1 acq 5k )(1 b/cq 3k )
(1 ac)(1 b/c)
k=0
(a, b; q)k (q 4n , ac2 q 4n /b; q 4 )k

q 4k
4
(cq , acq 4 /b; q 4 )k (acq 4n+1 , b/cq 4n1 ; q)k
(1 c)(1 ac/b)(1 acq 4n )(1 cq 4n /b)

,
(1 ac)(1 c/b)(1 cq 4n )(1 acq 4n /b)
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
(3.8.20)
of (3.6.16) was used in Gasper and Rahman [1990] to derive the quartic transformation formula
2
2 2 2
2
3
4
4 4
10 W9 (ac /b; a b /q , ac/b, c, cq/b, cq /b, cq /b, cq /b; q , q )
(1 c)(1 ac/b)(a2 b3 /cq 2 , cq/b; q) (ac2 q 4 /b, ab3 /c2 q 2 ; q 4 )

(1 a2 b2 /cq 2 )(1 ab3 /cq 2 )(ab2 /cq, ac; q) (a3 b5 /c2 , c2 q 2 /ab3 ; q 4 )
3 5 2 2 2 2

a b a b a b ab3 ab2 ab2 ab2 q ab2 q 2 4 4
,
,
,
;
q
10 W9
;
,
,
,
,
q
c2 q 4 q 2 cq 2 cq 2 cq c
c
c
ab2 (a, b, cq/b; q) (ac2 q 4 /b, ab3 /c2 q 2 , a2 b2 /q 2 ; q 4 )

cq 2 (1 a2 b2 /cq 2 )(ac, ab2 /cq 2 , cq 3 /ab2 ; q) (ab3 /cq 2 , cq 4 , acq 4 /b; q 4 )

2 2 2
ab3 q 2
a b /cq
1 1 2 2 2 ; q 4 ,
a b q /c
c
(ab; q) (ab/q; q 2 ) (ac2 q 4 /b, ab3 /c2 q 2 ; q 4 )

(acq, ab2 /cq 2 ; q)
1 acq 5k (a, b; q)k (cq/b, cq 2 /b, cq 3 /b; q 3 )k (a2 b2 /q 2 ; q 4 )k
qk .
1 ac (cq 4 , acq 4 /b; q 4 )k (abq, ab, ab/q; q 2 )k (cq 3 /ab2 ; q)k
k=0
(3.8.21)
When b = q 2 /a the sum of the two 10 W9 series in (3.8.21) reduces to a sum
of two 8 W7 series, which can be summed by (2.11.7) to obtain the quartic
summation formula

1 acq 5k (a, q 2 /a; q)k (ac/q, ac, acq; q 3 )k (q 2 ; q 4 )k k
q
1 ac (cq 4 , a2 cq 2 ; q 4 )k (q 3 , q 2 , q; q 2 )k (ac/q; q)k
k=0
q 2 (a, q 2 /a, acq; q) (q 2 ; q 4 )

ac(1 q 2 /c)(q 2 , ac; q) (q; q 2 ) (cq 4 , a2 cq 2 , q 4 /a2 c; q 4 )

2
q8
q /c
1 1 6 ; q 4 , 2
q /c
a c
(acq 2 , q 2 /ac, aq, q 3 /a; q 2 )

.
(q, q 3 ; q 2 ) (cq 4 , q 2 /c, a2 cq 2 , q 4 /a2 c; q 4 )
(3.8.22)
Additional quadratic, cubic and quartic summations and transformation formulas are given in the exercises.
95

In view of the observation in 1.2 that a series n=0 vn is a basic hypergeometricseries in base q if v0 = 1 and vn+1 /vn is a rational function of q n , a
series n=0 vn will be called a bibasic hypergeometric series in bases p and q if

vn+1 /vn is a rational function of
pn and q n , and p and q are independent. More
generally, we shall call a series n=0 vn a multibasic (or m-basic) hypergeon

q1n , . . . , qm
,
metric series in bases q1 , . . . , qm if vn+1 /vn is a rational function
of
and q1 , . . . , qm are independent. Similarly a bilateral series n= vn will

be called a bilateral multibasic (or m-basic) hypergeometric series in bases
n
, and q1 , . . . , qm are
q1 , . . . , qm if vn+1 /vn is a rational function of q1n , . . . , qm
independent. Multibasic series are sometimes called polybasic series.
Since a multibasic series in bases q1 , . . . , qm may contain products and
km
quotients of q-shifted factorials (a; q)n with q replaced by q1k1 qm
where
k1 , . . . , km are arbitrary integers, the form of such a series could be quite
complicated. Therefore, in working with multibasic series either the series
are displayed explicitly or notations are employed which apply only to the
series under consideration. For example, to shorten the displays of many of
the formulas derived in 3.8 we employ the notation

a , . . . , ar : c1,1 , . . . , c1,r1 : . . . : cm,1 , . . . , cm,rm
; q, q1 , . . . , qm ; z
(3.9.1)
1
b1 , . . . , bs : d1,1 , . . . , d1,s1 : . . . : dm,1 , . . . , dm,sm
to represent the (m + 1)-basic hypergeometric series

n 1+sr
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n n
z (1)n q ( 2 )
(q, b1 , . . . , bs ; q)n
n=0
sj rj
m
n

(cj,1 , . . . , cj,rj ; qj )n
)
(
(1)n qj 2
.
(d
,
.
.
.
,
d
;
q
)
j,1
j,s
j
n
j
j=1
(3.9.2)
The notation in (3.9.1) may be abbreviated by using the vector notations:

a = (a1 , . . . , ar ), b = (b1 , . . . , bs ), cj = (cj,1 , . . . , cj,rj ), dj = (dj,1 , . . . , dj,sj )
and letting

a : c1 : . . . : cm
; q, q1 , . . . , qm ; z
(3.9.3)
b : d1 : . . . : dm
denote the series in (3.9.2).
If in (2.2.2) we set
sj rj
m
k
(a; q)k k (cj,1 , . . . , cj,rj ; qj )k
k (2)
(1) qj
z
,
Ak = n
(q ; q)k j=1 (dj,1 , . . . , dj,sj ; qj )k
(3.9.4)
then we obtain the expansion

a, b, c : c1,1 , . . . , c1,r1 : . . . : cm,1 , . . . , cm,rm
; q, q1 , . . . , qm ; z
aq/b, aq/c : d1,1 , . . . , d1,s1 : . . . : dm,1 , . . . , dm,sm

n

n
(aq/bc; q)n (a; q)2n
bcz
=
q ( 2 )
(q, aq/b, aq/c; q)n

aq
n=0
96
sj rj
m
n

(cj,1 , . . . , cj,rj ; qj )n
n (2)
(1) qj
(dj,1 , . . . , dj,sj ; qj )n
j=1
2n
aq
: c1,1 q1n , . . . , c1,r1 q1n : . . . :
: d1,1 q1n , . . . , d1,s1 q1n : . . . :

n
n
bcz n1
cm,1 qm
, . . . , cm,rm qm
q
Pn
n
n ; q, q1 , . . . , qm ;
dm,1 qm
, . . . , dm,sm qm
a
(3.9.5)
where
Pn =
m

n(sj rj )
qj
(3.9.6)
j=1
provided at least one cj,rj is a negative integer power of qj so that the series
terminate. Note that this formula is valid even if a = q k , k = 0, 1, . . ., in
which case the upper limit of the sum on the right side can be replaced by
[k/2], where [k/2] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to k/2.
Similarly, use of the expansion formula (2.8.2) leads to the formula

a, b, c, d : c1,1 , . . . , c1,r1 : . . . : cm,1 , . . . , cm,rm
; q, q1 , . . . , qm ; z
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d : d1,1 , . . . , d1,s1 : . . . : dm,1 , . . . , dm,sm

(1 q 2n )(, b/a, c/a, d/a; q)n (a; q)2n az n
=
(1 )(q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)n (q; q)2n
n=0
sj rj
m
n

(cj,1 , . . . , cj,rj ; qj )n
n (2)
(1) qj
(dj,1 , . . . , dj,sj ; q)n

j=1

2n a
n
n
, . . . , cm,rm qm
aq , : c1,1 q1n , . . . , c1,r1 q1n : . . . : cm,1 qm
; q, q1 , . . . , qm ; zPn ,
n
n
q 2n+1 : d1,1 q1n , . . . , d1,s1 q1n : . . . : dm,1 qm
, . . . , dm,sm qm
(3.9.7)
where = qa2 /bcd. In (3.9.7) the series on both sides need not terminate as
long as they converge absolutely. Formulas (3.9.5) and (3.9.7) are multibasic
extensions of formulas 4.3(1) and 4.3(6), respectively, in Bailey [1935].
3.10 Transformations of series with

base q to series with base q 2
Following Nassrallah and Rahman [1981], we shall derive some quadratic transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series by using the following special cases of (3.9.5) and (3.9.7):

a2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 : a1 , . . . , ar , q n
2
; q , q; z
a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 : b1 , . . . , br , br+1
3.10 Transformations of series

=
n

(a2 q 2 /b2 c2 , aq 2 ; q 2 )j (a2 ; q 2 )2j (a1 , . . . , ar , q n ; q)j
j=0
(q 2 , a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 ; q 2 )j (b1 , . . . , br , br+1 ; q)j
a2 q 4j , aq 2j+2 : a1 q j , . . . , ar q j , q jn
aq 2j : b1 q j , . . . , br q j , br+1 q j
97
q
j
2(2)
b2 c2 z
2 2
a q
j
2 2
c
z
b
; q 2 , q; 2 2j+2
a q
(3.10.1)
and
a2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 , d2 : a1 , . . . , ar , q n
; q 2 , q; z
a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /d2 : b1 , . . . , br , br+1
n

1 q 4j (, b2 /a2 , c2 /a2 , d2 /a2 , aq 2 ; q 2 )j (a2 ; q 2 )2j
1 (q 2 , a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /d2 , a; q 2 )j (q 2 ; q 2 )2j
j=0
j

(a1 , . . . , ar , q n ; q)j a2 z
(b1 , . . . , br , br+1 ; q)j
2 4j
a q , aq 2j+2 , a2 / : a1 q j , . . . , ar q j , q jn

; q 2 , q; z , (3.10.2)
2j
4j+2
j
j
j
aq , q
: b1 q , . . . , br q , br+1 q
2
2
respectively, where = qa /bcd .
Let us rst consider the r = 1 case of (3.10.1). If we set a1 = aq/w,
b1 = w, b2 = aq n+1 , z = awq n+2 /b2 c2 and apply (1.2.40), the series on the
right side of (3.10.1) reduces to a VWP-balanced 6 5 series in base q, and
hence can be summed by (2.4.2). This gives the transformation formula

a2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 : aq/w, q n
awq n+2
2
;
q
,
q;
a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 : w, aq n+1

b2 c2

a, aq, a2 q 2 /w2 , a2 q 2 /b2 c2 , q 2n
(w/a, aq; q)n
2 2
;q ,q .
=
5 4
(w, q; q)n
a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , aq 1n /w, aq 2n /w
(3.10.3)
Note that the above 5 4 series is balanced and that the series on the
left side of (3.10.3) can be written as
10 W9 (a; a, b, b, c, c, aq/w, q
; q, awq n+2 /b2 c2 ).
Formula (3.10.3) is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 4.5(1)]. By reversing the series

on both sides of (3.10.3) and relabelling the parameters, this formula can be
written, as in Jain and Verma [1980], in the form

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, x, x, y, y, q n , q n
a3 q 2n+3
;
q,
10 9
1
1
bx2 y 2
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/x, aq/x, aq/y, aq/y, aq n+1 , aq n+1

q 2n , x2 , y 2 , aq/b, aq 2 /b
(a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 /x2 y 2 ; q 2 )n
2 2
;q ,q .
= 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 4 2 2 2n 2 2 2 2
(a q /x , a q /y ; q )n
/a , a q /b , aq, aq 2
x y q
(3.10.4)
98
For a nonterminating extension of (3.10.4) see Jain and Verma [1982].

Since the 5 4 series on the right side of (3.10.3) is balanced, it can be
summed by (1.7.2) whenever it reduces to a 3 2 series. Thus, we obtain the
summation formulas:

2
a , aq 2 , aq 2 : aq/w, q n 2
wq n1
;
q
,
q;
a
a, a : w, aq n+1
=
(aq, aq 2 /w, w/aq; q)n

,
(q, aq/w, w; q)n
(3.10.5)
a2 , aq 2 , b2 : aq n /b2 , q n
; q 2 , q; q 2
a, a2 q 2 /b2 : b2 q 1n , aq n+1
(q n /b2 , aq; q)n (aq/b2 , aq 2 /b2 ; q 2 )n

,
(aq n /b2 , q; q)n (q/b2 , a2 q 2 /b2 ; q 2 )n
a2 , aq 2 , aq 2 , b2 : aq n /b2 , q n 2
; q , q; q
a, a, a2 q 2 /b2 : b2 q 1n , aq n+1
(aq, a/b2 ; q)n (1/b2 ; q 2 )n n
q
=
(q, 1/b2 ; q)n (a2 q 2 /b2 ; q 2 )n
and
(3.10.6)
a2 , aq 2 , aq 2 , b2 : aq n1 /b2 , q n 2
; q , q; q 2
a, a, a2 q 2 /b2 : b2 q 2n , aq n+1
=
(3.10.7)
(aq, a/qb2 ; q)n (aq/b2 , 1/b2 q 2 ; q 2 )n n

q .
(q, 1/qb2 ; q)n (a/qb2 , a2 q 2 /b2 ; q 2 )n
(3.10.8)
These are q-analogues of formulas 4.5(1.1) - 4.5(1.4) in Bailey [1935]. Since

the series on the left sides of (3.10.5) and (3.10.6) can also be written as VWPbalanced 8 7 series in base q, which are transformable to balanced 4 3 series
by Watsons formula (2.5.1), formulas (3.10.5) and (3.10.6) are equivalent to
the summation formulas

1
1
a, qa 2 , w/qa 2 , q n
; q, q
4 3
1
1
a 2 , w, a 2 q 1n
1
=
and

4 3
(w/aq, a 2 , aq 2 /w; q)n

1
a, b, bq 1n , q n
aq/b, b2 q 1n , bq n

; q, q
(3.10.9)
(w, a 2 , aq/w; q)n
(1 + 1/b)(1 + a 2 q n /b)(a/b2 , qa 2 /b, 1/b; q)n

1
(1 + q n /b)(1 + a 2 /b)(aq/b, a 2 /b, 1/b2 ; q)n
(3.10.10)
respectively, which are closer to what one would expect q-analogues of formulas
4.5(1.1) and 4.5(1.2) in Bailey [1935] to look like.
3.10 Transformations of series
99
It is also of interest to note that if we set c2 = aq in (3.10.3), rewrite the

series on the left side as an 8 7 series in base q and transform it to a balanced
4 3 series, we obtain

a, b, w/b, q n
;
q,
q
4 3
aq/b, bq n , w

a, a2 q 2 /w2 , aq/b2 , q 2n
(w/a, aq/b; q)n
2 2
=
;
q
, (3.10.11)
,
q
4 3
(w, q/b; q)n
a2 q 2 /b2 , aq 1n /w, aq 2n /w
which is a q-analogue of the c = (1 + a)/2 case of Bailey [1935, 4.5(1)]. Using
(2.10.4), the left side of (3.10.11) can be transformed to give

n
q , a, aq/b2 , aq/w
;
q,
q
4 3
aq/b, aq/b, aq 1n /w

q 2n , a, aq/b2 , a2 q 2 /w2
2 2
;q ,q .
(3.10.12)
= 4 3 2 2 2
a q /b , aq 1n /w, aq 2n /w
This formula was rst proved by Singh [1959] and more recently by Askey and
Wilson [1985]. The latter authors also wrote it in the form

a2 , b2 , c, d
; q, q
1
1
4 3
abq 2 , abq 2 , cd

a2 , b2 , c2 , d2
2 2
= 4 3
;q ,q ,
(3.10.13)
qa2 b2 , cd, qcd
provided that both series terminate.
Now that we have the summation formulas (3.10.5)(3.10.8), we can use
them to produce additional transformation formulas. Set r = 3 and a1 =
1
1
a2 = qa 2 , a3 = aq/w, b1 = b2 = a 2 , b4 = aq n+1 in (3.10.1). The
series on the right side can now be summed by (3.10.5) and this leads to the
following q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 4.5(2)]
2

a , aq 2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 : aq/w, q n
awq n+1
2
; q , q; 2 2
a, a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 : w, aq n+1
b c
=
(aq, aq 2 /w, w/aq; q)n

(q, aq/w, w; q)n

aq, aq 2 , a2 q 2 /b2 c2 , a2 q 2 /w2 , q 2n
2 2
;q ,q .
5 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
a q /b , a q /c , aq 2n /w, aq 3n /w
(3.10.14)
Let us now turn to applications of (3.10.2). If we set r = 1, a1 =

q n+1 /a, b1 = a2 q n /, b2 = aq n+1 , z = q in (3.10.2), where = (qa2 /bcd)2 ,
then the series on the right side reduces to a balanced very-well-poised 8 7
series in base q which can be summed by Jacksons formula (2.6.2). Thus, we
obtain the transformation formula
a2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 , d2 : q n+1 /a, q n
; q 2 , q; q
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 n
n+1
a, a q /b , a q /c , a q /d : a q /, aq
100
(aq, q/a; q)n (q 2 /a2 ; q 2 )n

(q, q/a2 ; q)n (q 2 ; q 2 )n
2
2
2 2 q 2n+2
1
1
2n
, q 2 2 , q 2 2 , a, aq, b2 , c2 , d2 ,
,
q
2
qa
a
a
a
a2
10 9
; q2 ,
.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2n
1
1 q
q a q a q a q a q
2 , 2 , a , a , 2 , 2 , 2 ,
, q 2n+2
b
c
d
(3.10.15)
This is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 4.5(3)].

Similarly, setting r = 3 and choosing the parameters so that the series
on the right side of (3.10.2) can be summed by (3.10.7), we get the following
q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 4.5(4)]

a2 , aq 2 , aq 2 , b2 , c2 , d2 : q n /a, q n
2
;
q
,
q;
q
a, a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /d2 : a2 q 1n /, aq n+1

=
(/a, aq; q)n (/a2 ; q 2 )n n

q
(/a2 , q; q)n (q 2 ; q 2 )n
2
2
2 2 q 2n
1
1
2n
2
,
q
, q 2 2 , q 2 2 , aq, aq 2 , b2 , c2 , d2 ,
qa
a
a
a
a2
10 9
; q2 ,
,
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 22n
1
1 q a q
q
q
q
a
a
a
2n+2
2 , 2 , a , a , 2 , 2 , 2 ,
, q
b
c
d
(3.10.16)
where = (qa2 /bcd)2 .
Exercises
3.1 Deduce from (3.10.13) that

a2 , b2 , z
=
1
1 ; q, q
3 2
abq 2 , abq 2

3 2

a2 , b2 , z 2 2 2
;q ,q ,
a2 b2 q, 0
provided that both series terminate. Show that this formula is a

q-analogue of Gauss quadratic transformation formula (3.1.7) when the
series terminate.
3.2 Using the sum
2 1
(b2 ; q 2 )n (n)
q n , q 1n ; qb2 ; q 2 , q 2 = 2
q 2 ,
(b ; q)n
prove that

a, b, b
(z; q)
2 2 2
(i) 3 2
, |z| < 1.
;
q,
z
=
2 1 a, aq; qb ; q , z
2
(az; q)
b , az
Exercises
101
Use this formula to prove that

2
ab
a , ab,
(ii)
;
q,
z
3 2
a2 b2 , za2
2

(a2 z 2 ; q 2 )
a ,
b2
2 2 2
; q , a z q , |z| < 1.
=
2 2
a2 b2 q, a2 z 2
(z, a2 z; q)
Show that
2 1 (b, b; b
(iii)
; q, z)
= (z; q) 2 1 (0, 0; qb2 ; q 2 , z 2 )
1
2 2
2 2
=
0 1 (; qb ; q , qb z ).
(z; q)
Formulas (i) and (ii), due to Jain [1981], are q-analogues of (3.1.5) and
(3.1.6), respectively. T. Koornwinder in a letter (1990) suggested part
(iii).
3.3 Show that

a, q/a, z
; q, q
3 2
c, q

c/a, ac/q, z 2 2 2
(1, qz/c; q)
;
q
,
=
,
q
3 2
(q/c, z; q)
c2 , 0
when the series terminate. This is a q-analogue of

2 F1
(a, 1 a; c; z) = (1 z)
c1
2 F1
((c a)/2, (c + a 1)/2; c; 4z(1 z)) ,
when the series terminate.

3.4 Show that
n

(q n , b, b; q)k
k=0
(q, b2 ; q)k
q nk(2)
vanishes if n is an odd integer. Evaluate the sum when n is even. Hence,

or otherwise, show that
(a, c; q)m+n (b2 ; q 2 )m

(z)m z n
2 ; q)
(q;
q)
(q;
q)
(d;
q)
(b
m
n
m+n
m
m=0 n=0

a, aq, c, cq 2 2
= 4 3
;
q
,
z
, |z| < 1.
d, dq, qb2
Deduce that

q n , q 1n , a, aq 2 2
,
q
;
q
qb2 , d, dq

n
q , a, b, b
q
(d/a; q)n n
a 4 2 2
; q, .
=
(d; q)n
d
b , aq 1n /d
4 3
(Jain [1981])
102
3.5 By using Sears summation formula (2.10.12) show that

(a, aq/e; q)r
Ar
(q,
abq/e,
acq/e; q)r
r=0
=
(aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, abcq/e; q)

(q/e, abq/e, acq/e, bcq/e; q)

k=0
(a, b, c; q)k q k
(aq k ; q)r
Ar
(q, e, abcq/e; q)k r=0 (q, abcq k+1 /e; q)r
(a, b, c, abcq 2 /e2 ; q)

(e/q, abq/e, acq/e, bcq/e; q)

(aq/e, bq/e, cq/e; q)k k (aq k+1 /e; q)r
q
Ar ,
(q, q 2 /e, abcq 2 /e2 ; q)k r=0 (q, abcq k+2 /e2 ; q)r
k=0
where a, b, c, e are arbitrary parameters such that e =

q, and {Ar } is an
arbitrary sequence such that the innite series on both sides converge
absolutely.
3.6 Prove that

b, c
(q/e, a, b, c, dq/e; q)
; q, q +
(e/q, aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, d; q)
d, e

aq/e, bq/e, cq/e
; q, q
3 2
q 2 /e, dq/e

a, aq/e, abcq/de
d
(q/e, abq/e, acq/e, d/a; q)
,
;
q,
=
3 2
(d, aq/e, bq/e, cq/e; q)
a
abq/e, acq/e
3 2
a,
where e = q and |d/a| < 1.

3.7 Prove that

3 2
a, aq/e, e/bc
bcq
; q,
e
abq/e, acq/e
(aq, aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, q; q)

(q/e, abq/e, acq/e, bcq/e, bcq/e; q)

(a, b, c; q)k (ab2 c2 q k+2 /e2 ; q 2 ) k
q ,
(q, aq, e; q)k (aq k+2 ; q 2 )
k=0
provided |bcq/e| < 1.

3.8 Assuming that |x| < 1 and a/b = q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . ., prove that
2 1 (a, b; c; q, x)

a, c/b, 0
(b, c/a, ax; q)
;
q,
q
3 2
(b/a, c, x; q)
aq/b, ax

b, c/a, 0
(a, c/b, bx; q)
;
q,
q
.
+
3 2
(a/b, c, x; q)
bq/a, bx
Exercises
103
Show that this is a q-analogue of the formula

2 F1 (a, b; c; x)
(c)(b a)
(1 x)a 2 F1 (a, c b; a b + 1; (1 x)1 )
(b)(c a)
(c)(a b)
(1 x)b 2 F1 (b, c a; b a + 1; (1 x)1 ).
(a)(c b)
+
3.9 Show that
3 2
a, q, b
2
; q, 2
2
ab
, q /b
1 + /b(1 /a) (2 /b2 , q2 /ab; q)

, |2 /ab2 | < 1.
(1 )(1 + /b)
(q2 /b, 2 /ab2 ; q)
3.10 Show that
8 W7
; q 2 , q 2 , a, b, b; q, /ab2
(/a, q, q, /b2 , q/ab, q/ab; q)

, |/ab2 | < 1.
(, q/a, q/a, q/b, q/b, /ab2 ; q)
Show that this is a q-analogue of the formula

a, 1 + /2,
b
;1
3 F2
/2,
1+b

(1 + b)( a 2b)
(/2) 1 + a
2
a

, Re ( a 2b) > 0.
=
(1 + /2) 2 (1 + a b)( 2b)
3.11 Derive Jacksons [1941] product formula
2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2 2 2
2 1 (a , b ; qa b ; q , z) 2 1 (a , b ; qa b ; q , qz)

2 2
= 4 3
a , b , ab, ab
1
1 ; q, z ,
a b , abq 2 , abq 2
2 2
|z| < 1, |q| < 1,
and show that it has Clausens [1828] formula

2

2a, 2b, a + b
1
;
z
a,
b;
a
+
b
+
F
=
F
2 1
3 2
2
2a + 2b, a + b +

;
z
,
1
|z| < 1,
as a limit case. Additional q-analogues of Clausens formula are given in

8.8.
3.12 Prove that

q 2n , q 2n , b2 , c2 : d, q 1n /w
wq 2n
2
; q , q; 2 2
b c d
q n , q 22n /b2 , q 22n /c2 : q 1n /d, w
(1, w/d; q)n n
d
=
(d, w; q)n
2 22n 2 2 22n 2 n 1n

/b c , q
/w , q , q
d ,q
2 2
5 4 22n 2 22n 2 1n
,
q
.
;
q
q
/b , q
/c , dq
/w, dq 2n /w
104
3.13 If = a4 q 2 /b2 c2 d2 , show that

a2 , q 2 a, b2 , c2 , d2 : q n /a, q n
2
2
;
q
,
q;
q
a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /d2 : a2 q 1n /, aq n+1
(aq, /a; q)n (/a2 , q 2 /a; q 2 )n
=
(q, /a2 ; q)n (q 2 , /a; q 2 )n
10 W9 (; a, aq, b2 /a2 , c2 /a2 , d2 /a2 , 2 q 2n /a2 , q 2n ; q 2 , a2 q 3 /)
and
a2 , q 2 a, q 2 a, b2 , c2 , d2 : q n1 /a, q n
; q 2 , q; q 2
a, a, a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 , a2 q 2 /d2 : a2 q 2n /, aq n+1

(aq, /aq; q)n (/a2 q 2 ; q 2 )n (1 q 2n1 /a) n
q
=
(q, /qa2 ; q)n (q 2 ; q 2 )n (1 q 1 /a)
10 W9 (; aq, aq 2 , b2 /a2 , c2 /a2 , d2 /a2 , 2 q 2n2 /a2 , q 2n ; q 2 , a2 q 3 /).

(Nassrallah and Rahman [1981])
3.14 Using (3.4.7) show that the q-Bessel function dened in Ex. 1.24 can be
expressed as
+1
x
q
;q
(2)
J (x; q) =
(q, x2 q +1 /4; q) 2
n

2
(x2 q /4; q)n (1 + x2 q 2n+ /4)(x2 /4; q)n x2 q 2
q 2n .
2
+1
(q; q)n (1 + x q /4)(q
; q)n
4
n=0
3.15 Prove that

x
(ix/2, ixq +1 /2; q)
q ( + 1)
2(1 q)
+1/2

+1/2
q
, q
, q +1
3 2
; q, ix/2
q 2+1 , ixq +1 /2

1

x
(ix/2; q 1/2 )
q 2 + 4 , q 2 + 4 1/2 ix
=
;q ,
1
2 1
q + 2
q ( + 1)
2(1 q)
2
J(2) (x; q) =
for |x| < 2.

(Rahman [1987])
3.16 Show that

1
a, qa 2 , b, c
axq
;
q,
4 3
1
bc
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c

1
1
1
1
1
a 2 , qa 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc
(1 xa 2 )(axq; q)
=
; q, q
5 4
(x; q)
aq/b, aq/c, q/x, axq
1
(1 a 2 )(aq, aq/bc, axq/b, axq/c; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, axq/bc, 1/x; q)
1

1
1
1
xa 2 , xqa 2 , x(aq) 2 , x(aq) 2 , axq/bc
5 4
;
q,
q
.
axq/b, axq/c, qx, aqx2
Exercises
105

(cz/ab; q 2 )
(a,
b;
c;
q,
cz/abq)
=
an z n ,
2
1
(z; q 2 )
n=0
show that
3.17 If
2
2
2 1 (c/a, c/b; cq; q , z) 2 1 (a, b; cq; q , cz/abq)

(c; q 2 )n
=
an z n .
2)
(cq;
q
n
n=0
(Singh [1959], Nassrallah [1982])

3.18 If

(cqz/ab; q 2 )
(a,
b;
c;
q,
cz/ab)
=
an z n , show that
2
1
(z; q 2 )
n=0
2 2
2
2 1 (cq/a, cq/b; cq ; q , z) 2 1 (a, b; c; q , cz/ab)

(cq; q 2 )n
=
an z n .
2 ; q2 )
(cq
n
n=0

3.19 If

(cqz/ab; q 2 )
(a/q,
b;
c/q;
q,
cz/ab)
=
an z n , show that
2
1
(z; q 2 )
n=0
2
2
2 1 (cq/a, c/bq; c; q , z) 2 1 (a, b; c; q , cz/ab)

(c/q; q 2 )n
=
an z n .
2)
(c;
q
n
n=0

3.20 Prove that

1 apk q k (a; p)k (b1 ; q)k k
b =0
1 a (q; q)k (abp; p)k
k=0
when max(|p|, |q|, |b|) < 1, and extend this to the bibasic transformation
formulas

1 apk q k (a; p)k (c/b; q)k k
b
1 a (q; q)k (abp; p)k
k=0
=
=
=
1 c (ap; p)k (c/b; q)k

(bq)k
1b
(q; q)k (abp; p)k
k=0
1c
1 abp
k=0
(ap; p)k (cq/b; q)k k

b
(q; q)k (abp2 ; p)k
(1 c)(ap; p) (b; p)k (cqpk ; q)

(ap)k
(1 b)(abp; p)
(p; p)k (bqpk ; q)
k=0
when max(|p|, |q|, |ap|, |b|) < 1.

(Gasper [1989a])
106
3.21 Derive the quadbasic transformation formula

n

(1 apk q k )(1 bpk q k )
(1 a)(1 b)
k=0
(a, b; p)k (c, a/bc; q)k

(CP n /A, P n /BC; P )k (Qn , BQn /A; Q)k k

q
(Qn /C, BCQn /A; Q)k (P n /A, P n /B; P )k
(ap, bp; p)n (cq, aq/bc; q)n (Q, AQ/B; Q)n (AP/C, BCP ; P )n
=
(q, aq/b; q)n (ap/c, bcp; p)n (AP, BP ; P )n (CQ, AQ/BC; Q)n
n

(1 AP k Qk )(1 BP k Qk )
(A, B; P )k (C, A/BC; Q)k
(1 A)(1 B)
(Q, AQ/B; Q)k (AP/C, BCP ; P )k
k=0
(cpn /a, pn /bc; p)k (q n , bq n /a; q)k k

Q
(q n /c, bcq n /a; q)k (pn /a, pn /b; p)k
for n = 0, 1, . . . . Use it to derive the mixed bibasic and hypergeometric

n

(1 a)(1 b)
k=0

(C A n)k (B C n)k (B A n)k (n)k

qk
(C n)k (B + C A n)k (A n)k (B n)k
(ap, bp; p)n (cq, aq/bc; q)n n!(A + 1 B)n (A + 1 C)n

(q, aq/b; q)n (ap/c, bcp; p)n (A + 1)n (B + 1)n (C + 1)n
(B + C + 1)n
(A + 1 B C)n
n

(A + k + k/)(B + k k)
k=0
AB
(A)k (B)k (C)k (A B C)k

k!(A + 1 B)k (A + 1 C)k (B + C + 1)k
(c/apn , 1/bcpn ; p)k (q n , b/aq n ; q)k

,
(1/cq n , bc/aq n ; q)k (1/apn , 1/bpn ; p)k
and the following transformation formula for a split-poised 10 9 series

a, q a, q a, b, c, a/bc, C/Aq n , 1/BCq n , B/Aq n , q n
; q, q
10 9
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, bcq, 1/Cq n , BC/Aq n , 1/Bq n , 1/Aq n
=
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc, Aq/B, Aq/C, BCq; q)n

(Aq, Bq, Cq, Aq/BC, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q)n

A, q A, q A, B, C, A/BC, c/aq n , 1/bcq n , b/aq n , q n
10 9
; q, q .
A, A, Aq/B, Aq/C, BCq, 1/cq n , bc/aq n , 1/bq n , 1/aq n
(Gasper [1989a])
Exercises
107
3.22 Using the observation that, for arbitrary (xed) positive integers m1 , . . . , mr ,
(k1 , . . . , kr )z1k1 zrkr
k1 ,...,kr =0
(k1 , . . . , kr )z1k1 zrkr ,
M =0 k1 m1 ++kr mr =M
k1 ,...,kr 0
show that (3.7.14) implies the multivariable bibasic expansion formula
(k1 , . . . , kr )k1 m1 ++kr mr (xm1 wm1 z1 )k1 (xmr wmr zr )kr
k1 ,...,kr =0
n
(apq n , bpq n ; p)n1
(x)n q n+( 2 )
n
(q, aq /b; q)n
n=0

(apn q n , bpn q n ; p)j
j=0
(q, aq 2n+1 /b; q)j

k1 m1 ++kr mr =M n
k1 ,...,kr 0
j+n xj q j
(1 apM q M )(1 bpM q M )(q n , aq n /b; q)M

(apq n , bpq n ; p)M
(k1 , . . . , kr )(wm1 z1 )k1 (wmr zr )kr ,

which is equivalent to (3.7.14) and extends Srivastava [1984, (10)].
(Gasper [1989a])
3.23 Prove the following q-Lagrange inversion theorem:
If

Gn (x) =
bjn xj ,
j=n
where bjn is as dened in (3.6.20), and if

f (x) =
fj xj =
cn Gn (x),
n=0
j=0
then
fj =
bjn cn
n=0
and, vice versa,

cn =
n

j=0
where anj is as dened in (3.6.19).

(Gasper [1989a])
3.24 Derive (3.8.19)(3.8.22).
anj fj ,
108
3.25 Prove Gospers formula

(a2 b2 c2 q 1 ; q 2 )n (1 a2 b2 c2 q 3n1 )(abcd, abcd1 ; q 2 )n (a2 , b2 , c2 ; q)n n
q
(q; q)n (1 a2 b2 c2 q 1 )(abcd1 , abcd; q)n (b2 c2 q, c2 a2 q, a2 b2 q; q 2 )n
n=0
(a2 b2 c2 q, a2 q, b2 q, c2 q, dq/abc, bcdq/a, cdaq/b, dabq/c; q 2 )

(q, b2 c2 q, c2 a2 q, a2 b2 q, abcdq, adq/bc, bdq/ac, cdq/ab; q 2 )
(a2 , b2 , c2 ; q) (a2 b2 c2 q; q 2 )
(q; q) (b2 c2 q, c2 a2 q, a2 b2 q, abcdq, abcd1 q; q 2 )

n

2
d
(bcdq/a, cdaq/b, dabq/c; q 2 )n
(1 d2 q 4n+2 )
q (n+1) .
2)
(adq/bc,
dbq/ac,
cdq/ab;
q
abc
n+1
n=0
(Rahman [1993])
3.26 Show that

(abcq; q)k (1 abcq 3k+1 )(d, q/d; q)k (abq, bcq, caq; q 2 )k
qk
(q 2 ; q 2 )k (1 abcq)(abcq 3 /d, abcdq 2 ; q 2 )k (cq, aq, bq; q)k
k=0

abcq, q 2 abcq, q 2 abcq, d, q/d, abq, bcq, caq 2 2
= 8 7
;q ,q
abcq, abcq, abcq 3 /d, abcdq 2 , cq 2 , aq 2 , bq 2
q
(abcq 3 , abq, bcq, caq, d, q/d; q 2 )
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
(q , aq , bq , cq , abcq /d, abcdq ; q ) (1 aq)(1 bq)(1 cq)
2

q , abcq 2 , dq, q 2 /d 2 2
;q ,q .
4 3
aq 3 , bq 3 , cq 3
+
3.27 Prove

(bcdq 2 ; q 3 )n (1 bcdq 4n2 )(b, c, d; q)n n2
q
(q; q)n (1 bcdq 2 )(cdq, bdq, bcq; q 3 )n
n=0
n 1n 2n

,q
, bcdq 3n 3 3
q ,q
4 3
;q ,q
bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2
(bcdq, bq, cq, dq; q 3 )

.
(q, cdq, bdq, bcq; q 3 )
(Rahman [1993])
3.28 Show that

(bcdq 1 ; q 3 )n (1 bcdq 4n1 )(b, c, d; q)n n2 +n
q
(q; q)n (1 bcdq 1 )(cdq 2 , bdq 2 , bcq 2 ; q 3 )n
n=0
n1 n 1n

,q ,q
, bcdq 3n 3 3
q
;q ,q
4 3
bq, cq, dq
(bcdq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 ; q 3 )
.
(q 2 , cdq 2 , bdq 2 , bcq 2 ; q 3 )
(Rahman [1993])
Exercises
109
3.29 Derive the summation formulas:

(i)
2 k

k+1
(1 aq 5k )(a, b; q 2 )k (ab2 /q 3 ; q 3 )k (q 2 /b; q)k (aq 3 /b; q 6 )k
q
q( 2 )
3
3
3
5
2
2
2
4
(1 a)(q , aq /b; q )k (q /b ; q )k (ab, abq ; q )k
b
k=0
(aq 2 , qa3 /b; q 2 ) (ab2 , q 9 /b3 ; q 6 )

,
(ab, q 5 /b2 ; q 2 ) (q 3 , aq 6 /b; q 6 )
(ii)

(1 acq 5k )(a, q 4 /a; q 2 )k (q 5 /ac; q 3 )k (ac/q 2 ; q)k
(1 ac)(cq 3 , a2 c/q; q 3 )k (a2 c2 /q 3 ; q 2 )k

k
k+1
(a2 c2 /q; q 6 )k
ac
4 6 4
q( 2 )
2
(q , q ; q )k
q
2
2
6 3 2 3
(acq , ac/q; q ) (q , a c /q , ac2 q, a2 c2 /q, aq 4 , q 8 /a; q 6 )
,
=
(q 4 , a2 c2 /q 3 ; q 2 ) (cq 3 , cq 6 , a2 cq 2 , a2 c/q, acq, acq 4 ; q 6 )
(iii)

k+1
(1 acq 5k )(a, q 2 /a; q 2 )k (q/ac; q 3 )k (ac; q)k (a2 c2 q; q 6 )k
(ac)k q ( 2 )
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
4
4
(1 ac)(cq , a cq; q )k (a c q; q )k (q , q ; q )k
k=0
k=0
(acq 2 , acq; q 2 ) (q 6 , a3 c2 q 3 , ac2 q 5 , a2 c2 q, aq 2 , q 4 /a; q 6 )

.
(q 2 , a2 c2 q; q 2 ) (cq 3 , cq 6 , a2 cq 4 , a2 cq, acq 2 , acq 5 ; q 6 )
(Rahman [1989b])
3.30 Derive the quartic summation formula

1 aq 5k (a, b; q)k (q/b, q 2 /b, q 3 /b; q 3 )k (a2 b2 /q 2 ; q 4 )k k
q
1 a (q 4 , aq 4 /b; q 4 )k (abq, ab, ab/q; q 2 )k (q 3 /ab2 ; q)k
k=0
(aq, bq, 1/b; q) (a2 b2 q 2 ; q 4 )

ab3
2
3
2
q (ab, q /ab ; q) (ab/q; q 2 ) (q 4 , ab3 /q 2 , aq 4 /b; q 4 )
2 2 2

a b /q
4
3 2
1 1
;
q
,
ab
q
a2 b2 q 2
(aq, ab2 /q 2 ; q)
.
=
(ab; q) (ab/q; q 2 ) (aq 4 /b, ab3 /q 2 ; q 4 )
+
(Gasper [1989a])
3.31 Derive the cubic transformation formulas
(i)
n

1 acq 4k
k=0
1 ac
(a, b; q)k (cq/b; q)2k (a2 bcq 3n , q 3n ; q 3 )k

qk
3
(cq , acq 3 /b; q 3 )k (ab; q)2k (q 13n /ab, acq 3n+1 ; q)k
(1 acq 2 )(1 ab/q 2 )(1 abq 3n )(1 acq 3n )

(1 acq 3n+2 )(1 abq 3n2 )(1 ab)(1 ac)
110
n

1 acq 6k+2
k=0
1 acq 2
(aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 /b, cq 3 /b, a2 bcq 3n , q 3n ; q 3 )k

q 3k ,
(cq 3 , acq 3 /b, abq 3 , abq 2 , q 53n /ab, acq 3n+5 ; q 3 )k
(ii)
n

(1 aq 4k )(1 bq 2k )
(1 a)(1 b)
k=0
(a, 1/ab; q)k (abq; q)2k (c, a/bc; q 3 )k

q 3k
(q 3 , a2 bq 3 ; q 3 )k (q/b; q)2k (aq/c, bcq; q)k
(aq, bq; q)n (cq 3 , aq 3 /bc; q 3 )n

(aq/c, bcq; q)n (q 3 , aq 3 /b; q 3 )n
10 W9 (a/b; q/ab2 , c, a/bc, aq n+1 , aq n+2 , aq n+3 , q 3n ; q 3 , q 3 ),
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
(Gasper and Rahman [1990])
3.32 Derive the cubic summation formula

1 a2 q 4k (b, q 2 /b; q)k (a2 /q; q)2k (c3 , a2 q 2 /c3 ; q 3 )k
k=0
1 a2 (a2 q 3 /b, a2 bq; q 3 )k (q 2 ; q)2k (a2 q/c3 , c3 /q; q)k
qk
(bq 2 , q 4 /b, bc3 /q, c3 q/b, c3 /a2 , c3 q 2 /a2 , a2 q, a2 q 3 ; q 3 )

(q 2 , q 4 , c3 q, bc3 /a2 , a2 q 3 /b, a2 bq, c3 q 2 /a2 b; q 3 )
(b, bq, bq 2 , q 2 /b, q 3 /b, q 4 /b, a2 /q, a2 q, a2 q 3 , c3 /a2 ; q 3 )
2 4 3
(q , q , c /q, c3 q, a2 /c3 , a2 q/c3 , c3 q 3 /a2 , c3 q 3 /a2 b, a3 q 3 /b; q 3 )
3 2 3 2 2

bc /a , c q /a b 3 3
(c6 q/a2 ; q 3 )
2
;
q
,
q
2 1
(a bq, bc3 /a2 ; q 3 )
c6 q/a2
and show that it has the q 1 limit case

a 1/2, a, b, 2 b, c, (2a + 2 3c)/3, a/2 + 1
;
1
F
7 6
3/2, (2a b + 3)/3, (2a + b + 1)/3, 3c 1, 2a + 1 3c, a/2

23 43 c 13 c + 13 2ab+3
3
= b+2 4b b+3c1 3cb+1 2a+1
3 3
3
3
3
2a3c+1

2a+b+1 2a3c+3
3
3
2a3c+b+1
.
2a+33 2a3cb+3
3
3
3
3.33 Derive the quartic transformation formula

1 a2 b2 q 5k2 (a, b; q)k (ab/q, ab, abq; q 3 )k (a2 b2 /q 2 ; q 4 )k k
q
1 a2 b2 /q 2 (ab2 q 2 , a2 bq 2 ; q 4 )k (abq, ab, ab/q; q 2 )k (q; q)k
k=0

a
(aq, b; q) (a2 b2 q 2 ; q 4 )
4
4
=
; q , bq .
1 1
(q; q) (abq; q 2 ) (b, ab2 q 2 , a2 bq 2 ; q 4 )
aq 4

3.34 Show that

4 3

(q, qa/c; q)n
q 2n , c2 , a, qa
2 2
=
;
q
,
q
.
q 2 a2 , cq n , cq 1n
(aq, q/c; q)n
Notes
111
3.35 For k = 1, 2, . . ., show that

(a; q k )n (b; q)kn n
(b; q) (at; q k ) (c/b; q)n (t; q k )n n
t
=
b .
(q k ; q k )n (c; q)kn
(c; q) (t; q k ) n=0 (q; q)n (at; q k )n
n=0
(Andrews [1966c])
3.36 For the q-exponential function dened in (1.3.33) prove Suslovs addition
formula
Eq (x, y; ) = Eq (x; )Eq (y; ),
where
2

1n
1n
(2 ; q 2 ) q n /4
i n
2 ei+i , q 2 eii ; q
(e
)
q
Eq (x, y; ) =
(q2 ; q 2 ) n=0 (q; q)n
n
with x = cos , y = cos , 0 and 0 .

(Suslov [1997, 2003])
3.37 Derive the quadratic transformation formula

1/4 i 1/4 i
(; q 1/2 )
q e ,q e
1/2
E(x; ) =
;
q
,
.
2 1
q 1/2
(q2 ; q 2 )
(Ismail and Stanton [2002])
Notes
3.4 Bressoud [1987] contains some transformation formulas for terminating
r+1 r (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q; z) series that are almost poised in the sense
that bk ak+1 = a1 q k with k = 0, 1 or 2 for 1 k r. Transformations for
level basic series, that is r+1 r series in which a1 bk = qak+1 for 1 k r, are
considered in Gasper [1985].
3.5 For a comprehensive list of q-analogues of the quadratic transformation formulas in 2.11 of Erdelyi [1953], see Rahman and Verma [1993].
3.6 Agarwal and Verma [1967a,b] derived transformation formulas for
certain sums of bibasic series by applying the theorem of residues to contour
integrals of the form (4.9.2) considered in Chapter 4. Inversion formulas are
also considered in Carlitz [1973] and W. Chu [1994b, 1995] and, in connection
with the Bailey lattice, in A.K. Agarwal, Andrews and Bressoud [1987].
3.7 Jackson [1928] applied his q-analogue of the Eulers transformation
formula (the p = q case of (3.7.11)) to the derivation of transformation formulas and theta function series. Jackson [1942, 1944] and Jain [1980a] also
derived q-analogues of some of the double hypergeometric function expansions
in Burchnall and Chaundy [1940, 1941].
3.8 Gosper [1988a] stated a strange q-series transformation formula containing bases q 2 , q 3 , and q 6 . Krattenthaler [1989b] independently derived the
terminating case of (3.8.18) and terminating special cases of some of the other
summation formulas in this section. For further results on cubic and quintic
summation and transformation formulas, see Rahman [1989d, 1992b, 1997].
112
3.9 For
series containing bibasic shifted factorials of the form
multibasic
r1 s1
(a; p, q)r,s = j=0 k=0 (1 apj q k ) and connections with Schur functions and
permutation statistics, see Desarmenien and Foata [19851988].
3.10 Jain and Verma [1986] contains nonterminating versions of some
of Nassrallah and Rahmans [1981] transformation formulas.
Ex. 3.11 q-Dierential equations for certain products of basic hypergeometric series are considered in Jackson [1911].
Exercises 3.173.19 These exercises are q-analogues of the Cayley [1858]
and Orr [1899] theorems (also see Bailey [1935, Chapter X], Burchnall and
Chaundy [1949], Edwards [1923], Watson [1924], and Whipple [1927, 1929]).
Other q-analogues are given in N. Agarwal [1959], and Jain and Verma [1987].
Ex. 3.20 The formula obtained by writing the last series as a multiple of
the series with argument bp is equivalent to the bibasic identity (21.9) in Fine
[1988], and it is a special case of the Fundamental Lemma in Andrews [1966a,
p. 65]. Applications of the Fundamental Lemma to mock theta functions and
partitions are contained in Andrews [1966a,b]. Agarwal [1969a] extended Andrews Fundamental Lemma and pointed out some expansion formulas that
follow from his extension.
Ex. 3.23 For additional material on Lagrange inversion, see Andrews
[1975b, 1979a], Bressoud [1983b], Cigler [1980], F
urlinger and Hofbauer [1985],
Garsia [1981], Garsia and Remmel [1986], Gessel [1980], Gessel and Stanton
[1983, 1986], Hofbauer [1982, 1984], Krattenthaler [1984, 1988, 1989a], Paule
[1985b], and Stanton [1988].
4
BASIC CONTOUR INTEGRALS
4.1 Introduction
Our rst objective in this chapter is to give q-analogues of Barnes [1908]
contour integral representation for the hypergeometric function
i
(a + s)(b + s)(s)
(c)
1
F
(a,
b;
c;
z)
=
(z)s ds, (4.1.1)
2 1
(a)(b) 2i i
(c + s)
where |arg(z)| < , Barnes [1908] rst lemma
i
1
(a + s)(b + s)(c s)(d s) ds
2i i
(a + c)(a + d)(b + c)(b + d)
,
=
(a + b + c + d)
and Barnes [1910] second lemma
i
1
(a + s)(b + s)(c + s)(1 d s)(s)
ds
2i i
(e + s)
(a)(b)(c)(1 d + a)(1 d + b)(1 d + c)
,
=
(e a)(e b)(e c)
(4.1.2)
(4.1.3)
where e = a + b + c d + 1.
In (4.1.1) the contour of integration is the imaginary axis directed upward
with indentations, if necessary, to ensure that the poles of (s), i.e. s =
0, 1, 2, . . . , lie to the right of the contour and the poles of (a + s)(b + s),
i.e. s = a n, b n, with n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , lie to the left of the contour (as
shown in Fig. 4.1 at the end of this section). The assumption that there exists
such a contour excludes the possibility that a or b is zero or a negative integer.
Similarly, in (4.1.2), (4.1.3) and the other contour integrals in this book it is
assumed that the parameters are such that the contour of integration can be
drawn separating the increasing and decreasing sequences of poles.
Barnes rst and second lemmas are integral analogues of Gauss 2 F1 summation formula (1.2.11) and Saalsch
utzs formula (1.7.1), respectively. In
Askey and Roy [1986] it was pointed out that Barnes rst lemma is an extension of the beta integral (1.11.8). To see this, replace b by b i, d by d + i
and then set s = x in (4.1.2). Then let and use Stirlings formula to
obtain the beta integral in the form

xa+c1
(1 x)b+d1
dx = B(a + c, b + d),
(4.1.4)
+
+
113
114
Basic contour integrals
where Re(a + c) > 0, Re(b + d) > 0 and

x+ =
x if x 0,
0 if x < 0.
(4.1.5)
It is for this reason that Askey and Roy call (4.1.2) Barnes beta integral.
Following Watson [1910], we shall give a q-analogue of (4.1.1) in 4.2, that is,
a Barnes-type integral representation for 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z). It will be used in
4.3 to derive an analytic continuation formula for the 2 1 series. We shall
give q-analogues of (4.1.2) and (4.1.3) in 4.4. The rest of the chapter will
be devoted to generalizations of these integral representations, other types
of basic contour integrals, and to the use of these integrals to derive general
transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series.
Fig. 4.1
4.2 Watsons contour integral
115
4.2 Watsons contour integral representation

for 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) series
For the sake of simplicity we shall assume in this and the following ve sections
that 0 < q < 1 and write
q = e ,
> 0.
(4.2.1)
This is not a severe restriction for most applications because the results derived
for 0 < q < 1 can usually be extended to complex q in the unit disc by
using analytic continuation. The restriction 0 < q < 1 has the advantage of
simplifying the proofs by enabling one to use contours parallel to the imaginary
axis. Extensions to complex q in the unit disc will be considered in 4.8.
For 0 < q < 1 Watson [1910] showed that Barnes contour integral in
(4.1.1) has a q-analogue of the form
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(a, b; q)
=
(q, c; q)
1
2i

q 1+s , cq s ; q (z)s
ds,
(aq s , bq s ; q) sin s
(4.2.2)
where |z| < 1, |arg(z)| < . The contour of integration (denote it by C)

runs from i to i (in Watsons
the contour is taken in the opposite
paper
direction) so that the poles of q 1+s ; q / sin s lie to the right of the contour and the poles of 1/(aq s , bq s ; q) , i.e. s = 1 log a n + 2im 1 , s =
1 log b n + 2im 1 with n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , and m = 0, 1, 2, . . . , when a
and b are not zero, lie to the left of the contour and are at least some > 0
distance away from the contour.
To prove (4.2.2) rst observe that by the triangle inequality,
|1 |a|e Re(s) | |1 aq s | 1 + |a|e Re(s)
and so
1+s s
q , cq ; q

(aq s , bq s ; q)

1 + e(n+1+ Re(s)) 1 + |c|e(n+ Re(s))

,
1 |a|e(n+ Re(s)) 1 |b|e(n+ Re(s))

n=0
(4.2.3)
which is bounded on C.
Hence the integral in (4.2.2) converges if
Re[s log(z) log(sin s)] < 0 on C for large |s|, i.e. if |arg(z)| < .
Now consider the integral in (4.2.2) with C replaced by a contour CR
consisting of a large clockwise-oriented semicircle of radius R with center at
the origin that lies to the right of C, is terminated by C and is bounded away
116
from the poles (as shown in Fig. 4.2).
Fig. 4.2
Setting s = Rei , we have for |z| < 1 that

(z)s
Re log
sin s
= R [cos log |z| sin arg(z) | sin |] + O(1)
R [sin arg(z) + | sin |] + O(1).
Hence, when |z| < 1 and |arg(z)| < , 0 < < , we have
(z)s
= O [exp(R| sin |)]
(4.2.4)
sin s
on CR as R , and it follows that the integral in (4.2.2) with C replaced
by CR tends to zero as R , under the above restrictions. Therefore,
by applying Cauchys theorem to the closed contour consisting of CR and
that part of C terminated above and below by CR and letting R , we
i
1
. . . ds equals the sum of the residues of the integrand at
obtain that 2i
i
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Since
1+n n
1+s s
q
q , cq ; q (z)s
, cq ; q n
=
z ,
lim (s n)
s
s
n
sn
(aq , bq ; q) sin s
(aq , bq n , q)
117
this completes the proof of Watsons formula (4.2.2).

It should be noted that the contour of integration in (4.2.2) can be replaced
by other suitably indented contours parallel to the imaginary axis. To see that
(4.2.2) is a q-analogue of (4.1.1) it suces to use (1.10.1) and the reection
formula
(4.2.5)
(x)(1 x) =
sin x
to rewrite (4.2.2) in the form
a b c

2 1 q , q ; q ; q, z
i
q (a + s)q (b + s)(s)(1 + s)
q (c)
1
=
(z)s ds.
q (a)q (b) 2i i
q (c + s)q (1 + s)
(4.2.6)
Since the integral in (4.2.2) denes an analytic function of z which is singlevalued when |arg(z)| < , the right side of (4.2.2) gives the analytic continuation of the function represented by the series 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) when |z| < 1. As
in the ordinary hypergeometric case, we shall denote this analytic continuation
of 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) to the domain |arg(z)| < again by 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z).
Barnes [1908] used (4.1.1) to show that if |arg(z)| < and a, b, c, a b
are not integers, then the analytic continuation for |z| > 1 of the series which
denes 2 F1 (a, b; c; z) for |z| < 1 is given by the equation
2 F1 (a, b; c; z)
(c)(b a)
(z)a 2 F1 (a, 1 + a c; 1 + a b; z 1 )
(b)(c a)
(c)(a b)
(z)b 2 F1 (b, 1 + b c; 1 + b a; z 1 ),
+
(a)(c b)
(4.3.1)
where, as elsewhere in this section, the symbol = is used in the sense is the
analytic continuation of. To illustrate the extension of Barnes method to 2 1
series we shall now give Watsons [1910] derivation of the following q-analogue
of (4.3.1):
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(b, c/a; q) (az, q/az; q)

2 1 (a, aq/c; aq/b; q, cq/abz)
(c, b/a; q) (z, q/z; q)
(a, c/b; q) (bz, q/bz; q)
+
2 1 (b, bq/c; bq/a; q, cq/abz),
(c, a/b; q) (z, q/z; q)
(4.3.2)
provided that |arg(z)| < , c and a/b are not integer powers of q, and a, b, z =
0.
First consider the integral
1+s s
q , cq ; q (z)s
1
ds
(4.3.3)
I1 =
2i
118
along three line-segments A1 , A2 , B, whose equations are:

A1 : Im(s) = m1 ,
A2 : Im(s) = m2 ,
B : Re(s) = M,
(4.3.4)
where m1 , m2 , M are large positive constants chosen so that A1 , A2 , B are at

least a distance > 0 away from each pole and zero of
1+s s
q , cq ; q
(4.3.5)
g(s) =
(aq s , bq s ; q)
and it is assumed that A1 , A2 , B are terminated by each other and by the
contour of the integral in (4.2.2), i.e. Re(s) = 0 with suitable indentations.
From an asymptotic formula for (a; q) with q = e , > 0 , due to
Littlewood [1907, 12], it follows that if Re(s) with |s s0 | > for
some xed > 0 and any zero s0 of (q s ; q) , then
Re[log(q s ; q) ] = (Re(s))2 + Re(s) + O(1).

(4.3.6)
2
2
This implies that

ab Re(s)
,
(4.3.7)
g(s) = O
cq
when Re(s) with s bounded away from the zeros and poles of g(s).
By using this asymptotic expansion and the method of 4.2 it can be shown
that if |z| > |cq/ab|, then the value of the integral I1 in (4.3.3) taken along the
contours A1 , A2 , B tends to zero as m1 , m2 , M .
Hence, by Cauchys theorem, the value of I1 , taken along the contour C of
4.2, equals the sum of the residues of the integrand at its poles to the left of C
when |z| > |cq/ab|. Set = 1 log a, = 1 log b so that a = q , b = q .
Since the residue of the integrand at n + 2im 1 is
1 1n 1 n n+1
, ca q , q
; q 1
a q
(z)n q n(n+1)/2
1
n
(q, q, ba q ; q)

exp 2mi 1 log(z) csc 2m 2 i 1 ,
we have
I1 =

csc 2m 2 i 1 exp 2mi 1 log(z)
m=
1
(c/a, q/a; q)
(z) 2 1 (a, aq/c; aq/b; q, cq/abz)
(b/a, q; q)
+ idem (a; b).
(4.3.8)
Thus it remains to evaluate the above sums over m when |arg(z)| < .
Letting c = b in (4.3.8) and using (4.2.2), we nd that the analytic continuation
of 2 1 (a, b; b; q, z) is

csc 2m 2 i 1 exp 2mi 1 log(z)
m=
1 (a, q/a; q)
(z) 2 1 (a, aq/b; aq/b; q, q/az).
(q, q; q)
4.4 q-analogues of Barnes rst and second lemmas
119
Since, by the q-binomial theorem,

(az; q)
(z; q)
and the products converge for all values of z, it follows that

csc 2m 2 i 1 exp 2mi 1 log(z) (z)
2 1 (a, b; b; q, z)
m=
(4.3.9)
(q, q, az, q/az; q)

=
.
(a, q/a, z, q/z; q)
Using (4.3.9) in (4.3.8) we nally obtain (4.3.2).
4.4 q-analogues of Barnes rst and second lemmas
Assume, as before, that 0 < q < 1, and consider the integral
i 1c+s 1d+s
q
,q
;q
q s ds
1
,
(4.4.1)
I2 =
a+s
b+s
2i i (q
, q ; q) sin (c s) sin (d s)
where, as usual, the contour of integration runs from i to i so that the
increasing sequences of poles of the integrand (i.e. c + n, d + n with n =
0, 1,
2, . . .) lie tothe right and the decreasing sequences of poles (i.e. the zeros
of q a+s , q b+s ; q ) lie to the left of the contour. By using Cauchys theorem
as in 4.2 to evaluate this integral as the sum of the residues at the poles
c + n, d + n with n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., we nd that
1+cd
a+c b+c 1+cd

q, q
;q
q c
,q ;q
; q, q
I2 =
2 1 q
sin (c d) (q a+c , q b+c ; q)
+ idem (c; d).
(4.4.2)
Applying the formula (2.10.13) to (4.4.2), we get
i 1c+s 1d+s
q
,q
;q
q s ds
1
2i i (q a+s , q b+s ; q) sin (c s) sin (d s)
1+cd dc a+b+c+d
q, q
,q ,q
;q
qc
,
=
a+c
a+d
b+c
b+d
sin (c d) (q , q
, q , q ; q)
(4.4.3)
which is Watsons [1910] q-analogue of Barnes rst lemma (4.1.2), as can be

seen by rewriting it in terms of q-gamma functions.
A q-analogue of Barnes second lemma (4.1.3) can be derived by proceeding
as in Agarwal [1953b]. Set c = n and d = c a b in (4.4.3) to obtain
i 1n+s 1c+a+b+s
q
,q
;q
q s ds
1
2i i
(q a+s , q b+s ; q)
sin s sin (c a b s)

1+a+bc cab c
,q
, q , q; q
q
= csc (c a b)
(q a , q b , q ca , q cb ; q)
a b
q , q ; q n n(cab)(n)
2
(4.4.4)
(1)n
q
(q c ; q)n
120
for n = 0, 1, 2, . . .. Next, replace c by d in (4.4.4), multiply both sides by

n
(1)n q n(ec)+( 2 ) (q c ; q)n / (q, q e ; q)n , sum over n and change the order of integration and summation (which is easily justied if |q ec+s | < 1) to obtain

1+a+bd dab d
,q
, q , q; q
q
csc (d a b)
(q a , q b , q da , q db ; q)
a b c d e

3 2 q , q , q ; q , q ; q, q d+eabc
i 1+s 1d+a+b+s
q ,q
;q
q s
1
=
a+s
b+s
2i i
(q
, q ; q)
sin s sin (d a b s)
s c e

ec+s
ds
2 1 q , q ; q ; q, q
i 1+s e+s 1d+a+b+s
ec
q ,q ,q
;q
(q ; q) 1
=
e
a+s
b+s
ec+s
(q ; q) 2i i (q
,q ,q
; q)
q s ds
,
(4.4.5)
sin s sin (d a b + s)
by the q-Gauss formula (1.5.1). Now take c = d. Then the series on the left of
(4.4.5) can be summed by the q-Gauss formula to give, after an obvious change
in parameters,
i 1+s d+s e+s
q ,q ,q ;q
1
q s ds
2i i (q a+s , q b+s , q c+s ; q) sin s sin (d + s)
d 1d ea eb ec
,q
,q ,q ;q
q, q , q
(4.4.6)
= csc d a b c 1+ad 1+bd 1+cd ,
(q , q , q , q
,q
,q
; q)
where d + e = 1 + a + b + c, which is Agarwals q-analogue of Barnes second
lemma. This integral converges if q is so small that
Re [s log q log(sin s sin (d + s))] < 0
(4.4.7)
on the contour for large |s|.

4.5 Analytic continuation of
r+1 r
series
By employing Cauchys theorem as in 4.2, we nd that if |z| < 1 and

|arg(z)| < , then

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1
;
q,
z
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
(a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; q)
=
(q, b1 , . . . , br ; q)

i 1+s

q , b1 q s , . . . , br q s ; q (z)s ds
1
,
(4.5.1)
s
s
s
2i
sin s
i (a1 q , a2 q , . . . , ar+1 q ; q)
where, as before, only the poles of the integrand at 0, 1, 2, . . ., lie to the right
of the contour. As in the r = 1 case, the right side of (4.5.1) gives the analytic
continuation of the r+1 r series on the left side to the domain |arg(z)| < .
121
Also, as in 4.3, it can be shown that if |z| > |b1 br q/a1 ar+1 |, then
i
1
the integral I3 = 2i
. . . ds is equal to the sum of the residues of the
i
integrand at those poles of the integrand which lie on the left of the contour.
Set 1 = 1 log a1 . Since the residue of the integrand at 1 n+2im 1
is
n+1 1 1n

n
n
q
, a1 q
, b1 a1
, . . . , br a1
; q 1
1 q
1 q

(z)1 n q n(n+1)/2
1 n
n , . . . , a
q
a
q
;
q
q, q, a2 a1
r+1 1
1

csc(2m 2 i 1 1 ) exp 2mi 1 log(z) ,
by proceeding as in the proof of (4.3.2) and using (4.3.9) and (4.5.1) we obtain
the expansion
a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1
; q, z
r+1 r
b1 , . . . , br
=
(a2 , . . . , ar+1 , b1 /a1 , . . . , br /a1 , a1 z, q/a1 z; q)

(b1 , . . . , br , a2 /a1 , . . . , ar+1 /a1 , z, q/z; q)

qb1 br
a1 , a1 q/b1 , . . . , a1 q/br
r+1r
; q,
a1 q/a2 , . . . , a1 q/ar+1
za1 ar+1
+ idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar+1 ),
(4.5.2)
where the equality holds in the is the analytic continuation of sense. The
symbol idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar+1 ) after an expression stands for the sum of the
r expressions obtained from the preceding expression by interchanging a1 with
each ak , k = 2, 3, . . . , r + 1.
Let us replace a, b, c, d and e in (4.4.6) by a + n, b + n, c + n, d + n and e + 2n,
respectively, where
e = 1 + a + b + c d,
(4.6.1)
and transform the integration variable s to s n, where n is a non-negative
integer. Then we get
n+i 1+sn d+s e+s+n
q
,q ,q
;q
1
q sn ds
a+s
b+s
c+s
2i ni
(q
, q , q ; q) sin s sin (d + s)

d+n 1dn ea+n
,q
,q
, q eb+n , q ec+n ; q
q, q
. (4.6.2)
= csc d a+n b+n c+n eab eac ebc
(q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
; q)
The limits of integration n i can be replaced by i because we always
indent the contour of integration to separate the increasing and decreasing
sequences of poles. Thus, it follows from (4.6.2) that
a b c
d 1d ea eb ec
,e ,q ,q ;q
q ,q ,q ;q n
q, q , q
q (1d)n
csc(d) a b c ebc eca eab
(q , q , q , q
,q
,q
; q) (q ea , q eb , q ec ; q)n
i 1+s d+s e+s
q ,q ,q ;q
q (n+1)s (q s ; q)n ds
1
=
,
(4.6.3)
a+s
b+s
c+s
2i i (q
, q , q ; q) sin s sin (d + s)(q e+s ; q)n
122
and hence, by termwise integration, we obtain Agarwals [1953b] formula

d 1d ea eb ec
,q
,q ,q ;q
q, q , q
csc(d) a b c ebc eca eab
(q , q , q , q
,q
,q
; q)
A a b c
q , q , q , q , a1 , . . . , ar
d
r+4 r+3 ea eb ec
; q, zq
q
, q , q , b1 , . . . , br
i 1+s d+s e+s
q ,q ,q ;q
q s
1
=
2i i (q a+s , q b+s , q c+s ; q) sin s sin (d + s)
A
q , a1 , . . . , ar , q s
s1
ds,
(4.6.4)
; q, zq
r+2 r+1
b1 , . . . , br , q e+s
where e = 1 + a + b + c d, |z| < |q d | and it is assumed that (4.4.7) holds.
Therefore, if we can sum the series on the right of (4.6.4), then we can nd
a simpler contour integral representing the series on the left. In particular, if
we let
r = 4, e = 1 + A, a1 = q 1+A/2 = a2 , a3 = q d , a4 = q e ,
b1 = q A/2 = b2 , b3 = q 1d+A , b4 = q 1e+A , z = q 2de+A ,
then we get a VWP-balanced 6 5 series which can be summed by (2.7.1). This
yields Agarwals [1953b] contour integral representation for a VWP-balanced
8 7 series:

q A , q 1+A/2 , q 1+A/2 , q a , q b , q c , q d , q e
B
;
q,
q
8 7
q A/2 , q A/2 , q 1+Aa , q 1+Ab , q 1+Ac , q 1+Ad , q 1+Ae
= sin (a + b + c A)
1+A a b c 1+Aab 1+Abc 1+Aca 1+Ade
,q ,q ,q ,q
,q
,q
,q
;q
q
a+b+cA
1+Aabc
1+Aa
1+Ab
1+Ac
1+Ad
1+Ae
(q, q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
; q)
i 1+s 1+Ad+s 1+Ae+s a+b+cA+s
,q
,q
;q
q ,q
1
2i i
(q a+s , q b+s , q c+s , q 1+Ade+s ; q)
q s ds
,
sin s sin (a + b + c A + s)
(4.6.5)
where B = 2 + 2A a b c d e, provided Re(B) > 0 and

Re [s log q log(sin s sin (a + b + c A + s))] < 0.
If we evaluate the integral in (4.6.5) by considering the residues at the
poles of 1/[sin s sin (a + b + c A + s)] lying to the right of the contour, then
we obtain the transformation (2.10.10) of a VWP-balanced 8 7 series in terms
of the sum of two balanced 4 3 series. In addition, if we replace A, d, e and a by
, +dA, +eA and +aA, respectively, and take +a+d+e = 1+2A
in (4.6.5), then the integral in (4.6.5) remains unchanged. This gives Baileys
transformation formula (2.10.1) between two VWP-balanced 8 7 series.
4.7 Contour integral analogue of Baileys formula
123
4.7 A contour integral analogue of

Baileys summation formula
By replacing A, a, b, c, d, e in (4.6.5) by a, d, e, f, b, c, respectively, we obtain the
formula

a b c d e f
8 W7 q ; q , q , q , q , q ; q, q = sin (d + e + f a)
1+a d e f 1+ade 1+adf 1+aef
,q ,q ,q ,q
,q
,q
;q
q
1+ab
1+ac
1+ad
1+ae
1+af
1+adef
(q, q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
; q)
i 1+s 1+ab+s 1+ac+s
,q
;q
q ,q
q s ds
1
,
2i i
(q d+s , q e+s , q f +s ; q)
sin s sin (d + e + f a + s)
(4.7.1)
provided the series is VWP-balanced, i.e.,
1 + 2a = b + c + d + e + f.
(4.7.2)
Since 1 + 2(2b a) = b + (b + c a) + (b + d a) + (b + e a) + (b + f a) by
(4.7.2), it follows that (4.7.2) remains unchanged if we replace a, c, d, e, f by
2b a, b + c a, b + d a, b + e a, b + f a, respectively, and keep b unaltered.
Then (4.7.1) gives

2ba b b+ca b+da b+ea b+f a
;q ,q
,q
,q
,q
; q, q = sin c
8 W7 q
1+2ba b+da b+ea b+f a 1+ade 1+adf 1+aef
q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
,q
;q
1+ba
1+bc
1+bd
1+be
1+bf
c
(q, q
,q
,q
,q
,q
, q ; q)
1+ba+s 1+bc+s 1+s
i
q
,q
,q ;q
q s ds
1
2i i (q b+da+s , q b+ea+s , q b+f a+s ; q) sin s sin (c s)

1+2ba b+da b+ea b+f a
,q
,q
,q
;q
q
= sin c
1+ba
1+bc
c
(q, q
,q
, q ; q)
1+ade 1+adf 1+aef
i 1+s
,q
,q
;q 1
q
q ;q
(q 1+bd , q 1+be , q 1+bf ; q)

2i i (q d+s ; q)
1+ac+s 1+ab+s
q
,q
;q
q s ds
, (4.7.3)
e+s
f
+s
(q , q
; q)
sin (a b + s) sin (c + b a s)
where the second integral in (4.7.3) follows from the rst by a change of the integration variable s ab+s. Combining (4.7.1) and (4.7.3) and simplifying,
we obtain
1+ab 1+ac 1+ad 1+ae 1+af
q
,q
,q
,q
,q
;q
1+a
c
d
e
f
(q
, q , q , q , q ; q)
a b c d e f

8 W7 q ; q , q , q , q , q ; q, q
1+ba 1+bc 1+bd 1+be 1+bf
q
,q
,q
,q
,q
;q
ba
q
1+2ba
b+ca
b+da
b+ea
b+f
a
(q
,q
,q
,q
,q
; q)
124

8 W7 q 2ba ; q b , q b+ca , q b+da , q b+ea , q b+f a ; q, q
1+ade 1+aef 1+adf
,q
,q
;q
q
=
c
b+ca
(q, q , q
; q)
i 1+s 1+ab+s 1+ac+s
,q
; q q s sin (a b) ds
q ,q
1
,
d+s
e+s
f
+s
2i i
(q , q , q
; q)
sin s sin (a b + s)
(4.7.4)
when (4.7.2) holds.

Evaluating the above integral via (4.4.6), we obtain Baileys summation
formula (2.11.7).
Agarwals [1953b] formula

i q 1+s , q 12 a+s , q 12 a+s , q 1+ab+s , q 1+ac+s ; q
1

1
1
2i i
q a+s , q 1+ 2 a+s , q 1+ 2 a+s , q b+s , q c+s ; q
1+ad+s 1+ae+s 1+af +s

q
,q
,q
;q
q s ds
(q d+s , q e+s , q f +s ; q)
sin s sin (a b + s)
1+ab ba 1+ade 1+aef
,q ,q
,q
;q
q, q
= csc (a b)
b
c
d
e
f
(q , q , q , q , q ; q)
1+adf 1+acd 1+ace 1+acf
,q
,q
,q
;q
q
,
(4.7.5)
b+ca
b+da
b+ea
b+f
a
(q
,q
,q
,q
; q)
where 1 + 2a = b + c + d + e + f , follows directly from (2.11.7) by considering
the residues of the integrand of the above integral at the poles to the right of
the contour, i.e. at s = n, b a + n with n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Thus (4.7.5) gives
an integral analogue of Baileys summation formula (2.11.7). The integral in
(4.7.5) converges if q is so small that
Re [s log q log(sin s sin (a b + s))] < 0
(4.7.6)
on the contour for large |s|.

4.8 Extensions to complex q inside the unit disc
The previous basic contour integrals can be extended to complex q inside the
unit disc by using suitable contours. For 0 < |q| < 1, let
log q = (1 + i2 ) ,
(4.8.1)
where 1 = log |q| > 0 and 2 = Arg q.

Thus q = e(1 +i2 ) . Then a modication of the proof in 4.2 (see Watson
[1910]) shows that if 0 < |q| < 1 and |z| < 1, then formula (4.2.2) extends to
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(a, b; q)
=
(q, c; q)
1
2i

C

q 1+s , cq s ; q (z)s
ds,
(4.8.2)
4.9 Other types of basic contour integral formulas
125
where C is an upward directed contour parallel to the line Re(s(1 + i2 )) = 0

with indentations, to ensure that the increasing sequence of poles 0, 1, 2, . . ., of
the integrand lie to the right, and the decreasing sequences of poles lie to the
left of C.
Since the above integral converges if Re[s log(z) log(sin s)] < 0 on C
for large |s|, i.e., if
(4.8.3)
|arg(z) 2 11 log |z|| < ,
it is required that z satises (4.8.3) in order for (4.8.2) to hold. This restriction
means that the z-plane has a cut in the form of the spiral whose equation in
polar coordinates is r = e1 /2 .
Analogously, when 0 < |q| < 1, the contours in the q-analogues of Barnes
rst and second lemmas given in 4.4 and the contours in the other integrals
in 4.44.7 must be replaced by upward directed contours parallel to the
line Re(s(1 + i2 )) = 0 with indentations to separate the increasing and
decreasing sequences of poles.
4.9 Other types of basic contour integrals
Let q = e with > 0 and suppose that
P (z) =
(a1 z, . . . , aA z, b1 /z, . . . , bB /z; q)

(c1 z, . . . , cC z, d1 /z, . . . , dD /z; q)
(4.9.1)
has only simple poles. During the 1950s Slater [1952c,d, 1955] considered
contour integrals of the form
i/
P (q s )q ms ds
(4.9.2)
Im Im (A, B; C, D) =
2i i/
with m = 0 or 1. However, here we shall let m be an arbitrary integer. It
is assumed that none of the poles of P (q s ) lie on the lines Ims = / and
that the contour of integration runs from i/ to i/ and separates the
increasing sequences of poles in |Im s| < / from those that are decreasing.
By setting i = s the integral Im can also be written in the exponential form

1
Im =
P ei eim d
(4.9.3)
2
with suitable indentations, if necessary, in the contour of integration. Similarly,
setting z = q s we obtain that

1
P (z)z m1 dz,
(4.9.4)
Im =
2i K
where the contour K is a deformation of the (positively oriented) unit circle
so that the poles of 1/ (c1 z, . . . , cC z; q) lie outside the contour and the origin
and poles of 1/ (d1 /z, . . . , dD /z; q) lie inside the contour. Special cases of
(4.9.3) and (4.9.4) have been considered by Askey and Roy [1986].
Although each of the above three types of integrals can be used to derive
transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series, we shall prefer to
126
use mainly the contour integrals of the type in (4.9.4) since they are easier
to work with, especially when the assumption in Slater [1952c,d, 1966] that
0 < q < 1 is replaced by only assuming that |q| < 1, which is the case we wish
to consider in the remainder of this chapter.
Our main objective in this section is to see what formulas can be derived by
applying Cauchys theorem to the integrals Im in (4.9.4).
Let |q| < 1 and let be a positive number such that = |dj q n | for j =
n
1, 2, . . ., D, and = |c1
| for j = 1, 2, . . . , C when n = 0, 1, 2, . . .. Also let
j q
N
CN be the circle |z| = |q| , where N is a positive integer. Then CN does not
pass through any of the poles of P (z) and we have that

(a1 , . . . , aA , b1 /, . . . , bB /; q)

m1

| =
|P q N q N
(c1 , . . . , cC , d1 /, . . . , dD /; q)

m1 N
(c1 , . . . , cC , q/b1 , . . . , q/bB ; q)N
b
b
q
1
B

(a1 , . . . , aA , q/d1 , . . . , q/dD ; q)N
d1 d D

DB

b1 bB q m1 N N (N +1) DB

m1 N (N2+1)

q 2
.
=O
q

d1 d D
(4.10.1)
N
Since CN is of length O(|q| ) it follows from (4.10.1) that if D > B or if D = B

and

b1 bB q m

(4.10.2)
d1 dD < 1,
then
P (z)z m1 dz = 0.
lim
(4.10.3)
CN
Hence, by applying Cauchys residue theorem to the region between K and CN

for suciently large N and letting N , we nd that if D > B or if D = B
and (4.10.2) holds, then Im equals the sum of the residues of P (z)z m1 at the
poles of 1/ (d1 /z, . . . , dD /z; q) . Therefore, since
n

1
(1)n dq 2n+( 2 )
=
,
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
(4.10.4)
Residue
(q; q)n (q; q)
z = dq n (d/z; q)
it follows that
Im =
(a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , b1 /d1 , . . . , bB /d1 ; q) m

d
(q, c1 d1 , . . . , cC d1 , d2 /d1 , . . . , dD /d1 ; q) 1

(c1 d1 , . . . , cC d1 , qd1 /b1 , . . . , qd1 /bB ; q)n
(q, a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , qd1 /d2 , . . . , qd1 /dD ; q)n

n=0
n(DB) b b q m n

1
B
(n+1)/2
d1 q
d1 d D
+ idem (d1 ; d2 , . . . , dD )
(4.10.5)
127
if D > B, or if D = B and (4.10.2) holds.

In addition, by considering the residues of P (z)z m1 outside of K or by
just using the inversion z z 1 and renaming the parameters, we obtain
Im =
(b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , a1 /c1 , . . . , aA /c1 ; q) m

c
(q, d1 c1 , . . . , dD c1 , c2 /c1 , . . . , cC /c1 ; q) 1

(d1 c1 , . . . , dD c1 , qc1 /a1 , . . . , qc1 /aA ; q)n
(q, b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , qc1 /c2 , . . . , qc1 /cC ; q)n

n=0
n(CA) a a q m n

1
A
(n+1)/2
c1 q
c1 cC
+ idem (c1 ; c2 , . . . , cC )
if C > A, or if C = A and

a1 aA q m

c1 cC < 1.
(4.10.6)
(4.10.7)
In the special case when C = A we can use the r s notation to write (4.10.5)
in the form
(a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , b1 /d1 , . . . , bB /d1 ; q) m
Im (A, B; A, D) =
d
(q, c1 d1 , . . . , cA d1 , d2 /d1 , . . . , dD /d1 ; q) 1

c1 d1 , . . . , cA d1 , qd1 /b1 , . . . , qd1 /bB

DB
A+B A+D1
; q, t(qd1 )
a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , qd1 /d2 , . . . , qd1 /dD
+ idem (d1 ; d2 , . . . , dD )
(4.10.8)
where t = b1 b2 bB q m /d1 dD , if D > B, or if D = B and (4.10.2) holds.
Similarly, from the D = B case of (4.10.6) we have
(b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , a1 /c1 , . . . , aA /c1 ; q) m
c
(q, d1 c1 , . . . , dB c1 , c2 /c1 , . . . , cC /c1 ; q) 1

d c , . . . , dB c1 , qc1 /a1 , . . . , qc1 /aA

B+C1 1 1
; q, u(qc1 )CA
b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , qc1 /c2 , . . . , qc1 /cC
Im (A, B; C, B) =
A+B
+ idem (c1 ; c2 , . . . , cC )
(4.10.9)
m
if C > A, or if C = A and (4.10.7) holds, where u = a1 aA q /c1 cC .

Evaluations of Im which follow from these formulas will be considered in
4.11.
From (4.10.8) and (4.10.9) it follows that if C = A and D = B, then we
have the transformation formula
(a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , b1 /d1 , . . . , bB /d1 ; q) m
d
(c1 d1 , . . . , cA d1 , d2 /d1 , . . . , dB /d1 ; q) 1

b1 bB q m
c1 d1 , . . . , cA d1 , qd1 /b1 , . . . , qd1 /bB
A+B A+B1
; q,
a1 d1 , . . . aA d1 , qd1 /d2 , . . . , qd1 /dB
d1 d B
+ idem (d1 ; d2 , . . . , dB )
(b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , a1 /c1 , . . . , aA /c1 ; q) m
c
=
(d1 c1 , . . . , dB c1 , c2 /c1 , . . . , cA /c1 ; q) 1
128

A+B A+B1
a1 aA q m
d1 c1 , . . . , dB c1 , qc1 /a1 , . . . , qc1 /aA
; q,
b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , qc1 /c2 , . . . , qc1 /cA
c1 cA
+ idem (c1 ; c2 , . . . , cA )
(4.10.10)
m
provided that |b1 bB q | < |d1 dB |, |a1 aA q | < |c1 cA | and m =

0, 1, 2, . . ..
In some applications it is useful to have a variable z in the argument of
the series which is independent of the parameters in the series. This can be
accomplished by replacing A by A + 1, B by B + 1 and setting bB+1 = z and
aA+1 = q/z in (4.10.10). More generally, doing this to the m = 0 case of
(4.10.5) and of (4.10.6) gives the rather general transformation formula
m
(a1 d1 , . . . , aA d1 , b1 /d1 , . . . , bB /d1 , z/d1 , qd1 /z; q)

(c1 d1 , . . . , cC d1 , d2 /d1 , . . . , dD /d1 ; q)
(c1 d1 , . . . , cC d1 , qd1 /b1 , . . . , qd1 /bB ; q)

n
(q,
a
d
,
.
.
.
,
a
d
,
qd
/d
,
.
.
.
,
qd
/d
;
q)
1
1
A
1
1
2
1
D
n
n=0
n(DB1) b b z n

1
B
d1 q (n+1)/2
d1 d D
+ idem (d1 ; d2 , . . . , dD )
(b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , a1 /c1 , . . . , aA /c1 , c1 z, q/c1 z; q)
=
(d1 c1 , . . . , dD c1 , c2 /c1 , . . . , cC /c1 ; q)

(d1 c1 , . . . , dD c1 , qc1 /a1 , . . . , qc1 /aA ; q)n
(q,
b1 c1 , . . . , bB c1 , qc1 /c2 , . . . , qc1 /cC ; q)n
n=0

n(CA1) a a q n
1
A
(n+1)/2
c1 q
c1 cC z
+ idem (c1 ; c2 , . . . , cC ),
(4.10.11)
where, for convergence,

(i)
and
(ii)

b1 bB z
<1

D > B + 1, or D = B + 1 and
d1 d D

a1 aA q
< 1.

C > A + 1, or C = A + 1 and
c1 cC z
This is formula (5.2.20) in Slater [1966]. Observe that by replacing z in

(4.10.11) by zq m and using the identity
(qd/zq m , zq m /d; q) = (1)m (d/z)m q ( 2 ) (qd/z, zd; q)
m
(4.10.12)
we obtain from (4.10.11) the formula that would have been derived by using
(4.10.5) and (4.10.6) with m an arbitrary integer.
129

Askey and Roy [1986] used Ramanujans summation formula (2.10.17) to show
that

i
ce /, qei /c, cei , qei /c; q
1
d
2
(aei , bei , ei , ei ; q)
(ab, c, q/c, c/, q/c; q)
=
,
(4.11.1)
(a, a, b, b, q; q)
where max (|q|, |a|, |b|, ||, ||) < 1 and c = 0; and they extended it to the
contour integral form

(cz/, qz/c, c/z, q/cz; q) dz
1
2i K
(az, bz, /z, /z; q)
z
(ab, c, q/c, c/, q/c; q)
(4.11.2)
=
(a, a, b, b, q; q)
where a, a, b, b = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , c = 0, and K is a deformation
of the unit circle as described in 4.9. These formulas can also be derived
from the A = B = D = 2, m = 0 case of (4.10.8) by setting a1 = c/, a2 =
q/c, b1 = c, b2 = q/c, c1 = a, c2 = b, d1 = and d2 = and then using the
summation formula (2.10.13) for the sum of the two 2 1 series resulting on the
right side. In Askey and Roy [1986] it is also shown how Barnes beta integral
(4.1.2) can be obtained as a limit case of (4.11.1).
Analogously, application of the summation formula (2.10.11) to the A =
3, B = D = 2, m = 0 case of (4.10.8) gives

1
(z, qz/, z/, /z, q/z; q) dz
2i K
(az, bz, cz, /z, /z; q)
z
(/, q/, /, q/, /a, /b, /c; q)
=
,
(4.11.3)
(a, a, b, b, c, c, q; q)
where = abc, abc = 0, and
a, a, b, b, c, c = q n ,
n = 0, 1, 2, . . .
Note that (4.11.2) follows from the c 0 case of (4.11.3).

In addition, application of Baileys summation formula (2.11.7) gives the
more general formula
1

1

2 , za 2 , qaz/b, qaz/c, qaz/d, qaz/f ; q
za
1

1
1
2i K
qza 2 , qza 2 , bz, cz, dz, f z; q
(qz/, z/, /z, q/z; q) dz
(az, az, /z, /z; q)

z
(/, q/, /, q/, aq/cd, aq/bd, aq/bc, aq/bf, aq/cf, aq/df ; q)
=
(a, b, c, d, f , b, c, d, f , q; q)
(4.11.4)
130
where aq = bcdf , bcdf = 0,

a, b, c, d, f , b, c, d, f = q n ,
n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
and K is as described in 4.9; see Gasper [1989c].

Sears [1951d, (7.2)] used series manipulations of well-poised series to derive
the transformation formula

1
1
1
1
qa1 /aM +2 , . . . , qa1 /a2M , q/aM +2 , . . . , q/a2M , a12 , a12 , q/a12 , q/a12 ; q
(a1 , . . . , aM +1 , a2 /a1 , . . . , aM +1 /a1 ; q)

a1 , a2 , . . . , a2M
2M 2M 1
; q, x
qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /a2M
(qa2 /aM +2 , . . . , qa2 /a2M , qa1 /a2 aM +2 , . . . , qa1 /a2 a2M ; q)
= a2
(a1 /a2 , a2 , a3 /a2 , . . . , aM +1 /a2 , a22 /a1 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 aM +1 /a1 ; q)
1

1
1
1
a12 /a2 , a12 /a2 , qa2 /a12 , qa2 /a12 ; q
2
a2 /a1 , a2 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 a2M /a1
2M 2M 1
; q, x
qa2 /a1 , qa2 /a3 , . . . , qa2 /a2M
+ idem (a2 ; a3 , . . . , aM +1 ),
(4.12.1)
where x = (qa1 )M /a1 a2 a2M . Slater [1952c] observed that this formula
could also be derived from (4.10.10) by taking A = B = M + 1, m = 1,
choosing the parameters such that P (z) in (4.9.1) becomes

1
1
qa1 z/aM +2 , . . . , qa1 z/a2M , qza12 , qza12 ; q
(a1 z, . . . , aM +1 z; q)
q/zaM +2 , . . . , q/za2M , 1/za12 , 1/za12 ; q
(4.12.2)
(a, a, q/a, q/a; q) a2 (qa, qa, 1/a, 1/a; q)

= 2(a, a, q/a, q/a; q)
(4.12.3)
(1/z, a2 /za1 , . . . , aM +1 /za1 ; q)
and then using the fact that
to combine the terms with the same 2M 2M 1 series.

Similarly, taking A = B = M + 2 and m = 1 in (4.10.10) and choosing the
parameters such that P (z) in (4.9.1) becomes

1
1
1
1
qa1 z/aM +3 , . . . , qa1 z/a2M , qza12 , qza12 , z(qa1 ) 2 , z(qa1 ) 2 , q
(a1 z, . . . , aM +2 z; q)

1
1
1
1
1
1
q/zaM +3 , . . . , q/za2M , 1/za12 , 1/za12 , q 2 /za12 , q 2 /za12 ; q
(1/z, a2 /za1 , . . . , aM +2 /za1 ; q)
(4.12.4)
131
we obtain
(qa1 /aM +3 , . . . , qa1 /a2M , q/aM +3 , . . . , q/a2M , q/a1 ; q)
(a2 , . . . , aM +2 , a2 /a1 , . . . , aM +2 /a1 ; q)

a1 , a2 , . . . , a2M
2M 2M 1
; q, x
qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /a2M
(qa2 /aM +3 , . . . , qa2 /a2M , qa1 /a2 aM +3 , . . . , qa1 /a2 a2M ; q)
= a2
(a1 /a2 , a3 /a2 , . . . , aM +2 /a2 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 aM +2 /a1 ; q)
2
(a1 /a22 , qa22 /a1 ; q)
a2 /a1 , a2 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 a2M /a1
;
q,
x
2M 2M 1
qa2 /a1 , qa2 /a3 , . . . , qa2 /a2M
(a2 , a22 /a1 ; q)
+ idem (a2 ; a3 , . . . , aM +2 ),
(4.12.5)
where x = (qa1 ) /a1 a2M , which is formula (7.3) in Sears [1951d].

Finally, if we take A = B = M + 2 and m = 1 in (4.10.10) and choose the
parameters such that P (z) in (4.9.1) becomes

1
1
1
1
qa1 z/aM +3 , . . . , qa1 z/a2M +1 , qza12 , qza12 , q 2 za12 ; q
M
(a1 z, . . . , aM +2 z; q)
q/zaM +3 , . . . , q/za2M +1 , 1/za12 , 1/za12 , q 2 /za12 ; q

(1/z, a2 /za1 , . . . , aM +2 /za1 ; q)
, (4.12.6)
we obtain
(qa1 /aM +3 , . . . , qa1 /a2M +1 , q/aM +3 , . . . , q/a2M +1 ; q)
(a1 , . . . , aM +2 , a2 /a1 , . . . , aM +2 /a1 ; q)
1

1
1
1
1
1
a12 , a12 , q/a12 , q/a12 , (a1 q) 2 , (q/a1 ) 2 ; q

a1 , a2 , . . . , a2M +1
2M +1 2M
; q, y
qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /a2M +1
(qa2 /aM +3 , . . . , qa2 /a2M +1 , qa1 /a2 aM +3 , . . . , qa1 /a2 a2M +1 ; q)
= a2
(a1 /a2 , a3 /a2 , . . . , aM +2 /a2 , a2 , a22 /a1 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 aM +2 /a1 ; q)
1

1
1
1
1
1
a12 /a2 , a12 /a2 , qa2 /a12 , qa2 /a12 , a2 (q/a1 ) 2 , (qa1 ) 2 /a2 ; q
a2 /a1 , a2 , a2 a3 /a1 , . . . , a2 a2M +1 /a1

2M +1 2M
; q, y
qa2 /a1 , qa2 /a3 , . . . , qa2 /a2M +1
+ idem (a2 ; a3 , . . . , aM +2 ),
(4.12.7)
1
where y = (qa1 )M + 2 /a1 a2M +1 , which are formulas (7.4) and (7.5) in Sears
[1951d].
132

Exercises
4.1 Let Re c > 0, Re d > 0, and Re(x + y) > 1. Show that Cauchys [1825]
beta integral
1
2i
ds
(x + y 1)(1 + d/c)1y (1 + c/d)1x
=
(1 + cs)x (1 ds)y
(c + d)(x)(y)

i
(csq x , dsq y ; q)
1
ds
2i i (cs, ds; q)
q (x + y 1) (cq x /d, dq y /c; q)
=
,
q (x)q (y) (c + d)(cq/d, dq/c; q)
where 0 < q < 1.
(Wilson [1985])
4.2 Prove that
1
2i

q 1+s , q a+s , q ab+1+s , q ab+1+s , q c+d+ea+s ; q
(q c+s , q d+s , q e+s , q a+1+s , q a2b+s ; q)
i
q s ds
sin s sin (c + d + e a + s)
c+d+ea 1+acde 1+ab
,q
,q
;q
q, q
= csc (c + d + e a)
1+a
1+a
a2b
c
(q
, q
, q
, q ; q)

1+ab
a 1+ac 1+ad 1+ae
, q , q
,q
,q
;q
q
(q d , q e , q 1+acd , q 1+ace , q 1+ade ; q)

10 W9 q a ; iq 1+a/2 , iq 1+a/2 , q b , q b , q c , q d , q e ; q, q 1+2a2bcde ,
where 1 + 2a 2b > c + d + e.
4.3 Show that

ac, bc, ad
; q, gh
3 2
abcg, acdh
(q, ac, bc, ag, bg, ch; q)
=
(f, q/f, cf /g, qg/cf, abcg, acdh; q)

i
f e /g, qei /cf, dhei , qgei /f, cf ei ; q
1
d.
2
(aei , bei , hei , cei , gei ; q)
Exercises
133
4.4 Prove that

1
2

f ei , kei /d, qdei /k, ckei , qei /ck, abcdghei /f ; q
d
(aei , bei , cei , dei , gei , hei ; q)
(k, q/k, ck/d, qd/ck, cf, df, acdg, bcdg, cdgh, abcdh/f ; q)
=
(q, ac, ad, bc, bd, cg, dg, ch, dh, cdf g; q)
8 W7 (cdf g/q; cg, dg, f /a, f /b, f /h; q, abcdh/f ).
4.5 Prove that

; q, q
4 3
ab, ac, ad

2

aei , bei , cei ; q
(q; q)

1

= 1 1

2i
(q 2 , q 2 , ab, ac, bc; q)
2

q e ;q

q 12 ei+i /, q 12 eii , q 12 eii , q 12 eii /, abcei /; q
1
2
(aei /, bei /, cei /, eii , eii ; q)
(dei , bc; q)n a i n

e

d
abcei /, ad; q

and, more generally,

(q, az, a/z, bz, b/z, cz, c/z; q)
=
(, q/, z 2 , q/z 2 , ab, ac, bc; q)

zei /, qei /z, zei , qei /z, abcei /; q
1
2
(aei /, bei /, cei /, zei , ei /z; q)

dei , bc; q n a i n
e
d
(abcei /, ad; q)n
for n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., where z = ei and is an arbitrary parameter.
4.6 Prove that

(aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, q/ae, q/af, q/ag, q/ah; q)
(qa2 , ab, ac, ad, b/a, c/a, d/a; q)

2
10 W9 a ; ab, ac, ad, ae, af, ag, ah; q, q 3 /abcdef gh
a1
+ idem (a; b, c, d) = 0,
where |q 3 | < |abcdef gh|.
134
4.7 Prove that

(a1 q/b1 , a1 q/b2 , . . . , a1 q/br , q/a1 b1 , . . . , q/a1 br ; q)
(qa21 , a1 a2 , . . . , a1 ar , a2 /a1 , . . . , ar /a1 ; q)

2r+2 W2r+1 a21 ; a1 a2 , . . . , a1 ar , a1 b1 , . . . , a1 br ; q, q r1 /a1 ar b1 br
a1
1
+ idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar ) = 0,
where r = 1, 2, . . . , and |q r1 | < |a1 ar b1 br |.
4.8 Show that
(csq n+1 , bds, s; q)

ds
n1 ; q)
i (cs, ds, bsq

(b, /d; q)n
(/c, bd/c; q)
,
=
(c + d)(dq/c, b/cq; q) (q, cq/d; q)n
1
2i
where Re(c, d, b) > 0 and n = 0, 1, . . . . Show that the q-Cauchy beta

integral in Ex. 4.1 follows from this formula by letting n and then
setting b = q y , = cq x .
4.9 Extend the integral in Ex. 4.8 to
(acs, ac2 s/, ac2 s/, ac2 s/, ac2 s/, ac2 s/; q)
(cs, s, s, s, s, s; q)
i

2 2 2
a c s
ds
1
q
(a/q, ac/, ac/, ac/, ac/, ac/; q)
=
c(q, /c, /c, /c, /c, /c; q)
(q 2 /a, ac2 /, ac2 /, ac2 /; q)n
,
(cq/, cq/, cq/, a2 c3 /q; q)n
1
2i
where Re(c, , , , , ) > 0, a3 c5 = q 2 , ac = q n+1 , and n =

1, 2 . . . .
4.10 Show that

(q 2 z/a, q 2 z/b, q 2 z/c, /z; q) 1 qz 2 /
1
dz
2i K
(az, bz, cz, /z; q)
z
(a, b, c, q/; q)
,
=
(a, b, c, q; q)
where q 2 = abcq 2 , |/| < 1, and the contour K is as dened in 4.9.
Notes
135
4.11 Show that

(bqz, qz/, /z; q)
1
2i K (az, bz, /z; q)
(qz/q m ; q)m (a1 z; q)m1 (ar z; q)mr
=
dz
z
(/, q/, bq/a; q)

(a, q/a, b; q)
(q/bq m ; q)m (a1 /b; q)m1 (ar /b; q)mr (b)m+m1 ++mr ,
provided |/| < 1, where m, m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers, q =

aq m+m1 ++mr and K is as dened in 4.9.
4.12 Show that
(acs, dqs; q)
(a1 s; q)m1 (ar s; q)mr ds
i (cs, ds; q)
(ac/d; q)
(a1 /d; q)m1 (ar /d; q)mr
=
(c + d)(cq/d; q)
1
2i
provided |aq (m1 ++mr ) | < 1, Re (c, d, a1 , , ar ) > 0, and m1 , . . . , mr

are nonnegative integers.
4.13 Show that
i
(acs, ac2 s/f, ac2 s/, ac2 s/; q)
1
2i i
(cs, f s, s, s; q)
(ac2 s/, ac2 s/; q)
(1 ac2 s2 /q) ds
(s, s; q)
(a/q, ac/f, ac/, ac/, ac/, ac/; q)
=
c(q, f /c, /c, /c, /c, /c; q)
(q 2 /a, ac2 /, ac2 /, ac2 /; q)n
(cq/, cq/, cq/, a2 c3 /q; q)n

(ac2 /f 2 q, ac/f, ac2 /f , ac2 /f , ac2 /f , ac2 /f ; q)
+
f (q, c/f, /f, /f, /f, /f ; q)
2 2
(f q /ac2 , ac2 /, ac2 /, ac2 /; q)n
(f q/, f q/, f q/, a2 c4 /f q; q)n
provided ac = f q n+1 , a3 c5 = f q 2 , Re (c, f, , , , ) > 0, the integrand has only simple poles, and n = 0, 1, . . . .
(For the formulas in Exercises 4.8 4.13, and related formulas, see Gasper
[1989c].)
Notes
4.4 Kalnins and Miller [1988, 1989] exploited symmetry (recurrence relation)
techniques similar to those used by Nikiforov and Suslov [1986], Nikiforov,
136
Suslov and Uvarov [1991], and Nikiforov and Uvarov [1988] to give another
proof of (4.4.3) and of (4.11.1).
4.6 Contour integrals of the types considered in this section were used
by Agarwal [1953c] to give simple proofs of the two-term and three-term transformation formulas for 8 7 series.
4.12 Sears [1951b] also derived the hypergeometric limit cases of the
transformation formulas in this section. Applications of (4.12.1) to some formulas in partition theory are given in M. Jackson [1949].
Exercises 4.14.5 For additional q-beta integrals, see Askey [1988a,b,
1989e], Gasper [1989c], and Rahman and Suslov [1994a,b, 1996a, 1998].
5
BILATERAL BASIC HYPERGEOMETRIC SERIES
5.1 Notations and denitions

The general bilateral basic hypergeometric series in base q with r numerator
and s denominator parameters is dened by

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
; q, z
r s (z) r s
b1 , b2 , . . . , bs
(5.1.1)

n
(a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; q)n
(sr)n (sr)( 2 ) n
=
z .
(1)
q
(b1 , b2 , . . . , bs ; q)n
n=
In (5.1.1) it is assumed that q, z and the parameters are such that each term
of the series is well-dened (i.e., the denominator factors are never zero, q = 0
if s < r, and z = 0 if negative powers
of z occur). Note that a bilateral basic
hypergeometric series is a series n= vn such that v0 = 1 and vn+1 /vn is a
rational function of q n . By applying (1.2.28) to the terms with negative n, we
obtain that

n
(a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; q)n
(1)(sr)n q (sr)( 2 ) z n
r s (z) =
(b1 , b2 , . . . , bs ; q)n
n=0
(5.1.2)
n

b1 bs
(q/b1 , q/b2 , . . . , q/bs ; q)n
+
.
(q/a1 , q/a2 , . . . , q/ar ; q)n a1 ar z
n=1
Let R = |b1 bs /a1 ar |. If s < r and |q| < 1, then the rst series
on the right side of (5.1.2) diverges for z = 0; if s < r and |q| > 1, then the
rst series converges for |z| < R and the second series converges for all z = 0.
When r < s and |q| < 1 the rst series converges for all z, but the second series
converges only when |z| > R. If r < s and |q| > 1, the second series diverges
for all z = 0. If r = s, which is the most important case, and |q| < 1, the rst
series converges when |z| < 1 and the second when |z| > R; on the other hand,
if |q| > 1 the second series converges when |z| > 1 and the rst when |z| < R.
We shall assume throughout this chapter that |q| < 1, so that the region
of convergence of the bilateral series

(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n n
(z)
=
z
r r
(b1 , . . . , br ; q)n
n=
=

(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)n n
z
(b1 , . . . , br ; q)n
n=0
n

b1 b r
(q/b1 , . . . , q/br ; q)n
(q/a1 , . . . , q/ar ; q)n a1 ar z
n=1
137
(5.1.3)
138
Bilateral basic hypergeometric series

b1 b r

a1 ar < |z| < 1.
is the annulus
(5.1.4)
When bj = q for some j, the second series on the right sides of (5.1.2) and
(5.1.3) vanish and the rst series become basic hypergeometric series. If we
replace the index of summation n in (5.1.1) by k + n, where k is an integer,
then it follows that

a1 , . . . , ar
;
q,
z
r s
b1 , . . . , bs

k sr
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q)k k
k (2)
z (1) q
=
(b1 , . . . , bs ; q)k

a1 q k , . . . , ar q k
k(sr)
.
(5.1.5)
r s
; q, zq
b1 q k , . . . , bs q k
When r and s are small we shall frequently use the single-line notation
r s (z)
r s (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, z).
An r r series will be called well-poised if a1 b1 = a2 b2 = = ar br , and verywell-poised if it is well-poised and a1 = a2 = qb1 = qb2 . Corresponding
to the denition of a VWP-balanced r+1 r series in 2.1, we call a very-wellpoised r r series very-well-poised-balanced (VWP-balanced) if
(a3 a4 ar )qz = (a1 q 2 )r2
1
(5.1.6)
with either the plus or minus sign. The very-well-poised bilateral basic hypergeometric series in (5.3.1), (5.5.2), (5.5.3), and in 5.6 are VWP-balanced. Note
1
that if in (5.1.6) we replace r by r+1, a1 by qa12 , and then a3 by a1 , then (5.1.6)

reduces to the condition (2.1.12) for a r+1 Wr series to be VWP-balanced. A
well-poised r r series will be called well-poised-balanced (WP-balanced) if
1
(a1 a2 ar )z = ((a1 b1 ) 2 )r
(5.1.7)
with either the plus or minus sign. The well-poised bilateral basic hypergeometric series in (5.3.3), (5.3.4), (5.5.1), (5.5.4), and in (5.5.5) are WP-balanced.
The bilateral summation formula
(q, b/a, az, q/az; q)
,
1 1 (a; b; q, z) =
(b, q/a, z, b/az; q)
|b/a| < |z| < 1,
(5.2.1)
which is an extension of the q-binomial formula (1.3.2), was rst given by

Ramanujan (see Hardy [1940]). In Chapter 2 we saw that this formula follows
as a special case of Sears 3 2 summation formula (2.10.12). Andrews [1969,
1970a], Hahn [1949b], M. Jackson [1950b], Ismail [1977] and Andrews and
Askey [1978] published dierent proofs of (5.2.1). The proof given here is due
to Andrews and Askey [1978].
139
The rst step is to regard 1 1 (a; b; q, z) as a function of b, say, f (b). Then

f (b) =
=
1 1 (a; b; q, z)

(a; q)n n
n=0
(b; q)n
z +

(q/b; q)n
n
(b/az)
(q/a;
q)
n
n=1
(5.2.2)
so that, by (5.1.4), the two series are convergent when |b/a| < |z| < 1. As a
function of b, f (b) is clearly analytic for |b| < min(1, |az|) when |z| < 1. Since
a 1 1 (a; b; q, qz)

(a; q)n
aq n (a; q)n
zn
(b; q)n
(b; q)n
1 1 (a; b; q, z)

n=
(a; q)n+1 n
z
(b; q)n
n=
= z 1 (1 b/q)
(a; q)n+1 n+1

z
(b/q;
q)n+1
n=
= z 1 (1 b/q) 1 1 (a; b/q; q, z),

we get
f (bq) z 1 (1 b)f (b) = a 1 1 (a; bq; q, qz).
(5.2.3)
However,
a 1 1 (a; bq; q, qz)

(a; q)n
=a
(qz)n
(bq;
q)
n
n=
1
= ab

(a; q)n (1 bq n 1) n
z
(bq; q)n
n=
(5.2.4)
= ab1 (1 b)f (b) + ab1 f (bq).

Combining (5.2.3) and (5.2.4) gives the functional equation
(1 ab1 )f (bq) = (1 b)(z 1 ab1 )f (b),
that is,
f (b) =
1 b/a
f (bq).
(1 b)(1 b/az)
(5.2.5)
Iterating (5.2.5) n 1 times we get

f (b) =
(b/a; q)n
f (bq n ).
(b, b/az; q)n
(5.2.6)
Since f (b) is analytic for |b| < min(1, |az|), by letting n we obtain
f (b) =
(b/a; q)
f (0).
(b, b/az; q)
(5.2.7)
140
However, since
f (q) =

(a; q)n n
(az; q)
z =
(q; q)n
(z; q)
n=0
by (1.3.2), on setting b = q in (5.2.7) we nd that

f (0) =
(q, q/az; q)
(q, q/az, az; q)
f (q) =
.
(q/a; q)
(q/a, z; q)
Substituting this in (5.2.7) we obtain formula (5.2.1).

Jacobis triple-product identity (1.6.1) is a limit case of Ramanujans sum.
First replace a and z in (5.2.1) by a1 and az, respectively, to obtain

(a1 ; q)n
(q, ab, z, q/z; q)
(az)n =
,
(b;
q)
(b,
aq, az, b/z; q)
n
n=
(5.2.8)
when |b| < |z| < |a1 |. Now set b = 0, replace q by q 2 , z by zq, and then take
a 0 to get (1.6.1).
5.3 Baileys sum of a very-well-poised 6 6 series
Bailey [1936] proved that

1
1
qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e
qa2
; q,
6 6
1
1
bcde
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e
(5.3.1)
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/be, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de, q, q/a; q)

=
,
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/b, q/c, q/d, q/e, qa2 /bcde; q)
provided |qa2 /bcde| < 1. Since this VWP-balanced 6 6 reduces to a VWPbalanced 6 5 series when one of the parameters b, c, d, e equals a, (5.3.1) can
be regarded as an extension of the 6 5 summation formula (2.7.1).
There are several known proofs of (5.3.1). Baileys proof depends crucially
on the identity
a(qa2 , ab, ac, b/a, c/a; q)
(5.3.2)
8 W7 (a ; ab, ac, ad, ae, af ; q, q /abcdef ) + idem (a; b, c) = 0,

2
when |q 2 /abcdef | < 1, which is easily proved by using the q-integral representation (2.10.19) of an 8 7 series (see Exercise 2.15). If we set c = q/a, the rst
and third series in (5.3.2) combine to give, via (5.1.3),
a(qa2 , q/a2 , q, ab, b/a; q)

qa, qa, ab, ad, ae, af
q
6 6
,
; q,
bdef
a, a, aq/b, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f
5.4 A general transformation formula
141
while, by (2.7.1), the second series reduces to

6 5
b2 , bq, bq, bd, be, bf

q
; q,
bdef
b, b, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f
(qb2 , q/de, q/df, q/ef ; q)

.
(bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, q/bdef ; q)
This gives (5.3.1) after we replace a2 , ab, ad, ae, af by a, b, c, d, e, respectively,

and use the same square root of a everywhere.
Slater and Lakin [1956] gave a proof of (5.3.1) via a Barnes type integral
and a second proof via a q-dierence operator. Andrews [1974a] gave a simpler
proof and Askey [1984c] showed that it can be obtained from a simple dierence
equation. The simplest proof was given by Askey and Ismail [1979] who only
used the 6 5 sum (2.7.1) and an argument based on the properties of analytic
functions.
1
Setting e = a 2 in (5.3.1), we obtain
4 4
qa 2 , b, c, d
qa 2
; q,
1
bcd
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d
1
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd, qa 2 /b, qa 2 /c, qa 2 /d, q, q/a; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q/b, q/c, q/d, qa 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 /bcd; q)
1
(5.3.3)
provided |qa 2 /bcd| < 1. This is an extension of the q-Dixon formula (2.7.2).
1
If we set d = a 2 , e = a 2 in (5.3.1) and simplify, we get the sum of a

WP-balanced 2 2 series
2 2 (b, c; aq/b, aq/c; q, aq/bc)
(aq/bc; q) (aq 2 /b2 , aq 2 /c2 , q 2 , aq, q/a; q 2 )

,
(aq/b, aq/c, q/b, q/c, aq/bc; q)
aq

< 1.
bc
(5.3.4)
5.4 A general transformation formula for an r r series

In this section we shall derive a transformation formula for an r r series from
those for r+1 r series in Chapter 4. First observe that (5.1.3) gives
r r (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , b2 , . . . , br ; q, z)

r

q, a1 , . . . , ar
bk q
; q, z + z 1
ak q
b1 , . . . , br
k=1

2
2
q, q /b1 , . . . , q /br
b1 b r
;
q,
.
r+1 r
a1 ar z
q 2 /a1 , . . . , q 2 /ar
r+1 r
(5.4.1)
142
In (4.10.11) let us now make the following specialization of the parameters

C
c1 d1
qd1 /b1
a1 d1
= A + 1,
D = B + 1,
A = B = r,
= c2 d2 = = cA+1 dA+1 = q,
= 1 , qd1 /b2 = 2 , . . . , qd1 /bA = A ,
= 1 , a2 d1 = 2 , . . . , aA d1 = A ,
b1 bA z
= x.
d1 dA+1
(5.4.2)
Then, combining the pairs of the resulting r+1 r series in (4.10.11) via (5.4.1),
simplifying the coecients and relabelling the parameters, we obtain Slaters
[1952b, (4)] transformation formula

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
(b1 , b2 , . . . , br , q/a1 , q/a2 , . . . , q/ar , dz, q/dz; q)
;
q,
z
r r
(c1 , c2 , . . . , cr , q/c1 , q/c2 , . . . , q/cr ; q)
b1 , b2 , . . . , br
=
q (c1 /a1 , c1 /a2 , . . . , c1 /ar , qb1 /c1 , qb2 /c1 , . . . , qbr /c1 , dc1 z/q, q 2 /dc1 z; q)
c1
(c1 , q/c1 , c1 /c2 , . . . , c1 /cr , qc2 /c1 , . . . , qcr /c1 ; q)

qa1 /c1 , qa2 /c1 , . . . , qar /c1
r r
; q, z
qb1 /c1 , qb2 /c1 , . . . , qbr /c1
+ idem (c1 ; c2 , . . . , cr ),
(5.4.3)

b1 b r

< |z| < 1.
where d = a1 a2 ar /c1 c2 cr ,
a1 ar
Note that the cs are absent in the r r series on the left side of (5.4.3).
This gives us the freedom to choose the cs in any convenient way. For example,
if we set cj = qaj , where j is an integer between 1 and r, then the j th series
on the right becomes an r r1 series. So if we set cj = qaj , j = 1, 2, . . . , r, in
(5.4.3), then we get an expansion of an r r series in terms of r r r1 series:

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
(b1 , b2 , . . . , br , q/a1 , q/a2 , . . . , q/ar , z, q/z; q)
; q, z
r r
(qa1 , qa2 , . . . , qar , 1/a1 , 1/a2 , . . . , 1/ar ; q)
b1 , b2 , . . . , br
=
(q, qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /ar , b1 /a1 , b2 /a1 , . . . , br /a1 , a1 z, q/a1 z; q)

ar1
1
(qa1 , 1/a1 , a1 /a2 , . . . , a1 /ar , qa2 /a1 , . . . , qar /a1 ; q)

qa1 /b1 , qa1 /b2 , . . . , qa1 /br
b1 br
r r1
; q,
a1 ar z
qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /ar
+ idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar ),

b1 b r
< |z| < 1.

provided
a1 ar
(5.4.4)
On the other hand, if we set cj = bj , j = 1, 2, . . . , r in (5.4.3), then we
5.5 A transformation formula for a
2r 2r
series
143
obtain the expansion formula

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar
(q/a1 , q/a2 , . . . , q/ar , dz, q/dz; q)
; q, z
r r
(q/b1 , q/b2 , . . . , q/br ; q)
b1 , b2 , . . . , br
=
q (q, b1 /a1 , b1 /a2 , . . . , b1 /ar , db1 z/q, q 2 /db1 z; q)

b1
(b1 , q/b1 , b1 /b2 , . . . , b1 /br ; q)

qa1 /b1 , . . . , qar /b1
r r1
; q, z + idem (b1 ; b2 , . . . , br ),
qb2 /b1 , . . . , qbr /b1
(5.4.5)
with d = a1 a2 ar /b1 b2 br .
5.5 A general transformation formula
for a very-well-poised 2r 2r series
Using (4.12.1) and (5.4.1) as in 5.4, we obtain Slaters [1952b] expansion of a
WP-balanced 2r 2r series in terms of r other WP-balanced 2r 2r series:
(q/b1 , . . . , q/b2r , aq/b1 , . . . , aq/b2r , a 2 , a 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)
(a, a1 , . . . , ar , aq/a1 , . . . , aq/ar , q/a, q/a1 , . . . , q/ar , a1 /a, . . . , ar /a; q)

b1 , b2 , . . . , b2r
ar q r
2r 2r
; q,
b1 b2r
aq/b1 , aq/b2 , . . . , aq/b2r
1
a1 (a1 q/b1 , . . . , a1 q/b2r , aq/a1 b1 , . . . , aq/a1 b2r ; q)

(a1 , q/a1 , a/a1 , qa1 /a, a2 /a1 , . . . , ar /a1 , qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /ar ; q)
(a 2 /a1 , a 2 /a1 , qa1 a 2 , qa1 a 2 ; q)
2
(a1 /a, qa/a21 , a1 a2 /a, . . . , a1 ar /a, qa/a1 a2 , . . . , qa/a1 ar ; q)

a1 b1 /a, a1 b2 /a, . . . , a1 b2r /a
ar q r
2r 2r
; q,
b1 b2r
a1 q/b1 , a1 q/b2 , . . . , a1 q/b2r
+ idem(a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar ).
1
1
2
(5.5.1)
1
2
For the very-well-poised case when a1 = b1 = qa , a2 = b2 = qa , the rst

two terms on the right side vanish and we get
(q/b3 , . . . , q/b2r , aq/b3 , . . . , aq/b2r ; q)
(aq, q/a, a3 , . . . , ar , q/a3 , . . . , q/ar ; q)
(a3 /a, . . . , ar /a, aq/a3 , . . . , aq/ar ; q)1

1
1
qa 2 , qa 2 , b3 , . . . , b2r
ar1 q r2
2r 2r
; q,
1
1
b3 b2r
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b3 , . . . , aq/b2r
=
(a3 q/b3 , . . . , a3 q/b2r , aq/a3 b3 , . . . , aq/a3 b2r ; q)

(a3 , q/a3 , a3 /a, aq/a3 , qa23 /a, aq/a23 ; q)
(a4 /a3 , . . . , ar /a3 , qa3 /a4 , . . . , qa3 /ar ; q)1
(a3 a4 /a, . . . , a3 ar /a, aq/a3 a4 , . . . , aq/a3 ar ; q)1

12
12
qa3 a , qa3 a , a3 b3 /a, . . . , a3 b2r /a
ar1 q r2
2r 2r
; q,
1
1
b3 b2r
a3 a 2 , a3 a 2 , qa3 /b3 , . . . , qa3 /b2r
144

+ idem (a3 ; a4 , . . . , ar ).
(5.5.2)
In particular, for r = 3 we have the following transformation formula for VWPbalanced 6 6 series
(q/b3 , . . . , q/b6 , aq/b3 , . . . , aq/b6 ; q)
(aq, q/a, a3 , q/a3 , a3 /a, aq/a3 ; q)

1
1
qa 2 , qa 2 , b3 , b4 , b5 , b6
a2 q
6 6
; q,
1
1
b 3 b4 b5 b 6
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b3 , aq/b4 , aq/b5 , aq/b6
(a3 q/b3 , . . . , a3 q/b6 , aq/a3 b3 , . . . , aq/a3 b6 ; q)
=
(a3 , q/a3 , a3 /a, aq/a3 , qa23 /a, aq/a23 ; q)

1
1
qa3 a 2 , qa3 a 2 , a3 b3 /a, a3 b4 /a, a3 b5 /a, a3 b6 /a
a2 q
.
6 6
; q,
1
1
b 3 b4 b5 b 6
a3 a 2 , a3 a 2 , qa3 /b3 , qa3 /b4 , qa3 /b5 , qa3 /b6
(5.5.3)
If we now set a3 = b6 , then the 6 6 series on the right side becomes a 6 5 with
sum
(qb26 /a, aq/b3 b4 , aq/b3 b5 , aq/b4 b5 ; q)
.
(qb6 /b3 , qb6 /b4 , qb6 /b5 , qa2 /b3 b4 b5 b6 ; q)
This provides another derivation of the 6 6 sum (5.3.1); see M. Jackson [1950a].
As in Slater [1952b], Sears formulas (4.12.5) and (4.12.7) can be used to obtain
the transformation formulas
(q/b1 , . . . , q/b2r , aq/b1 , . . . , aq/b2r ; q)
(a1 , . . . , ar+1 , q/a1 , . . . , q/ar+1 , a1 /a, . . . , ar+1 /a, aq/a1 , . . . , aq/ar+1 ; q)

b1 , . . . , b2r
ar q r
2r 2r
; q,
b1 b2 b2r
aq/b1 , . . . , aq/b2r
=
(a1 q/b1 , . . . , a1 q/b2r , aq/a1 b1 , . . . , aq/a1 b2r ; q)

(a2 /a1 , . . . , ar+1 /a1 , qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /ar+1 , aq/a1 a2 , . . . , aq/a1 ar+1 ; q)
1
(a1 , q/a1 , aq/a1 , a1 /a, a1 a2 /a, . . . , a1 ar+1 /a; q)

a1 b1 /a, a1 b2 /a, . . . , a1 b2r /a
q r ar
2r 2r
; q,
b1 b2 b2r
a1 q/b1 , a1 q/b2 , . . . , a1 q/b2r
+ idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar+1 ),
(5.5.4)
and
(q/b1 , . . . , q/b2r1 , aq/b1 , . . . , aq/b2r1 ; q)
(a, a1 , . . . , ar , q/a, q/a1 , . . . , q/ar ; q)
1
(a 2 , a 2 , q/a 2 , q/a 2 , (aq) 2 , (q/a) 2 ; q)

(a1 /a, . . . , ar /a, aq/a1 , . . . , aq/ar ; q)

1
1
b1 , . . . , b2r1
q r 2 ar 2
2r1 2r1
; q,
b1 b2 b2r1
aq/b1 , . . . , aq/b2r1
5.6 Transformation formulas for 8 8 and

=
10 10
series
145
a1 (a1 q/b1 , . . . , a1 q/b2r1 , aq/a1 b1 , . . . , aq/a1 b2r1 ; q)

(aq/a21 , aq/a1 a2 , . . . , aq/a1 ar , a2 /a1 , . . . , ar /a1 ; q)
1
(a 2 /a1 , a 2 /a1 , a1 q/a 2 , a1 q/a 2 ; q)

(a/a1 , q/a1 , a21 /a, a1 a2 /a, . . . , a1 ar /a; q)
1
((aq) 2 /a1 , a1 (q/a) 2 ; q)

(qa1 /a, a1 , qa1 /a2 , . . . , qa1 /ar ; q)

1
1
a1 b1 /a, . . . , a1 b2r1 /a
q r 2 ar 2
2r1 2r1
; q,
b1 b2 b2r1
qa1 /b1 , . . . , qa1 /b2r1
+ idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar ).
(5.5.5)
5.6 Transformation formulas for very-well-poised
8 8 and 10 10 series
In this section we consider two special cases of (5.5.2) that may be regarded
as extensions of the transformation formulas for very-well-poised 8 7 and 10 9
series derived in Chapter 2. First, set r = 4 in (5.5.2) and replace b3 , b4 , b5 ,
b6 , b7 , b8 by b, c, d, e, f , g, respectively, choose a3 = f , a4 = g and simplify to
get
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/b, q/c, q/d, q/e; q)
(f, g, f /a, g/a, aq, q/a; q)

1
1
qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f, g
a3 q 2
;
q,
8 8
1
1
bcdef g
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g
=
(q, aq/bf, aq/cf, aq/df, aq/ef, f q/b, f q/c, f q/d, f q/e; q)

(f, q/f, aq/f, f /a, g/f, f g/a, qf 2 /a; q)

1
1
f 2 /a, qf a 2 , qf a 2 , f b/a, f c/a, f d/a, f e/a, f g/a
a3 q 2
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef g
f a 2 , f a 2 , f q/b, f q/c, f q/d, f q/e, f q/g
+ idem (f ; g),
3 2
a q
< 1.
where
bcdef g
(5.6.1)
Replacing a, b, c, d, e, f , g by a2 , ba, ca, da, ea, f a, ga, respectively, we

may rewrite (5.6.1) as
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/ab, q/ac, q/ad, q/ae; q)
(f a, ga, f /a, g/a, qa2 , q/a2 ; q)

qa, qa, ba, ca, da, ea, f a, ga
q2
; q,
8 8
bcdef g
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g
=
(q, q/bf, q/cf, q/df, q/ef, qf /b, qf /c, qf /d, qf /e; q)

(f a, q/f a, aq/f, f /a, g/f, f g, qf 2 ; q)

f 2 , qf, qf, f b, f c, f d, f e, f g
q2
8 7
; q,
bcdef g
f, f, f q/b, f q/c, f q/d, f q/e, f q/g
146

+ idem (f ; g),
(5.6.2)
provided |q 2 /bcdef g| < 1. Note that no as appear in the 8 7 series on the

right side of (5.6.2). This is essentially the same as eq. (2.2) in M. Jackson
[1950a].
For the next special case of (5.5.2) we take r = 5 and replace b3 , . . . , b10
by b, c, d, e, f , g, h, k, respectively, choose a3 = g, a4 = h, a5 = k, and nally,
replace a, b, . . . , k by a2 , ba, . . . , ka and simplify. This gives
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q/ab, q/ac, q/ad, q/ae, q/af ; q)
(ag, ah, ak, g/a, h/a, k/a, qa2 , q/a2 ; q)

qa, qa, ba, ca, da, ea, f a, ga, ha, ka
q3
; q,
10 10
bcdef ghk
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, aq/k
=
(q, q/bg, q/cg, q/dg, q/eg, q/f g, qg/b, qg/c, qg/d, qg/e, qg/f ; q)
(gh, gk, k/g, h/g, ag, q/ag, g/a, aq/g, qg 2 ; q)

g 2 , qg, qg, gb, gc, gd, ge, gf, gh, gk
q3
; q,
10 9
bcdef ghk
g, g, qg/b, qg/c, qg/d, qg/e, qg/f, qg/h, qg/k
+ idem (g; h, k),
(5.6.3)
where |q 3 /bcdef ghk| < 1. Notice that all of the very-well-poised series in this
section are VWP-balanced.
Exercises
5.1 Show that

n=
(1)n q n =
(q; q)
.
(q; q)
5.2 Letting c in (5.3.4) and setting a = 1, b = 1, show that

2

(q; q)
(1)n q n(n+1)/2
1+4
=
.
1 + qn
(q; q)
n=1
5.3 In (5.3.1) set b = a, c = d = e = 1 and then let a 1 to show that
4

(q; q)
(q)n
1+8
=
.
(1 + q n )2
(q; q)
n=1
See section 8.11 for applications of Exercises 5.1-5.3 to Number Theory.
5.4 Set b = c = d = e = 1 and then let a 1 in (5.3.1) to obtain

q 2n (4 q n q n )
(1 + q n )4
n=1
8

(q; q)
=
.
(q; q)
1 + 16
Exercises
5.5 Show that
147
q 4n z 2n (1 + zq 4n+1 ) = (q 2 , zq, q/z; q 2 ) ,
z = 0.
n=
5.6 Prove the quintuple product identity
(1)n q n(3n1)/2 z 3n (1 + zq n )
n=
= (q, z, q/z; q) (qz 2 , q/z 2 ; q 2 ) ,
z = 0.
See the Notes for this exercise.

5.7 Show that
(1 q 10n+4 )
q 5n+1
5n+1 )(1 q 5n+3 )2
(1
q
n=
7
q , q 7 , q,
q(1 q 4 )
=
6 6
2
3
2
(1 q) (1 q )
q 2 , q 2 , q 8 ,
q,
q8 ,
q3 ,
q6 ,

q3 5 5
;
q
,
q
.
q6
Deduce that

q 5n+1
n=0
q 5n+2
q 5n+3
q 5n+4
+
(1 q 5n+1 )2
(1 q 5n+2 )2
(1 q 5n+3 )2
(1 q 5n+4 )2
=q
(q 5 ; q 5 )5
,
(q; q)
|q| < 1.
See Andrews [1974a] for the above formulas.

5.8
Deduce (5.4.4) directly from (4.5.2).
5.9
Deduce (5.3.1) from (5.4.5) by using (2.7.1).
5.10 Show that

e/c, e/q
q (e/a, e/b, e/ab, qc/e, q 2 /e, q 2 f /e; q)
; q, q + idem (e; f )
2 2
e
(e, q/e, e/f, qf /e; q)
e/a, e/b
(q, q/a, q/b, c/a, c/b, c/ef, qef /c; q)
.
=
(e, f, q/e, q/f, c/ab; q)
5.11 Show that

8 8
=
qa 2 , qa 2 , c, d, e, f, aq n , q n
a2 q 2n+2
; q,
1
1
n+1
n+1
cdef
a 2 , a 2 , aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q
, aq
1
(aq, q/a, aq/cd, aq/ef ; q)n

(q/c, q/d, aq/e, aq/f ; q)n

e, f, aq n+1 /cd, q n
4 4
;
q,
q
,
aq/c, aq/d, q n+1 , ef /aq n
n = 0, 1, . . . ,
148

and deduce the limit cases

e, f
aq
;
q,
2 2
ef
aq/c, aq/d
=
(q/c, q/d, aq/e, aq/f ; q)

(aq, q/a, aq/cd, aq/ef ; q)
3 n

2
qa
(1 aq 2n )(c, d, e, f ; q)n
qn
(1
a)(aq/c,
aq/d,
aq/e,
aq/f
;
q)
cdef
n
n=
and
2

an q n
(a; q)n 1 aq 2n
1
(1)n a2n q n(5n1)/2
=
(q;
q)
(aq;
q)
(q;
q)
1
a
n
n
n=0
n=0

(aq 5 , a2 q 2 , a2 q 3 ; q 5 )
a/q, a, aq 5
5
=
; q , aq ,
3 2
a2 q 2 , a2 q 3
(aq; q)
which reduces to the rst and second RogersRamanujan identities when

a = 1 and a = q, respectively.
(Bailey [1950a] and Garrett, Ismail and Stanton [1999])
5.12 Using (5.6.2) and (2.11.7), show that

qa, qa, ab, ac, ad, ae, af, ag
;
q,
q
8 8
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g
=
(q, qa2 , q/a2 , ag, g/a, q/bc, q/bd, q/be, q/bf, q/cd, q/ce, q/cf ; q)
(bg, cg, dg, eg, f g, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q/ab, q/ac; q)
(q/de, q/df, q/ef ; q)

,
(q/ad, q/ae, q/af ; q)
provided bcdef g = q and

(bf, q/bf, cf, q/cf, df, q/df, ef, q/ef, ag, q/ag, g/a, aq/g; q)
= 1.
(bg, q/bg, cg, q/cg, dg, q/dg, eg, q/eg, af, q/af, f /a, aq/f; q)
Following Gosper [1988b], we may call this the bilateral Jackson formula.
5.13 Deduce from Ex. 5.12 the bilateral q-Saalsch
utz formula

(a, b, c; q)n n
q
(d,
e, f ; q)n
n=
(q, d/a, d/b, d/c, e/a, e/b, e/c, q/f ; q)

,
(d, e, aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, q/a, q/b, q/c; q)
provided def = abcq 2 and

(e/a, aq/e, e/b, bq/e, e/c, cq/e, f, q/f ; q)
= (f /a, aq/f, f /b, bq/f, f /c, cq/f, e, q/e; q) .
Exercises
5.14 Show that
(qt/c, qt/d; q)
dq t
c (at/c, bt/d; q)
d(1 q)
=
1 1 (q/a; bq; q, ad/c)
1b
cd(1 q)(q, ab, c/d, d/c; q)
=
(c + d)(a, b, bc/d, ad/c; q)
when |ab| < |ad/c| < 1.

5.15 Show that

(ct, dt; q)
dq t
(at, bt; q)
2(1 q)(c/a, d/b, c/b, d/a, ab, q/ab; q) (q 2 ; q 2 )2

.
(cd/abq, q; q) (a2 , q 2 /a2 , b2 , q 2 /b2 ; q 2 )
(Askey [1981])
5.16 Show that

(at, a/t, bt, b/t, ct, c/t, dt, d/t; q) dq t

(qt2 , q/t2 ; q)
t
0
(1 q)(a, a, b, b, c, c, d, d; q)
=
(q, q/; q)

q , q , q/a, q/b, q/c, q/d
2 abcd
6 6
;
q,
, , a, b, c, d
q3
(1 q)(q, ab/q, ac/q, ad/q, bc/q, bd/q, cd/q; q)
=
(2 abcd/q 3 ; q)
when |2 abcd/q 3 | < 1.

5.17 Show that

(a1 t, . . . , ar t, b1 /t, . . . , bs /t; q) 1

t
dq t
(c1 t, . . . , cr t, d1 /t, . . . , ds /t; q)
0
(1 q)(a1 , . . . , ar , b1 , . . . , bs ; q)
=
(c1 , . . . , cr , d1 , . . . , ds ; q)

c1 , . . . , cr , q/b1 , . . . , q/bs
b1 bs
r+s r+s
; q,
q
d1 d s
a1 , . . . , ar , q/d1 , . . . , q/ds
when
c1 cr
b1 bs

q <1<
q .
d1 d s
a1 ar
5.18 Derive Baileys [1950b] summation formulas:

b, c, d
(q, q/bc, q/bd, q/cd; q)
q
=
(i) 3 3
,
; q,
bcd
(q/b, q/c, q/d, q/bcd; q)
q/b, q/c, q/d
149
150

b, c, d
(q, q 2 /bc, q 2 /bd, q 2 /cd; q)
q2
= 2
(ii) 3 3 2
,
;
q,
2
2
bcd
(q /b, q 2 /c, q 2 /d, q 2 /bcd; q)
q /b, q /c, q /d

b, c, d, e, q n
(iii) 5 5
; q, q
q/b, q/c, q/d, q/e, q n+1
(q, q/bc, q/bd, q/cd; q)n
=
when bcde = q n+1 ,
(q/b, q/c, q/d, q/bcd; q)n

b, c, d, e, q n
(iv) 5 5 2
;
q,
q
q /b, q 2 /c, q 2 /d, q 2 /e, q n+2
(1 q)(q 2 , q 2 /bc, q 2 /bd, q 2 /cd; q)n
=
(q 2 /b, q 2 /c, q 2 /d, q 2 /bcd; q)n
n+3
when bcde = q
, where n = 0, 1, . . . .
5.19 Show that

(i)
n
(1)k
k=n
and
(ii)
n

k
(1)
k=n1
2n
n+k
3
q k(3k+1)/2 =
q
2n + 1
n+k+1
(q; q)3n
(q, q, q; q)n
3
q k(3k+1)/2 =
q
(q; q)3n+1
(q, q, q; q)n
for n = 0, 1, . . . . (Bailey [1950b])

5.20 Derive the 2 2 transformation formulas

a, b
(az, d/a, c/b, dq/abz; q)
(i)
; q, z =
2 2
(z, d, q/b, cd/abz; q)
c, d

a, abz/d
d
,
2 2
; q,
a
az, c

a, b
(az, bz, cq/abz, dq/abz; q)
(ii)
; q, z =
2 2
(q/a, q/b, c, d; q)
c, d

abz/c, abz/d
cd
.
2 2
; q,
abz
az, bz
(Bailey [1950a])
5.21 Verify that Ex. 2.16 is equivalent to
(b/a, aq/b, df /a, aq/df, ef /a, aq/ef, bde/a, aq/bde; q)
= (f /a, aq/f, bd/a, aq/bd, be/a, aq/be, def /a, aq/def ; q)
b
(d, q/d, e, q/e, f /b, qb/f, bdef /a2 , a2 q/bdef ; q) .
a
(See Bailey [1936])
Exercises
151
5.22 Extend the above identity to

bc aq bd aq be aq bf aq g aq h aq g hq
ab
, , , , , , , , , , , , , ;q
a bc a bd a be a bf a g a h h g

ch aq dh aq eh aq f h aq b aq g aq g bq
, ,
,
, , ,
,
, , , , , , ;q
ab
a ch a dh a eh a f h a b a g b g

cg aq dg aq eg aq f g aq b aq h aq b hq
= ag
, , , , , ,
,
, , , , , , ;q
a cg a dg a eg a f g a b a h h b

q
q
q b hq g hq g bq
q
bh c, , d, , e, , f, , , , , , , ; q
,
c
d
e
f h b h g b g
where a3 q 2 = bcdef gh. (See Slater [1954a])

5.23 More generally, show that it follows from the general formula for sigma
functions in Whittaker and Watson [1965, p. 451, Example 3] and Tannery
and Molk [1898, 400], and also from (5.4.3) that
n

k=1
(ak /b1 , ak /b2 , . . . , ak /bn ; q)

(ak /a1 , ak /a2 , . . . , ak /ak1 , ak /ak+1 , . . . , ak /an ; q)
(qb1 /ak , qb2 /ak , . . . , qbn /ak ; q)

= 0,
(qa1 /ak , qa2 /ak , . . . , qak1 /ak , qak+1 /ak , . . . , qan /ak ; q)
where a1 a2 an = b1 b2 bn .
(See Slater 1954a])
5.24 Extend the summation formula (1.9.6) to

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1n
; q, a q
r+2 r+2
d, bq, b1 , . . . , br
(q, q, bq/a, d/b; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr n
=
b ,
(bq, q/a, q/b, d; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
where m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers, n is an integer, and |q/a| <
|q n | < |q m1 ++mr /d|.
(W. Chu [1994a])
5.25 More generally, extend the transformation formula in Ex. 1.34(ii) to

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1n
;
q,
a
q
r+2 r+2
d, bcq, b1 , . . . , br
(q, cq, bq/a, d/b; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr n
=
b
(bcq, q/a, q/b, d; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

c1 , bq/d, bq/b1 , . . . , bq/br
n(m1 ++mr )
,
r+2 r+1
; q, cdq
bq/a, bq 1m1 /b1 , . . . , bq 1mr /br
where m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers, n is an integer, and |q/a| <
|q n | < |q m1 ++mr /cd|.
(W. Chu [1994a])
152
5.26 Extend the summation formula in Ex. 2.33(i) to

n1 +1
nk +1
aq 1N
qa1/2 , qa1/2 , b, a/b, c, d, e1 , . . . , ek , aq e1 , . . . , aq ek
; q,
6+2k 6+2k
aq ad aq
aq
n1
cd
a1/2 , a1/2 , aq
, . . . , ek q nk
b , bq, c , d , e1 , . . . , ek , e1 q
=
(q, q, aq, q/a, aq/bc, aq/bd, bq/c, bq/d; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, bq, bq/a, q/b, q/c, q/d; q)
k

(aq/bej , bq/ej ; q)nj
,
(aq/ej , q/ej ; q)nj
j=1
where n1 , . . . , nk are nonnegative integers, N = n1 + +nk , and |aq 1N /cd| <

1 when the series does not terminate.
(W. Chu [1998a])
5.27 Prove that
S(a2 , bc, bd, cd)
+ idem (a; b, c, d) = 2,
S(b/a, c/a, d/a, abcd)
where S is dened in Ex. 2.16. See Askey and Wilson [1985, pp. 10, 11],
where it is used to evaluate the integral in (6.1.1).
Notes
5.2 Andrews [1979c] used Ramanujans sum (5.2.1) to prove a continued
fraction identity that appeared in Ramanujans [1988] lost notebook. Formal Laurent series and Ramanujans sum are considered in Askey [1987]. A
probabilistic proof of (5.2.1) can be found in Kadell [1987b]. Milne [1986,
1988a, 1989] derived multidimensional U (n) generalizations of (5.2.1).
5.3 Gustafson [1987b, 1989, 1990] derived a multilateral generalization
of (5.2.1), (5.3.1) and related formulas by employing contour integration and
Milnes [1985d, 1987, 1993, 1994a,b, 1997] work on U (n) generalizations of the
q-Gauss, q-Saalsch
utz, and very-well-poised 6 5 summation formulas.
5.4 M. Jackson [1954] employed (5.4.3) to derive transformation formulas for 3 3 series.
5.6 A transformation formula between certain 4 3 and 8 8 series was
found by Jain [1980b], along with transformation formulas for particular 7 7
series, and then used to deduce identities of RogersRamanujan type with
moduli 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 and 24. Some recent results on bilateral basic
hypergeometric series are given in Schlosser [2003a,b,c].
Ex. 5.6 Watson [1929b] derived this identity in an equivalent form. For
various proofs of the quintuple product identity (and of its equivalent forms)
and applications to number theory, Lie algebras, etc., see Adiga, Berndt, Bhargava and Watson [1985], Andrews [1974a], Atkin and Swinnerton-Dyer [1954],
Bailey [1951], Carlitz and Subbarao [1972], Gordon [1961], Hirschhorn [1988],
Kac [1978, 1985], Sears [1952], and Subbarao and Vidyasagar [1970].
Exercises 5.12 and 5.13 See Rahman and Suslov [1994a, 1998] for more
general formulas.
Notes
153
Exercises 5.15 and 5.16 For integrals of Ramanujan-type that correspond to the summation formulas of basic bilateral series, see Rahman and
Suslov [1994b, 1998] and Ismail and Rahman [1995].
Ex. 5.18 Using (i) and (ii) one can show that the formula in Ex. 2.31
holds even when a1 , a2 , a3 are not nonnegative integers, provided that |q| < 1
and |q a1 +a2 +a3 +1 | < 1.
Exercises 5.215.23 Additional identities connecting sums of innite products are given in Slater [1951, 1954b, 1966] and Watson [1929b].
6
THE ASKEY-WILSON q-BETA INTEGRAL
AND SOME ASSOCIATED FORMULAS
6.1 The Askey-Wilson q-extension of the beta integral

It should be clear by now that the beta integral and extensions of it that can be
evaluated compactly are important. A signicant extension of the beta integral
was found by Askey and Wilson [1985]. Since it has ve degrees of freedom,
four free parameters and the parameter q from basic hypergeometric functions,
it has enough exibility to be useful in many situations. This integral is
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 ) dx
h(x; a, b, c, d)
1 x2
1
2(abcd; q)
=
,
(6.1.1)
(q, ab, ac, ad, bc, bd, cd; q)
where
h(x; a1 , a2 , . . . , am ) = h(x; a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q)
= h(x; a1 )h(x; a2 ) h(x; am ),

(1 2axq n + a2 q 2n )
h(x; a) = h(x; a; q) =
n=0

= aei , aei ; q ,
x = cos ,
(6.1.2)
and
max (|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1.
(6.1.3)
As in (6.1.1), we shall use the h notation without the base q displayed when
the base is q.
Askey and Wilson deduced (6.1.1) from the contour integral

(z 2 , z 2 ; q)
dz
1
1
2i K (az, az , bz, bz 1 , cz, cz 1 , dz, dz 1 ; q) z
2(abcd; q)
=
,
(6.1.4)
where the contour K is as dened in 4.9 and the parameters a, b, c, d are no
longer restricted by (6.1.3), but by the milder restriction that their pairwise
products are not of the form q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Askey and Wilsons original
proof of (6.1.4) required a number of interim assumptions that had to be
removed by continuity and analytic continuation arguments. In their paper
154
6.1 The Askey-Wilson q-extension of the beta integral
155
they also provided a direct evaluation of the reduced integral

1
h(x; 1, 1) dx
1 x2
1 h(x; a, b)
2(abq; q)
=
1
1
1
1
2
(q, q, aq , aq 2 , bq 2 , bq 2 , ab; q)
(6.1.5)
by using summation formulas for 1 1 and 4 4 series. Simpler proofs of (6.1.1)

were subsequently found by Rahman [1984] and Ismail and Stanton [1988]. In
the following section we shall give Rahmans proof since it only uses formulas that we have already proved, whereas the Ismail and Stanton proof uses
some results for certain orthogonal polynomials which will not be covered until
Chapter 7.
We shall conclude this section by showing that the beta integral
1
( + 1)( + 1)
(6.1.6)
(1 x) (1 + x) dx = 2++1
( + + 2)
1
is a limit case of (6.1.5).
1
1
Let 0 < q < 1, a = q + 2 , b = q + 2 and use the notation
(z; q) =
(z; q)
(zq ; q)
(6.1.7)
and the denition (1.10.1) of the q-gamma function to express the right side
of (6.1.5) in the form
1
+ 1)q ( + 1) (q; q)+ (q 2 ; q)+ 12 (q 2 ; q)+ 12

.
q ( + + 2) 2q 12
22+2+1
2+2+2 q (
2+2+1
By (1.10.3)
( + 1) ( + 1)/( + + 2) as q 1 ,
1 this
tends to 2
since 2 = .
For the integrand in (6.1.5) we have

h(x; 1, 1) i
= e ; q + 1 ei ; q + 1 ei ; q + 1 ei ; q + 1
2
2
2
2
h(x; a, b)
and hence
lim
h(x; 1, 1)
h(x; q + 2 , q + 2 )

+ 12

+ 12

1 + ei 1 + ei
= 1 ei 1 ei
q1
= 2++1 (1 cos )+ 2 (1 + cos )+ 2 ,

which shows that (6.1.6) is a limit of (6.1.5).
Formula (6.1.1) is substantially more general than (6.1.5) since it contains
two more parameters. It is the freedom provided by these extra parameters
which will enable us to prove a number of important results in this and the
subsequent chapters.
156
The Askey-Wilson q-beta integral

6.2 Proof of formula (6.1.1)
Denote the integral in (6.1.1) by I(a, b, c, d). Since x = cos is an even function
of , one can write
1 h(x; 1, 1, q, q)
d.
(6.2.1)
I(a, b, c, d) =
2
h(x; a, b, c, d)
Let us assume, for the moment, that a, b, c, d and their pairwise products and
quotients are not of the form q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . .. It is easy to check that, by
(2.10.18),
h(x; 1)/h(x; a, b)
1
(a , b ; q)
b(1 q)(q, a/b, bq/a, ab; q)
h(x; 1)/h(x; c, d)
(c1 , d1 ; q)
=
d(1 q)(q, c/d, dq/c, cd; q)

c
(6.2.2)
b
(qu/a, qu/b, u; q) dq u
,
(u/ab; q)
h(x; u)
(qv/c, qv/d, v; q) dq v
,
(v/cd; q)
h(x; v)
(6.2.3)
and
q 2 (q 2 u1 , q 2 v 1 ; q)
h(x; q )/h(x; u, v) =
v(1 q)(q, u/v, vq/u, uv; q)
vq 12
3
3
(tq 2 /u, tq 2 /v, qt; q)
dq t
.
1
1
(qt/uv; q)
h(x; tq 2 )
uq 2
1
1
2
Also,
1
2
h(x; q 2 )
h(x; tq 2 )
1
=
2
=
1
=
2
1
2
(6.2.4)

(q 2 ei , q 2 ei ; q)
1
d
1
d
1
1
(tq 2 ei , tq 2 ei ; q)

(t1 ; q)k (t1 ; q)
(q; q)k (q; q)
k=0 =0
1

(t
k=0 =0
k+
tq 2
ei(k) d

; q)k (t1 ; q) 1 k+ i(k)
tq 2
e
d
(q; q)k (q; q)

(t1 , t1 ; q)k 2 k
(qt, qt; q)
=
(qt ) =
(q, q; q)k
(q, qt2 ; q)
(6.2.5)
k=0
for |tq 2 | < 1, by (1.5.1). Since

1
(qt2 ; q) = (qt2 , q 2 t2 ; q 2 ) = (tq 2 , tq 2 , qt, qt; q) ,

we have
1
2
h(x; q 2 )
1
2
h(x; tq )
d =
(qt; q)
(q, tq , tq 2 , tq; q)
1
2
(6.2.6)
(6.2.7)
157
Thus
I(a, b, c, d)
q 2 (a1 , b1 , c1 , d1 ; q)
bd(1 q)3 (q; q)4 (a/b, bq/a, ab, c/d, dq/c, cd; q)
d
b
1
1
(qu/a, qu/b, u; q)
(qv/c, qv/d, v, q 2 /u, q 2 /v; q)
dq u
dq v
(u/ab; q)
v(v/cd, vq/u, u/v, uv; q)
a
c
vq 12
3
3
(tq 2 /u, tq 2 /v, qt; q)
dq t 1
1
1
(tq 2 , tq 2 , qt/uv; q)
uq 2
(a1 , b1 , c1 , d1 ; q)
=
bd(1 q)2 (q; q)3 (a/b, bq/a, ab, c/d, dq/c, cd; q)

b
(qu/a, qu/b; q) d
(qv/c, qv/d, uv; q)
dq u
dq v
(u, u/ab; q) c
(v, uv, v/cd; q)
a
b
1
1
1 1
(a , b , q 2 , q 2 , 1; q)
(qu/a, qu/b, cdu; q)
=
dq u
b(1 q)(q; q)2 (a/b, bq/a, ab, c, d, cd; q) a
(cu, du, u/ab; q)
1
(1, q 2 , q 2 , abcd; q)
,
(6.2.8)
by repeated applications of (2.10.18).

1
1
1
1
Since (1, q 2 , q 2 ; q) = 2(q 2 , q 2 , q; q) = 2, which follows from
(6.2.6) by setting t = 1, we get (6.1.1). By analytic continuation, the restrictions on a, b, c, d mentioned above may be removed.

Formulas (2.10.18) and (2.10.19) enable us to use the Askey-Wilson q-beta
integral (6.1.1) to derive Riemann integral representations for very-well-poised
8 7 series.
Let us rst set
1
w(x; a, b, c, d) = (1 x2 ) 2
1
and

J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
(6.3.1)
h(x; g)
dx,
h(x; f )
(6.3.2)
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 )
h(x; a, b, c, d)
w(x; a, b, c, d)
where max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |f |, |q|) < 1 and g is arbitrary. Since, by (2.10.18),
(g/d, g/f ; q)
h(x; g)
=
h(x; d, f )
f (1 q)(q, d/f, qf /d, f d; q)
f
(qu/d, qu/f, gu; q)
,
dq u
(gu/df ; q) h(x; u)
d
(6.3.3)
158
we have
(g/d, g/f ; q)
f (1 q)(q, d/f, qf /d, df ; q)
1
f
(qu/d, qu/f, gu; q)
dq u
w(x; a, b, c, u) dx.
(gu/df ; q)
d
1
J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
By (6.1.1),
1
1
w(x; a, b, c, u) dx =
2(abcu; q)
.
(q, ab, ac, bc; q) (au, bu, cu; q)
(6.3.4)
(6.3.5)
Substituting this into (6.3.4), we obtain

J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
dq u
d
2(g/d, g/f ; q)
f (1 q)(q; q)2 (d/f, qf /d, df, ab, ac, bc; q)
(qu/d, qu/f, gu, abcu; q)

.
(au, bu, cu, gu/df ; q)
(6.3.6)
The parameters in this q-integral are such that (2.10.19) can be applied to
obtain
2(g/f, f g, abcf, bcdf, cdaf, dabf ; q)
J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
(q, ad, bd, cd, af, bf, cf, df, ab, ac, bc, abcdf 2 ; q)
8 W7 (abcdf 2 q 1 ; af, bf, cf, df, abcdf g 1 ; q, g/f ),
(6.3.7)
provided |g/f | < 1, if the series does not terminate. By virtue of the transformation formula (2.10.1) many dierent forms of (6.3.7) can be written down.
Two particularly useful ones are
J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
2(ag, bg, cg, abcd, abcf ; q)

(q, ab, ac, ad, af, bc, bd, bf, cd, cf, abcg; q)
8 W7 (abcgq 1 ; ab, ac, bc, g/d, g/f ; q, df ),
(6.3.8)
which was derived in Nassrallah and Rahman [1985], and

J(a, b, c, d, f, g) =
2(ag, bg, cg, dg, f g, abcdf /g; q)

(q, ab, ac, ad, af, bc, bd, bf, cd, cf, df, g2 ; q)
8 W7 (g 2 q 1 ; g/a, g/b, g/c, g/d, g/f ; q, abcdf g 1 ).
(6.3.9)
If the series in (6.3.9) does not terminate, then we must impose the condition
|abcdf g 1 | < 1 so that it converges.
1
1
Note that, if in (6.3.8) we let 0 < q < 1, a = b = q 2 , c = q + 2 ,
1
1
d = z, f = q + 2 , g = zq with Re(, ) > 2 and then take the limit
q 1 , we obtain, after some simplication,
1
( + + 2)
x (1 x) (1 xz) dx.
2 F1 (, + 1; + + 2; z) =
( + 1)( + 1) 0
(6.3.10)
This shows that (6.3.8) is a q-analogue of Eulers integral representation
(1.11.10).
10 9
series
159
Another limiting case of (6.3.8) was pointed out in Rahman [1986b]. To

derive it, replace a, b, c, d, f, g in (6.3.8) by q a , q b , q c , q d , q f , q g , respectively.
Also, replace x in the integral (6.3.2) by cos(t log q), which corresponds to
replacing ei by q it . Now let q 1 and use (1.10.1) and (1.10.3) to get the
formula

(a + it)(a it)(b + it)(b it)(c + it)(c it)
1
4
(2it)(2it)
(d + it)(d it)(f + it)(f it)
dt
(g + it)(g it)
(a + b)(a + c)(a + d)(a + f )(b + c)(b + d)
=
(a + g)(b + g)(c + g)
(b + f )(c + d)(c + f )(a + b + c + g)
(a + b + c + d)(a + b + c + f )
a + b + c + g 1, 12 (a + b + c + g + 1), a + b, a + c, b + c
7 F6
1
c + g, b + g, a + g,
2 (a + b + c + g 1),

g d,
g f,
;1 ,
(6.3.11)
a + b + c + d, a + b + c + f
where Re (a, b, c, d, f ) > 0.
10 9
series
If we set g = abcdf in (6.3.7), then the 8 W7 series collapses to one term with
value 1 and so we have the formula
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , abcdf )
dx
h(x;
a,
b,
c,
d,
f
)
1 x2
1
2(abcd, abcf, bcdf, abdf, acdf ; q)
=
(q, ab, ac, ad, af, bc, bd, bf, cd, cf, df ; q)
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f ), say,
(6.4.1)
where (max |a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |f |, |q|) < 1. This is a q-analogue of the formula
1
(a)(b)
(1 t)a , Re(a, b) > 0.
xa1 (1 x)b1 (1 tx)ab dx =
(a + b)
0
Replace f by f q n in (6.4.1), where n is a nonnegative integer, to get
1
(f ei , f ei ; q)n
v(x; a, b, c, d, f )
dx
(abcdf ei , abcdf ei ; q)n
1
(af, bf, cf, df ; q)n
,
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
(bcdf, acdf, abdf, abcf ; q)n
(6.4.2)
where

1 h(x; 1, 1, q 12 , q 12 , abcdf )
v(x; a, b, c, d, f ) = 1 x2 2
.
h(x; a, b, c, d, f )
(6.4.3)
160
Let = abcdf . If |z| < 1, then (6.4.2) gives the formula

1
v(x; a, b, c, d, f ) r+5 Wr+4 (f q 1 ; a1 , . . . , ar , f ei , f ei ; q, z) dx
1
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f ) r+7 Wr+6 (f q 1 ; a1 , . . . , ar , af, bf, cf, df ; q, z).
(6.4.4)
In particular, for r = 3 and z = 2 /a1 a2 a3 , we have the formula

1
v(x; a, b, c, d, f ) 8 W7 (f q 1 ; a1 , a2 , a3 , f ei , f ei ; q, 2 /a1 a2 a3 ) dx
1
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f ) 10 W9 (f q 1 ; a1 , a2 , a3 , af, bf, cf, df ; q, 2 /a1 a2 a3 ),

where | 2 /a1 a2 a3 | < 1, if the series do not terminate.
Let us assume that
a1 a2 a3 q = 2
(6.4.5)
(6.4.6)
which ensures that the very-well-poised series on either side of (6.4.5) are balanced. Then, by (2.11.7)
; a1 , a2 , a3 , f ei , f ei ; q, q)
(f, qa1 /f, a2 , qa1 /a2 , a3 , qa1 /a3 ; q) h(x; f, qa1 /f )
+
(f /qa1 , f /a2 , f /a3 , qa1 a2 /f, qa1 a3 /f, q 2 a21 /f ; q) h(x; , qa1 /)
8 W7 (f q
8 W7 (qa21 /f ; a1 , qa1 a2 /f, qa1 a3 /f, qa1 ei /, qa1 ei /; q, q)

(f, f /a2 a3 , qa1 /f, /f ; q) h(x; /a2 , /a3 )
=
,
(f /a2 , f /a3 , qa1 a2 /f, qa1 a3 /f ; q) h(x; , /a2 a3 )
(6.4.7)
and hence
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , /a2 , /a3 ) dx
h(x; a, b, c, d, f, /a2 a3 )
1 x2
1

(f /a2 , f /a3 , /f a2 , /f a3 ; q)
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
(f, f /a2 a3 , /f, /f a2 a3 ; q)
10 W9 (f q 1 ; a1 , a2 , a3 , af, bf, cf, df ; q, q)
(af, bf, cf, df, a2 , a3 , qa1 /a2 , qa1 /a3 ; q)
+
(/a, /b, /c, /d, qaa1 /, qba1 /, qca1 /, qda1 /; q)
(qa1 /af, qa1 /bf, qa1 /cf, qa1 /df, qa1 /f ; q)
(/f, f /qa1 , f /a2 a3 , /f a2 a3 , q 2 a21 /f ; q)
2
10 W9 (qa1 /f ; a1 , /f a2 , /f a3 , qaa1 /, qba1 /, qca1 /, qda1 /; q, q)
(6.4.8)
where = abcdf and a1 a2 a3 q = 2 .
Since the integrand on the left side of (6.4.8) is symmetric in a, b, c, d and
f , the expression on the right side must have the same property. This provides
an alternate proof of Baileys four-term transformation formula (2.12.9) for
VWP-balanced 10 9 series which are balanced and nonterminating.
10 9
series
161
If we set a3 = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , then the coecient of the second 10 W9

on the right side of (6.4.8) vanishes and we obtain
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , ) (ei /g, ei /g; q)n
dx
i , ei ; q)
h(x;
a,
b,
c,
d,
f
)
(e
1 x2
n
1
(f /g, /f g; q)n
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
(f, /f ; q)n

, q , q , g, af, bf, cf, df, 2 q n1 /g, q n
10 9
; q, q ,
, , f /g, /a, /b, /c, /d, f gq 1n /, f q n
(6.4.9)
where = f /q. By applying the iteration of the transformation formula
(2.9.1) given in Exercise 2.19, this can be written in the more symmetric form
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , q n , ) dx
h(x; a, b, c, d, f, q n )
1 x2
1
( a, b, c, d, f, / ; q)n
= g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
(/a, /b, /c, /d, /f, 2 ; q)n

1
1
2 q 1 , q 2 , q 2 , /a, /b, /c, /d, /f, q n1 , q n
10 9
; q, q ,
1
1
q 2 , q 2 , a, b, c, d, f, q 1n /, 2 q n
(6.4.10)
where = abcdf and is arbitrary. Similarly, by applying (2.12.9) twice one
can rewrite (6.4.8) in the form
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , , ) dx
h(x; a, b, c, d, f, g)
1 x2
1
2(/af, /bf, /cf, /df, g, g, /g, /g; q)
=
(q, ab, ac, ad, ag, bc, bd, bg, cd, cg, dg, f g, f /g, g/f; q)

1 , q 1 , q 1 , ag,
bg,
cg,
dg, /f, /f, /q
10 9
; q, q
1 , 1 , /af, /bf, /cf, /df, g, g, gq/f

2(/ag, /bg, /cg, /dg, f, f, /f, /f ; q)
+
(q, ab, ac, ad, af, bc, bd, bf, cd, cf, df, gf, g/f, f /g; q)

2 , q 2 , q 2 , af,
bf,
cf,
df, /g, /g, /q
10 9
; q, q
2 , 2 , /ag, /bg, /cg, /dg, f, f, f q/g

(6.4.11)
where 1 = g/f q, 2 = f /gq, = abcdf g and max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|,
|f |, |g|, |q|) < 1. For these and other results see Rahman [1986b].
If or equals a, b, c or d, then the right side of (6.4.11) is summable
by (2.11.7), while the integral on the left side gives the sum by (6.4.1). For
this reason the integral in (6.4.1) may be considered as an integral analogue
of Baileys formula (2.11.7) for the sum of two balanced very-well-poised 8 7
series. Likewise, the integral in (6.4.2) is an integral analogue of Jacksons sum
(2.6.2). Indeed, a basic integral may be called well-poised if it can be written
in the form
162

n

j=1
m

(aj ei , aj ei ; q)
d.
(6.4.12)
(bj ei , bj ei ; q)
j=1
The integrals in (6.1.1), (6.3.2), (6.4.1) and (6.4.2) are all well-poised.
6.5 A quadratic transformation formula for

very-well-poised balanced 10 9 series
In (6.4.11) let us set = , g = f and b = a so that 2 = a2 cdf 2 . Then
the expression on the right side of (6.4.11) becomes
2(2 /cf, 2 /df ; q) (4 /a2 f 2 , 2 f 2 , 2 /f 2 ; q 2 )
(q, 1, a2 , f 2 , 2 ; q) (a2 c2 , a2 d2 , a2 f 2 ; q 2 ) (cd, cf, df ; q)
2 1
; 2 q 1 , af, af, /f, /f, cf, df ; q, q)
10 W9 (
2(2 /cf, 2 /df ; q) (4 /a2 f 2 , 2 f 2 , 2 /f 2 ; q 2 )

(q, 1, a2 , f 2 , 2 ; q) (a2 c2 , a2 d2 , a2 f 2 ; q 2 ) (cd, cf, df ; q)
10 W9 (
2 1
; 2 q 1 , af, af, /f, /f, cf, df ; q, q).
(6.5.1)
We now turn to the integral on the left side of (6.4.11). Observing that
h(x; a, a) = (a2 e2i , a2 e2i ; q 2 ) = h(; a2 ; q 2 ),
(6.5.2)
where x = cos and = cos 2 = 2x2 1, it follows from (2.10.18) that

h(x; )
h(; 2 ; q 2 )
=
h(x; a, a, f, f )
h(; a2 , f 2 ; q 2 )
(2 /a2 , 2 /f 2 ; q 2 )
= 2
2
f (1 q )(q 2 , a2 /f 2 , q 2 f 2 /a2 , a2 f 2 ; q 2 )
f2 2
(q u/a2 , q 2 u/f 2 , 2 u; q 2 )
dq2 u.
2
2 2 2
2
a2 ( u/a f ; q ) h(; u; q )
(6.5.3)
Hence the integral on the left side of (6.4.11) can be expressed as

(2 /a2 , 2 /f 2 ; q 2 )
f 2 (1 q 2 )(q 2 , a2 /f 2 , q 2 f 2 /a2 , a2 f 2 ; q 2 )
f2 2
1
1
1
(q u/a2 , q 2 u/f 2 , 2 u; q 2 )
2
d
u
w(x; c, d, u 2 , u 2 ) dx
q
2 u/a2 f 2 ; q 2 )
(
2
a
1
=
2(2 /a2 , 2 /f 2 ; q 2 )
f 2 (1 q 2 )(q 2 , a2 /f 2 , q 2 f 2 /a2 , a2 f 2 ; q 2 ) (q, cd; q)
f2 2
(q u/a2 , q 2 u/f 2 , 2 u, cdu, cdqu; q 2 )
dq 2 u
(2 u/a2 f 2 , c2 u, d2 u, u, uq; q 2 )
a2
(6.5.4)
by (6.1.1). Since 2 = a2 cdf 2 , the q-integral on the right side of (6.5.4)
6.6 The Askey-Wilson integral when max (|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) 1
163
reduces to
f2
(q 2 u/a2 , q 2 u/f 2 , cdqu, a2 cdf 2 u; q 2 )

dq 2 u
(c2 u, d2 u, u, uq; q 2 )
a2
f 2 (1 q 2 )(q 2 , a2 /f 2 , q 2 f 2 /a2 ; q 2 )
=
(a2 c2 , a2 d2 , c2 f 2 , d2 f 2 ; q 2 )
(a2 c2 f 2 , a2 d2 f 2 , a2 c2 d2 f 2 , cdqf 2 , a2 cdf 4 ; q 2 )
(a2 , f 2 , qf 2 , a2 c2 d2 f 4 ; q 2 )
8 W7 (a2 c2 d2 f 4 q 2 ; c2 f 2 , d2 f 2 , f 2 , cd, cda2 f 2 q 1 ; q 2 , qa2 ),
(6.5.5)
by (2.10.19).
Using this in (6.5.4) and equating with (6.5.1) we obtain the desired
quadratic transformation formula
(a2 cf, a2 df ; q)
2 1
; 2 q 1 , af, af, /f, /f, cf, df ; q, q)
10 W9 ( q
(df, cf ; q)
(a2 cf, a2 df ; q)
2 1
+
; 2 q 1 , af, af, /f, /f, cf, df ; q, q)
10 W9 ( q
(df, cf ; q)
(qa2 , a2 c2 f 2 , a2 d2 f 2 ; q 2 )
= (1, cdf 2 , cda2 f 2 ; q)
(c2 f 2 , d2 f 2 , a2 c2 d2 f 4 ; q 2 )
8 W7 (a2 c2 d2 f 4 q 2 ; c2 f 2 , d2 f 2 , f 2 , cd, cda2 f 2 q 1 ; q 2 , qa2 ),
(6.5.6)
with 2 = cda2 f 2 . This gives a nonterminating extension of the transformation formula (3.10.3) when the bibasic series is a balanced 10 9 . For
an extension of (3.10.3) when the series is not balanced, see Nassrallah and
Rahman [1986].
Our aim in this section is to extend the Askey-Wilson formula (6.1.1) to cases
in which |q| < 1 and the absolute value of at least one of the parameters is
greater than or equal to 1. Since the integral in (6.1.1), which we have already
denoted by I(a, b, c, d), is symmetric in a, b, c, d, without loss of generality we
may assume that |a| 1.
Let us rst consider
|a| 1 > max(|b|, |c|, |d|).
(6.6.1)
If a = 1, then the functions h(x; 1) and h(x; a) in the integrand in

(6.1.1) cancel and by continuity it follows that
I(1, b, c, d) =
2(bcd; q)
.
(q, b, c, d, bc, bd, cd; q)
(6.6.2)
However, if |a| = 1 and a = 1, then h(x; a) = 0 for some x in the interval

(1, 1) and so the integral in (6.1.1) does not converge. Similarly, this integral
does not converge if |aq n | = 1 and aq n = 1 for some positive integer n.
164

If there is a nonnegative integer m such that
|aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m |
(6.6.3)
and if ab, ac and ad are not of the form q n for any nonnegative integer n,
then the integral in (6.1.1) converges and we can evaluate it by the following
technique.
Observe that, since
h(x; a) = (aei , aei ; q)m+1 h(x; aq m+1 )
= a2m+2 q m+m h(x; aq m+1 , q m /a)/h(x; q/a),
2
(6.6.4)
we have
I(a, b, c, d) = a2m2 q mm
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 q 2 , q/a)
dx
,
m+1
m
, q /a) 1 x2
1 h(x; b, c, d, aq
2
(6.6.5)
where the parameters b, c, d, aq m+1 , q m /a in the denominator of the integrand

are now all less than 1 in absolute value. By (6.3.8),
I(a, b, c, d) =
2(qb/a, qc/a, qd/a, abcdq m+1 , bcdq m /a; q)

(q, bc, bd, cd, abq m+1 , acq m+1 , adq m+1 , bcdq/a; q)
a2m2 q mm
(bq m /a, cq m /a, dq m /a; q)

2
8 W7 (bcda1 ; bc, bd, cd, q m a2 , q m+1 ; q, q).
(6.6.6)
The series in (6.6.6) is balanced and so we can apply Baileys summation

formula (2.11.7). After some simplication we nd that
I(a, b, c, d) =
2(abcd; q)
+ Lm (a; b, c, d),
(6.6.7)
where
Lm (a; b, c, d) =
2(aq/d, bq/d, cq/d, q m+1 , a2 bcq m+1 , q m /a2 , bcq m ; q)

(q, ab, ac, bc, abq m+1 , acq m+1 , adq m+1 , aq m+1 /d, abcq/d; q)
a2m1 d1 q mm
m
(bq /a, cq m /a, dq m /a, q m /ad; q)
2
8 W7 (abcd1 ; bc, q m /ad, aq m+1 /d, ab, ac; q, q).
(6.6.8)
By (2.10.1),
1
; bc, q m /ad, aq m+1 /d, ab, ac; q, q)
8 W7 (abcd
(abcq/d, q/ad, abq, acq; q)

(bq/d, cq/d, q, a2 bcq; q)
8 W7 (a2 bc; abcd, ab, ac, a2 q m+1 , q m ; q, q/ad).
(6.6.9)
165
Since m is a nonnegative integer, the series on the right side of (6.6.9) terminates and hence, by Watsons formula (2.5.1),
(a2 bcq, q; q)m
(abq, acq; q)m
m

2
m
(a bcq, q, aq/b, aq/c; q)m
q , ab, ac, q /ad
4 3
; q, q =
bcq m , aq/d, q m
(qa2 , abq, acq, q/bc; q)m

2
a , qa, qa, ab, ac, ad, a2 q m+1 , q m
q
8 7
; q,
abcd
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q m , a2 q m+1
2
2 m+1 m
, q ; q, q/ad)
8 W7 (a bc; abcd, ab, ac, a q
(a2 bcq, q, aq/b, aq/c; q)m

(qa2 , abq, acq, q/bc; q)m
m

(a2 ; q)k (1 a2 q 2k )(ab, ac, ad; q)k q k
.
(q; q)k (1 a2 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)k abcd
(6.6.10)
k=0
Using (6.6.10) and (6.6.9) in (6.6.8), we obtain

2(a2 ; q)
(q, ab, ac, ad, b/a, c/a, d/a; q)
m
2

(a ; q)k (1 a2 q 2k )(ab, ac, ad; q)k q k
.
Lm (a; b, c, d) =
(6.6.11)
k=0
Hence
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 )
dx
2(a2 ; q)
+
h(x; a, b, c, d)
1 x2
m
1
k=0
(q; q)k (1 a2 )(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)k
2(abcd; q)
,
abcd
(6.6.12)
where max(|b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1, |aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m | for some nonnegative
integer m, and the products ab, ac, ad are not of the form q n , n = 1, 2, . . . .
Askey and Wilson [1985] proved this formula by using contour integration. By
continuity, formula (6.6.12) also holds if the restriction (6.6.3) is replaced by
aq m = 1.
Note that, if one of the products ab, ac or ad is of the form q n for some
nonnegative integer n, the integral in (6.6.12) converges even though the denominator on the right side of (6.6.12) equals zero as does the denominator
in the coecient of the sum in (6.6.12). If we let ab tend to q n then, since
|b| < 1 and |aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m |, we must have n m. We may then multiply
(6.6.12) by 1 abq n and take the limit ab q n . The result is a terminating 6 5 series on the left side and its sum on the right, giving the summation
formula (2.4.2).
If max(|c|, |d|, |q|) < 1 and there are nonnegative integers m and r such
that
(6.6.13)
|aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m |, |bq r+1 | < 1 < |bq r |,
166
then the above technique can be extended to evaluate I(a, b, c, d) provided

the products ab, ac, ad, bc, bd are not of the form q n and a/b = q n for any
nonnegative integer n. Splitting h(x; b) in the same way as in (6.6.4) and using
(6.3.4) we get
I(a, b, c, d)
= b2r2 q rr J(a, bq r+1 , q r /b, c, d, q/b)
2
(q/bc, q/bd; q)
= b2r2 q rr
d(1 q)(q, c/d, dq/c, cd; q)

d
(qu/c, qu/d, qu/b; q) 1
dq u
w(x; a, bq r+1 , q r /b, u) dx.
(qu/bcd; q)
c
1
(6.6.14)
2
However, by (6.6.12),
1
w(x; q, bq r+1 , q r /b, u) dx
1
2(aqu; q)
(q, q, abq r+1 , aq r /b; q) (au, buq r+1 , uq r /b; q)
2(a2 ; q)
(q, abq r+1 , q r /ab, bq r+1 /a; q) (au, u/a; q)

m

(a2 ; q)k (1 a2 q 2k )(au; q)k
(au)k .
(q; q)k (1 a2 )(aq/u; q)k
(6.6.15)
k=0
Since by (2.10.18),
d
(qu/c, qu/d, qu/b; q) (au; q)k
dq u
(qu)k
(qu/bcd,
au,
u/a;
q)
(aq/u;
q)
k
c
d
(qu/c,
qu/d, qu/b; q)
= (1)k a2k q k(k+1)/2
dq u
(qu/bcd, auq k , uq k /a; q)
c
d(1 q)(q, c/d, dq/c, cd, q/ab, aq/b; q)
=
(q/bc, q/bd, ac, ad, c/a, d/a; q)
q k
(ab, ac, ad; q)k
,
(6.6.16)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)k abcd
we nd that
I(a, b, c, d) = Lm (a; b, c, d)
2(adq, cdq, dq/b, q r+2 , q 1r /b2 ; q) b2r2 q rr
+
(q, q, ad, cd, dq 2 /b, abq r+1 , bcq r+1 , bdq r+1 , aq r /b, cq r /b, dq r /b; q)
2
8 W7 (dq/b; bdq r+1 , q, dq r /b, q/bc, q/ab; q, ac),
(6.6.17)
where Lm (a; b, c, d) is as dened in (6.6.11). The reduction of this 8 W7 will be

done in two stages. First we use (2.10.1) twice to reduce it to a balanced 8 W7
and then apply (2.11.7) to obtain
8 W7 (dq/b; bdq
r+1
, q, dq r /b, q/bc, q/ab; q, ac)
=
167
(dq 2 /b, q/bd, abcdq r+1 , acdq r /b; q)

(q 1r /b2 , q r+2 , ac, qacd2 ; q)
8 W7 (acd2 ; abcd, bdq r+1 , dq r /b, ad, cd; q, q/bd)

(dq 2 /b, aq/b, cq/b, q, abcdq r+1 , acdq r /b; q)
=
(ac, adq, cdq, acdq/b, q r+2 , q 1r /b2 ; q)
8 W7 (acdb1 ; cd, ad, ac, q r+1 , q r /b2 ; q, q)
(dq 2 /b, aq/b, b/a, q, q/ab, abcd, bcq r+1 , bdq r+1 , cq r /b, dq r /b; q)
=
(ac, adq, cdq, dq/b, bd, bc, q r+2 , bq r+1 /a, q r /ab, q 1r /b2 ; q)
b (dq 2 /b, q, bq/a, cq/a, dq/a, ad, q r+1 , b2 cdq r+1 , cdq r , q r /b2 ; q)
+
a (bcdq/a, dq/b, bc, bd, adq, cdq, q r+2 , bq r+1 /a, q r /ab, q 1r /b2 ; q)
8 W7 (bcda1 ; bc, bd, cd, bq r+1 /a, q r /ab; q, q).
(6.6.18)
Substituting (6.6.18) into (6.6.17) and simplifying the coecients we get

2(abcd; q)
2(bq/a, cq/a, dq/a, q r+1 , b2 cdq r+1 , cdq r , q r /b2 ; q)
=
(q, bc, bd, cd, abq r+1 , bcq r+1 , bq r+1 /a, aq r /b, cq r /b, dq r ; q)
I(a, b, c, d) Lm (a; b, c, d)
b2r1 a1 q rr
1
; bc, bd, cd, bq r+1 /a, q 1r /ab; q, q).
8 W7 (bcda
(q r /ab, bcdq/a; q)
(6.6.19)
2
The expression on the right side of (6.6.19) is the same as that in (6.6.8) with
a, b, c, d, m replaced by b, d, c, a and r, respectively, and so has the value
2(b2 ; q)
(q, ba, bc, bd, a/b, c/b, d/b; q)
r

(b2 ; q)k (1 b2 q 2k )(ba, bc, bd; q)k q k
(q; q)k (1 b2 )(bq/a, bq/c, bq/d; q)k abcd

k=0
= Lr (b; c, d, a),
(6.6.20)
by (6.6.11). So we nd that
I(a, b, c, d) Lm (a; b, c, d) Lr (b; c, d, a)
2(abcd; q)
,
=
(6.6.21)
where the parameters satisfy the conditions stated earlier.

It is now clear that we can handle the cases of three or all four of the
parameters a, b, c, d exceeding 1 in absolute value in exactly the same way. For
example, in the extreme case when min(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) > 1 > |q| with
|aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m |,
|cq s+1 | < 1 < |cq s |,
|bq r+1 | < 1 < |bq r |,

|dq t+1 | < 1 < |dq t |,
(6.6.22)
for some nonnegative integers m, r, s, t such that the pairwise products of

a, b, c, d are not of the form q n and the pairwise ratios of a, b, c, d are not
168
of the form q n for n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., we have the formula

I(a, b, c, d) Lm (a; b, c, d) Lr (b; c, d, a) Ls (c; d, a, b) Lt (d; a, b, c)
2(abcd; q)
=
,
(6.6.23)
where Ls (c; d, a, b) and Lt (d; a, b, c) are the same type of nite series as those
in (6.6.11) and (6.6.20), and can be written down by obvious replacement of
the parameters.
Exercises
6.1 Prove that

0
4

sin2 d
(1 2aj cos + a2j )
(1 a1 a2 a3 a4 )

(1 aj ak )
1j<k4
j=1
when max(|a1 |, |a2 |, |a3 |, |a4 |) < 1.

6.2 Use the q-binomial theorem and an appropriate transformation formula
for the 2 1 series to show that
1
h(x; 1, 1)
dx
h(x;
a,
a)
1
x2
1
2(qa2 ; q)
=
, |a| < 1.
1
1
1
1
(q, q, aq 2 , aq 2 , aq 2 , aq 2 , a2 ; q)
6.3 Prove that
(e2i , e2i ; q 2 )
d
2i
2i
2
, qe
; q ) 1 2z cos + z 2
0 (qe
2(q, qz 2 , q 3 z 2 ; q 2 ) 1 q
=
(qz 2 )n ,
(q 2 , q 2 , q 2 z 2 ; q 2 ) n=0 1 q 2n+1
where 0 < q < 1 and |zq 2 | < 1.

6.4 If 0 < q < 1 and max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) < 1, show that
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , f )
dx
h(x;
a,
b,
c,
d)
1 x2
1
1
2(af, bf, cf, abcq 2 , abcd; q)

(q, ab, ac, ad, bc, bd, cd, aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , abcf ; q)
1
8 W7 (abcf q 1 ; ab, ac, bc, f q 2 , f /d; q, dq 2 ).

1
6.5 If max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1, show that

1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , q/c)
dx
h(x; a, a, b, b, c)
1 x2
1
2(q; q) (a2 b2 c2 , q 2 /c2 ; q 2 )
=
.
(q; q) (a2 , b2 , a2 b2 , a2 c2 , b2 c2 ; q 2 )
Exercises
169
6.6 If b = a1 , |c| < 1, |d| < 1 and |aq m+1 | < 1 < |aq m | for some nonnegative
integer m such that ac, ad are not of the form q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., show
that
I(a, a1 , c, d) +
m1

k=0
2(qa2 )1
(q, q, acq, adq, c/aq, d/aq; q)
(1 a2 q 2k+2 )(acq, adq; q)k (q/cd)k

(1 q k+1 )(1 a2 q k+1 )(aq 2 /c, aq 2 /d; q)k
2
(q, q, ac, ad, c/a, d/a; q)

1
1
1
1
qr ,
2 qr
1 q r
1 q r
1 q r
a
(cd)
ac
ad
r=0
where I(a, b, c, d) is as dened in (6.2.1). If m = 0, the series on the left

side is to be interpreted as zero.
6.7 Applying (2.12.9) twice deduce from(6.4.8) that

0
h(cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , , )
d
h(cos ; a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 , a6 )
=A
6
(2 ; q) (aj ; q)
(/; q) j=1 (/aj ; q)
10 W9 (2 q 1 ; /q, /a1 , /a2 , /a3 , /a4 , /a5 , /a6 ; q, q)

+A
6
(2 ; q) (aj ; q)
(/; q) j=1 (/aj ; q)
10 W9 (2 q 1 ; /q, /a1 , /a2 , /a3 , /a4 , /a5 , /a6 ; q, q),

where =
6

aj , max(|q|, |a1 |, . . . , |a6 |) < 1, and
j=1
2
A=
6

(/aj , /aj ; q)

.
(aj ak ; q)
j=1
(q, 2 , 2 ; q)
1j<k6
(Rahman [1986b, 1988b])

6.8 Prove that

q
1
; az, bz, cz, abcdf /q, 1/f ; q,
8 W7 abczq
dz
(q, az, a/z, bz, b/z, cz, abcz, abc/z, 2 q/abdz, 2 , ab/2 ; q)
=
2(ab, ac, bc, q/dz, zq/f d, abczf, q2 /dz, aq/f d2 ; q)
170

q q
,
)
d f d
q
1 h(x; a , b , z, , abc ,

z abd )

a aei aei q
ab
q
,
,
,
;
q,
bcf
;
,
8 W7
bdf f 2 abcdf
df 2

2
dx
ei ei q ab 2 q
8 W7
;
,
, , ,
; q, cz
,
dz z
z
dz abcd
1 x2
q a2 bc
,
, bcf ; q
bd 2
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 ,
where |z| = 1 and max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |f |, ||, |a/|, |b/|, |abc/|, |q/abd|,
|q/dz|, |q|) < 1.
6.9 Choosing = abcdq 1 and f = q n deduce from Ex. 6.8 that

; q, q
4 3
ab2 , ac, ad
1
1
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 )
(q, ab, 2 ; q)
=
h(z;
a,
b)
i
i )
2(ab2 ; q)
1 h(x; a, b, e , e

n
dx
q , abcdq n1 , aei , aei
; q, q
4 3
,
ab,
ac, ad
1 x2

where z = cos and max(|a|, |b|, ||, |q|) < 1.

6.10 Show that

(iax, ia/x, ibx, ib/x, icx, ic/x, idx, id/x; q) dx

(qx2 , q/x2 ; q)
x
0
1
(log q )(ab/q, ac/q, ad/q, bc/q, bd/q, cd/q, q; q)
=
(abcd/q 3 ; q)
when |abcd/q 3 | < 1 and |q| < 1.

(Askey [1988b])
6.11 Show that

x+y+2k
, t2 q x+y+2k ; q) 2k
x1 (t1 q
tx1
t
t1 (t2 q 1k /t1 ; q)2k dt1 dt2
1
2
(t1 , t2 ; q)
0
0
q (x)q (x + k)q (y)q (y + k)q (k + 1)q (2k + 1)
=
q (x + y + k)q (x + y + 2k)q (k + 1)q (k + 1)
[(x)(1 x)]2
q (x)q (1 x)q (x + 2k)q (1 x 2k)
when Re x > 0, Re y > 0, |q| < 1, and k = 0, 1, . . . .

(Askey [1980b])
Exercises
6.12 Show that
tx1
tx1
1
2
171
(at1 q x+y+2k , at2 q x+y+2k ; q)

(at1 , at2 ; q)
1k
t2k
/t1 ; q)2k dq t1 dq t2
1 (t2 q
q (x)q (x + k)q (y)q (y + k)q (k + 1)q (2k + 1)
=
q (x + y + k)q (x + y + 2k)q (k + 1)q (k + 1)
(aq x , aq x+2k , q 1x /a, q 1x2k /a; q)

(a, a, q/a, q/a; q)
when Re x > 0, Re y > 0, |q| < 1, and k = 0, 1, . . . .

(Askey [1980b])
6.13 With w(x; a, b, c, d) dened as in (6.3.1), prove that
1 1
1
1
1
1
w(x; a, aq 2 , b, bq 2 ) w(y; a, aq 2 , b, bq 2 )
1
1
2
1
(q 2 ei(+) , q 2 ei() ; q)k dxdy
2
2
(j1)k+1/2 , abq (j1)k+1 ; q) ]2
[(1
ab)(q,
abq
j=1
2
(a2 b2 q jk+1 , q k+1 , q; q)

,
(a2 q (j1)k+1/2 , b2 q (j1)k+1/2 , q jk+1 ; q)
j=1
where x = cos , y = cos , |q| < 1, and k = 0, 1, . . . .

(Rahman [1986a])
6.14 Let C.T. f (x) denote the constant term in the Laurent expansion of a
function f (x). Prove that if j and k are nonnegative integers, then
C.T. (qx, x1 ; q)j (qx2 , qx2 ; q 2 )k

1
=
(qe2i , e2i ; q)j (qe4i , qe4i ; q 2 )k d
2 0
(q; q)2j (q 2 ; q 2 )2k (q 2j+1 ; q 2 )k
.
=
(q; q)j (q 2 ; q 2 )k (q; q)j+2k
(Askey [1982b])
6.15 Verify Ramanujans identities

2
(i)
ex +2mx (aqe2kx , bqe2kx ; q) dx
(ii)
(abq; q) em
,
=
(ae2mk q, be2mk q; q)

2
ex +2mx dx
2ikx q, be2ikx q; q)
(ae
m2
2imk
2imk
e (aqe
, bqe
; q)
=
,
(abq; q)
172

where q = e2k and |q| < 1.
(See Ramanujan [1988] and Askey [1982a])
2
6.16 Derive the q-beta integral formulas

(tq b , q a+1 /t; q) dq t
q (a)q (b)
(i)
=
(t,
q/t;
q)
t
q (a + b)
0
and

(tq b , q a+1 /t; q) dt
log q q (a)q (b)
(ii)
=
,
(t,
q/t;
q)
t
1 q q (a + b)
0
where 0 < q < 1, Re a > 0 and Re b > 0.
(Askey and Roy [1986], Gasper [1987])
6.17 Extend the above q-beta integral formulas to

(tq b , q a+1 /t; q)
(i)
tc1
dq t
(t, q/t; q)
0
(q c , q 1c ; q) q (a + c)q (b c)
=
(1, q; q)
q (a + b)
and

(tq b , q a+1 /t; q)
(ii)
tc1
dt
(t, q/t; q)
0
(c)(1 c)q (a + c)q (b c)
,
=
q (c)q (1 c)q (a + b)
where 0 < q < 1, Re (a + c) > 0 and Re (b c) > 0.
(See Ramanujan [1915], Askey and Roy [1986], Gasper [1987], Askey
[1988b], and Koornwinder [2003])
6.18 Use Ex. 2.16(ii) to show that, for y = cos ,
(q 1/2 , q 1/2 ; q) h(x; q 1/4 , q 3/4 )h(y; q 1/4 , q 3/4 )
lim
q1
2h(x; q 1/2 ei , q 1/2 ei )
if x > y,
1,
if x < y,
= 0,
1/2, if x = y.
6.19 Denoting S(a1 , . . . , am ) = S(a1 , . . . , am ; q) =
Ex. 2.16(i) to prove that
n

k=1
h(x; k , q/k ) =
n+1
n

j=1 k=1
S(k /aj , k aj )
m
k=1 (ak , q/ak ; q) ,
n+1

r=1
r=j
h(x; ar , q/ar )
.
S(ar aj , ar /aj )
use
Notes
173
Deduce that
n

2i
2i
(e , e
; q) k=1

h(cos ; a, b) n+1
h(cos ; k , q/k )
d
h(cos ; am , q/am )
m=1
n+1
n

2
S(k /aj , k aj )
=
(1 ab)(q, q; q) j=1
k=1
n+1
[S(ar aj , ar /aj )(aaj , baj , aq/aj , bq/aj ; q) ]1 .
r=1
r=j

6.20 Show that
1
h(x; 1, 1, q 1/2 , q 1/2 , q 1/2 , q 1/2 /) dx
h(x; a1 , a2 , . . . , a6 )
1 x2
1
6

(a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 /q; q)
(aj q 1/2 , aj q 1/2 /; q)
j=1

=
(q, q, q2 , q/2 ; q)
(aj ak ; q)

8 8
1j<k6

q, q, q /a1 , . . . , q 1/2 /a6
; q, a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 /q ,
, , a1 q 1/2 , . . . , a6 q 1/2
1/2
provided = q n , n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., |a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 /q| < 1, and |ak | < 1,

k = 1, . . . , 6.
(See Gustafson [1987b] and Rahman [1996a])
6.21 Prove that
4

(tj eu , tj eu ; q)
j=1
cosh u du
u+v , evu , qeuv , qeuv ; q) |2
|(e

e2v1
(tj tk /q; q)
1j<k4
=
,
sin v2 cosh v1 (q, qe2v1 , qe2v1 , t1 t2 t3 t4 /q 3 ; q) |(qe2iv2 ; q) |2
where v = v1 + iv2 , 0 < v2 < /2 or v2 = /2 and v1 0, |tj | < 1,

|t1 t2 t3 t4 /q 3 | < 1.
(Ismail and Masson [1994])
Notes
1
Ex. 6.7 Setting a1 = a2 = a, a3 = a4 = aq 2 , a5 = b, a6 = c, =

a2 bq, = a2 c and using Ex. 2.25, Rahman [1988b] evaluated this integral
in closed form and found the corresponding systems of biorthogonal rational
functions.
174
Ex. 6.8 This may be regarded as a q-extension of the terminating case of

Erdelyis [1953, 2.4(3)] formula
1
(c)
t1 (1 t)c1 (1 tx)ab
F (a, b; c; x) =
()(c ) 0
F ( a, b; ; tx) F (a + b , ; c ; (1 t)x/(1 tx)) dt,
where |x| < 1, 0 < Re < Re c. Also see Gasper [1975c, 2000].
Ex. 6.10 Askey [1988b] found the 4 3 polynomials which are orthogonal
with respect to the weight function associated with this integral.
Exercises 6.11 6.13 The double integrals in these exercises are q-analogues
of the n = 2 case of Selbergs [1944] important multivariable extension of the
beta integral:

2z

1
1
n

x1
y1
ti (1 ti )
(ti tj ) dt1 dtn

0
0 i=1
1i<jn

=
n

(x + (j 1)z)(y + (j 1)z)(jz + 1)
,
(x + y + (n + j 2)z)(z + 1)
j=1
where Re x > 0, Re y > 0, Re z > min(1/n, Re x/(n 1), Re y/(n 1)).

Aomoto [1987] considered a generalization of Selbergs integral and utilized the extra freedom that he had in his integral to give a short elegant proof
of it. Habsieger [1988] and Kadell [1988b] proved a q-analogue of Selbergs
integral that was conjectured in Askey [1980b]. For conjectured multivariable
extensions of the integrals in Exercises 6.116.13, other conjectured q-analogues
of Selbergs integral, and related constant term identities that come from root
systems associated with Lie algebras, see Andrews [1986, 1988], Askey [1980b,
1982b, 1985a, 1989f, 1990], Evans, Ismail and Stanton [1982], Garvan [1990],
Garvan and Gonnet [1992], Habsieger [1988], Kadell [1988a1994], Macdonald [19721995], Milne [1985a, 1989], Morris [1982], Rahman [1986a], Stanton
[1986b, 1989], and Zeilberger [1987, 1988, 1990a]. Also see the extension of
Ex. 6.11, the q-Selberg integrals, and the identities in Aomoto [1998], Evans
[1994], Ito [2002], Kaneko [19961998], Lassalle and Schlosser [2003], Macdonald [1998a,b], Rains [2003a], Stokman [2002] and Tarasov and Varchenko
[1997].
7
APPLICATIONS TO ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIALS
7.1 Orthogonality
Let (x) be a non-constant, non-decreasing, real-valued bounded function dened on (, ) such that its moments

n =
xn d(x), n = 0, 1, 2, . . . ,
(7.1.1)
are nite. A nite or innite sequence p0 (x), p1 (x), . . . of polynomials, where

pn (x) is of degree n in x, is said to be orthogonal with respect to the measure
d(x) and called an orthogonal system of polynomials if

pm (x)pn (x) d(x) = 0, m = n.
(7.1.2)
In view of the denition of (x) the integrals in (7.1.1) and (7.1.2) exist in the
Lebesgue-Stieltjes sense. If (x) is absolutely continuous and d(x) = w(x)dx,
then the orthogonality relation reduces to

pm (x)pn (x)w(x) dx = 0, m = n,
(7.1.3)
and the sequence {pn (x)} is said to be orthogonal with respect to the weight
function w(x).
If (x) is a step function (usually taken to be right-continuous) with jumps
wj at x = xj , j = 0, 1, 2, . . . , then (7.1.2) reduces to

pm (xj )pn (xj )wj = 0, m = n.
(7.1.4)
j
In this case the polynomials are said to be orthogonal with respect to a jump
function and are usually referred to as orthogonal polynomials of a discrete
variable.
Every orthogonal system of real valued polynomials {pn (x)} satises a
three-term recurrence relation of the form
xpn (x) = An pn+1 (x) + Bn pn (x) + Cn pn1 (x)
(7.1.5)
with p1 (x) 0, p0 (x) 1, where An , Bn , Cn are real and An Cn+1 > 0.

Conversely, if (7.1.5) holds for a sequence of polynomials {pn (x)} such that
p1 (x) 0, p0 (x) 1 and An , Bn , Cn are real with An Cn+1 > 0, then there
exists a positive measure d(x) such that

pm (x)pn (x) d(x) = vn1
d(x) m,n
(7.1.6)
175
176
Applications to orthogonal polynomials
where
n

Ak1
vn =
,
Ck
v0 = 1.
(7.1.7)
k=1
If {pn (x)} = {pn (x)}

n=0 and An Cn+1 > 0 for n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., then the measure
has innitely many points of support, (7.1.5) holds for n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., and
(7.1.6) holds for m, n = 0, 1, 2, . . .. If {pn (x)} = {pn (x)}N
n=0 and An Cn+1 > 0
for n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , N 1, where N is a xed positive integer, then the measure
can be taken to have support on N + 1 points x0 , x1 , . . . , xN , (7.1.5) holds for
n = 0, 1, . . . , N 1, and (7.1.6) holds for m, n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , N .
This characterization theorem of orthogonal polynomials is usually attributed to Favard [1935], but it appeared earlier in published works of Perron
[1929], Wintner [1929] and Stone [1932]. For a detailed discussion of this theorem see, for example, Atkinson [1964], Chihara [1978], Freud [1971] and Szeg
o
[1975].
In the nite discrete case the recurrence relation (7.1.5) is a discrete analogue of a Sturm-Liouville two-point boundary-value problem with boundary
conditions p1 (x) = 0, pN +1 (x) = 0. If x0 , x1 , . . . , xN are the zeros of pN +1 (x),
which can be easily proved to be real and distinct (see e.g., Atkinson [1964]
for a complete proof), then the orthogonality relation (7.1.6) can be written
in the form
N
N

pm (xj )pn (xj )wj = vn1
wj m,n ,
(7.1.8)
j=0
j=0
m, n = 0, 1, . . . , N , where wj is the positive jump at xj and vn is as dened in

(7.1.7). The dual orthogonality relation
N
pn (xj )pn (xk )vn = wj1
n=0
N
wn j,k ,
(7.1.9)
n=0
j, k = 0, 1, . . . , N , follows from the fact that a matrix that is orthogonal by

rows is also orthogonal by columns. It can be shown that
N

1
wj = AN vN pN (xj )pN +1 (xj )
wn ,
j = 0, 1, . . . , N,
(7.1.10)
n=0
where the prime indicates the rst derivative.

In general, the measure in (7.1.6) is not unique and, given a recurrence relation, it may not be possible to nd an explicit formula for (x). Even though
the classical orthogonal polynomials, which include the Jacobi polynomials

( + 1)n
1x
(,)
,
(7.1.11)
(x) =
Pn
2 F1 n, n + + + 1; + 1;
n!
2
and the ultraspherical polynomials
(2)n
( 1 , 12 )
Pn 2
(x)
Cn (x) =
1
+ 2 n
=
n

()k ()nk
k=0
k!(n k)!
ei(n2k) ,
x = cos ,
(7.1.12)
7.2 The nite discrete case
177
are orthogonal with respect to unique measures (see Szego [1975]), it is not
easy to discover these measures from the corresponding recurrence relations
(see e.g., Askey and Ismail [1984]). However, for a wide class of discrete orthogonal polynomials it is possible to use the recurrence relation (7.1.5) and
the formulas (7.1.8)(7.1.10) to compute the jumps wj and hence the measure. We shall illustrate this in the next section by considering the q-Racah
polynomials (Askey and Wilson [1979]).
7.2 The nite discrete case: the q-Racah polynomials

and some special cases
Suppose {pn (x)} is a nite discrete orthogonal polynomial sequence which satises a three-term recurrence relation of the form (7.1.5) and the orthogonality
relations (7.1.8) and (7.1.9) with the weights wj and the normalization constants vn given by (7.1.10) and (7.1.7), respectively. We shall now assume,
without any loss of generality, that pn (x0 ) = 1 for n = 0, 1, . . . , N . This
enables us to rewrite (7.1.5) in the form
(x x0 )pn (x) = An [pn+1 (x) pn (x)] Cn [pn (x) pn1 (x)] ,
(7.2.1)
where n = 0, 1, . . . , N . Setting j = k = 0 in (7.1.9) we nd that

N

n=0
vn = wo1
N
wn .
(7.2.2)
n=0
It is clear that in order to obtain solutions of (7.2.1) which are representable

N

vn were equal to
in terms of basic series it would be helpful if vn and
n=0
quotients of products of q-shifted factorials. Therefore, with the 6 5 sum

(2.4.2) in mind, let us take

(abq; q)n 1 abq 2n+1 (aq, cq, bdq; q)n
(cdq)n
vn =
(q; q)n (1 abq)(bq, abq/c, aq/d; q)n

n

(1 abq k ) 1 abq 2k+1 (1 aq k )(1 cq k )(1 bdq k )
,
=
(1 q k ) (1 abq 2k1 ) (1 bq k )(1 abq k /c)(1 aq k /d)cdq
k=1
(7.2.3)
N
, 0 < q < 1, so that

1
1
abq, q(abq) 2 , q(abq) 2 , aq, cq, q N
bq N
vn = 6 5
; q,
1
1
c
(abq) 2 , (abq) 2 , bq, abq/c, abq N +2
n=0
where bdq = q
N
(abq 2 , b/c; q)N

,
(7.2.4)
(bq, abq/c; q)N
where it is assumed that a, b, c, d are such that vn > 0 for n = 0, 1, . . . , N . In
view of (7.1.7) we can take
=
Ak1 =
(1 abq k )(1 aq k )(1 cq k )(1 bdq k )

rk ,
(1 abq 2k1 )
(7.2.5)
178

cdq(1 q k )(1 bq k ) 1 abq k /c 1 aq k /d
rk ,
Ck =
(1 abq 2k+1 )
(7.2.6)
where {rk }N
k=1 is an arbitrary sequence with rk = 0, 1 k N . Since C0 = 0
and A0 = (1 aq)(1 cq)(1 bdq)r1 , we have from the n = 0 case of (7.2.1)
that
(1 q 1 )(xj x0 )qr11
.
(7.2.7)
p1 (xj ) = 1
(1 q)(1 aq)(1 cq)(1 bdq)
This suggests that we should look for a basic series representation of pn (xj )
whose (k + 1)-th term has (q, aq, cq, bdq; q)k as its denominator, which in turn
suggests considering a terminating 4 3 series. In view of the product (n)k (n+
+ + 1)k in the numerator of the (k + 1)-th term in the hypergeometric series
(,)
(x) in (7.1.11) and the dual orthogonality relations
representation of Pn
(7.1.8) and (7.1.9) required for pn (xj ) it is natural to look for a 4 3 series
whose (k + 1)-th term has the numerator
n n+++1 j j+++1 k
,q ,q
;q k q .
q ,q
Replacing q , q , q , q by a, b, c, d, respectively, we are then led to consider a
4 3 series of the form
n

q , abq n+1 , q j , cdq j+1
; q, q .
(7.2.8)
4 3
aq, cq, bdq

Observing that q j , cdq j+1 ; q k is a polynomial of degree k in the variable

q j + cdq j+1 , we nd that if we take
xj = q j + cdq j+1
(7.2.9)
then xj x0 = (1 q j )(1 cdq j+1 ), and so (7.2.7) is satised with
1
.
rk = 1 abq 2k
(7.2.10)
Then Ak Ck+1 > 0 for 0 k N 1 if, for example, a, b, c are real, d =

b1 q N 1 , bc < 0, max(|aq|, |bq|, |cq|, |ab/c|) < 1 and 0 < q < 1.
We shall now verify that

n
; q, q
(7.2.11)
pn (xj ) = 4 3
aq, cq, bdq
satises (7.2.1) with x = xj . A straightforward calculation gives
pn (xj ) pn1 (xj )

q 1n 1 abq 2n 1 q j 1 cdq j+1
=
(1 aq)(1 cq)(1 bdq)

1n
, abq n+1 , q 1j , cdq j+2
q
;
q,
q
,
4 3
aq 2 , cq 2 , bdq 2
(7.2.12)
7.2 The nite discrete case
179
0 n N . So we need to verify that

n
;
q,
q
4 3
aq, cq, bdq

n

n
q , abq n+2 , q 1j , cdq j+2
1 abq 2n+2
An q
; q, q
=
4 3
(1 aq)(1 cq)(1 bdq)
aq 2 , cq 2 , bdq 2

1n
, abq n+1 , q 1j , cdq j+2
q
Cn q 1n 1 abq 2n
; q, q ,
4 3
(1 aq)(1 cq)(1 bdq)
aq 2 , cq 2 , bdq 2
(7.2.13)
where An and Cn are given by (7.2.5) and (7.2.6) with rk as dened in (7.2.10).
Use of (2.10.4) on both sides of (7.2.13) reduces the problem to verifying that
n

q , abq n+1 , bq j /c, bdq j+1
; q, q
4 3
bq, abq/c, bdq

1 abq n+1 1 bdq n+1
=
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 bdq)
n

q , abq n+2 , bq j /c, bdq j+1
; q, q
4 3
bq, abq/c, bdq 2
(1 q n ) (1 aq n /d)
bdq
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 bdq)

1n

, abq n+1 , bq j /c, bdq j+1
q
4 3
;
q,
q
,
(7.2.14)
bq, abq/c, bdq 2
which follows immediately from the fact that

(q n ; q)k abq n+1 ; q k+1 1 bdq n+1
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 bdq k+1 )

aq n
bdq n+1
(q n ; q)k+1 abq n+1 ; q k 1

d
= q n , abq n+1 ; q k .
+
2n+1
k+1
(1 abq
) (1 bdq
)
The verication that (7.2.11) satises the boundary condition pN +1 (xj ) =
0 for 0 j N is left as an exercise (Ex. 7.3).
Note that the 4 3 series in (7.2.11) remains unchanged if we switch n, a, b,
respectively, with j, c, d. This implies that the polynomials pn (xj ) are self-dual
in the sense that they are of degree n in xj = q j + cdq j+1 and of degree j in
yn = q n + abq n+1 and that the weights wj are obtained from the vn in (7.2.3)
by replacing n, a, b, c, d, by j, c, d, a, b, respectively, i.e.,

(cdq; q)j 1 cdq 2j+1 (cq, aq, bdq; q)j
(abq)j ,
(7.2.15)
wj =
(q; q)j (1 cdq) (dq, cdq/a, cq/b; q)j
0 j N . Thus {pn (xj )}N
n=0 is orthogonal with respect to the weights wj ,
while {pj (yn )}N
is
orthogonal
with respect to the weights vn (see Ex. 7.4).
j=0
The calculations have so far been done with the assumption that bdq = q N ,
but the same results will hold if we assume that one of aq, cq and bdq is q N .
180
The polynomials pn (xj ) were discovered by Askey and Wilson [1979] as

q-analogues of the Racah polynomials

n, n + + + 1, j, j + + + 1
;1 ,
(7.2.16)
pn (j ) = 4 F3
+ 1, + 1, + + 1
where j = j(j + + + 1), which were named after the physicist Racah,
who worked out their orthogonality without apparently being aware of the
polynomial orthogonality. In the physicists language the pn (j )s are known
as Racah coecients or 6j-symbols. The connection between the 6j-symbols
and the 4 F3 polynomials (7.2.16) was rst made in Wilsons [1978] thesis. The
q-analogues in (7.2.11) are called the q-Racah polynomials.
We shall now point out some important special cases of the q-Racah polynomials. First, let us set d = b1 q N 1 in (7.2.11) and replace c by bc to
rewrite the q-Racah polynomials in the more standard notation

n
;
q,
q
.
(7.2.17)
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q) = 4 3
aq, q N , bcq
Then, by (7.1.8), (7.2.3) and (7.2.15),
N
(x; q)Wm (x; q)Wn (x; q) =
x=0
m,n
,
hn (q)
(7.2.18)
where
Wn (x; q) Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q),
(x; q) (x; a, b, c, N ; q)

cq ; q x 1 cq 2xN aq, bcq, q N ; q x

=
(abq)x (7.2.19)
(q; q)x (1 cq N )(ca1 q N , b1 q N , cq; q)x
and
hn (q) hn (a, b, c, N ; q)
(bq, aq/c; q)N (abq; q)n 1 abq 2n+1 aq, bcq, q N ; q n

N n
q /c .
=
(abq 2 , 1/c; q)N (q; q)n (1 abq)(bq, aq/c, abq N +2 ; q)n
(7.2.20)
Setting c = 0 in (7.2.17) gives the q-Hahn polynomials

n

q , abq n+1 , q x
;
q,
q
,
Qn (x) Qn (x; a, b, N ; q) = 3 2
aq, q N
(7.2.21)
which were introduced by Hahn [1949a] and, by (7.2.18), satisfy the orthogonality relation
N

x=0
Qm (x)Qn (x)
(aq; q)x (bq; q)N x

(aq)x
(q; q)x (q; q)N x
n
(abq 2 ; q)N (aq)N (q; q)n (1 abq)(bq, abq N +2 ; q)n
(aq)n q ( 2 )N n m,n
2n+1
N
(q; q)N
(abq; q)n (1 abq
)(aq, q ; q)n
(7.2.22)
7.3 The innite discrete case
181
for m, n = 0, 1, . . . , N .
Setting a = 0 in (7.2.17) we obtain the dual q-Hahn polynomials (Hahn
[1949b])
Rn ((x)) Rn ((x); b, c, N ; q)
n x xN

q , q , cq
= 3 2
; q, q ,
q N , bcq
(7.2.23)
where (x) = q x + cq xN , which satisfy the orthogonality relation

N

cq ; q x 1 cq 2xN bcq, q N ; q x N x(x)
2 (bcq)x
Rm ((x))Rn ((x))
q
N )(b1 q N , cq; q)
(q;
q)
(1
cq
x
x
x=0
=
(1/c; q)N (q, bq; q)n

N n
cq
m,n ,
(bq; q)N (bcq, q N ; q)n
(7.2.24)
m, n = 0, 1, . . . , N . For some applications of q-Hahn, dual q-Hahn polynomials,

and their limit cases, see Delsarte [1976a,b, 1978], Delsarte and Goethals [1975],
Dunkl [19771980] and Stanton [19771986c].
7.3 The innite discrete case: the little

and big q-Jacobi polynomials
As a q-analogue of the Jacobi polynomials (7.1.11), Hahn [1949a] (also see
Andrews and Askey [1977]) introduced the polynomials
pn (x; a, b; q) =
2 1 (q
, abq n+1 ; aq; q, xq).
It can be easily veried that

(,)
1x
(x)
Pn
; q , q ; q = (,) .
lim pn
q1
2
Pn
(1)
(7.3.1)
(7.3.2)
He proved that
pm (q x ; a, b; q)pn (q x ; a, b; q)
x=0
(bq; q)x
m,n
,
(aq)x =
(q; q)x
hn (a, b; q)
(7.3.3)
where 0 < q, aq < 1 and

hn (a, b; q) =
(abq; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 )(aq; q)n (aq; q)

(aq)n .
(q; q)n (1 abq)(bq; q)n (abq 2 ; q)
(7.3.4)
Observe that (7.3.3) and (7.3.4) also follow from (7.2.22) when we replace x
by N x and then let N . To prove (7.3.3), assume, as we may, that
0 m n, and observe that

(bq; q)x
(aq)x q xk pm (q x ; a, b; q)
(q;
q)
x
x=0
m

m
q , abq m+1 ; q j

q j 1 0 bq; ; q, aq 1+k+j
=
(q, aq; q)j
j=0
182
k+2
m

abq
;q
q , abq m+1 , aq k+1
; q, q ,
=
3 2
aq,
abq k+2
(aq k+1 ; q)
=
m
(q, bq; q)m (abq 2 ; q)
(aq)m q ( 2 ) k,m ,
2
(abq ; q)2m (aq; q)
0 k m,
(7.3.5)
by the q-binomial and q-Saalsch

utz formulas. Then the orthogonality relation
(7.3.3) follows immediately by using (1.5.2) and (7.3.5).
It is easy to verify that pn (x; a, b; q) satises the three-term recurrence
relation
xpn (x) = An [pn+1 (x) pn (x)] Cn [pn (x) pn1 (x)],
for n 0, where

1 abq n+1 1 aq n+1
An =
(q n ),
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 abq 2n+2 )
(1 q n ) (1 bq n )
(aq n ),
Cn =
(1 abq 2n ) (1 abq 2n+1 )
(7.3.6)
(7.3.7)
(7.3.8)
so the condition that An Cn+1 > 0 for n = 0, 1, . . ., is satised if 0 < q, aq < 1

and bq < 1. When b < 0 the polynomials pn (x; a, b; q) give a q-analogue of the
()
Laguerre polynomials Ln (x) since

()
(7.3.9)
lim pn (1 q)x; q , q ; q = L()
n (x)/Ln (0).
q1
Andrews and Askey [1985] introduced a second q-analogue of the Jacobi

polynomials,
n

q , abq n+1 , x
Pn (x; a, b, c; q) = 3 2
; q, q ,
(7.3.10)
aq, cq
which has the property that
(,)
lim Pn (x; q , q , q ; q) =
q1
Pn
(x)
(,)
Pn
(1)
(7.3.11)
where is real. In view of the third free parameter in (7.3.10) they called the
Pn (x; a, b, c; q) the big q-Jacobi and the pn (x; a, b; q) the little q-Jacobi polynomials.
We shall now prove that the big q-Jacobi polynomials satisfy the orthogonality relation
aq
(x/a, x/c; q)
Pm (x; a, b, c; q)Pn (x; a, b, c; q)
dq x
(x, bx/c; q)
cq
m,n
=
,
(7.3.12)
hn (a, b, c; q)
where
hn (a, b, c; q) = M

n
1 abq 2n+1 (aq, cq; q)n
(acq 2 )n q ( 2 )
(q; q)n (1 abq)(bq, abq/c; q)n
(7.3.13)
1 (abq; q)n
7.3 The innite discrete case
183
and
aq
M=
cq
(x/a, x/c; q)
dq x
(x, bx/c; q)
aq(1 q)(q, c/a, aq/c, abq 2 ; q)

(aq, bq, cq, abq/c; q)
(7.3.14)
by (2.10.20). Since
aq
(bx/c; q)j (x; q)k

cq
aq
=
cq
=M
(x/a, x/c; q)
dq x
(x, bx/c; q)
(x/a, x/c; q)
dq x
(xq k , bxq j /c; q)
(bq, abq/c; q)j (aq, cq; q)k

,
(abq 2 ; q)j+k
the left side of (7.3.12) becomes

M
(bq, abq/c; q)m

(c/b)m
(aq, cq; q)m

m
n

q , abq m+1 ; q j q n , abq n+1 ; q k
q j+k ,
2 ; q)
(q;
q)
(q;
q)
(abq
j
k
j+k
j=0
(7.3.15)
k=0
where we used (7.3.10) and the observation that, by (3.2.2) and (3.2.5),
Pm (x; a, b, c; q)

m
(bq, abq/c; q)m
q , abq m+1 , bx/c
m
(c/b) 3 2
; q, q .
=
bq, abq/c
(aq, cq; q)m
(7.3.16)
Assume that 0 m n. Since, by (1.5.3)
m

m

q , abq m+1 ; q j
j=0
(q, abq k+2 ; q)j

q 1+km ; q m
m+1 m
q =
,
abq
(abq k+2 ; q)m
j
the double sum in (7.3.15) equals
n
q mn , abq m+n+1 ; q
q , abq n+1 ; q m
m+2 m nm
k k
q
abq
(abq 2 ; q)2m
(q, abq 2m+2 ; q)k
k=0

n
q , abq n+1 ; q n
n+2 n
abq
=
m,n .
(7.3.17)
(abq 2 ; q)2n
Substituting this into (7.3.15), we obtain (7.3.12).
184

7.4 An absolutely continuous measure: the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials
In this and the following section we shall give two important examples of
orthogonal polynomials which are orthogonal with respect to an absolutely
continuous measure d(x) = w(x)dx.
In his work of the 1890s, in which he discovered the now-famous Rogers
Ramanujan identities, Rogers [1893b, 1894, 1895] introduced a set of orthogonal polynomials that are representable in terms of basic hypergeometric series
and have the ultraspherical polynomials (7.1.12) as limits when q 1. Following Askey and Ismail [1983], we shall call these polynomials the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials and dene them by the generating function

te , tei ; q
=
Cn (x; |q)tn ,
(7.4.1)
(tei , tei ; q)
n=0
where x = cos , 0 and max(|q|, |t|) < 1. Using the q-binomial
theorem, it follows from (7.4.1) that
Cn (x; |q) =
n

(; q)k (; q)nk
k=0
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
ei(n2k)
n

(; q)n in
e
, ; 1 q 1n ; q, q 1 e2i .
2 1 q
(q; q)n
(7.4.2)
Note that
lim Cn (x; q |q) =
q1
n

()k ()nk
k=0
k!(n k)!
= Cn (x).
ei(n2k)
(7.4.3)
Before considering the orthogonality relation for Cn (x; |q), we shall rst
derive some important formulas for these polynomials. For 0 < < , || < 1,
set a = q 1 e2i , b = q 1 , c = qe2i and z = 2 q n in (3.3.5) to obtain
n

, ; 1 q 1n ; q, q 1 e2i
2 1 q
1

q , e2i ; q
, q 1 e2i ; qe2i ; q, 2 q n
= n+1 2i
2 1 q
(q
,e
; q)

1
, q , q n e2i , 1 q 1n e2i ; q
+ n+1 2i
(q
, e , q 1 e2i , 1 q 1n ; q)
1

(7.4.4)
2 1 q , q 1 e2i ; qe2i ; q, 2 q n .
Then, application of the transformation formula (1.4.3) to the two 2 1 series
on the right side of (7.4.4) gives
Cn (x; |q)
( 2 ; q)n
(; q) 1
W (x|q)
= 2
( ; q)
(q; q)n
7.4 An absolutely continuous measure
185

e2i ; q in
2i
e
; qe2i ; q, q n+1
2 1 , e
2i
(e ; q)

2i

; q in
e
2i
+
e
; qe2i ; q, q n+1 ,
2 1 , e
(e2i ; q)
where

e2i , e2i ; q
W (x|q) =
,
(e2i , e2i ; q)
(7.4.5)
x = cos .
(7.4.6)
Rewriting the right side of (7.4.5) as a q-integral we obtain the formula

(, ; q) 2 ; q n
2i sin
Cn (x; |q) =
(1 q)W (x|q) (q, 2 ; q) (q; q)n

ei
quei , quei ; q n
u dq u,
(7.4.7)
(uei , uei ; q)
ei
which was found by Rahman and Verma [1986a].
Now use (1.4.1) to obtain from (7.4.5) that
(, q; q) 1
( 2 ; q)n
W (x|q)
2
(q, ; q)
(q; q)n

in
1 n+1

2i
1e
,q
; q n+1 ; q, e2i
e
2 1 q

+ 1 e2i ein 2 1 q 1 , q n+1 ; q n+1 ; q, e2i

= 4 sin W1 (x|q)
b(k, n; ) sin(n + 2k + 1),
(7.4.8)
Cn (x; |q) =
k=0
where 0 < < , || < 1 and

b(k, n; ) =
(, q; q) ( 2 ; q)n (q 1 ; q)k (q; q)n+k k

.
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)n (q; q)k (q; q)n+k
(7.4.9)
The series on the right side of (7.4.8) is absolutely convergent if || < 1. For
|x| < 1, |q| < 1 and large n it is clear from (7.4.5) that the leading term in the
asymptotic expansion of Cn (cos ; |q) is given by

2i
e2i ; q in
; q in
e
(; q)
Cn (cos ; |q)
e
+
e
(q; q)
(e2i ; q)
(e2i ; q)
=2
where

(; q)
A(ei ) cos(n ),
(q; q)

z 2 ; q
,
A(z) =
(z 2 ; q)
(7.4.10)
= arg A(ei ),
(7.4.11)
and, as elsewhere, f (n) g(n) means that limn f (n)/g(n) = 1. For further results on the asymptotics of Cn (x; |q), see Askey and Ismail [1980] and
Rahman and Verma [1986a].
186

If we use (3.5.4) to express 2 1 q n , ; 1 q 1n ; q, q 1 e2i as a termi1
nating VWP-balanced 8 7 series in base q 2 and then apply (2.5.1), we obtain
2 1
, ;
1 1n
; q, q
1 2i
(q 2 n e2i ; q)n (q (1n)/2 1 ; q 2 )n

1
( 1 q 2 n ; q 2 )n
n/2 1 i

1
, 2 e , 2 ei , q n/2 1 1
q
2,q2
4 3
;
q
1
1
, q 4 n/2 ei , q 4 n/2 ei
2
n/2

1
1
; q n n/2 in
, q n/2 , 2 ei , 2 ei 1 1
q
2,q2
;
q
=
4 3
1
1
1
1
(; q)n
, 2 q 4 , 2 q 4
1
by (2.10.4). However, by (3.10.13),

n/2

1
1
, q n/2 , 2 ei , 2 ei 1 1
q
2
2
;q ,q
4 3
1
1
1
1
, 2 q 4 , 2 q 4

n 2 n 1 i 1 i
q , q ,2e ,2e
;
q,
q
,
= 4 3
1
1
q 2 , , q 2
(7.4.12)
(7.4.13)
and hence, from (7.4.2), (7.4.12) and (7.4.13), we have

Cn (cos ; |q)
n 2 n 1 i 1 i

q , q ,2e ,2e
( 2 ; q)n n/2
; q, q .
=
4 3
1
1
(q; q)n
q 2 , , q 2
(7.4.14)
Since W (cos |q) = |A(ei )|2 for real , it follows from Theorem 40
in Nevai [1979] and the asymptotic formula (7.4.10) that the polynomials
Cn (cos ; |q) are orthogonal on [0,] with respect to the measure W (cos |q)d,
1 < < 1. One can also guess the weight function by setting = q and
comparing the generating function (7.4.1) and the expansion (7.4.8) with the
q 1 limit cases and the weight function (1 e2i ) (1 e2i ) for the ultraspherical polynomials Cn (cos ).
We shall now give a direct proof of the orthogonality relation

m,n
Cm (cos ; |q)Cn (cos ; |q)W (cos |q) d =
,
(7.4.15)
h
n (|q)
0
where |q| < 1, || < 1 and
hn (|q) =
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)n (1 q n )

.
2(, q; q) ( 2 ; q)n (1 )
(7.4.16)
As we shall see in the next section, (7.4.15) can be proved by using (7.4.14)
and the Askey-Wilson q-beta integral (6.1.1); but here we shall give a direct
proof by using (7.4.2), (1.9.10) and (1.9.11), as in Gasper [1981b], to evaluate
the integral. Since the integrand in (7.4.15) is even in , it suces to prove
that

2m,n
,
(7.4.17)
Cm (cos ; |q)Cn (cos ; |q)W (cos |q) d =
h
n (|q)

when 0 m n. We rst show that, for any integer k,

0,
if k is odd,
eik W (cos |q) d =
ck/2 (|q), if k is even,
where
cj (|q) =
2(, q; q) ( 1 ; q)j
(1 + q j ) j .
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)j
187
(7.4.18)
(7.4.19)
By the q-binomial theorem,

eik W (cos |q) d
r=0 s=0
( 1 ; q)r ( 1 ; q)s r+s
(q; q)r (q; q)s
ei(k+2r2s) d,
which equals zero when k is odd and equals

2

( 1 ; q)s ( 1 ; q)s+j
(q; q)s (q; q)s+j
s=0
= 2
j+2s

( 1 ; q)j j
2 1 1 , 1 q j ; q j+1 ; q, 2
(q; q)j
when k = 2j, j = 0, 1, . . . . By (1.4.5), the above 2 1 series equals
1 1

(, q j+1 ; q)
, ; ; q, q j+1
2 1 q
2
j+1
( , q ; q)
(, q; q) (q; q)j
=
(1 + q j ).
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)j
From this and the fact that W (cos |q) is symmetric in , so that we can
handle negative ks, we get (7.4.18). Hence, from (7.4.2),

eik Cn (cos ; |q)W (cos |q) d
(7.4.20)
equals zero when n k is odd and equals

2(, q; q) (; q)n ( 1 ; q)j
(1 + q j ) j
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)n (q; q)j
n

q , , 1 q j , q 1j
4 3
; q, q
q 1j , 1 q 1n , q j
(7.4.21)
when n k = 2j is even. From (1.9.11) it follows that this 4 3 series and hence
the integral (7.4.20) are equal to zero when n > |k|. Hence (7.4.17) holds when
m = n. If k = n = 0, then (1.9.10) gives

eik Cn (cos ; |q)W (cos |q) d
2(, q; q) ( 2 ; q)n
(q, 2 ; q) (q; q)n
(7.4.22)
188
from which it follows that (7.4.17) also holds when m = n.
7.5 The Askey-Wilson polynomials

In view of the 4 3 series representation (7.4.14) for the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials it is natural to consider the more general polynomials
n

q , q n , ei , ei
; q, q
(7.5.1)
4 3
, ,
which are of degree n in x = cos , and to try to determine the values of

, , , ,
for which these polynomials are orthogonal. Because terminating
balanced 4 3 series can be transformed to other balanced 4 3 series and to
VWP-balanced 8 7 series which satisfy three-term transformation formulas
(see, e.g., (7.2.13), (2.11.1), Exercise 2.15 and the three-term recurrence relation for the q-Racah polynomials), one is led to consider balanced 4 3 series. From Sears transformation formula (2.10.4) it follows that if we set
= abcdq 1 , = a, = ab, = ac and
= ad, then the polynomials
pn (x) pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
= (ab, ac, ad; q)n an 4 3

; q, q
ab, ac, ad
(7.5.2)
are symmetric in a, b, c, d. In addition, for real these polynomials are analytic
functions of a, b, c, d and are, in view of the coecient (ab, ac, ad; q)n an , realvalued when a, b, c, d are real or, if complex, occur in conjugate pairs.
Askey and Wilson [1985] introduced these polynomials as q-analogues of
the 4 F3 polynomials of Wilson [1978, 1980]. Since they derived the orthogonality relation, three-term recurrence relation, dierence equation and other
properties of pn (x; a, b, c, d|q), these polynomials are now called the AskeyWilson polynomials.
Since the three-term recurrence relation (7.2.1) for the q-Racah polynomials continues to hold without the restriction bdq = q N , by translating it into
the notation for pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) we nd, as in Askey and Wilson [1985], that
the recurrence relation for these polynomials can be written in the form
2xpn (x) = An pn+1 (x) + Bn pn (x) + Cn pn1 (x),
n 0,
(7.5.3)
with p1 (x) = 0, p0 (x) = 1, where

1 abcdq n1
,
(1 abcdq 2n1 ) (1 abcdq 2n )
(1 q n )(1 abq n1 )(1 acq n1 )(1 adq n1 )
Cn =
(1 abcdq 2n2 ) (1 abcdq 2n1 )
An =
(1 bcq n1 )(1 bdq n1 )(1 cdq n1 ),
(7.5.4)
(7.5.5)
189
and
Bn = a + a1 An a1 (1 abq n )(1 acq n )(1 adq n )
Cn a/(1 abq n1 )(1 acq n1 )(1 adq n1 ). (7.5.6)
It is clear that An , Bn , Cn are real if a, b, c, d are real or, if complex, occur in
conjugate pairs. Also An Cn+1 > 0, n = 0, 1, . . . , if the pairwise products of
a, b, c, d are less than 1 in absolute value. So by Favards theorem, there exists
a measure d(x) with respect to which pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) are orthogonal. In
order to determine this measure let us assume that max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1.
Then, by (2.5.1),
pn (cos ; a, b, c, d|q)

ab, ac, bc, dei , ; q n in

e
=
(abcei ; q)n

8 W7 abcei q 1 ; aei , bei , cei , abcdq n1 , q n ; q, qd1 ei , (7.5.7)
and, by (2.11.1),

i 1
; aei , bei , cei , abcdq n1 , q n ; qd1 ei
8 W7 abce q

abcei , bcdei q n , bei q n+1 , cei q n+1 , aei , bei , cei , dei q n ; q
=
(ab, ac, bc, q n+1 , bdq n , cdq n , bcq n+1 e2i , e2i ; q)
n 2i

8 W7 bcq e ; bcq n , bei , cei , qa1 ei , qd1 ei ; q, adq n

abcei , abcei q n , bcdei q n , bei q n+1 , cei q n+1 ; q
+
(q n+1 , bdq n , cdq n , abcei q n , bcq n+1 e2i ; q)
i i i

ae , be , ce , dei ; q 2in
e
(ab, ac, ad, e2i ; q)
n 2i

8 W7 bcq e
; bcq n , bei , cei , qa1 ei , qd1 ei ; q, adq n , (7.5.8)
where 0 < < . Hence

= (bc, bd, cd; q)n Qn ei ; a, b, c, d|q + Qn ei ; a, b, c, d|q , (7.5.9)
where
Qn (z; a, b, c, d|q)

abczq n , bcdzq n , bzq n+1 , czq n+1 , a/z, b/z, c/z, d/z; q n
=
z
(bc, bd, cd, abq n , acq n , q n+1 , bcz 2 q n+1 , z 2 ; q)
n 2

(7.5.10)
8 W7 bcq z ; bcq n , bz, cz, qa1 z, qd1 z; q, adq n .
It is clear from (7.5.10) that
Qn (z; a, b, c, d|q) z n B(z 1 )/(bc, bd, cd; q) ,
(7.5.11)
B(z) = (az, bz, cz, dz; q) /(z 2 ; q)
(7.5.12)
where
190
as n , uniformly for z, a, b, c, d in compact sets avoiding the poles z 2 = q k ,

k = 0, 1, . . . . Using (7.5.9) we nd that
ein B(ei ) + ein B(ei )
= 2|B(ei )| cos(n ),
where = arg B(ei ) and 0 < < (see Rahman [1986c]). Then

B(ei )2 = [sin w(cos ; a, b, c, d|q)]1 ,
(7.5.13)
(7.5.14)
where, in order to be consistent with the pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) notation, we have

used w(x; a, b, c, d|q) to denote the weight function w(x; a, b, c, d) dened in
(6.3.1). It follows from Theorem 40 in Nevai [1979] that the polynomials
pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) are orthogonal on [1, 1] with respect to the measure
w(x; a, b, c, d|q)dx when max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1.
We shall now give a direct proof of the orthogonality relation
1
m,n
pm (x)pn (x)w(x) dx =
,
(7.5.15)
hn
1
where w(x) w(x; a, b, c, d|q)
hn hn (a, b, c, d|q)
1
and

abcdq 1 ; q n 1 abcdq 2n1
(a, b, c, d|q)
,
(q; q)n (1 abcdq 1 ) (ab, ac, ad, bc, bd, cd; q)n
(7.5.16)
with

(a, b, c, d|q) =
=
1
1
w(x; a, b, c, d|q) dx
2(abcd; q)
,
(7.5.17)
by (6.1.1). First observe that, by (7.5.17),

1

ae , aei ; q j bei , bei ; q k w(x; a, b, c, d|q) dx
1
w(x; aq j , bq k , c, d|q) dx
= (aq j , bq k , c, d|q).
(7.5.18)
By using (7.5.2) and the fact that pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) = pn (x; b, a, c, d|q) we nd
that the left side of (7.5.15) equals
(a, b, c, d|q)(ab, ac, ad; q)m (ba, bc, bd; q)n am bn

m

n
m

q , abcdq m1 ; q j
q , abcdq n1 , abq j
;
q,
q
. (7.5.19)
q j 3 2
abcdq j , ab
(q, abcd; q)j
j=0
191
Assuming that 0 n m and using the q-Saalsch

utz formula to sum the 3 2
series, the sum over j in (7.5.19) gives

cd, abcdq m1 , q m ; q n n
q 2 1 q nm , abcdq n+m1 ; abcdq 2n ; q, q
1n
(q
/ab; q)n (abcd; q)2n

cd, abcdq m1 , q m ; q n q 1+nm ; q mn

= 1n
(q
/ab; q)n (abcd; q)2n (abcdq 2n ; q)mn

(q, cd; q)n 1 abcdq 1
(ab)n m,n .
=
(7.5.20)
(abcdq 1 , ab; q)n (1 abcdq 2n1 )
Combining (7.5.19) and (7.5.20) completes the proof of (7.5.15).
Askey and Wilson proved a more general orthogonality relation by using
contour integration. They showed that if |q| < 1 and the pairwise products
and quotients of a, b, c, d are not of the form q k , k = 0, 1, . . ., then
1

pm (x)pn (x)w(x) dx + 2
pm (xk )pn (xk )wk
1
m,n
,
(7.5.21)
=
hn (a, b, c, d|q)

where xk are the points 12 f q k + f 1 q k with f equal to any of the parameters a, b, c, d whose absolute value is greater than 1, the sum is over the k with
|f q k | > 1, and
wk wk (a, b, c, d|q)
(a2 ; q)
=
(7.5.22)

when xk = 12 aq k + a1 q k . For a proof and complete discussion, see Askey
and Wilson [1985]. Also, see Ex. 7.31.
In order to get a q-analogue of Jacobi polynomials, Askey and Wilson set
a = q (2+1)/4 , b = q (2+3)/4 , c = q (2+1)/4 , d = q (2+3)/4
and dened the continuous q-Jacobi polynomials by
+1
q
;q n
(,)
(x|q) =
Pn
(q; q)n

n n+++1 (2+1)/4 i (2+1)/4 i
,q
e ,q
e
q ,q
4 3
; q, q .
q +1 , q (++1)/2 , q (++2)/2
(7.5.23)
(7.5.24)
On the other hand, Rahman [1981] found it convenient to work with an apparently dierent q-analogue, namely,

+1
, q +1 ; q n
q
(,)
(x; q) =
Pn
(q, q; q)n

n n+++1 1 i 1 i
,q2e ,q2e
q ,q
;
q,
q
.
(7.5.25)
4 3
q +1 , q +1 , q
192
However, as Askey and Wilson pointed out, these two q-analogues are not
really dierent since, by the quadratic transformation (3.10.13),
(q; q)n
q n Pn(,) (x; q).
(q ++1 ; q)n
(7.5.26)
lim Pn(,) (x|q) = lim Pn(,) (x; q) = Pn(,) (x).
(7.5.27)
Pn(,) (x|q 2 ) =
Note that
q1
q1
The orthogonality relations for these q-analogues are

1
(,)
Pm
(cos |q)Pn(,) (cos |q)w(; q 2 ) d =
0
and
(,)
Pm
(cos ; q)Pn(,) (cos ; q)w(; q) d =
m,n
,
an (, |q)
(7.5.28)
m,n
,
bn (, ; q)
(7.5.29)
where 0 < q < 1, 12 , 12 ,

2

i

e , ei ; q

w(; q) = + 1
,
1
(q 2 ei , q + 2 ei ; q)
(7.5.30)

q, q +1 , q +1 , q (++1)/2 , q (++2)/2 ; q

an (, |q) =
2 q (++2)/2 , q (++3)/2 ; q

1 q 2n+++1 q, q ++1 , q (++1)/2 ; q n n(2+1)/2
(1 q ++1 ) q +1 , q +1 , q (++3)/2 ; q n
(7.5.31)
and

q, q +1 , q +1 , q +1 , q +1 , q ++1 , q; q
bn (, ; q) =
2 (q ++2 ; q)

++1

2n+++1
1q
q
, q, q, q, q; q n q n
.
(1 q ++1 ) (q +1 , q +1 , q +1 , q +1 , q ++1 ; q)n
(7.5.32)
From (7.4.14), (7.5.24) and (7.5.25) it is obvious that

Cn (cos ; q |q)
2
q ; q n n/2 ( 12 , 12 )
q
Pn
(cos |q)
(7.5.33)
=
1
q + 2 ; q
n 1 1
q , q 2 ; q 2
1
( 1 , 12 )
n
q n/4 Pn 2
(cos ; q 2 ). (7.5.34)
=
1
(2+1)/4
(2+1)/4
, q
;q2
q
n
193
It can also be shown that

q , q; q n n/2 ( 12 , 12 )
q
Pn
(2x2 1; q),
(7.5.35)
C2n (x; q |q) = 1
1
2
2
q , q ; q
n

,
1;
q
q
( 1 , 1 )
n+1 q n/2 Pn 2 2 (2x2 1; q),
C2n+1 (x; q |q) = x 1
1
q 2 , q 2 ; q
n+1
(7.5.36)
which are q-analogues of the quadratic transformations
(x) =
C2n
()n ( 12 , 12 )
Pn
(2x2 1)
( 12 )n
and
C2n+1
(x) = x
()n+1 ( 12 , 12 )
Pn
(2x2 1),
( 12 )n+1
(7.5.37)
(7.5.38)
respectively. To prove (7.5.35), observe that from (7.4.2)

C2n (cos ; q |q)
2n 12n

q ; q 2n 2in
=
e
,q ;q
; q, q 1 e2i ,
2 1 q
(q; q)2n
and hence, by the Sears-Carlitz formula (Ex. 2.26),
C2n (cos ; q |q)

q ; q 2n
1
1
q 2 e2i , q 2 n e2i ; q e2in
=
(q; q)2n
n

n
1
1
n
n
n
q , q , q 2 , q 2
4 3 12n 1 n 2i 1 n 2i ; q, q .
q
,q2 e ,q2 e
(7.5.39)
Reversing the 4 3 series, we obtain

C2n (cos ; q |q)

1

n n+ 1 2i 1 2i
q , q + 2 ; q
2e
2e
,
q
,
q
,
q
q
n/2
n
q
; q, q .
=
1
1
4 3
1
q + 2 , q 2 , q
q, q 2 ; q
n
(7.5.40)
This, together with (7.5.25), yields (7.5.35). The proof of (7.5.36) is left as an
exercise.
Following Askey and Wilson [1985] we shall obtain what are now called
the continuous q-Hahn polynomials. First note that the orthogonality relation
(7.5.15) can be written in the form

pm (cos ; a, b, c, d|q)pn (cos ; a, b, c, d|q)w(cos ; a, b, c, d|q) sin d
2m,n
.
hn (a, b, c, d|q)
(7.5.41)
194
Replace by + , a by aei , b by aei and then set c = bei , d = bei to

nd by periodicity that if 1 < a, b < 1 or if b = a
and |a| < 1, then

pm (cos( + ); a, b|q)pn (cos( + ); a, b|q)W () d
m,n
,
n (a, b|q)
(7.5.42)
where
pn (cos( + ); a, b|q) = (a2 , ab, abe2i ; q)n (aei )n
n 2 2 n1 2i+i

q ,a b q
, ae
, aei
4 3
; q, q ,
a2 , ab, abe2i
2

2i(+)

;q
e

,
W () =
aei , bei , aei(+2) , bei(+2) ; q
and
(7.5.43)
(7.5.44)

q, a2 , b2 , ab, ab, abe2i , abe2i ; q
n (a, b|q) =
4(a2 b2 ; q)

1 a2 b2 q 2n1 a2 b2 q 1 ; q n
.
(1 a2 b2 q 1 ) (q, a2 , b2 , ab, ab, abe2i , abe2i ; q)n
(7.5.45)
The recurrence relation for these polynomials is

2 cos( + )pn (cos( + ); a, b|q)
= An pn+1 (cos( + ); a, b|q) + Bn pn (cos( + ); a, b|q)
+ Cn pn1 (cos( + ); a, b|q)
(7.5.46)
for n = 0, 1, . . ., where p1 (x; a, b|q) = 0,

An =
Cn =
(1
1 a2 b2 q n1
,
a2 b2 q 2n )
a2 b2 q 2n1 ) (1
(7.5.47)
(1 q n )(1 a2 q n1 )(1 b2 q n1 )(1 abq n1 )(1 abq n1 )

(1 a2 b2 q 2n2 ) (1 a2 b2 q 2n1 )
(1 abe2i q n1 )(1 abe2i q n1 )
(7.5.48)
and
Bn = aei + a1 ei An a1 ei (1 a2 q n )(1 abq n )(1 abe2i q n )
Cn aei /(1 a2 q n1 )(1 abe2i q n1 )(1 abq n1 ).
(7.5.49)
If we set a = q , b = q , = x log q in (7.5.42) and then let q 1 we
obtain

pm (x; , )pn (x; , )|( + ix)( + ix)|2 dx = 0, m = n, (7.5.50)

where

n
pn (x; , ) = i
3 F2

n, n + 2 + 2 1, ix
;1 .
+ , 2
195
(7.5.51)
For further details and an extension to one more parameter, see Askey [1985b],
Askey and Wilson [1982, 1985], Atakishiyev and Suslov [1985], and Suslov
[1982, 1987].

Suppose fn (x) and gn (x), n = 0, 1, . . ., are polynomials of exact degree n in
x. Sometimes it is of interest to express one of these sequences as a linear
combination of the polynomials in the other sequence, say,
gn (x) =
n
ck,n fk (x).
(7.6.1)
k=0
The numbers ck,n are called the connection coecients. If the polynomials
fn (x) happen to be orthogonal on an interval I with respect to a measure
d(x), then ck,n is the k-th Fourier coecient of gn (x) with respect to the
orthogonal
polynomials fk (x) and hence can be expressed as a multiple of the
integral I fk (x)gn (x)d(x).
A particularly interesting problem is to determine the conditions under
which the connection coecients are nonnegative for particular systems of
orthogonal polynomials. Formula (7.6.1) is sometimes called a projection formula when all of the coecients are nonnegative. See the applications to positive denite functions, isometric embeddings of metric spaces, and inequalities
in Askey [1970, 1975], Askey and Gasper [1971], Gangolli [1967] and Gasper
[1975a]. As an illustration we shall consider the coecients ck,n in the relation
pn (x; , , , d|q) =
n
ck,n pk (x; a, b, c, d|q).
(7.6.2)
k=0
Askey and Wilson [1985] showed that

(d, d, d, q; q)n dq n1 ; q k k2 nk kn
q
d
ck,n =
(d, d, d, q, abcdq k1 ; q)k (q; q)nk

kn
, dq n+k1 , adq k , bdq k , cdq k
q
5 4
; q, q .
abcdq 2k , dq k , dq k , dq k
(7.6.3)
To prove (7.6.3), temporarily assume that max (|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) < 1, and
observe that, by orthogonality,
1
bk,j =
w(x; a, b, c, d|q)pk (x; a, b, c, d|q)(dei , dei ; q)j dx
(7.6.4)
1
vanishes if j < k, and that

bk,j = (a, b, c, d|q)(ab, ac, ad; q)k ak
196

k

(ad, bd, cd; q)j
q , abcdq k1 , adq j
;
q,
q
3 2
abcdq j , ad
(abcd; q)j
= (a, b, c, d|q)(ab, ac, bc, q j ; q)k (ad, bd, cd; q)j (dq j )k /(abcd; q)j+k (7.6.5)
if j k. Since
pn (x; , , , d|q)
= (d, d, d; q)n dn
n
n

q , dq n1 , dei , dei ; q j
j=0
we nd that
ck,n = hk (a, b, c, d|q)
(q, d, d, d; q)j
qj ,
(7.6.6)
w(x; a, b, c, d|q)pk (x; a, b, c, d|q)pn (x; , , , d|q) dx

n
n

q , dq n1 ; q j
n
q j bk,j
= hk (a, b, c, d|q)(d, d, d; q)n d
(q,
d,
d,
d;
q)
j
j=0
1
(7.6.7)
and hence (7.6.3) follows from (7.5.16), (7.5.17) and (7.6.5).
The 5 4 series in (7.6.3) is balanced but, in general, cannot be transformed
in a simple way, so one cannot hope to say much about the nonnegativity of
ck,n unless the parameters are related in some way. One of the simplest cases is
when the 5 4 series reduces to a 3 2 , which can be summed by the q-Saalsch
utz
formula. Thus for = b and = c we get
n

pn (x; , b, c, d|q) =
ck,n pk (x; a, b, c, d|q)
(7.6.8)
k=0
with
ck,n =
(/a; q)nk (bcdq n1 ; q)k (q, bc, bd, cd; q)n ank
.
(q, bc, bd, cd; q)k (abcdq k1 ; q)k (q, abcdq 2k ; q)nk
(7.6.9)
It is clear that ck,n > 0 when 0 < < a < 1, 0 < q < 1 and
max (bc, bd, cd, abcd) < 1.
Another simple case is when the 5 4 series in (7.6.3) reduces to a summable
1
1
4 3 series. For example, this happens when we set d = q 2 , c = q 2 = , b =

a and = . The 5 4 series then reduces to

kn 2 n+k
1
1
, q
, aq k+ 2 , aq k+ 2
q
;
q,
q
(7.6.10)
1
1
4 3
q k+ 2 , q k+ 2 , a2 q 2k+1
which equals
2 n+k+1 kn+1 2 k+n+2 2 kn+2 2 2

,q
,a q
,a q
/ ; q
2 n+k (nk)/2
q
q
(7.6.11)
2
2k+1
2
2k+2
2
2
2
2
(q, q
,a q
, a q / ; q )
by Andrews formula (Ex. 2.8). Clearly, this vanishes when n k is an odd
integer and equals
2 2 2 2
q , q a ; q n2j q, 2 /a2 ; q 2 j
j
(7.6.12)
a2 q 2n+14j
2
2
2
2
(q , q a ; q )nj
7.7 A dierence equation and a Rodrigues-type formula

when n k = 2j, j = 0, 1, . . . , [ n2 ]. Since by (3.10.12) and (7.4.14)
2

q , qa2 ; q 2 n
1
1
Cn (x; a2 |q 2 ),
pn (x; a, a, q 2 , q 2 |q) =
(a2 ; q)n
197
(7.6.13)
we obtain, after some simplication, Rogers formula

k (/; q)k (; q)nk (1 q n2k )
Cn2k (x; |q)
(q; q)k (q; q)nk (1 )
[n/2]
Cn (x; |q) =
(7.6.14)
k=0
after replacing 2 , a2 , q 2 by , and q, respectively.

It is left as an exercise (Ex. 7.15) to show that formulas (7.6.2) and (7.6.14)
are special cases of the q-analogue of the Fields-Wimp formula given in (3.7.9).
For other applications of the connection coecient formula (7.6.2), see
Askey and Wilson [1985].
7.7 A dierence equation and a Rodrigues-type formula for

the Askey-Wilson polynomials
The polynomials pn (x; a, b, c, d|q), unlike the Jacobi polynomials, do not satisfy
a dierential equation; but, as Askey and Wilson [1985] showed, they satisfy a
second-order dierence equation. Dene
1
Eq f (ei ) = f q 2 ei ,
(7.7.1)

i
i
+
(7.7.2)
q f e = Eq Eq f e
and Dq f (x) =
q f (x)
,
q x
x = cos .
(7.7.3)
Clearly,

1
1
1 1
q (cos ) =
q 2 q 2 ei ei = iq 2 (1 q) sin ,
(7.7.4)
2

i
1
1
1
and q ae , aei ; q n = 2aiq 2 (1 q n ) sin (aq 2 ei , aq 2 ei ; q)n1 , (7.7.5)
so that

1
1
2a(1 q n )
(aq 2 ei , aq 2 ei ; q)n1 ,
Dq aei , aei ; q n =
(1 q)
(7.7.6)
impliesthat the divided dierence operator Dq plays the same role for
which
aei , aei ; q n as d/dx does for xn . When q 1, formula (7.7.6) becomes
n
d
1 2ax + a2 = 2an(1 2ax + a2 )n1 .

dx
Generally, for a dierentiable function f (x) we have
lim Dq f (x) =
q1
d
f (x).
dx
198
Following Askey and Wilson [1985], we shall now use the operator Dq and the
recurrence relation (7.5.3) to derive a Rodrigues-type formula for pn (x; a, b, c, d|q).
First note that by (7.5.2) and (7.7.5)
q pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
= 2iq 2 n sin (1 q n )(1 q n1 abcd)pn1 (x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q).
(7.7.7)
1
If we dene
A() =
1 aei
and

rn (ei ) =
4 3

1 bei 1 cei 1 dei
(1 e2i ) (1 qe2i )

; q, q ,
ab, ac, ad
(7.7.8)
(7.7.9)
then the recurrence relation (7.5.3) can be written as

q n (1 q n )(1 abcdq n1 )rn (ei )

= A() rn (q 1 ei ) rn (ei ) + A() rn (qei ) rn (ei ) .
Also, setting

e2i ; q
V (e ) =
(aei , bei , cei , dei ; q)
(7.7.10)
and W (ei ) W (ei ; a, b, c, d|q) = V (ei )V (ei )
(7.7.11)
(7.7.12)
we nd that (7.7.10) can be expressed in the form

q n (1 q n )(1 abcdq n1 )V (ei )V (ei )pn (x)

= q Eq+ V (ei ) Eq V (ei ) {q pn (x)} .
(7.7.13)
Combining (7.7.7) and (7.7.13) we have

q n/2 V (ei )V (ei )pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)

= q Eq+ V (ei ) Eq V (ei ) ei ei

1
1
1
1
pn1 x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q .
(7.7.14)
Since

ei ei Eq+ V (ei )Eq V (ei )

e ei qe2i , qe2i ; q
=
1
1
1
1
h(cos ; aq 2 )h(cos ; bq 2 )h(cos ; cq 2 )h(cos ; dq 2 )

1
1
1
1
W ei ; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q
,
=
ei ei
Exercises
199
(7.7.14) can be written in a slightly better form

q n/2 W (ei ; a, b, c, d|q)pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)

1
1
1
1
= q (ei ei )1 W (ei ; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q)

1
1
1
1
pn1 (x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q) .
(7.7.15)
Observing that, by (6.3.1),

1 x2 w(x; a, b, c, d|q) = W (ei ; a, b, c, d|q)
we nd by iterating (7.7.15) that
w(x; a, b, c, d|q)pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
k

1q
q nk/2k(k+1)/4
= (1)k
2

k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Dqk w(x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q)pnk (x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q)
n

2
1q
= (1)n
q (n n)/4 Dqn w(x; aq n/2 , bq n/2 , cq n/2 , dq n/2 |q) .
2
(7.7.16)
This gives a Rodrigues-type formula for the Askey-Wilson polynomials.
By combining (7.7.7) and (7.7.15) it can be easily seen that the polynomials
pn (x) = pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) satisfy the second-order dierence equation

1
1
1
1
Dq w(x; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 |q)Dq pn (x)
+ n w(x; a, b, c, d|q)pn (x) = 0,
where
(7.7.17)
n = 4q(1 q n )(1 abcdq n1 )(1 q)2 .
(7.7.18)
Exercises
7.1 If {pn (x)} is an orthogonal system of polynomials on (, ) with respect
to a positive measure d(x) that has innitely many points of support,
prove that they satisfy a three-term recurrence relation of the form
xpn (x) = An pn+1 (x) + Bn pn (x) + Cn pn1 (x),
n 0,
with p1 (x) = 0, p0 (x) = 1, where An , Bn , Cn are real and An Cn+1 >

0 for n 0.
7.2 Let p0 (x), p1 (x), . . . , pN (x) be a system of polynomials that satises a
three-term recurrence relation
xpn (x) = An pn+1 (x) + Bn pn (x) + Cn pn1 (x),
200

n = 0, 1, . . . , N , where p1 (x) = 0, p0 (x) = 1. Prove the ChristoelDarboux formula
n

(x y)
pj (x)pj (y)vj = An vn [pn+1 (x)pn (y) pn (x)pn+1 (y)] ,
j=0
0 n N , where v0 = 1 and vn Cn = vn1 An1 , 1 n N . Deduce

that
n

p2j (x)vj = An vn pn+1 (x)pn (x) pn (x)pn+1 (x)
j=0
and hence
N
p2j (xk )vj = AN vN pN (xk )pN +1 (xk )
j=0
if xk is a zero of pN +1 (x).
7.3 Show that when n = N , the recurrence relation (7.2.1) reduces to

1 q j 1 cdq j+1 pN (xj ) = CN [pN (xj ) pN 1 (xj )] ,

where pn (xj ) is given by (7.2.11), xj by (7.2.9), and An and Cn by (7.2.5)
and (7.2.6). Hence show that (7.2.1) holds with x = xj , j = 0, 1, . . . , N .
(Askey and Wilson [1979])
7.4 If pn (xj ), vn and wj are dened by (7.2.11), (7.2.3) and (7.2.15), respectively, prove directly (i.e. without the use of Favards theorem) that
N
pm (xj )pn (xj )wj = vn1
j=0
and
N

n=0
N
wj m,n
j=0
pn (xj )pn (xk )vn = wj1
N
wn j,k .
n=0
[Hint: First transform one of the polynomials, say pn (x), to be a multiple

of the 4 3 series on the left side of (7.2.14)].
7.5 Let one of a, b, c, d be a nonnegative integer power of q 1 and let

a, b, c, d
(a, b) = 4 3
; q, q ,
e, f, g
where ef g = abcdq. Prove the Askey and Wilson [1979] contiguous relation
A(aq 1 , bq) + B(a, b) + C(aq, bq 1 ) = 0,
where
A = b(1 b)(aq b)(a e)(a f )(a g),

B = ab(a bq)(b a)(aq b)(1 c)(1 d)
b(1 b)(aq b)(a e)(a f )(a g)
+ a(1 a)(a bq)(e b)(f b)(g b),
C = a(1 a)(a bq)(e b)(f b)(g b),
Exercises
201
and derive the following limit case which was found independently by Lassalle [1999]:

ab(1 c) ac(1 b)
xy
a, b, c
(c b) +
;
q,
3 2
x, y
y
x
abc

(1 c)(y a)(y b)
xy
a, b, qc
=
; q,
3 2
x, qy
y(1 y)
abc

(1 b)(x a)(x c)
xy
a, qb, c
.
; q,
3 2
qx, y
x(1 x)
abc
7.6 Determine the conditions that a, b, c, d must satisfy so that An Cn+1 > 0
for 0 n N 1, where An and Cn are as dened in (7.2.5) and (7.2.6)
and one of aq, cq, bdq is q N , N a nonnegative integer.
7.7 Prove (7.2.22) directly by using the appropriate transformation and summation formulas derived in Chapters 1-3. Verify that

hn (q)Wn (x; q)Wn (y; q) = x,y /(x; q)
n
for x, y = 0, 1, . . . , N , which is the dual of (7.2.18).

7.8 (i) Prove that the q-Krawtchouk polynomials
n

q , x, a1 q n
Kn (x; a, N ; q) = 3 2
; q, q
q N , 0
satisfy the orthogonality relation
N
Km (q
; a, N ; q)Kn (q
x=0

q N ; q x
; a, N ; q)
(a)x
(q; q)x

N +1
(q; q)n (1 + a1 )(a1 q N +1 ; q)n
= qa1 ; q N aN q ( 2 )
(a1 ; q)n (1 + a1 q 2n )(q N ; q)n
(aq N +1 )n q n(n+1) m,n ,
and nd their three-term recurrence relation. (Stanton [1980b])
(ii) Let
Kn (x; a, N |q) = 2 1 (q n , x; q N ; q, aq n+1 )
be another family of q-Krawtchouk polynomials. Prove that they satisfy

the orthogonality relation
N
Km (q
x=0
=
7.9
; a, N |q) Kn (q
(aq; q)N x (1)N x q (2)

; a, N |q)
(q; q)x (q; q)N x
N +n+1
(q, aq; q)n (q; q)N n
(1)n aN q ( 2 )n(n+1) m,n .
(q, q; q)N
Prove that
xpn (x) = An [pn+1 (x) pn (x)] Cn [pn (x) pn1 (x)] ,
n 0,
202

where pn (x) = pn (x; a, b; q) are the little q-Jacobi polynomials and

q n 1 aq n+1) 1 abq n+1
(1 q n ) (1 bq n ) (aq n )
=
,
C
.
An =
n
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 abq 2n+2 )
(1 abq 2n ) (1 abq 2n+1 )
7.10 Prove that

(x 1)Pn (x) = An [Pn+1 (x) Pn (x)] + Cn [Pn (x) Pn1 (x)] ,
n 0,
where Pn (x) = Pn (x; a, b, c; q) are the big q-Jacobi polynomials and

1 aq n+1 1 cq n+1 1 abq n+1

,
An =
(1 abq 2n+1 ) (1 abq 2n+2 )

(1 q n ) (1 bq n ) 1 abc1 q n
acq n+1 .
Cn =
(1 abq 2n ) (1 abq 2n+1 )
7.11 The ane q-Krawtchouk polynomials are dened by

n
0
q , x,
;
q,
q
, 0 < aq < 1.
KnA (x; a, N ; q) = 3 2
aq, q N
Prove that they satisfy the orthogonality relation
N

(aq, q N ; q)x
A
q ; a, N ; q KnA q x ; a, N ; q
Km
(q; q)x
x=0
N 1 x
x
m,n
q

q (2) =
, m, n = 0, 1, . . . , N,
a
hn
where
aq, q N ; q
hn =
(q; q)n
(1)n (aq)N n q N n( 2 ) .
(Delsarte [1976a,b], Dunkl [1977])

7.12 The q-Meixner polynomials are dened by

Mn (x; a, c; q) = 2 1 q n , x; aq; q, q n+1 /c ,
with 0 < aq < 1 and c > 0. Show that they satisfy the orthogonality
relation

x
m,n
(aq; q)x
Mm (q x ; a, c; q)Mn (q x ; a, c; q)
cx q (2) =
,
(q,
acq;
q)
hn
x
x=0
where
hn =
(acq; q) (aq; q)n n

q .
(c; q) (q, qc1 ; q)n
(When a = q r1 , the q-Meixner polynomials reduce to the q-Krawtchouk

polynomials considered in Koornwinder [1989].)
7.13 The q-Charlier polynomials are dened by

cn (x; a; q) = 2 1 q n , x; 0; q, q n+1 /a .
Exercises
Show that
cm (q x ; a; q)cn (q x ; a; q)
x=0
203
ax (x)
q 2
(q; q)x
= (a; q) (q, qa1 ; q)n q n m,n .

7.14 Show that, for x = cos ,
Cn (x; q|q) =
and
sin(n + 1)
= Un (x),
sin
n0
1 qn
Cn (x; |q) = cos n = Tn (x),
1 2(1 )
lim
n 1,
where Tn (x) and Un (x) are the Tchebichef polynomials of the rst and
second kind, respectively.
7.15 Verify that formulas (7.6.2) and (7.6.14) follow from the q-analogue of the
Fields-Wimp formula (3.7.9).
7.16 Let x = cos , |t| < 1, and |q| < 1. Show that
(, ; q)
(; q)n n
2i sin
t =
( 2 ; q)n
(1 q)W (x|q) (q, 2 ; q)

quei , quei , tu; q
dq u
(uei , uei , tu; q)
Cn (x; |q)
n=0
ei
ei
and deduce that

(i)
Cn (x; |q)
(ii)
tn
( 2 ; q)n
n=0

2i
; 2 ; q, tei .
= (tei ; q)1
2 1 , e

n
(t)n
Cn (x; |q)q ( 2 ) 2
( ; q)n
n=0

= (tei ; q) 2 1 , e2i ; 2 ; q, tei .
7.17 Using (1.8.1), or otherwise, prove that
if n is odd,
2 2
0,
;
q
Cn (0; |q) =
n/2
, if n is even.
(1)n/2 2 2
(q ; q )n/2
7.18 If 1 < q, < 1, show that
|Cn (x; |q)| Cn (1; |q).
7.19 Derive the recurrence relations
2xCn (x; |q) =
1 q n+1
1 2 q n1
C
(x;
|q)
+
Cn1 (x; |q),
n+1
1 q n
1 q n
204

and
Cn (x; |q) =
1
(1 )
Cn (x; q|q)
Cn2 (x; q|q),
1 q n
1 q n
with C2 (x; |q) = C1 (x; |q) = 0, C0 (x; |q) = 1, and n 0.

(Ismail and Zhang [1994])
7.20 Prove that

(, q; q) k
Cn (cos ; |q) cos(n + 2k) W (cos |q) d =
(q, 2 ; q)
0
( 1 ; q)k ( 2 ; q)n (q; q)n+k 1 q n+2k
, n, k 0,
(q; q)k (q; q)n (q; q)n+k 1 q n+k
where W (x|q) is dened in (7.4.6).
7.21 Using (7.4.15) and (7.6.14) prove that
2

, , q; q
h(x; )
Cn (x; |q) =
dk,n Cn+2k (x; |q),
h(x; )
(, q, 2 ; q)
k=0
where h(x; a) is as dened in (6.1.2) and

dk,n =
k (/; q)k (q; q)n+2k ( 2 ; q)n (; q)n+k (1 q n+2k )

.
(q; q)k ( 2 ; q)n+2k (q; q)n (q; q)n+k (1 )
(Askey and Ismail [1983])

7.22 Prove that the continuous q-Hermite polynomials dened in Ex. 1.28 satisfy the orthogonality relation

2
2(q; q)n
Hm (cos |q)Hn (cos |q) e2i ; q d =
m,n .
(q; q)
0
7.23 Setting
Cn (x; |q) =
( 2 ; q)n
cn (x; |q)
(q; q)n
in Ex. 7.19, show that

2x(1 q n )cn (x; |q) = (1 2 q n )cn+1 (x; |q) + (1 q n )cn1 (x; |q),
for n 0, with c1 (x; |q) = 0, c0 (x; |q) = 1. Now set = sk and
q = sk , where k = exp(2i/k) is a k-th root of unity, divide the above
recurrence relation by 1 skn and take the limit as s 1 to show that the
limiting polynomials, cn (x; k), called the sieved ultraspherical polynomials
of the rst kind, satisfy the recurrence relation
2xcn (x; k) = cn+1 (x; k) + cn1 (x; k),
2x(m +
)cmk (x; k)
= (m +
n = mk,
2)cmk+1 (x; k)
+ mcmk1 (x; k)
where k, m, n = 0, 1, . . ., c0 (x; k) = 1 and c1 (x; k) = x.

(Al-Salam, Allaway and Askey [1984b])
Exercises
205
7.24 Rewrite the orthogonality relation (7.4.15) in terms of the sieved orthogonal polynomial cn (x; |q) dened in Ex. 7.23 and set = sk and q = sk .
By carefully taking the limits of the q-shifted factorials prove that
1
m,n
cm (x; k)cn (x; k)w(x) dx =
,
hn
1
where
w(x) = 22(k1) (1 x2 ) 2
1
k1

|x2 cos2 (j/k)|
j=0
and
hn =
( + 1) ( + 1)n/k (2)n/k
,
( 12 )( + 12 ) (1)n/k ()n/k
where the roof and oor functions are dened by

a = smallest integer greater than or equal to a,
a = largest integer less than or equal to a.

7.25 The sieved ultraspherical polynomials of the second kind are dened by
Bn (x; k) = lim Cn (x; sk+1 k |sk ), k = exp(2i/k).
s1
Show that Bn (x; k) satises the recurrence relation
(x; k) + Bn1
(x; k),
2xBn (x; k) = Bn+1
2x(m +
(x; k)
)Bmk1
mBmk
(x; k)
n + 1 = mk,
+ (m + 2)Bmk2
(x; k),
where B0 (x; k) = 1; B1 (x; k) = 2x if k 2; B1 (x; 1) = 2( + 1)x. Show

also that Bn (x; k) satises the orthogonality relation
1
m,n
Bm
(x; k)Bn (x; k)w(x) dx =
,
hn
1
where
1
w(x) = 22(k1) (1 x2 ) 2
k1

2
x cos2 (j/k)
j=0
and
hn =
(1)n/k ( + 1) n+1

2( + 1)
k
.
1
1 ( + 1)
( 2 )( + 2 )
n/k (2 + 1) n+1
k
206
7.26 Using (2.5.1) show that

(ab, ac, bc, q; q)n
pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) =
(abcdq 1 ; q)n

n

abcq 1 ei ; q k 1 abcei q 2k1 aei , bei , cei ; q k
(q; q)k (1 abcq 1 ei )(bc, ac, ab; q)k

k=0
abcdq 1 ; q n+k dei ; q nk i(n2k)
e
.
(abcei ; q)n+k (q; q)nk
Deduce that the polynomials
pn (x) = lim pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
q0
are given by
p0 (x) = 1 = U0 (x),
p1 (x) = (1 s4 )U1 (x) + (s3 s1 )U0 (x),
p2 (x) = U2 (x) s1 U1 (x) + (s2 s4 )U0 (x),
pn (x) =
4
(1)k sk Unk (x),
n 3,
k=0
where
s0 = 1, s1 = a + b + c + d, s2 = ab + ac + ad + bc + bd + cd,
s3 = abc + abd + acd + bcd, s4 = abcd,
and Un (cos ) = sin(n+1)/ sin , U1 (x) = 0. When max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) <
1 show that these polynomials satisfy the orthogonality relation

1
2 1
pm (x)pn (x)(1 x2 ) 2 dx
1 (1 2ax + a2 )(1 2bx + b2 )(1 2cx + c2 )(1 2dx + d2 )
0,
m = n,
1 abcd
, m = n = 0,
= (1 ab)(1 ac)(1 ad)(1 bc)(1 bd)(1 cd)
m = n = 1,
1 abcd,
1,
m = n 2.
(Askey and Wilson [1985])
7.27 Prove that
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
sin(n + 1)
1
1
pn (cos ; q, q, q 2 , q 2 |q) = q n+2 ; q n
,
sin
1
1
pn (cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 |q) = 2(q n ; q)n cos n, n 1,
sin(n + 12 )
1
1
,
pn (cos ; q, 1, q 2 , q 2 |q) = q n+1 ; q n
sin(/2)
cos(n + 12 )
1
1
.
pn (cos ; 1, q, q 2 , q 2 |q) = q n+1 ; q n
cos(/2)
Exercises
207
7.28 Use the orthogonality relations (7.5.28) and (7.5.29) to prove the quadratic
transformation formula (7.5.26).
7.29 Verify the orthogonality relations (7.5.28) and (7.5.29).
7.30 Verify formula (7.5.36).
7.31 Suppose that a, b, c, d are complex parameters with max (|b|, |c|, |d|, |q|) <
1 < |a| such that |aq N +1 | < 1 < |aq N |, where N is a nonnegative integer.
Use (6.6.12) to prove that
1
N

pm (x)pn (x)w(x; a, b, c, d|q) dx + 2
pm (xk )pn (xk )wk
1
k=0
m,n
,
=
hn (a, b, c, d|q)
where pn (x) = pn (x; a, b, c, d|q), xk =
by (7.5.22).
1
2

aq k + a1 q k and wk is given
7.32 Prove that

Pn(,) (x; q) = (1)n Pn(,) (x; q),
Pn(,) (x|q) = (1)n q ()n/2 Pn(,) (x|q).
(i)
(ii)
7.33 Using (7.4.1), (7.4.7) and (2.11.2) prove that

(q; q)n
(i)
Cn (x; |q)Cn (y; |q)tn
2 ; q)
(
n
n=0

2
(t2 , ; q) tei+i , teii ; q
=

(t2 , 2 ; q) (tei+i , teii ; q)

8 W7 t2 q 1 ; , tei+i , teii , teii , teii ; q, ,

(q; q)n 1 q n
(ii)
2 ; q)
(
1
n
n=0

2
2
t , ; q tei+i , qteii ; q
=

(qt2 , 2 ; q) (tei+i , teii ; q)

8 W7 t2 ; , qtei+i , qteii , teii , teii ; q, ,
where 1 < q, , t < 1 and x = cos , y = cos .
(Gasper and Rahman [1983a], Rahman and Verma [1986a])
7.34 Show that
pn (cos ; a, b, c, d|q) = D1 ()(ab, ac, bc; q)n

n
qei /d
duei , duei , abcdu/q; q (q/u; q)n

du
dq u,
(dau/q, dbu/q, dcu/q; q) (abcdu/q; q)n q
qei /d
where
D() =
iq(1 q)
(q, ab, ac, bc; q) h(cos ; d)w(cos ; a, b, c, d|q).
2d
208

Hence show that
1
1

(a2 c2 ; q)n pn (cos ; a, aq 2 , c, cq 2 |q)
1
n=0
(q; q)n (a2 q 2 , ac, acq 2 ; q)n
tn
(at, ac2 t, actei , actei ; q)

(ct, a2 ct, tei , tei ; q)

1
1
8 W7 a2 ctq 1 ; ac, a/c, ctq 2 , aei , aei ; q, ctq 2 .

7.35 Show that Ex. 6.9 is equivalent to
1
w(y; a, b, ei , ei |q)pn (y; a, b, c, d|q) dy
1
(ab; q)n n
2(ab2 ; q)
(q, ab, 2 , aei , aei , bei , bei ; q) (ab2 ; q)n

pn (cos ; a, b, c1 , d1 |q),
where max(|a|, |b|, ||) < 1.

7.36 Show that if for |q| < 1 we dene
(a; q) =
(a; q)
,
(aq ; q)
where is a complex number and the principal value of q is taken, then

(7.7.6) extends to

1
2a(1 q ) 1 i
aq 2 e , aq 2 ei ; q
.
Dq aei , aei ; q =
1q
1
7.37 Let n = 1, 2, . . . , r, x = cos , and

Un (x) = An,r q +1 ei , q +1 ei ; q n
nr n+r+2+2+1 n++ 1 n+2 n++1 i n++1 i

2,q
,q
,q
,q
e ,q
e
q
6 5
;
q,
q
1
q 2n+2+1 , q n+++1 , q n+2+1 , q n+++1 , q n++ 2
with
3
An,r =
(q; q)n (q 2+2+1 ; q)n+r q 2 n
+n(2+ 12 r)
(q; q)rn (q +1 , q 2+1 , q ++1 , q +1 , q + 2 , q + 2 , q ++1 ; q)n

1
Show that Un (x) satises the q-dierential equation

Dq [(q n++1 ei , q n++1 ei ; q)n Un (x)]
1 q n+2 n++ 3 i n++ 3 i
2e ,q
2e
q
;q
=
1 q n+1
2n21
Dq [(q n ei , q n ei ; q)n+2+1 Un+1 (x)].
(Gasper [1989b])
Exercises
209
7.38 Show that the discrete q-Hermite polynomials

[n/2]
Hn (x; q) =
k=0
(q; q)n
(1)k q k(k1) xn2k
2
2
(q ; q )k (q; q)n2k
satisfy the recurrence relation

Hn+1 (x; q) = xHn (x; q) q n1 (1 q n )Hn1 (x; q),
n 1,
and the orthogonality relation

1
n
Hm (x; q)Hn (x; q) d(x) = q ( 2 ) (q; q)n m,n ,
1
where (x) is a step function with jumps

|x| (x2 q 2 , q; q 2 )
2
(q 2 ; q 2 )
at the points x = q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
(Al-Salam and Carlitz [1965], Al-Salam and Ismail [1988])
7.39 Let a < 0 and 0 < q < 1. Show that

(a)
Um
(x; q)Un(a) (x; q) d(a) (x)
= (1 a)(a)n (q; q)n q ( 2 ) m,n ,

where
n
Un(a) (x; q) = (a)n q ( 2 ) 2 1 (q n , x1 ; 0; q, qx/a)

and (a) (x) is a step function with jumps
qk
(aq; q) (q, q/a; q)k
at the points x = q k , k = 0, 1, . . . , and jumps
aq k
(q/a; q) (q, aq; q)k
at the points x = aq k , k = 0, 1, . . . . Verify that when a = 1 this
orthogonality relation reduces to the orthogonality relation for the discrete
q-Hermite polynomials in Ex. 7.38.
(See Al-Salam and Carlitz [1957, 1965], Chihara [1978, (10.7)], and Ismail
[1985b, p. 590])
7.40 Show that if
hn (x; q) =
n

k=0
(q; q)n
xk ,
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
210

then
h2n (x; q) hn+1 (x; q)hn1 (x; q)
n

q nk xk
h2nk (x; q)
,
= (1 q)(q; q)n1
(q; q)nk
n 1.
k=0
Deduce that the polynomials hn (x; q), which are called the Rogers-Szeg
o
polynomials, satisfy the Tur
an-type inequality
h2n (x; q) hn+1 (x; q)hn1 (x; q) 0
for x 0 when 0 < q < 1 and n = 1, 2, . . . .
(Carlitz [1957b])
7.41 Derive the addition formula
pn (q z ; 1, 1; q) py (q z ; q x , 0; q)
= pn (q x+y ; 1, 1; q) pn (q y ; 1, 1; q) py (q z ; q x , 0; q)
n

(q; q)x+y+k (q; q)n+k q k(k+yn)
+
(q; q)x+y (q; q)nk (q; q)2k
k=1
pnk (q x+y ; q k , q k ; q) pnk (q y ; q k , q k ; q)

n

(q; q)y (q; q)n+k q k(x+yn+1)
py+k (q z ; q x , 0; q) +
(q; q)yk (q; q)nk (q; q)2k
pnk (q
x+yk
k=1
k
; q , q ; q) pnk (q yk ; q k , q k ; q) pyk (q z ; q x , 0; q)
where x, y, z, n = 0, 1, . . . , and pn (t; a, b; q) is the little q-Jacobi polynomial

dened in Ex. 1.32.
(Koornwinder [1991a])
7.42 Derive the product formula
pn (q x ; 1, 1; q) pn (q y ; 1, 1; q) = (1 q)
pn (q z ; 1, 1; q) K(q x , q y , q z ; q)q z ,
z=0
where x, y, z, n = 0, 1, . . . , pn (t; a, b; q) is the little q-Jacobi polynomial,

and
(q x+1 , q y+1 , q z+1 ; q) xy+xz+yz
K(q x , q y , q z ; q) =
q
(1 q)(q, q; q)

2
3 2 (q x , q y , q z ; 0, 0; q, q) .
(Koornwinder [1991a])
7.43 The q-Laguerre polynomials are dened by
L
n (x; q) =
(q +1 ; q)n
n +1
;q
; q, x(1 q)q n++1 ).
1 1 (q
(q; q)n
Exercises
211
Show that if > 1 then these polynomials satisfy the orthogonality

relation

x dx
(i)
L
m (x; q)Ln (x; q)
((1 q)x; q)
0
+1
; q)n
( + 1)()(q
=
m,n
q ()(q; q)n q n
and the discrete orthogonality relation
(ii)
k
L
m (cq ; q)Ln (cq ; q)
k=
q k(+1)
(q +1 ; q)n
=A
m,n ,
k
(c(1 q)q ; q)
(q; q)n q n
where
A=
(q, c(1 q)q +1 , 1/cq (1 q); q)

.
(q +1 , c(1 q), q/c(1 q); q)
(Moak [1981])
7.44 Let
v(y; a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 |q)
1
1
h(y; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 )
(1 y 2 ) 2 ,
h(y; a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 )
and

g(a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 |q) =
y = cos .
v(y; a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5 |q) dy.
Show that
v(y; a, b, c, ei , ei |q)
(abcei , abcei ; q)n

(abc2 ei , abc2 ei ; q)n
pn (y; a, b, c, d|q) dy
= g(a, b, c, ei , ei |q)
(ab, ac, bc; q)n

n
(ab2 , ac2 , bc2 ; q)n
pn (x; a, b, c, d1 |q),
x = cos ,
where pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) are the Askey-Wilson polynomials dened in (7.5.2)

and max(|a|, |b|, |c|, ||, |q|) < 1.
(Rahman [1988a])
7.45 Dening the q-ultraspherical function of the second kind by
sin h(cos 2; )
b(k, n; ) cos(n + 2k + 1)
Dn (x; |q) = 4
h(cos 2; 1)
k=0
212

with b(k, n; ) as in (7.4.9), prove that
Cn2 (cos ; |q) + Dn2 (cos ; |q)

2
(, q n+1 ; q) h(cos 2; )
= 4 sin
(q, 2 q n ; q) h(cos 2; 1)

(q n+1 , 2 q n , qe2i , qe2i ; q)
(q n , q n+1 , e2i , e2i ; q)

, q/, q, q
5 4 1n
; q, q
/, q n+1 , qe2i , eq 2i
q
(, q/, e2i q n+1 , e2i q n+1 ; q)
(q n+1 , q n /, e2i , e2i ; q)
n+1 2 n
!
q
, q , q n+1/2 , q n+1/2 , q n+1
5 4
; q, q
.
q n+1 , 2 q 2n+1 , e2i q n+1 , e2i q n+1
(Rahman [1992a])
7.46 Let f (x) be continuous on [1, 1]. Show that

1
f (y)
K(x, y)
dy = f (x),
Dq
1 y2
1
where
K(x, y) =
(1 q)(q, q, e2i , e2i ; q) h(x; q 1/4 , q 3/4 )

4q 1/4 h(y; q 1/4 , q 3/4 , q 1/2 ei , q 1/2 ei )
(q, q, e2i , e2i ; q)
,
1/4
1/2
3/2
4q (q , q ; q) h(y; q 3/4 , q 5/4 , q 1/4 , q 3/4 )
with x = cos , y = cos . Note that this denes a formal inverse of the
Askey-Wilson operator Dq .
(Ismail and Rahman [2002a,b])
7.47 Bustoz and Suslovs q-trigonometric functions are dened by
Cq (x; ) =
( 2 ; q 2 )
2i
, qe2i ; q; q 2 , 2 ),
2 1 (qe
(q 2 ; q 2 )
Sq (x; ) =
2q 1/4 ( 2 ; q 2 )
2 2i
, q 2 e2i ; q 3 ; q 2 , 2 ),
2 1 (q e
(1 q)(q 2 ; q 2 )
where x = cos .
(i) Show that
lim Cq (x; (1 q)/2) = cos x and lim Sq (x; (1 q)/2) = sin x.
q1
q1
Notes
213
(ii) Prove the orthogonality relations

1
W1/2 (x|q)Cq (x; m )Cq (x; n )(1 x2 )1/2 dx
1
1

=
=
W1/2 (x|q)Sq (x; m )Sq (x; n )(1 x2 )1/2 dx
1
1/2

(q ; q)2
Sq (; )
Cq (; n )
m,n ,
2
(q; q)
=n
where = (q 1/4 + q 1/4 )/2, and m , n are two distinct roots of the equation
Sq (; ) = 0.
(Bustoz and Suslov [1998], Suslov [2003])
Notes
7.1 See also Atakishiyev and Suslov [1988a,b], Atakishiyev, Rahman and
Suslov [1995], Nikiforov and Uvarov [1988], Nikiforov, Suslov and Uvarov
[1991], and Szeg
o [1968, 1982]. For a classical polynomial system with complex
weight function see Ismail, Masson and Rahman [1991]. The familiar connection between continued fractions and orthogonality was extended by Ismail
and Masson [1995] to what they call R-fractions of type I and II, which lead
to biorthogonal rational functions. See further work on continued fractions
related to elliptic functions in Ismail and Masson [1999], Ismail, Valent and
Yoon [2001], and Milne [2002]. In T.S. Chihara and Ismail [1993] extremal
measures for a system of orthogonal polynomials in an indeterminate moment
problem are examined. For orthogonal polynomials on the unit circle see Ismail and Ruedemann [1992]. Some classical orthogonal polynomials that can
be represented by moments are discussed in Ismail and Stanton [1997, 1998].
7.2 Andrews and Bressoud [1984] used the concept of a crossing number
to provide a combinatorial interpretation of the q-Hahn polynomials. Koelink
and Koornwinder [1989] showed that the q-Hahn and dual q-Hahn polynomials
admit a quantum group theoretic interpretation, analogous to an interpretation of (dual) Hahn polynomials in terms of Clebsch-Gordan coecients for
SU (2). For how Clebsch-Gordan coecients arise in quantum mechanics, see
Biedenharn and Louck [1981a,b]. L. Chihara [1987] considered the locations of
zeros of q-Racah polynomials and employed her results to prove non-existence
of perfect codes and tight designs in the classical association schemes. The
correspondence between q-Racah polynomials and Leonard pairs is outlined
in Terwilliger [2003]. For the relationship between orthogonal polynomials
and association schemes, see Bannai and Ito [1984], L. Chihara and Stanton
[1986], Delsarte [1976b], and Leonard [1982]. A multivariable extension of the
q-Racah polynomials is considered in Gasper and Rahman [2003c], while a system of multivariable biorthogonal polynomials is given in Gasper and Rahman
[2003a], which are q-analogues of those found in Tratnik [1991b] and [1989],
respectively.
214
7.3 Al-Salam and Ismail [1977] constructed a family of reproducing kernels (bilinear formulas) for the little q-Jacobi polynomials. In Al-Salam and
Ismail [1983] they considered a related family of orthogonal polynomials associated with the RogersRamanujan continued fraction. A biorthogonal extension
of the little q-Jacobi polynomials is studied in Al-Salam and Verma [1983a].
When b = 0 the little q-Jacobi polynomials reduce (after changing variables
and renormalizing) to the Wall polynomials
n

n q (2) (q n x)j
j q
(b; q)j
j=0
j
n+1
Wn (x; b, q) = (1) (b; q)n q ( 2 )
n
and to the generalized StieltjesWigert polynomials

2
1
n

n q j (q 2 x)j
,
Sn (x; p, q) = (1)n q n(2n+1)/2 (p; q)n
j q
(p; q)j
j=0
which are q-analogues of the Laguerre polynomials that are dierent from those
considered in Ex. 7.43. Since the Hamburger and Stieltjes moment problems
corresponding to these polynomials are both indeterminate, there are innitely
many nonequivalent measures on [0, ) for which these polynomials are orthogonal. See Chihara [1978, Chapter VI], [1968b, 1971, 1979, 1982, 1985],
Al-Salam and Verma [1982b], L. Chihara and T.S. Chihara [1987], and Shohat
and Tamarkin [1950].
7.4 An integral of the product of two continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials and a q-ultraspherical function of the second kind is evaluated in Askey,
Koornwinder and Rahman [1986]. Al-Salam, Allaway and Askey [1984a] gave
a characterization of the continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials as orthogonal polynomial solutions of certain integral equations. Askey [1989b] showed
that the polynomials Cn (ix; |q), 0 n N , are orthogonal on the real
line with respect to a positive measure when 0 < q < 1 and > q N . Ismail and Rahman [1991] showed that the associated Askey-Wilson polynomials
rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) dened in Ex. 8.26 have an orthogonality property on [1, 1].
A survey of classical associated orthogonal polynomials is in Rahman [2001],
and an integral representation is given in Rahman [1996b]. A projection formula and a reproducing kernel for rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) is given in Rahman and
Tariq Qazi [1997b]. Berg and Ismail [1996] showed how to generate one to four
parameter orthogonal polynomials in the Askey-Wilson family by starting from
the continuous q-Hermite polynomials. Also see Koelink [1995b] and Rahman
and Verma [1987].
7.5 Asymptotic formulas and generating functions for the Askey-Wilson
polynomials and their special cases are derived in Ismail and Wilson [1982]
and Ismail [1986c]. Kalnins and Miller [1989] employed symmetry techniques
to give an elementary proof of the orthogonality relation for the Askey-Wilson
polynomials. Following Hahns approach to the classication of classical orthogonal polynomials N.M. Atakishiyev and Suslov [1992b] gave a generalized
moment representation for the Askey-Wilson polynomials. Brown, Evans and
Ismail [1996] showed that the Askey-Wilson polynomials are solutions of a
Notes
215
q-Sturm-Liouville problem and gave an operator theoretic description of the

Askey-Wilson operator Dq . L. Chihara [1993] extended her work on q-Racah
polynomials [1987] to the Askey-Wilson polynomials. Floreanini, LeTourneux
and Vinet [1999] also employed symmetry techniques to study systems of continuous q-orthogonal polynomials. A multivariable extension of Askey-Wilson
polynomials is given in Gasper and Rahman [2003b] as a q-analogue of Tratnik
[1991a], see Ex. 8.29. Also see Gasper, Ismail, Koornwinder, Nevai and Stanton
[2000], Spiridonov and Zhedanov [19951997], Stokman [1997a2003a], Stokman and Koornwinder [1998], Vinet and Zhedanov [2001], and Wilson [1991].
7.6 For additional results on connection coecients (and the corresponding projection formulas), see Andrews [1979a], Gasper [1974, 1975a].
Ex. 7.5 A contiguous relation satised by a WP-balanced, generally nonterminating 8 7 series is given in Ismail and Rahman [1991]. For more results
on contiguous relations and orthogonal polynomials, see Gupta, Ismail and
Masson [1992, 1996], Gupta and Masson [1998] and Ismail and Libis [1989].
Ex. 7.7 Ismail [1995] gave a simple proof of (1.7.2) by making use of
iterations of (7.7.6) and evaluating them at xj = 12 (aq j + q j /a). An operator
calculus for Dq is developed in Ismail [2001a].
Ex. 7.8 Stanton [1981b] showed that the q-Krawtchouk polynomials
Kn (x; a, N ; q) are spherical functions for three dierent Chevalley groups over
nite elds and derived three addition theorems for these polynomials by decomposing the irreducible representations with respect to maximal parabolic
subgroups. In Koornwinder [1989] it is shown that the orthogonality relation
for the q-Krawtchouk polynomials Kn (x; a, N |q) expresses the fact that the
matrix representations of the quantum group S U (2) are unitary.
Ex. 7.11 The ane q-Krawtchouk polynomials are the eigenvalues of the
association schemes of bilinear, alternating, symmetric and hermitian forms
over a nite eld (see Carlitz and Hodges [1955], Delsarte [1978], Delsarte and
Goethals [1975], and Stanton [1981a,b, 1984]). L. Chihara and Stanton [1987]
showed that the zeros of the ane q-Krawtchouk polynomials are never zero
at integral values of x, and they gave some interlacing theorems for the zeros
of q-Krawtchouk polynomials.
Ex. 7.12 and 7.43 N.M. Atakishiyev, M.N. Atakishiyev and Klimyk [2003]
found the connection between big q-Laguerre and q-Meixner polynomials and
representations of the group Uq (su1,1 ). Ciccoli, Koelink and Koornwinder
[1999] extended Moaks q-Laguerre polynomials to an orthogonal system for
a doubly innite Jacobi matrix originating from analysis on SUq (1, 1), and
found the orthogonality and dual orthogonality relations for q-Bessel functions
originating in Eq (2).
Ex. 7.22 Askey [1989b] proved that the polynomials Hn (ix|q) are orthogonal on the real line with respect to a positive measure when q > 1.
Exercises 7.237.25 Other sieved orthogonal polynomials are considered
in Al-Salam and Chihara [1987], Askey [1984b], Charris and Ismail [1986, 1987,
1993], Charris, Ismail and Monslave [1994], Ismail [1985a, 1986a,b], and Ismail
and Li [1992].
Exercises 7.387.40 For additional material on q-analogues of Hermite
216
polynomials, see Allaway [1980], Al-Salam and Chihara [1976], Al-Salam and
Ismail [1988], Carlitz [1963b, 1972], Chihara [1968a, 1982, 1985], Dehesa [1979],
Desarmenien [1982], Hou, Lascoux and Mu [2003], Ismail [1985b], Ismail, Stanton and Viennot [1987], Lubinsky and Sa [1987], and Szeg
o [1926].
Ex. 7.41 Rahman [1989a] gave a simple proof for this addition formula.
For derivations of the addition formula for Jacobi polynomials, see Koornwinder [1974a,b] and Laine [1982].
Ex. 7.43 See also Cigler [1981] and Pastro [1985]. In view of the two
dierent orthogonality relations for the q-Laguerre polynomials, it follows that
there are innitely many measures for which these polynomials are orthogonal.
The StieltjesWigert polynomials (see Chihara [1978, pp. 172174], Szeg
o [1975,
p. 33] and the above Notes for 7.3)
n

2
1
n
1
sn (x) = (1)n q (2n+1)/4 (q; q)n 2
q j (q 2 x)j ,
j
q
j=0
which are orthogonal with respect to the log normal weight function
w(x) = k 2 exp(k 2 log2 x),
1
0 < x < ,
where q = exp[(2k 2 )1 ] and k > 0, are a limit case of the q-Laguerre polynomials. Askey [1986] gave the orthogonality relation for these polynomials
(with a slightly dierent denition) that follows as a limit case of the rst
orthogonality relation in this exercise. Al-Salam and Verma [1983b,c] studied
a pair of biorthogonal sets of polynomials, called the q-Konhauser polynomials, which were suggested by the q-Laguerre polynomials. Ismail and Rahman
[1998] studied two indeterminate Hamburger moment problems associated with
L
n (x; q), thus completing earlier work of Moak [1981]. For asymptotics of basic
Bessel functions and q-Laguerre polynomials, see Chen, Ismail and Muttalib
[1994].
Ex. 7.46 A right inverse of the Askey-Wilson operator is derived in Brown
and Ismail [1995].
Ex. 7.47 The question of completeness of the q-trigonometric functions
for use in a q-Fourier type analysis is dealt with in Ismail [2001b] and Suslov
[2001c, 2003].
8
FURTHER APPLICATIONS
8.1 Introduction
In this chapter we derive some formulas that are related to products of the
q-orthogonal polynomials introduced in the previous chapter and use these
formulas to obtain q-analogues of various product formulas, Poisson kernels and
linearization formulas for ultraspherical and Jacobi polynomials. The method
in Gasper and Rahman [1984] originates with the observation that since
q x , aq x ; q

j
j1
1 q k (q x + aq x ) + aq 2k
k=0
is a polynomial of degree j in powers of q x +aq x , there must exist an expansion

of the form
, aq ; q

j
, aq ; q

k
j+k

Am (j, k, a; q) q x , aq x ; q m .
(8.1.1)
m=0
Since, for k j,
3 2
(q x , aq x ; q)j
q j , q kx , aq k+x ; aq k , q 1+kj ; q, q = k
(q , aq k ; q)j
by the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2), it is easy to verify that
x

q , aq x ; q j q x , aq x ; q k = (q; q)j (q; q)k (a; q)j+k
j+k

m=max(j,k)
j
k
m+1
(q x , aq x ; q)m q (2)+(2)+( 2 )m(j+k) (1)j+k+m
. (8.1.2)
(a; q)m (q; q)mj (q; q)mk (q; q)j+km
This linearizes the product on the left side and forms the basis for the product
formulas derived in the following section.
Suppose {Bj }
j=0 and {Cj }j=0 are arbitrary complex sequences and b, c
are complex numbers such that (b; q)k , (c; q)k do not vanish for k = 1, 2, . . . .
Then, setting
Fn =
n

(q n , aq n ; q)j
j=0
(q, b; q)j
Bj
n

(q n , aq n ; q)
k=0
(q, c; q)k
Ck ,
we nd by using (8.1.2) that

Fn =
n

q n , aq n ; q
m=0
m

m
k=0
217
Ck q k mk
(q, c; q)k (q, b; q)mk
2
(8.1.3)
218
Further applications
k

k

q , aq m ; q j
j=0
(q, bq mk ; q)j
Bmk+j
(8.1.4)
for n = 0, 1, 2, . . .. This formula does not extend to noninteger values of n

because, in general, the triple sum on the right side does not converge.

Since we are mainly interested in q-orthogonal polynomials which are expressible as balanced 4 3 series or their limit cases, we shall now specialize (8.1.4)
to such cases. Set
(b1 , b2 ; q)j
(c1 , c2 ; q)j
q j , Cj =
qj ,
(8.2.1)
Bj =
(b3 , qab1 b2 /bb3 ; q)j
(c3 , qac1 c2 /cc3 ; q)j
where it is assumed that the parameters are such that no zero factors appear
in the denominators. Then formula (8.1.4) gives
n
m

2
(q n , aq n ; q)m (c1 , c2 ; q)mk
q k mk+m
fn =
(q,
b;
q)
(q,
c,
c
,
qac
c
/cc
;
q)
k
3
1 2
3
mk
m=0 k=0

km
m
, aq , b1 q k , b2 q k
q
(b1 , b2 ; q)k
; q, q ,
4 3
(b3 , qab1 b2 /bb3 ; q)k
bq k , b3 q k , ab1 b2 q k+1 /bb3
(8.2.2)
where fn is the right side of (8.1.3) with Bj and Cj as dened in (8.2.1). The
crucial step in the next round of calculations is to convert the 4 3 series in
(8.2.2) into a very-well-poised 8 7 series by Watsons formula (2.5.1), i.e.,

km
, aq m , b1 q k , b2 q k
q
; q, q
4 3
bq k , b3 q k , ab1 b2 q k+1 /bb3

bb3 q km /ab1 , bb3 q km /ab2 ; q mk
=
(bb3 q 2km /a, bb3 q m /ab1 b2 ; q)mk

bb3 q 2km1 b3 q km bq km
bb3 q mk
;
,
, b1 q k , b2 q k , q km ; q,
8 W7
.
a
a
a
b1 b 2
(8.2.3)
Substituting this into (8.2.2) gives
n

(q n , aq n , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3 ; q)m m
q
fn =
(q, c, qa/bb3 , qab1 b2 /bb3 ; q)m
m=0

m mk

bb3 q m1 /a; q 2k+j 1 bb3 q 2j+2km1 /a (c1 , c2 ; q)mk
(q; q)j (1 bb3 q m1 /a) (c3 , qac1 c2 /cc3 ; q)mk

k=0 j=0

1m
/c; q k (b1 , b2 , bq m /a, b3 q m /a, q m ; q)j+k
q
(q, bq m /a, b3 q m /a; q)k (b, b3 , bb3 /a, bb3 q m /ab1 , bb3 q m /ab2 ; q)j+k

k
j
k
bb3 c
bb3 q mk
(1)k q mk(2)
.
(8.2.4)
qab1 b2
b1 b2
219
Then, replacing j by j k in the sum on the right side of (8.2.4), we obtain

n
n

q , aq n , b1 , b2
q , aq n , c1 , c2
;
q,
q
;
q,
q
4 3
4 3
b, b3 , qab1 b2 /bb3
c, c3 , qac1 c2 /cc3
n
(q n , aq n , c1 , c2 , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3 ; q)
m
=
qm
(q,
c,
c
,
qa/bb
,
qac
c
/cc
,
qab
b
/bb
;
q)
3
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
m
m=0
m

(bb3 q m1 /a; q)j (1 bb3 q 2jm1 /a)(b1 , b2 , bq m /a, b3 q m /a, q m ; q)j
(q; q)j (1 bb3 q m1 /a)(bb3 q m /ab1 , bb3 q m /ab2 , b3 , b, bb3 /a; q)j

j
j 1m
/c, q 1m /c3 , bb3 q jm1 /a, cc3 q m /ac1 c2
q ,q
bb3 q m
;
q,
q
.
5 4
b1 b 2
q 1m /c1 , q 1m /c2 , bq m /a, b3 q m /a
(8.2.5)
j=0
Note that the 5 4 series in (8.2.5) is balanced and, in the special case c = aq/b
and c3 = aq/b3 , becomes a 3 2 which is summable by (1.7.2). Thus, we obtain
the formula

n

q , aq n , b1 , b2
q n , aq n , c1 , c2
;
q,
q
;
q,
q
4 3
4 3
aq/b, aq/b3 , bb3 c1 c2 /aq
n
n
n

(q , aq , c1 , c2 , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3 ; q)m
=
qm
(q,
aq/b,
aq/b
,
aq/bb
,
qab
b
/bb
,
bb
c
c
/aq;
q)
3
3
1
2
3
3
1
2
m
m=0

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 ,
b1 ,
b2 ,
bb3 c1 /aq,
10 9
1
1
m
m
2
2
, , bb3 q /ab1 , bb3 q /ab2 , q 1m /c1 ,

bb3 c2 /aq, bq m /a, b3 q m /a, q m
aq 2
; q,
,
(8.2.6)
b1 b2 c1 c2
q 1m /c2 ,
b3 ,
b,
bb3 /a,
where = bb3 q m1 /a. This formula is a q-analogue of Baileys [1933] product
formula
+ n; b; x) 2 F1 (n, a + n; 1 + a b; y)
= F4 (n, a + n; b, 1 + a b; x(1 y), y(1 x)),
2 F1 (n, a
where
F4 (a, b; c, d; x, y) =

(a)m+n (b)m+n m n
x y .
m! n! (c)m (d)n
m=0 n=0
(8.2.7)
(8.2.8)
However, even though (8.2.6) is valid only when the series on both sides terminate, (8.2.7) holds whether or not n is a nonnegative integer, subject to the
absolute convergence of the two 2 F1 series on the left and the F4 series on the
right.
Application of Sears transformation formula (2.10.4) enables us to transform one or both of the 4 3 series on the left side of (8.2.6) and derive a number
of equivalent forms. Two particularly interesting ones are

n
n

q , aq n , b1 , b2
q , aq n , bb3 c1 /aq, bb3 c2 /aq
;
q,
q
;
q,
q
4 3
4 3
b, b3 , bb3 c1 c2 /aq
220
n

(aq/b, aq/b3 ; q)n bb3
(b, b3 ; q)n
aq
n
n
n

(q , aq , c1 , c2 , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3 ; q)m
qm
(q,
aq/b,
aq/b
,
aq/bb
,
qab
b
/bb
,
bb
c
c
/aq;
q)
3
3
1
2
3
3
1
2
m
m=0

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 ,
b1 ,
b2 ,
bb3 c1 /aq,
10 9
1
1
m
m
2 , 2 , bb3 q /ab1 , bb3 q /ab2 , q 1m /c1 ,

bq m /a, b3 q m /a, q m
aq 2
; q,
,
b1 b2 c1 c2
b3 ,
b,
bb3 /a
bb3 c2 /aq,
q 1m /c2 ,
(8.2.9)
and
n

q , aq n , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3
q n , aq n , c1 , c2
; q, q 4 3
; q, q
4 3
aq/b, aq/b3 , qab1 b2 /bb3
aq/b, aq/b3 , bb3 c1 c2 /aq

n
aq
(b, b3 ; q)n
=
n
(q n , aq n , c1 , c2 , qab1 /bb3 , qab2 /bb3 ; q)m

qm
(q,
aq/b,
aq/b
,
aq/bb
,
qab
b
/bb
,
bb
c
c
/aq;
q)
3
3
1
2
3
3
1
2
m
m=0

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 ,
b1 ,
b2 ,
bb3 c1 /aq,
10 9
1
1
m
m
2 , 2 , bb3 q /ab1 , bb3 q /ab2 , q 1m /c1 ,

bq m /a, b3 q m /a, q m
aq 2
; q,
,
b1 b2 c1 c2
b3 ,
b,
bb3 /a
bb3 c2 /aq,
q 1m /c2 ,
(8.2.10)
where = bb3 q m1 /a.

Either of the formulas (8.2.9) and (8.2.10) may be regarded as a
q-analogue of Watsons [1922] product formula for the Jacobi polynomials
2 F1 (n, a
+ n; b; x) 2 F1 (n, a + n; b; y)
(1 + a b)n
F4 (n, a + n; b, 1 + a b; xy, (1 x)(1 y)) ,
= (1)n
(b)n
(8.2.11)
where n = 0, 1, . . ..
The special case in which the 10 9 series in (8.2.6), (8.2.9) or (8.2.10)
become balanced is also of interest in some applications. Thus, if we set
c2 = aq/b1 b2 c1 , then by using Baileys transformation formula (2.10.8) we
may express (8.2.9) in the form
n
n

q , aq n , b1 , b2
q , aq n , bb3 c1 /aq, bb3 /b1 b2 c1
;
q,
q
;
q,
q
4 3
4 3
b, b3 , bb3 /b1 b2
n

n
n
n
(q , aq , b1 c1 , b2 c1 , aq/b1 b2 c1 ; q)m m
=
q
(b, b3 ; q)n
aq
(q, aq/b, aq/b3 , b1 b2 c1 , bb3 /b1 b2 ; q)m
m=0

1
1
b2
b1 b2 c1 /b, b1 b2 c1 /b3 ,
, q 2 , q 2 , b1 ,
10 9
1
1
b,
b3 ,
2 , 2 , b2 c1 , b1 c1 ,
8.3 Product formulas for q-Racah and Askey-Wilson polynomials

q m
aq m ,
bb3 c1 /aq,
qab1 b2 /bb3 , b1 b2 c1 q m /a,
b1 b2 c1 q m
221

; q, q ,
(8.2.12)
where = b1 b2 c1 q 1 . This provides a q-analogue of Batemans [1932, p. 392]

product formula
2 F1 (n, a
= (1)n
+ n; b; x) 2 F1 (n, a + n; b; y)
n
(1 + a b)n (n)k (a + n)k
(b)n
k=0
k!(1 + a b)k
(1 x y)k
2 F1 (k, a + k; b; xy/(1 x y)) .
(8.2.13)
8.3 Product formulas for q-Racah and Askey-Wilson polynomials

Let us replace the parameters a, b, b1 , b2 , b3 , c1 , c2 in (8.2.9) by abq, aq, q x ,
cq xN , bcq, c1 q y , q yN , respectively, to obtain the following product formula
for the q-Racah polynomials introduced in 7.2:
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q) Wn (y; a, b, c, N ; q)

n
(bq, qac1 ; q)n n q n , abq n+1 , q xN , q yN , c1 q x , c1 q y ; q m m
c
q
=
(aq, bcq; q)n
(q, bq, qac1 , c1 , q N , q N ; q)m
m=0

1
1
cq m , q(cq m ) 2 , q(cq m ) 2 , ca1 q m , b1 q m , q m , q x ,
10 9
1
1
(cq m ) 2 , (cq m ) 2 , aq, bcq, cq, cq x+1m ,

q y , cq xN , cq yN
2N +3
,
(8.3.1)
; q, abq
cq y+1m , q N x+1m , q N y+1m
where
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)
n

; q, q
= 4 3
aq, q N , bcq
(8.3.2)
is the q-Racah polynomial dened in (7.2.17). This is a Watson-type formula.

Two additional Watson-type formulas are given in Ex. 8.1.
Letting c 0 in (8.3.1) gives a product formula for the q-Hahn polynomials dened in (7.2.21):
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q) Qn (y; a, b, N ; q)

n n

n
q , abq n+1 , q xN , q yN ; q m x+y m
n ( 2 ) (bq; q)n
= (aq) q
aq
(aq; q)n m=0
(q, bq, q N , q N ; q)m
x y 1 m m

q ,q ,b q ,q
2N +3
4 3
;
q,
abq
.
(8.3.3)
aq, q N x+1m , q N y+1m
222
To obtain a Watson-type product formula for the Askey-Wilson polynomials dened in (7.5.2) we replace a, b, b1 , b2 , b3 , c1 , c2 in (8.2.9) by abcdq 1 , ab,
aei , aei , ac, dei , dei , respectively, where x = cos , y = cos . This gives
pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) pn (y; a, b, c, d|q)
= (ab, ac, ad, ad, bd, cd; q)n (ad)n

n n

q , abcdq n1 , dei , dei , dei , dei ; q m m
q
(q, ad, ad, bd, cd, da1 ; q)m
m=0

1
1
aq m /d, q(aq m /d) 2 , q(aq m /d) 2 , q 1m /bd, q 1m /cd, q m ,
10 9
1
1
(aq m /d) 2 , (aq m /d) 2 , ab, ac, aq/d,

aei , aei , aei , aei
bcq
.
(8.3.4)
;
q,
ad
q 1m ei /d, q 1m ei /d, q 1m ei /d, q 1m ei /d
1
When b = aq 2 and d = cq 2 , the 10 9 series in (8.3.4) becomes balanced and

hence can be transformed to another balanced 10 9 via (2.9.1). This leads to
a Bateman-type product formula
1
pn (x; a, aq 2 , c, cq 2 |q) pn (y; a, aq 2 , c, cq 2 |q)
n
1
1
1
1
1
= a2 q 2 , ac, acq 2 , acq 2 , acq, c2 q 2 ; q
acq 2
n

1
1
1
n
2
2
n
i+i
n
q , a c q , acq 2 e
, acq 2 eii , cq 2 ei ; q

m m
q
1
1
1
2
2
i
2
2
2
q, c q , acq , acq, a cq e ; q
m=0

10 9
1
2
q ,
1
2,
aei ,
1
acq 2 ei+i ,
1
2
1
2
q , ae , aq e ,
1
1
2 , acq 2 ,
ac,
i
a2 c2 q m ,
1
q 2 m ei /c,
cei ,
1
a2 q 2 ,
aei ,
1
acq 2 eii ,

q m
1 ; q, q ,
a2 cei q m+ 2
(8.3.5)
where = a2 cei q 2 . In fact, if we replace a and c by q (2+1)/4 and q (2+1)/4 ,

respectively, then this gives a Bateman-type product formula for the continuous
q-Jacobi polynomials (7.5.24) which, on letting q 1, gives Batemans [1932]
product formula for the Jacobi polynomials:
k

n
(,)
(,)

(x)Pn
(y)
(n)k (n + + + 1)k x + y
Pn
n ( + 1)n
= (1)
(,)
(,)
( + 1)n
k!( + 1)k
2
Pn
(1)Pn
(1)
k=0

1 + xy (,)
(,)
Pk
(1),
(8.3.6)
Pk
x+y
1
which is equivalent to (8.2.13).

For terminating series there is really no dierence between the Watson
formula (8.2.11) and the Bailey formula (8.2.7) since one can be transformed
into the other in a trivial way. However, for the continuous q-ultraspherical
polynomials given in (7.4.14), there is an interesting Bailey-type product formula that can be obtained from (8.2.6) by replacing a, b, b1 , b2 , b3 , c1 , c2 by
8.4 A product formula
223
a4 , a2 q 2 , aei , aei , a2 q 2 , aei and aei , respectively:

n 4 n
n 4 n
q , a q , aei , aei
q , a q , aei , aei
;
q,
q
;
q,
q
1
1
1
1
4 3
4 3
a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 , a2
a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 , a2

n n 4 n

q , a q , aei , aei , aei , aei ; q m m

=
q
1
1
q, a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 , 1, a2 , a2 ; q
m=0
m

1
1
m
m 12
m 12
q , q(q ) , q(q ) , q 2 m /a2 , q 2 m /a2 , q m ,
10 9
1
1
1
1
a2 q 2 ,
a2 q 2 ,
q,
(q m ) 2 , (q m ) 2 ,

aei ,
aei ,
aei ,
aei
; q, q 2 . (8.3.7)
q 1m ei /a, q 1m ei /a, q 1m ei /a, q 1m ei /a
1
For further information about product formulas see Rahman [1982] and Gasper
and Rahman [1984].
8.4 A product formula in integral form for the continuous

As an application of the Bateman-type product formula (8.3.5) for the AskeyWilson polynomials we shall now derive a product formula for the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials in the integral form
Cn (x; |q)Cn (y; |q)
2

; q n n/2 1
K(x, y, z; |q)Cn (z; |q) dz,

=
(q; q)n
1
where

(q, , ; q) | e2i , e2i ; q |2
K(x, y, z; |q) =
2( 2 ; q)

1
1
1
1
w z; 2 ei+i , 2 eii , 2 eii , 2 eii
(8.4.1)
(8.4.2)
with w(z; a, b, c, d) dened as in (6.3.1) and x = cos , y = cos .

First, we set c = a in (8.3.5) and rewrite it in the form
1 + a2 q n
1 n
q 2
1 + a2

1
1
1
n
q n , a4 q n , a2 q 2 ei+i , a2 q 2 eii , aq 2 ei ; q

m m

q
2 q 12 , a2 q 12 , a2 q, a3 q 12 ei ; q
q,
a
m=0
m

1
1
10 W9 a3 q 2 ei ; aei , aei , aq 2 ei , aei , aei , a4 q m , q m ; q, q ,
1
rn (x; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q)rn (y; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) =
(8.4.3)
where
224
rn (x; a, b, c, d|q)

n
q , abcdq n1 , aei , aei
; q, q .
= 4 3
ab, ac, ad
(8.4.4)
The key step now is to use the d = (aq) 2 case of Baileys transformation
formula (2.8.3) to transform the balanced 10 9 series in (8.4.3) to a balanced
4 3 series:

1
3 1 i
i
i
i
i
i 4 m m
, a q , q ; q, q
10 W9 a q 2 e ; ae , ae , aq 2 e , ae , ae

1
a2 e2i , a3 q 2 ei ; q
m
=
1
4
i
2
a , aq e ; q

4 3

1
1
a2 e2i , q 2 ei+i , q 2 eii , q m
;
q,
q
.
1
1
a2 q 2 eii , a2 q 2 ei+i , q 1m e2i /a2
(8.4.5)
So (8.4.3) reduces to
1
1
1
1
1 + a2 q n
1 n
q 2
rn (x; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) rn (y; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) =
1 + a2

1
1
n
q n , a4 q n , a2 e2i , a2 q 2 ei+i , a2 q 2 eii ; q

m m

q
1
1
4
2
2
2
q, a , a q 2 , a q 2 , a q; q
m=0

4 3

, q e
,q
a e , q e
;
q,
q
.
1
1
a2 q 2 eii , a2 q 2 ei+i , q 1m e2i /a2
1
2
2 2i
i+i
1
2
ii
(8.4.6)
Transforming this 4 3 series by Sears transformation formula (2.10.4), we

obtain a further reduction
1
rn (x; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) rn (y; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q)

1
1
n 4 n
n
2 eii , a2 q 2 eii ; q

q
,
a
q
,
q
2 n

n
1
1+a q
m m

q 2
q
=
2
1+a
2 q 12 , a2 q 12 , a2 q; q
q,
a
m=0
m

m 2 2 2i 2 2i
q ,a ,a e ,a e
4 3 4
; q, q .
(8.4.7)
1
1
a , a2 q 2 eii , q 2 m eii
Now observe that, by (6.1.1),
1

w z; aeii , aeii , aei+i , aeii aeii+i , aeiii ; q j dz
1

w z; aq j eii , aeii , aei+i , aeii dz
1
2 2 2i 2 2i
;q j
a ,a e ,a e
2(a4 ; q)
,
=
2
2
2
2i
2
2i
2
4
(q, a , a ; q) |(a e , a e
; q) |
(a ; q)j
1
(8.4.8)
8.4 A product formula
225
where |a| < 1 and z = cos . Hence

q m , a2 , a2 e2i , a2 e2i
;
q,
q
1
1
4 3
a4 , a2 q 2 eii , q 2 m eii
2 2 2 2i 2 2i 2
;q |
q, a , a ; q | a e , a e
=
4
2(a ; q)
1

w z; aeii , aeii , aei+i , aeii

1

q m , aeii+i , aeiii
;
q,
q
dz
1
1
a2 q 2 eii , q 2 m eii
2 2 2 2i 2 2i 2
q, a , a ; q | a e , a e
;q |
=
2(a4 ; q)
1

w z; aeii , aeii , aei+i , aeii

1

1
1
aq 2 ei , aq 2 ei ; q
m
dz.
1
1
2
ii
ii
2
2
, q e
;q
a q e

3 2
(8.4.9)
Substituting (8.4.9) into (8.4.7) and using (2.10.4) we nally obtain

1
rn (x; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) rn (y; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q)

1
1
1
K(x, y, z; a2 |q) rn (z; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q) dz.
=
1
(8.4.10)
This yields (8.4.1) if we replace a by 2 and use (7.4.14). By setting = q

in (8.4.1) and taking the limit q 1, Rahman and Verma [1986b] showed that
(8.4.1) tends to Gegenbauers [1874] product formula
1
Cn (z)
Cn (x)Cn (y)
=
dz,
(8.4.11)
K(x,
y,
z)
Cn (1)Cn (1)
Cn (1)
1
where

1
( + 12 ) 1 x2 y 2 z 2 + 2xyz
or 0,
K(x, y, z) =
1
()( 12 )
[(1 x2 )(1 y 2 )] 2
(8.4.12)
according as 1 x2 y 2 z 2 + 2xyz is positive or negative.

Rahman and Verma [1986b] were also able to derive an addition formula
for the continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials corresponding to the product
formula (8.4.1). This is left as an exercise (Ex. 8.11).
226
8.5 Rogers linearization formula for the continuous
Rogers [1895] used an induction argument to prove the linearization formula

Cm (x; |q)Cn (x; |q)
min(m,n)
(q; q)m+n2k (; q)mk (; q)nk (; q)k ( 2 ; q)m+nk

( 2 ; q)m+n2k (q; q)mk (q; q)nk (q; q)k (q; q)m+nk
k=0

1 q m+n2k
Cm+n2k (x; |q).
(8.5.1)
(1 )
Dierent proofs of (8.5.1) have been given by Bressoud [1981d], Rahman [1981]
and Gasper [1985]. We shall give Gaspers proof since it appears to be the
simplest.
We use (7.4.2) for Cn (x; |q) and, via Heines transformation formula
(1.4.3),
2i
e
; q (; q)m im
e
Cm (x; |q) =
1
2i
(q e
; q) (q; q)m

2 1 q 1 , 2 q 1m ; 1 q 1m ; q, e2i ,
(8.5.2)
where x = cos . Then, temporarily assuming that |q| < || < 1, we have
Cm (x; |q)Cn (x; |q) = Am,n
n

r=0
(q n , ; q)r 1 2i r
q e
(q, 1 q 1n ; q)r
q 1 , 2 q 1m ; q s 2i s
e
(q, 1 q 1m ; q)s
s=0
1 2 1m

q , q
; q k 2i k
= Am,n
e
(q, 1 q 1m ; q)k
k=0

q k , q n , , q mk
4 3
; q, q ,
2 q mk , q k , 1 q 1n

e2i ; q (; q)m (; q)n i(m+n)
=
e
.
(q 1 e2i ; q) (q; q)m (q; q)n
(8.5.3)
where
Am,n
(8.5.4)
The crucial point here is that the 4 3 series in (8.5.3) is balanced and so, by
(2.5.1),

2 1mn 1 1m
q
, q
;q
q k , q n , , q mk
; q, q = 1 1mn 2 1m k
4 3
2 mk
k
1 1n
( q
, q
; q)k
q
, q , q
1 mn

8 W7 q
; , 2 q 1+kmn , q m , q n , q k ; q, q 1 . (8.5.5)
227
Substituting this into (8.5.3) and interchanging the order of summation, we

obtain
Cm (x; |q)Cn (x; |q) = Am,n
1 mn

min(m,n)

; q k 1 1 q 2kmn (, q m , q n ; q)k
q
(q; q)k (1 1 q mn ) ( 2 q 1mn , 1 q 1n , 1 q 1m ; q)k

k=0
2 1mn

k
;q
q
1 1mn 2k q 1 e2i
( q
; q)2k

(8.5.6)
2 1 q 1 , 2 q 1+2kmn ; 1 q 1+2kmn ; q, e2i ,
which gives (8.5.1) by using (8.5.2) and observing that both sides of (8.5.1)
are polynomials in x. Notice that the linearization coecients in (8.5.1) are
nonnegative when 1 < < 1 and 1 < q < 1.
For an extension of the linearization formula to the continuous q-Jacobi
polynomials, see Ex. 8.24.

For a system of orthogonal polynomials {pn (x)} which satises an orthogonality relation of the form (7.1.6), the bilinear generating function

Kt (x, y) =
hn pn (x)pn (y)tn
(8.6.1)
n=0
is called a Poisson kernel for these polynomials provided that hn = cvn for
some constant c > 0. The Poisson kernel for the continuous q-ultraspherical
polynomials is dened by

(q; q)n (1 q n )
Kt (x, y; |q) =
Cn (x; |q)Cn (y; |q)tn ,
(8.6.2)
2 ; q) (1 )
(
n
n=0
where |t| < 1.
Gasper and Rahman [1983a] used (8.5.1) to show that

2
(, t2 ; q) tei+i , qteii ; q
Kt (x, y; |q) = 2

( , qt2 ; q) (tei+i , teii ; q)
2
1
1
t , qt 2 , qt 2 , qtei+i , qteii ,
8 7
1
1
t 2 , t 2 , teii , tei+i ,

teii ,
teii ,
; q, ,
qteii , qteii , qt2
(8.6.3)
where x = cos , y = cos and max(|q|, |t|, ||) < 1. They also computed a
closely related kernel

(q; q)n
Lt (x, y; |q) =
2 ; q)
(
n
n=0
228

2
(, t2 ; q) tei+i , teii ; q
= 2 2

( , t ; q) (tei+i , teii ; q)

1
1
t2 q 1 ,
t(q) 2 ,
t(q) 2 ,
tei+i ,
teii ,
8 7
1
1
t(q 1 ) 2 , t(q 1 ) 2 , teii , tei+i ,

teii ,
teii ,
;
q,
.
(8.6.4)
teii , teii , t2
Alternative derivations of (8.6.3) and (8.6.4) were given by Rahman and Verma
[1986a]. In view of the product formula (8.4.1), however, one can now give a
1
simpler proof. Let us assume, for the moment, that |t 2 | < 1 and || < 1.
Then, by (7.4.1) and (8.4.1), we nd that, with z = cos ,

1
1
1
t 2 ei , t 2 ei ; q
dz
Lt (x, y; |q) =
K(x, y, z; |q)
1
1
i
i
1
t 2 e , t 2 e
;q

(q, , ; q) | e2i , e2i ; q |2
=
2( 2 ; q)

1
1
1

h cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , t 2
d.
1
1
1
1
1
0 h cos ; 2 ei+i , 2 eii , 2 eii , 2 eii , t 2
(8.6.5)
By (6.3.9),

0
1
1
1
h cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , t 2
d
1
1
1
1
1
h cos ; 2 ei+i , 2 eii , 2 eii , 2 eii , t 2

2

2 , t2 ; q tei+i , teii ; q
2
(q, , , t2 ; q) |(e2i , e2i , tei+i , teii ; q) |

8 W7 t2 q 1 ; tei+i , teii , teii , teii , ; q, .
(8.6.6)
Formula (8.6.4) follows immediately from (8.6.5) and (8.6.6).

It is slightly more complicated to compute (8.6.1). Consider the generating
function

1 q n
Cn (z; |q)tn
1
n=0

i
qtei , qtei ; q
te , tei ; q
(1 )(tei , tei ; q)
1 (qtei , qtei ; q)

i
i
qte , qte
;q
2
= (1 t )
.
(8.6.7)
(tei , tei ; q)
Gt (z) =
8.7 Poisson kernels for the q-Racah polynomials
229
Then
Kt (x, y; |q)
1
=
K(x, y, z; |q) G
1
t 2
(z) dz

2
(1 t2 )(q, , ; q) e2i , e2i ; q
=
2( 2 ; q)

1
1
1

h cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , qt 2
d.
1
1
1
1
1
0 h cos ; 2 ei+i , 2 eii , 2 eii , 2 eii , t 2
(8.6.8)
This gives (8.6.3) via (7.4.1) and an application of (2.10.1).
By analytic continuation, formulas (8.6.3) and (8.6.4) hold when
max(|q|, |t|, ||) < 1.
Even though it is clear from (8.6.3) and (8.6.4) that these kernels are
positive when 1 < q, t < 1 and 1 x, y 1 if 0 < 1, it is not
clear what happens when 1 < < 0 since both 8 7 series in (8.6.3) and
(8.6.4) become alternating series. It is shown in Gasper and Rahman [1983a]
that the Poisson kernel Kt (x, y; |q) is also positive for 1 < t < 1 when
1 < q < < 0 and when 23/2 3 < 0, 1 < q 0.
For the nonnegativity of the Poisson kernel for the continuous q-Jacobi
polynomials, see Gasper and Rahman [1986].

For the q-Racah polynomials
Wn (x; q) Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)
we shall give conditions under which the Poisson kernel
N
hn (q)Wn (x; q)Wn (y; q)tn ,
0 t < 1,
(8.7.1)
n=0
and the so-called discrete Poisson kernel

z

(q z ; q)n
hn (q)Wn (x; q)Wn (y; q),
(q N ; q)n
n=0
(8.7.2)
z = 0, 1, . . . , N , are nonnegative for x, y = 0, 1, . . . , N .

Let us rst consider a more general bilinear sum
Pz (x, y) Pz (x, y; a, b, c, , , K, M, N ; q)
z

(q z ; q)N
=
hn (a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)
(q K ; q)n
n=0
Wn (y; , ab1 , , M ; q),
(8.7.3)
230
where z = 0, 1, . . . , min(K, N ) and N M . If = a, = c and M = N , then

(8.7.3) reduces to (8.7.2) when K = N , and it has the Poisson kernel (8.7.1)
as a limit case.
From the product formula (8.2.5) it follows that
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (y; , ab1 , , M ; q)
n

n nr
n+1
; q r+s q x , cq xN , q y , q yN ; q r
(bq, aq/c; q)n n q , abq
=
c
(aq, bc; q)n
(q N ; q)r+s (q, q, q M , abq1 , cq 1s ; q)r
r=0 s=0
xN 1 1x
q
,c q
; q s 1 cq rs r+srs
q
Ar,s ,
(8.7.4)
1
(q, bq, ac q; q)s 1 cq s
where

Ar,s =
5 4

q s , q ry , q r+yM , aq r+1 , bcq r+1
; q, q .
q r+1 , q rM , ab1 q r+1 , cq 1+rs
(8.7.5)
Using (8.7.5) in (8.7.4) and changing the order of summation, we nd that

zr
z
bq, ac1 q; q N
(q z ; q)r+s (abq 2 ; q)2r+2s
Pz (x, y) =
(abq 2 , c1 ; q)N r=0 s=0 (q K , abq N +2 ; q)r+s
x xN y

q , cq
, q , q yM ; q r q xN , c1 q x ; q s 1 cq rs
(q, q, q M , abq1 , cq 1s ; q)r (q, bq, ac1 q; q)s 1 cq s

(1)r+s q (r+s)(2N rs+1)/2rs Ar,s Br,s ,
where

Br,s =
5 4

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , q r+sN , q r+sz
N rs
,
;
q,
q
1
1
2 , 2 , abq N +r+s+2 , q r+sK
(8.7.6)
(8.7.7)
with = abq 2r+2s+1 . We shall now show that when K = N ,

N z
; q zrs
q
r+sz 1+r+sz 1+N z

,q
;q
; q, abq N +z+2 .
Br,s =
2 1 q
N
+r+s+2
(abq
; q)zrs
(8.7.8)
To prove (8.7.8) it suces to show that

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b
w
;
q,
4 3
1
1
aq
a 2 , a 2 , w
=
(wb/aq, w/b; q)
2 1 (b, bq; wb/a; q, w/b)
(w/aq, w; q)
(8.7.9)
whether or not b is a negative integer power of q, provided the series on both

sides converge. Since 1 aq 2k = 1 q k + q k (1 aq k ), the left side of (8.7.9)
equals
2 1 (aq, b; w; q, w/a)
w(1 b)
2 1 (aq, bq; wq; q, w/aq)
aq(1 w)
(wb/a, w/b; q)
2 1 (b, bq; wb/a; q, w/b)
(w/a, w; q)

+
=
231
w(1 b)(wb/a, w/b; q)

2 1 (b, bq; wb/a; q, w/b)
aq(w/aq, w; q)
(wb/aq, w/b; q)
2 1 (b, bq; wb/a; q, w/b)
(w/aq, w; q)
(8.7.10)
by (1.4.5). Also, for = a the 5 4 series in (8.7.5) reduces to a 4 3 series

which, by (2.10.4), equals
M +1ys 1 1 ys
q
,b q
; q s r+s+yM s
bq
rM
r+1
(q
, bq ; q)s
s ry 1 s

q ,q
, b q , c 1 q M +1ys
4 3
; q, q .
(8.7.11)
cq 1+rs , q M +1ys , b1 1 q ys
From (8.7.6), (8.7.8) and (8.7.11) it follows that
Pz (x, y; a, b, c, a, , N, M, N ; q) 0
(8.7.12)
for x = 0, 1, . . . , N, y = 0, 1, . . . , M, z = 0, 1, . . . , N when 0 < q < 1, 0 < aq <

1, 0 bq < 1, 0 < c < aq N and cq < q M 1 q N 1 . Hence the discrete
Poisson kernel (8.7.2) is nonnegative for x, y, z = 0, 1, . . . , N when 0 < q < 1,
0 < aq < 1, 0 bq < 1 and 0 < c < aq N .
If in (8.7.3) we write the sum with N as the upper limit of summation,
replace (q z ; q)n by (tq K ; q)n and let K , it follows from (8.7.6) that
Lt (x, y; a, b, c, , , M, N ; q)
=
N
tn hn (a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (y; , ab1 , , M ; q)
n=0

x N x
(bq, aq/c; q)N (abq 2 ; q)2r+2s q x , cq xN , q y , q yM ; q r
=
(abq 2 , c1 ; q)N r=0 s=0 (abq N +2 ; q)r+s (q, q, q M , abq1 , cq 1s ; q)r
xN 1 x
q
, c q ; q s (1 cq rs )
Ar,s Cr,s (t)r+s q (r+s)(2N rs+1)/2rs ,
(q, bq, ac1 q; q)s (1 cq s )

(8.7.13)
for x = 0, 1, . . . , N, y = 0, 1, . . . , M with Ar,s dened in (8.7.5) and

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , q r+sN
N rs
Cr,s = 4 3
,
;
q,
tq
1
1
2 , 2 , abq N +r+s+2
(8.7.14)
where = abq 2r+2s+1 . However, by Ex. 2.2,

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b1
;
q,
tb
4 3
1
1
2 , 2 , bq
=
(t, q; q)
2 1 (b, tb; tq; q, q)
(tb, bq; q)
(8.7.15)
for max(|tb|, |q|) < 1. Use of this in (8.7.14) yields

Cr,s = (t, abq 2r+2s+2 ; q)N rs 2 1 q N rs , tq N rs ; tq; q, abq 2r+2s+2 ,
(8.7.16)
232
from which it is obvious that Cr,s 0 for 0 t < 1, r + s N when

0 abq 2 < 1. Combining this with our previous observation that Ar,s equals
the expression in (8.7.11) when = a, it follows from (8.7.13) that
Lt (x, y; a, b, c, a, , M, N ; q) > 0
(8.7.17)
for x = 0, 1, . . . , N, y = 0, 1, . . . , M, 0 t < 1 when 0 < q < 1, 0 < aq < 1,

0 bq < 1, 0 < c < aq N and cq < q M 1 q N 1 . In particular,
the Poisson kernel (8.7.1) is positive for x, y = 0, 1, . . . , N , 0 t < 1 when
0 < q < 1, 0 < aq < 1, 0 bq < 1 and 0 < c < aq N .
For further details on the nonnegative bilinear sums of discrete orthogonal
polynomials, see Gasper and Rahman [1984] and Rahman [1982].
8.8 q-analogues of Clausens formula

Clausens [1828] formula
2

a, b
;z
=
2 F1
a + b + 12

3 F2
2a, 2b, a + b
2a + 2b, a + b +

1
2
;z ,
(8.8.1)
where |z| < 1, provides a rare example of the square of a hypergeometric series
that is expressible as a hypergeometric series. Ramanujans [1927, pp. 23
39] rapidly convergent series representations of 1/, which have been used to
compute to millions of decimal digits, are based on special cases of (8.8.1); see
the Chudnovskys [1988] survey paper. Clausens formula was used in Askey
and Gasper [1976] to prove that

n, n + + 2, 12 ( + 1) 1 x
0
(8.8.2)
;
3 F2
+ 1, 12 ( + 3)
2
when > 2, 1 x 1, n = 0, 1, . . ., which was then used to prove the
positivity of certain important kernels involving sums of Jacobi polynomials;
see Askey [1975] and the extensions in Gasper [1975a, 1977]. The special cases
= 2, 4, 6, . . . of (8.8.2) turned out to be the inequalities de Branges [1985]
needed to complete the last step in his celebrated proof of the Bieberbach
conjecture. In this section we consider q-analogues of (8.8.1).
Jackson [1940, 1941] derived the product formula given in Ex. 3.11 and
additional proofs of it have been given by Singh [1959], Nassrallah [1982], and
Jain and Srivastava [1986]. But, unfortunately, the left side of it is not a square
and so Jacksons formula cannot be used to write certain basic hypergeometric
series as sums of squares as was done with Clausens formula in Askey and
Gasper [1976] to prove (8.8.2).
In order to obtain a q-analogue of Clausens formula which expressed the
square of a basic hypergeometric series as a basic hypergeometric series, the
authors derived the formula
2

a, b, abz, ab/z
a2 , b2 , ab, abz, ab/z
; q, q
; q, q ,
= 5 4 2 2
4 3
1
1
1
1
abq 2 , abq 2 , ab
a b , abq 2 , abq 2 , ab
(8.8.3)
233
which holds when the series terminate. See Gasper [1989b], where it was
pointed out that there are several ways of proving (8.8.3), such as using the
Rogers linearization formula (8.5.1), the product formula in 8.2, or the Rahman and Verma integral (8.4.10).
In this section we derive a nonterminating q-analogue of Clausens formula
which reduces to (8.8.3) when it terminates. The key to the discovery of this
formula is the observation that the proof of Rogers linearization formula given
in 8.5 is independent of the fact that the parameter n in the 2 1 series in
(7.4.2) is a nonnegative integer. In view of (7.4.2) let
f (z) =
2 1 (, ; q/; q, zq/),
(8.8.4)
which reduces to the 2 1 series in (7.4.2) when = q n and z = e2i . Temporarily assume that |q| < || < 1 and |z| 1. From Heines transformation
(1.4.3),
(z; q)
2
(8.8.5)
f (z) =
2 1 (q/ , q/; q/; q, z).
(zq/; q)
Hence, if we multiply the two 2 1 series in (8.8.4) and (8.8.5) and collect the
coecients of z j , we get
f 2 (z) =
(q/ 2 , q/; q)k

(z; q)
Ak
(z)k ,
(zq/; q)
(q, q/; q)k
(8.8.6)
k=0
where
Ak =
4 3
q k , , q k /,
; q, q
q k , 2 q k /, q/

(8.8.7)
is a terminating balanced series. As in (8.5.5) we now apply (2.5.1) to the 4 3

series in (8.8.7) to obtain that
Ak =
(q/, 2 q/ 2 ; q)
2
2 k+1
/ 2 , q k ; q, q/). (8.8.8)
8 W7 ( /; , , , q
(2 q/, q/ 2 ; q)
Using (8.8.8) in (8.8.6) and changing the order of summation we get the formula
f 2 (z) =
(1 2 q 2k /)(2 /, , , ; q)k
(z; q)
(zq/; q)
(1 2 /)(q, q/, q/, 2 q/ 2 ; q)k
k=0

k
2 2k+1 2
/ , q/
q
(2 q/ 2 ; q)2k zq
; q, z . (8.8.9)
2 1
(2 q/; q)2k
2 q 2k+1 /
Observe that since the 2 1 series in (8.8.9) is well-poised we may transform

it by applying the quadratic transformation formula (3.4.7) to express it as an
8 7 series and then apply (2.10.10) to get the transformation formula
k+1

2 q 2k+1 / 2 , q/
(zq/; q) (/z)k q ( 2 )
; q, z =
2 1
(z/; q) (q/z, zq/; q)k
2 q 2k+1 /

k
k+ 12
k+ 12
/, q
/, q k+1 /
q , q
;
q,
q
4 3
2 q 2k+1 /, zq k+1 /, q k+1 /z
234
(zq, , zq, 2 q/ 2 ; q) (q/, /z; q)k (2 q/; q)2k
(z, q/, /z, 2 q/; q) (, zq; q)k (2 q/ 2 ; q)2k

1
1
z, zq 2 , zq 2 , zq
;
q,
q
.
(8.8.10)
4 3
qz 2 , zq k+1 , zq 1k /
We can now substitute (8.8.10) into (8.8.9) and change the orders of summation
to nd that
(; q)m (2 q/ 2 ; q)2m
(z, zq/; q)
f 2 (z) =
(zq/, z/; q) m=0 (q, zq/, q/z, 2 q/, q/; q)m
q m 6 W5 (2 /; , , q m ; q, q m+1 / 2 )
1
1

(z, zq 2 , zq 2 , zq; q)m m
(, 2 q/, zq, zq; q)
q
+
(q/, 2 q/, zq/, /z; q) m=0 (q, qz 2 , zq, zq/; q)m
6 W5 (2 /; , , q m /z; q, zq m+1 /).
(8.8.11)
Summing the above 6 W5 series by means of (2.7.1), we obtain the formula

2
{2 1 (, ; q/; q, zq/)} =

5 4
(z, zq/; q)
(zq/, z/; q)
1
, q/ 2 , q 2 /, q 2 /, q/
; q, q
q/, 2 q/ 2 , q/z, zq/
(, q/ 2 , zq, zq, zq/; q)

(q/, q/, zq/, zq/, /z; q)

1
1
z, zq/, zq 2 , zq 2 , zq
;
q,
q
,
(8.8.12)
5 4
zq, z 2 q, zq/, zq/
which gives the square of a well-poised 2 1 series as the sum of the two balanced
5 4 series. By analytic continuation, (8.8.12) holds whenever |q| < 1 and
|zq/| < 1.
To derive (8.8.3) from (8.8.12), observe that if = q n , n = 0, 1, . . ., then
(; q) = 0 and (8.8.12) gives
+
f 2 (z)

n 1 n
1
q , q 2 /, q 1n / 2 , q 2 n /, q 1n /
(z, zq 1n /; q)
; q, q
=
5 4
(zq n , zq/; q)
q 1n /, q 12n / 2 , zq 1n /, q 1n /z

n
n 2 n
q , q , , z, /z
( 2 , 2 ; q)n z
;
q,
q
(8.8.13)
=
5 4
1
1
(, ; q)n
2 , q 2 , q 2 ,
by reversing the order of summation. Since

n
1
1
q n , 2 q n , (z) 2 , (/z) 2
( 2 ; q)n z
; q, q
f (z) =
4 3
1
1
(; q)n
q 2 , q 2 ,
by (7.4.14), it follows from (8.8.13) that

2

1
1
q n , 2 q n , (z) 2 , (/z) 2
; q, q
4 3
1
1
q 2 , q 2 ,
(8.8.14)

=
5 4
q n , 2 q n , , z, /z
1
2 , q 2 , q 2 ,
235

; q, q
(8.8.15)
for n = 0, 1, . . ., which is formula (8.8.3) written in an equivalent form.

Now note that
2 1 (, ; q/; q, zq/)
1
(z(q) 2 , z(q) 2 , zq 2 /, zq 2 /; q)
(zq 2 , zq 2 , zq/, zq/; q)

1
8 W7 (z/; 2 , a 2 , (q) 2 /, (q) 2 /, z; q, zq),

1
2
(8.8.16)
1
2
by (3.4.7) and (2.10.1), and set a = , b = (q) / to obtain from (8.8.12)

the following q-analogue of Clausens formula:
2 2 2 2 2
2
(a z q, b z q; q )
12
; a, a, b, b, z; q, zq)
8 W7 (abzq
(z 2 q, a2 b2 z 2 q; q 2 )

1
1
1
a2 , b2 , ab, ab, abq 2
(azq 2 /b, bzq 2 /a; q)
; q, q
=
5 4
1
1
1
1
1
a2 b2 , abq 2 , abzq 2 , abq 2 /z
(zq 2 /ab, abzq 2 ; q)
+
(zq, zq, a2 , b2 ; q)
1
2
(abq , abq 2 , ab/zq 2 , abzq 2 ; q)

1
1
1
1
azq 2 /b, bzq 2 /a, zq 2 , zq 2 , zq
; q, q ,
5 4
1
3
zq, z 2 q, abzq 2 , zq 2 /ab
(8.8.17)
where |q| < 1 and |zq| < 1.

To see that (8.8.17) is a nonterminating q-analogue of Clausens formula,
it suces to replace a by q a , b by q b and let q 1 ; then the left side and
the rst term on the right side of (8.8.17) tend to the left and right sides of
(8.8.1) with z replaced by 4z(1 z)2 and so, by (8.8.1), the second term on
the right side of (8.8.17) must tend to zero.
It is shown in Gasper and Rahman [1989] that the nonterminating extension (3.4.1) of the Sears-Carlitz quadratic transformation can be used in place
of (8.8.10) to derive the product formula
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z) 2 1 (a, aq/c; aq/b; q, z)

6 5
(az, abz/c; q)
(z, bz/c; q)
1
a, c/b, (ac/b) 2 , (ac/b) 2 , (acq/b) 2 , (acq/b) 2

; q, q
aq/b, c, ac/b, az, cq/bz
(a, c/b, az, bz, azq/c; q)

(c, aq/b, z, z, c/bz; q)

1
1
1
1
z, abz/c, z(ab/c) 2 , z(ab/c) 2 , z(abq/c) 2 , z(abq/c) 2
;
q,
q
,
6 5
az, bz, azq/c, bzq/c, abz 2 /c
(8.8.18)
+
where |z| < 1 and |q| < 1. This formula reduces to (8.8.12) when a = , b =
, c = q/ and z is replaced by zq/.
236
By applying various transformation formulas to the 2 1 series in (8.8.12)

and (8.8.18), these formulas can be written in many equivalent forms. For
instance, by replacing b in (8.8.18) by c/b and applying (1.5.4) we obtain
2 2 (a, b; c, az; q, cz/b) 2 2 (a, b; abq/c, az; q, azq/c)

1
1
1
1
a, b, (ab) 2 , (ab) 2 , (abq) 2 , (abq) 2
(z, az/b; q)
;
q,
q
6 5
(az, z/b; q)
abq/c, c, ab, az, bq/z
(a, b, cz/b, azq/c; q)

(c, abq/c, az, b/z; q)

1
1
1
1
z, abz, z(a/b) 2 , z(a/b) 2 , z(aq/b) 2 , z(aq/b) 2
;
q,
q
, (8.8.19)
6 5
az, cz/b, aqz/c, zq/b, az 2 /b
+
where max(|q|, |azq/c|, |cz/b|) < 1. If we replace a, b, z in (8.8.19) by q a , bb ,

z/(z 1), respectively, and let q 1 , we obtain the Ramanujan [1957, Vol.
2] and Bailey [1933, 1935a] product formula
+ b c + 1; z)
= 4 F3 (a, b, (a + b)/2, (a + b + 1)/2; c, a + b, a + b c + 1; 4z(1 z)),
(8.8.20)
2 F1 (a, b; c; z) 2 F1 (a, b; a
where |z| < 1 and |4z(1 z)| < 1. This is an extension of Clausens formula in
the sense that by replacing a, b, c, 4z(1 z) in (8.8.20) by 2a, 2b, a + b + 12 , z,
respectively, and using the quadratic transformation (Erdelyi [1953, 2.11 (2)])
1
1
+ b + ; z) = 2 F1 (a, b; a + b + ; 4z(1 z)),
2
2
we get (8.8.1). See Askey [1989d].
2 F1 (2a, 2b; a
(8.8.21)

Our main aim in this section is to show how the terminating q-Clausen formula (8.8.3) can be used to derive q-analogues of the Askey-Gasper inequalities
(8.8.2) and of the nonnegative hypergeometric series in Gasper [1975a, Equations (8.19), (8.20), (8.22)].
As in Gasper [1989b], let us set
= q 2b , a1 = q b , a2 = q b ei , a3 = q b ei , b1 = q 2b , b2 = q b ,
c1 = q n , c2 = q n+a , d1 = q 2 (a+1) = d2 , e1 = q b+ 2 = e3 , x = q, w = 1,
1
in the r = 3, s = t = u = k = 2 case of (3.7.9) to obtain the expansion

n n+a b b i b i

,q ,q e ,q e
q ,q
; q, q
1
1
5 4
q 2b , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q b
=
1
1
n

(q n , q n+a , q b+ 2 , q b+ 2 ; q)j
j=0
(q, q
1
2 (a+1)
, q
1
2 (a+1)
, q j+2b ; q)j
(1)j q j+(2)

q jn , q j+n+a , q j+b+ 2 , q j+b+ 2

; q, q
4 3 2j+2b+1 j+ 1 (a+1)
1
q
,q 2
, q j+ 2 (a+1)
j j+2b b b i b i

q ,q
,q ,q e ,q e
; q, q ,
5 4
1
1
q 2b , q b+ 2 , q b+ 2 , q b
237

(8.9.1)
where, as throughout this section, n = 0, 1, . . . . By Ex. 2.8 the 4 3 series in

(8.9.1) equals zero when n j is odd and equals
(q, q a2b ; q 2 )k
q 2k(n2k+b+1/2)
(q 2n4k+a+1 , q 2n4k+2b+2 ; q 2 )k
when n j = 2k and k = 0, 1, . . . . Hence, using (8.8.3) to write the 5 4 as the
square of a 4 3 series, we have

n n+a b b i b i
,q ,q e ,q e
q ,q
;
q,
q
1
1
5 4
q 2b , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q b
(1)n (q n , q n+a , q b+ 12 , q b+ 12 ; q)n2k
[n/2]
(q, q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q n2k+2b ; q)n2k

1
k=0
(q, q a2b ; q 2 )k
2n4k+a+1
(q
, q 2n4k+2b+2 ; q 2 )k
4 3
q 2k(n2k+b+ 2 )+ 2 (n2k)(n2k+1)
q 2kn , q n2k+2b , q 2 b e 2 i , q 2 b e 2 i
; q, q
1
1
q b+ 2 , q b+ 2 , q b
1
2
.
(8.9.2)
Since (1)n (q n ; q)n2k 0, it is clear from (8.9.2) that

n n+a b b i b i

q ,q
,q ,q e ,q e
; q, q 0
1
1
5 4
q 2b , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q b
(8.9.3)
when a 2b > 1 and 0 < q < 1. By setting x = cos and letting q 1 , it

follows from (8.9.3) that

n, n + a, b 1 x
0, 1 x 1,
(8.9.4)
;
3 F2
2
2b, 12 (a + 1)
when a 2b > 1 which shows that (8.9.3) is a q-analogue of (8.9.4). When
a = + 2 and b = 12 ( + 1), (8.9.4) reduces to (8.8.2). Special cases of (8.9.4)
were used by de Branges [1986] in his work on coecient estimates for Riemann
mapping functions.
Another q-analogue of (8.9.4) can be derived by using (8.9.1), (8.8.3) and
Ex. 2.8 to obtain
n n+a b

1
1
, q , q b , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei
q ,q
;
q,
q
6 5
1
1
1
1
q 2b , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a , q 2 a
=
n
(q n , q n+a , q 2 a , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei ; q)j
1
1
2 (a+1)
1
2a
, q j+a1 ; q)j
(1)j q j+(2)
(q, q
, q
, q
jn n+j+a j+ 1 a j+ 1 a i j+ 1 a i

,q
,q 2 ,q 2 e ,q 2 e
q
5 4
;
q,
q
1
1
1
q 2j+a , q j+ 2 (a+1) , q j+ 2 (a+1) , q j+ 2 a
j=0
1
2 (a+1)
238
j j+a1 b

, q , q b
q ,q
;
q,
q
4 3
1
1
q 2b , q 2 a , q 2 a
(q n , q n+a , q 2 a , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei ; q)2k
k=0
(q, q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a , q 2k+a1 ; q)2k
[n/2]
(q, q a2b ; q 2 )k 2k2 +k+2kb

q
(q a , q 2b+1 ; q 2 )k
2kn n+2k+a k+ 1 a 1 i k+ 1 a 1 i

2
,q
, q 4 e2 , q 4 e 2
q
4 3
;
q,
q
, (8.9.5)
1
1
1
q 2k+ 2 (a+1) , q 2k+ 2 (a+1) , q 2k+ 2 a
which shows that
6 5

1
1
q n , q n+a , q b , q b , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei
; q, q 0
1
1
1
1
q 2b , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a , q 2 a
(8.9.6)
when a 2b > 1 and 0 < q < 1.

The expansions (8.12) and (8.17) in Gasper [1975a] are special cases of
the q 1 limit cases of (8.9.2) and (8.9.5), respectively, when (7.4.14) and
Gasper [1975a, (8.10)] are used. A q-analogue of the expansion (Gasper [1975a,
1989b])

n, n + + 2, 12 ( + 1)
2
2
;
(1
x
F
)(1
y
)
3 2
+ 1, 12 ( + 3)

n

n!(n + + 2)j +2
2
j
+3
=
(1 y 2 )j
j!(n
j)!
(j
+
+
1)
j
2
j
j=0

2
1
j!(n j)!
(+1)
j+ 1 (+2)
Cj2
(x)Cnj2
(y)
(8.9.7)
( + 1)j (2j + + 2)nj
is easily derived by employing (3.7.9), (8.8.3) and (7.4.14) to obtain
n n++2 1 (+1) 1 (+1) 2i 1 (+1) 2i
,q2
,q2
e ,q2
e
,
q ,q
7 6
1
1
1
+1
(+3)
(+3)
(+2)
2
2
2
,q
, q
, q
,
q

1
1
(+2)
2i
(+2)
2i
e ,q2
e
q2
; q, q
1
1
(+2)
(+1)
q 2
, q 2
=
1
1
1
n

(q n , q n++2 , q 2 (+2) , q 2 (+2) e2i , q 2 (+2) e2i ; q)j
j=0
(q, q
1
2 (+3)
, q
1
2 (+3)
, q
1
2 (+2)
, q j++1 ; q)j
1
3
(q; q)j (q; q)nj
q 2 (j++ 2 )
(q +1 ; q)j (q 2j++2 ; q)nj
1
(1)j q j+(2)
2
Cj (cos ; q 2 (+1) |q)Cnj (cos ; q j+ 2 (+2) |q)
(8.9.8)
which is obviously nonnegative for real and when > 2.

If we proceed as in (8.9.5), but use the q-Saalsch
utz summation formula
(1.7.2) instead of Ex. 2.8, we nd that

6 5
q n , q n+a , q 2 a , q b , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei
; q, q
1
1
1
q 2 (a+1) , q c , q a+bc , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a
1
n
(q n , q n+a , q 2 a , q ac , q cb , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei ; q)j
j=0
(q, q 2 (a+1) , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a , q j+a1 , q c , q a+bc ; q)j
(1)j q j(b+1)+(2)
and hence

6 5
239

4 3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
q jn , q j+n+a , q 2 j+ 4 a e 2 i , q 2 j+ 4 a e 2 i
;
q,
q
1
1
1
q j+ 2 (a+1) , q j+ 2 (a+1) , q j+ 2 a
(8.9.9)

1
1
1
q n , q n+a , q 2 a , q b , q 2 a ei , q 2 a ei
; q; q 0
1
1
1
q 2 (a+1) , q c , q a+bc , q 2 (a+1) , q 2 a
(8.9.10)
for real when a c b, a + b > c > 0 and 0 < q < 1. By letting q 1 in

(8.9.10) it follows that

1x
n, n + a, 12 a, b
0
(8.9.11)
;
F
4 3 1
2
2 (a + 1), c, a + b c
for 1 x 1 when a c b and a+b > c > 0, which gives the nonnegativity
of the 3 F2 series in Gasper [1975a, (8.22)] when a = + 32 , b = 12 + 54 and
c = + 1. Also see Gasper [1989d].

In the applications given so far we have dealt almost exclusively with orthogonal polynomials which are representable as basic hypergeometric series. These
are important results and most of them have appeared in print during the
last thirty years. They constitute the main bulk of applications as far as this
book is concerned. However, our task would remain incomplete if we failed
to mention some of the earliest examples where basic hypergeometric series
played crucial roles. The simplest among these examples is Eulers [1748] enumeration p(n) of the partitions of a positive integer n, where a partition of a
positive integer n is a nite monotone decreasing sequence of positive integers
(called the parts of the partition) whose sum is n. To illustrate how p(n) arises
in a q-series let us consider a formal series expansion of the innite product
(q; q)1
in powers of q:

1
(q; q) =
(1 q k+1 )1
k=0

k1 0 k2 0
p(n)q n .
n=0
where
q k1 1+k2 2+
(8.10.1)
240
n = k1 1 + k2 2 + + kn n,
(8.10.2)
p(0) = 1 and, for a positive integer n, p(n) is the number of partitions of n

into parts n. In the partition (8.10.2) of n there are km ms and hence
0 km n/m, 1 m n. For small values of n, p(n) can be calculated quite
easily, but the number increases very rapidly. For example, p(3) = 3, p(4) =
5, p(5) = 7, but p(243) = 133978259344888. Hardy and Ramanujan [1918]
found the following asymptotic formula for large n:
1
2n 2
1
.
(8.10.3)
p(n) exp
3
4n 3
Also of interest are the enumerations of partitions of a positive integer n into
parts restricted in certain ways such as:
(i) pN (n), the number of partitions of n into parts N , which is given by
the generating function
(q; q)1
N =
pN (n)q n ,
(8.10.4)
n=0
where n = k1 1 + k2 2 + + kN N has km ms ;
(ii) pe (n), the number of partitions of an even integer n into even parts,
generated by
(q 2 ; q 2 )1
=
=
(1 q 2k+2 )1
k=0
pe (n)q n ;
(8.10.5)
n=0
(iii) pdist (n), the number of partitions of n into distinct positive integers,
generated by
(q; q) =
=
1
1

q k1 1+k2 2+
k1 =0 k2 =0
pdist (n)q n ,
(8.10.6)
n=0
where n = k1 1 + k2 2 + + kn n, 0 ki 1, 1 i n, and
(iv) p0 (n), the number of partitions of n into odd parts, generated by
(q; q 2 )1
=
=
(1 q 2k+1 )1
k=0
p0 (n)q n .
(8.10.7)
n=0
Eulers partition identity

pdist (n) = p0 (n)
(8.10.8)

follows from (8.10.6), (8.10.7) and the fact that
1
1
1
= (q; q 2 )1
(q; q) = q 2 , q 2 ; q
.
241
(8.10.9)
Other combinatorial identities of this type can be discovered from

q-series identities similar to, but perhaps somewhat more complicated than,
(8.10.9). For example, let us consider Eulers [1748] identity involving the
pentagonal numbers n(3n 1)/2:
(q; q) =
(1)n q n(3n+1)/2
n=
(1)n q n(3n+1)/2 +
=1+
n=1
(1)n q n(3n1)/2 , (8.10.10)
n=1
which is given in Ex. 2.18. A formal power series expansion gives

(q; q) =
(1 q k+1 )
k=0
1
1

(1)k1 +k2 + q k1 1+k2 2+ ,
(8.10.11)
k1 =0 k2 =0
which diers from the multiple series in (8.10.6) only in the factor
(1)k1 +k2 + . This factor is 1 according as the partition has an even or
odd number of parts. Denoting these numbers by peven (n) and podd (n), respectively, we nd that
(q; q) = 1 +
[peven (n) podd (n)] q n .
(8.10.12)
n=1
From (8.10.10) and (8.10.12) it follows that

peven (n) podd (n) =
(1)k
for n = k(3k 1)/2,

(8.10.13)
0
otherwise.
Thus Eulers identity (8.10.10) expresses the important property that a positive
integer n which is not a pentagonal number of the form k(3k 1)/2 can be
partitioned as often into an even number of parts as into an odd number of
parts. However, if n = k(3k 1)/2, k = 1, 2, . . ., then peven (n) exceeds podd (n)
by (1)k . See Hardy and Wright [1979], Rademacher [1973] and Andrews
[1976, 1983] for related results.
Two of the most celebrated identities in combinatorial analysis are the socalled RogersRamanujan identities (2.7.3) and (2.7.4) which, for the purposes
of the present discussion, we rewrite in the following form:
1+

qn
=
(q; q)n
n=1
k=0
1
(1 q 5k+1 ) (1 q 5k+4 )
(8.10.14)
242
1+

q n(n+1)
=
(q; q)n
n=1
(8.10.15)
(1 q 5k+2 ) (1 q 5k+3 )
k=0
It is clear that the innite product on the right side of (8.10.14) enumerates
the partitions of a positive integer n into parts of the form 5k + 1 and 5k + 4,
while that on the right side of (8.10.15) enumerates partitions of n into parts
of the form 5k + 2 and 5k + 3, k = 0, 1, . . . .
Following Hardy and Wright [1979] we shall now give combinatorial interpretations of the left sides of the above identities. Since
k 2 = 1 + 3 + 5 + + (2k 1),
we can exhibit this square in a graph of k rows of dots, each row having two
more dots than the lower one. We then take any partition of nk 2 into at most
k parts with the parts in descending order, marked with s and placed at the
ends of the rows of dots to obtain a partition of n into parts with minimal
dierence 2. For example, when k = 5 and n = 32 = 52 + 7 we add 4 s to
the top row, 1 each to the 2nd, 3rd and 4th rows, counted from above. This
gives the partition 32 = 13 + 8 + 6 + 4 + 1 displayed in the graph below.
The identity (8.10.14) states that the number of partitions of n in which the
dierences between parts are at least 2 is equal to the number of partitions of
n into parts congruent to 1 or 4 (mod 5).
Observing that
k(k + 1) = 2 + 4 + 6 + + 2k,
a similar interpretation can be given to the left side of (8.10.15). Since the
rst number in the above sum is 2, one deduces that the partitions of n into
parts not less than 2 and with minimal dierence 2 are equinumerous with the
partitions of n into parts congruent to 2 or 3 (mod 5).
For more applications of basic hypergeometric series to partition theory, see Andrews [19761988], Fine [1948, 1988], Andrews and Askey [1977],
and Andrews, Dyson and Hickerson [1988]. Additional results on Rogers
Ramanujan type identities are given in Slater [1951, 1952a], Jain and Verma
[19801982] and Andrews [1975a, 1984a,b,c,d].

One of the most interesting problems in number theory is the representations
of positive integers as sums of squares of integers. Fermat proved that all
243
primes of the form 4n + 1 can be uniquely expressed as the sum of two squares.
Lagrange showed in 1770 that all positive integers can be represented by sums
of four squares and that this number is minimal. Earlier in the same year
Waring posed the general problem of representing a positive integer as a sum
of a xed number of nonnegative k-th powers of integers (positive, negative, or
zero) with order taken into account and stated without proof that every integer
is the sum of 4 squares, of 9 cubes, of 19 biquadrates, and so on. More than
100 years later Hilbert [1909] proved that all positive integers are representable
by s kth powers where s = s(k) depends only on k. For an historical account
of the Waring problem, see Dickson [1920], Grosswald [1985], and Hua [1982].
To illustrate the usefulness of basic hypergeometric series in the study
of such representations we shall restrict ourselves to the simplest cases: sums
of two and sums of four squares, where it is understood, for example, that
n = x21 + x22 = y12 + y22 are two dierent representations of n as a sum of two
squares if x1 = y1 or x2 = y2 .
Let r2k (n) be the number of dierent representations of n as a sum of 2k
squares, k = 1, 2, . . . . We will show by basic hypergeometric series techniques
that, for n 1,
r2 (n) = 4(d1 (n) d3 (n)),

d,
r4 (n) = 8
(8.11.1)
(8.11.2)
d|n,4d
where di (n), i = 1, 3, is the number of (positive) divisors of n congruent to i

(mod 4) and the summation in (8.11.2) indicates the sum over all divisors of n
not divisible by 4. The numbers 4 and 8 in (8.11.1) and (8.11.2), respectively,
reect the fact that r2 (1) = 4 since 1 = 02 + (1)2 = (1)2 + 02 , and r4 (1) = 8
since 1 = 02 + 02 + 02 + (1)2 = 02 + 02 + (1)2 + 02 = 02 + (1)2 + 02 + 02 =
(1)2 + 02 + 02 + 02 . Both of these results were proved by Jacobi by means of
the theory of elliptic functions, but the proofs below are based, as in Andrews
[1974a], on the formulas stated in Ex. 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3. Combining Ex. 5.1
and 5.2 we have
2

2
(1)n q n(n+1)/2
(1)n q n
=1+4
.
(8.11.3)
1 + qn
n=
n=1
However, the bilateral sum on the left side is clearly a generating function of
(1)n r2 (n) and so it suces to prove that

(1)n q n(n+1)/2
[d1 (n) d3 (n)](q)n =
.
(8.11.4)
1 + qn
n=1
n=1
By splitting into odd and even parts and then by formal series manipulations,
we nd that

(1)n q n(n+1)/2
q r(2r+1)
q (m+1)(2m+1)
=
1 + qn
1 + q 2r
1 + q 2m+1
n=1
r=1
m=0
=

r=1 m=r
(1)m+r q (2m+1)r +

m=0 r=m+1
(1)m+r q (2m+1)r
244

r1

=
+
(1)m+r q (2m+1)r
r=1 m=r
=
=
=

m=0 r=1

r=1 m=0
(1)m+r q (2m+1)r

(1)r q (4m+1)r q (4m+3)r
m=0 r=1
(q)n (d1 (n) d3 (n)),
(8.11.5)
n=1
which completes the proof of (8.11.4).

To prove (8.11.2) we rst replace q by q in Ex. 5.1 and 5.3 and nd that

4

n
n2
r4 (n)q =
q
n=
n=0
=1+8
=1+8
qn
(1 + (q)n )2
n=1
nq n
,
1 + (q)n
n=1
(8.11.6)
where the last line is obtained from the previous one by expanding
(1 + (q)n )2 and interchanging the order of summation. Now,
nq n
1 + (q)n
n=1

nq n
=
+
1 qn
=
odd n1
n
nq
+
1 qn
n=1
nq
1 qn
n=1
nq n
1 + qn
even n2

1
1
nq n
1 + qn
1 qn
even n2

even n2
2nq 2n
1 q 2n

nq n
4nq 4n
=
1 q n n=1 1 q 4n
n=1
nq n
=
.
1 qn
(8.11.7)
4n
Thus,

n=0
r4 (n)q n = 1 + 8
nq n
.
1 qn
4n
(8.11.8)
Exercises
245
Since r4 (0) = 1, this immediately leads to (8.11.2). For a direct proof of

(8.11.8) based only on Jacobis triple product identity (1.6.1), see Hirschhorn
[1987].
Ex. 5.1 and 5.4 can be employed in a similar manner to show that
r8 (n) = 16(1)n
(1)d d3 ,
n 1.
(8.11.9)
d|n
See Andrews [1974a]. Some remarks on other applications are given in Notes
8.11.
Exercises
8.1 Prove for the little q-Jacobi polynomials pn (x; a, b; q) dened in (7.3.1)
that
(i)
pn (x; a, b; q)pn (y; a, b; q)

n n

n
q , abq n+1 , x1 , y 1 ; q m xyq 1m m
n ( 2 ) (bq; q)n
= (aq) q
(aq; q)n m=0
(q, bq; q)m
a
m

k=0

q m , b1 q m ; q k
2
(abxy)k q k +2k ,
1m
1m
(q, aq, xq
, yq
; q)k
(ii)
pn (x; a, b; q)pn (y; a, b; q)

n
m
(bq; q)n q n , abq n+1 ; q m
=
(byq 2 )m q ( 2 )
(aq; q)n m=0
(q, bq; q)m

m
m
m+1
q , abq
;q k
(xq)k 2 1 (q km , bxq; 0; q, b1 y 1 ).
(q, aq; q)k

n
(bq)n q ( 2 )
k=0
8.2 Derive the following product formula for the big q-Jacobi polynomials
dened in (7.3.10):
Pn (x; a, b, c; q)Pn (y; a, b, c; q)

n n

n
q , abq n+1 , cqx1 , cqy 1 ; q m
xy m
n ( 2 ) (bq; q)n
= (aq) q
(aq; q)n m=0
(q, bq, cq, cq; q)m
a

q m , b1 q m , x, y
2
4 3
;
q,
abqc
.
aq, xc1 q m , yc1 q m
246
8.3 Prove that

n

(abq, aq; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 ) t
pn (q x ; a, b; q)pn (q y ; a, b; q)
(q,
bq;
q)
(1
abq)
aq
n
n=0
min(x,y)

(q x , q y ; q) as
s
q (x+y)(r+s)
(q,
bq;
q)
(q,
aq;
q)
s
r
r=0 s=0

2
2 1 0, 0; qt; q, abq 2r+2s+2 q 2rss tr+s ,
= (t, abq 2 ; q)
and that this gives the positivity of the Poisson kernel for the little q-Jacobi
polynomials for x, y = 0, 1, . . . , 0 t < 1 when 0 < q < 1, 0 < aq < 1 and
0 < bq < 1.
8.4 Prove for the q-Hahn polynomials that
(i)
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)Qn (y; a, b, N ; q) =
n

(q n , abq n+1 , bq N x+1 , bq N y+1 ; q)m m
q
(q, bq, abq N +2 , bq N +1 ; q)m
m=0
m

(b1 q N m1 ; q)k (1 b1 q 2kN m1 )(a1 b1 q N m1 , b1 q m ; q)k
k=0
(bq, abq N +2 ; q)n N +1 n

bq
(aq, q N ; q)n
(q; q)k (1 b1 q N m1 )(aq, q N ; q)k
(q m , q x , q y ; q)k
(ab)k q (x+y+2mk)k ,
1
N
(b q , b1 q xN m , b1 q yN m ; q)k
(ii)

bq, abq N +2 ; q n N +1 n
bq
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)Qn (y; a, b, N ; q) =
(aq, q N ; q)n

n n

q , abq n+1 , bq N +1xy ; q m (x+1)m
q
(q, bq, abq N +2 ; q)m
m=0
m

m

q , abq m+1 , q x , q y ; q k N x+2 k
bq
(q, aq, q N , bq N +1xy ; q)k
k=0

km kx N +1x
,q
, bq
q
3 2
;
q,
q
.
0, bq N +1xy+k
8.5 Prove for the q-Racah polynomials that

(i)

bq, abq N +2 ; q n N +1 n
bq
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (y; a, b, c, N ; q) =
(aq, q N ; q)n
n

n

q , abq n+1 , bq N x+1 , bq N y+1 ; q m
(q, bq, abq N +2 , bcq; q)m

m=0
Exercises
247

bcq x+1 , bcq y+1 ; q m m
q
(bcq, bq N +1 ; q)m

10 W9 b1 q N m1 ; a1 b1 q N m1 , b1 q m ,

q m , q x , cq xN , q y , cq yN ; q, ab1 c2 q ,
(ii)

1
aqc , abq N +2 ; q n 1 N +1 n
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (y; a, b, c, N ; q) =
ac q
(bcq, q N ; q)n

n n

q , abq n+1 , ac1 q N x+1 , ac1 q N y+1 ; q m
(q, abq N +2 , aqc1 , ac1 q N +1 ; q)m

m=0

x+1
, aq y+1 ; q m m
aq
q
(aq, aq; q)m

10 W9 ca1 q N m1 ; ca1 q m , a1 b1 q N m1 ,

q m , q x , cq xN , q y , cq yN ; q, qba1 .
8.6 Show that
(i)
Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)Wn (y; a, b, c, M ; q)

n n
q , abq n+1 , q xN , q yM ; q m
bq, aqc1 ; q n n
c
=
(aq, bcq; q)n
(q, bq, aqc1 , c1 ; q)m
m=0
1 x 1 y
c q ,c q ;q m m
q
(q N , q M ; q)m

10 W9 cq m ; ca1 q m , b1 q m , q m , q x , cq xN , q y , cq yM ; q, abq M +N +3 ,
where n = 0, 1, . . . , min(M, N ), x = 0, 1, . . . , N , and y = 0, 1, . . . , M ;
(ii)
Wn (x; a, a, c, N ; q)Wn (y; a, a, c, N ; q)

1 2 N +2
n n 2 n+1
; q n 1 N +1 n
, aq x+1 ; q m
q ,a q
aqc , a q
ac q
=
(acq, q N ; q)n
(q, a2 q N +2 , aq; q)m
m=0
1+yx 1 N xy+1
aq
, ac q
;q m m
q
1
1x
(aqc , aq
; q)m

10 W9 aq x ; a2 q m+1 , q m , aq N x+1 , c1 q x , q x , q y , cq yN ; q, q .
8.7 For the q-Hahn polynomials prove that
(i)
z

n
(abq, aq, q z ; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 )
n N n( 2 )
(aq)
q
(q, bq, abq N +2 ; q)n (1 abq)
n=0
248
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)Qn (y; a, b, M ; q)
=
z
zr

(q z ; q)r+s (abq 2 ; q)2r+2s (q x , q y ; q)r (q xN , q yM ; q)s
(q M , q N , abq N +2 ; q)r+s (q, aq; q)r (q, bq; q)s

N z
; q zrs
q
(1)r+s as q (r+s)(2N rs+1)/2(x+y+1)s

(abq N +r+s+2 ; q)zrs

2 1 q r+sz , q 1+r+sz ; q 1+N z ; q, abq N +z+2 0.
r=0 s=0
for x = 0, 1, . . . , N, y = 0, 1, . . . , M, z = 0, 1, . . . , N , when 0 < q < 1,

0 < aq < 1, 0 bq < 1 and N M ;
(ii)

n
N

n
(abq, aq, q N ; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 )
t
q N n( 2 )
N
+2
(q, bq, abq
; q)n (1 abq)
aq
n=0
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)Qn (y; a, b, M ; q)

x N
x

(abq 2 ; q)2r+2s (q x , q y ; q)r q xN , q yM ; q s
=
(q M , abq N +2 ; q)r+s (q, aq; q)r (q, bq; q)s
r=0 s=0

(t, abq 2r+2s+2 ; q)N rs 2 1 q N rs , tq N rs ; qt; q, abq 2r+2s+2
as q (r+s)(2N rs+1)/2(x+y+1)s (t)r+s > 0,
for x = 0, 1, . . . , N, y = 0, 1, . . . , M, 0 t < 1 when 0 < q < 1, 0 < aq <
1, 0 bq < 1 and N M .
8.8 Prove that
z

n
(aq, abq, bcq; q)n (c)n
n (z)q ( 2 )
1 ; q) (abq; q)
(q,
bq,
aqc
n
2n
n=0

z
zr

(q z ; q)r+s q x , cq xN , q y , q yM ; q r
=
(q N ; q)r+s (q, q, q M , abq1 , cq 1s ; q)r
r=0 s=0
xN 1 x
q
, c q ; q s (1 cq rs ) rs
q Ar,s r+s ,
(q, bq, aqc1 ; q)s (1 cq s )

where z = 0, 1, . . . , N,
N M,
n (z) =
zn

k=0
(q z ; q)n+k n+k
,
(q, abq 2n+2 ; q)k
and {r } is an arbitrary complex sequence, Ar,s being the same as in

(8.7.5).
Exercises
249
8.9 Deduce from Ex. 8.8 that

n
z

(abq, aq, d, e, bcq, q z ; q)n (1 abq 2n+1 )
abq z+2
(q, bq, abq 2 /d, abq 2 /e, aq/c, abq z+2 ; q)n (1 abq)
cde
n=0
2
z zr

(q z , d, e; q)r+s q x , cq xN ; q
abq , abq 2 /de; q z
r
=
(abq 2 /d, abq 2 /e; q)z r=0 s=0 (q N , deq z1 /ab; q)r+s (q, q M ; q)r

y
q , q yM ; q r q xN , c1 q x ; q s (1 cq rs ) r+srs
q
Ar,s .
(q, abq1 , cq 1s ; q)r (q, bq, aq/c; q)s (1 cq s )
8.10 Use (7.4.14) to show that (8.8.3) is equivalent to the formula
{Cn (cos ; |q)}

n 2 n
q , q , , e2i , e2i
( 2 , 2 ; q)n n
; q, q ,
=
5 4
1
1
(q, q; q)n
2 , q 2 , q 2 ,
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
8.11 In view of the product formula (8.4.10) and Gegenbauers [1874, 1893]
addition formula for ultraspherical polynomials (see also Erdelyi [1953,
10.9 (34)] and Szeg
o [1975, p. 98]) it is natural to look for an expansion
of the form
1
pn (z; a, aq 2 , a, aq 2 |q)
n

=
Ak,n (, ) pk (z; aei+i , aeii , aeii , aeii |q),
k=0
where pn (z; a, b, c, d|q) is the Askey-Wilson polynomial. By multiplying

both sides by
w(z; aei+i , aeii , aeii , aeii )
pm (z; aei+i , aeii , aeii , aeii |q)
and then integrating over z from 1 to 1, show that

1
1
(q; q)n a4 q n , a4 q 1 , a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 , a2 ; q
anm
m

Am,n (, ) =
1
1
(q; q)m (q; q)nm (a4 q 1 ; q)2m a2 q 2 , a2 q 2 , a2 ; q
n
m/2
(m+1)/2
m/2
(m+1)/2
pnm x; aq
, aq
, aq
, aq
|q

pnm y; aq m/2 , aq (m+1)/2 , aq m/2 , aq (m+1)/2 |q .

(Rahman and Verma [1986b])
8.12 Prove the inverse of the linearization formula (8.5.1), namely,
min(m,n)
Cm+n (x; |q) =
k=0
b(k, m, n)Cmk (x; |q)Cnk (x; |q),
250
where
b(k, m, n) =
(q; q)m (q; q)n (; q)m+n

(; q)m (; q)n (q; q)m+n
2 mn 1

q
, ; q k 1 2 q 2kmn 2 1 k
.
q
(q, 1 q 1mn ; q)k (1 2 q mn )
8.13 Give alternate derivations of (8.6.3) and (8.6.4) by using the q-integral
representation (7.4.7) of Cn (x; |q) and the q-integral formula (2.10.19)
for an 8 7 series.
8.14 By equating the coecients of ei(m+n2k) on both sides of the linearization formula (8.5.1) show that
(i)

4 3
mn 1 1n
, q
;q
q
q k , q m , , q nk
q2
; q, 2 = n 1 1mn k
1 1k
1 1m 1+nk
(q , q
; q)k
q
, q
,q

k
m
n
1 mn
,
q ,
q ,
q ,
q
,
1 1k
1 1m
1 1n
2 1mn
, q
, q
, q
,
q
q kmn :
2 q 1mn , 2 q 2mn ,
1 1+kmn
q
:
q 1mn ,
q mn ,
1 q 2mn
1 q mn
; q, q 2 ;

q
,
for k = 0, 1, . . . , n, and
(ii)

4 3

q kmn , q n , , q kn
q2
; q, 2
1 q 1n , 1 q 1+kmn , q 1+kn
m+1 1 1k
q
, q
;q n
=
(q 1 )n
k
m
(q , q ; q)n

,
q k ,
q m ,
q n ,
1 q 1k , 1 q 1m , 1 q 1n ,
q kmn :
2 q 1mn ,
1 q 1+kmn :
q 1mn ,
1 q mn ,
2 q 1mn ,
2 q 2mn ,
q mn ,
1 q 2mn
q
; q, q 2 ;
1 mn
for k = n, n + 1, . . . , n + m, where is the bibasic series dened in 3.9.

(Gasper [1985])
8.15 Show that, by analytic continuation, it follows from Ex. 8.14 that

a,
b,
c,
d
q2
; q, 2
4 3
a
bq/a, cq/a, dq/a
=
(a/d, bq/d, cq/d, abc/d; q)

(q/d, ab/d, ac/d, bcq/d; q)
1
12 W11 (bc/d; (bcq/ad) 2 , (bcq/ad) 2 , q(bc/ad) 2 , q(bc/ad) 2 ,

ab/d, ac/d, a, b, c; q, q/a),
Exercises
251
where at least one of a, b, c is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, . . . .

(Gasper [1985])
8.16 From Ex. 8.15 deduce that

1
1
2
2
10 W9 a; q 2 , q 2 , q, a /b, a /c, b, c; q, q/a

aq, a2 /b, a2 /c, aq/bc; q
a,
b,
= 2
4 3
2
(a , aq/b, aq/c, a /bc; q)
bq/a,
c,
cq/a,
bc/a
bcq/a2
; q,
q2
a2
where one of a, b, c is of the form q n , n = 0, 1, . . . .

8.17 Prove that

4 3
=
and
5 4

4 3
a2 , b2 , abz, ab/z 2 2
;q ,q
a2 b2 q, ab, abq

1
2
a2 b2 , abq 2 , abq 2 , ab
a2 , b2 , abz, ab/z

; q, q
2
; q, q
1
1
abq 2 , abq 2 , a2 b2
4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

a , b , a b , a b a , a b /z
2 2
= 5 4
;
q
,
q
a4 b4 , a2 b2 q, a2 b2 q, a2 b2
when the series terminate.
(Gasper [1989b])
8.18 With the notation of Ex. 7.37 prove that

Dq q 1 ei , q 1 ei ; q 2 Un (cos ) 0
when > 12 , 0, 0 < q < 1, is real and n = 1, . . . , r.
(Gasper [1989b])
8.19 Prove the expansion formulas
(i) Eq (x; i) =
(q; q)
(q ; q) (q 2 ; q 2 )

2
(2)
in (1 q +n )q n /4 J+n (2; q)Cm (x; q |q),

n=0
(ii) Eq (x; i) =
( 2 ; q 2 ) n(n21)/4
q
(i)n
(i; q 1/2 ) n=0
(q (++1)/2 ; q 1/2 )n (q ++1 ; q)n

(q ++1 ; q)2n
(+n+1)/2

q
, q (+n+1)/2 1/2
2 1
;
q
,
i
Pn(,) (x|q).
q (++2n+2)/2
(See Ismail and Zhang [1994]) for (i), and Ismail, Rahman and Zhang
[1996] for (ii).)
252
8.20 Prove the following linearization formula

pm (x; a, q/a, b, q/b|q)pn (x; a, q/a, b, q/b|q)
2 min(m,n)
Ck pm+nk (x; a, q/a, b, q/b|q),
k=0
where
(q; q)2m (q; q)2n (q; q)m+n k (3m+3n+1)k3(k) 1 q 2m+2n+12k
2
b q
(q; q)m (q; q)n (q; q)2m+2n
1 q 2m+2n+1k
(q m , q m , q n , q n , q 2m2n , bq mn /a, abq mn1 ; q)k
(q, q 2m , q 2n , q mn ; q)k

k m n
q , q , q , bq m+n+1k /a
; q, q
4 3
q 1+mk , q 1+nk , bq mn /a

k m n
q , q , q , abq m+nk
; q, q ,
4 3 1+mk 1+nk
q
,q
, abq mn1
Ck =
with a, b > 0.
(Koelink and Van der Jeugt [1998], after transforming their formula to a
symmetric form in m and n)
8.21 Prove the following convolution identity for the Askey-Wilson polynomials:

m+n

(b2 ; q)n (a2 b2 c2 q m+n1 ; q)n (c2 ; q)k
m+n
bmk
2 2 2 k1 ; q) (b2 c2 q 2k ; q)
k
k
m+nk
q (c , b c q
k=0
k 2 2 k1 n 2 2 n1

q ,b c q
,q ,a b q
4 3
; q, q
b2 , a2 b2 c2 q m+n1 , q mn
w + w1
w + w1

2
1
2
1
pk
; bw1 , b/w1 , cs, c/s|q pm+nk
; at, a/t, bcsq k , bcq k /s|q
2
2
w + w1

w + w1

1
2
1
2
= pn
; at, a/t, bw2 , b/w2 |q pm
; abtq n , abq n /t, cs, c/s|q .
2
2
(Koelink and Van der Jeugt [1998])
8.22 Show that
8 W7
ab
c/q; az, a/z,
a, b,
c; q, q/ d
(
ab
c, bc, bq/d, cq/d; q)
qax/d,
qa/xd;
q)
(abcq/d, q/ d,

2n
abcq
/d
abc/d,
ab,
ac;
q

n+1
n
(ad)n q ( 2 )
1 abc/d (q, cq/d, bq/d; q)n
n=0

+ 1
1
rn z + z ; a, b, c, q/d|q ,
;a
, b, c, q/d|q
rn
2
2

where a
= abcd/q, a
b = ab, a
c = ac, a
d = ad.
=
Exercises
253
(Stokman [2002])
8.23 Prove the following product formula for the continuous q-Jacobi polynomials:
rn (x; a, aq, c, cq|q 2 )rn (y; a, aq, c, cq|q 2 )
1
=
K(x, y, z)rn (z; a, aq, c, cq|q 2 )dz,
1
where x = cos , y = cos , 0 , , 0 < q < 1, 0 a < c < 1, and

(q 2 , a2 , c2 ; q) (q, ac, a/c, aei , aei , aei , aei ; q)
4 2 (a2 ; q) (a2 c2 ; q 2 )
(e2i , e2i ; q 2 )
i+i+i
i+ii
(ae
, ae
, aeiii , aeiii ; q 2 ) sin
1
h( ; 1, 1, q 1/2 , q 1/2 , ac ei(+)/2 , ac ei(+)/2 )
i/2 i/2 i/2 i/2 a i()/2 a i()/2

, ce
, ce
, ce
, ce
, ce
)
1 h( ; ce
d
.
1 2
K(x, y, z) =
(Rahman [1986d])
8.24 Let m, n be non-negative integers with n m. Prove the following linearization formula:
rn (x, q 1/2 , a, b, q 1/2 |q)rnm (x; q 1/2 , a, b, q 1/2 |q)
2(nm)
ck rm+k (x; q 1/2 , a, b, q 1/2 |q),
k=0
where
ck =
(ab; q)2m (ab; q)2n2m (q, aq 1/2 , bq 1/2 , ab; q)n

(abq; q)2n (q, aq 1/2 , bq 1/2 , ab; q)m (q, aq 1/2 , bq 1/2 , ab; q)nm
(1 abq 2m+2k )(abq 2m , q m+1 , bq m+1/2 , a/b, a2 b2 q 2n , q 2m2n ; q)k nm+k/2 k

q
a
(1 ab)(q, abq m , aq m+1/2 , b2 q 2m+1 , q 2m2n+1 /ab, abq 2n+1 ; q)k

10 W9 b2 q 2m ; b2 , b2 q 2n+1 , q 2m2n+1 /a2 , abq 2m+k , abq 2m+k+1 , q 1k , q k ; q 2 , q 2 .
(Rahman [1981])
8.25 Let the little q-Legendre function be dened by

p (q x ; a, b; q) = 2 1

q , abq +1
; q, q x+1 ,
aq
C,
254
for x a nonnegative integer. Derive the following addition formula:
p (q z ; 1, 1; q) Wy (q z ; q x , q)
= Wy (q z ; q x , q) p (q y , 1, 1; q) p (q x+y ; 1, 1; q)

k+1
(q , q +1 , q x+y+1 ; q)k
+
(1)k q yk+( 2 )
(q, q; q)k
k=1
pk (q y ; q k , q k ; q) pk (q x+y ; q k , q k ; q) Wy+k (q z ; q x , q)
y

k
(q; q)y (q , q +1 ; q)k
(1)k q (x+y+1)k(2)
+
(q, q; q)k (q; q)yk
k=1
pk (q yk ; q k , q k ; q) pk (q x+yk ; q k , q k ; q) Wy+k (q z ; q x , q),

where Wn (x; a, q) is the Wall polynomial, dened in Notes 7.3. (Rahman
and Tariq M. Qazi [1999])
8.26 The associated Askey-Wilson polynomials rn (x) = rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) satisfy
the 3-term recurrence relation
(2x a a1 + An+ + Cn+ ) rn (x)
= An+ rn+1
(x) + Cn+ rn1
(x),
(x) = 0, r0 (x) = 1, is the association paramewhere n = 0, 1, 2, . . ., r1

ter, and
a1 (1 abq )(1 acq )(1 adq )(1 abcdq 1 )

,
(1 abcdq 21 )(1 abcdq 2 )
a(1 bcq 1 )(1 bdq 1 )(1 cdq 1 )(1 q )
.
C =
(1 abcdq 22 )(1 abcdq 21 )
A =
Verify that, with x = cos ,

rn (x) =
n

(q n , abcdq 2+n1 , abcdq 21 , aei , aei ; q)k
k=0
(q, abq , acq , adq , abcdq 1 ; q)k
qk

10 W9 abcdq 2+k2 ; q , bcq 1 , bdq 1 , cdq 1 , q k+1 , abcdq 2+n+k1 , q kn ; q, a2 .
(Ismail and Rahman [1991], Rahman [2001])
8.27 By applying Ex. 2.20 to the
10 W9
series in Ex. 8.26, show that
(abcdq 21 , q +1 ; q)n n (q n , abcdq 2+n1 , aq ei , aq ei ; q)k k

q
q
(q, abcdq 1 ; q)n
(q +1 , abq , acq , adq ; q)k
n
rn (x) =
k=0
k

j=0
(q , abq 1 , acq 1 , adq 1 ; q)j j

q .
(q, abcdq 22 , aq ei , aq ei ; q)j
Exercises
255
Hence show that

(abcdq 21 , q +1 ; q)n n
rn (x) =
q
(q, abcdq 1 ; q)n
1
K(x, y)rn (y; aq /2 , bq /2 , cq /2 , dq /2 |q)dy,

1
where
K(x, y) =
(q, q, q, abq 1 , acq 1 , adq 1 , bcq 1 , bdq 1 , cdq 1 , q ; q)

4 2 (q +1 , abcdq 22 ; q)
(e2i , e2i ; q) (1 y 2 )1/2

h(y; q /2 ei , q /2 ei )

+1
+1
(e2i , e2i ; q) h(cos ; q 2 ei , q 2 ei )
1
h(cos ; aq 2 , bq 2 , cq 2 , dq 2 , q 1/2 ei , q 1/2 ei )

x = cos , y = cos , 0 , 0 , 0 < q < 1,
d,
max(|aq
1
2
|, |bq
1
2
|, |cq
1
2
|, |dq
1
2
|) < 1, Re() > 0.
(Rahman [1996b, 2001])

8.28 The associated q-ultraspherical polynomials satisfy the 3-term recurrence
relation
1 q n+1
1 2 q n1
Cn+1 (x; |q)+
Cn1 (x; |q), n 0,
2x Cn (x; |q) =
n
1 q
1 q n
with C1
(x; |q) = 0, C0 (x; |q) = 1. Prove the following linearization
formula
min(m,n)
(x; |q)Cn (x; |q) =

Cm
(m,n)
Ak
Cm+n2k
(x; |q),
k=0
where
(m,n)
Ak
(q; q)m (q; q)n (q; q)m+n2k (; q)mk (; q)nk (; q)k

(q; q)m (q; q)n ( 2 ; q)m+n2k (q; q)mk (q; q)nk (q; q)k
( 2 ; q)m+nk (q kmn /; q)k k (1 q m+n2k )
(q; q)m+nk (q kmn ; q)k

(1 )
kmn1 kmn
;q
/,
10 W9 q
q kmn /, , 2 /q, q km , q kn , q k ; q, q).
(Qazi and Rahman [2003])

8.29 A multivariable extension of the Askey-Wilson polynomials in (7.5.2) is
given by
Pn (x|q) = Pn (x; a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)
s1

Nk1
Nk1
ik+1
ik+1
=
pnk (xk ; aA2,k q
, bA2,k q
, ak+1 e
, ak+1 e
|q)
k=1
pns (xs ; aA2,s q Ns1 , bA2,s q Ns1 , c, d|q),
256
where xk = cos k , x = (x1 , . . . , xs ), n = (n1 , . . . , ns ), Nk =
k

nj ,
j=1
Aj,k =
k
ai , Ak+1,k = 1, Ak = A1,k , 1 j k s.
i=j
Prove that these polynomials satisfy the orthogonality relation

1
1
Pn (x|q)Pm (x|q)(x|q)dx1 dxs = n (q)n,m

1
with max(|q|, |a|, |b|, |c|, |d|, |a2 |, . . . , |as |) < 1, n,m =
s

nj ,mj ,
j=1
(x|q) = (x; a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)

= (aei1 , aei1 , bei1 , bei1 ; q)1

s1
2ik 2ik

(e
,e
; q) (1 x2k )1/2
(ak+1 eik+1 +ik , ak+1 eik+1 ik , ak+1 eik ik+1 , ak+1 eik+1 ik ; q)
k=1
(e2is , e2is ; q) (1 x2s )1/2
,
(ceis , ceis , deis , deis ; q)
n (q) = n (a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)
s

(q, A2k+1 q Nk +Nk1 1 ; q)nk (A2k+1 q 2Nk ; q)
= (2)s
(q, A2k q Nk +Nk1 , a2k+1 q nk ; q)
k=1
(acA2,s q Ns , adA2,s q Ns , bcA2,s q Ns , bdA2,s q Ns ; q)1

,
where a21 = ab and a2s+1 = cd.
(Gasper and Rahman [2003b])
8.30 Prove that
(q k+1 ; q)
pn (q ; q, 1; q) =
2
U2n (cos )(Hk (cos |q))2 (e2i , e2i ; q) d.
(Koelink [1996])
8.31 Let max(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) < 1, |f | < min(|a|, |b|, |c|, |d|) and let N be a nonnegative integer such that |f q N | < 1 < |f q N 1 |. Prove the biorthogonality relation
1
g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
Rm (x)Sn (x)v(x; a, b, c, d, f )dx =
m,n
hn (a, b, c, d, f )
1
for m = 0, 1, . . ., n = 0, 1, . . . , N , where v(x; a, b, c, d, f ) is the weight
function dened in (6.4.3), g0 (a, b, c, d, f ) is the normalization constant
given by (6.4.1),
hn (a, b, c, d, f ) =
2(1 abcdf q 2n1 )(abcd/q, ab, ac, ad, 1/af, bcdf /q; q)n n
q ,
(1 abcd/q)(q, cd, bd, bc, a2 bcdf, aq/f ; q)n
Notes
257
and Rm (x), Sn (x) are the biorthogonal rational functions dened by

Rm (x) = Rm (x; a, b, c, d, f )
=
(a2 bcdf, bc, df, dei , dei ; q)m

(ad, d/a, abcdf ei , abcdf ei ; q)m
10 W9 (aq m /d; q 1m /bd, q 1m /cd, 1/df, abcf, aei , aei , q m ; q, q),

Sn (x) = Sn (x; a, b, c, d, f )
=
(aq/f, q/af, dei , dei ; q)n

(ad, d/a, qei /f, qei /f ; q)n
10 W9 (aq n /d; q 1n /bd, q 1n /cd, q/df, abcf /q, aei , aei , q n ; q, q)

with x = cos .
(Rahman [1991])
Notes
8.5 For additional nonnegativity results for the coecients in the linearization of the product of orthogonal polynomials and their applications to convolution structures, Banach algebras, multiplier theory, heat and diusion equations, maximal principles, stochastic processes, etc., see Askey and Gasper
[1977], Gasper [1970, 1971, 1972, 1975a,b, 1976, 1983], Gasper and Rahman
[1983b], Gasper and Trebels [19772000], Ismail and Mulla [1987], Koornwinder
and Schwartz [1997], and Rahman [1986d].
8.6 and 8.7 The nonnegativity of other Poisson kernels and their applications to probability theory and other elds are considered in Beckmann
[1973] and Gasper [1973, 1975a,b, 1976, 1977]. A complicated formula for
the Poisson kernel for the Askey-Wilson polynomials pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) in the
most general case is given in Rahman and Verma [1991] (a typo is corrected
in Rahman and Suslov [1996b]; also see Askey, Rahman and Suslov [1996] for
a nonsymmetric extension of this kernel). Rahman and Tariq M. Qazi [1997a]
contains a Poisson kernel for the associated q-ultraspherical polynomials.
8.8 and 8.9 A historical summary of related inequalities is given in the
survey paper Askey and Gasper [1986]. For additional material related to de
Branges proof of the Bieberbach conjecture, see de Branges [1968, 1985, 1986],
and de Branges and Trutt [1978], Duren [1983], Gasper [1986], Koornwinder
[1984, 1986], and Milin [1977]. Sums of squares are also used in Gasper [1994]
to prove that certain entire functions have only real zeros.
8.10 Additional applications of q-series are given in A.K. Agarwal,
Kalnins and Miller [1987], Alder [1969], Andrews, Dyson and Hickerson [1988],
Andrews and Forrester [1986], Andrews and Onofri [1984], Askey [1984a,b,
1988a, 1989a,e, 19921996], Askey, Koornwinder and Schempp [1984], Askey,
Rahman and Suslov [1996], Askey and Suslov [1993a,b], M. N. Atakishiyev,
N. M. Atakishiyev and Klimyk [2003], Berndt [1988, 1989], Bhatnagar [1998,
1999], Bhatnagar and Milne [1997], Bhatnagar and Schlosser [1998], Bressoud
and Goulden [1985, 1987], W. Chu [1998b], Chung, Kalnins and Miller [1999],
258
Cohen [1988], Comtet [1974], Frenkel and Turaev [1995], Geronimo [1994], Gessel and Krattenthaler [1997], Gustafson [19891994b], Gustafson and Krattenthaler [1997], Gustafson and Milne [1986], Gustafson and Rakha [2000], Ismail
[19902003b], Kadell [1987a1998], Kirillov [1995], Kirillov and Noumi [1999],
Kirillov and Reshetikhin [1989], Koelink [19942003], Koelink and Rosengren
[2001], Koelink and Stokman [2001a2003], Koelink and Swarttouw [1994],
Koelink and Van der Jeugt [1998, 1999], Koornwinder [19891991a, 1992
2003], Koornwinder and Swarttouw [1992], Koornwinder and Touhami [2003],
Krattenthaler [19842001], Krattenthaler and Rosengren [2003], Krattenthaler
and Schlosser [1999], Leininger and Milne [1999a,b], Lilly and Milne [1993],
Milne [1980a2002], Milne and Bhatnagar [1998], Milne and Lilly [1992, 1995],
Milne and Newcomb [1996], Milne and Schlosser [2002], Rahman and Suslov
[1996b], Rota and Goldman [1969], Rota and Mullin [1970], and Stokman
[20022003c].
8.11 Mordell [1917] considered the representation of numbers as the sum
of 2r squares. Milne [1996, 2002] derived many innite families of explicit exact
formulas for sums of squares. Another proof of (8.11.1) is given in Hirschhorn
[1985]. Also see Cooper [2001], Cooper and Lam [2002], and Liu [2001].
Ex. 8.3 For more on classical biorthogonal rational functions, see Rahman and Suslov [1993] and Ismail and Rahman [1996].
Ex. 8.11 A second addition formula for continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials is given by Koornwinder [2003]. Addition formulas for q-Bessel functions are given in Rahman [1988c] and Swarttouw [1992]. For other addition
formulas, see Floris [1999], Koelink [1994, 1995a, 1997], Koelink and Swarttouw [1995], and Van Assche and Koornwinder [1991].
Ex. 8.19 A short elementary proof of the formula in (i) was found by
Ismail and Stanton [2000], and is reproduced in Suslov [2003]. Other proofs of
(ii) are given in Ismail, Rahman and Stanton [1999] and Suslov [2003, 4.8].
Ex. 8.20 The expression given for Ck is symmetric in m and n, but is
equal to the one given in Koelink and Van der Jeugt [1998].
Ex. 8.29 This is a q-analogue of the orthogonality relation for the multivariable Wilson polynomials in Tratnik [1989]. Also see the multivariable
orthogonal or biorthogonal systems in van Diejen [1996, 1997a, 1999], van
Diejen and Stokman [1998, 1999], Gasper and Rahman [2003a,b,c], Rosengren
[1999, 2001b], Stokman [1997a,b, 2000, 2001], and Tratnik [1991a,b].
9
LINEAR AND BILINEAR GENERATING FUNCTIONS FOR
BASIC ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIALS
9.1 Introduction
Suppose that a function F (x, t) has a (formal) power series expansion in t of
the form

fn (x)tn .
(9.1.1)
F (x, t) =
n=0
Then F (x, t) is called a generating function for the functions fn (x). A useful
extension of (9.1.1) is the bilinear generating function
H(x, y, t) =
an fn (x)gn (y)tn .
(9.1.2)
n=0
We saw some examples of generating functions in Chapters 7 and 8. Some important linear generating functions for the classical orthogonal polynomials are
listed in Koekoek and Swarttouw [1998]. In this chapter we restrict ourselves
entirely to generating and bilinear generating functions for basic hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials. Of the many uses of generating functions the
one that is most commonly applied is Darbouxs method to nd the asymptotic properties of the corresponding orthogonal polynomials which, in turn,
are essential to determining their orthogonality measures. Darbouxs
method,

as described
in Ismail and Wilson [1982], is as follows: If f (t) = n=0 fn tn
n
and g(t) =
n=0 gn t are analytic in |t| < r and f (t) g(t) is continuous
in |t| r, then fn = gn + O(rn ). In a slight generalization of this theorem
Ismail and Wilson state, further, that if f (t) and g(t) depend on parameters
a1 , . . . , am and f (t) g(t) is a continuous function of t, a1 , . . . , am for |t| r
and a1 , . . . , am restricted to compact sets, then the conclusion holds uniformly
with respect to the parameters. As far as the bilinear generating functions
are concerned one of the most useful is the Poisson kernel Kt (x, y) dened in
(8.6.1). A related kernel, the so-called Christoel-Darboux kernel, is dened
for orthonormal polynomials pn (x) by
n

k=0
pk (x)pk (y) =
kn pn+1 (x)pn (y) pn (x)pn+1 (y)

,
kn+1
xy
(9.1.3)
where kn is the coecient of xn in pn (x). (9.1.3) is a fundamental identity in

the theory of general orthogonal polynomials, see Szeg
o [1975], Chihara [1978],
Dunkl and Xu [2001], Nevai [1979], and Temme [1996]. Some evaluations of
Poisson kernels were given in Chapter 8. Here we shall derive some important
259
260
Linear and bilinear generating functions
bilinear generating functions for basic orthogonal polynomials and give some
signicant applications.
9.2 The little q-Jacobi polynomials

For the little q-Jacobi polynomials, dened in (7.3.1), we shall rst prove that

(aq; q)n n (n)
t q 2 pn (x; a, b; q)
(q;
q)
n
n=0

(t; q)
xt, bxq
; q, aqt .
(9.2.1)
=
2 3
t, 0, 0
(xt; q)
Let G(x, t) denote the sum of the series in (9.2.1). Using (1.4.5) and (7.3.1)
we have
n
(x1 ; q)n
pn (x; a, b; q) =
(x)n q ( 2 ) 2 1 (q n , bxq; xq 1n ; q, aq n+1 ), (9.2.2)
(aq; q)n
which, when substituted into the left hand side of (9.2.1), gives

n

(bxq; q)k (x1 ; q)nk
(xt)n (aq n /x)k
G(x, t) =
(q;
q)
(q;
q)
k
nk
n=0
k=0
=
=

(bxq; q)k
k=0

k=0
(q; q)k
(at)k q k

(x1 ; q)n
(xtq k )n
(q;
q)
n
n=0
2
(bxq; q)k (tq k ; q)
(at)k q k ,
(q; q)k (xtq k ; q)
(9.2.3)
from which (9.2.1) follows immediately. Note that while the q 1 limit of

(q a+1 ; q)n n (n) 1 x
t q 2 pn
;q ,q ;q
(q; q)n
2
n=0

is n=0 Pn, (x)tn , which has the value 2+ R1 (1 t + R) (1 + t + R)
1
with R = (1 2xt + t2 ) 2 , see Szego [1975, (4.4.5)], the last expression on the
right side of (9.2.3) does not give this limit directly. Nevertheless, it can be
used to derive an asymptotic formula for pn (x; a, b; q) by applying Darbouxs
method. Observe that, as a function of t, the pole of G(x, t) that is closest to
the origin is at x1 , the next one at (qx)1 , the next at (q 2 x)1 , and so
on. Clearly,
(bxq; q)k (x1 ; q)
lim
(1 + xtq k )G(x, t) =
(a/x)k ,
(q; q)k (q; q)
t(xq k )1
and so a suitable comparison function for asymptotic purposes is

(bxq; q)k (x1 ; q) (a/x)k
k=0
(q; q)k
(q; q) 1 + xtq k
(x1 ; q) (abq m+1 ; q)

=
(xt)m .
(q; q) m=0 (aq m /x; q)
(9.2.4)
9.2 The little q-Jacobi polynomials
261
Combining (9.2.4) and the left side of (9.2.1) we nd, by Darbouxs theorem,
as extended by Ismail and Wilson [1982], that
pn (x; a, b; q)
n
(x1 ; q)
(x)n q ( 2 ) ,
(aq; q)
x = 0, 1, q, q 2 , . . . ,
uniformly for x, a and b in compact sets.

Now we shall reconsider the Poisson kernel for the little q-Jacobi polynomials given in Ex. 8.3, which has the right positivity properties but suers
from the aw that it does not directly lead to the known q 1 limit:

(2n + + + 1)( + + 1)n n! n (,)
t Pn
(cos 2)Pn(,) (cos 2)
(
+
+
1)(
+
1)
(
+
1)
n
n
n=0

++2 ++3
1t
a2 b2
=
,
;
+
1,
+
1;
, (9.2.5)
F
,
4
(1 + t)++2
2
2
2 2
1
1
where a = sin sin , b = cos cos , = 12 t 2 + t 2 , 0 , , 0 < t < 1,
see Bailey [1935, p. 102]. First, use the product formula Ex. 8.1(i) to obtain
the following expression
Kt (x, y) =

1 abq 2n+1 (abq, aq; q)n
(t/aq)n pn (x; a, b; q) pn (y; a, b; q)
1
ab
(q,
bq;
q)
n
n=0
min(x,y)

(abq 2 ; q)2r+2s (q x , q y )s
(q, aq; q)r (q, bq; q)s
r=0 s=0
tr+s as q (x+y)(r+s)s
1 abq 2(n+r+s)+1 (abq 2r+2s+1 ; q)s (n)

q 2 (t)n .
2(r+s)+1
(q;
q)
1
abq
n
n=0
2rs
(9.2.6)
What is needed to compute now is a series of the form

1 aq 2n (a; q)n (n)
q 2 (t)n ht (a), say.
1
a
(q;
q)
n
n=0
(9.2.7)
n
Without the q ( 2 ) factor the computation is trivial via the q-binomial theorem
(1.3.2). But with this factor the best one can do seems to be to consider this
as the b limit of the very-well-poised series
4 W3 (a; b; q, t/b)
which, by (3.4.8), transforms to

1
1
1
1
(t, aq 2 t2 ; q)
8 W7 aqt; (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 , bqt; q, t/b
2
2
(qt , atq ; q)
1
= (1 t)
(qta 2 , tq 2 a 2 , t(aq) 2 /b, tqa 2 /b; q)
(tq , tq, t/b, atq /b; q)

1
2
3
2

1
1
1
1
1
1
8 W7 atq /b; tq 2 , (aq) 2 , qa 2 , a 2 /b, (aq) 2 /b; q, tq 2 ,
1
2
(9.2.8)
262
from (2.10.1). Since 0 < t < 1, it follows by letting b that

1
ht (a) = (1 t)

3 2
(tqa 2 , tq 2 a 2 ; q)
(tq 2 , tq; q)
1

1
1
1
1
(aq) 2 , qa 2 , tq 2
.
1
3
1 ; q, tq 2
qta 2 , tq 2 a 2
(9.2.9)
So, if we replace a and b in (9.2.6) by q and q , respectively, and use (I.6)

and (I.25), then Kt (x, y) of (9.2.6) can be written in a more suggestive form
Kt (x, y) =
(1 t)
1
2
(tq ; q 2 )++2

1 (++2) 1 (++3)
1
1
min(x,y)

,q2
, q 2 (++2) , q 2 (++3) ; q r+s
q2

1
1
tq 2 (++3) , tq 2 (++4) ; q r+s
r=0 s=0
(q x , q y ; q)s (tq x+y )r+s q s 2rs2s
(q, q +1 ; q)r (q, q +1 ; q)s
r+s+ 1 (++2) r+s+ 1 (++3) 1

1
2
2
,q
, tq 2
q
3 2
; q, tq 2 .
1
1
tq r+s+ 2 (++3) , tq r+s+ 2 (++4)
2
(9.2.10)
It is obvious that the q 1 limit of (9.2.10) is indeed (9.2.5) and that the
expression on the right side of (9.2.10) is nonnegative when 0 < t < 1 and
, > 1.
9.3 A generating function for Askey-Wilson polynomials
There are many dierent generating functions for the Askey-Wilson polynomials rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) dened in (8.4.4), of which
Gt (x; a, b, c, d|q) =

(abcd/q; q)n n
t rn (x; a, b, c, d|q),
(q; q)n
n=0
|t| < 1,
(9.3.1)
is one of the simplest. By Ex. 7.34,

qei /d
(duei , duei , abcdu/q; q)
1
Gt (x; a, b, c, d|q) = D ()
(dau/q, dbu/q, dcu/q; q)
qei /d

abcd/q, bc, q/u
; q, adut/q dq u,
3 2
(9.3.2)
ad, abcdu/q
where D() is dened in Ex. 7.34. However, by (3.4.1),

(abcdt/q; q)
abcd/q, bc, q/u
;
q,
adut/q
=
3 2
ad, abcdu/q
(t; q)

1
1
1
1
(abcd/q) 2 , (abcd/q) 2 , (abcd) 2 , (abcd) 2 , adu/q
; q, q
5 4
ad, abcdu/q, abcdt/q, q/t
(abcd/q, adt, abcdut/q, adu/q; q)
+
(ad, abcdu/q, adut/q, 1/t; q)
9.3 A generating function for Askey-Wilson polynomials

263

1
1
1
1
t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , adut/q
;
q,
q
.
5 4
adt, abcdut/q, abcdt2 /q, qt
(9.3.3)
Substituting this into (9.3.2), using (2.10.18) and simplifying the coecients,
we nd that
(abcdt/q; q)
Gt (x; a, b, c, d|q) =
(t; q)

1
1
1
1
2
(abcd/q) , (abcd/q) 2 , (abcd) 2 , (abcd) 2 , aei , aei
; q, q
6 5
ab, ac, ad, abcdt/q, q/t
(abcd/q, abt, act, adt, aei , aei ; q)
(ab, ac, ad, atei , atei , t1 ; q)

1
1
1
1
t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , atei , atei
;
q,
q
.
6 5
abt, act, adt, abcdt2 /q, qt
(9.3.4)
+
The generating function given in Ex. 7.34 is a special case of (9.3.4).

A more dicult problem is to evaluate the sum of the series
Ht (x; a, b, c, d|q) =

(; q)n n
t rn (x; a, b, c, d|q),
(q; q)n
n=0
(9.3.5)
where is an arbitrary parameter. For = ab this would, in particular, give

a q-analogue of the generating function of Jacobi polynomials given in the
previous section. Note that
Ht (x) Ht (x; a, b, c, d|q)

(abcd/q; q)m m
(; q)
=
Gtqm (x; a, b, c, d|q). (9.3.6)
(abcd/q; q) m=0
(q; q)m
So, use of (9.3.4) in (9.3.6) gives
(, abcdt/q; q) (t, abcd/q; q)m m
(t, abcd/q; q) m=0 (q, abcdt/q; q)m

1
1
1
1
(abcd/q) 2 , (abcd/q) 2 , (abcd) 2 , (abcd) 2 , aei , aei
;
q,
q
6 5
ab, ac, ad, abcdtq m1 , q 1m /t
(, abt, act, adt, aei , aei ; q) (abcd/q; q)m

+
(ab, ac, ad, atei , atei , t1 ; q) m=0
(q; q)m
Ht (x) =
m+1
(atei , atei ; q)m q ( 2 ) (t)m
(abt, act, adt, qt; q)m

m
1
1
1
1
tq (abcd/q) 2 , tq m (abcd/q) 2 , tq m (abcd) 2 , tq m (abcd) 2 ,
6 5
abtq m , actq m , adtq m , tq m+1 ,

atq m ei , atq m ei
;
q,
q
.
(9.3.7)
abcdt2 q 2m+1
264
Since, by (1.4.5)
n
; abcdtq n1 ; q, q n )
2 1 (abcd/q, tq
(tq n , abcdq n1 ; q)
n
, abcd/q; abcdq n1 ; q, tq n ),
=
2 1 (q
(q n , abcdtq n1 ; q)
(9.3.8)
the rst term on the right side of (9.3.7) becomes

n
(t; q) (, abcd/q, aei , aei ; q)n q ( 2 )

(t)n
(t; q) n=0
(q, ab, ac, ad, t, q/t; q)n
n
1
1
1
1
q (abcd/q) 2 , q n (abcd/q) 2 , q n (abcd) 2 , q n (abcd) 2 , q n ,
7 6
n
n
n
2n1
,
abq , acq , adq , abcdq

n i
n i
aq e , aq e
; q, q .
(9.3.9)
tq n , q n+1 /t
Interchange of the order of summation followed by the use of (1.4.5) and simplication in the second term of (9.3.7) gives
(, t2 , abcdt/q, abt, act, adt, aei , aei ; q)
(ab, ac, ad, t, abcdt2 /q, t1 , atei , atei ; q)

(abcd/q, t1 ; q)n
(t2 )n
(q,
abcdt/q;
q)
n
n=0

1
1
1
1
t, t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd/q) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , t(abcd) 2 , atei , atei
7 6
;
q,
q
.
abt, act, adt, t2 , abcdtq n1 , tq 1n
(9.3.10)
1
In the special case b = aq 2 , d = cq 2 , c c and = ab = a2 q 2 , both 7 6

series above become balanced 4 3 s, which along with their coecients, can
be combined via (2.10.10). Denoting the sum of (9.3.9) and (9.3.10) in this
combination by Gt (x; a, c|q), we get
Gt (x; a, c|q)
(a2 t, a2 tq 2 , a2 ctei , a2 ctei ; q)
1
(actq 2 , a3 ctq 2 , atei , atei ; q)

1
1
1

1
(ac, acq 2 , c2 q 2 , aei , aei ; q)n (a3 ctq 2 ; q)2n
(a2 t2 q 2 )n
1
1
1
2
2
2
i
2
i
2
2
2
2
2
; q)n (a c ; q)2n
n=0 (q, a t, a tq , a ctq e , a ctq e

1
1
1
8 W7 a3 ctq 2n 2 ; atq 2 /c, acq n , acq n+ 2 , aq n ei , aq n ei ; q, act .
1
(9.3.11)
Unfortunately, neither the 8 W7 series inside nor the outside series over n can
be summed exactly except in the limit q 1 . If we replace a and c by
1
1
1
1
q 2 (+ 2 ) and q 2 (+ 2 ) , respectively, in (9.3.11), then
1
lim Gt (x; q 2 (+ 2 ) , q 2 (+ 2 ) |q)
q1
9.4 A bilinear sum for the Askey-Wilson polynomials I

= (1 t)+1 R1

2 F1
265

()n
2t2 (1 x) n
n!
R2
n=0

n + 12 ( + + 1), n + 12 ( + + 2) 2t(1 x)
. (9.3.12)
;
+ + 1 + 2n
R2
By the summation formula Erdelyi [1953 Vol. I. 2.8(6)] we can evaluate the
above 2 F1 series, and then do the summation over n in (9.3.12) by the binomial theorem (1.3.1) to obtain the well-known generating function Szeg
o [1975,
(4.4.5)] for the Jacobi polynomials.

We shall now compute the sum

(f, g; q)n
F (x, y|q) :=
(abcd/f g)n kn rn (x)rn (y),
(abcd/f,
abcd/g;
q)
n
n=0
where rn (x) is the Askey-Wilson polynomial given in (8.4.4),
1
1
[rn (x)]2 w(x)dx
,
kn = (a, b, c, d|q)
1
(9.4.1)
(9.4.2)
and f and g are arbitrary parameters such that the series in (9.4.1) has a
convergent sum. By Ex. 7.34,
qei /b
(buei , buei , abcdu/q; q) (cd, q/u; q)n
rn (cos ) = B 1 ()
(bau/q, bcu/q, bdu/q; q) (ab, abcdu/q; q)n
qei /b
rn (cos ) = C 1 ()
(abu/q)n dq u,
qei /c
(9.4.3)
(cvei , cvei , abcdv/q; q) (bd, q/v; q)n

(cav/q, cbv/q, cdv/q; q) (ac, abcdv/q; q)n
qei /c
(acv/q)n dq v,
(9.4.4)
where
B() =
iq(1 q)
(q, ac, ad, cd; q) h(cos ; b)w(cos ; a, b, c, d|q),
2b
(9.4.5)
iq(1 q)
(q, ab, ad, bd; q) h(cos ; c)w(cos ; a, b, c, d|q).
2c
(9.4.6)
and
C() =
Hence
F (x, y|q) = B 1 ()C 1 ()

qei /b
qei /b
i
qe
qei /c
/c
(buei , buei , abcdu/q; q)

(bau/q, bcu/q, bdu/q; q)
(cvei , cvei , abcdv/q; q)

(cav/q, cbv/q, cdv/q; q)
8 W7 (abcd/q; ad, f, g, q/u, q/v; q, ab2 c2 duv/f gq 2 )dq u dq v.

(9.4.7)
266
However, by (2.10.10) the above 8 W7 equals

(abcd, bc/f, bc/g, abcd/f g; q)
(bc, abcd/f, abcd/g, bc/f g; q)

ad, f, g, abcduv/q 2
; q, q
4 3
abcdu/q, abcdv/q, qf g/bc
(abcd, ad, f, g, abcduv/q 2 , ab2 c2 du/f gq, ab2 c2 dv/f gq; q)
(bc, abcd/f, abcd/g, abcdu/q, abcdv/q, ab2 c2 duv/f gq 2 , f g/bc; q)

bc/f, bc/g, abcd/f g, ab2 c2 duv/f gq 2
4 3
; q, q ,
(9.4.8)
ab2 c2 du/f gq, ab2 c2 dv/f gq, bcq/f g
+
which, when substituted into (9.4.7), leads to the sum of two terms, say, F =
F1 + F2 , where
F1 (x, y|q) =
(abcd, bc/f, bc/g, abcd/f g; q) 1

B ()C 1 ()

(ad, f, g; q)n n
q
(q,
qf g/bc; q)n
n=0
qei /b
(buei , buei , abcduq n1 ; q)

qei /b
qei /c
(cvei , cvei , abcdvq n1 , abcduvq 2 ; q)
dq v dq u,
(cav/q, cbv/q, cdv/q, abcduvq n2 ; q)
qei /c
(9.4.9)
and
F2 (x, y|q) =
(abcd, ad, f, g; q)
B 1 ()C 1 ()
(bc, abcd/f, abcd/g, f g/bc; q)

(bc/f, bc/g, abcd/f g; q)n n
q
(q, bcq/f g; q)n
n=0
qei /b
(buei , buei , ab2 c2 duq n1 /f g; q)

qei /b
qei /c
(cvei , cvei , ab2 c2 dvq n1 /f g, abcduv/q 2 ; q)
(cav/q, cbv/q, cdv/q, ab2 c2 duvq n2 /f g; q)

qei /c
d q v dq u
(9.4.10)
with x = cos , y = cos . The q-integral over v on the right side of (9.4.9)
can be expressed as a terminating 8 7 series via (2.10.19), which can then
be transformed to a balanced 4 3 series that can be transformed back into a
dierent 8 7 series. The nal expression for this q-integral turns out to be
C()
(dei , dei , bdu/q; q)n

(ad, bd, d/a; q)n
8 W7 (aq n /d; aei , aei , q 1n /bd, q n , abu/q; q, q 2 /adu). (9.4.11)
267
The q-integral over u in (9.4.9) then has the form

qei /b
qei /b
(buei , buei , abcduq n1 ; q)

dq u,
(bauq k1 , bcu/q, bduq nk1 ; q)
which, by (2.10.18), gives

B()
(aei , aei ; q)k (dei , dei ; q)nk

.
(ad; q)n (ac; q)k (cd; q)nk
(9.4.12)
Substitution of (9.4.11) and (9.4.12) into (9.4.9) then gives

(abcd, bc/f, bc/g, abcd/f g; q)

(f, g, dei , dei , dei , dei ; q)n n
q
(q, ad, bd, cd, d/a, qf g/bc; q)n
n=0

bcq
.
10 W9 aq n/d; aei , aei , aei , aei , q 1n/bd, q 1n/cd, q n ; q,
ad
(9.4.13)
F1 (x, y|q) =
The q-integral over v in (9.4.10) equals

C()
(abduei /q, ab2 cdq n ei /f g; q)

(ab2 cduq n1 ei /f g, abdei ; q)
8 W7 (abdei /q; aei , bei , dei , q/u, f gq n /bc; q, ab2 cduq n1 ei /f g),
(9.4.14)
which is a bit more troublesome than the previous case because the 8 W7 series
is nonterminating unless f g/bc is of the form q k , k = 0, 1, . . . , which cannot
be the case because of the factor (bc/f g; q) in the denominator of F1 (x, y|q)
and of the factor (f g/bc; q) in the denominator of F2 (x, y|q). So either we
split up this 8 W7 series into a pair of balanced 4 3 series via (2.10.10) and get
bogged down in a long and tedious computation, or seek an alternative shorter
method. In fact, by (6.3.9) the expression in (9.4.14) can be written as
2
b cdq
abcdq
C()(q, aei , bei , dei , abfcq
g , fg ,
f g , abu/q, bdu/q, adu/q; q)

2
n1
2 ab, ad, bd, ab cduq
ei /f g; q
1
1
ab 12 1 bd 12 1 ad 12
1
1
u(abd) 2
|q
w z; e 2 i
, e 2 i
, e 2 i
, e 2 i
d
a
b
q
1

1
1
h z; e 2 i (abd) 2
(9.4.15)

dz,
1
1
h z; bc(abd) 2 q n e 2 i /f g
assuming, for the time being, that

ab 12 bd 12 ad 12 bc

max
,
,
, < 1.
d
a
b
fg
(9.4.16)
268
If we make the further assumption that ad = bc, then the q-integral over u
reduces to
qei /b
(buei , buei , ab2 c2 duq n1 /f g; q) dq u
,
1
1
1
1
(ab2 cduq n1 ei /f g, q 1 (abd) 2 uei 2 i , q 1 (abd) 2 uei 2 i ; q)
qei /b
which sums to
|(aei , cei , dei ; q) |2 (cei ; q)

(ac, cd, ad, abcdq n ei+i /f g, abcdq n eii /f g; q

1
1
h z; bc2 q n (abd) 2 e 2 i /f g)
i 1 i
1
1
1 .
h z; e 2 (ad/b) 2 , ei 2 i (ad/b) 2
B()
(9.4.17)
So the q-integral in u over the expression in (9.4.14) equals

B()C()(q, aei , bei , cei , dei ; q) |(aei , cei , dei ; q) |2
2(ab, ac, ad, ad, bd, cd; q)
(abcdq n /f g, ab2 cq n f g, b2 cdq n /f g; q)
(abcdq n ei+i /f g, abcdq n eii /f g; q)

1
1
1
h(z; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 )

1
1
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
1 h z; (ab/d) 2 e 2 , (ad/b) 2 e 2 , (bd/a) 2 e 2 )
h(z; (abd) 2 ei/2 , bc2 (abd) 2 q n e 2 i /f g)
1
h(z; (ad/b) 2 ei 2 i , (ad/b) 2 ei 2 i , bc(abd) 2 q n e 2 i /f g)

dz
,
(9.4.18)
1 z2
1
with ad = bc. Since this integral is balanced we have, by (6.4.11), as its value
the sum of multiples of two balanced very-well-poised 10 W9 series. Combining
this result with (9.4.13), we then nd the following bilinear summation formula
b2 c2 n

1 b2 c2 q 2n1
(b2 c2 q 1 , ab, ac, f, g; q)n
1 b2 c2 q 1 (q, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , b2 c2 f 1 , b2 c2 g 1 ; q)n f ga2
n=0
rn (x; a, b, c, bca1 |q) rn (y; a, b, c, bca1 |q)
(b2 c2 , bc/f, bc/g, b2 c2 /f g; q) (f, g; q)n |(bca1 ei , bca1 ei ; q)n |2

qn
=
(bc, b2 c2 /f, b2 c2 /g, bc/f g; q) n=0 (q, bc, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , bca2 , f gq/bc; q)n
a2 q n

; aei , aei , aei , aei , ab1 c2 q 1n , ac1 b2 q 1n , q n ; q, q
10 W9
bc
(b2 c2 , f, g, b2 c2 /f g, b2 c3 /af g; q)
+
2
1
2
(ac, b ca , bc a1 , bc, c/a, b2 c2 /f, b2 c2 /g, f g/bc, ab3 c2 /f g; q)

2
i

ce , bca1 ei , b3 c2 ei /f g, ab2 c2 ei /f g; q

2
2 2 i+i

/f g, b2 c2 eii /f g; q
b c e
9.5 A bilinear sum for the Askey-Wilson polynomials II
269

2

bc/f, bc/g, ab3 c2 /f g; q b2 c2 ei+i /f g, b2 c2 eii /f g; q q n

n
n

2

n=0
q, b2 c3 /af g, bcq/f g; q b3 c2 ei /f g, ab2 c2 ei /f g; q
n
n
ab3 c2 q n1 b3 c3 q n1 b2 c2 q n ab2 cq n

;
,
,
, aei , aei , bei , bei ; q, q
10 W9
fg
fg
fg
fg
2 2
2 2
2
(b c , f, g, b c /f g, ab c/f g; q)

+
3 4
ab, ac, bc, b2 ca1 , a/c, b2 c2 /f, b2 c2 /g, f g/bc, bafcg ; q

2

i
i 3 3 i
2 3 i
ae , be , b c e /af g, b c e /f g; q

2

bc/f, bc/g, b3 c4 /af g; q b2 c2 ei+i /af g, b2 c2 eii /f g; q q n

n
n

2

n=0
q, abc2 f g, bcq/f g; q b3 c3 /af gei , b2 c3 ei /f g; q n
n
b3 c4 q n1 b2 c2 q n b3 c3 q n1 b2 c3 q n
;
,
,
, cei , cei , bcei /a, bcei /a; q, q).
10 W9
af g
fg
fg
af g
(9.4.19)
Note that by analytic continuation we may now remove the restrictions in
(9.4.16) and require only that no zero factors appear in the denominators on
the right side of (9.4.19). Note also that we have tacitly assumed that a, b,
c and the product f g are real, although it is not necessary. An application
of this formula is given in Rahman [1999]. For a more complicated formula
without the restriction ad = bc, see Rahman [2000b].
9.5 A bilinear sum for the Askey-Wilson polynomials II

Let {wk }
k=0 be an arbitrary complex sequence such that
Suppose

G1 (x, y|q) :=
n kn rn (x)rn (y),

k=0
|wk | < .
(9.5.1)
n=0
where rn (x) = rn (x; a, b, c, d|q),

n =
n (adq n , adq n ; q)j

(bc, ad; q)n
(ad)n q ( 2 )
wn+j ,
(abcd; q)2n
(q, abcdq 2n ; q)j
j=0
(9.5.2)
and kn is the normalization constant given in (9.4.2). We shall prove that

G1 (x, y|q) =

(dei , dei , dei , dei ; q)n
wn
(q, bd, cd, d/a; q)n
n=0
10 W9 (aq n /d; q 1n /bd, q 1n /cd, q n , aei , aei , aei , aei ; q, bcq/ad).

(9.5.3)
The proof is actually quite simple. Use (8.3.4) to write
270
rn (x)rn (y)
(bd, cd; q)n a n (q n , abcdq n1 ; q)k

=
(ac, ab; q)n d
(q, ad; q)k
n
k=0
(dei , dei , dei , dei ; q)k k
q
(ad, bd, cd, d/a; q)k
10 W9 (aq k /d; q 1k /bd, q 1k /cd, q k , aei , aei , aei , aei ; q, bcq/ad).
(9.5.4)
Observe that

1 abcdq 2n1 (abcdq 1 , ad; q)n
n=0
1 abcdq 1
(ad)n
n
(bc, ad; q)n
(ad)n q ( 2 )
(abcd; q)2n
(q n , abcq n1 ; q)k (adq n , adq n ; q)j

wn+j
(ad, ad; q)k
(q, abcdq 2n ; q)j
j=0

n
1 abcdq 2k+2n1 (abcdq 1 ; q)2k+n
(1)n q ( 2 )k
1
1 abcdq
(q; q)n (ad, ad; q)k
n=0

j=0
(q, bc; q)n
(ad, ad; q)k+n+j

wn+k+j
(q; q)j (abcd; q)2n+2k+j
(ad, ad; q)m wm

(abcd; q)2k k
2k1 km
q
;q
; q, q mk )
4 W3 (abcdq
(ad, ad; q)k
(q; q)mk (abcd; q)m+k
m=k
= wk q
by (2.3.4), which immediately gives (9.5.3).
9.6 A bilinear sum for the Askey-Wilson polynomials III

We shall now consider another bilinear sum, namely,
G2 (x, y|q) =
n kn rn (x)rn (y),
(9.6.1)
n=0
where
n =
k
(bc, ad/f ; q)n n
f
,
(ad, bcf ; q)n
(q, bcf q n , f q 1n /ad; q)k
(9.6.2)
k=0
f = 0 being an arbitrary
complex parameter and {k }k=0 an arbitrary complex
sequence such that
k=0 |k | < . Changing the order of summation in
(9.6.1), we can write it as
G2 (x, y|q) =

j=0
j
(q, bcf, qf /ad; q)j
9.6 A bilinear sum for the Askey-Wilson polynomials III

(bc, adq j /f ; q)n
(f q j )n kn rn (x)rn (y).
j ; q)
(ad,
bcf
q
n
n=0
271
(9.6.3)
In the case ad = bc, which is what we shall assume to be true, the sum over n
in (9.6.3) is the special case of the left side of (9.4.19) with f and g replaced
by bc and bcq j /f , respectively. Note that in this special case the rst term
on the right side of (9.4.19) vanishes while the other two double series become
single series. Thus,

(bcq j /f ; q)n
(f q j )n kn rn (x)rn (y)
j ; q)
(bcf
q
n
n=0
(b2 c2 , f, cf /a; q) |(cei , bca1 ei , bf ei , af ei ; q) |2

(ac, bc, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , ca1 , bcf, abf ; q) |(f ei+ , f eii ; q) |2
(abf, bcf ; q)j |(f ei+i , f eii ; q)j |2
(f, cf /a; q)j |(af ei , bf ei ; q)j |2

af q j
, aei , aei , bei , bei ; q, q
10 W9 abf q j1 ; bcf q j1 , f q j ,
c
(b2 c2 , f, af /c; q) |(aei , bei , bcf a1 ei , cf ei ; q) |2
+
(ab, ac, bc, b2 ca1 , ac1 , bcf, bc2 f a1 ; q) |(f ei+i , f eii ; q) |2
(bcf, bc2 f a1 ; q)j |(f ei+i , f eii ; q)j |2
(f, af /c; q)j |(bcf a1 ei , cf ei ; q)j |2

cf q j
,
10 W9 bc2 f a1 q j1 ; bcf q j1 , f q j ,
a

cei , cei , bca1 ei , bca1 ei ; q, q .
(9.6.4)
Hence,
G2 (x, y|q)
(b2 c2 , f, cf /a; q) |(cei , bca1 ei , bf ei af ei ; q) |2
=
(ac, bc, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , c/a, bcf, abf ; q) |(f ei+i , f eii ; q) |2

(abf ; q)j |(f ei+i , f eii ; q)j |2 j
(q, f, cf /a, qf /ac; q)j |(bf ei , af ei ; q)j |2

j=0
10 W9 (abf q j1 ; bcf q j1 , f q j , af q j /c, aei , aei , bei , bei ; q, q)
(b2 c2 , f, af /c; q) |(aei , bei , bcf a1 ei , cf ei ; q) |2
+
(ab, ac, bc, b2 ca1 , a/c, bcf, bc2 f a1 ; q) |(f ei+i , f eii ; q) |2

(bc2 f a1 ; q)j |(f ei+i , f eii ; q)j |2 j
(q, f, qf /ac, af /c; q)j |(bcf a1 ei , cf ei ; q)j |2

j=0

cf q j
, cei , cei , bca1 ei , bca1 ei ; q, q).
10 W9 bc2 f a1 q j1 ; bcf q j1 , f q j ,
a
(9.6.5)
272

Exercises
9.1 Show that

(cq; q)n
Pn (x; a, b, c; q)tn
(q,
bq;
q)
n
n=0
= 2 1 (aq/x, 0; aq; q, qxt) 1 1 (bx/c; bq; q, cqt),

when Pn (x; a, b, c; q) is the big q-Jacobi polynomial dened in (7.3.10).
Prove also that
Pn (x; a, b, c; q)
(aq/x, cq/x; q) n
x
(aq, cq; q)
as n , for xed x = 0, aq m+1 , cq m+1 , m = 0, 1, . . ., uniformly for x,

a, b and c in compact sets.
(Ismail and Wilson [1982])
9.2 Prove that
nm
2 ) (aq)nm (bq m+1 ; q) /(aq; q)
pn (q m ; a, b; q) q (
as n , m = 0, 1, . . ., uniformly for a and b in compact sets.

9.3 Show that

(, ; q)n (n)
q 2 pn (x; a, b; q)tn
(q,
bq;
q)
n
n=0
(i)

(, ; q)m+n (x1 ; q)m n2 n
q a (xt)m+n ,
(q,
aq;
q)
(q,
bq;
q)
n
m
n=0 m=0
(ii)

(abq; q)n (n)
q 2 (qt)n pn (x; a, b; q)
(q;
q)
n
n=0
1
1
1
1
1
1
(qt(ab) 2 ; q 2 ) ((abq) 2 , (abq) 2 , q(ab) 2 , q(ab) 2 ; q)k

1
(tq 2 ; q)
(q, aq, qt(ab) 2 , qt(abq) 2 ; q)k

1
1
1
1
(abq) 2 q k , (ab) 2 q k+1 , tq 2
2
.
(xtq)k 3 2
;
q,
tq
1
1
3
t(ab) 2 q k+1 , t(ab) 2 q k+ 2
k=0
9.4 For the q-Hahn polynomials dened in (7.2.21) derive the following generating functions:
(i)
N

(q N ; q)n
Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)tn
(q,
bq;
q)
n
n=0
= 2 1 (q xN , 0; bq; q, tq x ) 1 1 (q x ; aq; q, aqt),
Exercises
273
(ii)
N

(aq, q N ; q)n (n)
q 2 Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)tn
(q;
q)
n
n=0
= 2 1 (q x , bq N x+1 ; 0; q, atq xN +1 ) 2 0 (q xN , aq x+1 ; ; q, tq x ).

(See Koekoek and Swarttouw [1998])
9.5 For the dual q-Hahn polynomials dened in (7.2.23), prove that
N

(q N ; q)n
Rn ((x); b, c, N ; q)tn
(q;
q)
n
n=0
(i)
= 2 1 (q x , c1 q x ; bq; q, bctq x+1 )(tq N ; q)N x ,

N

(q N , bq; q)n
Rn ((x); b, c, N ; q)tn
1 q N ; q)
(q,
c
n
n=0
(ii)
= 2 1 (q xN , bq x+1 ; c1 q N ; q, tq x )(bcqt; q)x .

(See Koekoek and Swarttouw [1998])
9.6 Al-SalamChihara polynomials Qn (x; a, b|q) are the c = d = 0 special case
of the Askey-Wilson polynomials dened in (7.5.2). Prove that
(i)
(ii)

Qn (x; a, b|q)tn
(at, bt; q)
=
,
(q; q)n
(tei , tei ; q)
n=0
(c; q)n
Qn (x; a, b|q)tn
(q,
ab;
q)
n
n=0

(at, ct/a; q)
ab/c, aei , aei
;
q,
ct/a
,
=
3 2
ab, at
(tei , tei ; q)
where x = cos , |ct/a| < 1, |t| < 1.

(See Al-Salam and Chihara [1976], Askey and Ismail [1984], and Koekoek
and Swarttouw [1998].)
9.7 Using the recurrence relation of Cn (x; |q) in Ex. 8.28 show that
Cn (x; |q)tn
n=0

1
tei , tei , q
=
; q, .
3 2
qtei , qtei
(1 2xt + t2 )
Deduce that
Cn (x; |q) =
n

1 k
Ck (x; q/|q)Cnk (x; |q).
1 q k
k=0
(Bustoz and Ismail [1982])
274
9.8 Prove that

(; q)n
Cn (x; |q)tn
2 ; q)
(
n
n=0
2

(, tei , tei ; q)
/, tei , tei
;
q,
,
3 2
tei , tei
( 2 , tei , tei ; q)
where || < 1, |t| < 1. Using Ex. 7.35 show that
Pn(,) (x|q)tn
n=0

q, q (++2)/2 , q ()/2 , q ; q q (2+3)/4 ei , q 2+3)/4 ei ; q 1/2

=
2 q +1 , q ++1 ; q

1
h y; 1, 1, q 1/2 , q 1/2 , tq (5++5)/4

(++1)/4 , q (++3)/4 , q ()/4 ei , q ()/4 ei , tq (++1)/4

1 h y; q
+1 (3+3)/4 i (3+3)/4 i

dy
, tq
e , tq
e
q
3 2
; q, q
,
tq (5++5)/4 ei , tq (5++5)/4 ei
1 y2

where y = cos , provided 0 < < .

9.9 Show that

pn (x; a, b, c, d|q) n
t
(q, ab, cd; q)n
n=0
= 2 1 (a/z, b/z; ab; q, zt) 2 1 (cz, dz; cd; q, t/z),

where x = 12 (z + z 1 ), |tz| < 1, |tz 1 | < 1, and deduce the asymptotic
formula (7.5.13).
(Ismail and Wilson [1982])
9.10 (i) Prove that, for = ab,

(t/a)n
Qn (x; a, b|q)Qn (y; , |q)
(q, ab; q)n
n=0

bt/a, 2 tei /a, 2 tei /a, tei , tei ; q

= 2
t, tei+i /a, teii /a, teii /a, teii /a; q
8 W7 (2 t/q; aei , aei , ei , ei , t/; q, bt/a),
|bt/a| < 1.
(Askey, Rahman and Suslov [1996]; Koelink [1995a])

(ii) Show that the continuous q-Hermite polynomial dened in Ex. 1.28 is
related to the Al-SalamChihara polynomial by
1
Hn (x|q 2 ) = Qn (x; q 2 , q 2 |q).
Exercises
275
(iii) Using (i), (ii) and the summation formula Ex. 2.17(ii) deduce the qMehlers formula
Hn (x|q)Hn (y|q)
n=0
tn
(q; q)n
(t2 ; q)
,
(tei+i , teii , teii , teii ; q)
|t| < 1,
where x = cos , y = cos .

(See Carlitz [1957a])
9.11 Use Ex. 7.33(ii) to prove that
1

n

1
1
1 q m+ 2 1 n
q 2 Cm (cos ; q 2 |q)Cm (cos ; q 2 |q)
n+1
1q
n=0 m=0
2

qei(+) , qei() ; q

= 1

.
q 2 ei(+) , q 12 ei() ; q

9.12 Show that

(q, ; q)n
Cn (cos ; |q)Cn (cos ; |q)tn
2 , 2 ; q)
(
n
n=0
(, , t2 , tei(+) , tei() , tei() , tei(+) ; q)

( 2 , 2 , t2 , tei(+) , tei() , tei() , tei(+) ; q)

( 2 /, tei(+) , tei() , tei() , tei(+) ; q)n (t2 ; q)2n n
(q, tei(+) , tei() , tei() , tei(+) ; q)n (t2 ; q)2n

n=0
8 W7 (t2 q 2n1 ; , tq n ei(+) , tq n ei() , tq n ei() , tq n ei(+) ; q, ),

where max(|t|, ||, ||) < 1 and 0 , .
(Ismail, Masson and Suslov [1997])
9.13 Prove that

n=0
in
(1 q n+ )(q; q)n n(n+2)/4

q
(q 2 ; q)n
(2)
J+n (b; q)Cn (cos ; q |q)Cn (cos ; q |q)
(b2 /4; q 2 ) (q , q , q; q) q n(n/4+) b n+

(q, q 2 , q +1 ; q)
n=0
(q; q)n
276

iq (1n)/2 ei(+) , iq (1n)/2 ei(+) ; q
n

(1+3+n)/2 i()
(1+3+n)/2 i()
e
, iq
e
;q
iq

(1++n)/2
i()
(1++n)/2
i()
iq
e
, iq
e
;q

(1++n)/2 i(+)
(1++n)/2 i(+)
8 W7 q ; q , iq
e
, iq
e
,

iq (1n)/2 ei() , iq (1n)/2 ei() ; q, q .
(Ismail, Masson and Suslov [1997])

9.14 Show that

1 q +n n(n+)/2 (2)
(2)
q
J+n (a(1 q)x; q)J+n (b(1 q)x; q)Cn (cos ; q |q)
q
n=0
abx2
a2 (1 q)2 x2
=
;q
1
q ( + 1)
4
4
b
b
a2 (1 q)2 x2
,
2 1 q (+1)/2 ei , q (+1)/2 ei ; q +1 ; q,
a
a
4
where Re > 0, 0 < b < a, and 0 .

(Rahman [1988c])
9.15 If k = 0, 1, 2, . . ., and = ab, prove that
tn
Qn (cos ; a, b|q)Qn+k (cos ; , |q)
(q; q)n (ab; q)n+k
n=0
(ei , ei , atei , btei ; q)
(, tei(+) , tei() , e2i ; q)
i

e , ei , tei(+) , tei()
k+1
4 3
;
q,
q
qe2i , atei , btei
= eik
(ei , ei , atei , btei ; q)

+ eik
(, tei() , tei(+) , e2i ; q)
i

e , ei , tei() , tei(+)
k+1
4 3
; q, q
,
qe2i , atei , btei
where 0 and 0 < < .
Exercises
277
9.16 For k = 0, 1, 2, . . ., show that
Cn+k (cos ; |q)Cn (cos ; |q)tn
n=0
(, e2i , tei(+) , tei() ; q)

(q, tei(+) , tei() , e2i ; q)

q/, qe2i /, tei(+) , tei()
2 k
4 3
; q, q
qe2i , tei(+) , tei()
= eik
(, e2i , tei() , tei(+) ; q)

+ eik
(q, tei() , tei(+) , e2i ; q)

q/, qe2i , tei() , tei(+)
2 k
4 3
; q, q ,
qe2i , tei() , tei(+)
where 0 and 0 < < .
9.17 (i) Use (9.5.1)(9.5.3) to prove that
N

(q N , q N 1 ; q)n (1 abcdq 2n1 )(abcdq 1 , ab, ac, ab; q)n
(, ; q)n
(1 abcdq 1 )(q, bd; q)n (abcd; q)2n
n=0
nN

n+1
q
, q n+N 1 , abq n , cdq n
n
)
(
2
(d/a) 4 3
q
; q, q
abcdq 2n , q n , q n
rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) rn (y; a, b, c, d|q)
N

(q N , q N 1 , ab; q)m |(dei , dei ; q)m |2 q m
(ab, ; q)N
(1)N
(ab, ; q)N
(q, ad, ad, bd, , , d/a; q)m
m=0
10 W9 (aq m /d; q 1m /bd, q 1m /cd, q m , aei , aei , aei , aei ; q,
bcq
).
ad
(ii) From (i) deduce the projection formula

(a,b)
Pm
(x; q) =
m
g(n, m)Pn(,) (x; q),
n=0
(a,b)
where Pm
and
(x; q) is the continuous q-Jacobi polynomial dened in (7.5.25),
g(n, m) =
(q a+1 , q b+1 ; q)m (q ++1 , q; q)n

(q, q; q)m (q ++1 ; q)2n
(q m+a+b+1 ; q)n q n(nm)
(q; q)mn (q a+1 , q b+1 ; q)n

nm n+m+a+b+1 +1+n
,q
,q
, q +1+n
q
4 3
;
q,
q
.
q ++2+2n , q a+n+1 , q b+n+1
(Rahman [1985])
278
9.18 In (9.5.2) and (9.5.3) take ad = bc and

wn =
(, , , ; q)n
.
(bc, bc, bcq/f, f /b3 c3 ; q)n
Also, in (9.6.2) and (9.6.3) take ad = bc and

n =
(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc; q)n n

q .
(f 2 /b4 c4 ; q)n
Choosing appropriate multiples of (9.5.1) and (9.6.1), show that
(1 b2 c2 q 2n1 )(b2 c2 q 1 , ab, ac, , , , ; q)n (f /bc; q)2n

2 2 1 ) q, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , f , f , f , f ; q) (b2 c2 ; q)
n=0 (1 b c q
n
2n
bc
bc
bc
b3 c3
n

f q 2n1 f b2 c2 q n
f
f
; 3 3 ,
, q n , q n , q n ; q,
8 W7
bc
b c
bc
a2
rn (x; a, b, c, bca1 |q) rn (y; a, b, c, bca1 |q)
(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc; q)
(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc; q)

(, , , ; q)n |(bca1 ei , bca1 ei ; q)n |2 q n
(q, bc, bc, b2 ca1 , bc2 a1 , bca2 , f /b3 c3 , bcq/f ; q)n

n=0

10 W9 a2 q n /bc; aq 1n /b2 c, aq 1n /bc2 , q n , aei , aei , aei , aei ; q, q
(, , , , f /bc, f 2 /b4 c4 , f, af /c; q)

(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, ab, ac, bc, b2 c/a; q)
|(aei , bei , bcf ei /a, cf ei ; q) |2
2
(a/c, bc f /a, bc/f, f /b3 c3 ; q) |(f ei(+) , f ei() ; q) |2

(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, bc2 f /a; q)n |(f ei(+) , f ei(+) ; q)n |2 q n
(q, f, qf /bc, af /c, f 2 /b4 c4 ; q)n

|(cf ei , bcf ei /a; q)n |2
n=0
+
10 W9 (bc2 f q n1 /a; f q n , bcf q n1 , cf q n /a, cei , cei , bcei /a, bcei /a; q, q)
(, , , , f /bc, f, cf /a, f 2 /b4 c4 ; q)
(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, ac, bc, b2 ca1 , bc2 a1 ; q)
|(cei , bcei /a, bf ei , af ei ; q) |2
(c/a, abf, bc/f, f /b3 c3 ; q) |(f ei(+) , f ei() ; q) |2

(f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, f /bc, abf ; q)n |(f ei(+) , f ei() ; q)n |2 q n
(q, f, qf /bc, cf /a, f 2 /b4 c4 ; q)n

|(af ei , bf ei ; q)n |2
n=0
10 W9 (abf q n1 ; f q n , bcf q n1 , af q n /c, aei , aei , bei , bei ; q, q).

(Rahman [1985])
1
9.19 Show that the special case = bc = , = bcq 2 = , f = t of the

formula in Ex. 9.18 gives the Poisson kernel for the special Askey-Wilson
Exercises
279
polynomials rn (x; a, b, c, bca1 |q):

(1 b2 c2 q 2n1 )(b2 c2 q 1 , ab, ac; q)n
(t/a2 )n
2 c2 q 1 )(q, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 ; q)
(1
b
n
n=0
rn (x; a, b, c, bca1 |q)(rn (y; a, b, c, bca1 |q))

1
1

(bcq 2 , bc, bcq 2 ; q)n |(bca1 ei , bca1 ei ; q)n |2 q n
2 (bcqt; q)
= (1 t )
(t/bc; q) n=0
(q, bc2 a1 , b2 ca1 , bc, bca2 , bcqt, bcq/t; q)n
10 W9 (a2 q n /bc; aq 1n /b2 c, aq 1n /bc2 , q n , aei , aei , aei , ai ; q, q)
(t, dt/c, b2 c2 ; q) |(aei , bei , ctei , bca1 tei ; q) |2
(ab, ac, bc, ac1 , b2 ca1 , bc2 a1 t, bc/t; q) |(tei(+) , tei() ; q) |2
1
1

(t, tq 2 , tq 2 , bc2 a1 t; q)n |(tei(+) , tei() ; q)n |2 n
q
(q, qt/bc, qt2 , at/c; q)n |(ctei , tbca1 ei ; q)n |2
n=0
+
10 W9 (bc2 tq n1 /a; tq n , bctq n1 , ctq n /a, bcei /a, bcei /a, cei , cei ; q, q)
(t, ct/a, b2 c2 ; q) |(cei , bca1 ei , atei , btei ; q) |2
(ab, bc, b2 ca1 , bc2 a1 , abt, bc/t; q) |(tei(+) , tei() ; q) |2
1
1

(t, tq 2 , tq 2 , abt; q)n |(tei(+) , tei() ; q)n |2 n
q
(q, qt/bc, qt2 ct/a; q)n |(atei , btei ; q)n |2
n=0
10 W9 (abtq n1 ; tq n , bctq n1 , atq n /c, aei , aei , bei , bei ; q, q),

where 0 < t < 1.
(Rahman [1985]; Gasper and Rahman [1986])
9.20 Prove that
q n 2 1 (stei , stei ; s2 ; q, q n t2 ) 2 1 (sei /t, sei /t; s2 ; q, q n )
n=
(1 qt )
=

2
2qt
s
cos +
q 2 t2
s2
q, q, q 2 t2 /s2 , s2 /qt2 ; q
(qt2 , t2 , 1, 1, q, q, s2 , s2 , s2 , qs2 ; q)
h(cos ; st, st, qst, s/t, qt/s)
h(cos ; q 2 , q 2 , q, q, qt/s)

8 W7 qt2 ; q, stei , stei , qtei /s, qtei /s; q, q ,
1
where |t| < 1, 0 , and appropriate analytic continuations of the

2 1 series are used as necessary.
(Koelink and Stokman [2003])
9.21 The continuous q-Hermite polynomial Hn (cos |q) in base q 1 becomes
hn (sinh |q) =
n

n
k=0
(1)k q k(kn) e(n2k) .

q
280

Show that
n
(i)

q( 2 )
1
hn (sinh |q)tn =
,
(q; q)n
(te , te ; q)
n=0
(ii)

q ( 2 ) hn (sinh |q)hn (sinh |q) n
t
(q; q)n
n=0
= (te , te , te+ , te ; q) /(t2 ; q) .

(Ismail and Masson [1994])
9.22 (i) For |/| < 1, prove that
(q, 2 / 2 ; q) (q 2 ; q 2 )
Eq (cos ; ) =
(q2 ; q 2 )

(e2i , e2i ; q)
1

Eq (cos ; )d.
2 0 h cos ; ei , ei
(ii) Prove that

Eq (cos ; )Eq (cos ; )
(2 ; q 2 ) ( 1 q (1n)/2 ; q)n n n2 /4
=
q
Cn (cos ; |q)
(q 2 ; q 2 ) n=0
(; q)n

1 q (n+1)/2 , 1 q (n+1)/2
2
.
;
q,
2 1
q n+1
(See Bustoz and Suslov [1998] for (i), and Ismail and Stanton [2000, (5.8)]
for an equivalent form of (ii).)
9.23 Prove that

(abcdq 1 , ac, ad, a b , a c , a d ; q)n (bb cdt; q)2n t n
(q, cd, bc t, b ct, bd t, b dt; q)n (abcdq 1 ; q)2n
aa
n=0

8 W7 bb cdtq 2n1 ; bcq n , bdq n , b c q n , b d q n , bt/a ; q, a t/b)
rn (x; a, b, c, d|q) rn (y; a , b , c , d |q)
(bb cdt, dt/c , btei , btei , ctei , ctei , b tei , b tei , c tei , c tei ; q)
=
(bc t, b ct, bd t, b dt, bb t, cc t, tei(+) , tei() , tei() , tei(+) ; q)

8 W7 bb t/q; bei , bei , b ei , b ei , bt/a ; q, a t/b

8 W7 cc t/q; cei , cei , c ei , c ei , c t/d; q, d t/c ,
where ab = a b , cd = c d , x = cos , and y = cos .
(Koelink and Van der Jeugt [1999])
Notes
281
Notes
1
9.3 The special case = ab, b = aq 2 , d = cq 2 , c c of (9.3.7), in

which case the expression on the right side of (9.3.7) can be combined into a
sum of 8 W7 series, was given by Ismail, Masson and Suslov [1997]. However,
formula (3.6) in their paper does not directly lead to the generating function

(,)
Pn
(x)tn when one sets a = q /2+1/4 , c = q /2+1/4 and takes the limit
n=0
q 1 .
(2)
Ex. 9.14 A product formula for Jacksons q-Bessel function J (x; q),
which is obtainable from this formula, is used in Rahman [2000a] to evaluate
a Weber-Schafheitlin type integral for these functions.
Ex. 9.18 This is a q-analogue of Feldheims [1941] bilinear generating
function for the Jacobi polynomials.
Ex. 9.20 Rosengren [2003e] computed a more general bilinear generating
function in an elementary manner. Bustoz and Suslov [1998] gave a bilateral
bilinear sum that generalizes the classical Poisson kernel for the Fourier series:

n=
t|n| ein(xy) =
1 t2
,
1 2t cos(x y) + t2
0 t < 1.
Ex. 9.21 The continuous q-Hermite polynomials in base q 1 were introduced by Askey [1989b] who also gave an orthogonality measure for those
polynomials on (, ) and computed the orthogonality relation. Ismail and
Masson [1994] gave a detailed account of the family of extremal measures for
these polynomials. See also Carlitz [1963b], Ismail and Masson [1993], and
Ismail [1993].
10
q-SERIES IN TWO OR MORE VARIABLES
10.1 Introduction
The main objective of this chapter is to consider q-analogues of Appells four
well-known functions F1 , F2 , F3 and F4 . We start out with Jacksons [1942]
(1) , (2) , (3) and (4) functions, dened in terms of double hypergeometric
series, which are q-analogues of the Appell functions. It turns out that not
all of Jacksons q-Appell functions have the properties that enable them to
have transformation and reduction formulas analogous to those for the Appell
functions. Also, starting with a q-analogue of the function on one side of a
hypergeometric transformation of a reduction formula may lead to a dierent
q-analogue of the formula than starting with a q-analogue of the function on
the other side of the formula. We nd, further, that the alternative approach
of using the q-integral representations of these q-Appell functions can be very
fruitful. For example, it immediately leads to the fact that a general (1)
series is indeed equal to a multiple of a 3 2 series (see (10.3.4) below). The
q-integral approach can be used to derive q-analogues of the Appell functions
that are quite dierent from the ones given by Jackson. In the last section we
give a completely dierent q-analogue of F1 , based on the so-called q-quadratic
lattice, which has a representation in terms of an Askey-Wilson type integral.
We do not attempt to consider Askey-Wilson type q-analogues of F2 and F3
because these are probably the least interesting of the four Appell functions
and nothing seems to be known about these analogues. Instances of AskeyWilson type q-analogues of F4 have already occurred in Chapter 8 (product
of two q-Jacobi polynomials) and then in Chapter 9 (9.5, 9.6, Ex. 9.18, and
Ex. 9.19). Since in this chapter we will be mainly concerned with deriving
and applying q-integral representations of q-Appell functions, in many of the
formulas it will be necessary to denote the parameters by powers of q. Once
a formula has been derived via the q-integral techniques, if it does not contain
any q-integrals or q-gamma functions, then the reader may simplify the formula
by replacing the q a , q b , etc. powers of q by a, b, etc., as we did in the formulas
in the exercises for this chapter.
10.2 q-Appell and other basic double hypergeometric series

In order to obtain q-analogues of the four Appell double hypergeometric series
(see Appell and Kampe de Feriet [1926])
282
10.2 q-Appell and other basic double hypergeometric series
283

(a)m+n (b)m (b )n m n
F1 (a; b, b ; c; x, y) =
x y ,
m! n! (c)m+n
m,n=0
(10.2.1)
F2 (a; b, b ; c, c ; x, y) =

(a)m+n (b)m (b )n m n
x y ,
m! n! (c)m (c )n
m,n=0
(10.2.2)
F3 (a, a ; b, b ; c; x, y) =

(a)m (a )n (b)m (b )n m n
x y ,
m! n! (c)m+n
m,n=0
(10.2.3)

(a)m+n (b)m+n m n
x y ,
m! n! (c)m (c )n
m,n=0
(10.2.4)
F4 (a, b; c, c ; x, y) =
Jackson [1942] replaced each shifted factorial by a corresponding q-shifted factorial giving the functions
(1)

(a; q)m+n (b; q)m (b ; q)n m n
(a; b, b ; c; q; x, y) =
x y ,
(q; q)m (q; q)n (c; q)m+n
m,n=0
(10.2.5)
(2) (a; b, b ; c, c ; q; x, y) =
(a; q)m+n (b; q)m (b ; q)n

xm y n , (10.2.6)
; q)
(q;
q)
(q;
q)
(c;
q)
(c
m
n
m
n
m,n=0
(3) (a, a ; b, b ; c; q; x, y) =

(a; q)m (a ; q)n (b; q)m (b ; q)n m n
x y , (10.2.7)
(q; q)m (q; q)n (c; q)m+n
m,n=0
(4) (a, b; c, c ; q; x, y) =
(a; q)m+n (b; q)m+n

xm y n .
; q)
(q;
q)
(q;
q)
(c;
q)
(c
m
n
m
n
m,n=0
(10.2.8)
The series in (10.2.5)(10.2.8) are absolutely

when |q|, |x|, |y| < 1,
convergent
m n
by the comparison test with the series
m,n=0 x y , and then their sums
are called the q-Appell functions. Jackson also considered q-analogues of the
n
Appell series with y n replaced by y n q ( 2 ) in each term of the series.
Similarly, one could obtain a q-analogue of the general double hypergeometric series

A:B;C aA : bB ; cC
; x, y
FD:E;F
dD : eE ; fF

(aA )m+n (bB )m (cC )n
=
xm y n ,
(10.2.9)
m!
n!
(d
)
(e
)
(f
)
D m+n E m F n
m,n=0
where we use the contracted notations dened in 3.7 by replacing each shifted
factorial by a q-shifted factorial, such as in Exton [1977, p. 36] and Srivastava
[1982, p. 278]. However, such a basic double series might not be of the same
form as its conuent limit cases or as the double series obtained by inverting
the base as in (1.2.24) or in Ex. 1.4(i). Therefore, with the same motivation
as given on p. 5 for our denition of the r s series hypergeometric series, we
284
q-series in two or more variables
dene the q-analogue of (10.2.9) by

aA : bB ; cC
;
q;
x,
y
A:B;C
D:E;F d : e ; f
D
E F

(aA ; q)m+n (bB ; q)m (cC ; q)n
=
(d
D ; q)m+n (q, eE ; q)m (q, fF ; q)n
m,n=0

m+n DA
m 1+EB
n 1+F C
(1)m+n q ( 2 )
xm y n ,
(1)m q ( 2 )
(1)n q ( 2 )
(10.2.10)
where q = 0 when min(D A, 1 + E B, 1 + F C) < 0. This double series
converges absolutely for |x|, |y| < 1 when min(D A, 1 + E B, 1 + F C) 0
and |q| < 1. Also, conuent limit cases of (10.2.10) have the same form as the
series in (10.2.10), and if one of the parameters b1 , . . . , bB , c1 , . . . cC equals 1,
then the double series in (10.2.10) reduces to a single series of the form in
(1.2.22). Since the series in (10.2.9) is called a Kampe de Feriet series when
B = C and E = F , the series in (10.2.10) can be called a q-Kampe de Feriet
series when B = C and E = F .

Since, by (1.11.7) and (1.10.13)
(q a ; q)m+n
q (c)
=
(q c ; q)m+n
q (a)q (c a)
ta+m+n1
0
(qt; q)
dq t,
(tq ca ; q)
(10.3.1)
for 0 < Re a < Re c, we nd that

(1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y) =
q (c)
q (a)q (c a)
1
b
b
a1 (qt, xtq , ytq ; q)
t
dq t, (10.3.2)
(xt, yt, tq ca ; q)
0
which was given by Jackson [1942, p. 81]. This is a q-analogue of the wellknown integral representation of F1 :
1

(c)

F1 (a; b, b ; c; x, y) =
ta1 (1 t)ca1 (1 xt)b (1 yt)b dt,
(a)(c a) 0
(10.3.3)
0 < Re a < Re c. It follows from (10.3.2) and the denition of Jacksons
q-integral (1.11.3) that
ca

(q a , xq b , yq b ; q)
q
, x, y
a

.
;
q,
q
(1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y) =
3 2
xq b , yq b
(q c , x, y; q)
(10.3.4)
Andrews [1972] gave an independent derivation of (10.3.4).
Some reduction formulas, analogous to the ones for F1 listed, for example,
in Erdelyi [1953, Vol. I], can be derived from (10.3.4).
285
Case I. Let y = xq b . Then (10.3.4) and (1.4.1) give

(1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, xq b )
ca

(q a , xq b+b ; q)
q
,x
a
; q, q
=
2 1
xq b+b
(q c , x; q)

a b+b
q ,q
= 2 1
; q, x ,
qc
(10.3.5)
which is a q-analogue of the reduction formula

F1 (a; b, b ; c; x, x) = 2 F1 (a, b + b ; c; x).
Case II. Let y = q
cab
(10.3.6)
. Then (10.3.4) and (1.4.1) give

(1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, q cab )

(q a , q ca , xq b ; q)
x, q cab
a
; q, q
= c cab
2 1
xq b
(q , q
, x; q)

(q cb , q ca ; q)
qa , qb
; q, x
= c cab
2 1
q cb
(q , q
; q)
=
q (c)q (c a b )
a b cb
; q, x),
2 1 (q , q ; q

q (c a)q (c b )
(10.3.7)
which yields a q-analogue of

F1 (a; b, b ; c; x, 1) =
(c)(c a b )

2 F1 (a, b; c b ; x).
(c a)(c b )
(10.3.8)
Case III. Let c = b + b . The 3 2 series of (10.3.4) in this case becomes

a series of type II, and hence by (3.2.7)
b+b a

, x, y
q
a
;
q,
q
3 2
xq b , yq b
b+b a b

(q b+b , yq ab ; q)
, q , xq b /y
q
ab

; q, yq
.
=
3 2
xq b , q b+b
(q a , yq b ; q)
So (10.3.4) gives
(1) (q a ; q b , q b ; q b+b ; q; x, y)
b+b a b

(xq b , yq ab ; q)
, q , xq b /y
q
ab
;
q,
yq
,
=
3 2
q b+b , xq b
(x, y; q)
(10.3.9)
provided |yq ab | < 1, which is a q-analogue of the reduction formula

y x
.
F1 (a; b, b ; b + b ; x, y) = (1 x)b (1 y)ba 2 F1 b, b + b a; b + b ;
1x
(10.3.10)
286

10.4 Formulas for (2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)

Integral representation.
Since it follows from (10.2.6) that

(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)

(q a , q b ; q)m m
=
x 2 1 (q a+m , q b ; q c ; q, y),
c ; q)
(q,
q
m
m=0
and, by (1.11.9),
2 1 (q
a+m
q (c )
, q ; q ; q, y) =
q (b )q (c b )
b
c
when 0 < Re b < Re c , we nd that

0
(10.4.1)
(qu, uyq a+m ; q) b 1

u
dq u,
(uy, uq c b ; q)
(10.4.2)
(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)
a b

1

(qu, uyq a ; q)
q (c )
q ,q ,0
=
;
q,
x
ub 1 dq u,
3 2
q c , uyq a
q (b )q (c b ) 0 (uy, uq c b ; q)
(10.4.3)
provided 0 < Re b < Re c . By (1.11.7)
1
(vq; q)
(q b ; q)n
q (c)
=
v b+n1
dq v,
(q c ; q)n
q (b)q (c b) 0
(vq cb ; q)
(10.4.4)
when 0 < Re b < Re c. Thus, by combining (10.4.3) and (10.4.4) we obtain

the following integral representation:
(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)
= Bq1 (b, c b)Bq1 (b , c b )
1
0
2 1 (q a , 0; uyq a ; q, xv) dq u dq v,

0
ub 1 v b1
(qu, qv, uyq a ; q)

(uy, uq c b , vq cb ; q)
(10.4.5)
when 0 < Re b < Re c and 0 < Re b < Re c , which is a q-analogue of

F2 (a; b, b ; c, c ; x, y)
= B 1 (b, c b)B 1 (b , c b )
1 1

ub 1 v b1 (1 u)c b 1 (1 v)cb1 (1 uy vx)a du dv,
(10.4.6)
since
lim
q1
2 1 (q
, 0; uyq a ; q, xv) = (1 uy)a (1 uy vx)a ,
Transformation formulas.
tion formulas for F2 note that
2 1 (q
a+m
, q b ; q c ; q, y) =
|xv| < 1.
To derive q-analogues of the transforma-

(yq a+m ; q)
a+m c b c
,q
; q , yq a+m ; q, yq b )
2 2 (q
(y; q)
(10.4.7)
10.4 Formulas for (2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)
287
by (1.5.4), and hence (10.4.1) and (10.4.7) give

(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q c ; q; x, y)

n

(yq a ; q) (q a ; q)m+n (q b ; q)m (q c b ; q)n m
=
x (y)n q nb +( 2 ) ,

a
c
c
(y; q) m=0 n=0 (yq ; q)m+n (q, q ; q)m (q, q ; q)n
(10.4.8)
which is a q-analogue of Erdelyi [1953, Vol. I, 5.11 (7)]. Similarly, we get a
q-analogue of Erdelyi [1953, Vol. I., 5.11 (6)] by interchanging x y, b b ,
c c .
Let c = a. Then
Reduction formulas.
2 1 (q
a+m

(yq b +m ; q)
m ab a
, q ; q ; q, y) =
,q
; q ; q, yq b +m )
2 1 (q
(y; q)
m ab

(yq b +m ; q) (q b ; q)m
q ,q
,y

;
q,
q
,
=
3 2
q 1mb , 0
(y; q) (q a ; q)m
(10.4.9)
b
by (III.2) and (III.7), and hence, with a bit of simplication, we nd that

(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q a ; q; x, y)

(yq b ; q) (q b ; q)m+n (q ab , y; q)m (q b ; q)n m+n mb
=
x
q .
(y; q) m=0 n=0 (q; q)m (q; q)n (q c , yq b ; q)m+n
(10.4.10)
This can be written in the notation of (10.2.10) in the form
(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q c , q a ; q; x, y)

(yq b ; q) 2:2;1 q b , 0 : q ab , y; q b
b

; q; xq , x ,
=
q c , yq b : 0;
(y; q) 2:1;0
(10.4.11)
which is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 9.5(6)].

If we specialize further by setting c = c = a, then we can use the transformation
2 1 (q
a+m
, q b ; q a ; q, y)

(yq b ; q)
m b a
, q ; q , yq b ; q, yq a+m )
=
2 2 (q
(y; q)
(10.4.12)
to get
(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q a , q a ; q; x, y)

n
(yq b ; q) (q b ; q)m m (q m , q b ; q)n
=
x
(y)n q (a+m)n+( 2 )

a
b
(y; q) m=0 (q; q)m
(q, q , yq ; q)n
n=0

(yq b ; q) (q b ; q)m+n (q b ; q)n (xy)n xm n(n1)+an
q
=
(y; q) m=0 n=0 (q, q a , yq b ; q)n (q; q)m
288

(q b+n ; q)m m
(yq b ; q) (q b , q b ; q)n
n n(n1)+an
=
(xy)
q
x

(y; q) n=0 (q, q a , yq b ; q)n
(q; q)m
m=0

(xq b , yq b ; q) (q b , q b ; q)n (xy)n n(n1)+an

q
(x, y; q) n=0 (q, q a , yq b , xq b ; q)n

(xq b , yq b ; q)
qb , qb
a

=
; q, q xy ,
2 3
q a , xq b , yq b
(x, y; q)
(10.4.13)

Finally, let c = b. Then (10.2.6) gives
(2) (q a ; q b , q b ; q b , q c ; q; x, y)

(q a , q b ; q)n (q a+n ; q)m m
=
x
(q, q c ; q)n m=0 (q; q)m
n=0
a b

(xq a ; q)
q ,q ,0

=
; q, y ,
3 2
q c , xq a
(x; q)
(10.4.14)

10.5 Formulas for (3) (q a , q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)

From (10.2.7) it follows that
(3) (q a , q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)

(q a , q b ; q)m m
=
x 2 1 (q a , q b ; q c+m ; q, y).
c ; q)
(q,
q
m
m=0
Using
1
ub+m1
0
(qu; q)
q (b)q (c b) (q b ; q)m (q cb ; q)n
dq u =
,
cb+n
(uq
; q)
q (c)
(q c ; q)m+n
for 0 < Re b < Re c, and

1

(qv; q)
q (b )q (c b b ) (q b ; q)n
v b +n1
d
v
=
,
q
(vq cbb ; q)
q (c b)
(q cb ; q)n
0
(10.5.1)
(10.5.2)
(10.5.3)
provided 0 < Re b < Re (cb), we obtain the following integral representation

(3) (q a , q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)
q (c)
=
q (b)q (b )q (c b b )
a
2 1 (q , uq
Since
cb
1
0
ub1 v b 1
(qu, qv, xuq a ; q)

(uq cb , vq cbb , xu; q)
; 0; q, vy) dq u dq v.
(10.5.4)
lim 2 1 (q a , uq cb ; 0; q, vy) = (1 vy(1 u))a ,
q1
(10.5.4) is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 9.3(3)].
(10.5.5)
10.5 Formulas for (3) (q a , q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)

289
The function (3) (q a , q a ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y) does not seem to have any useful transformation formulas, just as F3 (a, a ; b, b ; c; x, y) does not, as was noted
by Bailey [1935, 9.3].
Reduction formulas. Suppose a + a = c. Then
(3) (q a , q ca ; q b , q b ; q c ; q; x, y)

(q a , q b ; q)m m
x 2 1 (q ca , q b ; q c+m ; y)
=
c
(q, q ; q)m
m=0
=

n
(yq b ; q) (q a ; q)m+n (q b ; q)m (q b ; q)n m
x (y)n q n(ca)+( 2 ) ,

c
b
(y; q) m=0 n=0 (q ; q)m+n (q; q)m (q, yq ; q)n
(10.5.6)
by (1.5.4), which is a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 9.5(4)]

F1 (a; b, b , c; x, y) = (1 y)b F3 a, c a; b, b ; c; x,
y
.
y1
(10.5.7)
When a + a = b + b = c, the right hand side of (10.5.6) can be reduced to two

4 3 series in the following way.
Using

(t; q)m m
(xt; q)
x =
,
(q; q)m
(x; q)
m=0

(tq cab ; q)n n
(ytq cab ; q)
y =
,
(q; q)n
(y; q)
n=0
and, by Ex. 5.14,

qb
(tq 1a , tq 1b ; q)
(t; q)m (tq cab ; q)n dq t
(t, tq cab ; q)
qa
=
q b (1 q)(q, q ab , q 1+ba , q c ; q) (q a , q b ; q)m (q ca , q cb ; q)n

,
(q a , q b , q ca , q cb ; q)
(q c ; q)m+n
it follows that
(3) (q a , q ca ; q b , q cb ; q c ; q; x, y)
q b (q a , q b , q ca , q cb ; q)
=
(1 q)(q, q ab , q 1+ba , q c ; q) (x, y; q)
qb
(tq 1a , tq 1b , xt, ytq cab ; q)
dq t
(t, tq cab ; q)
qa

q (c)q (a b) (xq b , yq ca ; q)
q b , q ca , 0, 0
; q, q
=
4 3
q 1+ba , xq b , yq ca
q (a)q (c b)
(x, y; q)

q (c)q (b a) (xq a , yq cb ; q)
q a , q cb , 0, 0
; q, q .
+
4 3
q 1+ab , xq a , yq cb
q (b)q (c a)
(x, y; q)
(10.5.8)
The limit of the right side of (10.5.8) as q 1 is

(c)(b a)

1
(1 x)a (1 y)bc
2 F1 a, c b; 1 + a b;
(b)(c a)
(1 x)(1 y)
290
+

(c)(a b)
1
ab
((1 x)(1 y))
F
b;
c
a;
1
+
b
a;
2 1
(a)(c a)
(1 x)(1 y)
= (1 y)a+bc 2 F1 (a, b; c; x + y xy),
(10.5.9)
by Bailey [1935, 1.4(1)]. So we can regard (10.5.8) as a q-analogue of the

formula
F3 (a, c a; b, c b; c; x, y) = (1 y)a+bc 2 F1 (a, b; c; x + y xy),
(10.5.10)
Bailey [1935, 9.5(5)].

If instead of starting with (3) (q a , q ca ; q b , q cb ; q c ; q; x, y) we started with
(1) a b cb c
(q ; q , q ; q ; q; x, y) we would obtain a dierent q-analogue of (10.5.10).
For,
(1) (q a ; q b , q cb ; q c ; q; x, y)

(q a ; q)m+n (q b ; q)m (q cb ; q)n m n
=
x y
(q c ; q)m+n (q; q)m (q; q)n
m=0 n=0
=

(q q , q b ; q)m m
x 2 1 (q a+m , q cb ; q c+m ; q, y)
c ; q)
(q,
q
m
m=0

n
(yq cb ; q) (q a , q b ; q)m (q ca , q cb ; q)n
xm (y)n q ( 2 )+(a+m)n
c
cb
(y; q) m=0 n=0 (q ; q)m+n (q; q)m (q, yq ; q)n
(10.5.11)
by (1.5.4), and
(1) (q a ; q b , q cb ; q c ; q; x, y)
ca

(q a , xq b , yq cb ; q)
, x, y
q
a
;
q,
q
=
3 2
xq b , yq cb
(q c , x, y; q)

(xq a+bc , yq cb ; q)
q ca , q cb , yq cb /x
a+bc
=
; q, xq
, (10.5.12)
3 2
q c , yq cb
(x, y; q)
by (10.3.4) and (3.2.7), and hence

n
(q a , q b ; q)m (q ca , q cb ; q)n
xm (y)n q ( 2 )+(a+m)n
c
cb
(q ; q)m+n (q; q)m (q, yq ; q)n
m=0 n=0
ca cb

(xq a+bc ; q)
q
, q , yq cb /x
a+bc
.
(10.5.13)
=
;
q,
xq
3 2
q c , yq cb
(x; q)
If we take the limit q 1 of (10.5.13) and replace y by y/(y 1) we obtain

(10.5.10). This is an example of a situation where one gets dierent q-analogues
by starting with opposite sides of the same formula.
10.6 Formulas for a q-analogue of F4

Appells F4 function is probably the most important of the four Appell functions because of its applications in the theory of classical orthogonal polyno-
291
mials. It has the integral representation

F4 (a, b; c, c ; x(1 y), y(1 x))
1 1

(c)(c )
ua1 v b1 (1 u)ca1 (1 v)c b1
=
(a)(b)(c a)(c b) 0 0
(1 ux)1+acc (1 vy)1+bcc (1 ux vy)c+c ab1 du dv,

(10.6.1)
which was derived by Burchnall and Chaundy [1940] from their expansion
F4 (a, b; c, c ; x(1 y), y(1 x))

(a)r (b)r (1 + a + b c c )r r r
=
x y 2 F1 (a + r, b + r; c + r; x)
r!(c)r (c )r
r=0
2 F1 (a + r, b + r; c + r; y).
(10.6.2)
Jacksons (4) , given by (10.2.8), does not seem to be useful in any applications
that we have come across, and it does not have any formulas with its arguments
x and y replaced by x(1 y) and y(1 x), respectively, so our approach will
be to transform (10.6.1) and (10.6.2) into forms that we can nd q-analogues
of. First observe that, since

x
ar
,
2 F1 a + r, c b; c + r;
2 F1 (a + r, b + r; c + r; x) = (1 x)
x1

y

br

2 F1 b + r, c a; c + r;
2 F1 (a + r, b + r; c + r; y) = (1 y)
y1
by (1.5.5), the expansion formula (10.6.2) transforms to
F4 (a, b; c, c ; x(1 y), y(1 x))

(a)r (b)r (1 + a + b c c )r x r y r
= (1 x)a (1 y)b
r!(c)r (c )r
x1
y1
r=0

x
y

. (10.6.3)
2 F1 a + r, c b; c + r;
2 F1 b + r, c a; c + r;
x1
y1
Replacing x and y by x/(x 1) and y/(y 1), respectively, (10.6.3) becomes

y
x
,
F4 a, b; c, c ;
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)

(a)r (b)r (1 + a + b c c )r
= (1 x)a (1 y)b
(xy)r
)
r!(c)
(c
r
r
r=0
2 F1 (a + r, c b; c + r; x) 2 F1 (b + r, c a; c + r ; y).
(10.6.4)
Analogously, the integral representation (10.6.1) transforms to

y
x
(1 x)a (1 y)b F4 a, b; c, c ;
,
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)

(c)(c )
=
(a)(b)(c a)(c a)
292

ua1 v b1 (1 u)ca1 (1 v)c b1 (1 ux)bc (1 vy)ac
0
(1 uvxy)c+c ab1 du dv,
(10.6.5)
where 0 < Re a < Re c and 0 < Re b < Re c . Let

(a, b, abq/cc ; q)r cc xy r
M (x, y) = M (x, y; a, b, c, c ; q) =
(q, c, c ; q)r
abq
r=0
2 1 (aq r , c/b; cq r ; q, x) 2 1 (bq r , c /a; c q r ; q, y),
(10.6.6)
which, via (10.6.4), is a q-analogue of the left side of (10.6.5) on replacing a,

b, c, c by q a , q b , q c , q c , respectively. Since
2 1 (q
a+r
(q c ; q)r
q (c)
q (a)q (c a) (q a ; q)r
1
(qu, xuq cb ; q)
ua+r1
dq u,
(xu, uq ca ; q)
0
, q cb ; q c+r ; q, x) =
(10.6.7)
if 0 < Re a < Re c, and

2 1 (q
b+r
(q c ; q)r
q (c )
q (b)q (c b) (q b ; q)r
1
c a
; q)
b+r1 (qv, yvq
v
dq v, (10.6.8)
c b ; q)
(yv,
vq
, q c a ; q c +r ; q, y) =
if 0 < Re b < Re c , we have the integral representation

1 1
q (c)q (c )
ua1 v b1
M (x, y) =
q (a)q (b)q (c a)c (c b) 0 0
(qu, qv, xuq cb , yvq c a , xyuv; q)

dq u dq v,
(xu, yv, uq ca , vq c b , xyuvq c+c ab1 ; q)
(10.6.9)
which is an exact analogue of (10.6.5). However, (10.6.9) is, by the denition

of q-integrals, the same as the double sum
M (x, y) =
(q a , q b , xq cb , yq c a , xy; q)
(q c , q c , x, y, xyq c+c ab1 ; q)

(xyq c+c ab1 ; q)m+n (x, q ca ; q)m (y, q c b ; q)n am+bn
q

(xy; q)m+n (q, xq cb ; q)m (q, yq c a ; q)n
m=0 n=0
(q a , q b , xq cb , yq c a , xy; q)
(q c , q c , x, y, xyq c+c ab1 ; q)

xyq c+c ab1 : x, q ca
1:2;2
1:1;1
xy
: xq cb

; y, q c b
a b

,
;
q;
q
,
q
; yq c a
(10.6.10)
by (10.2.10). This double series looks more like the series in (10.2.5) for (1)
than the series (10.2.8) for (4) . Note that the term-by-term q 1 limit can
293
be taken on the expression on the right side of (10.6.9) but not on its double
sum in (10.6.10). However, it is in the form given by (10.6.6) that the function
M (x, y) seems to be most useful. First of all, when cc = abq the series in
(10.6.6) becomes a product

2 1 (a, c/b; c; q, x) 2 1 (b, c /a; c ; q, y)
which corresponds to a q-analogue of the right hand side of the product formula
F4 (a, b; c, a + b + 1 c; x(1 y), y(1 x))
=
2 F1 (a, b; c; x) 2 F1 (a, b; a
+ b + 1 c; y)
(10.6.11)
in Bailey [1935, 9.6(1)].

We shall now manipulate the series in (10.6.5) in order to obtain an expression that closely resembles the F4 function. First, it follows by combining
the terms in the obvious manner, that
M (x, y) =

(a, c/b; q)m (b, c /a; q)n m n
x y
(q, c; q)m (q, c ; q)n
m=0 n=0

m n
q , q , abq/cc
3 2
; q, q .
bq 1m /c, aq 1n /c
(10.6.12)
Since the 3 2 series above is balanced it can be summed by (1.7.2). A bit of

simplication then leads to
M (x, y) =

(a, cq n /b; q)m (b, c q m /a; q)n m n mn
x y q ,
(q, c; q)m (q, c ; q)n
m=0 n=0
(10.6.13)
which has a straightforward q 1 limit, but is not very useful because of the
dependence of the terms (cq n /b; q)m and (c q m /a; q)n on m and n. However,
since
(cq n /b; q)m
= 2 1 (q m , bq n ; c; q, cq mn /b)
(c; q)m
and
(c q m /a; q)n

=
(c ; q)n
2 1 (q
, aq m ; c ; q, c q nm /a),
by (1.5.2), we have
M (x, y) =

m
n

m=0 n=0 r=0 s=0
(a; q)m+s (b; q)n+r xm y n

(q; q)mr (q; q)ns (q, c; q)r (q, c ; q)s
r
(1)r+s (c/b)r (c /a)s q mnmsnr+(2)+( 2 )

cx r c y s

(a, b; q)r+s
=

(q, c; q)r (q, c ; q)s
b
a
r=0 s=0
r
q (2)+(2)rs r+s ,
(10.6.14)
294
where

(aq r ; q)m (bq r ; q)n m n mn
r =
x y q
(q; q)m (q; q)n
m=0 n=0
(byq r ; q)
r
r
2 1 (aq , y; byq ; q, x)
(y; q)
(axq r , byq r ; q)
r
r
r
r
=
2 2 (aq , bq ; axq , byq ; q, xy).
(x, y; q)
=
(10.6.15)
Since (xq a+r+s , yq b+r+s ; q) /(x, y; q) is simply a q-analogue of the product

(1x)ars (1y)brs and the above 2 2 series approaches 1 when q 1 ,
in view of (10.6.6), we may introduce the following function

(q a , q b ; q)r+s (xq cb )r (yq c a )s (r)+(s)rs
q 2 2
(q, q c ; q)r (q, q c ; q)s (q a x, q b y; q)r+s
r=0 s=0
2 2 (q a+r+s , q b+r+s ; xq a+r+s , yq b+r+s ; q, xy)
as an appropriate q-analogue of

(1 x)a (1 y)b F4 a, b; c, c ;

y
x
,
.
(1 x)(1 y)
(1 x)(1 y)
10.7 An Askey-Wilson-type integral representation

for a q-analogue of F1
The q-integral representation for (1) (; , ; ; q; x, y) given in (10.3.2) (with

= q a , = q b , = q b , = q c ) is related to the q-linear lattice with respect
to which the q-derivative Dq is as dened in Ex. 1.12. There is, however,
a second integral representation of an analogue of F1 that is related to the
q-quadratic lattice x = 12 (ei + ei ), with respect to which the q-derivative
Dq is the Askey-Wilson derivative dened in 7.7. To make the connection
explicit let us rst rewrite (10.3.3) in the form

1
1
()21
(1 cos ) 2 (1 + cos ) 2
F1 (; , ; ; x, y) =
()( ) 0

y y
x x
1 + cos
1 + cos
d,
2
2
2 2
(10.7.1)
provided 0 < Re < Re . This suggests the following integral representation
1 (; , ; ; q; x, y)

1
1
=
(ei , ei ; q 2 ) 2 14 (ei , ei ; q 2 ) 1
2
(e , e
i
; q) (e , e
; q) d,
(10.7.2)
where is a normalizing constant, and , are related to x and y by

4
4
, y=
.
(10.7.3)
x=
(1 )2
(1 )2
10.7 Askey-Wilson-type integral representation
295
A more general form of the integral in (10.7.2), namely,

S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )

1
1
h(cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , , )
=
d
h(cos ; a, b, c, d, f, g)
0
(10.7.4)
was evaluated in Nassrallah and Rahman [1986]. It was found that

S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )
(q/abcd, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a, /a, a, /a; q)
= (a, b, c, d)
(qa2 , q/bc, q/bd, q/cd, af, f /a, ag, g/a; q)
10 W9 (a2 ; ab, ac, ad, af, ag, aq/, aq/; q, q/abcdf g)
+ idem (a; f, g),
(10.7.5)
with |q/abcdf g| < 1. The proof in Nassrallah and Rahman [1986] is long
and tedious. We will give a shorter proof here. By (2.11.7) and (2.10.1)
h(z; , )
(a, /a, a, /a; q)
=
h(z; f, aq)
(qa2 , f a, f /a, q; q)
8 W7 (a2 ; af, aq/, aq/, aei , aei ; q, /af )
h(z; a, f q) (f, /f, f, /f ; q)
+
h(z; f, aq) (qf 2 , af, a/f, q; q)
8 W7 (f 2 ; af, f q/, f q/, f ei , f ei ; q, /af ), (10.7.6)
where z = cos . Substituting (10.7.6) into (10.7.4) gives
S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )
=
(a, /a, a, /a; q) 1 a2 q 2n (a2 , af, aq/, aq/; q)n n

(qa2 , f a, f /a, q; q) n=0 1 a2
(q, aq/f, a, a; q)n
af

1
1
h(cos ; 1, 1, q 2 , q 2 , aq n+1 )
d
h(cos ; b, c, d, g, aq n )
0
+ idem (a; f ).
(10.7.7)
By (6.3.7) the integral displayed in (10.7.7) equals

2(a2 q 2n+1 , abcdq n , acdgq n , abdgq n , abcgq n ; q)
(bc, bd, bg, cd, cg, dg, abq n , acq n , adq n , agq n , a2 bcdgq 2n ; q)
8 W7 (a2 bcdgq 2n1 ; abq n , acq n , adq n , agq n , bcdgq 1 ; q, q)
2(abcd, q/abcd, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q)
=
(ab, ac, ad, bc, bd, cd, ag, g/a, q/bc, q/bd, q/cd; q)
q n
(ab, ac, ad, ag; q)n
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/g; q)n bcdg

2q
2(bcdg/q, q 2 /bcdg, gq/b, gq/c, gq/d; q)

bcdg (q, bc, bd, cd, bg, cg, dg, qg 2 ; q) (1 agq n ) 1 aqn
8 W7 (g ; bg, cg, dg, agq , gq

2
/a; q, q/bcdg),
(10.7.8)
296
by (2.11.7) and (2.10.1). So we get

S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )
(q/abcd, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a, /a, a, /a; q)
= (a, b, c, d)
(q/bc, q/bd, q/cd, af, f /a, ga, g/a, qa2 ; q)

q
10 W9 a2 ; ab, ac, ad, af, ag, aq/, aq/; q,
abcdf g
+ idem (a; f )
2q (bcdg/q, q 2 /bcdg, gq/b, gq/c, gq/d; q)
bcdg
(q, bc, bd, cd, bg, cg, dg, qg 2 ; q)
gq
q m

(g 2 , bg, cg, dg, ag, f
; q)m
1 g 2 q 2m
1 g 2 (q, gq/b, gq/c, gq/d, gq/a, g

abcdf g
f ; q)m
m=0
(a, /a, a, /a, g ,
f
f g ; q)
af , a f ; q)
(f a, f /a, ag, a/g,

a
8 W7
; /f, /f, /q, agq m , aq m /g; q, q + idem (a; f ) .
qf
(10.7.9)
Using (2.11.7) to evaluate the expression in { } above and simplifying, we
obtain (10.7.5), which can be regarded as an extension of (10.3.4) of AskeyWilson type.
In the special case = abcdf g the integral in (10.7.4) was evaluated
1
1
1
in (6.4.11). If we replace a, b, c, d, f, g by q 2 4 , q 2 + 4 , q 2 4 , q 2 + 4 ,
and q , respectively, then this condition amounts to = + ,

q
and therefore this case corresponds to (10.3.12) and (10.3.13). Note also that

if = g or = f , which would imply = q or = q , then the
integral in (10.7.4) becomes an 8 7 series (see 6.3) and hence an analogue of
the Gaussian series 2 F1 . This, then, corresponds to (10.3.5) and (10.3.6).
It can be shown that 1 (; , ; ; x, y) has a q-Appell type double series
representation that corresponds to (10.2.5), see Ex. 10.16 for more on the
general function S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , ).
Exercises
10.1 Show that
(b , bx, b y/x; q)
,
(bb , x, y; q)
(i)
(1) (b /x; b, b ; bb ; q; x, y) =
(ii)
(1) (q/y; b, qx/y 2 ; qbx/y; q; x, y)

(q, bx; q) (xq 2 /y 2 , x2 q 2 /y 2 ; q 2 )
.
=
(x, y, qx/y, qbx/y; q) (x; q 2 )
(Andrews [1972])
Exercises
297
10.2 Derive the transformation formulas

(i)
(2) (a; b, b ; c, c ; q; x, y)

(c/b, x; q)m (a, b ; q)n
(b, ax; q)
bm y n ,
=
(c, x; q) m=0 n=0 (ax; q)m+n (q; q)m (q, c ; q)n
(ii)
(3) (a, a ; b, b ; c; q; x, y)

(a, bx; q) (c/a; q)m+n (x; q)m (a , b ; q)n m n
=
a y ,
(c, x; q) m=0 n=0
(q, bx; q)m (q, c/a; q)n
and their special cases

(iii)
(2) (a; b, b ; c, a; q; x, y)
(b, ax; q) (3)
=
(c/b, 0; x, b ; ax; q; b, y),
(c, x; q)
(iv)
(3) (a, a ; b, b ; aa ; q; x, y)

(a, bx; q) (2)
=
(a ; x, b ; bx, 0; q; a, y).
(aa , x; q)
(Andrews [1972])
10.3 Prove that
(1)
(a; b, b; c; q; x, x) = 3 2

a, aq, b2 2 2
;q ,x .
c, cq
Deduce the quadratic transformation formula

(c; q) (x2 ; q 2 )
c/a, x, x
a, aq, b2 2 2
; q, a =
;q ,x .
3 2
3 2
bx, bx
c, cq
(a; q) (b2 x2 ; q 2 )
10.4 Show that
1
(1) (bq 2 ; b, b; b2 ; q; x, y)
1
1
1
1
(xq 2 ; q)
2 1 ((by/x) 2 , (by/x) 2 ; b; q 2 , x).
(y; q)
Hence, prove the quadratic transformation formula

1
1
x, y, bq 2
2
; q, bq
3 2
bx, by
=
(x, y, b2 ; q)
1
2
(bx, by, bq ; q)
2 1 ((by/x) 2 , (by/x) 2 ; b; q 2 , x).
10.5 Derive the quadratic transformation formula

(1) (a; b, b; c; x, y)
1

(a, b2 , xq 2 /y; q)n n
=
y
1
(q, c, bq 2 ; q)n
n=0
n/2

1
1
1
1
q
, q n/2 , (by/x) 2 , (by/x) 2
2
2
.
4 3
;
q
,
q
1
1
b, q 1/4n/2 (y/x) 2 , q 1/4n/2 (y/x) 2
298
10.6 Prove that

(2) (a; b, b ; c, c ; q; x, y)

m
n
(a; q)m+n (c/b; q)m (c /b ; q)n
=
(bx)m (b y)n q ( 2 )+( 2 )

(ax; q)m+n (q, c; q)m (q, c ; q)n
m=0 n=0
(ax; q)
m+n
, 0; axq m+n ; q, y).
2 1 (aq
(x; q)
Note that this gives a q-analogue of Bailey [1935, 9.4(8)].

10.7 Show that a general 3 2 series with an arbitrary argument is a multiple
of Jacksons (1) series, in particular,

(ax, b, c; q) (1)
a, b, c
;
q,
x
=
(x; d/b, e/c; ax; q; b, c).

3 2
d, e
(x, d, e; q)
10.8 Show that

(a, b; q)m+n (xc/b)m (yb/a)n (m)+(n)mn
2
q 2
(q,
c;
q)
(q,
b;
q)
(ax,
by;
q)
m
n
m+n
m=0 n=0
2 2 (aq m+n , bq m+n , axq m+n , byq m+n ; q, xy)

(x, yb/a; q) (1)
=
(a; aq/c, c/b; c; q; cxy/aq, x),
(ax, by; q)
and that this is a q-analogue of Baileys [1935, Ex. 20(ii), p. 102] reduction
formula

y
x
F4 a, b; c, b;
,
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)
a
= (1 x) (1 y)a F1 (a; 1 + a c, c b; c; xy, x).
10.9 Show that

(a, b; q)m+n (xa/b)m (yb/a)n (m)+(n)mn
2
q 2
(q,
a;
q)
(q,
b;
q)
(ax,
by;
q)
m
n
m+n
m=0 n=0
2 2 (aq m+n , bq m+n ; axq m+n , byq m+n ; q, xy)

=
(by/a, ax/b; q)
,
(by, ax; q) (1 xy/q)
|xy| < q,
and that this is a q-analogue of Baileys [1935, Ex. 20(iii), p. 102] formula

y
x
,
F4 a, b; a, b;
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)
= (1 xy)1 (1 x)b (1 y)a .
10.10 Prove that

(a, b; q)m+n (aqx/b2 )m (yb/a)n (m)+(n)mn
2
q 2
(q, aq/b; q)m (q, b; q)n (ax, by; q)m+n
m=0 n=0

(by/a; q)
a, b, aq/by
;
q,
xy/b
=
3 2
ax, aq/b
(by; q)
Exercises
299
and that this is a q-analogue of Baileys [1935, Ex. 20(v), p. 102] reduction
formula

y
x
,
F4 a, b; 1 + a b, b;
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)

x(1 y)
= (1 y)a 2 F1 a, b; 1 + a b;
.
1x
10.11 Using (10.6.15) prove that

m
n
(a, b; q)m+n (cx/b)m (qy/c)n
q ( 2 )+( 2 )mn
(q, c; q)m (q, aq/c; q)n (ax, by; q)m+n
m=0 n=0

1

(a; q)m+n (b; q)m (b; q)n
cx m yq 2 n (mn)2 /2
1
q
,
=
(q, c, ax; q)m (q, aq/c, by; q)n
c
bq 2
m=0 n=0
where |cx/b| < 1 and |y/c| < 1. This is a q-analogue of Baileys [1935,
Ex. 20(i), p. 102] reduction formula

y
x
,
F4 a, b; c, 1 + a c;
(1 x)(1 y) (1 x)(1 y)

y
x
= F2 a; b, b; c, 1 + a c;
,
.
x1 y1
10.12 Show that if f (x, y) = (1) (a; b, b ; c; q; x, y), then
(i)
(ii)
(abx c/q)f (q 2 x, qy) + (1 bx)f (qx, y)

+ (c/q a)f (qx, qy) + (x 1)f (x, y) = 0,
(aby c/q)f (qx, q 2 y) + (1 b y)f (x, qy)
+ (c/q a)f (qx, qy) + (y 1)f (x, y) = 0.
10.13 Show that if f (x, y) = (2) (a; b, b ; c, c ; q; x, y) then

c
ab xf (q 2 x, qy) f (q 2 x, y) axf (qx, qy)
q

c
+ 1 + b x f (qx, y) + (x 1)f (x, y) = 0.
q
10.14 Show that if f (x, y) = (3) (a, a ; b, b ; c; q; x, y) then
c
c
abxf (q 2 x, y) f (q 2 x, qy) + f (qx, qy)
q
q
+ (1 ax bx)f (qx, y) + (x 1)f (x, y) = 0.
10.15 Show that if f (x, y) = (4) (a, b; c, c ; q; x, y) then
abxf (q 2 x, q 2 y) cf (q 2 x, y) (a + b)xf (qx, qy)
+ (1 + c)f (qx, y) + (x 1)f (x, y) = 0.
300
10.16 Using (6.3.3) twice show that

S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )
=
2(/a, /f, /b, /g; q)

ab(1 q)2 (q, q, q, cd, f /a, aq/f, g/b, qb/g, af, bg; q)

a
(qu/a, qu/f, u; q) b (qv/b, qv/g, v, cduv; q)
dq u dq v,
(cu, du, u/af ; q) g (cv, dv, uv, v/bg; q)
f
2(abcd, /a, a, /b, b; q)
(q, ab, ac, ad, bc, bd, cd, f /a, f a, g/b, gb; q)

(ab; q)m+n (ac, ad, /f ; q)m (bc, bd, /g; q)n m+n
q
(abcd; q)m+n (q, aq/f, a; q)m (q, qb/g, b; q)n
m=0 n=0
+ idem (a; f )
+
2(acdg, /a, a, /g, g; q)

(q, ac, ag, ad, cg, dg, cd, f /a, af, b/g, bg; q)

(ag; q)m+n (ac, ad, /f ; q)m (cg, dg, /b; q)n
(acdg; q)m+n (q, aq/f, a; q)m (q, gq/b, g; q)n
m=0 n=0
q m+n
+ idem (a; f ).
10.17 Extend (10.3.4) to
D (a; b1 , . . . , br ; c; q; x1 , . . . , xr )
r

(a; q)n1 ++nr (bk ; q)nk nk
=
x
(c; q)n1 ++nr
(q; q)nk k
n1 ,...,nr =0
k=1

(a, b1 x1 , . . . , br xr ; q)
c/a, x1 , . . . , xr
=
;
q,
a
,
r+1 r
b1 x1 , . . . , br xr
(c, x1 , . . . , xr ; q)
where D is a q-Lauricella function.
(Andrews [1972])
10.18 Prove that
q n : a/c, c/d, c/e ; c/a, b/d, b/e

; q; q, q
bc/de : a, q 1n /b ; b, q 1n /a
(c, ab/c; q)n
=
,
(a, b; q)n
1:3;3
1:2;2
where n = 0, 1, . . . . Deduce the summation formula

(a/c, c/d, c/e; q)j (c/a, b/d, b/e; q)k
j=0 k=0
(bc/de; q)j+k (q, a; q)j (q, b; q)k
(c, ab/c; q)
.
(a, b; q)
(Gasper [2000])
bj ak q jk
Notes
10.19 Show that

j,k,m0
301
(; q)j (; q)k (q/; q)m (; q)j+km j k m

x y z
(q; q)j (q; q)k (q; q)m (; q)j+km
(x, qz/, y, y, xz/, yz; q)

(x, z/, y, y, xz, yz; q)
8 W7 (yq 1 ; , , y/, /z, y/x; q, xz/).
(Krattenthaler and Rosengren [2003])

10.20 Extend (1.9.6) to

(b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr ; q)n+m (a, b; q)n (c, d; q)m
(b1 , . . . , br ; q)m+n (q, bq; q)n (q, dq; q)m
n=0 m=0
(a1 q 1M )n (c1 q 1M )m
=
(q, q, bq/a, dq/c; q) (b1 /db; q)m1 (br /bd; q)mr (bd)M
,
(bq, dq, q/a, q/c; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
where m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers, M = m1 + + mr , and

|q 1M | < min(|a|, |c|).
(Denis [1988])
Notes
10.2 B. Srivastava [1995] introduced some elementary bibasic extensions of
(10.2.5)(10.2.8). For a quantum algebra approach to multivariable series, see
Floreanini, Lapointe and Vinet [1994]. Sahai [1999] considered the q-Appell
functions from the point of view of universal enveloping algebra of s (2). See
also Jain [1980a,b] and, for connections of Appell functions with BCn root
systems, Beerends [1992].
10.310.6 Agarwal [1974] evaluated some q-integrals of the double series in (10.2.5)(10.2.8). Also see Nassrallah [1990, 1991].
Exercises 10.110.2 Upadhyay [1973] gave some transformation and summation formulas for q-Jackson type double series.
Ex. 10.3 This is a q-analogue of a quadratic transformation formula for
F1 (a; b, b; c; x, x) obtained by Ismail and Pitman [2000].
Exercises 10.1210.15 Agarwal [1954] gave some 3-term contiguous relations satised by (1) , . . . , (4) , including formulas connecting them with the
q-derivatives.
Ex. 10.17 For an application of the q-Lauricella series, see Bressoud [1978].
Ex. 10.18 See Van der Jeugt, Pitre and Srinivasa Rao [1994] for more
summation formulas of this type. For similar results when q 1, see Pitre
and Van der Jeugt [1996].
11
ELLIPTIC, MODULAR, AND THETA HYPERGEOMETRIC SERIES
11.1 Introduction

Since the series
un is called a hypergeometric series if g(n) = un+1 /un is a
rational function of n, and a q-(basic) hypergeometric series if g(n) is a rational
function of q n , it is natural to call this series an elliptic hypergeometric series if
g(n) is an elliptic (doubly periodic meromorphic) function of n with n considered as a complex variable. One motivation for considering these three classes
of series is Weierstrasss theorem that a meromorphic function f (z) which satises an algebraic addition theorem of the form
P (f (u), f (v), f (u + v)) = 0
identically in u and v, where P (x, y, z) is a nonzero polynomial whose coecients are independent of u and v, is either a rational function of z, a
rational function of ez for some , or an elliptic function (see, e.g., Erdelyi
[1953, 13.11], Rosengren [2001a, 2003c], and, for a proof, Phragmen [1885]).
Elliptic analogues of very-well-poised basic hypergeometric series were introduced rather recently by Frenkel and Turaev [1997] in their work on elliptic
6j-symbols, which are elliptic solutions of the Yang-Baxter equation found by
Baxter [1973], [1982] and Date et al. [19861988]. Frenkel and Turaev showed
that the elliptic 6j-symbols are multiples of the very-well-poised 12 v11 elliptic
(modular) hypergeometric series dened in 11.3 (recall from 7.2 that the ordinary q-analogues of Racahs 6j-symbols are multiples of balanced 4 3 series,
which are transformable to 8 7 series) and then used the tetrahedral symmetry
of the elliptic 6j-symbols and the nite dimensionality of cusp forms to derive
elliptic analogues of Baileys transformation formula (2.9.1) for terminating
10 9 series and of Jacksons 8 7 summation formula (2.6.2). This quickly led
to a urry of activity on elliptic hypergeometric series, resulting in several related papers (listed in alphabetical order) by van Diejen and Spiridonov [2000
2003], Gasper and Schlosser [2003], Kajihara and Noumi [2003], Kajiwara,
Masuda, Noumi, Ohta and Yamada [2003], Koelink, van Norden and Rosengren [2003], Rosengren [2001a2003f], Rosengren and Schlosser [2003a,b], Spiridonov [20002003c], Spiridonov and Zhedanov [2000a2003], Warnaar [2002b
2003e], and others. In particular, general elliptic hypergeometric series and
their extensions to theta hypergeometric series were introduced and studied by
Spiridonov [2002a2003a], who also considered theta hypergeometric integrals
in Spiridonov [2003b]. Transformations of elliptic hypergeometric integrals are
considered in Rains [2003b].
We start in 11.2 with the elliptic shifted factorials, Spiridonovs [2002a]
multiplicative r+1 Er theta hypergeometric series notation and its very-well302
303
poised r+1 Vr special case, and then point out some of their main properties.
The additive forms of these series r+1 er and r+1 vr are presented in 11.3,
along with their modular properties, and the Frenkel and Turaev summation
and transformation formulas. In 11.4 we present a simpler derivation of the
elliptic analogue of Jacksons 8 7 summation formula via mathematical induction, which is a modication of proofs that were kindly communicated to the
authors by Rosengren (in a June 13, 2002, e-mail message), Spiridonov (in a
Nov. 22, 2002, e-mail message) and Warnaar (see 6 in his [2002b] paper).
Central to this method of proof and, in fact, to all of the formulas in this
chapter is the theta function identity given in Ex. 2.16(i) which is simply the
elliptic analogue of the trivial identity
(1 x)(1 x/)(1 )(1 /) (1 x)(1 x/)(1 )(1 /)
(11.1.1)
= (1 x)(1 x/)(1 )(1 /).
The elliptic analogue of Baileys 10 9 transformation formula is derived in

11.5, along with some other transformation formulas. Theta hypergeometric
extensions of some of the summation and transformation formulas in sections
3.63.8 are derived in 11.6. Some multidimensional elliptic hypergeometric
series are considered in 11.7, where we present Rosengrens [2003c] elliptic
extension of Milnes [1985a] fundamental theorem and related formulas. Many
additional formulas involving theta hypergeometric series and elliptic integrals
are presented in the exercises at the end of the chapter.

Dene a modied Jacobi theta function by
(x; p) = (x, p/x; p) ,
(x1 , . . . , xm ; p) =
m
(xk ; p),
(11.2.1)
k=1
where x, x1 , . . . , xm = 0 and |p| < 1. Since (x; p) = (x; p) (p/x; p) is the

product of two innite p-shifted factorials, analogous to the name of the triple
product identity (1.6.1), we will call (x; p) the double product theta function
(with argument x and nome p). From (1.6.9) and (1.6.14) it follows that
1 (x, ei ) = ieix ei /4 (p; p) (e2ix ; p)
(11.2.2)
and
[a; , ] =
(q a ; p) (1a)/2
q
(q; p)
(11.2.3)
with
q = e2i ,
p = e2i ,
(11.2.4)
where a, , are complex numbers such that Im ( ) > 0 and = m + n for

integer values of m and n. We set q a = e2ia and pa = e2i a . Following
304
Elliptic, modular and theta hypergeometric series
Warnaar [2002b], we dene an elliptic (or theta) shifted factorial analogue of

the q-shifted factorial by
n1
k=0 (aq k ; p),
n = 1, 2, . . . ,
(11.2.5)
(a; q, p)n = 1,
n = 0,
n1
1/ k=0 (aq n+k ; p), n = 1, 2, . . . ,
and let
(a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q, p)n =
m
(ak ; q, p)n ,
(11.2.6)
k=1
where a, a1 , . . . , am = 0. Analogous to the name q-shifted factorial for (a; q)n ,

we also call (a; q, p)n the q, p -shifted factorial in order to distinguish it from
the , -shifted factorial dened in the next section. Notice that (x; 0) = 1 x
and thus (a; q, 0)n = (a; q)n . Since q is called the base in (a; q)n and p is called
the nome in (a; p), we call q and p in (a; q, p)n the base and nome, respectively.
Similarly, in order to distinguish the modular parameters and , we call
the base modular parameter and the nome modular parameter. For the sake
of simplicity, we decided not to use Spiridonovs [2002a,b] notation (a; p; q)n
for the elliptic shifted factorial.
Corresponding to Spiridonov [2002a], we formally dene an r+1 Er theta
hypergeometric series with base q and nome p by
r+1 Er (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z)

(a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p)n n
n=0
(q, b1 , . . . , br ; q, p)n
z ,
(11.2.7)
where, as elsewhere, it is assumed that the parameters are such that each term
in the series is well-dened; in particular, the as and bs are never zero. Unless stated otherwise, we assume that q and p are independent of each other,
but we do not assume that the above series converges or that the numerator
parameters a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 , denominator parameters b1 , . . . , br , and the argument z in it are independent of each other or of q and p. Note that if aj pk is
a nonpositive integer power of q for some integer k and a j {1, 2, . . . , r + 1},
then the series in (11.2.7) terminates. Clearly, if z and the as and bs are
independent of p, then
lim r+1 Er (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z)
p0
=
=
r+1 Er (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, 0; z)

r+1 r (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, z),
(11.2.8)
where the limit of the series is a termwise limit.

As is customary, the notation r+1 Er (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z) is
also used to denote the sum of the series in (11.2.7) inside the circle of convergence and its analytic continuation (called a theta hypergeometric function)
outside the circle of convergence. Unlike nonterminating r+1 Fr series and nonterminating r+1 r series with 0 < |q| < 1, which have radius of convergence
R = 1 (as can be easily seen by applying the ratio test to (1.2.25) and (1.2.26)),
305
for 0 < |q|, |p| < 1 and any R [0, ] there is a nonterminating r+1 Er series
with radius of convergence R. In particular, there are nonterminating r+1 Er
series with 0 < |q|, |p| < 1 that converge to entire functions of z, which is
not the case for nonterminating r+1 Fr and r+1 r series with r = 0, 1, . . .
and 0 < |q| < 1. For example, consider a nonterminating r+1 Er series with
0 < |q|, |p| < 1 and
bk = ak pmk ,
k = 1, . . . , r + 1,
(11.2.9)
where m1 , . . . , mr+1 are integers and br+1 = q. Since the double product theta
m
function identity (apm ; p) = (a)m p( 2 ) (a; p) implies that
m
(apm ; q, p)n = (a; q, p)n (a)mn pn( 2 ) q m( 2 )

for m, n = 0, 1, . . . , we nd that
r+1 Er (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; a1 p
m1
, . . . , ar pmr ; q, p; z) =
(zr )n q Mr ( 2 ) , (11.2.10)
n=0
r+1
mk
2
with ar+1 = qpmr+1 , r = k=1 (ak )mk p( ) , and Mr = m1 + + mr+1 .

From (11.2.10) it is clear that this series converges to an entire function of
z when Mr > 0, converges only for z = 0 when Mr < 0, and converges to
1/(1 zr ) when Mr = 0 and |zr | < 1.

As in Spiridonov [2002a], we call a (unilateral or bilateral) series
cn an
elliptic hypergeometric series if g(n) = cn+1 /cn is an elliptic function of n with
n considered as a complex variable, i.e., g(x) is a doubly periodic meromorphic
function of the complex variable x. For the r+1 Er series in (11.2.7)
g(x) = z
r+1

k=1
(ak q x ; p)
(bk q x ; p)
(11.2.11)
with br+1 = q. Clearly g(x) is a meromorphic function of x. From (11.2.4) it

1
is obvious that q x+ = q x and hence g(x + 1 ) = g(x). Since, by (11.2.1),
(aq x+
; p) = (aq x )1 (aq x ; p),
it follows that
g(x + 1 ) = g(x)
r+1

k=1
bk
.
ak
(11.2.12)
(11.2.13)
Thus g(x + 1 ) = g(x) when

a1 a2 ar+1 = (b1 b2 br )q ,
(11.2.14)
in which case g(x) is an elliptic (doubly periodic meromorphic) function of

x with periods 1 and 1 . Therefore, we call (11.2.14) the elliptic balancing condition, and when (11.2.14) holds we say that r+1 Er is elliptically
balanced (E-balanced). In Spiridonov [2002a] an r+1 Er series is called, simply,
balanced when (11.2.14) holds, but here we need to distinguish between the
dierent balancing conditions that arise. Notice that, unlike the requirement
306
that z = q in the denition of a balanced r+1 r series, no restrictions are placed

on the argument z in the above denition of an E-balanced r+1 Er series. If
z = q, then, by the denition of a k-balanced r+1 r series in 1.2, the r+1 r
series in (11.2.8) is (1)-balanced if and only if the elliptic balancing condition
(11.2.14) holds.
Analogous to the basic hypergeometric special case, we call the r+1 Er
series in (11.2.7) well-poised if
qa1 = a2 b1 = a3 b2 = . . . = ar+1 br ,
(11.2.15)
in which case the elliptic balancing condition (11.2.14) reduces to

a21 a22 a2r+1 = (a1 q)r+1 .
(11.2.16)
Via (11.2.5) and the n limit case of Ex. 1.1(iv) with q replaced by
p, we nd that
1
(aq 2n ; p)
(qa 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 /p 2 , qa 2 p 2 ; q, p)n
(q)n
=
1
1
1
1
1
1
(a; p)
(a 2 , a 2 , a 2 p 2 , a 2 /p 2 ; q, p)n
(11.2.17)
is an elliptic analogue of the quotient

1
1 aq 2n
(qa 2 , qa 2 ; q)n
=
,
1
1
1a
(a 2 , a 2 ; q)n
which is the very-well-poised part of the r+1 Wr series in (2.1.11) with a1 = a;
see Ex. 11.3. Therefore the r+1 Er series in (11.2.7) is called very-well-poised if
it is well-poised, r 4, and
1
a2 = qa12 , a3 = qa12 , a4 = qa12 /p 2 , a5 = qa12 p 2 .
(11.2.18)
Corresponding to Spiridonov [2002b, (2.15)], we dene the

well-poised theta hypergeometric series by
r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p; z)

(a1 q 2n ; p)
(a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p)n
n=0
(a1 ; p) (q, a1 q/a6 , a1 q/a7 , . . . , a1 q/ar+1 ; q, p)n
r+1 Vr
(qz)n .
very-
(11.2.19)
It follows that if (11.2.15) and (11.2.18) hold, then

r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p; z)
= r+1 Er (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z),

and that
r+1 Vr
(11.2.20)
is elliptically balanced if and only if

(a26 a27 a2r+1 )q 2 = (a1 q)r5 .
(11.2.21)
As in Warnaar [2003c], when the argument z in the r+1 Vr series equals 1

we suppress it and denote the series in (11.2.19) by the simpler notation
r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p). If a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 are independent of p, then
lim r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p)
p0
r1 Wr2 (a1 ; a6 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, q),
(11.2.22)
307
which shows that there is a shift r r2 when taking the p 0 limit, and that
the p 0 limit of an r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p) series with a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1
independent of p is an r1 Wr2 series.
As mentioned in the Introduction, Frenkel and Turaev showed that the
elliptic 6j-symbols, which are elliptic solutions of the Yang-Baxter equation
(formula (1.2.b) in their paper) found by Baxter [1973], [1982] and Date et
al. [19861988] can be expressed as 12 V11 series (in the additive notation discussed in the next section). Then they employed the tetrahedral symmetry of
the elliptic 6j-symbols, which is analogous to the symmetry of the classical,
quantum and trigonometric 6j-symbols (see Frenkel and Turaev [1995, 1997]),
and the nite dimensionality of cusp forms (see Eichler and Zagier [1985]) to
derive (in their additive form) the following elliptic analogue of Baileys 10 9
transformation formula (2.9.1)
/ef, q n ; q, p)
(aq, aq/ef, q/e, q/f ; q, p)n
=
(aq/e, aq/f, q/ef, q; q, p)n
12 V11 (a; b, c, d, e, f, aq
n+1
12 V11 (; b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q, p) (11.2.23)

for n = 0, 1, . . . , provided that the balancing condition
bcdef (aq n+1 /ef )q n q = (aq)3 ,
(11.2.24)
which is equivalent to = qa2 /bcd, holds. Note that both of the series in
(11.2.23) are E-balanced when (11.2.24) holds. Setting = a/d in (11.2.23)
yields a summation formula for 10 V9 series that is an elliptic analogue of Jacksons 8 7 summation formula (2.6.2) and of Dougalls 7 F6 summation formula
(2.1.6), which, after a change in parameters, can be written in the form:
10 V9 (a; b, c, d, e, q
; q, p) =
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)n

(11.2.25)
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q, p)n
for n = 0, 1, . . . , provided that the balancing condition bcde = a2 q n+1 , which

can be written in the form
(bcdeq n )q = (aq)2 ,
(11.2.26)
holds. Clearly, if a, b, c, d, e are independent of p, then (11.2.25) tends to Jacksons 8 7 summation formula (2.6.2) as p 0. Unlike in the basic hypergeometric limit cases of (2.6.2) discussed in Chapters 1 and 2, one cannot
utz
take termwise limits of (11.2.25) to obtain a 3 E2 analogue of the q-Saalsch
formula (1.7.2), 2 E1 analogues of the q-Vandermonde formulas (1.5.2) and
(1.5.3), or even a 1 E0 analogue of the terminating case of the q-binomial theorem (1.3.2) in Ex. 1.3(i). Therefore one cannot derive (11.2.25) by working
up from sums at the 1 E0 , 2 E1 , and 3 E2 levels as was done in Chapters 1 and
2, and so one is forced to employ a dierent approach, such as in the abovementioned Frenkel and Turaev derivation, or by some other method. Rather
than repeating the Frenkel and Turaev [1997] derivation of (11.2.25), we will
present in 11.4 a simpler derivation of (11.2.25) via mathematical induction,
which is a modication of those discovered independently by Rosengren, Spiridonov, and Warnaar. We will then show in 11.5 that (11.2.23) follows from
308
(11.2.25) in the same way as in our derivation of Baileys 10 9 transformation

formula (2.9.1) from Jacksons 8 7 summation formula (2.6.2).
1
Observe that if we set e = (aq) 2 , then (11.2.25) reduces to
9 V8 (a; b, c, d, q
; q, p) =

for n = 0, 1, . . . , provided that the balancing condition

1 3
(bcdq n )q = (aq) 2
(11.2.27)
(11.2.28)
holds, which is equivalent to the elliptic balancing condition b2 c2 d2 = a3 q 2n+1 .

In view of (11.2.24), (11.2.26), (11.2.28), and of the required balancing conditions for other signicant special cases of the Frenkel and Turaev transformation formula (11.2.23) to hold, analogous to the denition of a VWP-balanced
series given in 2.1 we call the series r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p; z) a verywell-poised-balanced (VWP-balanced) series when the very-well-poised balancing
condition

1 r5
(11.2.29)
(a6 a7 ar+1 )qz = (a1 q) 2
holds. It follows that
only if
r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p)
is VWP-balanced if and

1 r5
(a6 a7 ar+1 )q = (a1 q) 2
,
(11.2.30)
and that the summation formulas (11.2.25), (11.2.27) and the transformation
formula (11.2.23) hold for n = 0, 1, . . . , when the series are VWP-balanced.
Note that (11.2.30) reduces to (a6 a7 a2j+6 )q = (a1 q)j when r = 2j + 5
is odd. It should also be noted that if either (11.2.30) or (a6 ar+1 )q =
1
((a1 q) 2 )r5 holds, then r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p) is E-balanced, and
hence an elliptic hypergeometric series. If r+1 Vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p) is
E-balanced, then it is VWP-balanced when r is even, but not necessarily when
r is odd. In particular, the elliptic balancing condition (11.2.21) is not a
sucient condition for the Frenkel and Turaev transformation and summation
formulas (11.2.23) and (11.2.25) to hold; the series in these formulas need to
be VWP-balanced in order for these formulas to hold for n = 0, 1, . . . .
Since, if r+1 Er is a well-poised series satisfying the relations in (11.2.15),
r+1 Er (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z)
r+9 Vr+8
1
1
1
1

1
1
a1 ; a12 , a12 , a12 p 2 , a12 /p 2 , a2 , a3 , . . . , ar+1 ; q, p; z , (11.2.31)
we nd that the very-well-poised balancing condition for the above r+9 Vr+8
series is equivalent to the well-poised balancing condition

1 r+1
(11.2.32)
(a1 a2 ar+1 )z = (a1 q) 2
for the r+1 Er series in (11.2.31). Hence, a well-poised r+1 Er series is called
well-poised-balanced (WP-balanced) when (11.2.32) holds. In particular, the
well-poised 4 E3 series in the transformation formula in Ex. 11.6 is WP-balanced.
Clearly, every VWP-balanced theta hypergeometric series is WP-balanced and,
by the above observations, every WP-balanced theta hypergeometric series can
be rewritten to be a VWP-balanced series of the form in (11.2.31).
309
Analogous to the bilateral r r series, we follow Spiridonov [2002a] in dening a r Gr bilateral theta hypergeometric series by
r Gr (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , br ; q, p; z)

(a1 , . . . , ar ; q, p)n n
n=
(b1 , . . . , br ; q, p)n
z .
(11.2.33)
Note that
r Gr (a1 , . . . , ar ; q, b1 , b2 , . . . , br1 ; q, p; z)
= r Er1 (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , br1 ; q, p; z)
(11.2.34)
and, more generally, as in the bilateral basic hypergeometric case in (5.1.5), if

the index of summation in an r+1 Er series is shifted by an integer amount, then
the resulting series is an r+1 Gr+1 series multiplied by a quotient of products of
q, p -shifted factorials. Also note that corresponding to (11.2.9) we can consider
nonterminating r Gr series with 0 < |q|, |p| < 1 and
bk = ak pmk ,
k = 1, . . . , r,
where m1 , . . . , mr are integers. As in (11.2.10) we nd that

r Gr (a1 , . . . , ar ; a1 p
m1
, . . . , ar pmr ; q, p; z) =
(zr )n q Nr ( 2 )
(11.2.35)
n=
mk
r
with r = k=1 (ak )mk p( 2 ) and Nr = m1 + +mr , which clearly converges
for any z = 0 if and only if Nr > 0.
If, as in Spiridonov [2002a], we replace r + 1 by r in the upper limit of the
product in (11.2.11) and proceed as in the derivation of the condition (11.2.14)
for an r+1 Er series to be elliptically balanced, we nd that the series r Gr is
elliptically balanced (E-balanced) if and only if
a1 a2 ar = b1 b2 br .
(11.2.36)
If r Gr is a well-poised series with

a1 b1 = a2 b2 = . . . = ar br ,
(11.2.37)
then the elliptic balancing condition (11.2.36) reduces to

a21 a22 a2r = (a1 b1 )r .
(11.2.38)
In view of (11.2.32), (11.2.34), and (5.1.7), it is consistent to call a well-poised

series well-poised-balanced (WP-balanced) when

1 r
(a1 a2 ar )z = (a1 b1 ) 2 .
(11.2.39)
r Gr
In our consideration of modular series in the next section we are led to

consider additive forms of special cases of the rather general power series
r Es (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, p; A, z)

(a1 , a2 , . . . , ar ; q, p)n
=
An z n ,
(q,
b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
q,
p)
1
s
n
n=0
(11.2.40)
310
and the Laurent series

r Gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; q, p; A, z)

(a1 , . . . , ar ; q, p)n
=
An z n ,
(b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
q,
p)
1
s
n
n=
(11.2.41)
where A = {An } is an arbitrary sequence of complex numbers. Some special cases of these series with An = q n(n1)/2 or, more generally, with An =
exp(1 n + 2 n2 + 3 n3 ) are considered in Spiridonov [2002a, 2003b]. If An = 1
for all n, then we will suppress A from the left sides of (11.2.40) and (11.2.41).
When we encounter series with more than one base or nome, such as in
Ex. 11.25(i), Ex. 11.26 and in several of the formulas in 11.6, or multivariable formulas, such as the multivariable extension of the Frenkel and Turaev
summation formula in 11.7, we will write the series in terms of elliptic shifted
factorials.
To help keep the size of this book down we will not repeat the main
elliptic identities and summation and transformation formulas in the appendices. Nevertheless, for the convenience of the readers we collect below some of
the most useful identities involving (a; p), the q, p -shifted factorials, and the
q, p -binomial coecients.
(a; p) = (p/a; p) = a (1/a; p) = a (ap; p),
(a2 ; p2 ) = (a, a; p),
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
(a; p) = (a, ap; p ) = (a , a , (aq) , (aq) ; p),

2
n
(apn ; p)(a)n p( 2 ) ,
(a; p) =
(a; q, p)n (aq n ; p) = (a; q, p)n+1 = (a; p)(aq; q, p)n ,
(a; q, p)n+k = (a; q, p)n (aq n ; q, p)k ,
n
(a; q, p)n = (q 1n /a; q, p)n (a)n q ( 2 ) ,
(a; q, p)n
q k (k)nk
q 2
,
(a; q, p)nk = 1n
(q
/a; q, p)k
a
a n
n
q ( 2 ) ,
(aq n ; q, p)n = (q/a; q, p)n
q
(q/a;
q,
p)n nk
(a;
q,
p)
k
(aq n ; q, p)k =
q
,
1k
(q
/a; q, p)n
n
(a; q 1 , p)n = (a1 ; q, p)n (a)n q ( 2 ) ,
1
(q/a)n (n)
(a; q, p)n =
=
q 2 ,
(aq n ; q, p)n
(q/a; q, p)n
(a; q, p)k (aq k ; q, p)n
(a; q, p)n+k
=
,
(aq n ; q, p)k =
(a; q, p)n
(a; q, p)n
k
1
2
1
2
1
2
(11.2.43)
(11.2.44)
(11.2.45)
(11.2.46)
(11.2.47)
(11.2.48)
(11.2.49)
(11.2.50)
(11.2.51)
(11.2.52)
(11.2.53)
(11.2.54)
(a; q, p)n = (apk ; q, p)n (a)nk pn(2) q k( 2 ) ,

(a2 ; q 2 , p2 )n = (a, a; q, p)n ,
1
2
(a; q, p )2n = (a , a , (aq) , (aq) ; q, p)n ,

2
(11.2.42)
(11.2.55)
(11.2.56)
(11.2.57)

(a; q, p)2n = (a, aq; q 2 , p)n ,
(a; q, p)3n = (a, aq, aq 2 ; q 3 , p)n ,
(a; q, p)kn = (a, aq, . . . , aq k1 ; q k , p)n .

n
dened in Ex. 1.2,
Corresponding to the q-binomial coecient
k q
the q, p -binomial coecient (or elliptic binomial coecient) by

(q; q, p)n
n
=
k q,p
(q; q, p)n (q; q, p)nk
for k = 0, 1, . . . , n. Then

k
(q n ; q, p)k
n
n
=
=
(q n )k q (2) .
n k q,p
k q,p
(q; q, p)k
311
(11.2.58)
(11.2.59)
(11.2.60)
we dene
(11.2.61)
(11.2.62)
For complex we can employ (11.2.62) to dene

k
(q ; q, p)k
(11.2.63)
=
(q )k q (2)
k q,p
(q; q, p)k

satises the identities

when k = 0, 1, . . . . As in Ex. 1.2 it follows that
k q,p

(q +1 ; q, p)k
k+
=
,
(11.2.64)
k
(q; q, p)k
q,p

k
+k1
(11.2.65)
=
(q )k q (2) ,
k q,p
k
q,p

2
=
q k k .
(11.2.66)
k q1 ,p
k q,p
Similarly, additional elliptic identities can be obtained by replacing each
(a; q)n by (a; q, p)n and making any necessary changes in the other identities of
Appendix I that do not contain any innite products. Elliptic analogues of
(I.6), (I.41), and of some other identities containing innite shifted factorials
and/or q-gamma functions can be obtained by using the Jackson [1905d] and
Ruijsenaars [1997, 2001] elliptic gamma function dened by
(z; q, p) =

1 z 1 q j+1 pk+1
,
1 zq j pk
(11.2.67)
j,k=0
where z, q, p are complex numbers and |q|, |p| < 1, whose main properties are
considered in Ex. 11.12. Since
(z; q, p)n =
(zq n ; q, p)
, n Z,
(z; q, p)
(11.2.68)
and
q (z) = (1 q)1z (q; q) (q z ; q, 0), 0 < q < 1,
(11.2.69)
312
one can extend the denition of (z; q) in (I.6) by dening

(z; q, p) =
and extend the denition of
dening
(zq ; q, p)
,
(z; q, p)
(11.2.70)
in (I.41) and of
in (11.2.63) by
k q,p
q

(q +1 ; q, p)(q; q, p)
=
q,p
(q +1 ; q, p)(q +1 ; q, p)
(11.2.71)
for |q|, |p| < 1 and complex and . The Felder and Varchenko [2003a] elliptic
analogue of the Gauss multiplication formula (1.10.10) and of its q-analogue
(1.10.11) is considered in Ex. 11.13.

In what follows it will be convenient to employ the standard notation C for
the set of all complex numbers, and Z for the set of all integers. In terms
of the elliptic number [a; , ] dened in (1.6.14) the (additive) elliptic shifted
factorials (or , -shifted factorials) are dened by
n1
k=0 [a + k; , ],
n = 1, 2, . . . ,
(11.3.1)
[a; , ]n = 1,
n
= 0,
n1
1/ k=0 [a + n + k; , ], n = 1, 2, . . . ,
where a, , C and the modular parameters , are such that that Im( ) >
0 and Z + Z with Z + Z = {m + n : m, n Z}. Let [n; , ]! = [1; , ]n
and
m

[a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; , ]n =
[ak ; , ]n .
(11.3.2)
k=1
Then we can formally dene the additive forms of the

series to be the series
r+1 er (a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; , ; z)

[a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ]n n
n=0
[1, b1 , . . . , br ; , ]n
z ,
r+1 Er
and
r+1 Vr
(11.3.3)
and
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ; z)

[a1 + 2n; , ]
n=0
[a1 ; , ]
[a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ]n
zn,
[1, 1 + a1 a6 , 1 + a1 a7 , . . . , 1 + a1 ar+1 ; , ]n
(11.3.4)
respectively, where, as usual, it is assumed that the parameters are such that
each term in these series is well-dened. When the argument z in the r+1 vr
313
series equals 1 we suppress it and denote the series in (11.3.4) by the simpler
notation r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ). Since, by (11.2.3) and (11.3.1),
[a; , ]n
(q a ; q, p)n n(ba)/2
= b
q
[b; , ]n
(q ; q, p)n
(11.3.5)
[a + 2n; , ]
(q a+2n ; p) n
=
q ,
[a; , ]
(q a ; p)
(11.3.6)
and
we have that
r+1 er (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; , ; z)

= r+1 Er q a1 , . . . , q ar+1 ; q b1 , . . . , q br ; q, p; zq (1+b1 ++br (a1 ++ar+1 ))/2
(11.3.7)
and
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ; z)

= r+1 Vr q a1 ; q a6 , q a7 , . . . , q ar+1 ; q, p; zq (a1 +1)(r5)/2(1+a6 +a7 ++ar+1 ) .
(11.3.8)
From (11.2.4) and the multiplicative form of the elliptic balancing condition in (11.2.14), it follows that r+1 er is an elliptic hypergeometric series
when
[a1 + a2 + + ar+1 (1 + b1 + b2 + + br )] Z ,
(11.3.9)
which is the additive form of the elliptic balancing condition. Hence,

called E-balanced when (11.3.9) holds, and it follows that
r+1 er (a1 , . . . , ar+1 ; b1 , . . . , br ; , ; z)

= r+1 Er q a1 , . . . , q ar+1 ; q b1 , . . . , q br ; q, p; z
r+1 er
is
(11.3.10)
holds with the plus sign of the when [a1 + a2 + + ar+1 (1 + b1 +

b2 + + br )] is an even integer and the minus sign when it is an odd integer.
Using (11.2.4) we nd that the additive form of the multiplicative well-poised
condition (11.2.15) is
[1 + a1 ak+1 bk ] Z ,
k = 1, . . . , r,
(11.3.11)
in which case r+1 er is called well-poised, and the elliptic balancing condition
(11.3.9) reduces to

r+1
(a1 + 1) Z .
(11.3.12)
2 a1 + a2 + + ar+1
2
Note that (11.3.9) and (11.3.11) are not equivalent to the additive forms of
the balanced and well-poised constraints in Spiridonov [2002a, (20) and
(26)], respectively, which correspond to requiring that the expressions inside
the square brackets in (11.3.9) and (11.3.11) are equal to zero.
314
If r+1 er is a well-poised series that can be written in the very-well-poised

form (11.3.4), e.g., when, via (11.2.17) and (11.3.6),
a2 = 1 +
1+
a1
a1
a1
a1
, a3 = 1 +
, a4 = 1 +
, a5 = 1 +
+
,
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(11.3.13)
then the elliptic balancing condition reduces to

r5
(a1 + 1) Z ,
2 1 + a6 + a7 + + ar+1
2
(11.3.14)
which is the condition for the r+1 vr series in (11.3.4) to be elliptically balanced
(E-balanced) and hence an elliptic hypergeometric series. Since e2i(11)/4 =
1, it follows by setting z = q w that the additive form of the very-well-poised
balancing condition in (11.2.29) is

r5
11
(a1 + 1) +
(r + 1) Z ,
w + 1 + a6 + a7 + + ar+1
2
4
(11.3.15)
which, via (11.3.8), is the condition for the series

r+1 2iw
(11.3.16)
e
r+1 vr a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ; (1)
to be very-well-poised-balanced (VWP-balanced), where, as elsewhere, either
both of the upper signs or both of the lower signs in 1 and 1 are used
simultaneously. In particular, setting w = 0, it follows that if r is odd, then
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ) is VWP-balanced when

r5
(a1 + 1) Z ,
(11.3.17)
1 + a6 + a7 + + ar+1
2
and if r is even, then r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ; 1) is VWP-balanced
when

r5
11
(a1 + 1) +
Z.
(11.3.18)
1 + a6 + a7 + + ar+1
2
4
Thus, by replacing the parameters a, b, c, d, e in (11.2.25) by q a , q b , q c , q d , q e ,
respectively, and applying (11.3.8), we obtain the additive form of the Frenkel
and Turaev summation formula:
10 v9 (a; b, c, d, e, n; , )
[a + 1, a + 1 b c, a + 1 b d, a + 1 c d; , ]n
(11.3.19)
[a + 1 b, a + 1 c, a + 1 d, a + 1 b c d; , ]n
for n = 0, 1, . . . , provided that the series is VWP-balanced, i.e.,

[b + c + d + e n 2a 1] Z .
(11.3.20)
Similarly, it follows from (11.2.27), (11.2.28), and (11.3.8) that

9 v8 (a; b, c, d, n; , ; 1)
[a + 1, a + 1 b c, a + 1 b d, a + 1 c d; , ]n
(11.3.21)
[a + 1 b, a + 1 c, a + 1 d, a + 1 b c d; , ]n


1
11
3
Z.
+
b+c+dn a
2
2
4
315
(11.3.22)
This formula also follows by setting e = (a+1)/2+k/2 for k = 0, 1 in (11.3.19)

and using the fact that [(a+1)/2+k/2; , ]n = (1)k [(a+1)/2k/2; , ]n .
In addition, the Frenkel and Turaev transformation formula (11.2.23) has the
additive form
+ a + n + 1 e f, n; , )
[a + 1, a + 1 e f, + 1 e, + 1 f ; , ]n
=
[a + 1 e, a + 1 f, + 1 e f, + 1; , ]n
12 v11 (; + b a, + c a, + d a, e, f, + a + n + 1 e f, n; , )
(11.3.23)
12 v11 (a; b, c, d, e, f,

[b + c + d + 2a 1] Z .
(11.3.24)
The summation formula (11.3.19) follows from (11.3.23) by setting = a d.

Frenkel and Turaev [1997] used a slightly dierent notation for the z = 1
case of the series in (11.3.4) (with r1 r2 denoting an r+1 vr series when z = 1)
and assumed that the series terminates (to avoid the problem of convergence)
and satises the balancing condition
r5
(a1 + 1).
(11.3.25)
1 + (a6 + a7 + + ar+1 ) =
2
They called the function that is the sum of their terminating series a modular
hypergeometric function and justied the name modular by showing that if
the series r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ) terminates and (11.3.25) holds, then
these functions are invariant under the natural action of SL(2, Z) on the and
variables, i.e., if a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 C, then
a + b
,
r+1 vr a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ;
c + d c + d
= r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , )
(11.3.26)

a b
for all
SL(2, Z), where SL(2, Z) is the modular group of 22 mac d
trices such that a, b, c, d Z and ad bc = 1. Therefore, we call (11.3.25)
the modular balancing condition, and when it holds we say that the series
r+1 vr is M-balanced. Note that if the series r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ) is
M-balanced, then it is E-balanced and VWP-balanced, but if it is E-balanced
or VWP-balanced then it is not necessarily M-balanced. Frenkel and Turaev
also showed that if a1 , a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 Z, (11.3.25) holds, and the series
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , a7 , . . . , ar+1 ; , ) terminates, then the sum of the series is invariant under the natural action of Z2 = {(m, n) : m, n Z} on the variable ,
i.e.,
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , . . . , ar+1 ;
+ m + n, )
r+1 vr (a1 ; a6 , . . . , ar+1 ; , )
(11.3.27)
316
for all (m, n) Z2 , and hence is elliptic in with periods

1 and .
A formal unilateral or bilateral series of the form n cn (, ) is called a
modular series (or modular invariant) if it is invariant under the natural action
of SL(2, Z) on the and variables, i.e.,

a + b
,
=
cn
cn (, )
(11.3.28)
c + d c + d
n
n

a b
for all
SL(2, Z), where, as usual, two formal series are considered
c d
to be equal if their corresponding nth terms are equal. Spiridonov [2002a]
extended (11.3.26) by proving that the unilateral theta hypergeometric series
r es (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)

[a1 , . . . , ar ; , ]n n
n=0
[1, b1 , . . . , bs ; , ]n
(11.3.29)
is modular if
r = s + 1,
(11.3.30a)
a1 + a2 + + as+1 = 1 + b1 + b2 + + bs ,
(11.3.30b)
a21 + a22 + + a2s+1 = 1 + b21 + b22 + + b2s ,
(11.3.30c)
and
and, more generally, that the bilateral theta hypergeometric series
r gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)

[a1 , . . . , ar ; , ]n n
n=
[b1 , . . . , bs ; , ]n
(11.3.31)
is modular if
r = s,
(11.3.32a)
a1 + a2 + + ar = b1 + b2 + + br ,
(11.3.32b)
a21 + a22 + + a2r = b21 + b22 + + b2r ,
(11.3.32c)
and
where it is assumed that z and the as and bs are complex numbers such that
the series are well-dened. Hence, r es and r gs will be called M-balanced when
(11.3.30a)(11.3.30c) and (11.3.32a)(11.3.32c), respectively, hold. Notice that
if r gr is well-poised with
ak + bk = a + 1,
k = 1, . . . , r,
then
r

k=1
(a2k
b2k )
= (a + 1)
r

k=1

(ak bk ) = 2(a + 1)
r

k=1
(11.3.33)

r
ak (a + 1) , (11.3.34)
2
317
and so this well-poised r gr series is modular when the modular balancing condition
r
(11.3.35)
a1 + a2 + + ar = (a + 1)
2
holds. Similarly, a well-poised r+1 er series with
ak+1 + bk = a1 + 1,
k = 1, . . . , r,
(11.3.36)
is modular when the modular balancing condition

r+1
(a1 + 1)
(11.3.37)
a1 + a2 + + ar+1 =
2
holds, which reduces to (11.3.25) if (11.3.13) also holds.
In order to prove the Frenkel and Turaev, and the Spiridonov modularity
results, (11.3.27), and some more general results, we start by observing that,
by (1.6.9) and Whittaker and Watson [1965, 21.11 and 21.5], 1 (x, ei )
satises the modular symmetry relations
1 (x, ei( +1) ) = ei/4 1 (x, ei ),
1 (x/, ei/ ) = i(i ) eix
1
2
(11.3.38)
1 (x, ei ),
(11.3.39)
where the square root of i is chosen so that its real part is positive, and the
quasi-periodicity relations
1 (x + , ei ) = 1 (x, ei ),
1 (x + , ei ) = ei 2ix 1 (x, ei ).
(11.3.40)
(11.3.41)
Hence, by (1.6.14), the elliptic number [a; , ] has the modular symmetries
[a; , + 1] = [a; , ],
[a; /, 1/ ] = ei(a
(11.3.42)
1) /
2
[a; , ],
(11.3.43)
and the quasi-periodicity relations

[k; + 1, ] = (1)k+1 [k; , ],
[k; + , ] = (1)k+1 ei(1k
(11.3.44)
)(2+ )
[k; , ],
(11.3.45)
where k Z . See, e.g., van Diejen and Spiridonov [2000, 2001b], but note that
(11.3.43) corrects a typo in both of these papers.
Let us rst consider when the bilateral series r gs is modular. Since the
modular group SL(2, Z) is generated by the two matrices

1 1
0 1
,
,
(11.3.46)
0 1
1 0
which, respectively, correspond to the two transformations
(, ) (, + 1),
(, ) (/, 1/ ),
it suces to consider when each term

[a1 , . . . , ar ; , ]n n
cn (, ) =
z
[b1 , . . . , bs ; , ]n
(11.3.47)
(11.3.48)
318
of the series in (11.3.31) is invariant under these transformations. From (11.3.1)

and (11.3.42) it is clear that [a; , + 1]n = [a; , ]n for n Z, and hence
cn (, + 1) = cn (, ),
n Z.
(11.3.49)
For the second transformation in (11.3.47) observe that from (11.3.1) and
(11.3.43) it follows that
[a; /, 1/ ]n = ein (a)
n Z,
[a; , ]n ,
(11.3.50)
with n (a) = n[a2 + a(n 1) + (n 1)(2n 1)/6 1], and thus

cn (/, 1/ ) = ein
cn (, ),
n Z,
(11.3.51)
with
n =n[a21 + a22 + + a2r (b21 + b22 + + b2s )]
+ n(n 1)[a1 + a2 + + ar (b1 + b2 + + bs )]
+ n(r s)[(n 1)(2n 1)/6 1].
(11.3.52)
Consequently,
cn (/, 1/ ) = cn (, )
(11.3.53)
if and only if
ein
=1
(11.3.54)
whenever cn (, ) = 0. Obviously, (11.3.54) holds for n = 0 since we have

0 = 0, and in order for it to hold for any
n = 0 with (, ) replaced by
a b
(/(c + d), (a + b)/(c + d)) for
SL(2, Z), it is necessary and
c d
sucient that n = 0. Setting 1 = 0 in (11.3.52) gives
a21 + a22 + + a2r = b21 + b22 + + b2s + r s,
(11.3.55)
which, with a1 = 1, b1 = 1, is a necessary and sucient condition for the

series
r gs (1, a2 , . . . , ar ; 1, b2 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
= r es1 (1, a2 , . . . , ar ; b2 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
to be modular when ak = 0 for k = 2, . . . , r. Setting 1 = 2 = 0 gives

(11.3.55) and
a1 + a2 + + ar = b1 + b2 + + bs + (s r)/2,
(11.3.56)
which, with a1 = 2, b1 = 1, are necessary and sucient for the series

r gs (2, a2 , . . . , ar ; 1, b2 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
= r es1 (2, a2 , . . . , ar ; b2 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
to be modular when ak = 0, 1 for k = 2, . . . , r. Similarly, if N and M are

nonnegative integers, then
r gs (N, a2 , a3 , . . . , ar ; M
N

n=M
+ 1, b2 , b3 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
[N, a2 , a3 , . . . , ar ; , ]n n
z
[M + 1, b2 , b3 , . . . , bs ; , ]n
(11.3.57)
319
is modular for arbitrary values of the as and bs if and only if

n = 0,
M n N,
(11.3.58)
which, since n is a cubic polynomial in powers of n, is equivalent to (11.3.32a)

(11.3.32c) if and only if N + M 3. In particular, when N + M < 3 the
restriction r = s is not needed for the series in (11.3.57) to be modular. It
follows from the above observations that the r gs series in (11.3.31) is modular
for arbitrary values of its parameters if and only if (11.3.32a)(11.3.32c) hold.
Replacing s by s + 1 in r gs and then setting bs+1 = 1 yields that the r es series
in (11.3.29) is modular for arbitrary values of its parameters if and only if
(11.3.30a)(11.3.30c) hold.
It should be noted that, since the modularity of the above r es and r gs
series hold termwise under the stated conditions, when we extend r es and r gs
to
r es (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , ; A, z)

[a1 , . . . , ar ; , ]n
=
An z n ,
[1,
b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
,
]
1
s
n
n=0
(11.3.59)
and
r gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , ; A, z)

[a1 , . . . , ar ; , ]n
=
An z n ,
[b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
,
]
1
s
n
n=
(11.3.60)
respectively, where A = {An } is an arbitrary sequence of complex numbers and

a1 , a2 , . . . , ar+1 , z C, we obtain that the series in (11.3.59) is modular when
(11.3.30a)(11.3.30c) hold, and series in (11.3.60) is modular when (11.3.32a)
(11.3.32c) hold. This is also true
when A = {An (, )} is a sequence of complex
numbers such that the series n An (, ) is modular.
Rather than just proving (11.3.27), we will now consider when a bilateral
series r gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ; , ) with a1 , . . . , ar , b1 , . . . , bs Z is invariant
under the natural action of Z2 on the variable , i.e.,
r gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; b1 , . . . , bs ;
+ m + n, )
= r gs (a1 , . . . , ar ; bs , . . . , bs ; , )
(11.3.61)
for all (m, n) Z , and hence is doubly periodic in with periods 1 and .
Let a1 , . . . , ar , b1 , . . . , bs Z. Using (11.3.1) and (11.3.44), we nd that
2
cn ( + 1, ) = (1)n cn (, )
n Z,
(11.3.62)
with
n = n[a1 + + ar (b1 + + bs ) + (n + 1)(r s)/2]
(11.3.63)
and cn (, ) dened as in (11.3.48). So,

cn ( + 1, ) = cn (, )
(11.3.64)
n 2Z
(11.3.65)
if and only if
320
whenever cn (, ) = 0, where 2Z = {2m : m Z} is the set of all even integers.

Via (11.3.1) and (11.3.45),
n+1
2 ) ein (k)(2+ ) [k; , ]n ,
[k; + , ]n = (1)kn+(
k, n Z, (11.3.66)
with n (k) = n[k 2 + k(n 1) + (n 1)(2n 1)/6 1], and hence

cn ( + , ) = (1)n ein (2+ ) cn (, )
(11.3.67)
for n Z with n as dened in (11.3.52). Thus, if (11.3.65) holds, then

cn ( + , ) = cn (, )
(11.3.68)
ein (2+ ) = 1
(11.3.69)
if and only if
when cn (, ) = 0. Clearly, (11.3.69) holds for n = 0 since 0 = 0, and in order
for it to hold for any n = 0 with replaced by + m + m for (m, n) Z2 , it
is necessary and sucient that n = 0.
As in the modular case, it follows that if N and M are nonnegative integers, then
r gs (N, a2 , a3 , . . . , ar ; M
N

n=M
+ 1, b2 , b3 , . . . , bs ; , ; z)
[N, a2 , a3 , . . . , ar ; , ]n n
z
[M + 1, b2 , b3 , . . . , bs ; , ]n
(11.3.70)
is invariant under the natural action of Z2 on the variable for arbitrary values
of the as and bs if and only if
n = 0,
n 2Z,
M n N,
(11.3.71)
which is equivalent to (11.3.32a)(11.3.32c) when N + M 3. Consequently,

the r gs series in (11.3.31) is invariant under the natural action of Z2 on the
variable for arbitrary values of its parameters if and only if (11.3.32a)
(11.3.32c) hold. Replacing s by s + 1 in r gs and then setting bs+1 = 1 yields
that the r es series in (11.3.29) is invariant under the natural action of Z2 on
the variable for arbitrary values of its parameters if and only if (11.3.30a)
(11.3.30c) hold. In addition, since the invariance under the natural action
of Z2 on the variable in the above r es and r gs series hold termwise under
the stated conditions, it follows that the series in (11.3.59) and (11.3.60) are
invariant under the natural action of Z2 on the variable when (11.3.30a)
(11.3.30c) and (11.3.32a)(11.3.32c), respectively, hold.
Spiridonov
[2002a] called a (unilateral or bilateral) theta hypergeometric

series
cn totally elliptic if g(n) = cn+1 /cn is an elliptic function of all free
parameters entering it (except for z) with equal periods of double periodicity.
He proved that the most general (in the sense of a maximal number of independent free parameters) totally elliptic theta hypergeometric series coincide
with the terminating well-poised M-balanced r er1 (in the unilateral case) and
r gr (in the bilateral case) for r > 2.
321

Recall from (11.2.25) that the multiplicative form of the Frenkel and Turaev
summation formula (11.3.19) is
10 V9 (a; b, c, d, e, q
; q, p) =

(11.4.1)
with a2 q n+1 = bcde and |p| < 1. When p = 0 it clearly reduces to Jacksons
summation formula (2.6.2). We will give a simple inductive proof of (11.4.1),
which is a modication of those found independently by Rosengren, Spiridonov,
and Warnaar. When n = 0 both sides of (11.4.1) are equal to 1, and for n = 1
it becomes
(aq 2 ; p)(a, b, c, d, a2 q 2 /bcd, q 1 ; q, p)1
1+
q
(a; p)(q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, bcd/aq, aq 2 ; q, p)1
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)1
.
(11.4.2)
=
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q, p)1
By using (11.2.5) and (11.2.42), (11.4.2) can be rewritten as
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; p) + (b, c, d, a2 q 2 /bcd; p)aq/bcd
= (aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; p).
(11.4.3)
However, (11.4.3) is equivalent to the identity in Ex. 2.16(i) if we replace x, ,

1
1
1
1
and by aq/(bc) 2 , (bc) 2 , aq/d(bc) 2 and (c/b) 2 , respectively. So (11.4.1) is
true for n = 1. Let us now assume that (11.4.1) is true when n = m. We need
to prove that
m+1

k=0
(aq 2k ; p)(a, b, c, d, a2 q m+2 /bcd, q m1 ; q, p)k

qk
(a; p)(q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, bcdq m1 /a, aq m+2 ; q, p)k
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)m+1

.
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q, p)m+1
(11.4.4)
Observe that, by (11.2.43),

(a2 q m+2 /bcd, q m1 ; q, p)k
(bcdq m1 /a, aq m+2 ; q, p)k
(a2 q m+1 /bcd, q m ; q, p)k
=
(bcdq m /a, aq m+1 ; q, p)k

(a2 q m+k+1 /bcd, bcdq km1 /a, aq m+1 , q m1 ; p)
.
(aq m+k+1 , q km1 , a2 q m+1 /bcd, bcdq m1 /a; p)
(11.4.5)
However, by Ex. 2.16(i) the ratio of the -terms inside the brackets in (11.4.5)
is equal to
1+
(aq k , q k , a/bcd, a2 q 2m+2 /bcd; p)

bcdq m1
.
a
(aq m+k+1 , q km1 , a2 q m+1 /bcd, bcdq m1 /a; p)
When we multiply (11.4.6) by

(aq 2k ; p)(a, b, c, d, a2 q m+1 /bcd, q m ; q, p)k
qk
(a; p)(q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, bcdq m /a, aq m+1 ; q, p)k
(11.4.6)
322
and sum over k from 0 to m+1 we nd that the rst term in (11.4.6) contributes
a zero term at k = m + 1 because (q m ; q, p)m+1 = 0, while the second term
contributes a zero term at k = 0 because of the factor (q k ; p). After some
simplications it follows that
2 m+2
/bcd, q m1 ; q, p)
10 V9 (a; b, c, d, a q
= 10 V9 (a; b, c, d, a2 q m+1 /bcd, q m ; q, p)
(aq; q, p)2 (b, c, d, a/bcd, a2 q 2m+2 /bcd; p)
bcdq m
+
m+1
a
(aq
, bcdq m1 /a; q, p)2 (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; p)
10 V9 (aq 2 ; bq, cq, dq, a2 q m+2 /bcd, q m ; q, p).
(11.4.7)
However, by the induction assumption both 10 V9 series on the right side of

(11.4.7) can be summed. Thus, from (11.4.7) and the n = m case of (11.4.1),
2 m+2
/bcd, q m1 ; q, p)
10 V9 (a; b, c, d, a q
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)m

(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q, p)m
(aq; q, p)2 (b, c, d, a/bcd, a2 q 2m+2 /bcd; p)
bcdq m
+
a
(aq m+1 , bcdq m1 /a; q, p)2 (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; p)
3
(aq , aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)m
(aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, aq 2 /d, a/bcd; q, p)m

(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q, p)m
=
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q, p)m

(b, c, d, a2 q 2m+2 /bcd; p)
, (11.4.8)
1
(aq m+1 /b, aq m+1 /c, aq m+1 /d, bcdq m1 /a; p)
by use of the identities (11.2.42) and (11.2.43). Applying Ex. 2.16(i) once again
we nd that
1
=
(b, c, d, a2 q 2m+2 /bcd; p)

(aq m+1 /b, aq m+1 /c, aq m+1 /d, bcdq m1 /a; p)
(aq m+1 , aq m+1 /bc, aq m+1 /bd, aq m+1 /cd; p)

.
(aq m+1 /b, aq m+1 /c, aq m+1 /d, aq m+1 /bcd; p)
(11.4.9)
Substituting (11.4.9) into (11.4.8) and using (11.2.43) shows that (11.4.1) is
true for n = m+1 whenever it is assumed to be true for n = m. This completes
the proof of (11.4.1) by induction. Another proof of (11.4.1) by induction is
indicated in Ex. 11.4.
Note that by letting e aq n+1 in (11.4.1) we obtain the summation
formula for a truncated 8 V7 series
n

(aq 2k ; p)
k=0
(a, b, c, a/bc; q, p)k

qk
(a; p) (q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q, p)k
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc; q, p)n

,
(aq/b, aq/c, bcq, q; q, p)n
which is an elliptic analogue of Ex. 2.5.
(11.4.10)
11.5 Elliptic analogue of Baileys transformation formula
323
As alluded to in 11.2 the limit of the summation formula (11.4.1) as one

of three parameters b, c, d tends to innity does not exist when p = 0, even
though these limits do exist when p = 0 yielding formula (2.4.2). Similarly,
one cannot take the limit a 0 after replacing d by aq/d in (11.4.1) to
get an elliptic analogue of the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2), as was done in
the basic hypergeometric case in 2.7. The root cause of the nonexistence
of these limits is the fact that lima0 (a; p) and lima (a; p) do not exist
in the extended complex plane when p = 0. Nevertheless, one can obtain
an elliptic analogue of the q-Saalsch
utz formula (1.7.2) at the 10 V9 level by
employing Schlossers observation (see Warnaar [2003e]) that by making the
simultaneous substitutions {a, c, d, e, p} {dp, dqp/c, a, ep, p2 } in (11.4.1) we
obtain the summation formula
10 V9 (dp; a, b, dqp/c, ep, q
; q, p2 ) =
(c/a, c/b, dqp, dqp/ab; q, p2 )n

(c, c/ab, dqp/a, dqp/b; q, p2 )n
(11.4.11)
with cdq n = abe, |p| < 1, and n = 0, 1, . . ., which tends to (1.7.2) as p 0.

11.5 Elliptic analogue of Baileys transformation formula
for a terminating 10 9 series
Recall from (11.2.23) that the multiplicative form of Frenkel and Turaevs
transformation formula (11.3.23) is
/ef, q n ; q, p)
=
12 V11 (a; b, c, d, e, f, aq
n+1
12 V11 (; b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q, p)
(11.5.1)
with = qa2 /bcd. This formula reduces to the Frenkel and Turaev summation
formula (11.4.1) when aq = bc, bd, or cd, and it reduces to Baileys transformation formula (2.9.1) when p = 0. It can be proved by proceeding as in (2.9.2)
and (2.9.3) with the q-shifted factorials and the 8 7 and 10 9 series replaced
by q, p -shifted factorials and 10 V9 and 12 V11 series, respectively. In view of the
importance of this transformation formula and for the sake of completeness,
we decided to present its proof here. First observe that by (11.4.1)
10 V9 (; b/a, c/a, d/a, aq
=
and hence the
12 V11
, q m ; q, p)
(q, b, c, d; q, p)m
,
(a/, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q, p)m
(11.5.2)
series on the left side of (11.5.1) equals
n

(aq 2m ; p)
(a/; q, p)m m
(a, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q, p)m
q
n
n+1
(a; p) (q, aq/e, aq/f, ef q /a, aq
; q, p)m (q; q, p)m
m=0
m

(q 2j ; p)
j=0
(, b/a, c/a, d/a, aq m , q m ; q, p)j

qj
(; p) (q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q 1m /a, q m+1 ; q, p)j
324

=
n
m

(aq 2m ; p)(q 2j ; p) (a; q, p)m+j (a/; q, p)mj m
q
(a; p)(; p)
(q; q, p)m+j (q; q, p)mj
m=0 j=0
a j
(e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q, p)m (, b/a, c/a, d/a; q, p)j
(aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1 ; q, p)m (q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d; q, p)j
n

(q 2j ; p)
(, b/a, c/a, d/a, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n ; q, p)j
(; p) (q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1 ; q, p)j

(aq; q, p)2j
aq j
2j
j
j
n+j+1
/ef, q jn ; q, p).
10 V9 (aq ; a/, eq , f q , aq
(q; q, p)2j
(11.5.3)
j=0
However, by (11.4.1)
2j
j
j
n+j+1
/ef, q jn ; q, p)
10 V9 (aq ; a/, eq , f q , aq
2j+1
j+1
j+1
, q /e, q /f, aq/ef ; q, p)nj
(aq
=
2j+1
(q
, aq j+1 /e, aq j+1 /f, q/ef ; q, p)nj
(aq, q/e, q/f, aq/ef ; q, p)n

(q, aq/e, aq/f, q/ef ; q, p)n
(q; q)2j (aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /; q)j
j
.
(aq; q)2j (q/e, q/f, ef q n /a; q)j a
(11.5.4)
Substitution of (11.5.4) into (11.5.3) gives (11.5.1).

Note that by applying the transformation formula (11.5.1) to the 12 V11
series on the right side of (11.5.1), keeping e, c/a, d/a and q n unchanged,
we obtain that
/ef, q n ; q, p)
(aq, aq/ce, aq/de, aq/ef, q/f, b; q, p)n
=
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q/ef, b/e; q, p)n
12 V11 (eq n /b; e, c/a, d/a, aq/bf, eq n /a, ef q n /b, q n ; q, p),
(11.5.5)
12 V11 (a; b, c, d, e, f, aq
n+1
which is the elliptic analogue of Ex. 2.19. Setting f = qa2 /bcde in (11.5.1)
gives the transformation formula for a truncated 10 V9 series
n

k=0
(aq 2k ; p)(a, b, c, d, e, qa2 /bcde; q, p)k

qk
(a; p)(q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, bcde/a; q, p)k
(aq, bcd/a, a2 q 2 /bcde, eq; q, p)n

(aq/e, bcde/a, a2 q 2 /bcd, q; q, p)n
12 V11 (qa2 /bcd; aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd, e, qa2 /bcde, aq n+1 , q n ; q, p)
(11.5.6)
in which the 12 V11 can be transformed via (11.5.1) and (11.5.5) yielding other
series representations for the above truncated series.
12 V11
11.6 Multibasic summation and transformation formulas
325

for theta hypergeometric series
First observe that by replacing a in (11.4.1) by a/q it follows that the n = 1
case of (11.4.1) is equivalent to the identity
1
(a, a/bc, a/bd, a/cd; p)

(b, c, d, a2 /bcd; p)
=
.
(a/b, a/c, a/d, bcd/a; p)
(a/bcd, a/d, a/c, a/b; p)
Next, corresponding to (3.6.12), dene

a a
m n,
n
m m+1 an ,

m = n + 1,
ak = 1,
(an+1 an+2 am1 )1 , m n + 2,
k=m
(11.6.1)
(11.6.2)
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . . , and let

un =
n1

k=0
(bk , ck , dk , a2k /bk ck dk ; p)

,
(ak /bk , ak /ck , ak /dk , bk ck dk /ak ; p)
(11.6.3)
for integer n, where it is assumed that the as, bs, cs, ds are complex numbers
such that un is well dened for n = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Then, by using (11.6.1)
with a, b, c, d replaced by ak , bk , ck , dk , respectively, we obtain the indenite
summation formula
n

um un+1 =
(uk uk+1 )
k=m
n

k=m
(ak , ak /bk ck , ak /bk dk , ak /ck dk ; p)

uk
(ak /bk ck dk , ak /dk , ak /ck , ak /bk ; p)
(11.6.4)
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
Since u0 = 1 by (11.6.2), setting m = 0 in (11.6.4) gives the summation
formula
n

k=0
k1
(bj , cj , dj , a2j /bj cj dj ; p)

(aj /bj , aj /cj , aj /dj , bj cj dj /aj ; p)
j=0
n
=1

j=0
(11.6.5)
for n = 0, 1, . . . , which is equivalent to formula (3.2) in Warnaar [2002b]. When

p = 0 this formula reduces to a summation formula of Macdonald that was
rst published in Bhatnagar and Milne [1997, Theorem 2.27], and it contains
the summation formulas in W. Chu [1993, Theorems A, B, C] as special cases.
Notice that in (11.6.1), (11.6.3), (11.6.4) and (11.6.5) we have arranged
the components of each quotient of products of theta functions so that the
well-poised property of these quotients is clearly displayed; e.g., in (11.6.5)
326
the quotients of the theta functions that depend on k are arranged so that
each product of corresponding numerator and denominator parameters equals
a2k /bk ck dk , and each of the corresponding products that depend on j equals
aj .
If we set
ak = ad(rst/q)k , bk = brk , ck = csk , dk = ad2 tk /bc,
then un reduces to
u
n =
(a; rst/q 2 , p)n (b; r, p)n (c; s, p)n (ad2 /bc; t, p)n
(dq; q, p)n (adst/bq; st/q, p)n (adrt/cq; rt/q, p)n (bcrs/dq; rs/q, p)n
and it follows from (11.6.4) by applying (11.2.42), (11.2.43) and (11.2.49) that
we have the Gasper and Schlosser [2003] indenite multibasic theta hypergeometric summation formula
n

(ad(rst/q)k , brk /dq k , csk /dq k , adtk /bcq k ; p)
k=m
(ad, b/d, c/d, ad/bc; p)
(a; rst/q 2 , p)k (b; r, p)k (c; s, p)k (ad2 /bc; t, p)k
qk
(dq; q, p)k (adst/bq; st/q, p)k (adrt/cq; rt/q, p)k (bcrs/dq; rs/q, p)k
(a, b, c, ad2 /bc; p)
=
d (ad, b/d, c/d, ad/bc; p)

(arst/q 2 ; rst/q 2 , p)n (br; r, p)n (cs; s, p)n (ad2 t/bc; t, p)n

(c/ad; rt/q, p)m+1 (d/bc; rs/q, p)m+1 (1/d; q, p)m+1 (b/ad; st/q, p)m+1
(1/c; s, p)m+1 (bc/ad2 ; t, p)m+1 (1/a; rst/q 2 , p)m+1 (1/b; r, p)m+1

(11.6.6)
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Formula (3.6.13) follows from (11.6.6) by setting

p = 0 and then setting r = p and s = t = q.
If p = 0 and
max(|q|, |r|, |s|, |t|, |rs/q|, |rt/q|, |st/q|, |rst/q 2 |) < 1,
then we can let n or m in (11.6.6) tend to innity to obtain that this special
case of (11.6.6) also holds with n and/or m replaced by , just as in the special
case (3.6.14). Even though one cannot let n or m in (11.6.6) when
p = 0 to obtain summation formulas for nonterminating theta hypergeometric
series since lima0 (a; p) does not exist when p = 0, it is possible to let n
or m in (11.6.4) to obtain summation formulas for nonterminating series
containing products of certain theta functions. For example, if we let
zk =
(bk , ck , dk , a2k /bk ck dk ; p)

(ak /bk , ak /ck , ak /dk , bk ck dk /ak ; p)
denote the kth factor in the product representation (11.6.3) for un and observe
that when a is not an integer power of p
lim1
ba 2
(b; p)
= 1,
(a/b; p)
|p| < 1,
327
then it is clear that there exist bilateral sequences of the as, bs, cs, and ds
in (11.6.4) such that Re zk > 0 for integer k and the series
log zk
converges,
(11.6.7)
k=
where log zk is the principal branch of the logarithm (take, e.g., bk , ck , and
1
dk so close to ak2 that | log zk | < 1/k 2 for k = 1, 2, . . . ). Then limn un

and limm um exist, and we have the Gasper and Schlosser [2003] bilateral
summation formula

k=

k1

j=0

a2k
1 ak , ak , ak , bk ck dk ; p
b
,
c
,
d
,
;
p

k k k
ak
bk ck dk
bk ck dk

2
a
a
a
bk ck dk ; p
k
k
k
a
k
k= bk , ck , dk ,
k=0 b , ck , d ,
;p
a
k
k
k
bk ck dk
(11.6.8)
provided that (11.6.7) holds. However, such bilateral sums do not appear to
be particularly useful.
It is more useful to use the m = 0 case of (11.6.6) in the form
n

(ad(rst/q)k , brk /dq k , csk /dq k , adtk /bcq k ; p)
k=0
(ad, b/d, c/d, ad/bc; p)
(a; rst/q 2 , p)k (b; r, p)k (c; s, p)k (ad2 /bc; t, p)k
qk
(dq; q, p)k (adst/bq; st/q, p)k (adrt/cq; rt/q, p)k (bcrs/dq; rs/q, p)k
(a, b, c, ad2 /bc; p)
=
(arst/q 2 ; rst/q 2 , p)n (br; r, p)n (cs; s, p)n (ad2 t/bc; t, p)n
(d, ad/b, ad/c, bc/d; p)
,
(11.6.9)
its c = sn special case

n

(ad(rst/q)k , brk /dq k , skn /dq k , adsn tk /bq k ; p)
k=0
(ad, b/d, sn /d, adsn /b; p)
(a; rst/q 2 , p)k (b; r, p)k (sn ; s, p)k (ad2 sn /b; t, p)k
qk
(dq; q, p)k (adst/bq; st/q, p)k (adsn rt/q; rt/q, p)k (brs1n /dq; rs/q, p)k
(d, ad/b, adsn , dsn /b; p)
,
(11.6.10)
=
(ad, d/b, dsn , adsn /b; p)
328
and the d 1 limit case of (11.6.10)

n

(a(rst/q)k , brk /q k , skn /q k , asn tk /bq k ; p)
(a, b, sn , asn /b; p)
k=0
(a; rst/q 2 , p)k (b; r, p)k (sn ; s, p)k (asn /b; t, p)k
qk
(q; q, p)k (ast/bq; st/q, p)k (asn rt/q; rt/q, p)k (brs1n /q; rs/q, p)k
= n,0 ,
(11.6.11)
where n = 0, 1, . . . , which are generalizations of (3.6.15), (3.6.16), and (3.6.17),

respectively. In particular, replacing n, a, b, and k in the s = t = q case
of (11.6.11) by n m, arm q m , brm q m , and j m, respectively, gives the
orthogonality relation
n

anj bjm = n,m
(11.6.12)
j=m
with
(1)n+j (arj q j , brj q j ; p)(arq n , brq n ; r, p)n1
,
(q; q, p)nj (arq n , brq n ; r, p)j (bq 12n /a; q, p)nj
(arm q m , brm q m ; r, p)jm
a 1+2m jm 2(jm)
q
=
q 2 ,
(q, aq 1+2m /b; q, p)jm
b
anj =
bjm
(11.6.13)
(11.6.14)
which shows that the triangular matrix A = (anj ) is inverse to the triangular
matrix B = (bjm ), and gives a theta hypergeometric analogue of (3.6.18)
(3.6.20). Proceeding as in the derivation of (3.6.22), it follows that (3.6.22)
extends to the bibasic theta hypergeometric summation formula
n

k
(aq k , bq k ; r, p)n1 (aq 2k /b; p)
(1)k q (2) = n,0
k
(q; q, p)k (q; q, p)nk (aq /b; q, p)n+1
k=0
(11.6.15)
for n = 0, 1, . . . , which reduces to
(a/r, b/r; p)
8 V7 (a/b; q/b, aq
n1
, q n ; q, p) = n,0
when r = q.
The summation formula (11.6.10) and the argument in 3.8 can be employed to extend (3.8.14) and (3.8.15) to the quadratic theta hypergeometric
transformation formulas
n

(acq 3k ; p)
(a, b, cq/b; q, p)k (f, a2 c2 q 2n+1 /f, q 2n ; q 2 , p)k
qk
2
(ac; p) (cq , acq 2 /b, abq; q 2 , p)k (acq/f, f /acq 2n , acq 2n+1 ; q, p)k
k=0
(acq; q, p)2n (ac2 q 2 /bf, abq/f ; q 2 , p)n

(acq/f ; q, p)2n (abq, ac2 q 2 /b; q 2 , p)n
12 V11 (ac2 /b; f, ac/b, c, cq/b, cq 2 /b, a2 c2 q 2n+1 /f, q 2n ; q 2 , p)
and
2n

(acq 3k ; p)
k=0
(11.6.16)
(d, f, a2 c2 q/df ; q 2 , p)k (a, cq 2n+1 , q 2n ; q, p)k

qk
(ac; p) (acq/d, acq/f, df /ac; q, p)k (cq 2 , aq 12n , acq 2n+2 ; q 2 , p)k

=
329
(acq, acq/df ; q, p)n (acq 1n /d, acq 1n /f ; q 2 , p)n

(acq/d, acq/f ; q, p)n (acq 1n , acq 1n /df ; q 2 , p)n
12 V11 (acq 2n1 ; c, d, f, a2 c2 q/df, aq 2n1 , q 12n , q 2n ; q 2 , p)
(11.6.17)
for n = 0, 1, . . . ; see Warnaar [2002b, Theorems 4.2 and 4.7].

As in the derivation in Gasper [1989a] of the quadbasic transformation
formula in Ex. 3.21, indenite summation formulas such as in (11.6.5) and
(11.6.9) can be extended to transformation formulas by using the identity
n

k=0
nk

j=0
j =
n

k=0
nk

j ,
(11.6.18)
j=0
which follows by a change in order of summation. In particular taking k to

be the kth term in the series in (11.6.5) and k to be this term with ak , bk , ck ,
dk , and p replaced by Ak , Bk , Ck , Dk , and P , respectively, yields the rather
general transformation formula
n

k=0
k1

j=0

nk

j=0
n

k=0
(Bj , Cj , Dj , A2j /Bj Cj Dj ; P )

(Aj /Bj , Aj /Cj , Aj /Dj , Bj Cj Dj /Aj ; P )
(Ak , Ak /Bk Ck , Ak /Bk Dk , Ak /Ck Dk ; P )

(Ak /Bk Ck Dk , Ak /Dk , Ak /Ck , Ak /Bk ; P )
k1

j=0
(Bj , Cj , Dj , A2j /Bj Cj Dj ; P )

(Aj /Bj , Aj /Cj , Aj /Dj , Bj Cj Dj /Aj ; P )
nk

j=0

.
(11.6.19)
The special case of (11.6.19) corresponding to using (11.6.9) instead of

(11.6.5) contains the parameters a, b, c, d, A, B, C, D, and the bases r, s,
t, R, S, T , the nomes p and P , and it contains the quadbasic transformation
formula in Ex. 3.21 as a special case (see Ex. 11.26).
By proceeding as in Gasper and Schlosser [2003] we can use (11.6.11)
to derive multibasic extensions of the Fields and Wimp, Verma, and Gasper
expansion formulas in (3.7.1)(3.7.3), (3.7.6)(3.7.9), and multibasic theta hypergeometric extensions of (3.7.6)(3.7.8). Set a = (rst/q)j and b = (r/q)j
in (11.6.11). For j, n = 0, 1, . . . ,let Bn
(p) and Cj,n be complex numbers such
that Cj,0 = 1 and the sequence Bn (p) has nite support when p = 0. Then,
330
as in (3.7.5), it follows that

Bj (p)xj
n

=
k=0 n=j
((rst/q)n , (r/q)n , 1 sn+k tj , 1 (st)n+k , sk q jn ; p)

(sjnk ; p)(q; q, p)n (rtsn+k /q; rt/q, p)n (rs1nk /q; rs/q, p)n
( 1 (st)n+1 q jn1 ; st/q, p)k1 ( 1 sn+k tj+1 ; t, p)nj1

(rq j ; r, p)n1 (rstq j2 ; rst/q 2 , p)n1 (q n ; q, p)j
n
(1)n Bn+k (p)Cj,n+kj xn+k q n(1+jnk)+( 2 )
(11.6.20)
j
for j = 0, 1, . . . . Now multiply both sides of (11.6.20) by Aj w /(q; q, p)j and

sum from n = 0 to to obtain the Gasper and Schlosser multibasic expansion
formula

(xw)n
An Bn (p)
(q; q, p)n
n=0
=

n
((rst/q)n , (r/q)n ; p)
(x)n q n+( 2 )
(q; q, p)n
n=0

k=0
n

j=0
( 1 (st)n+k ; p)
Bn+k (p)xk
(q; q, p)k (rtsn+k /q; rt/q, p)n (rs1nk /q; rs/q, p)k
(sk q jn ; p)(rstq j2 ; rst/q 2 , p)n1 (rq j ; r, p)n1
(sjnk ; p)(q; q, p)j
( 1 sn+k tj ; p)( 1 (st)n+1 q jn1 ; st/q, p)k1

( 1 sn+k tj+1 ; t, p)nj1 Aj Cj,n+kj wj q n(jnk) ,
(11.6.21)
which reduces to (3.7.6) by setting p = 0 and then letting r = p and s = t = q.

Setting r = s = t = q in (11.6.21) yields an expansion formula that is
equivalent to the following extension of (3.7.7)

(, q n+1 /, , ; q, p)n
x n
(xw)n
An Bn (p)
=
(q; q, p)n
(q, q n ; q, p)n
n=0
n=0

(q 2n+2k /; p)(q n /, 1 , q n , q n ; q, p)k
k=0
n

(q 2n /; p)(q, q 2n+1 ; q, p)k
(q n , q n ; q, p)j
n+1
(q, q
/, q 1n /, , ; q, p)j
j=0
Aj (wq)j ,
Bn+k (p)xk
(11.6.22)

where, as above, Bn (p) has nite support when p = 0. Of course, one cannot
let in (11.6.22) to get an extension of (3.7.3) that holds for any p = 0.
Analogous to the q-extension of the Fields and Wimp expansion formula
(3.7.1) displayed in (3.7.8), from (11.6.22) one easily obtains the rather general
theta hypergeometric expansion formula

(aR , cT ; q, p)n
An Bn (p)(xw)n
(q,
b
,
d
;
q,
p)
S
U
n
n=0

=
331

(cT , eK , , q n+1 /; q, p)n
x n
(q, dU , fM , q n ; q, p)n
n=0

(q 2n+2k /; p)(q 2n /, 1 , cT q n , eK q n ; q, p)k
k=0
n

j=0
(q 2n /; p)(q, q 2n+1 , dU q n , fM q n ; q, p)k
Bn+k (p)xk
(q n , q n , aR , fM ; q, p)j
Aj (wq)j ,
(q, q n+1 /, q 1n /, bS , eK ; q, p)j
(11.6.23)
where we used a contracted notation analogous to that used in

(3.7.1) and
(3.7.8), and to avoid convergence problems it is assumed that Bn has nite
support when p = 0. Additional formulas are given in the exercises.
Milnes [1985a] fundamental theorem states that

k1 ,...,kn 0
k1 ++kn =N
n
(zq k ) (ar zs /zr ; q)ks
(a1 an ; q)N
=
,
(z) r,s=1 (qzs /zr ; q)ks
(q; q)N
where z = (z1 , . . . , zn ), zq k = (z1 q k1 , . . . , zn q kn ),

(zr zs ), (zq k ) =
(z) =
1r<sn
(zr q kr zs q ks ),
(11.7.1)
(11.7.2)
1r<sn
and the as and zs are xed parameters. This is the identity that played
a fundamental role in Milnes derivation of the Macdonald identities for the
(1)
ane Lie algebra An , as well as his general approach to hypergeometric series
on An or U (n). An important tool for proving (11.7.1) is an easily veriable
identity
n

(bj ak )
n

b1 bn
j=1

=
1.
(11.7.3)
ak
(aj ak )
a1 an
k=1
j=k
To derive an elliptic extension of Milnes identity, Rosengren [2003c] used

the following elliptic extension of (11.7.3)
n

n

k=1
(ak /bj ; p)
j=1
(ak /aj ; p)
= 0,
(11.7.4)
j=k
where it is assumed that the balancing condition a1 an = b1 bn holds.

Note that (11.7.4) is the same identity as in Ex. 5.23. Slater [1966] gave a
proof of it by using special relationships between the parameters in the general
transformation formula (5.4.3). Also see Tannery and Molk [1898] for a simple
proof via residues. However, since Rosengren [2003c] gave a rather elegant yet
332
elementary proof of (11.7.4) that is similar in spirit to the way Milne proved
(11.7.3), we will present his proof.
First, it is easy to see that Ex. 2.16(i) is equivalent to the n = 3 case of
(11.7.4). Assume that (11.7.4) is true for n = m. Then, by separating the
(m + 1)-th term from the series on the left side of (11.7.4), we can rewrite it
in the form
m1
m1

(am /bm ; p)
(ak /bm ; p)
(ak /bj ; p)
(am /bj ; p)
m1

j=1
j=1

=
, (11.7.5)
m1

(ak /am ; p)
(ak /aj ; p)
k=1
(a
/a
;
p)
m
j
j=k
j=1
where the as and bs are always assumed to satisfy the balancing condition.
Considered as a function of am the expression on the left side of (11.7.5) resembles a partial fraction expansion of the product on the right side. When
n = m + 1, we write am+1 = t, say, and seek an expansion of the form
m
m

(t/bj ; p)
(b1 bm ak /a1 am t; p)
=
.
Ck
(t/a
;
p)
(ak /t; p)
j
j=1
(11.7.6)
k=1
That such an expansion exists follows by using induction on m and the fact
that the m = 2 case is equivalent to (11.4.3). Multiplying both sides of (11.7.6)
by (t/ak ; p) = (ak /t; p)t/ak and setting t = ak , we nd that
m

(ak /bj ; p)
j=1

Ck =
(b1 bm /a1 am ; p) j=k (ak /aj ; p)
m

(ak /bj ; p)
j=1

=
(11.7.7)
(am+1 /bm+1 ; p)
(ak /aj ; p)
j=k
with a1 am+1 = b1 bm+1 . Now substitute (11.7.7) into (11.7.6) and set
t = am+1 to get
m
m

(am+1 /bm+1 ; p)
(ak /bm+1 ; p)
(ak /bj ; p)
(am+1 /bj ; p)
m

j=1
j=1

=
,
m

(ak /am+1 ; p)
(ak /aj ; p)
k=1
(a
/a
;
p)
m+1
j
j=k
j=1
which is the same as (11.7.5) with m replaced by m + 1. This completes the

proof of (11.7.4).
An elliptic extension of (11.7.1) given in Rosengren [2003c, Theorem 5.1]
states that
n+1
n

(zq k ; p)
s=1 (as zr ; q, p)kr
n

(z; p) r=1
k1 ,...,kn 0
(bzr ; q, p)kr
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
k1 ++kn =N
(b/a1 , . . . , b/an+1 ; q, p)N

=
,
(q, bz1 , . . . , bzn ; q, p)N
s=1
(11.7.8)

where
(z; p) = n (z; p) =
zr (zs /zr ; p)
333
(11.7.9)
1r<sn
is the elliptic analogue of the Vandermonde determinant in (11.7.2) and the

parameters satisfy the balancing condition
b = (a1 an+1 )(z1 zn ).
(11.7.10)
If we set p = 0 and take the limits b 0, an+1 0 such that b/an+1

a1 an z1 zn , then it is easy to see that (11.7.8) approaches Milnes limit
(11.7.1). When p = 0, (11.7.8) reduces to Milnes [1988a, Theorem 6.17] An
Jackson summation formula, which is a multivariable extension of Jacksons
sum (2.6.2).
To prove (11.7.8) by induction, observe that when N = 1 we have that
ki = ij for some j, and thus j can be used as the summation index. Then,
after a bit of manipulation,
(zq k ; p)
1

=
n

(q; p)
(zj /zr ; p)
(z; p)
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
r=j
r,s=1
and formula (11.7.8) becomes

n

j=1
n+1

n+1

(as zj ; p)
(b/as ; p)
s=1

= s=1
,
n

(bzj ; p)
(zj /zs ; p)
(bzs ; p)
s=j
(11.7.11)
s=1
which is the m = n + 1 case of (11.7.5) with a dierent set of parameters. So

(11.7.8) is true when N = 1. Assume that it is true for a xed N . We will
show that it is also true for N + 1. Denoting the right side of (11.7.8) by RN ,
we have that
(b/a1 , . . . , b/an+1 ; q, p)N +1
RN +1 =
(q, bz1 , . . . , bzn ; q, p)N +1
(q; p) (bq N /a1 , . . . , bq N /an+1 ; p)
RN .
=
(11.7.12)
(q N +1 ; p) (q, bq N z1 , . . . , bq N zn ; p)
However, by the induction hypothesis we can replace RN by the series on the
left side of (11.7.8) and replace the ratio (bq N /a1 , . . . , bq N /an+1 ; p)
/(q, bq N z1 , . . ., bq N zn ; p) by the N = 1 case of the series in (11.7.8) with
zm and b replaced by zm q km and bq N , respectively. Thus,

n

(bzr q N +kr ; p)
(q; p)
(zq k ; p)
RN +1 =
(q N +1 ; p)
(z; p) r=1 (bzr q N ; p)(bzr ; q, p)kr
k1 ,...,kn 0
k1 ++kn =N
n+1

s=1
n

(as zr ; q, p)kr
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
s=1

j1 ,...,jn 0
j1 ++jn =1
(zq j+k ; p)
(zq k ; p)
334
n+1

n

r=1
(as zr q kr ; q, p)jr
s=1
n

(bzr q N +kr ; q, p)jr
(11.7.13)
(zr q 1+kr ks /zs ; q, p)jr
s=1
In the above summation, replace k by k j. Since jr {0, 1}, we have

(bzr q N +kr jr ; p)
(bzr q N +kr ; p)
=
,
(bzr q N +kr jr ; q, p)jr
(bzr ; q, p)kr
,
(bzr ; q, p)kr jr =
(bzr q kr 1 ; q, p)jr
and
n
(zr q 1+kr ks jr +js /zs ; q, p)jr = (q; p)
r,s=1
(zr q kr ks /zs ; q, p)jr .
r=s
Thus
RN +1 =
(q N +1 ; p)
k1 ,...,kn 0
k1 ++kn =N +1
(bzr q N +kr ; p)
(zq k ; p)
(z; p)
n

(as zr ; q, p)kr

n
(bzr q N ; p)(bzr ; q, p)kr s=1 (zr q/zs ; q, p)kr
r=1
n
s=1
n

(bzr q kr 1 ; q, p)jr
(zr q kr /zs ; q, p)jr
s=1

.
(zr q kr ks /zs ; q, p)jr
r=1
n
j1 ,...,jn 0
j1 ++jn =1
r=s
(11.7.14)
The sum over j can be rewritten in the form
n

m=1
n

(bzm q km 1 ; p)
(zm q km /zs ; p)
s=1

(bzm q N +km ; p)
(zm q km ks /zs ; p)
s=m
(q N +1 ; p)
=
n

n

(bzr q N ; p)
r=1
(11.7.15)
(bzr q N +kr ; p)
r=1
by (11.7.11). From (11.7.14) and (11.7.15) it follows that
RN +1 =

k1 ,...,kn 0
k1 ++kn =N +1
n
(zq ; p)
(z; p) r=1
k
n+1

(as zr ; q, p)kr
s=1
(bzr ; q, p)kr
n

,
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
s=1
(11.7.16)
335
which completes the proof of (11.7.8).

Formula (11.7.8) may be regarded as a multivariable extension of Frenkel
and Turaevs summation formula (11.4.1) which, as we have seen before, is
an elliptic analogue of Jacksons summation formula (2.6.2) for a terminating
very-well-poised 8 7 series. However, the multiple series on the left side of
(11.7.8) does not look like well-poised at all even though it is perhaps easier to
remember in this form because of the symmetries. To restore its well-poised
character, following Milne [1987, pp. 237238] and Rosengren [2003c], we apply
the following procedure.
First we replace n by n + 1, set kn+1 = N |k|, |k| = k1 + + kn ,
zn+1 = a1 q N , take aj bj , j = 1, . . . , n + 2, and replace b by aq/c. Then
the balancing condition (11.7.10) takes the form
a2 q N +1 = c(b1 bn+2 )(z1 zn ),
(11.7.17)
which resembles the corresponding condition (2.6.1) for the one-dimensional

Jackson sum. The transformations of the various terms of the series in (11.7.8)
are straightforward, albeit somewhat tedious. First note that
n+1 (zn+1 q kn+1 ; p)
=
n+1 (zn+1 ; p)
=
q kr (zs q ks kr /zr ; p)
(zs /zr ; p)
1r<sn+1
n
kr
1 |k|kr
q (a q
/zr ; p)
1
N
(a q /zr ; p)
r=1

1r<sn
q kr (zs q ks kr /zr ; p)
(zs /zr ; p)
n
(zq ; p) (azr q |k|+kr ; p)
,
= q n(N |k|)
(z; p) r=1 (azr q N ; p)
k
(11.7.18)
where zn+1 = (z1 , . . . , zn+1 ) and kn+1 = (k1 , . . . , kn+1 ). Now,

n+1
n+2
(as zr ; q, p)kr =
r=1 s=1
n+1
n n+2

(bs zr ; q, p)kr
r=1 s=1
(a1 bs q N ; q, p)N |k| ,
s=1
(bzr ; q, p)kr = (q 1N /c; q, p)N |k|
r=1
n+1
n+2
n
(aqzr /c; q, p)kr ,
r=1
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr = (q; q, p)N |k|
r,s=1
n
(azr q N +1 ; q, p)kr
r=1
So,
n+1

r=1
n+2

(as zr ; q, p)kr
s=1
(bzr ; q, p)kr
n+1

s=1
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
n

r,s=1
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr .
336
n

=
r=1
n+2

s=1
n

(azr q N +1 , aqzr /c; q, p)kr
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
r,s=1
(bs zr ; q, p)kr
n+2

s=1
(bs a1 q N ; q, p)N |k|
(q, q 1N /c; q, p)N |k|
n

s=1
(a1 q 1N /zs ; q, p)N |k|
Using the identities (11.2.49) and (11.2.50), we can simplify the last expression above and obtain the following well-poised form of (11.7.8)
n

(azs ; q, p)|k|
n
|k|+kr

(zq k ; p)
(azr q
; p) s=1
n
(z; p)

(azr ; p)
r=1
k1 ,...,kn 0
(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
|k|N
s=1
n+2

n+2

s=1
= cN
s=1
(bs zr ; q, p)kr (c, q N ; q, p)|k|
(aq/bs ; q, p)|k| (aqzr /c, azr q N +1 ; q, p)kr
q |k|
n
n+2

(aqzr ; q, p)N (aq/cbs ; q, p)N
.
(aqzr /c; q, p)N s=1 (aq/bs ; q, p)N
r=1
(11.7.19)
For some elliptic multivariable transformation formulas and additional summation formulas, see the exercises and notes.
Exercises
11.1 Verify the (a; p) and q, p -shifted factorial identities in (11.2.42)(11.2.60).
11.2 Verify the q, p -binomial coecient identities in (11.2.62) and (11.2.64)
(11.2.66).
11.3 Show that
1
1
1
(aq 2n ; p)
(qa 2 , qa 2 ; q, p 2 )n
=
1
1
1
(a; p)
(a 2 , a 2 ; q, p 2 )n
1
(a 2 , a 2 , (ap) 2 , (ap) 2 ; q, p)n

1
(qa 2 , qa 2 , q(ap) 2 , q(ap) 2 ; q, p)n

1
(qa 2 , qa 2 , q(a/p) 2 , q(ap) 2 ; q, p)n
(a , a , (ap) , (a/p) ; q, p)n

and convert these identities to the [a; , ]n notation.
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
(q)n
11.4 Prove (11.4.1) via induction by starting with the identity

q k (aq 2k , q n1 , e, aq n+1 /e; p)
= (aq k , q kn1 , eq k , aq n+k+1 /e; p) (aq n+k+1 , q k , eq kn1 , aq k /e; p),
Exercises
337
which is equivalent to (11.4.3).

(Rosengren: June 13, 2002, e-mail message)
11.5 Verify that
n

(aq 2k ; p)
k=0
(a, b, c, a/bc; q, p)k

(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc; q, p)n
qk =
(q, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q, p)n
for n = 0, 1, . . ., which is an elliptic analogue of Ex. 2.5.

11.6 Derive the following transformation formula for a well-poised 4 E3 series
4 E3 (a, b, aq
n+2
/b, q n ; aq/b, bq n1 , aq n+1 ; q, p; 1)
(aq, q 2 (ap) 2 /b, q 2 (a/p) 2 /b, q; q, p)n

(q 2 /b, q(a/p) , q(ap) , aq 2 /b; q, p)n
1
2
1
2
12 V11 (aq/b; (ap) 2 , (a/p) 2 , qa 2 /b, qa 2 /b, q, aq n+2 /b, q n ; q, p),

1
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
11.7 Extend the terminating case of the expansion formula in (2.8.2) to
(a, b, c; q, p)n
An
(q,
aq/b,
aq/c; q, p)n
n=0

(q 2n ; p)(, b/a, c/a, aq/bc; q, p)n (a; q, p)2n
a n
=
(; p)(q, aq/b, aq/c, a2 q/bc; q, p)n (q; q, p)2n
n=0

(aq 2n , a/, bcq n /a; q, p)k
An+k ,
(q, q 2n+1 , a2 q n+1 /bc; q, p)k
k=0
where the sequence {An } has nite support and is an arbitrary parameter. Use this formula to derive (11.5.1).
11.8 Show that
n

(a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, q n ; q, p)k
1
(q, a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq n+1 ; q, p)k

k=0
1
(aq, aq/bc, qb1 (a/p) 2 , qc1 (a/p) 2 ; q, p)n

1
(1)k
(aq/b, aq/c, q(a/p) 2 , ab1 c1 (a/p) 2 ; q, p)n

1
where bc = aq n+1 , n = 0, 1, . . . .
11.9 (i) Extend Ex. 1.4(i) to the inversion formula

n 1+sr
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q, p)n
An z n
(1)n q ( 2 )
(q,
b
,
.
.
.
,
b
;
q,
p)
1
s
n
n=0
a a z n
1 1
(a1
, p)n
1
r
1 , . . . , ar ; q
A
n
1 , b1 , . . . , b1 ; q 1 , p)
qb
b
(q
1
s
s
n
1
n=0
when the sequence {An } has nite support.
338

(ii) Extend Ex. 1.4(ii) to the reverse in order of summation formula
n

(a1 , . . . , ar , q n ; q, p)k
(1)k q (2)
sr
Ak z k
(q, b1 , . . . , bs ; q, p)k
k=0
n sr1
(a1 , . . . , ar ; q, p)n
z n
=
(1)n q ( 2 )
(b1 , . . . , bs ; q, p)n q
n
b b q n+1 k

(q 1n /b1 , . . . , q 1n /bs , q n ; q, p)n
1
s
A
nk
(q, q 1n /a1 , . . . , q 1n /ar ; q, p)n
a1 ar z
k=0
when n = 0, 1, . . . , and {An } is an arbitrary sequence of complex numbers.

11.10 Prove that
n

(aq 2k ; p)
k=0
(a, b, c, d, e, a2 q/bcde; q, p)k

qk
(a; p) (q, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, bcde/a; q, p)k
(aq, bcd/a, a2 q 2 /bcde, eq; q, p)n

(q, a2 q 2 /bcd, bcde/a, aq/e; q, p)n
12 V11 (a2 q/bcd; aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd, e, a2 q/bcde, aq n+1 , q n ; q, p),
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
11.11 Verify the transformation formulas (11.6.16) and (11.6.17).
11.12 As in (11.2.67), the (z; q, p) elliptic gamma function is dened by
(z; q, p) =

1 z 1 q j+1 pk+1
,
1 zq j pk
j,k=0
where z, q, p are complex numbers and |q|, |p| < 1. Show that
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(z; q, 0) = eq (z),
(zq; q, p) = (z; p)(z; q, p),
(zp; q, p) = (z; q)(z; q, p),
(zq n ; q, p) = (z; q, p)n (z; q, p),
q (z) = (1 q)1z (q; q) (q z ; q, 0), 0 < q < 1,
and that (z; q, p) and (q z ; q, p) are meromorphic functions of z, which

are not doubly periodic.
(See Jackson [1905d], Ruijsenaars [1997, 2001], Felder and Varchenko
[2000], and Spiridonov [2003b].)
q, p) elliptic gamma function by
11.13 Dene the (z;

1 q j+1z pk+1
q, p) = (q; q) ((q; p))1z
,
(z;
(p; p)
1 q j+z pk
j,k=0
Exercises
339
where z, q, p are complex numbers and |q|, |p| < 1. Extend the Gauss
multiplication formula (1.10.10) and its q-analogue (1.10.11) to

2

n 1 ; r, p
1 ; r, p
; r, p
(nz;
q, p)
n
n
n
nz1

(r; p)
1
z + n 1 ; r, p
r, p)
z + ; r, p
=
(z;
(q; p)
n
n
with r = q n , and show that
q, 0) = q (z).
(z;
(Felder and Varchenko [2003a])
11.14 (i) Show that if n is a nonnegative integer and k is a positive integer, then
2k+8 V2k+7 (ab; c, ab/c, bq, bq
, . . . , bq k , aq n , aq n+1 , . . . , aq n+k1 , q kn ; q k , p)
(a/c, c/b; q, p)n (q k , abq k ; q k , p)n

.
(cq k , abq k /c; q k , p)n (a, 1/b; q, p)n
(ii) Show that

2 n+1 n
, q ; q, p2 )
12 V11 (acp; c, c, cp, cp, aqp/c, a q
0,
2
2 2 2 2 2
2
= c (q, a q /c ; q , p )n/2 (acqp; q, p )n ,
2 2 2
2 2
2
(a q , c q; q , p )n/2 (aqp/c; q, p )n
if n is odd,
if n is even,
and that this formula tends to (II.17) as p 0.

(iii) Show that
12 V11 (cp; c, c, cp, ep/c, cqp/e, q
n+1
, q n ; q, p2 )
(cqp, e/c2 ; q, p2 )n (eq n ; q 2 , p2 )n

(qp/c, e; q, p2 )n (eq n /c2 ; q 2 , p2 )n
and that this formula tends to (II.19) as p 0.

(See Warnaar [2002b] for part (i) and Warnaar [2003f] for parts (ii) and
(iii).)
11.15 Prove that if a, bk , ck are complex numbers such that cj = ck and acj ck =
1 for integer j and k, then
n

fnk gkm = n,m
k=m
with
fnk =
n1
(bk ck , ack /bk ; p) (cn bj+1 , acn /bj+1 ; p)
(bn cn , acn /bn ; p)
cj (acn cj , cn /cj ; p)
j=k
and
gkm =
k1
(cm bj , acm /kj ; p)

.
c
(ac
j+1
m cj+1 , cm /cj+1 ; p)
j=m
340

(Warnaar [2002b])
11.16 Prove that

n

(a2 q 5k ; p) (a2 ; q 4 , p)k (a, aq, aq 2 ; q 3 , p)k (aq n+1 , q n ; q, p)k k
q
(a2 ; p) (q; q, p)k (a, aq, aq 2 ; q 2 , p)k (aq 3n , a2 q n+4 ; q 4 , p)k
k=0
(q, q 2 , q 3 , a2 q 4 ; q 4 , p)n/4
, n 0 (mod 4),
= (aq 2 , aq 3 , aq 4 , q/a; q 4 , p)n/4
0,
n 0 (mod 4).
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.17 Show that if bc = a2 q n+1 and d = q n+1 , then

[n/2]
k=0
(aq 4k ; p)(b, c; q 3 , p)k (a, d; q, p)k (q n ; q, p)2k

qk
(a; p)(aq/b, aq/c; q, p)k (aq 3 /d, q 3 ; q 3 , p)k (aq n+1 ; q, p)2k
(aq; q, p)n (aq 2n /b; q 3 , p)n

.
(aq/b; q, p)n (aq 2n ; q 3 , p)n
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.18 For bc = aq and cd = aq n+1 , show that
n

(aq 4k ; p)(a, b; q 3 , p)k (d, q n ; q, p)k (c; q, p)2k

qk
(a; p)(q, aq/b; q, p)k (aq 3 /d, aq n+3 ; q 3 , p)k (aq/c; q, p)2k
k=0
(q, q 2 , aq 3 , b2 /a; q 3 , p)n/3

, n 0 (mod 3),
= (bq, bq 2 , b/a, aq 3 /b; q 3 , p)n/3
0,
n 0 (mod 3).
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.19 Extend the c = bq n1 case of (3.8.19) to
(aq 4k ; p)
(b, c; q 3 , p)k (d, e; q, p)k (q n ; q, p)2k
qk
(a; p) (aq/b, aq/c; q, p)k (aq 3 /d, aq 3 /e; q 3 , p)k (aq n+1 ; q, p)2k
[n/2]
k=0
(aq; q, p)n (aq 2n /b; q 3 , p)n

(aq/b; q, p)n (aq 2n ; q 3 , p)n
12 V11 (a2 /de; b, c, a/d, a/e, q 2n , q 1n , q n ; q 3 , p),
where bc = a2 q n+1 and de = aq n+1 .

(Warnaar [2002b])
11.20 Show that if bc = aq and de = aq n+1 , then
n

(aq 3k ; p)
(a, b, c; q 2 , p)k (d, e, q n ; q, p)k
qk
(a; p) (q, aq/b, aq/c; q, p)k (aq 2 /d, aq 2 /e, aq n+2 ; q 2 , p)k
k=0
(aq 2 , aq 2 /bc, aq 2 /bd, aq 2 /cd; q 2 , p)n/2

= (aq 2 /b, aq 2 /c, aq 2 /d, aq 2 /bcd; q 2 , p)n/2 , n even
0,
n odd.
Exercises
341
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.21 Show that if bcd = aq, ef = a2 q 2n+1 , and either b = a, or e = a, then
n

(aq 3k ; p)
(b, c, d; q, p)k (e, f, q 2n ; q 2 , p)k
qk
2
2
(a; p) (aq /b, aq /c, aq 2 /d; q 2 , p)k (aq/e, aq/f, aq 2n+1 ; q, p)n
k=0
(aq 2 , a2 q 2 /bce, a2 q 2 /bde, aq 2 /cd; q 2 , p)n

.
(a2 q 2 /be, aq 2 /c, aq 2 /d, a2 q 2 /bcde; q 2 , p)n
(Warnaar [2002b])
=
11.22 Show that if bcd = aq, de = a2 q 3n+1 , and either b = a or e = a, then

n

(aq 4k ; p)
(b, c; q, p)k (d; q, p)2k
k=0
(a; p) (aq 3 /b, aq 3 /c; q 3 , p)k (aq/d; q, p)2k
(e, q 3n ; q 3 , p)k
qk
(aq/e, aq 3n+1 ; q, p)k
(aq 3 , a2 q 3 /bce, a2 q 3 /bde, aq 3 /cd; q 3 , p)n
= 2 3
.
(a q /be, aq 3 /c, aq 3 /d, a2 q 3 /bcde; q 3 , p)n
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.23 (i) Verify the quadratic elliptic transformation formula

14 V13 (a; b, b, c, c, dq
, dq n , q n , q n , qa2 /2 ; q, p)
(a2 q 2 , d2 /2 , b2 d2 /a2 , c2 d2 /a2 ; q 2 , p2 )n

(d2 /a2 , q 2 2 , a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 ; q 2 , p2 )n
14 V13 (2 ; b2 , c2 , d2 q 2n , a2 q 2 /2 , q 2n , 2 /a, 2 q/a,
2 /ap, 2 qp/a; q 2 , p2 ),
where = bcd/aq and n = 0, 1, . . . .

(ii) Prove that the p 0 limit of the above transformation is
12 W11 (a; b, b, c, c, dq
, dq n , q n , q n , qa2 /2 ; q, q)
(a2 q 2 , d2 /2 , b2 d2 /a2 , c2 d2 /a2 ; q 2 )n

(d2 /a2 , q 2 2 , a2 q 2 /b2 , a2 q 2 /c2 ; q 2 )n
10 W9 (2 ; b2 , c2 , d2 q 2n , a2 q 2 /2 , q 2n , 2 /a, 2 q/a; q 2 , 2 q/a2 )

and that the 12 W11 series is VWP-balanced and balanced, while the 10 W9
series is VWP-balanced but not balanced.
(See (Spiridonov [2002a]) for part (i), and Nassrallah and Rahman [1981]
for part (ii). Also see (3.10.15), Andrews and Berkovich [2002] and Warnaar [2003c,e].)
11.24 (i) Verify the quadratic elliptic transformation formula
2
2
n
n+1 n 1n 2
,q ,q
; q , p)
14 V13 (a; a / , b, bq, c, cq, dq , dq
(aq, d/, q/b, q/c; q, p)n

(q, d/a, aq/b, aq/c; q, p)n
14 V13 (; a/, , , p 2 , p 2 , b, c, dq n , dq n ; q, p),
1
342

1
where = bcd/aq, = (q/a) 2 , and n = 0, 1, . . . .

(ii) Prove that the p 0 limit of the above identity is
2
2
n
n+1 1n n 2 2
,q
,q ;q ,q )
12 W11 (a; a / , b, bq, c, cq, dq , dq
(aq, d/, q/b, q/c; q)n

(q, d/a, aq/b, aq/c; q)n
10 W9 (; a/, , , b, c, dq n , q n ; q, q2 /a)
and that the 12 W11 series is VWP-balanced and balanced, while the 10 W9
series is VWP-balanced but not balanced.
(See Warnaar [2002b] for part (i), and Rahman and Verma [1993] for the
transformation in part (ii). Also see Andrews and Berkovich [2002] and
Warnaar [2003c,e].)
11.25 (i) Extend the quadbasic transformation formula in Ex. 3.21 to
n

(ark q k , brk q k ; p)
(a, b; p)
k=0
(a, b; r, p)k (c, a/bc; q, p)k

(q, aq/b; q, p)k (ar/c, bcr; r, p)k
(CRn /A, Rn /BC; R, P )k (Qn , BQn /A; Q, P )k k

q
(Qn /C, BCQn /A; Q, P )k (Rn /A, Rn /B; R, P )k
(ar, br; r, p)n (cq, aq/bc; q, p)n (Q, AQ/B; Q, P )n (AR/C, BCR; R, P )n
=
(q, aq/b; q, p)n (arc, bc/r; r, p)n (AR, BR; R, P )n (CQ, AQ/BC; Q, P )n
n

(ARk Qk , BRk Qk ; P )
(A, B; R, P )k (C, A/BC; Q, P )k
(A, B; P )
(Q, AQ/B; Q, P )k (AR/C, BCR; R, P )k
k=0
(crn /a, rn /bc; r, p)k (q n , bq n /a; q, p)k k

Q
(q n /c, bcq n /a; q, p)k (rn /a, rn /b; r, p)k
for n = 0, 1, . . . .
(ii) Deduce the following transformation formula for a split-poised theta
hypergeometric series
n

(aq 2k ; p) (a, b, c, a/bc; q, p)k
k=0
(q n , B/Aq n , C/Aq n , 1/BCq n ; q, p)k k

q
(1/Aq n , 1/Bq n , 1/Cq n , BC/Aq n ; q, p)k
(aq, bq, cq, aq/bc, Aq/B, Aq/C, BCq; q, p)n
=
(Aq, Bq, Cq, Aq/BC, aq/b, aq/c, bcq; q, p)n
n

(Aq 2k ; p) (A, B, C, A/BC; q, p)k
(A; p) (q, Aq/B, Aq/C, BCq; q, p)k
k=0
n
(q , b/aq n , c/aq n , 1/bcq n ; q, p)k k

q
(1/aq n , 1/bq n , 1/cq n , bc/aq n ; q, p)k
for n = 0, 1, . . . , which is an extension of the transformation formula

for a split-poised 10 9 series given in Ex. 3.21. Write this formula as a
transformation formula for a split-poised 12 E11 series.
Exercises
343
(Gasper and Schlosser [2003])
11.26 Extend Ex. 11.25(i) to

n

(a(rst/q)k , brk q k , csk q k , atk /bcq k ; p)
(a, b, c, a/bc; p)
k=0
(a; rst/q 2 , p)k (b; r, p)k (c; s, p)k (a/bc; t, p)k

(q; q, p)k (ast/bq; st/q, p)k (art/cq; rt/q, p)k (bcrs/q; rs/q, p)k
(Qn ; Q, P )k (B(Q/ST )n /A; ST /Q, P )k (C(Q/RT )n /A; RT /Q, P )k
((Q2 /RST )n /A; RST /Q2 , P )k (Rn /B; R, P )k (S n /C; S, P )k

((Q/RS)n /BC; RS/Q, P )k k
q
(BC/AT n ; T, P )k
(arst/q 2 ; rst/q 2 , p)n (br; r, p)n (cs; s, p)n (at/bc; t, p)n
=
(q; q, p)n (ast/bq; st/q, p)n (art/cq; rt/q, p)n (bcrs/q; rs/q, p)n
(Q; Q, P )n (AST /BQ; ST /Q, P )n
(ARST /Q2 ; RST /Q2 , P )n (BR; R, P )n

(ART /CQ; RT /Q, P )n (BCRS/Q; RS/Q, P )n
(CS; S, P )n (AT /BC; T, P )n

n

(A(RST /Q)k , BRk Qk , CS k Qk , AT k /BCQk ; P )
(A, B, C, A/BC; P )
k=0
(A; RST /Q2 , P )k (B; R, P )k

(Q; Q, P )k (AST /BQ; ST /Q, P )k
(C; S, P )k (A/BC; T, P )k
(ART /CQ; RT /Q, P )k (BCRS/Q; RS/Q, P )k

(q n ; q, p)k (b(q/st)n /a; st/q, p)k
((q 2 /rst)n /a; rst/q 2 , p)k

(c(q/rt)n /a; rt/q, p)k ((q/rs)n /bc; rs/q, p)k k
Q
(rn /b; r, p)k (sn /c; s, p)k (bc/atn ; t, p)k
for n = 0, 1, . . . . Use (11.6.9) and (11.6.18) to extend this formula to a

transformation formula containing the two additional parameters d and
D.
11.27 Show that if
Uk =
k1

j=0
(bj , cj , dj , ej , fj , gj ; p)
(aj /bj , aj /cj , aj /dj , aj /ej , aj /fj , aj /gj ; p)
344

and a3k = bk ck dk ek fk gk for k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , then
n

(a2k /bk ck dk fk , a2k /bk ck dk ek , ak , ak /ek fk ; p)
Uk
(ak /ek , ak /fk , a2k /bk ck dk ek fk , a2k /bk ck dk ; p)
k=m

(ak /ck dk , ak /bk dk , ak /bk ck , ek , fk , gk ; p)
1
(ak /bk , ak /ck , ak /dk , a2k /bk ck dk ek , a2k /bk ck dk fk , a2k /bk ck dk gk ; p)
= Um Un+1
for n, m = 0, 1, 2, . . . .
11.28 Extend the indenite multibasic theta hypergeometric summation formula
in (11.6.9) to

v k a2 v 2 k a2 v 2 k a2
n av k , a
,
,
,
;p

f g ta
bcdf qrst
vbcdg qrsu
bcd

2
2
2 2 k
v
a, a , a , a , a qrs
;p
k=0
f g bcdf bcdg bcd
3
v 3 , p (qrstu/v 2 )k
(b; q, p)k (c; r, p)k (d; s, p)k (f ; t, p)k (g; u, p)k a ; qrstu
k
bcdf g

a v a v a v av v av v bcdf gqrstu qrstu
;
,p k
; ,p k ; ,p k ; ,p k
; ,p k
; ,p k
b q
c r
d s
ft t
gu u
a2 v 2
v2
v k a v k a v k k
3
v 3 k ; p
a rs
,
,
, f t , guk , a
qs
qr
cd
bd
bc
bcdf g qrstu
1
k
2
2 k f g
k a v k a v k a2 v 2 k
tu
a
a
v
v
,c r ,
,
,
, a v ;p
b q
d s
bcdf qrst
bcdg qrsu
(a/f, a/g, a2 /bcdf g, a2 /bcd; p)
(a2 /bcdg, a2 /bcdf, a, a/f g; p)

(b; q, p)n+1 (c; r, p)n+1 (d; s, p)n+1 (f ; t, p)n+1 (g; u, p)n+1

v

1 a v
; , p k+1 ac ; vr , p n+1 a ; vs , p n+1 a ; vt , p n+1 a
g ; u , p n+1
b q
d
f
3

v 3 , p)
( a ; qrstu
n+1
bcdf g
,

bcdf g qrstu
2 ;
2 , p n+1
a
v
where n = 0, 1, . . . .
11.29 Dene the elliptic beta function BE (t; q, p) via its elliptic beta contour
integral representation
!
dz
BE (t; q, p) =
E (z; t; q, p) ,
z
T
where T is the positively oriented unit circle,
4

E (z; t; q, p) =
(ztk , tk /z; q, p)
1
k=0
,
2i (z 2 , 1/z 2 , zA, A/z; q, p)
Exercises
345
t = (t0 , t1 , t2 , t3 , t4 ), max(|t0 |, |t1 |, |t2 |, |t3 |, |t4 |, |q|, |p|) < 1, A =
4

tk ,
k=1
|qp| < A, and

(z1 , . . . , zn ; q, p) =
n
(zk ; q, p),
n = 1, 2, . . . ,
k=1
with (z; q, p) as dened in Ex. 11.12. Prove that

2
(tj tk ; q, p)
0j<k4
BE (t; q, p) =
(q; q) (p; p)
4

.
(A/tk ; q, p)
k=0
(Spiridonov [2001a])
11.30 Let E (z; t) = E (z; t; q, p) and BE (t) = BE (t; q, p), with E (z; t; q, p),
BE (t; q, p) and A dened as in the previous exercise, and let

t
q
q
q
t3
Aq m1
3
;
,
,
, t3 z, , q m ,
; q, p
Rm,j (z) = 12 V11
t 4 t0 t4 t1 t4 t2 t4
z
t4

t
j1
p
p
p
t
Ap
3
3
;
,
,
, t3 z, , pj ,
; p, q
12 V11
t4 t0 t 4 t 1 t4 t2 t4
z
t4

t3
Aq n1
A A A
, , , t3 z, , q n ,
; q, p
q t0 t 1 t2
z
t4

At A A A
t3
Apk1
3
; , , , t3 z, , pk ,
; p, q
12 V11
p t0 t1 t2
z
t4
Tn,k (z) = 12 V11
At
for j, k, m, n = 0, 1, . . . . Note that the base and nome in the second 12 V11
factors are p and q, respectively. Prove that Rm,j (z) and Tn,k (z) satisfy
the biorthogonality relation
!
dz
= hn,k BE (t)m,n j,k ,
Rm,j (z)Tn,k (z)E (z; t)
z
Cj,k,m,n
where
hn,k =
(A/qt4 ; p)(q, qt3 /t4 , t0 t1 , t0 t2 , t1 t2 , At3 ; q, p)n q n

(Aq 2n /qt4 ; p)(1/t3 t4 , t0 t3 , t1 t3 , t2 t3 , A/qt3 , A/qt4 ; q, p)n
(A/pt4 ; q)(p, pt3 /t4 , t0 t1 , t0 t2 , t1 t2 , At3 ; p, q)n pk
(Ap2k /pt4 ; q)(1/t3 t4 , t0 t3 , t1 t3 , t2 t3 , A/pt3 , A/pt4 ; p, q)k
and Cj,k,m,n is a closed positively oriented contour separating the points

z = t0,1,2,3 pr q s , t4 prj q sm , A1 pr+1k q s+1n with r, s = 0, 1, . . . , from
their inverses.
(Spiridonov [2003b])
11.31 Show that if
w1 wm = (z1 zn )(a1 an+m ),
346

then

n
(zq ; p)
m
(z; p) r=1
k1 ,...,kn 0
k1 ++kn =N
(ws zr ; q, p)kr
m
(wq k ; p)
n
(w; p) r=1
k1 ,...,km 0
k1 ++km =N
(as zr ; q, p)kr
s=1
s=1
m+n

n

(qzr /zs ; q, p)kr
s=1
m+n

(wr /as ; q, p)kr
s=1
s=1
m

(wr zs ; q, p)kr
(qwr /ws ; q, p)kr
s=1
which is an extension of (11.5.5), (11.7.7), and (11.7.10).

(Kajihara and Noumi [2003] and Rosengren [2003c])
11.32 Let X1 , . . . , Xn , A2 , . . . , An and C be indeterminates. Prove that if, for
m = 0, . . . , n 1, Pm is a Laurent polynomial of degree less than or equal
to m such that Pm (C/X) = Pm (X), then
n

det
(1 Ak Xi )(1 CAk /Xi )
Pj1 (Xi )
1i,jn
k=j+1
Aj Xj (1 Xi /Xj )(1 C/Xi Xj )
n
Pi1 (1/Ai ),
i=1
1i<jn
N
where the degree of the Laurent polynomial P (x) =
ai xi , aN = 0, is
i=M
dened to be N .
(Krattenthaler [1995a])
11.33 Prove the following elliptic extension of the identity in the above exercise
n

(Ak Xi ; p)(CAk /Xi ; p)
Pj1 (Xi )
det
1i,jn
k=j+1
Aj Xj (Xi /Xj ; p)(C/Xi Xj ; p)
n
Pi1 (1/Ai ),
i=1
1i<jn
where X1 , . . . , Xm , A2 , . . . , An , and C are indeterminates, and Pj (x) is

analytic in 0 < |x| < for j = 0, . . . , (n 1) with periodicity Pj (px) =

j
C/px2 Pj (x) and symmetry Pj (C/x) = Pj (x).
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.34 Deduce from the above exercise that
(AXi , AC/Xi ; q, p)nj
det
1i,jn (BXi , BC/Xi ; q, p)nj

n
n
= A( 2 ) q ( 3 )
Xj (Xi /Xj ; p)(C/Xi Xj ; p)
1i<jn
n

(B/A, ABCq 2n2i ; q, p)i1
i=1
(BXi , BC/Xi ; q, p)n1
Exercises
347
(Warnaar [2002b])
11.35 Let z1 , . . . , zn , a, b, c, d, and e be indeterminates and N a nonnegative
integer such that a2 q N n+2 = bcde. Show that
N

k1 ,...,kn =0
n
(zq k ; p)
(z; p)
1r<sn
(azr zs q kr +ks ; p)
(azr zs ; p)
(azr2 q 2kr ; p)
(azr2 , bzr , czr , dzr , ezr , q N ; q, p)ks
q |k|
2
N +1 z 2 ; q, p)
(az
;
p)
(q,
aqz
/b,
aqz
/e,
aqz
/d,
aqz
/e,
aq
r
r
r
r
k
r
r
s
r=1
n

(aqzr2 , aq 2r /bc, aq 2r /bd, aq 2r /cd; q, p)N
,
(aq 2n /bcdzr , aqzr /b, aqzr /c, aqzr /d; q, p)N
r=1
which is an elliptic extension of Schlossers [2000a] Cn Jackson sum.

(Warnaar [2002b])
11.36 Prove the following elliptic extension of Gaspers summation formula in
Ex. 2.33(i):
N

(aq 2k ; p)
k=0
r

(cj q mj , aq/cj ; q, p)k
(a, b, a/b, q N ; q, p)k
k
q
(a; p) (q, aq/b, bq, aq N +1 ; q, p)k j=1 (aq 1mj /cj , cj ; q, p)k
r
(q, aq; q, p)N (cj /b, cj b/a; q, p)mj
(bq, aq/b; q, p)N j=1 (cj , cj /a; q, p)mj
with m1 + . . . + mr = N , where m1 , . . . , mr are nonnegative integers.

(Rosengren and Schlosser [2003b])
11.37 Prove the following multidimensional extension of Ex. 11.29:
1
(2i)n
n
Tn 1j<kn
n

(tzj zk , tzj zk1 , tzj1 zk , tzj1 zk1 ; q, p)

(zj zk , zj zk1 , zj1 zk , zj1 zk1 ; q, p)
(tr zj , tr zj1 ; q, p)
dz1
dzn
...
1
1
z
zn
(z
,
Bz
,
z
,
Bz
;
q,
p)
1
j
j j
j
j=1

(ts1 tr ts ; q, p)
n

(tj ; q, p) 0r<s4
2n n!
,
=

(p; p)n (q; q)n j=1 (t; q, p)
(t1j t1
r B; q, p)
r=0
0r4
where B = t2n2

0k4
tk , max(|t|, |t0 |, |t1 |, |t2 |, |t3 |, |t4 |, |p|, |q|) < 1,
|pq| < B, and Tn is the n-dimensional unit torus.

(van Diejen and Spiridonov [2003, (29)] and Rains [2003b])
348
11.38 Prove Rosengrens [2003c] elliptic Dn Jackson summation formula

k1 ++kn =N
k1 ,...,kn 0
1r<sn
ks n1

zsks q ( 2 )
n

s=1
(zq k , p)
(z; p)
1
(zr zs ; q, p)kr +ks
(zs ar , zs /ar ; q, p)ks
r=1
(bzs , zs q 1N /b; q, p)ks
n

(qzs /zr ; q, p)ks
r=1
n1

= (q N 1 b)N
(bas , b/as ; q, p)N
s=1
(q; q, p)N
n

.
(bzs , b/zs ; q, p)N
s=1
11.39 From the previous exercise deduce that

k1 ++kn N
k1 ,...,kn 0
n
(zq k , p) (azs q ks +|k| ; p)
(z; p) s=1
(azs ; p)
n

1
(zs br , zs /br ; q, p)ks
(zr zs ; q, p)kr +ks r,s=1 (qzs /zr ; q, p)ks
1r<sn
n

(azr ; q, p)|k| (aq/zr ; q, p)|k|kr
(aqbr , aq/br ; q, p)|k|
r=1

n
(q N , c, a2 q N +1 /c; q, p)|k|
|k|
(aqzs /c, czs /aq N , azs q N +1 ; q, p)ks
s=1
n

(aqzs , aq/zs , aqbs /c, aqbs /c; q, p)N
,
(aqzs /c, aq/zs c, aqbs , aq/bs ; q, p)N
s=1
where |k| = k1 + + kn .
(Rosengren [2003c])
11.40 Show that
m1
,...,mn
k1 ,...,kn =0

n
(zq k ; p) |k| (azs q ks +|k| ; p)
q
(z; p)
(azs ; p)
s=1
n

(b, c, d; q, p)|k|
(azr ; q, p)|k|
(aq/e, aq/f, aq/g; q, p)|k| r=1 (azq mr +1 ; q, p)|k|

n

(ezs , f zs , gzs ; q, p)ks
(q mr zs /zr ; q, p)ks
(aqzs /b, aqzs /c, aqzs /d; q, p)ks r,s=1 (qzs /zr ; q, p)ks
s=1
n
Notes
=
349
a |m| (q/f, q/g; q, p)
n

(aqzs , qzs /d; q, p)ms
(aq/f, aq/g; q, p)|m| s=1 (qzs , aqzs /d; q, p)ms

n
m1
,...,mn
(zq k ; p) |k| (zs q ks +|k| ; p)
q
(z; p)
(zs ; p)
s=1
|m|
k1 ,...,kn =0
n
(zr ; q, p)|k|
(b/a, c/a, d; q, p)|k|
(aq/e, q/f, q/g; q, p)|k| r=1 (q 1+mr zr ; q, p)|k|

n

(ezs /a, f zs , gzs ; q, p)ks
(q mr zs /zr ; q, p)ks
,
(aqzs /b, aqzs /c, qzs /d; q, p)ks r,s=1 (qzs /zr ; q, p)ks
s=1
n
where = a2 q/bcd and a2 q 2+|m| = bcdef g with |k| = k1 + + kn and

|m| = m1 + + mn .
(Rosengren [2003c])
Notes
11.2 and 11.3 Totally elliptic multiple hypergeometric series are dened and
considered in Spiridonov [2002a, 2003a]. Spiridonov [2003a] showed that the
elliptic Milne An , Jackson Cn and Bhatnagar-Schlosser Dn theta hypergeometric series in the left sides of his equations (21), (18), and (22), respectively,
are totally elliptic and modular invariant. He used these results and other
observations to motivate his conjecture that, as in the one-variable series case,
every totally elliptic multiple hypergeometric series is modular invariant.
11.6 The p = 0, s = q special case of (11.6.21) is equivalent to a corrected version of the generalization of (3.7.6) given in Subbarao and Verma
[1999].
11.7 Rosengrens inductive proof of (11.7.8) is similar to Milnes [1985a,
pp. 4950] inductive proof of (11.7.1) based on the analysis in Milne [1980b,
pp. 179182, and 1985c, pp. 1719]. For additional material on basic and elliptic summation and transformation formulas, see Bhatnagar [1998, 1999], Bhatnagar and Milne [1997], Bhatnagar and Schlosser [1998], van Diejen [1997b],
van Diejen and Spiridonov [20002003], Gustafson [1987a1994b], Gustafson
and Krattenthaler [1997], Gustafson and Rakha [2000], Ito [2002], Leininger
and Milne [1999a,b], Lilly and Milne [1993], Milne [1980a2002], Milne and
Bhatnagar [1998], Milne and Lilly [1992, 1995], Milne and Schlosser [2002],
Rains [2003a,b], Rosengren [19992003f], Rosengren and Schlosser [2003a,b],
Schlosser [19972003e], Spiridonov [19992003b], and Warnaar [19992003e].
Ex. 11.15 This orthogonality relation is an elliptic analogue of Krattenthaler [1996, (1.5)].
Ex. 11.17 This summation formula is an elliptic analogue of Gasper [1989a,
(5.22) with b = q n+1 ].
Ex. 11.18 This identity is an elliptic extension of W. Chu [1995, (4.6d)].
Ex. 11.20 This formula is a generalization of Gessel and Stanton [1983,
(6.14)].
350
Ex. 11.21 When p = 0 and b = a this formula reduces to Gessel and

Stanton [1983, (1.4)]. When p = 0 and e = a it reduces to W. Chu [1995,
(5.1d)] and to Rahman [1993, (1.9) with b = q 2n ].
Ex. 11.22 When p = 0 and b = a this is an elliptic analogue of Gasper
[1989a, (5.22) with c = q 3n ].
Ex. 11.29 Also see the material on elliptic integrals and elliptic gamma
functions in Felder, Stevens and Varchenko [2003a,b], Felder and Varchenko
[2000-2003b], Narukawa [2003], and Nishizawa [2002].
Ex. 11.36 Also see the elliptic summation formula in Rosengren and
Schlosser [2003b, Corollary 5.3].
Ex. 11.38 The p = 0 case was independently discovered by Bhatnagar
[1999] and Schlosser [1997].
Ex. 11.39 When p = 0 this reduces to an identity in Schlosser [1997].
Ex. 11.40 Equivalent forms of the p = 0 case were independently discovered by Denis and Gustafson [1992, Theorem 3.1], who derived it from a
multivariable integral transformations via residues, and by Milne and Newcomb
[1996, Theorem 3.1] via series manipulations. Also see Rosengren [2003a].
Appendix I
IDENTITIES INVOLVING q-SHIFTED FACTORIALS, q-GAMMA
FUNCTIONS AND q-BINOMIAL COEFFICIENTS
q-Shifted factorials:
n = 0,
1,
n1
),
n = 1, 2, . . . ,
(a; q)n = (1 a)(1 aq) (1 aq
(I.1)
1
, n = 1, 2, . . . .
(1 aq 1 )(1 aq 2 ) (1 aq n )
(a; q)n =
1
(aq n ; q)n
(q/a)n (n)
q 2
(q/a; q)n
and
where
(I.2)
n
2
(a; q 1 )n = (a1 ; q)n (a)n q ( 2 ) ,
(I.3)
= n(n 1)/2.
(a; q) =
(1 aq k ),
(I.4)
k=0
(a; q)n =
(a; q)
,
(aq n ; q)
(I.5)
and, for any complex number ,

(a; q) =
(a; q)
,
(aq ; q)
(I.6)
where the principal value of q is taken and it is assumed that |q| < 1.
n

(a; q)n = q 1n /a; q n (a)n q ( 2 ) .

n
n
n
a
aq ; q n = (q/a; q)n
q ( 2 ) .
q
(aq n ; q)n
(q/a; q)n a n
=
.
(bq n ; q)n
(q/b; q)n b
q k k
(a; q)n
(a; q)nk = 1n
q (2)nk .
(q
/a; q)k
a

k

(a; q)nk
(a; q)n q 1n /b; q k b
=
.
(b; q)nk
(b; q)n (q 1n /a; q)k a
k
n
(q; q)n
(1)k q (2)nk .
q ;q k =
(q; q)nk
n
(a; q)k (q/a; q)n nk
aq ; q k =
q
.
(q 1k /a; q)n
351
(I.7)
(I.8)
(I.9)
(I.10)
(I.11)
(I.12)
(I.13)
352
Appendix I

nk
k
n
(q/a; q)n
a
q (2)( 2 ) .
aq ; q nk =
(q/a; q)k
q

n
n
2n
a
(q/a; q)2n
aq
2
;q n =
q 3( 2 ) .
(q/a; q)n
q
n
kn
2
(q/a; q)kn
aq
;q n =
(a)n q ( 2 )kn .
(q/a; q)(k1)n

(a; q)n+k = (a; q)n (aq n ; q)k .

(a; q)k (aq k ; q)n
.
(aq n ; q)k =
(a; q)n
(a; q)(k+1)n
.
(aq kn ; q)n =
(a; q)kn
(a; q)n
(aq k ; q)nk =
.
(a; q)k
(a; q)n (aq n ; q)k
.
(aq 2k ; q)nk =
(a; q)2k
jk
(a; q)n (aq n ; q)(j1)k
.
aq ; q nk =
(a; q)jk
(a1 , a2 , . . . , ak ; q)n = (a1 ; q)n (a2 ; q)n (ak ; q)n .
(a1 , a2 , . . . , ak ; q) = (a1 ; q) (a2 ; q) (ak ; q) .
(a; q)2n = (a, aq; q 2 )n ,
(a; q)3n = (a, aq, aq 2 ; q 3 )n ,
(I.14)
(I.15)
(I.16)
(I.17)
(I.18)
(I.19)
(I.20)
(I.21)
(I.22)
(I.23)
(I.24)
(I.25)
(I.26)
and, in general,
(a; q)kn = (a, aq, . . . , aq k1 ; q k )n .
(a2 ; q 2 )n = (a, a; q)n ,
(a3 ; q 3 )n = (a, a, a 2 ; q)n , = e2i/3 ,
(I.27)
(I.28)
(I.29)
and, in general,
(ak ; q k )n = (a, ak , . . . , akk1 ; q)n ,
1
2
1
2
(qa , qa ; q)n
k = e2i/k .
(aq ; q )n
1 aq
=
,
2)
(a;
q
1a
(a , a ; q)n
n
1

1
1
qa 3 , qa 3 , q 2 a 3 ; q n
(aq 3 ; q 3 )
1 aq 3n
=
=
,
1

1
1
(a; q 3 )n
1a
a 3 , a 3 , 2 a 3 ; q
1
2
1
2
(I.30)
2n
(I.31)
(I.32)
and, in general,
1

1
1
qa k , qk a k , . . . qkk1 a k ; q n
(aq k ; q k )n
1 aq kn
,
=
=

1
1
1
(a; q k )n
1a
a k , k a k , . . . , kk1 a k ; q n
(I.33)
where = e2i/3 and k = e2i/k .

lim
q1
(zq ; q)
= (1 z) ,
(z; q)
|z| < 1.
(I.34)
Appendix I
q-Gamma function:
(q; q)
1x
,
0 < q < 1,
(q x ; q) (1 q)
q (x) =
x
(q 1 ; q 1 )
x 1 (q 1)1x q (2) , q > 1.

(q ; q )
lim q (x) = (x).
q1
q (2x)q2

1
1
= q2 (x)q2 x +
(1 + q)2x1 .
2
2
353
(I.35)
(I.36)
(I.37)

1
2
n1
q (nx)r
r
r
n
n
n

1
n1
nx1
n1
r x +
,
= 1 + q + ... + q
r (x)r x +
n
n
(I.38)
with r = q n .
q-Binomial coecient:

(q; q)n
n
n
=
=
k q
nk q
(q; q)k (q; q)nk
and, for |q| < 1 and complex and ,
+1 +1

,q
;q
q
=
,
+1
q
(q, q
; q)

q ( + 1)
,
=
q
q ( + 1)q ( + 1)

k
(q ; q)k
k
=
(q ) q (2) ,
k q
(q; q)k
+1

q
;q k
k+
=
,
k
(q;
q)
k
q

+ k 1 k (k2)
,
=
q
q
k
k q
q

+1
=
qk +
=
+
q +1k ,
k
k
k
1
k
k
1
q
q
q
q
q

+1
; q)n
(q
n+
=
,
nk q
(q; q)nk (q +1 ; q)k

2
=
q k k ,
k q
k q1
(I.39)
(I.40)
(I.41)
(I.42)
(I.43)
(I.44)
(I.45)
(I.46)
(I.47)
where n, k are nonnegative integers. For elliptic analogues, see Chapter 11.
Appendix II
SELECTED SUMMATION FORMULAS
Sums of basic hypergeometric series:

The two q-exponential functions,
eq (z) =
zn
1
=
,
(q;
q)
(z;
q)
n
n=0
|z| < 1,

q( 2 ) zn
Eq (z) =
= (z; q) .
(q; q)n
n=0
(II.1)
(II.2)
The q-binomial theorem,

1 0 (a; ; q, z)
(az; q)
,
(z; q)
|z| < 1,
(II.3)
or, when a = q n , where, as elsewhere in this appendix, n denotes a nonnegative integer,

n
; ; q, z) = (zq n ; q)n .
(II.4)
1 0 (q
The sum of a 1 1 series,
1 1 (a; c; q, c/a)
(c/a; q)
.
(c; q)
(II.5)
The q-Vandermonde (q-Chu-Vandermonde) sums,

2 1 (a, q
; c; q, q) =
(c/a; q)n n
a
(c; q)n
(II.6)
and, reversing the order of summation,

2 1 (a, q
(c/a; q)n
.
(c; q)n
(II.7)
(c/a, c/b; q)
.
(c, c/ab; q)
(II.8)
; c; q, cq n /a) =
The q-Gauss sum,

2 1
(a, b; c; q, c/ab) =
The q-Kummer (Bailey-Daum) sum,

2 1
(a, b; aq/b; q, q/b) =
(q; q) (aq, aq 2 /b2 ; q 2 )

.
(q/b, aq/b; q)
(II.9)
A q-analogue of Baileys 2 F1 (1) sum,

2 2 (a, q/a; q, b; q, b)
354
(ab, bq/a; q 2 )
.
(b; q)
(II.10)
Appendix II
355
A q-analogue of Gauss 2 F1 (1) sum,

(a2 q, b2 q; q 2 )
1
1
2 2
.
2 2 a , b ; abq 2 , abq 2 ; q, q =
(q, a2 b2 q; q 2 )
(II.11)
The q-Saalsch
utz (q-Pfa-Saalsch
utz) sum,

a, b, q n
(c/a, c/b; q)n
;
q,
q
=
.
3 2
(c, c/ab; q)n
c, abc1 q 1n
The q-Dixon sum,

1
1
1
1
aq, qb1 a 2 , qc1 a 2 , aq/bc; q
a, qa 2 , b, c
qa 2
; q,
=
,

4 3
1
1
1
bc
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c
aq/b, aq/c, qa 2 , qa 2 /bc; q
(II.12)
(II.13)
or, when c = q n ,

1
1
a, qa 2 , b, q n
q 1+n a 2
=
; q,
4 3
1
b
a 2 , aq/b, aq 1+n

1
aq, qa 2 /b; q n
.
1
qa 2 , aq/b; q n
(II.14)
Jacksons terminating q-analogue of Dixons sum,

2n
,
b,
c
q
(b, c; q)n (q, bc; q)2n
q 2n
=
; q,
.
3 2
12n
12n
bc
(q, bc; q)n (b, c; q)2n
/b, q
/c
q
A q-analogue of Watsons 3 F2 sum,

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , a, b, c, c, q/c2
q
; q,
8 7
1
1
ab
2 , 2 , q/a, q/b, q/c, q/c, c2
=
(q, c2 /; q) (aq, bq, c2 q/a, c2 q/b; q 2 )

,
(q/a, q/b; q) (q, abq, c2 q, c2 q/ab; q 2 )
(II.15)
(II.16)
where = c(ab/q) 2 ; and Andrews terminating q-analogue,

n 2 n+1
, c, c
q ,a q
; q, q
4 3
aq, aq, c2
0,
if n is odd,
= cn (q, a2 q 2 /c2 ; q 2 )
n/2
, if n is even.
(a2 q 2 , c2 q; q 2 )n/2
A q-analogue of Whipples 3 F2 sum,

1
1
c, q(c) 2 , q(c) 2 ,
a,
q/a,
c,
d,
8 7
1
1
(c) 2 , (c) 2 , cq/a, ac, q, cq/d,

(c, cq; q) acd, acq/d, cdq/a, cq 2 /ad; q 2
=
,
(cd, cq/d, ac, cq/a; q)
(II.17)
q/d
and a terminating q-analogue,

n n+1
, c, c
q ,q
; q, q
4 3
e, c2 q/e, q
n n+1 2 1n

,c q
/e, c2 q n+2 /e; q 2 n(n+1)/2
eq , eq
=
q
.
(e, c2 q/e; q)
cd

; q, c
(II.18)
(II.19)
356
Appendix II
The sum of a very-well-poised 6 5 series,

1
1
b,
c,
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
6 5
1
1
2
2
a , a , aq/b, aq/c,
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q)
=
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q)
d
aq/d
aq
; q,
bcd
(II.20)
or, when d = q n ,

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, q n
(aq, aq/bc; q)n
aq n+1
=
; q,
.
6 5
1
1
n+1
bc
(aq/b, aq/c; q)n
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq
Jacksons q-analogue of Dougalls 7 F6 sum,

1
1
b,
c,
d,
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
8 7
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d,
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd; q)n
=
,
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/bcd; q)n
e,
aq/e,
q n
; q, q
aq n+1
(II.21)
(II.22)
where a2 q = bcdeq n .
A nonterminating form of the q-Vandermonde sum,
(q/c, a, b; q)
(c/q, aq/c, bq/c; q)
(q/c, abq/c; q)
2 1 (aq/c, bq/c; q 2 /c; q, q) =
.
(aq/c, bq/c; q)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, q)
A nonterminating form of the q-Saalsch

utz sum,

a, b, c
(q/e, a, b, c, qf /e; q)
; q, q +
3 2
(e/q,
aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, f ; q)
e, f

aq/e, bq/e, cq/e
(q/e, f /a, f /b, f /c; q)
3 2
,
; q, q =
2
(aq/e, bq/e, cq/e, f ; q)
q /e, qf /e
(II.23)
(II.24)
where ef = abcq.
Baileys nonterminating extension of Jacksons 8 7 sum,

1
1
b,
c,
d,
e,
f
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
; q, q
8 7
1
1
b
(aq, c, d, e, f, bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f ; q)
a (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, b2 q/a; q)

1
1
; q, q
8 7
1
1
=
(aq, b/a, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/cf, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef ; q)

,
(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q)
where qa2 = bcdef .
(II.25)
Appendix II
357
q-Analogues of the Karlsson-Minton sums,

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 1(m1 ++mr )
;
q,
a
q
r+2 r+1
bq, b1 , . . . , br
(q, bq/a; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr
=
b
(bq, q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr
and
r+1 r
(II.26)

a, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
; q, a1 q (m1 ++mr ) = 0,
b1 , . . . , br
(II.27)
where m1 , . . . , mr are arbitrary nonnegative integers.

Sums of bilateral basic series:
Jacobis triple product,

2
q k z k = q 2 , qz, q/z; q 2 .
(II.28)
(q, b/a, az, q/az; q)

.
(b, q/a, z, b/az; q)
(II.29)
k=
Ramanujans sum,
1 1 (a; b; q, z)
The sum of a well-poised 2 2 series,

2 2 (b, c; aq/b, aq/c; q, aq/bc)
(aq/bc; q) (aq 2 /b2 , aq 2 /c2 , q 2 , aq, q/a; q 2 )
(aq/b, aq/c, q/b, q/c, aq/bc; q)
(II.30)
Baileys sum of a well-poised 3 3 ,

b, c, d
q
;
q,
3 3
bcd
q/b, q/c, q/d
(q, q/bc, q/bd, q/cd; q)
.
=
(q/b, q/c, q/d, q/bcd; q)
(II.31)
A basic bilateral analogue of Dixons sum,

3
1
b,
c,
d
qa 2 ,
qa 2
; q,
4 4
1
bcd
a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d
1
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/cd, qa 2 /b, qa 2 /c, qa 2 /d, q, q/a; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q/b, q/c, q/d, qa 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 /bcd; q)
1
The sum of a very-well-poised 6 6 series,

1
1
b,
c,
d,
e
qa 2 , qa 2 ,
qa2
; q,
6 6
1
1
bcde
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e
(aq, aq/bc, aq/bd, aq/be, aq/cd, aq/ce, aq/de, q, q/a; q)
=
.
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/b, q/c, q/d, q/e, qa2 /bcde; q)
(II.32)
(II.33)
358
Appendix II
Bibasic sums:
Gospers indenite bibasic sum,
n

1 apk q k
1a
k=0
(a; p)k (c; q)k k

(ap; p)n (cq; q)n n
q =
c .
(q; q)k (ap/c; p)k
(q; q)n (ap/c; p)n
(II.34)
An extension of (II.34),
n

k=0
(1 a)(1 b)
(ap, bp; p)n (cq, aq/bc; q)n

(q, aq/b; q)n (ap/c, bcp; p)n

qk
(II.35)
and, more generally,

n

qk
(1 ad)(1 b/d)
k=m

(1 a)(1 b)(1 c)(1 ad2 /bc)
=
d(1 ad)(1 b/d)(1 c/d)(1 ad/bc) (dq, adq/b; q)n (adp/c, bcp/d; p)n

(c/ad, d/bc; p)m+1 (1/d, b/ad; q)m+1
,
(II.36)
(1/c, bc/ad2 ; q)m+1 (1/a, 1/b; p)m+1
where m is an integer or +.
An extension of the formula for the n-th q-dierence of (apk ; q)n1 ,

n
k
a
b (apk , bpk ; q)n1 (1 ap2k /b)
1
1
(1)k p(2) = n,0 .
k
q
q
(p; p)k (p; p)nk (ap /b; p)n+1
k=0
(II.37)
Appendix III
SELECTED TRANSFORMATION FORMULAS
Heines transformations of 2 1 series:

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(b, az; q)
2 1 (c/b, z; az; q, b)
(c, z; q)
(c/b, bz; q)
=
2 1 (abz/c, b; bz; q, c/b)
(c, z; q)
(abz/c; q)
=
2 1 (c/a, c/b; c; q, abz/c).
(z; q)
=
(III.1)
(III.2)
(III.3)
Jacksons transformations of 2 1 , 2 2 and 3 2 series:

2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(az; q)
2 2 (a, c/b; c, az; q, bz)
(z; q)

(abz/c; q)
a, c/b, 0
; q, q
=
3 2
c, cq/bz
(bz/c; q)

(a, bz, c/b; q)
z, abz/c, 0
; q, q .
+
3 2
bz, bzq/c
(c, z, c/bz; q)
(III.4)
(III.5)
Transformations of terminating 2 1 series:

n
(c/b; q)n bz
n
(q
,
b;
c;
q,
z)
=
2 1
(c; q)n
q
3 2 (q n , q/z, c1 q 1n ; bc1 q 1n , 0; q, q) (III.6)

n
q , b, bzq n /c
(c/b; q)n
; q, q
(III.7)
=
3 2
(c; q)n
bq 1n /c, 0

n
q , b, q/z
z
(c/b; q)n n
,
(III.8)
; q,
=
b 3 1
1n
(c; q)n
c
/c
bq
where, as elsewhere in this appendix, n denotes a non-negative integer.
Transformations of 3 2 series:

de
a, b, c
;
q,
3 2
d, e
abc

a, d/b, d/c
(e/a, de/bc; q)
e
=
; q,
3 2
(e, de/abc; q)
a
d, de/bc

d/b, e/b, de/abc
(b, de/ab, de/bc; q)
=
; q, b ,
3 2
(d, e, de/abc; q)
de/ab, de/bc
359
(III.9)
(III.10)
360
Appendix III

q n , b, c
; q, q
3 2
d, e

n
n
q , d/b, d/c
(de/bc; q)n bc
=
;
q,
q
(III.11)
3 2
(e; q)n
d
d, de/bc

n
q , c, d/b
bq
(e/c; q)n n
,
(III.12)
; q,
=
c 3 2
(e; q)n
e
d, cq 1n /e

n

q , b, c
q n , c, d/b
(e/c; q)n
deq n
=
; q, q . (III.13)
; q,
3 2
3 2
bc
(e; q)n
d, e
d, cq 1n /e
The Sears-Carlitz transformation of a terminating well-poised 3 2 series,

a,
b,
c
aqz
; q,
3 2
bc
aq/b, aq/c

1
1
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc
(az; q)
; q, q
(III.14)
=
5 4
(z; q)
aq/b, aq/c, az, q/z
provided that a = q n . See (III.35) for a nonterminating case.
Sears transformations of terminating balanced 4 3 series:

n
q , a, b, c
; q, q
4 3
d, e, f

q n , a, d/b, d/c
(e/a, f /a; q)n n
;
q,
q
=
a 4 3
(e, f ; q)n
d, aq 1n /e, aq 1n /f

n
q , e/a, f /a, ef /abc
(a, ef /ab, ef /ac; q)n
; q, q ,
=
4 3
(e, f, ef /abc; q)n
ef /ab, ef /ac, q 1n /a
(III.15)
(III.16)
where def = abcq 1n .

Watsons transformation formulas:

1
1
b,
c,
d,
e,
f
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
a2 q 2
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef

aq/bc, d, e, f
; q, q
=
4 3
aq/b, aq/c, def /a
(III.17)
whenever the 8 7 series converges and the 4 3 series terminates, and, when
f = q n ,

1
1
b,
c,
d,
e,
q n
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
a2 q n+2
;
q,
8 7
1
1
bcde

n
aq/bc,
d,
e,
q
(aq, aq/de; q)n
; q, q
=
4 3
(aq/d, aq/e; q)n
aq/b, aq/c, deq n /a
(III.18)
Appendix III
or, equivalently,

n
q , a, b, c
(d/b, d/c; q)n
;
q,
q
=
4 3
(d, d/bc; q)n
d, e, f

1
1
b,
, q 2 , q 2 , f /a, e/a,
8 7
1
1
2 , 2 ,
e,
f, ef /ab,
361
c,
ef /ac,

ef q n
; q,
,
bc
ef q n /a
q n
(III.19)
where def = abcq 1n and = ef /aq.
Another transformation of a terminating balanced 4 3 series to a very-wellpoised 8 7 series,

n
q , a, b, c
(abq/f, acq/f, bcq/f, q/f ; q)
;
q,
q
=
4 3
(aq/f, bq/f, cq/f, abcq/f ; q)
d, e, f

1
1
de
a,
b,
c,
dq n , eq n
, q 2 , q 2 ,
; q,
,
8 7
1
1
2 , 2 , q/a, q/b, q/c,
e,
d
abc
(III.20)
where def = abcq 1n and = abc/f .
Singhs quadratic transformation:

a2 , b2 , c, d
; q, q
1
1
4 3
abq 2 , abq 2 , cd

a2 , b2 , c2 , d2
; q2 , q2 ,
= 4 3 2 2
a b q, cd, cdq
(III.21)
provided the series terminate.

A q-analogue of Clausens formula:
2

a, b, abz, ab/z
; q, q
4 3
1
1
abq 2 , abq 2 , ab

= 5 4
;
q,
q
1
1
abq 2 , abq 2 , ab, a2 b2
(III.22)
provided both series terminate. A non-terminating q-analogue of Clausens

formula is given in (8.8.17).
Transformations of very-well-poised 8 7 series:

1
1
b,
c,
d,
e,
f
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
a2 q 2
; q,
8 7
1
1
bcdef
(aq, aq/ef, q/e, q/f ; q)
=
(aq/e, aq/f, q, q/ef ; q)

1
1
e,
f
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a, d/a,
aq
; q,
8 7
1
1
ef
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, q/e, q/f
(III.23)
362
=
Appendix III
(aq, b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q)

(aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q, b/a; q)

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , aq/bc, aq/bd,
8 7
1
1
2 , 2 , bc/a, bd/a,
aq/be,
aq/bf,
b/a
be/a,
bf /a,
aq/b

; q, b ,
(III.24)
where = qa2 /bcd and = q 2 a3 /b2 cdef .
Transformations of a nearly-poised 5 4 series:

a,
b,
c,
d,
q n
;
q,
q
5 4
aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a2 q n /2

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a,
(q/a, 2 q/a; q)n
=
12 11
1
1
(q, 2 q/a2 ; q)n
2 , 2 , aq/b,
1
2
1
2
1
2
a ,
a ,
1
(aq) ,
(aq) ,
q/a 2 ,
q/a 2 ,
1
2
(q/a) 2 ,
(q/a) 2 ,
c/a,
d/a,
aq/c,
aq/d,
2 n+1
/a,
aq n /,
q n
q n+1

; q, q ,
(III.25)

5 4
q n ,
b,
c,
q 1n /b, q 1n /c,
(2 q n+1 , q/e; q)n
= 2 n+1
( q
/e, q; q)n

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 ,
12 11
1
1
2 , 2 ,
d,
1n
q
/d,
; q, q
eq 2n /2
bq n ,
q 1n /b,
cq n ,
q 1n /c,
dq n ,
q 1n /d,

q n/2 , q (1n)/2 , q (1n)/2 , e, 2 q n+1 /e
;
q,
q
,
q (n+2)/2 , q (n+2)/2 , q (n+1)/2 , q (n+1)/2 , q/e, eq n /
(III.26)
q n/2 ,
where = qa2 /bcd and = q 12n /bcd.

Transformation of a nearly-poised 7 6 series:

1
1
b,
c,
d,
q n
a, qa 2 , qa 2 ,
;
q,
q
7 6
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, a2 q 2n /2

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 ,
(/aq, 2 /aq; q)n (1 2 q 2n1 /a)
=
12 11
1
1
(q, 2 /a2 q; q)n
(1 2 /aq)
2 , 2 ,
b/a,
c/a,
aq/b,
aq/c,
d/a, (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , qa 2 , qa 2 , 2 q n1 /a, q n

1
aq/d, (q/a) 2 , (q/a) 2 , /a 2 , /a 2 , aq 2n /, q n+1

; q, q ,
(III.27)
where = qa2 /bcd.
Appendix III
363
Baileys 10 9 transformation formula:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f, aq n+1 /ef, q n
; q, q
10 9
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, ef q n /, aq n+1

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b/a, c/a,
=
10 9
1
1
2 , 2 , aq/b, aq/c,

d/a,
e,
f,
aq n+1 /ef, q n ,
;
q,
q
,
(III.28)
aq/d, q/e, q/f, ef q n /a, q n+1
where = qa2 /bcd.
Transformations of r+2 r+1 series:

a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
1 m+1(m1 ++mr )
; q, a q
r+2 r+1
bq 1+m , b1 , . . . , br
=
(q, bq/a; q) (bq; q)m (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr m
b
(bq, q/a; q)
(q; q)m (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

q m , b, bq/b1 , . . . , bq/br
r+2 r+1
; q, q
(III.29)
bq/a, bq 1m1 /b1 , . . . , bq 1mr /br
and

r+2 r+1
a, b, b1 q m1 , . . . , br q mr
; q, a1 q 1(m1 ++mr )
bcq, b1 , . . . , br
(bq/a, cq; q) (b1 /b; q)m1 (br /b; q)mr m1 ++mr

b
(bcq, q/a; q) (b1 ; q)m1 (br ; q)mr

c1 , b, bq/b1 , . . . , bq/br
r+2 r+1
; q, cq ,
bq/a, bq 1m1 /b1 , . . . , bq 1mr /br
(III.30)
where m, m1 , . . . , mr are arbitrary nonnegative integers.

Three-term transformation formulas:
(abz/c, q/c; q)
2 1 (c/a, cq/abz; cq/az; q, bq/c)
(az/c, q/a; q)
(b, q/c, c/a, az/q, q 2 /az; q)
2
2 1 (aq/c, bq/c; q /c; q, z). (III.31)

(c/q, bq/c, q/a, az/c, cq/az; q)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
(b, c/a, az, q/az; q)

2 1 (a, aq/c; aq/b; q, cq/abz)
(c, b/a, z, q/z; q)
(a, c/b, bz, q/bz; q)
(III.32)
+
2 1 (b, bq/c; bq/a; q, cq/abz).
(c, a/b, z, q/z; q)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
364
Appendix III
a, b, c
de
; q,
abc
d, e
3 2

c, d/a, cq/e
(e/b, e/c, cq/a, q/d; q)
bq
;
q,
3 2
(e, cq/d, q/a, e/bc; q)
d
cq/a, bcq/e

2
aq/d, bq/d, cq/d
(q/d, eq/d, b, c, d/a, de/bcq, bcq /de; q)
de
.
;
q,
3 2
(d/q, e, bq/d, cq/d, q/a, e/bc, bcq/e; q)
abc
q 2 /d, eq/d
(III.33)

a, b, c
d/a, b, c
(e/b, e/c; q)
de
=
; q,
; q, q
3 2
3 2
abc
(e, e/bc; q)
d, e
d, bcq/e

e/b, e/c, de/abc
(d/a, b, c, de/bc; q)
+
;
q,
q
.
(III.34)
3 2
(d, e, bc/e, de/abc; q)
de/bc, eq/bc

aqx
a,
b,
c
;
q,
3 2
aq/b, aq/c
bc

1
1
1
1
(ax; q)
a 2 , a 2 , (aq) 2 , (aq) 2 , aq/bc
=
;
q,
q
5 4
aq/b, aq/c,
ax,
q/x
(x; q)
(a, aq/bc, aqx/b, aqx/c; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, aqx/bc, x1 ; q)
1

1
1
1
xa 2 , xa 2 , x(aq) 2 , x(aq) 2 , aqx/bc
5 4
;
q,
q
.
aqx/b, aqx/c, xq, ax2
+

8 7
a,
qa 2 ,
1
a2 ,
qa 2 ,
b,
1
a 2 , aq/b,
f
a2 q 2
; q,
bcdef
aq/f

aq/bc, d, e, f
; q, q
4 3
aq/b, aq/c, def /a
c,
aq/c,

(III.35)
d,
aq/d,
e,
aq/e,
(aq, aq/bc, d, e, f, a2 q 2 /bdef, a2 q 2 /cdef ; q)

(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, a2 q 2 /bcdef, def /aq; q)

aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef, a2 q 2 /bcdef
; q, q .
4 3
a2 q 2 /bdef, a2 q 2 /cdef, aq 2 /def

8 7
a,
qa 2 ,
1
a2 ,
qa 2 ,
b,
1
a 2 , aq/b,
c,
aq/c,
d,
aq/d,
e,
aq/e,
(III.36)
f
a2 q 2
; q,
bcdef
aq/f
(aq, aq/de, aq/df, aq/ef, eq/c, f q/c, b/a, bef /a; q)

(aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/def, q/c, ef q/c, be/a, bf /a; q)

1
1
ef /c, q (ef /c) 2 , q (ef /c) 2 , aq/bc, aq/cd, ef /a, e, f
8 7
1
1
(ef /c) 2 , (ef /c) 2 , bef /a, def /a, aq/c, f q/c, eq/c

bd
; q,
a
Appendix III
+
365
b (aq, bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, d, e, f, aq/bc; q)

a (aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, bd/a, be/a; q)
(bdef /a2 , a2 q/bdef ; q)

(bf /a, def /a, aq/def, q/c, b2 q/a; q)

2
1
1
a2 q 2
b /a, bqa 2 , bqa 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a
; q,
.
8 7
1
1
bcdef
(III.37)
Transformation of an 8 8 series:
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/ab, q/ac, q/ad, q/ae; q)
(f a, ga, f /a, g/a, qa2 , q/a2 ; q)

qa, qa ba,
ca,
da,
ea,
8 8
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e,
=
f a,
aq/f,
(q, q/bf, q/cf, q/df, q/ef, qf /b, qf /c, qf /d, qf /e; q)

(f a, q/f a, aq/f, f /a, g/f, f g, qf 2 ; q)
2
f c,
f d,
f e,
f , qf, qf, f b,
8 7
f, f, f q/b, f q/c, f q/d, f q/e,
ga
q2
; q,
bcdef g
aq/g
fg
q2
; q,
bcdef g
f q/g
+ idem (f ; g).
(III.38)
Baileys four-term 10 9 transformation:

1
1
a, qa 2 , qa 2 , b, c, d, e, f, g, h
;
q,
q
10 9
1
1
a 2 , a 2 , aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h
+
(aq, b/a, c, d, e, f, g, h, bq/c; q)

2
(b q/a, a/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bc/a; q)
(bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h; q)

(bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
1
b2 /a, qba 2 , qba 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a
; q, q
10 9
1
1
ba 2 , ba 2 , bq/a, bq/c, bq/d, bq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h
(aq, b/a, q/f, q/g, q/h, bf /, bg/, bh/; q)

(q, b/, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bf /a, bg/a, bh/a; q)

1
1
, q 2 , q 2 , b, c/a, d/a, e/a, f, g, h
; q, q
10 9
1
1
2 , 2 , q/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, q/f, q/g, q/h
(aq, b/a, f, g, h, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h, c/a, d/a, e/a, abq/c; q)
(b2 q/, /b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, bc/a, bd/a, be/a, bf /a; q)

1
1
b2 /, qb 2 , qb 2 , b, bc/a, bd/a,
(abq/d, abq/e; q)
10 9
1
1
(bg/a, bh/a; q)
b 2 , b 2 , bq/, abq/c, abq/d,

be/a, bf /, bg/, bh/
; q, q ,
(III.39)
abq/e, bq/f, bq/g, bq/h
366
Appendix III
where a3 q 2 = bcdef gh and = qa2 /cde.

Transformation of a
10 10
series:
(aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, q/ab, q/ac, q/ad, q/ae, q/af ; q)
(ag, ah, ak, g/a, h/a, k/a, qa2 , q/a2 ; q)

qa, qa, ba, ca, da, ea, f a, ga, ha, ka
q3
; q,
10 10
bcdef ghk
a, a, aq/b, aq/c, aq/d, aq/e, aq/f, aq/g, aq/h, aq/k
(q, q/bg, q/cg, q/dg, q/eg, q/f g, qg/b, qg/c, qg/d, qg/e, qg/f ; q)
=
(gh, gk, h/g, k/g, ag, q/ag, g/a, aq/g, qg 2 ; q)

g 2 , qg, qg, gb, gc, gd, ge, gf, gh, gk
q3
; q,
10 9
bcdef ghk
g, g, qg/b, qg/c, qg/d, qg/e, qg/f, qg/h, qg/k
+ idem (g; h, k).
(III.40)
References
Adams, C. R. (1931). Linear q-dierence equations, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37, 361400.
Adiga, C., Berndt, B. C., Bhargava, S. and Watson, G. N. (1985). Chapter 16 of Ramanujans
second notebook: Theta-functions and q-series, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 315.
Agarwal, A. K., Andrews, G. and Bressoud, D. (1987). The Bailey Lattice, J. Indian Math.
Soc. 51, 5773.
Agarwal, A. K., Kalnins, E. G. and Miller, W. (1987). Canonical equations and symmetry
techniques for q-series, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 15191538.
Agarwal, N. (1959). Certain basic hypergeometric identities of the Cayley-Orr type, J.
London Math. Soc. 34, 3746.
Agarwal, R. P. (1953a). Some basic hypergeometric identities, Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles 67,
121.
Agarwal, R. P. (1953b). On integral analogues of certain transformations of well-poised basic
hypergeometric series, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 4, 161167.
Agarwal, R. P. (1953c). Some transformations of well-poised basic hypergeometric series of
the type 8 7 , Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4, 678685.
Agarwal, R. P. (1953d). Associated basic hypergeometric series, Proc. Glasgow Math. Assoc.
1, 182184.
Agarwal, R. P. (1953e). On the partial sums of series of hypergeometric type, Proc. Camb.
Phil. Soc. 49, 441445.
Agarwal, R. P. (1954). Some relations between basic hypergeometric functions of two variables, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) 3, 7682.
Agarwal, R. P. (1963). Generalized Hypergeometric Series, Asia Publishing House, Bombay,
London and New York.
Agarwal, R. P. (1969a). Certain basic hypergeometric identities associated with mock theta
functions, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 20, 121128.
Agarwal, R. P. (1969b). Certain fractional q-integrals and q-derivatives, Proc. Camb. Phil.
Soc. 66, 365370.
Agarwal, R. P. (1974). Certain basic integral operators and hypergeometric transformations,
Indian J. Pure Appl. Math. 5, 791801.
Agarwal, R. P. and Verma, A. (1967a). Generalized basic hypergeometric series with unconnected bases, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 63, 727734.
Agarwal, R. P. and Verma, A. (1967b). Generalized basic hypergeometric series with unconnected bases (II), Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 18, 181192; Corrigenda, ibid. 21
(1970), 384.
Aigner, M. (1979). Combinatorial Theory, Springer, New York.
Alder, H. L. (1969). Partition identities from Euler to the present, Amer. Math. Monthly
76, 733746.
367
368
References
Alladi, K. (1997). Renements of Rogers-Ramanujan type identities, Fields Inst. Commun.

14, 135.
Alladi, K., Andrews, G. E. and Berkovich, A. (2003). A new four parameter q-series identity
and its partition implications, Invent. Math. 153, 231260.
Alladi, K. and Berkovich, A. (2002). New weighted Rogers-Ramanujan partition theorems
and their implications, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 354, 25572577.
Alladi, K. and Berkovich, A. (2003). New polynomial analogues of Jacobis triple product
and Lebesgues identities, to appear.
Allaway, Wm. R. (1980). Some properties of the q-Hermite polynomials, Canad. J. Math.
32, 686694.
Al-Salam, W. A. (1966). Some fractional q-integrals and q-derivatives, Proc. Edin. Math.
Soc. 15, 135140.
Al-Salam, W. A., Allaway, Wm. R. and Askey, R. (1984a). A characterization of the continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials, Canad. Math. Bull. 27, 329336.
Al-Salam, W. A., Allaway, Wm. R. and Askey, R. (1984b). Sieved ultraspherical polynomials,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 284, 3955.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Carlitz, L. (1957). A q-analogue of a formula of Toscano, Boll. Unione
Math. Ital. 12, 414417.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Carlitz, L. (1965). Some orthogonal q-polynomials, Math. Nachr. 30,
4761.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Chihara, T. S. (1976). Convolutions of orthogonal polynomials, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 7, 1628.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Chihara, T. S. (1987). q-Pollaczek polynomials and a conjecture of
Andrews and Askey, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 228242.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1977). Reproducing kernels for q-Jacobi polynomials,
Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 67, 105110.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1983). Orthogonal polynomials associated with the
Rogers-Ramanujan continued fraction, Pacic J. Math. 104, 269283.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1988). q-Beta integrals and the q-Hermite polynomials, Pacic J. Math. 135, 209221.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1994). A q-beta integral on the unit circle and some
biorthogonal rational functions, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 121, 553561.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1975a). A fractional Leibniz q-formula, Pacic J. Math.
60, 19.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1975b). Remarks on fractional q-integrals, Bull. Soc. Roy.
Sci. Li`
ege 44, 600607.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1982a). Some remarks on q-beta integral, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 85, 360362.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1982b). On an orthogonal polynomial set, Indag. Math.
44, 335340.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1983a). A pair of biorthogonal sets of polynomials, Rocky
Mtn. J. Math. 13, 273279.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1983b). q-Konhauser polynomials, Pacic J. Math. 108,
17.
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1983c).
Canad. Math. Bull. 26, 225227.
q-Analogues of some biorthogonal functions,
References
369
Al-Salam, W. A. and Verma, A. (1984). On quadratic transformations of basic series, SIAM

J. Math. Anal. 15, 414420.
Andrews, G. E. (1965). A simple proof of Jacobis triple product identity, Proc. Amer. Math.
Soc. 16, 333334.
Andrews, G. E. (1966a). On basic hypergeometric series, mock theta functions, and partitions (I), Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 17, 6480.
Andrews, G. E. (1966b). On basic hypergeometric series, mock theta functions, and partitions (II), Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 17, 132143.
Andrews, G. E. (1966c). q-Identities of Auluck, Carlitz, and Rogers, Duke Math. J. 33,
575581.
Andrews, G. E. (1968). On q-dierence equations for certain well-poised basic hypergeometric series, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 19, 433447.
Andrews, G. E. (1969). On Ramanujans summation of 1 1 (a; b; z ), Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.
22, 552553.
Andrews, G. E. (1970a). On a transformation of bilateral series with applications, Proc.
Amer. Math. Soc. 25, 554558.
Andrews, G. E. (1970b). A polynomial identity which implies the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, Scripta Math. 28, 297305.
Andrews, G. E. (1971). Number Theory, W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia; reprinted by Hindustan Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1984.
Andrews, G. E. (1971a). On the foundations of combinatorial theory V, Eulerian dierential
operators, Studies in Appl. Math. 50, 345375.
Andrews, G. E. (1972). Summations and transformations for basic Appell series, J. London
Math. Soc. (2) 4, 618622.
Andrews, G. E. (1973). On the q-analogue of Kummers theorem and applications, Duke
Math. J. 40, 525528.
Andrews, G. E. (1974a). Applications of basic hypergeometric functions, SIAM Rev. 16,
441484.
Andrews, G. E. (1974b). An analytic generalization of the Rogers-Ramanujan identities for
odd moduli, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 71, 40824085.
Andrews, G. E. (1974c). A general theory of identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan type, Bull.
Amer. Math. Soc. 80, 10331052.
Andrews, G. E. (1975a). Problems and prospects for basic hypergeometric functions, Theory
and Applications of Special Functions (R. Askey, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 191
224.
Andrews, G. E. (1975b). Identities in combinatorics. II: A q-analog of the Lagrange inversion
theorem, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 53, 240245.
Andrews, G. E. (1976). The Theory of Partitions, Encyclopedia of Mathematics and Its
Applications, Vol. 2, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.; reissued by Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.
Andrews, G. E. (1976a). On q-analogues of the Watson and Whipple summations, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 7, 332336.
Andrews, G. E. (1976b). On identities implying the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, Houston
J. Math. 2, 289298.
Andrews, G. E. (1979a). Connection coecient problems and partitions, Proc. Sympos. Pure
Math. 34, 124.
370
References
Andrews, G. E. (1979b). Partitions: yesterday and today, New Zealand Math. Soc., Wellington.
Andrews, G. E. (1979c). An introduction to Ramanujans lost notebook, Amer. Math.
Monthly 86, 89108.
Andrews, G. E. (1981a). The hard-hexagon model and the Rogers-Ramanujan identities,
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 52905292.
Andrews, G. E. (1981b). Ramanujans lost notebook I. Partial -functions, Adv. in Math.
41, 137172.
Andrews, G. E. (1981c). Ramanujans lost notebook II. -function expansions, Adv. in
Math. 41, 173185.
Andrews, G. E. (1983). Eulers pentagonal number theorem, Math. Magazine 56, 279284.
Andrews, G. E. (1984a). Generalized Frobenius partitions, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 301.
Andrews, G. E. (1984b). Multiple series Rogers-Ramanujan type identities, Pacic J. Math.
114, 267283.
Andrews, G. E. (1984c). Ramanujans lost notebook IV. Stacks and alternating parity in
partitions, Adv. in Math. 53, 5574.
Andrews, G. E. (1984d). Ramanujan and SCRATCHPAD, Proc. of the 1984 MACSYMA
Users Conference, General Electric, Schenectady, N. Y., 384408.
Andrews, G. E. (1986). q-Series: Their Development and Application in Analysis, Number
Theory, Combinatorics, Physics, and Computer Algebra, CBMS Regional Conference
Lecture Series 66, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I.
Andrews, G. E. (1987a). The Rogers-Ramanujan identities without Jacobis triple product,
Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 17, 659672.
Andrews, G. E. (1987b). Physics, Ramanujan, and computer algebra, Computer Algebra
as a Tool for Research in Mathematics and Physics, Proceedings of the International
Conference, New York University, 1984, M. Dekker.
Andrews, G. E. (1988). Ramanujans fth order mock theta functions as constant terms,
Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 4756.
Andrews, G. E. (1997). The well-poised thread: an organized chronicle of some amazing
summations and their implications, Ramanujan J. 1, 723.
Andrews, G. E. (2001). Baileys transform, lemma, chains, and tree, Special Functions 2000:
Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov,
eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 122.
Andrews, G. E. and Askey, R. (1977). Enumeration of partitions: the role of Eulerian series
and q-orthogonal polynomials, Higher Combinatorics (M. Aigner, ed.), Reidel, Boston,
Mass., 326.
Andrews, G. E. and Askey, R. (1978). A simple proof of Ramanujans summation of the
1 1 , Aequationes Math. 18, 333337.
Andrews, G. E. and Askey, R. (1981). Another q-extension of the beta function, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 81, 97100.
Andrews, G. E. and Askey, R. (1985). Classical orthogonal polynomials, Polyn
omes orthogonaux et applications, Lecture Notes in Math. 1171, Springer, New York, 3662.
Andrews, G. E., Askey, R., Berndt, B. C., Ramanathan, K. G. and Rankin R. A., eds.
(1988). Ramanujan Revisited, Academic Press, New York.
References
371
Andrews, G. E., Askey, R. and Roy, R. (1999). Special Functions, Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications 71, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Andrews, G. E. and Baxter, R. J. (1986). Lattice gas generalization of the hard hexagon
model. II. The local densities as elliptic functions, J. Stat. Phys. 44, 713728.
Andrews, G. E. and Baxter, R. J. (1987). Lattice gas generalization of the hard hexagon
model. III. q-Trinomial coecients, J. Stat. Phys. 47, 297330.
Andrews, G. E., Baxter, R. J., Bressoud, D. M., Burge, W. H., Forrester, P. J. and Viennot,
G. (1987). Partitions with prescribed hook dierences, Europ. J. Combinatorics 8,
341350.
Andrews, G. E., Baxter, R. J., Forrester, P. J. (1984). Eight-vertex SOS model and generalized Rogers-Ramanujan-type identities, J. Stat. Phys. 35, 193266.
Andrews, G. E. and Berkovich, A. (2002). The WP-Bailey tree and its implications, J.
London Math. Soc. (2) 66, 529549.
Andrews, G. E. and Bressoud, D. M. (1984). Identities in combinatorics III: Further aspects
of ordered set sorting, Discrete Math. 49, 223236.
Andrews, G. E., Crippa, D. and Simon, K. (1997). q-Series arising from the study of random
graph, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 10, 4156.
Andrews, G. E., Dyson, F. J. and Hickerson, D. (1988). Partitions and indenite quadratic
forms, Invent. Math. 91, 391407.
Andrews, G. E. and Foata, D. (1980). Congruences for the q-secant numbers, Europ. J.
Combinatorics 1, 283287.
Andrews, G. E. and Forrester, P. J. (1986). Height probabilities in solid-on-solid models: I,
J. Phys. A 19, L923L926.
Andrews, G. E., Goulden, I. P. and Jackson, D. M. (1986). Shanks convergence acceleration
transform, Pade approximants and partitions, J. Comb. Thy. A 43, 7084.
Andrews, G. E. and Knopfmacher, A. (2001). An algorithmic approach to discovering and
proving q-series identities, Algorithmica 29, 3443.
Andrews, G. E., Knopfmacher, A., Paule, P. and Zimmermann, B. (2001). Engel expansions
of q-series by computer algebra, Dev. Math. 4, 3357.
Andrews, G. E. and Onofri, E. (1984). Lattice gauge theory, orthogonal polynomials and
q-hypergeometric functions, Special Functions: Group Theoretical Aspects and Applications (R. Askey et al., eds.), Reidel, Boston, Mass., 163188.
Andrews, G. E., Paule, P. and Riese, A. (2001a). MacMahons partition analysis III: the
Omega package, European J. Combin. 22, 887904.
Andrews, G. E., Paule, P. and Riese, A. (2001b). MacMahons partition analysis VI: A new
reduction algorithm, Annals of Combin. 5, 251270.
Andrews, G. E., Schilling, A. and Warnaar, S. O. (1999). An A2 Bailey lemma and RogersRamanujan-type identities, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 12, 677702.
Aomoto, K. (1987). Jacobi polynomials associated with Selberg integrals, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 18, 545549.
Aomoto, K. (1998). On elliptic product formulas for Jackson integrals associated with reduced root systems, J. Algebraic Combin. 8, 115126.
Appell, P. and Kampe de F
eriet, J. (1926). Fonctions Hyperg
eom
etriques et Hypersph
eriques,
Gauthier-Villars, Paris.
372
References
Artin, E. (1964). The Gamma function, translated by M. Butler, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York.
Askey, R. (1970). Orthogonal polynomials and positivity, Studies in Applied Mathematics 6,
Special Functions and Wave Propagation (D. Ludwig and F. W. J. Olver, eds.), SIAM,
Philadelphia, 6485.
Askey, R. (1975). Orthogonal Polynomials and Special Functions, Regional Conference Series
in Applied Mathematics 21, SIAM, Philadelphia.
Askey, R. (1978). The q-gamma and q-beta functions, Applicable Analysis 8, 125141.
Askey, R. (1980a). Ramanujans extensions of the gamma and beta functions, Amer. Math.
Monthly 87, 346359.
Askey, R. (1980b). Some basic hypergeometric extensions of integrals of Selberg and
Andrews, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 11, 938951.
Askey, R. (1981). A q-extension of Cauchys form of the beta integral, Quart. J. Math.
Oxford (2) 32, 255266.
Askey, R. (1982a). Two integrals of Ramanujan, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 85, 192194.
Askey, R. (1982b). A q-beta integral associated with BC1 , SIAM J. Math. Anal. 13,
10081010.
Askey, R. (1984a). Orthogonal polynomials and some denite integrals, Proc. Int. Congress
of Mathematicians (Aug. 1624, 1983), Warsaw, 935943.
Askey, R. (1984b). Orthogonal polynomials old and new, and some combinatorial connections, Enumeration and Design (D. M. Jackson and S. A. Vanstone, eds.), Academic
Press, New York, 6784.
Askey, R. (1984c). The very well poised 6 6 . II, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 90, 575579.
Askey, R. (1985a). Some problems about special functions and computations, Rend. del
Sem. Mat. di Torino, 122.
Askey, R. (1985b). Continuous Hahn polynomials, J. Phys. A 18, L1017L1019.
Askey, R. (1986). Limits of some q-Laguerre polynomials, J. Approx. Thy. 46, 213216.
Askey, R. (1987). Ramanujans 1 1 and formal Laurent series, Indian J. Math. 29, 101105.
Askey, R. (1988a). Beta integrals in Ramanujans papers, his unpublished work and further
examples, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New
York, 561590.
Askey, R. (1988b). Beta integrals and q-extensions, Proceedings of the Ramanujan Centennial International Conference (Annamalainagar, 1987), RMS Publ.1, Ramanujan Math.
Soc., Annamalainagar, 85102.
Askey, R. (1989a). Ramanujan and hypergeometric and basic hypergeometric series, Ramanujan International Symposium on Analysis (Pune, 1987), Macmillan of India, New
Delhi, 183; Russian Math. Surveys 45 (1990), no. 1, 3786.
Askey, R. (1989b). Continuous q-Hermite polynomials when q > 1, IMA Vol. Math. Appl.
18, 151158.
Askey, R. (1989c). Orthogonal polynomials and theta functions, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math.
49, Part 2, 299321.
Askey, R. (1989d). Variants of Clausens formula for the square of a special 2 F1 , Tata Inst.
Fund. Res. Stud. Math. 12, 112.
Askey, R. (1989e). Beta integrals and the associated orthogonal polynomials, Lecture Notes
in Math. 1395, Springer, New York, 84121.
References
373
Askey, R. (1989f). Computer algebra and denite integrals, Lecture Notes in Pure and Appl.
Math. 113, 121128.
Askey, R. (1990). Integration and computers, Lecture Notes in Pure and Appl. Math. 125,
3582.
Askey, R. (1992). The world of q, CWI Quarterly 5, 251269.
Askey, R. (1993). Problems which interest and/or annoy me, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 48,
315.
Askey, R. (1996). A brief introduction to the world of q, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 9, 1320.
Askey, R., Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1993). An analog of the Fourier transformation for a q-harmonic oscillator, Symmetries in science VI (Bregenz, 1992), Plenum,
New York, 5763.
Askey, R. and Gasper, G. (1971). Jacobi polynomial expansions of Jacobi polynomials with
non-negative coecients, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 70, 243255.
Askey, R. and Gasper, G. (1976). Positive Jacobi polynomial sums. II, Amer. J. Math. 98,
709737.
Askey, R. and Gasper, G. (1977). Convolution structures for Laguerre polynomials, J.
dAnalyse Math. 31, 4868.
Askey, R. and Gasper, G. (1986). Inequalities for polynomials, The Bieberbach Conjecture:
Proc. of the Symposium on the Occasion of the Proof (A. Baernstein, et al., eds.),
Math. Surveys and Monographs 21, 732.
Askey, R. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1979). The very well poised 6 6 , Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.
77, 218222.
Askey, R. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1980). The Rogers q-ultraspherical polynomials, Approximation Theory III (E. W. Cheny, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 175182.
Askey, R. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1983). A generalization of ultraspherical polynomials,
Studies in Pure Mathematics (P. Erd
os, ed.), Birkh
auser, Boston, Mass., 5578.
Askey, R. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1984). Recurrence relations, continued fractions and orthogonal polynomials, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 300.
Askey, R., Koepf, W. and Koornwinder, T. H. (1999). Orthogonal polynomials and computer
algebra, J. Symbolic Comput. 28, 737845.
Askey, R., Koornwinder, T. H. and Rahman, M. (1986). An integral of products of ultraspherical functions and a q-extension, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 33, 133148.
Askey, R., Koornwinder, T. H. and Schempp, W., eds. (1984). Special Functions: Group
Theoretical Aspects and Applications, Reidel, Boston, Mass.
Askey, R., Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1996). On a general q-Fourier transformation
with nonsymmetric kernels, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 68, 2555.
Askey, R. and Roy, R. (1986). More q-beta integrals, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 16, 365372.
Askey, R. and Suslov, S. K. (1993a). The q-harmonic oscillator and an analogue of the
Charlier polynomials, J. Phys. A 26, L693L698.
Askey, R. and Suslov, S. K. (1993b). The q-harmonic oscillator and the Al-Salam and Carlitz
polynomials, Lett. Math. Phys. 29, 123132.
Askey, R. and Wilson, J. A. (1979). A set of orthogonal polynomials that generalize the
Racah coecients or 6-j symbols, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 10, 10081016.
Askey, R. and Wilson, J. A. (1982). A set of hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 13, 651655.
374
References
Askey, R. and Wilson, J. A. (1985). Some basic hypergeometric polynomials that generalize
Jacobi polynomials, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 319.
Atakishiyev, M. N, Atakishiyev, N. M. and Klimyk, A. U. (2003). Big q-Laguerre and
q-Meixner polynomials and representations of the algebra Uq (su1,1 ), to appear.
Atakishiyev, N. M., Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1995). On classical orthogonal polynomials, Constr. Approx. 11, 181226.
Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1985). The Hahn and Meixner polynomials of an
imaginary argument and some of their applications, J. Phys. A 18, 15831596.
Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1988a). About one class of special functions, Rev.
Mexicana Fis. 34 # 2, 152167.
Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1988b). Continuous orthogonality property for some
classical polynomials of a discrete variable, Rev. Mexicana Fis. 34 # 4, 541563.
Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1992a). Dierence hypergeometric functions, Progress
in Approximation Theory: An International Perspective (A. A. Gonchar and E. B.
Sa, eds.), Springer Ser. Comput. Math. 19, 135.
Atakishiyev, N. M. and Suslov, S. K. (1992b). On the Askey-Wilson polynomials, Constr.
Approx. 8, 363369.
Atkin, A. O. L. and Swinnerton-Dyer, P. (1954). Some properties of partitions, Proc. London
Math. Soc. (3) 4, 84106.
Atkinson, F. V. (1964). Discrete and Continuous Boundary Problems, Academic Press, New
York.
Bailey, W. N. (1929). An identity involving Heines basic hypergeometric series, J. London
Math. Soc. 4, 254257.
Bailey, W. N. (1933). A reducible case of the fourth type of Appells hypergeometric functions
of two variables, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 4, 305308.
Bailey, W. N. (1935). Generalized Hypergeometric Series, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, reprinted by Stechert-Hafner, New York, 1964.
Bailey, W. N. (1935a). Some theorems concerning products of hypergeometric series, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 38, 377384.
Bailey, W. N. (1936). Series of hypergeometric type which are innite in both directions,
Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 7, 105115.
Bailey, W. N. (1941). A note on certain q-identities, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 12, 173175.
Bailey, W. N. (1947a). Some identities in combinatory analysis, Proc. London Math. Soc.
(2) 49, 421435.
Bailey, W. N. (1947b). Well-poised basic hypergeometric series, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford)
18, 157166.
Bailey, W. N. (1947c). A transformation of nearly-poised basic hypergeometric series, J.
Bailey, W. N. (1949). Identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan type, Proc. London Math. Soc.
(2) 50, 110.
Bailey, W. N. (1950a). On the basic bilateral hypergeometric series 2 2 , Quart. J. Math.
(Oxford) (2) 1, 194198.
Bailey, W. N. (1950b). On the analogue of Dixons theorem for bilateral basic hypergeometric
series, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 1, 318320.
References
375
Bailey, W. N. (1951). On the simplication of some identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan

type, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 1, 217221.
Note: For a complete list of W. N. Baileys publications, see his obituary notice Slater [1963].
Baker, M. and Coon, D. (1970). Dual resonance theory with nonlinear trajectories, Phys.
Rev. D 2, 23492358.
Baker, T. H. and Forrester, P. J. (1998). Generalizations of the q-Morris constant term
identity, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 81, 6987.
Baker, T. H. and Forrester, P. J. (1999). Transformation formulae for multivariable basic
hypergeometric series, Methods Appl. Anal. 6, 147164.
Bannai, E. and Ito, T. (1984). Algebraic Combinatorics I, Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Co.,
London.
Barnes, E. W. (1908). A new development of the theory of the hypergeometric functions,
Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 6, 141177.
Barnes, E. W. (1910). A transformation of generalized hypergeometric series, Quart. J.
Math. 41, 136140.
Bateman, H. (1932). Partial Dierential Equations of Mathematical Physics, 1959 edition,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Baxter, R. J. (1973). Eight-vertex model in lattice statistics and one-dimensional anisotropic
Heisenberg chain. II: Equivalence to a generalized ice-type model, Ann. Phys. 76, 193
228.
Baxter, R. J. (1980). Hard hexagons: exact solution, J. Phys. A 13, 161170.
Baxter, R. J. (1981). Rogers-Ramanujan identities in the hard hexagon model, J. Stat. Phys.
26, 427452.
Baxter, R. J. (1982). Exactly Solved Models in Statistical Mechanics, Academic Press, New
York.
Baxter, R. J. (1988). Ramanujans identities in statistical mechanics, Ramanujan Revisited
(G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 6984.
Baxter, R. J. and Andrews, G. E. (1986). Lattice gas generalization of the hard hexagon
model I. Star-triangle relation and local densities, J. Stat. Phys. 44, 249271.
Baxter, R. J. and Pearce, P. A. (1983). Hard squares with diagonal attractions, J. Phys. A
16, 22392255.
Baxter, R. J. and Pearce, P. A. (1984). Deviations form critical density in the generalized
hard hexagon model, J. Phys. A 17, 20952108.
Beckmann, P. (1973). Orthogonal Polynomials for Engineers and Physicists, Golem Press,
Boulder, Colo.
Beerends, R. J. (1992). Some special values for the BC type hypergeometric function,
Contemp. Math. 138, 2749.
Bellman, R. (1961). A Brief Introduction to Theta Functions, Holt, Rinehart and Winston,
New York.
Bender, E. A. (1971). A generalized q-binomial Vandermonde convolution, Discrete Math.
1, 115119.
Berg, C. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1996). q-Hermite polynomials and classical orthogonal
polynomials, Canad. J. Math. 48, 4363.
Berkovich, A. and McCoy, B. M. (1998). Rogers-Ramanujan identities: a century of progress
from mathematics to physics, Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians (Berlin, 1998), Doc. Math., Extra Vol. III, 163172.
376
References
Berkovich, A., McCoy, B. M. and Schilling, A. (1998). Rogers-Schur-Ramanujan type identities for the M (p,p ) minimal models of conformal eld theory, Comm. Math. Phys.
191, 325395.
Berkovich, A. and Paule, P. (2001a). Variants of the Andrews-Gordon identities, Ramanujan
J. 5, 391404.
Berkovich, A. and Paule, P. (2001b). Lattice paths, q-multinomials and two variants of the
Andrews-Gordon identities, Ramanujan J. 5, 409425.
Berkovich, A. and Warnaar, S. O. (2003).
q-binomial coecients, to appear.
Positivity preserving transformations for
Berman, G. and Fryer, K. D. (1972). Introduction to Combinatorics, Academic Press, New

York.
Berndt, B. C. (1985). Ramanujans Notebooks, Part I, Springer, New York.
Berndt, B. C. (1988). Ramanujans modular equations, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 313333.
Berndt, B. C. (1989). Ramanujans notebooks, Part II, Springer, New York.
Berndt, B. C. (2001). Flowers which we cannot yet see growing in Ramanujans garden
of hypergeometric series, elliptic functions and qs, Special Functions 2000: Current
Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov, eds.),
Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 6185.
Bhatnagar, G. (1998). A multivariable view of one-variable q-series, Special functions and
dierential equations (Madras, 1997), Allied Publ., New Delhi, 6072.
Bhatnagar, G. (1999). Dn basic hypergeometric series, Ramanujan J. 3, 175203.
Bhatnagar, G. and Milne, S. C. (1997). Generalized bibasic hypergeometric series and their
U (n) extensions, Adv. in Math. 131, 188252.
Bhatnagar, G. and Schlosser, M. (1998). Cn and Dn very-well-poised
Constr. Approx. 14, 531567.
10
9 transformations,
Biedenharn, L. C. and Louck, J. D. (1981a). Angular Momentum in Quantum Physics:

Theory and Application, Encyclopedia of Mathematics and Its Applications, Vol. 8,
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
Biedenharn, L. C. and Louck, J. D. (1981b). The Racah-Wigner Algebra in Quantum Theory, Encyclopedia of Mathematics and Its Applications, Vol. 9, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
Bohr, H. and Mollerup, J. (1922). Laerebog i matematisk Analyse, Vol. III, Copenhagen,
149164; see Artin [1964, pp. 1415].
B
oing, H. and Koepf, W. (1999). Algorithms for q-hypergeometric summation in computer
algebra, J. Symbolic Comput. 28, 777799.
Borwein, J. M. and Borwein, P. B. (1988). More Ramanujan-type series, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 359366.
Bowman, D. (2002). q-Dierence operators, orthogonal polynomials, and symmetric expansions, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 159, no. 757.
de Branges, L. (1968). Hilbert Spaces of Entire Functions, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Clis,
N. J.
de Branges, L. (1985). A proof of the Bieberbach conjecture, Acta Math. 154, 137152.
de Branges, L. (1986). Powers of Riemann mapping functions, The Bieberbach Conjecture:
Proc. of the Symposium on the Occasion of the Proof (A. Baernstein, et al., eds.),
Math. Surveys and Monographs 21, 5167.
References
377
de Branges, L. and Trutt, D. (1978). Quantum Ces

aro operators, Topics in Functional
Analysis, Advances in Mathematics Supplementary Studies, Vol. 3 (I. Gohberg and M.
Kac, eds.), Academic Press, New York, 124.
Bressoud, D. M. (1978). Applications of Andrews basic Lauricella transformation, Proc.
Amer. Math. Soc. 72, 8994.
Bressoud, D. M. (1980a). Analytic and combinatorial generalizations of the Rogers-Ramanujan
identities, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 227.
Bressoud, D. M. (1980b). A simple proof of Mehlers formula for q-Hermite polynomials,
Indiana Univ. Math. J. 29, 577580.
Bressoud, D. M. (1981a). On partitions, orthogonal polynomials and the expansion of certain
innite products, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 42, 478500.
Bressoud, D. M. (1981b). Some identities for terminating q-series, Math. Proc. Camb. Phil.
Soc. 81, 211223.
Bressoud, D. M. (1981c). On the value of Gaussian sums, J. Numb. Thy. 13, 8894.
Bressoud, D. M. (1981d). Linearization and related formulas for q-ultraspherical polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 12, 161168.
Bressoud, D. M. (1983a). An easy proof of the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, J. Numb. Thy.
16, 235241.
Bressoud, D. M. (1983b). A matrix inverse, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 88, 446448.
Bressoud, D. M. (1986). Hecke modular forms and q-Hermite polynomials, Ill. J. Math. 30,
185196.
Bressoud, D. M. (1987). Almost poised basic hypergeometric series, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci.
(Math. Sci.) 96, 6166.
Bressoud, D. M. (1988). The Bailey Lattice: an introduction, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E.
Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 5767.
Bressoud, D. M. (1989). On the proof of Andrews q-Dyson conjecture, Tata Inst. Fund.
Res. Stud. Math. 12, 3139.
Bressoud, D. M. (1992). Unimodality of Gaussian polynomials, Discrete Math. 99, 1724.
Bressoud, D. M. and Goulden, I. P. (1985). Constant term identities extending the q-Dyson
theorem, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 291, 203228.
Bressoud, D. M. and Goulden, I. P. (1987). The generalized plasma in one dimension:
Evaluation of a partition function, Comm. Math. Phys. 110, 287291.
Bressoud, D., Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (2000). Change of base in Bailey pairs,
Ramanujan J. 4, 435453.
Bromwich, T. J. IA. (1959). An Introduction to the Theory of Innite Series, 2nd edition,
Macmillan, New York.
Brown, B. M., Evans, W. D. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1996). The Askey-Wilson polynomials
and q-Sturm-Liouville problems, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 119, 116.
Brown, B. M. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1995). A right inverse of the Askey-Wilson operator,
Burchnall, J. L. and Chaundy, T. W. (1940). Expansions of Appells double hypergeometric
functions, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 11, 249270.
Burchnall, J. L. and Chaundy, T. W. (1941). Expansions of Appells double hypergeometric
functions (II), Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 12, 112128.
378
References
Burchnall, J. L. and Chaundy, T. W. (1949). The hypergeometric identities of Cayley, Orr

and Bailey, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 50, 5674.
Burge, W. H. (1993). Restricted partition pairs, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 63, 210222.
Bustoz, J. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1982). The associated ultraspherical polynomials and their
q-analogues, Canad. J. Math. 34, 718736.
Bustoz, J. and Suslov, S. K. (1998). Basic analog of Fourier series on a q-quadratic grid,
Methods Appl. Anal. 5, 138.
Carlitz, L. (1955). Some polynomials related to theta functions, Annali di Matematica Pura
ed Applicata (4) 41, 359373.
Carlitz, L. (1957a). Some polynomials related to theta functions, Duke Math. J. 24, 521-527.
Carlitz, L. (1957b). A q-analogue of a formula of Toscano, Boll. Unione Mat. Ital. 12,
414417.
Carlitz, L. (1958). Note on orthogonal polynomials related to theta functions, Publicationes
Mathematicae 5, 222228.
Carlitz, L. (1960). Some orthogonal polynomials related to elliptic functions, Duke Math. J.
27, 443460.
Carlitz, L. (1963a). A basic analog of the multinomial theorem, Scripta Mathematica 26,
317321.
Carlitz, L. (1963b). A q-identity, Monatsh. f
ur Math. 67, 305310.
Carlitz, L. (1969a). Some formulas of F. H. Jackson, Monatsh. f
ur Math. 73, 193198.
Carlitz, L. (1969b). A q-identity, Boll. Unione Math. Ital. (4) 1, 100101.
Carlitz, L. (1972). Generating functions for certain q-orthogonal polynomials, Seminario
Matematico de Barcelona, Collectanea Mathematica 23, 91104.
Carlitz, L. (1973). Some inverse relations, Duke Math. J. 40, 893901.
Carlitz, L. (1974). A q-identity, Fibonacci Quarterly 12, 369372.
Carlitz, L. and Hodges, J. (1955). Representations by Hermitian forms in a nite eld, Duke
Math. J. 22, 393405.
Carlitz, L. and Subbarao, M. V. (1972). A simple proof of the quintuple product identity,
Carlson, B. C. (1977). Special Functions of Applied Mathematics, Academic Press, New
York.
Carmichael, R. D. (1912). The general theory of linear q-dierence equations, Amer. J.
Math. 34, 147168.
Carnovale, G. (2002). On the q-convolution on the line, Constr. Approx. 18, 309341.
Carnovale, G. and Koornwinder, T. H. (2000). A q-analogue of convolution on the line,
Cauchy, A.-L. (1825). Sur les integrales denies prises entre des limites imaginaires, Bulletin
erie, T. II, Gauthier-Villars, Paris,
de Ferussoc, T. III, 214221, Oeuvres de Cauchy, 2e s
1958, 5765.
Cauchy, A.-L. (1843). Memoire sur les fonctions dont plusieurs valeurs sont liees entre elles
par une equation lineaire, et sur diverses transformations de produits composes dun
nombre indeni de facteurs, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, T. XVII, p. 523, Oeuvres de
erie, T. VIII, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1893, 4250.
Cauchy, 1re s
Cayley, A. (1858). On a theorem relating to hypergeometric series, Phil. Mag. (4) 16,
356357; reprinted in Collected Papers 3, 268269.
References
379
Charris, J. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1986). On sieved orthogonal polynomials II: random walk
polynomials, Canad. J. Math. 38, 397415.
Charris, J. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1987). On sieved orthogonal polynomials V: sieved Pollaczek
polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 11771218.
Charris, J. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1993). Sieved orthogonal polynomials. VII: Generalized
polynomial mappings, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 340, 7193.
Charris, J., Ismail, M. E. H. and Monsalve, S. (1994). On sieved orthogonal polynomials.
X: General blocks of recurrence relations, Pacic J. Math. 163, 237267.
Chaundy, T. W. (1962). Frank Hilton Jackson, J. London Math. Soc. 37, 126128.
Cheema, M. S. (1964). Vector partitions and combinatorial identities, Math. Comp. 18,
414420.
Chen, Y., Ismail, M. E. H. and Muttalib, K. A. (1994). Asymptotics of basic Bessel functions
and q-Laguerre polynomials, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 54, 263272.
Cherednik, I. (1995). Double ane Hecke algebras and Macdonalds conjectures, Ann. of
Math. 141, 191216.
Chihara, L. (1987). On the zeros of the Askey-Wilson polynomials, with applications to
coding theory, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 191207.
Chihara, L. (1993). Askey-Wilson polynomials, kernel polynomials and association schemes,
Graphs Combin. 9, 213223.
Chihara, L. and Chihara, T. S. (1987). A class of nonsymmetric orthogonal polynomials, J.
Math. Anal. Appl. 126, 275291.
Chihara, L. and Stanton, D. (1986). Association schemes and quadratic transformations for
orthogonal polynomials, Graphs and Combinatorics 2, 101112.
Chihara, L. and Stanton, D. (1987). Zeros of generalized Krawtchouk polynomials, IMA
Preprint Series 361, University of Minnesota, Minn.
Chihara, T. S. (1968a). On indeterminate Hamburger moment problems, Pacic J. Math.
27, 475484.
Chihara, T. S. (1968b). Orthogonal polynomials with Brenke type generating functions,
Duke Math. J. 35, 505518.
Chihara, T. S. (1971). Orthogonality relations for a class of Brenke polynomials, Duke Math.
J. 38, 599603.
Chihara, T. S. (1978). An Introduction to Orthogonal Polynomials, Gordon and Breach,
New York.
Chihara, T. S. (1979). On generalized Stieltjes-Wigert and related orthogonal polynomials,
J. Comput. Appl. Math. 5, 291297.
Chihara, T. S. (1982). Indeterminate symmetric moment problems, J. Math. Anal. Appl.
85, 331346.
Chihara, T. S. (1985). Orthogonal polynomials and measures with end point masses, Rocky
Mtn. J. Math. 15, 705719.
Chihara, T. S. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1993). Extremal measures for a system of orthogonal
polynomials, Constr. Approx. 9, 111119.
Chu Shih-Chieh (1303). Ssu Yuan Y
u Chien (Precious Mirror of the Four Elements) (in
Chinese); see Askey [1975, p. 59], Needham [1959, p. 138], and Tak
acs [1973].
Chu, W. (1993). Inversion techniques and combinatorial identities, Boll. Un. Mat. Ital. (7)
7-B, 737760.
380
References
Chu, W. (1994a). Partial fractions and bilateral summations, J. Math. Phys. 35, 20362042;
Erratum: ibid. 36 (1995), 51985199.
Chu, W. (1994b). Inversion techniques and combinatorial identities strange evaluations
of basic hypergeometric series, Compositio Math. 91, 121144.
Chu, W. (1995). Inversion techniques and combinatorial identities Jacksons q-analogue
of the Dougall-Dixon theorem and the dual formulae, Compositio Math. 95, 4368.
Chu, W. (1998a). Partial-fraction expansions and well-poised bilateral series, Acta Sci.
Math. (Szeged) 64, 495513.
Chu, W. (1998b). Basic almost-poised hypergeometric series, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc.
135, no. 642.
Chudnovsky, D. V. and Chudnovsky, G. V. (1988). Approximations and complex multiplication according to Ramanujan, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.),
Academic Press, New York, 375472.
Chung, W. S., Kalnins, E. G. and Miller, W., Jr. (1999). Tensor products of q-superalgebras
and q-series identities. I, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 93107.
Ciccoli, N., Koelink, E. and Koornwinder, T. H. (1999). q-Laguerre polynomials and big
q-Bessel functions and their orthogonality relations, Methods Appl. Anal. 6, 109127.
Cigler, J. (1979). Operatormethoden f
ur q-Identit
aten, Monatsh. f
ur Math. 88, 87105.
ur q-Identit
aten III: Umbrale Inversion und die Lagrangesche Formel, Arch. Math. 35, 533543.
ur q-Identit
aten II: q-Laguerre-Polynome, Monatsh.
Math. 91, 105117.
Clausen T. (1828). Ueber die F
alle, wenn die Reihe von der Form ... ein Quadrat von der
Form ... hat, J. reine angew. Math. 3, 8991.
Cohen, H. (1988). q-Identities for Maass waveforms, Invent. Math. 91, 409422.
Comtet, L. (1974). Advanced Combinatorics, Reidel, Boston, Mass.
Cooper, S. (1997a). A new proof of the Macdonald identities for An , J. Austral. Math.
Soc. Ser. A 62, 345360.
Cooper, S. (1997b). The Macdonald identities for G and some extensions, New Zealand J.
Math. 26, 161182.
Cooper, S. (2001). On sums of an even number of squares, and an even number of triangular
numbers: an elementary approach based on Ramanujans summation formula,
Cooper, S. and Lam, H. Y. (2002). Sums of two, four, six and eight squares and triangular
numbers: an elementary approach, Indian J. Math. 44, 2140.
Date, E., Jimbo, M., Kuniba, A., Miwa, T. and Okado, M. (1987). Exactly solvable SOS
models: local height probabilities and theta function identities, Nuclear Phys. B 290,
231273.
Date, E., Jimbo, M., Kuniba, A., Miwa, T. and Okado, M. (1988). Exactly solvable SOS
models. II: Proof of the star-triangle relation and combinatorial identities, Adv. Stud.
Pure Math. 16, 17122.
Date, E., Jimbo, M., Miwa, T. and Okado, M. (1986). Fusion of the eight vertex SOS model,
Lett. Math. Phys. 12, 209215; Erratum and addendum: Lett. Math. Phys. 14 (1987),
97.
References
381
Daum, J. A. (1942). The basic analog of Kummers theorem, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48,
711713.
Dehesa, J. S. (1979). On a general system of orthogonal q-polynomials, J. Computational
Appl. Math. 5, 3745.
Delsarte, P. (1976a). Properties and applications of the recurrence F (i+1, k+1, n+1)
= q k+1 F (i,k+1, n)q k F (i,k,n), SIAM J. Appl. Math. 31, 262270.
Delsarte, P. (1976b). Association schemes and t-designs in regular semilattices, J. Comb.
Thy. A 20, 230243.
Delsarte, P. (1978). Bilinear forms over a nite eld, with applications to coding theory, J.
Comb. Thy. A 25, 226241.
Delsarte, P. and Goethals, J. M. (1975). Alternating bilinear forms over GF (q ), J. Comb.
Thy. A 19, 2650.
Denis, R. Y. (1988). On certain summations of q-double series, J. Nat. Acad. Math. India
6, 1216.
Denis, R. Y. and Gustafson, R. A. (1992). An SU (n) q-beta integral transformation and
multiple hypergeometric series identities, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 23, 552561.
D
esarmenien, J. (1982). Les q-analogues des poly
onmes dHermite, S
eminaire lotharingien
de combinatoire (V. Strehl, ed.), 3956.
D
esarmenien, J. and Foata, D. (1985). Fonctions symetriques et series hypergeometriques
basiques multivariees, Bull. Soc. Math. France 113, 322.
D
esarmenien, J. and Foata, D. (1986). Fonctions symetriques et hypergeom
etriques basiques
multivariees, II, in Combinatoire
enum
erative, Lecture Notes in Math. 1234, Springer,
New York.
D
esarmenien, J. and Foata, D. (1988). Statistiques dordre sur les permutations colorees,
eminaire Lotharingien, 522.
Publ. I. R. M. A. Strasbourg 372/S-20, Actes 20e S
Dickson, L. E. (1920). History of the Theory of Numbers, Vol. 2. Carnegie Institute of
Washington, Publ. 256; reprinted by Chelsea, New York.
van Diejen, J. F. (1996). Self-dual Koornwinder-Macdonald polynomials, Invent. Math. 126,
319339.
van Diejen, J. F. (1997a). Applications of commuting dierence operators to orthogonal
polynomials in several variables, Lett. Math. Phys. 39, 341347.
van Diejen, J. F. (1997b). On certain multiple Bailey, Rogers and Dougall type summation
formulas, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. 33, 483508.
van Diejen, J. F. (1999). Properties of some families of hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials in several variables, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 351, 233270.
van Diejen, J. F. and Spiridonov, V. P. (2000). An elliptic Macdonald-Morris conjecture and
multiple modular hypergeometric sums, Math. Res. Lett. 7, 729746.
van Diejen, J. F. and Spiridonov, V. P. (2001a). Elliptic Selberg integrals, Internat. Math.
Res. Notices, 10831110.
van Diejen, J. F. and Spiridonov, V. P. (2001b). Modular hypergeometric residue sums of
elliptic Selberg integrals, Lett. Math. Phys. 58, 223238.
van Diejen, J. F. and Spiridonov, V. P. (2002). Elliptic beta integrals and modular hypergeometric sums: an overview, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 32, 639656.
van Diejen, J. F. and Spiridonov, V. P. (2003). Unit circle elliptic beta integrals, to appear.
382
References
van Diejen, J. F. and Stokman, J. V. (1998). Multivariable q-Racah polynomials, Duke

Math. J. 91, 89136.
van Diejen, J. F. and Stokman, J. V. (1999). q-Racah polynomials for BC type root systems,
CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 109118.
Di Vizio, L. (2002). Arithmetic theory of q-dierence equations: the q-analogue of GrothendieckKatzs conjecture on p-curvatures, Invent. Math. 150, 517578.
Di Vizio, L. (2003). Introduction to p-adic q-dierence equations (weak Frobenius structure
and transfer theorems), to appear.
Dixon, A. C. (1903). Summation of a certain series, Proc. London Math. Soc. (1) 35,
285289.
Dobbie, J. M. (1962). A simple proof of the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, Quart. J. Math.
(Oxford) (2) 13, 3134.
Dougall, J. (1907). On Vandermondes theorem and some more general expansions, Proc.
Edin. Math. Soc. 25, 114132.
Dowling, T. A. (1973). A q-analog of the partition lattice, A Survey of Combinatorial Theory
(J. N. Srivastava et al., eds.), North-Holland, Amsterdam, 101115.
Dunkl, C. F. (1977). An addition theorem for some q-Hahn polynomials, Monatsh. f
ur Math.
85, 537.
Dunkl, C. F. (1979a). Orthogonal functions on some permutation groups, Proc. Symp. Pure
Math. 34, 129147.
Dunkl, C. F. (1979b). Discrete quadrature and bounds on t-designs, Michigan Math. J. 26,
102.
Dunkl, C. F. (1980). Orthogonal polynomials in two variables of q-Hahn and q-Jacobi type,
SIAM J. Alg. Disc. Meth. 1, 137151.
Dunkl, C. F. (1981). The absorption distribution and the q-binomial theorem, Commun.
Statist.-Theor. Meth. A10 (19), 19151920.
Dunkl, C. F. and Xu, Y. (2001). Orthogonal Polynomials of Several Variables, Encyclopedia
of Mathematics and its Applications 81, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Duren, P. L. (1983). Univalent Functions, Springer, New York.
Dyson, F. J. (1962). Statistical theory of the energy levels of complex systems. I, J. Math.
Phys. 3, 140156.
Dyson, F. J. (1988). A walk through Ramanujans garden, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E.
Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 728.
Edwards, D. (1923). An expansion in factorials similar to Vandermondes theorem, and
applications, Messenger of Math. 52, 129136.
Eichler, M. and Zagier, D. (1985). The theory of Jacobi forms, Progress in Mathematics 55,
Birkh
auser.
Erd
elyi, A. (1939). Transformation of hypergeometric integrals by means of fractional integration by parts, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 10, 176189.
Erd
elyi, A., ed. (1953). Higher Transcendental Functions, Vols. I & II, McGraw-Hill, New
York.
Euler, L. (1748). Introductio in Analysis Innitorum, M-M Bousquet, Lausanne.
Evans, R. J. (1994). Multidimensional beta and gamma integrals, Contemp. Math. 166,
341357.
References
383
Evans, R. J., Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (1982). Coecients in expansions of certain

rational functions, Canad. J. Math. 34, 10111024.
Ewell J. A. (1981). An easy proof of the triple-product identity, Amer. Math. Monthly 88,
270272.
Exton, H. (1977). The basic double hypergeometric transforms, Indian J. Math. 19, 3540.
Exton, H. (1978). A basic analogue of the Bessel-Cliord equation, Jnanabha 8, 4956.
Faddeev, L. D. and Kashaev, R. M. (2002). Strongly coupled quantum discrete Liouville
theory. II., J. Phys. A 35, 40434048.
Faddeev, L. D., Kashaev, R. M. and Volkov, A. Yu.(2001). Strongly coupled quantum
discrete Liouville theory. I. Algebraic approach and duality, Comm. Math. Phys. 219,
199219.
Fairlie, D. B. and Wu, M.-Y. (1997). The reversed q-exponential functional relation, J. Phys.
A 30, 54055409.
Favard, J. (1935). Sur les polyn
omes de Tchebiche, C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 200, 2052
2053.
Feinsilver, P. (1982). Commutators, anti-commutators and Eulerian calculus, Rocky Mtn. J.
Math. 12, 171183.
Felder, G., Stevens, L. and Varchenko, A. (2003a). Elliptic Selberg integrals and conformal
blocks, to appear.
Felder, G., Stevens, L. and Varchenko, A. (2003b). Modular transformations of the elliptic
hypergeometric functions, Macdonald polynomials, and the shift operator, to appear.
Felder, G. and Varchenko, A. (2000). The elliptic gamma function and SL(3,Z)Z3 , Adv. in
Math. 156, 4476.
Felder, G. and Varchenko, A. (2002). q-Deformed KZB heat equation: completeness, modular properties and SL(3,Z), Adv. in Math. 171, 228275.
Felder, G. and Varchenko, A. (2003a). Multiplication formulas for the elliptic gamma function, to appear.
Felder, G. and Varchenko, A. (2003b). Even powers of divisors and elliptic zeta values, to
appear.
Feldheim, E. (1941). Contributions `
a la theorie des polynomes de Jacobi (Hungarian), Mat.
Fiz. Lapok 48, 453504.
Fields, J. L. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1975). Polynomial expansions, Math. Comp. 29, 894902.
Fields, J. L. and Wimp, J. (1961). Expansions of hypergeometric functions in hypergeometric
functions, Math. Comp. 15, 390395.
Fine, N. J. (1948). Some new results on partitions, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 34, 616618.
Fine, N. J. (1988). Basic Hypergeometric Series and Applications, Mathematical Surveys
and Monographs, Vol. 27, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I.
Floreanini, R., Lapointe, L. and Vinet, L. (1994). A quantum algebra approach to basic
multivariable special functions, J. Phys. A 27, 67816797.
Floreanini, R., LeTourneux, J. and Vinet, L. (1999). Symmetries and continuous q-orthogonal
polynomials, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 135144.
Floris, P. G. A. (1999). Addition theorems for spherical polynomials on a family of quantum
spheres, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 145170.
Foata, D. (1981). Further divisibility properties of the q-tangent numbers, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 81, 143148.
384
References
Foda, O. and Quano, Y.-H. (1995). Polynomial identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan type,
Internat. J. Modern Phys. A 10, 22912315.
Forrester, P. J. (1990). Theta function generalizations of some constant term identities in
the theory of random matrices, SIAM J. Math. Anal. A 21, 270280.
Fox, C. (1927). The expression of hypergeometric series in terms of similar series, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 26, 201210.
Frenkel, I. B. and Turaev, V. G. (1995). Trigonometric solutions of the Yang-Baxter equation, nets, and hypergeometric functions, Progress in Mathematics 131, 65118.
Frenkel, I. B. and Turaev, V. G. (1997). Elliptic solutions of the Yang-Baxter equation
and modular hypergeometric functions, The Arnold-Gelfand mathematical seminars,
Birkh
auser, Boston, 171204.
Freud, G. (1971). Orthogonal Polynomials, Pergamon Press, New York.
F
urlinger, J. and Hofbauer, J. (1985). q-Catalan numbers, J. Comb. Thy. A 40, 248264.
Gangolli, R. (1967). Positive denite kernels on homogeneous spaces and certain stochastic processes related to Levys Brownian motion of several parameters, Ann. Inst. H.
Poincar
e, Sect. B, Vol. III, 121226.
Garoufalidis, S. (2003). The colored Jones function is q-holonomic, to appear.
Garoufalidis, S., Le, T. T. and Zeilberger, D. (2003). The quantum MacMahon Master
Theorem, to appear.
Garrett, K., Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (1999). Variants of the Rogers-Ramanujan
identities, Adv. in Appl. Math. 23, 274299.
Garsia, A. M. (1981). A q-analogue of the Lagrange inversion formula, Houston J. Math. 7,
205237.
Garsia, A. M. and Milne, S. C. (1981). A Rogers-Ramanujan bijection, J. Comb. Thy. A
31, 289339.
Garsia, A. and Remmel, J. (1986). A novel form of q-Lagrange inversion, Houston J. Math.
12, 503523.
Garvan, F. G. (1988). Combinatorial interpretations of Ramanujans partition congruences,
Garvan, F. G. (1990). A proof of the Macdonald-Morris root system conjecture for F4 , SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 21, 803821.
Garvan, F. G. (1999). A q-product tutorial for a q-series MAPLE package, S
em. Lothar.
Combin. 42, Art. B42d.
Garvan, F. G. and Gonnet, G. H. (1992). A proof of the two parameter q-cases of the
Macdonald-Morris constant term root system conjecture for S (F4 ) and S (F4 ) via
Zeilbergers method, J. Symbolic Comput. 14, 141177.
Garvan, F. G. and Stanton, D. (1990). Sieved partition functions and q-binomial coecients,
Math. Comp. 55, 299311.
Gasper, G. (1970). Linearization of the product of Jacobi polynomials. II, Canad. J. Math.
22, 582593.
Gasper, G. (1971). Positivity and the convolution structure for Jacobi series, Annals of
Math. 93, 112118.
Gasper, G. (1972). Banach algebras for Jacobi series and positivity of a kernel, Annals of
Math. 95, 261280.
References
385
Gasper, G. (1973). Nonnegativity of a discrete Poisson kernel for the Hahn polynomials, J.
Gasper, G. (1974). Projection formulas for orthogonal polynomials of a discrete variable, J.
Gasper, G. (1975a). Positivity and special functions, Theory and Applications of Special
Functions (R. Askey, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 375433.
Gasper, G. (1975b). Positive integrals of Bessel functions, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 6, 868881.
Gasper, G. (1975c). Formulas of the Dirichlet-Mehler type, Lecture Notes in Math. 457,
Springer, New York, 207215.
Gasper, G. (1976). Solution to problem 7421* (Two-dimensional discrete probability distributions, by P. Beckmann), SIAM Review 18, 126129.
Gasper, G. (1977). Positive sums of the classical orthogonal polynomials, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 8, 423447.
Gasper, G. (1981a). Summation formulas for basic hypergeometric series, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 12, 196200.
Gasper, G. (1981b). Orthogonality of certain functions with respect to complex valued
weights, Canad. J. Math. 33, 12611270.
Gasper, G. (1983). A convolution structure and positivity of a generalized translation operator for the continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, Conference on Harmonic Analysis in
Honor of Antoni Zygmund, Wadsworth International Group, Belmont, Calif., 4459.
Gasper, G. (1985). Rogers linearization formula for the continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials and quadratic transformation formulas, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 16, 10611071.
Gasper, G. (1986). A short proof of an inequality used by de Branges in his proof of the
Bieberbach, Robertson and Milin conjectures, Complex Variables 7, 4550.
Gasper, G. (1987). Solution to problem #6497 (q-Analogues of a gamma function identity,
by R. Askey), Amer. Math. Monthly 94, 199201.
Gasper, G. (1989a). Summation, transformation, and expansion formulas for bibasic series,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 312, 257277.
Gasper, G. (1989b). q-Extensions of Clausens formula and of the inequalities used by de
Branges in his proof of the Bieberbach, Robertson, and Millin conjectures, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 20, 10191034.
Gasper, G. (1989c). q-Extensions of Barnes, Cauchys, and Eulers beta integrals, Topics
in Mathematical Analysis, T. M. Rassias, ed., World Scientic Pub. Co., London,
Singapore and Teaneck, N. J., 294314.
Gasper, G. (1989d). Bibasic summation, transformation and expansion formulas, q-analogues
of Clausens formula, and nonnegative basic hypergeometric series, IMA Vol. Math.
Appl. 18, 1534.
Gasper, G. (1990). Using symbolic computer algebraic systems to derive formulas involving
orthogonal polynomials and other special functions, NATO Adv. Sci. Inst. Ser. C Math.
Phys. Sci. 294, 163179.
Gasper, G. (1994). Using sums of squares to prove that certain entire functions have only
real zeros, Lecture Notes in Pure and Appl. Math. 157, 171186.
Gasper, G. (1997). Elementary derivations of summation and transformation formulas for
q-series, Fields Inst. Commun. 14, 5570.
386
References
Gasper, G. (2000). q-extensions of Erdelyis fractional integral representations for hypergeometric functions and some summation formulas for double q-Kampe de F
eriet series,
Gasper, G., Ismail, M. E. H., Koornwinder, T. H., Nevai, P. and Stanton, D. (2000). The
mathematical contributions of Richard Askey, Contemp. Math. 254, 118.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1983a). Positivity of the Poisson kernel for the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 14, 409420.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1983b). Nonnegative kernels in product formulas for q-Racah
polynomials, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 95, 304318.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1984). Product formulas of Watson, Bailey and Bateman
types and positivity of the Poisson kernel for q-Racah polynomials, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 15, 768789.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1986). Positivity of the Poisson kernel for the continuous
q-Jacobi polynomials and some quadratic transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17, 970999.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1989). A nonterminating q-Clausen formula and some related
product formulas, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 20, 12701282.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1990). An indenite bibasic summation formula and some
quadratic, cubic and quartic summation and transformation formulas, Canad. J. Math.
42, 127.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (1993). Basic Hypergeometric Series (in Russian), Translated
from the 1990 English original and with a preface by N. M. Atakishiev and S. K. Suslov,
Mir, Moscow.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (2003a). q-Analogues of some multivariable biorthogonal polynomials, to appear in Theory and Applications of Special Functions. A volume dedicated
to Mizan Rahman (M. E. H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev. Math., Kluwer Acad.
Publ., Dordrecht.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (2003b). Some systems of multivariable orthogonal AskeyWilson polynomials, to appear in Theory and Applications of Special Functions. A
volume dedicated to Mizan Rahman (M. E. H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev.
Math., Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht.
Gasper, G. and Rahman, M. (2003c). Some systems of multivariable orthogonal q-Racah
polynomials, to appear.
Gasper, G. and Schlosser, M. (2003). Summation, transformation, and expansion formulas
for multibasic theta hypergeometric series, to appear.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1977). Multiplier criteria of Marcinkiewicz type for Jacobi
expansions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 231, 117132.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1979). A characterization of localized Bessel potential spaces
and applications to Jacobi and Hankel multipliers, Studia Math. 65, 243278.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1991). On necessary multiplier conditions for Laguerre expansions, Canad. J. Math. 43, 12281242.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1994). On necessary multiplier conditions for Laguerre expansions. II, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 25, 384391.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1995a). Ultraspherical multipliers revisited, Acta Sci. Math.
(Szeged) 60, 291309.
References
387
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1995b). On a restriction problem of de Leeuw type for Laguerre
multipliers, Acta Math. Hungar. 68, 135149.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1995c). A Riemann-Lebesgue lemma for Jacobi expansions,
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1998). A lower estimate for the Lebesgue constants of linear
means of Laguerre expansions, Results Math. 34, 91100.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (1999). Applications of weighted Laguerre transplantation
theorems, Methods Appl. Anal. 6, 337346.
Gasper, G. and Trebels, W. (2000). Norm inequalities for fractional integrals of Laguerre
and Hermite expansions, Tohoku Math. J. 52, 251260.
Gauss, C. F. (1813). Disquisitiones generales circa seriem innitam ..., Comm. soc. reg. sci.
G
ott. rec., Vol. II; reprinted in Werke 3 (1876), 123162.
Gegenbauer, L. (1874). Uber

einige bestimmte Integrale, Sitz. Math. Natur. Kl. Akad. Wiss.
Wien (IIa) 70, 433443.
Gegenbauer, L. (1893). Das Additionstheorem der Functionen Cn

(x), Sitz. Math. Natur.
Kl. Akad. Wiss. Wien (IIa) 102, 942950.
Geronimo, J. S. (1994). Scattering theory, orthogonal polynomials and q-series, SIAM J.

Math. Anal. 25, 392419.
Gessel, I. (1980). A noncommutative generalization and q-analog of the Lagrange inversion
formula, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 257, 455482.
Gessel, I. and Krattenthaler, C. (1997). Cylindric partitions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 349,
429479.
Gessel, I. and Stanton, D. (1982). Strange evaluations of hypergeometric series, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 13, 295308.
Gessel, I. and Stanton, D. (1983). Applications of q-Lagrange inversion to basic hypergeometric series, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 277, 173201.
Gessel, I. and Stanton, D. (1986). Another family of q-Lagrange inversion formulas, Rocky
Mtn. J. Math. 16, 373384.
Goldman, J. and Rota, G.-C. (1970). On the foundations of combinatorial theory IV: Finite
vector spaces and Eulerian generating functions, Studies in Appl. Math. 49, 239258.
Gordon, B. (1961). Some identities in combinatorial analysis, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2)
12, 285290.
Gosper, R. Wm. (1988a). Some identities, for your amusement, Ramanujan Revisited (G.
E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 607609.
Gosper, R. Wm. (1988b). March 27 and July 31 letters to R. Askey.
Gosper, R. Wm. (2001). Experiments and discoveries in q-trigonometry, Dev. Math. 4,
79105.
Gosper, R. Wm. and Suslov, S. K. (2000). Numerical investigation of basic Fourier series,
Greiner, P. C. (1980). Spherical harmonics on the Heisenberg group, Canad. Math. Bull.
23, 383396.
Grosswald, E. (1985). Representations of Integers as Sums of Squares, Springer, New York.
Gupta, D. P., Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1992). Contiguous relations, basic hypergeometric functions, and orthogonal polynomials. II: Associated big q-Jacobi polynomials, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 171, 477497.
388
References
Gupta, D. P., Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1996). Contiguous relations, basic

hypergeometric functions, and orthogonal polynomials. III. Associated continuous dual
q-Hahn polynomials, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 68, 115149.
Gupta, D. P. and Masson, D. R. (1998). Contiguous relations, continued fractions and
orthogonality, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 350, 769808.
Gustafson, R. A. (1987a). A Whipples transformation for hypergeometric series in U (n)
and multivariable hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18,
495530.
Gustafson, R. A. (1987b). Multilateral summation theorems for ordinary and basic hypergeometric series in U (n), SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 15761596.
Gustafson, R. A. (1989). The Macdonald identities for ane root systems of classical type
and hypergeometric series very-well-poised on semisimple Lie algebras, Ramanujan
International Symposium on Analysis (Pune, 1987), Macmillan of India, New Delhi,
185224.
Gustafson, R. A. (1990). A summation theorem for hypergeometric series very-well-poised
on G2 , SIAM J. Math. Anal. 21, 510522.
Gustafson, R. A. (1992). Some q-beta and Mellin-Barnes integrals with many parameters
associated to the classical groups, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 23, 525551.
Gustafson, R. A. (1994a). Some q-beta and Mellin-Barnes integrals on compact Lie groups
and Lie algebras, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 341, 69119.
Gustafson, R. A. (1994b). Some q-beta integrals on SU (n) and Sp(n) that generalize the
Askey-Wilson and Nasrallah-Rahman integrals, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 25, 441449.
Gustafson, R. A. and Krattenthaler, C. (1997). Determinant evaluations and U (n) extensions
of Heines 2 1 -transformations, Fields Inst. Commun. 14, 8389.
Gustafson, R. A. and Milne, S. C. (1986). A q-analogue of transposition symmetry for
invariant G-functions, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 114, 210240.
Gustafson, R. A. and Rakha, M. A. (2000). q-Beta integrals and multivariate basic hypergeometric series associated to root systems of type Am , Ann. Comb. 4, 347373.
Habsieger, L. (1988). Une q-int
egrale de Selberg et Askey, (French) [A q-Integral of Selberg
and Askey], SIAM J. Math. Anal. 19, 14751489.
Hahn, W. (1949a). Uber

Orthogonalpolynome, die q-Dierenzengleichungen gen
ugen, Math.
Nachr. 2, 434.
Hahn, W. (1949b). Uber

Polynome, die gleichzeitig zwei verschiedenen Orthogonalsystemen
angeh
oren, Math. Nachr. 2, 263278.
Hahn, W. (1949c). Beitr
age zur Theorie der Heineschen Reihen, die 24 Integrale der hypergeometrischen q-Dierenzengleichung, das q-Analogon der Laplace-Transformation,
Math. Nachr. 2, 340379.
Hahn, W. (1950). Uber

die h
oheren Heineschen Reihen und eine einheitliche Theorie der
sogenannten speziellen Funktionen, Math. Nachr. 3, 257294.
Hahn, W. (1952). Uber

uneigentliche L
osungen linearer geometrischer Dierenzengleichungen, Math. Annalen 125, 6781.
Hahn, W. (1953). Die mechanische Deutung einer geometrischen Dierenzengleichung,
Zeitschr. angew. Math. Mech. 33, 270272.
Hall, N. A. (1936). An algebraic identity, J. London Math. Soc. 11, 276.
References
389
Handa, B. R. and Mohanty, S. G. (1980). On q-binomial coecients and some statistical

applications, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 11, 10271035.
Hardy, G. H. (1937). The Indian mathematician Ramanujan, Amer. Math. Monthly 44,
137155; reprinted in Collected Papers 7, 612630.
Hardy, G. H. (1940). Ramanujan, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; reprinted by
Chelsea, New York, 1978.
Hardy, G. H. and Ramanujan, S. (1918). Asymptotic formulae in combinatory analysis,
Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 17, 75115; in the Collected Papers of G. H. Hardy I,
Oxford University Press, Oxford, 306339.
Hardy, G. H. and Wright, E. M. (1979). An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, 5th
edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Heine, E. (1846). Uber

die Reihe ..., J. reine angew. Math. 32, 210212.
Heine, E. (1847). Untersuchungen u
ber die Reihe ..., J. reine angew. Math. 34, 285328.
Heine, E. (1878). Handbuch der Kugelfunctionen, Theorie und Anwendungen, Vol. 1,
Reimer, Berlin.
Henrici, P. (1974). Applied and Computational Complex Analysis, Vol. I, John Wiley &
Sons, New York.
Hilbert, D. (1909). Beweis f
ur die Darstellbarkeit der ganzen Zahlen durch eine feste Anzahl
n-ter Potenzen (Waringsches Problem), Math. Annalen 67, 281300.
Hirschhorn, M. D. (1985). A simple proof of Jacobis two-square theorem, Amer. Math.
Monthly 92, 579580.
Hirschhorn, M. D. (1987). A simple proof of Jacobis four-square theorem, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 101, 436438.
Hirschhorn, M. D. (1988). A generalization of the quintuple product identity, J. Austral.
Math. Soc. A 44, 4245.
Hofbauer, J. (1982). Lagrange Inversion, S
eminaire lotharingien de combinatoire (V. Strehl,
ed.), 138.
Hofbauer, J. (1984). A q-analogue of the Lagrange expansion, Arch. Math. 42, 536544.
Hou, Q.-H., Lascoux, A. and Mu, Y.-P. (2003). Continued fractions for RogersSzeg
o polynomials, Numerical Algorithms, to appear.
Hua, L. K. (1982). Introduction to Number Theory, Springer, New York.
Ihrig, E. and Ismail, M. E. H. (1981). A q-umbral calculus, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 84,
178207.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1977). A simple proof of Ramanujans 1 1 sum, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.
63, 185186.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1981). The basic Bessel functions and polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal.
12, 454468.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1982). The zeros of basic Bessel functions, the functions J +ax (x), and
associated orthogonal polynomials, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 86, 119.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1985a). On sieved orthogonal polynomials. I: symmetric Pollaczek analogues, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 16, 10931113.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1985b). A queueing model and a set of orthogonal polynomials, J. Math.
Anal. Appl. 108, 575594.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1986a). On sieved orthogonal polynomials. III: Orthogonality on several
intervals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 294, 89111.
390
References
Ismail, M. E. H. (1986b). On sieved orthogonal polynomials. IV: Generating functions, J.

Approx. Thy. 46, 284296.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1986c). Asymptotics of the Askey-Wilson and q-Jacobi polynomials, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 17, 14751482.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1990). Corrigendum: Some multilinear generating functions for q-Hermite
polynomials [J. Math. Anal. Appl. 144 (1989), 147157] by H. M. Srivastava and V.
K. Jain, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 149, 312.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1993). Ladder operators for q 1 -Hermite polynomials, C. R. Math. Rep.
Acad. Sci. Canada 15, 261266.
Ismail, M. E. H. (1995). The Askey-Wilson operator and summation theorems, Contemp.
Math. 190, 171178.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2001a). An operator calculus for the Askey-Wilson operator, Ann. Comb.
5, 347362.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2001b). Orthogonality and completeness of q-Fourier type systems, Z.
Anal. Anwendungen 20, 761775.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2001c). Lectures on q-orthogonal polynomials, Special Functions 2000:
Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S. K.
Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 179219.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2003a). Dierence equations and quantized discriminants for q-orthogonal
polynomials, Adv. in Appl. Math. 30, 562589.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2003b). Classical and Quantum Orthogonal Polynomials of One Variable,
Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, Cambridge University Press, to
appear.
Ismail, M. E. H. (2003c). Some properties of Jacksons third q-Bessel functions, to appear.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Li, X. (1992). On sieved orthogonal polynomials. IX: Orthogonality on
the unit circle, Pacic J. Math. 153, 289297.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Libis, C. A. (1989). Contiguous relations, basic hypergeometric functions, and orthogonal polynomials. I, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 141, 349372.
Ismail, M. E. H., Lorch, L. and Muldoon, M. E. (1986). Completely monotonic functions
associated with the gamma function and its q-analogues, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 116,
19.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1993). Extremal measures for q-Hermite polynomials
when q > 1, C. R. Math. Rep. Acad. Sci. Canada 15, 712.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1994). q-Hermite polynomials, biorthogonal rational
functions, and q-beta integrals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 346, 63116.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1995). Generalized orthogonality and continued fractions, J. Approx. Theory 83, 140.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Masson, D. R. (1999). Some continued fractions related to elliptic
functions, Contemp. Math. 236, 149166.
Ismail, M. E. H., Masson, D. R. and Rahman, M. (1991). Complex weight functions for
classical orthogonal polynomials, Canad. J. Math. 43, 12941308.
Ismail, M. E. H., Masson, D. R. and Suslov, S. K. (1997). Some generating functions for
q-polynomials, Fields Inst. Commun. 14, 91108.
Ismail, M. E. H., Masson, D. R. and Suslov, S. K. (1999). The q-Bessel function on a
q-quadratic grid, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 183200.
References
391
Ismail, M. E. H., Merkes, E. and Styer, D. (1990). A generalization of starlike functions,

Complex Variables Theory Appl. 14, 7784.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Muldoon, M. E. (1988). On the variation with respect to a parameter
of zeros of Bessel and q-Bessel functions, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 135, 187207.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Muldoon, M. E. (1994). Inequalities and monotonicity properties for
gamma and q-gamma functions, Internat. Ser. Numer. Math. 119, 309323.
Ismail, M. E. H., Mulla, F. S. (1987). On the generalized Chebyshev polynomials, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 18, 243258.
Ismail, M. E. H., Perline, R. and Wimp, J. (1992). Pade approximants for some q-hypergeometric functions, Springer Ser. Comput. Math. 19, 3750.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Pitman, J. (2000). Algebraic evaluations of some symmetric Euler
integrals, duplication formulas for Appells hypergeometric function F1 , and Brownian
variations, Canad. J. Math. 52, 961981.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (1991). The associated Askey-Wilson polynomials, Trans.
Amer. Math. Soc. 328, 201237.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (1995). Some basic bilateral sums and integrals, Pacic
J. Math. 170, 497515.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (1996). Ladder operators for Szeg
o polynomials and
related biorthogonal rational functions, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 124, 21492159.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (1998). The q-Laguerre polynomials and related moment
problems, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 218, 155174.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (2002a). An inverse to the Askey-Wilson operator, Rocky
Mtn. J. Math. 32, 657678.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Rahman, M. (2002b). Inverse operators, q-fractional integrals, and
q-Bernoulli polynomials, J. Approx. Theory 114, 269307.
Ismail, M. E. H., Rahman, M. and Stanton, D. (1999). Quadratic q-exponentials and connection coecient problems, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 127, 29312941.
Ismail, M. E. H., Rahman, M. and Zhang, R. (1996). Diagonalization of certain integral
operators. II, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 68, 163196.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Ruedemann, R. W. (1992). Relation between polynomials orthogonal
on the unit circle with respect to dierent weights, J. Approx. Theory 71, 3960.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (1988). On the Askey-Wilson and Rogers polynomials,
Canad. J. Math. 40, 10251045.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (1997). Classical orthogonal polynomials as moments,
Canad. J. Math. 49, 520542.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (1998). More orthogonal polynomials as moments, Progress
in Mathematics 161, 377396.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (2000). Addition theorems for the q-exponential function,
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (2002). q-Integral and moment representations for
q-orthogonal polynomials, Canad. J. Math. 54 709735.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (2003a). q-Taylor theorems, polynomial expansions, and
interpolation of entire functions, J. Approx. Theory 123, 125146.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Stanton, D. (2003b). Applications of q-Taylor theorems, J. Comput.
Appl. Math. 153, 259272.
392
References
Ismail, M. E. H., Stanton, D. and Viennot, G. (1987). The combinatorics of q-Hermite

polynomials and the Askey-Wilson integral, European J. Combinatorics 8, 379392.
Ismail, M. E. H., Valent, G. and Yoon, G. J. (2001). Some orthogonal polynomials related
to elliptic functions, J. Approx. Theory 112, 251278.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Wilson, J. A. (1982). Asymptotic and generating relations for the
q-Jacobi and 4 3 polynomials, J. Approx. Thy. 36, 4354.
Ismail, M. E. H. and Zhang, R. (1994). Diagonalization of certain integral operators, Adv.
in Math. 109, 133.
Ito, M. (2002). A product formula for Jackson integral associated with the root system F4 ,
Ramanujan J. 6, 279293.
Jackson, F. H. (1904a). A basic-sine and cosine with symbolical solutions of certain dierential equations, Proc. Edin. Math. Soc. 22, 2838.
Jackson, F. H. (1904b). Note of a theorem of Lommel, Proc. Edin. Math. Soc. 22, 8085.
Jackson, F. H. (1904c). Theorems relating to a generalization of the Bessel-function, Trans.
Roy. Soc. Edin. 41, 105118.
Jackson, F. H. (1904d). On generalized functions of Legendre and Bessel, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edin. 41, 128.
Jackson, F. H. (1904e). A generalization of the functions (n) and xn , Proc. Roy. Soc.
London 74, 6472.
Jackson, F. H. (1905a). The application of basic numbers to Bessels and Legendres functions, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 2, 192220.
Jackson, F. H. (1905b). The application of basic numbers to Bessels and Legendres functions (Second paper), Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 3, 123.
Jackson, F. H. (1905c). Some properties of a generalized hypergeometric function, Amer. J.
Math. 27, 16.
Jackson, F. H. (1905d). The basic gamma-function and the elliptic functions, Proc. Roy.
Soc. London A 76, 127144.
Jackson, F. H. (1905e). Theorems relating to a generalization of Bessels function. II, Trans.
Roy. Soc. Edin. 41, 399408.
Jackson, F. H. (1908). On q-functions and a certain dierence operator, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edin. 46, 253281.
Jackson, F. H. (1909a). Generalization of the dierential operative symbol with an extended
form of Booles equation ..., Messenger of Math. 38, 5761.
Jackson, F. H. (1909b). A q-form of Taylors theorem, Messenger of Math. 38, 6264.
Jackson, F. H. (1909c). The q-series corresponding to Taylors series, Messenger of Math.
39, 2628.
Jackson, F. H. (1910a). Transformations of q-series, Messenger of Math. 39, 145153.
Jackson, F. H. (1910b). A q-generalization of Abels series, Rendiconti Palermo 29, 340346.
Jackson, F. H. (1910c). On q-denite integrals, Quart. J. Pure and Appl. Math. 41, 193203.
Jackson, F. H. (1910d). q-Dierence equations, Amer. J. Math. 32, 305314.
Jackson, F. H. (1910e). Borels integral and q-series, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. 30, 378385.
Jackson, F. H. (1911). The products of q-hypergeometric functions, Messenger of Math. 40,
92100.
References
393
Jackson, F. H. (1917). The q-integral analogous to Borels integral, Messenger of Math. 47,
5764.
Jackson, F. H (1921). Summation of q-hypergeometric series, Messenger of Math. 50,
101112.
Jackson, F. H (1927). A new transformation of Heinean series, Quart. J. Pure and Appl.
Math. 50, 377384.
Jackson, F. H (1928). Examples of a generalization of Eulers transformation for power
series, Messenger of Math. 57, 169187.
Jackson, F. H (1940). The q equations whose solutions are products of solutions of q
equations of lower order, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 11, 117.
Jackson, F. H. (1941). Certain q-identities, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 12, 167172.
Jackson, F. H. (1942). On basic double hypergeometric functions, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford)
13, 6982.
Jackson, F. H. (1944). Basic double hypergeometric functions (II), Quart. J. Math. (Oxford)
15, 4961.
Jackson, F. H. (1951). Basic integration, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 2, 116.
Note: For additional publications of F. H. Jackson, see his obituary notice Chaundy [1962].
Jackson, M. (1949). On some formulae in partition theory, and bilateral basic hypergeometric
series, J. London Math. Soc. 24, 233237.
Jackson, M. (1950a). On well-poised bilateral hypergeometric series of the type 8 8 , Quart.
J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 1, 6368.
Jackson, M. (1950b). On Lerchs transcendant and the basic bilateral hypergeometric series
2 2 , J. London Math. Soc. 25, 189196.
Jackson, M. (1954). Transformations of series of the type 3 3 , Pac. J. Math. 4, 557562.
Jacobi, C. G. J. (1829). Fundamenta Nova Theoriae Functionum Ellipticarum, Regiomonti.
Sumptibus fratrum Borntr
ager; reprinted in Gesammelte Werke 1 (1881), 49239,
Reimer, Berlin; reprinted by Chelsea, New York, 1969.
Jacobi, C. G. J. (1846). Uber

einige der Binomialreihe analoge Reihen, J. reine angew. Math.
32, 197204; reprinted in Gesammelte Werke 6 (1881), 163173, Reimer, Berlin.
Jain, V. K. (1980a). Some expansions involving basic hypergeometric functions of two variables, Pac. J. Math. 91, 349361.
Jain, V. K. (1980b). Some transformations of basic hypergeometric series and their applications, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 78, 375384.
Jain, V. K. (1980c). Summations of basic hypergeometric series and Rogers-Ramanujan
identities, Houston J. Math. 6, 511522.
Jain, V. K. (1981). Some transformations of basic hypergeometric functions. Part II, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 12, 957961.
Jain, V. K. (1982). Certain transformations of basic hypergeometric series and their applications, Pac. J. Math. 101, 333349.
Jain, V. K. and Srivastava, H. M. (1986). q-Series identities and reducibility of basic double
hypergeometric functions, Canad. J. Math. 38, 215231.
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1980). Transformations between basic hypergeometric series
on dierent bases and identities of Rogers-Ramanujan type, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 76,
230269.
394
References
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1981). Some transformations of basic hypergeometric functions,

Part I, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 12, 943956.
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1982). Transformations of non-terminating basic hypergeometric series, their contour integrals and applications to Rogers-Ramanujan identities, J.
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1985). Some summation formulae for nonterminating basic
hypergeometric series, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 16, 647655.
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1986). Basic analogues of transformations of nearly-poised basic
hypergeometric series, Number Theory, Lecture Notes on Math. 1122, Springer, New
York, 206217.
Jain, V. K. and Verma, A. (1987). On transformations of nearly-poised basic hypergeometric
series and their applications, Indian J. Pure Appl. Math. 18 (1), 5564.
Jimbo, M. (1985). A q-dierence analogue of U (g) and the Yang-Baxter equation, Lett.
Math. Phys. 10, 6369.
Jimbo, M. (1986). A q-analogue of U (gl(N +1)), Hecke algebra, and the Yang-Baxter equation, Lett. Math. Phys. 11, 247252.
Joichi, J. T. and Stanton, D. (1987). Bijective proofs of basic hypergeometric series identities,
Pacic J. Math. 127, 103120.
Joichi, J. T. and Stanton, D. (1989). An involution for Jacobis identity, Discrete Math 73,
261271.
Joshi, C. M. and Verma, A. (1979). Some remarks on summation of basic hypergeometric
series, Houston J. Math. 5, 277294.
Kac, V. G. (1978). Innite-dimensional algebras, Dedekinds -function, classical M
obius
function and the very strange formula, Adv. in Math. 30, 85136.
Kac, V. G. (1985). Innite Dimensional Lie Algebras, 2nd edition, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1985a). Weighted inversion numbers, restricted growth functions, and
standard Young tableaux, J. Comb. Thy. A 40, 2244.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1985b). A proof of Andrews q-Dyson conjecture for n = 4, Trans. Amer.
Math. Soc. 290, 127144.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1987a). Path functions and generalized basic hypergeometric functions,
Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 360.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1987b). A probabilistic proof of Ramanujans 1 1 sum, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 18, 15391548.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1988a). A proof of some q-analogues of Selbergs integral for k = 1, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 19, 944968.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1988b). A proof of Askeys conjectured q-analogue of Selbergs integral
and a conjecture of Morris, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 19, 969986.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1988c). The q-Selberg polynomials for n = 2, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
310, 535553.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1994). A proof of the q-Macdonald-Morris conjecture for BCn , Memoirs
Amer. Math. Soc. 108, no. 516.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1997). The Selberg-Jack symmetric functions, Adv. in Math. 130, 33102.
Kadell, K. W. J. (1998). Aomotos machine and the Dyson constant term identity, Methods
Appl. Anal. 5, 335350.
References
395
Kadell, K. W. J. (2000). A Dyson constant term orthogonality relation, J. Combin. Theory

Ser. A 89, 291297.
Kairies, H.-H and Muldoon, M. E. (1982). Some characterizations of q-factorial functions,
Aequationes Math. 25, 6776.
Kajihara, Y. and Noumi, M. (2003). Multiple elliptic hypergeometric series An approach
from the Cauchy determinant , Indag. Math., (N.S.) 14, 395421.
Kajiwara, K., Masuda, T., Noumi, M., Ohta, Y. and Yamada, Y. (2003). 10 E9 solution to
the elliptic Painleve equation, J. Phys. A, Math. Gen. 36, L263L272.
Kalnins, E. G. and Miller, W. (1988). q-Series and orthogonal polynomials associated with
Barnes rst lemma, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 19, 12161231.
Kalnins, E. G. and Miller, W. (1989). Symmetry techniques for q-series: Askey-Wilson
polynomials, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 19, 223230.
van Kampen, N. G. (1961). Exact calculation of the uctuation spectrum for a nonlinear
model system, J. Math. Phys. 2, 592601.
Kaneko, J. (1996). q-Selberg integrals and Macdonald polynomials, Ann. Sci. Ecole
Norm.
Sup. (4) 29, 583637.
Kaneko, J. (1997). Constant term identities of Forrester-Zeilberger-Cooper, Discrete Math.
173, 7990.
Kaneko, J. (1998). A summation theorem for Macdonald polynomials, Ramanujan J.
2, 379386.
Kaneko, J. (2001). Forresters constant term conjecture and its q-analogue, Physics and
combinatorics, 2000 (Nagoya), World Sci. Publishing, River Edge, NJ, 4962.
Karlsson, Per W. (1971). Hypergeometric functions with integral parameter dierences, J.
Math. Phys. 12, 270271.
Kendall, M. G. and Stuart, A. (1979). The Advanced Theory of Statistics, Vol. 2, Inference
and Relationship, 4th edition, C. Grin & Co., London.
Kirillov, A. N. (1995). Dilogarithm identities, Progr. Theort. Phys. Suppl. No. 118, 61142.
Kirillov, A. N. and Noumi, M. (1999). q-Dierence raising operators for Macdonald polynomials and the integrality of transition coecients, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22,
227243.
Kirillov, A. N. and Reshetikhin, N. Yu. (1989). Representations of the algebra Uq (sl(2)),
q-orthogonal polynomials and invariants of links, Adv. Ser. Math. Phys. 7, 285339.
Klein, F. (1933). Vorlesungen u
ber die Hypergeometrische Funktion, Springer, New York.
Knuth, D. (1971). Subspaces, subsets, and partitions, J. Comb. Thy. A 10, 178180.
Knuth, D. (1973). The Art of Computer Programming, Vols. 13, Addison-Wesley, Reading,
Mass.
Koekoek, R. and Swarttouw, R. F. (1998). The Askey-scheme of hypergeometric orthogonal
polynomials and its q-analogue, Reports of the faculty of Technical Mathematics and
Informatics, No. 98-17, Delft.
Koelink, H. T. (1994). The addition formula for continuous q-Legendre polynomials and
associated spherical elements on the SU (2) quantum group related to Askey-Wilson
polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 25, 197217.
Koelink, H. T. (1995a). Addition formula for big q-Legendre polynomials from the quantum
SU (2) group, Canad. J. Math. 47, 436448.
396
References
Koelink, H. T. (1995b). Identities for q-ultraspherical polynomials and Jacobi functions,

Koelink, H. T. (1996). Askey-Wilson polynomials and the quantum U (2) group: survey and
applications, Acta Appl. Math. 44, 295352.
Koelink, H. T. (1997). Addition formulas for q-special functions, Fields Inst. Commun. 14,
109129.
Koelink, H. T. (2000). q-Krawtchouk polynomials as spherical functions on the Hecke algebra
of type B, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 352, 47894813.
Koelink, H. T. (2003). One-parameter orthogonality relations for basic hypergeometric series, Indag. Math. (N.S.) 14, 423443.
Koelink, H. T. and Koornwinder, T. H. (1989). The Clebsch-Gordan coecients for the
quantum group S U (2) and q-Hahn polynomials, Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch.
Ser. A 92, 443456.
Koelink, H. T., van Norden, Y. and Rosengren, H. (2003). Elliptic U (2) quantum group and
elliptic hypergeometric series, Comm. Math. Phys., to appear.
Koelink, H. T. and Rosengren, H. (2001). Harmonic analysis on the SU (2) dynamical
quantum group, Acta Appl. Math. 69, 163220.
Koelink, H. T. and Rosengren, H. (2002). Transmutation kernels for the little q-Jacobi
function transform, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 32, 703738.
Koelink, H. T. and Stokman, J. V. (2001a). Fourier transforms on the quantum SU (1,1)
group: With an appendix by Mizan Rahman, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. 37, 621715.
Koelink, H. T. and Stokman, J. V. (2001b). The Askey-Wilson function transform, Internat.
Math. Res. Notices, 12031227.
Koelink, H. T. and Stokman, J. V. (2001c). The Askey-Wilson function transform scheme,
Special Functions 2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E.
H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 221241.
Koelink, H. T. and Stokman, J. V. (2003). The big q-Jacobi function transform, Constr.
Approx. 19, 191235.
Koelink, H. T. and Swarttouw, R. F. (1994). On the zeros of the Hahn-Exton q-Bessel
function and associated q-Lommel polynomials, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 186, 690710.
Koelink, H. T. and Swarttouw, R. F. (1995). A q-analogue of Grafs addition formula for
the Hahn-Exton q-Bessel function, J. Approx. Theory 81, 260273.
Koelink, H. T. and Van der Jeugt, J. (1998). Convolutions for orthogonal polynomials from
Lie and quantum algebra representations, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 29, 794822.
Koelink, H. T. and Van der Jeugt, J. (1999). Bilinear generating functions for orthogonal
polynomials, Constr. Approx. 15, 481497.
Koepf, W. (1998). Hypergeometric summation. An algorithmic approach to summation and
special function identities, Advanced Lectures in Mathematics, Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn,
Braunschweig.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1974a). Jacobi polynomials, II. An analytic proof of the product
formula, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 5, 125137.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1974b). Jacobi polynomials, III. An analytic proof of the addition
formula, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 6, 533543.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1984). Squares of Gegenbauer polynomials and Milin type inequalities,
Report PM-R8412, Centre for Math. and Computer Science, Amsterdam.
References
397
Koornwinder, T. H. (1986). A group theoretic interpretation of the last part of de Branges

proof of the Bieberbach conjecture, Complex Variables 6, 309321.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1989). Representations of the twisted SU (2) quantum group and some
q-hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials, Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Ser. A
92, 97117.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1990). Jacobi functions as limit cases of q-ultraspherical polynomials,
J. Math. Anal. Appl. 148, 4454.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1991a). The addition formula for little q-Legendre polynomials and the
SU (2) quantum group, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 22, 295301.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1991b). Handling hypergeometric series in Maple, IMACS Ann. Comput. Appl. Math. 9, 7380.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1992). Askey-Wilson polynomials for root systems of type BC, Contemp. Math. 138, 189204.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1993a). On Zeilbergers algorithm and its q-analogue, J. Comput. Appl.
Math. 48, 91111.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1993b). Askey-Wilson polynomials as zonal spherical functions on the
SU (2) quantum group, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 24, 795813.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1994). Compact quantum groups and q-special functions, Pitman Res.
Notes Math. Ser. 311, 46128.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1997). Special functions and q-commuting variables, Fields Inst. Commun. 14, 131166.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1998). Identities of nonterminating series by Zeilbergers algorithm, J.
Comput. Appl. Math. 99, 449461.
Koornwinder, T. H. (1999). Some simple applications and variants of the q-binomial formula, Informal note, Oct. 30, 1999: Revised Nov. 9, 1999, www.wins.uva.nl/pub/
mathematics/reports/Analysis/koornwinder/qbinomial.ps.
Koornwinder, T. H. (2003). A second addition formula for continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials, to appear in Theory and Applications of Special Functions. A volume dedicated to Mizan Rahman (M. E. H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev. Math., Kluwer
Acad. Publ., Dordrecht.
Koornwinder, T. H. and Schwartz, A. L. (1997). Product formulas and associated hypergroups for orthogonal polynomials on the simplex and on a parabolic biangle, Constr.
Approx. 13, 537567.
Koornwinder, T. H. and Swarttouw, R. F. (1992). On q-analogues of the Fourier and Hankel
transforms, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 333, 445461.
Koornwinder, T. H. and Touhami, N. (2003). Fusion and exchange matrices for quantized
sl(2) and associated q-special functions, to appear.
Krattenthaler, C. (1984). A new q-Lagrange formula and some applications, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 90, 338344.
Krattenthaler, C. (1988). Operator methods and Lagrange inversion: a unied approach to
Lagrange formulas, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 305, 431465.
Krattenthaler, C. (1989a). q-Analogue of a two-variable inverse pair of series with applications to basic double hypergeometric series, Canad. J. Math. 41, 743768.
398
References
Krattenthaler, C. (1989b). Einige quadratische, kubische und quartische Summenformeln f

ur
q-hypergeometrische Reihen, (German) [Some quadratic, cubic and quartic summation
formulas for q-hypergeometric series], Anz. Osterreich

Akad. Wiss. Math.-Natur. Kl.
126, 910.
Krattenthaler, C. (1995a). The major counting of nonintersecting lattice paths and generating functions for tableaux, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 115, no. 552.
Krattenthaler, C. (1995b). HYP and HYPQ: Mathematica packages for the manipulation
of binomial sums and hypergeometric series respectively q-binomial sums and basic
hypergeometric series, J. Symbolic Comput. 20, 737744.
Krattenthaler, C. (1996). A new matrix inverse, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 124, 4759.
Krattenthaler, C. (1999). Advanced Determinant Calculus, S
em. Lothar. Combin. 42, Art.
B42q.
n basic hypergeometric
Krattenthaler, C. (2001). Proof of a summation formula for an A
series conjectured by Warnaar, Contemp. Math. 291, 153161.
Krattenthaler, C. and Rosengren, H. (2003). On a hypergeometric identity of Gelfand, Graev
and Retakh, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 160, 147158.
Krattenthaler, C. and Schlosser, M. (1999). A new multidimensional matrix inverse with
applications to multiple q-series, Discrete Math. 204, 249279.
Kummer, E. E. (1836), Uber

die hypergeometrische Reihe ..., J. f
ur Math. 15, 3983 and
127172.
Laine, T. P. (1982). Projection formulas and a new proof of the addition formula for the
Jacobi polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 13, 324330.
Lassalle, M. (1999). Quelques valeurs prises par les polyn
omes de Macdonald decales
(French) [Some values taken by shifted Macdonald polynomials], Ann. Inst. Fourier
(Grenoble) 9, 543561.
Lassalle, M. and Schlosser, M. (2003). An analytic formula for Macdonald polynomials, C.
R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 337, 569574.
+n
and basic hypergeometric
Leininger, V. and Milne, S. (1999a). Expansions for (q )n
series in U (n), Discrete Math. 204, 281317.
Leininger, V. and Milne, S. (1999b). Some new innite families of eta function identities,
Leonard, D. A. (1982). Orthogonal polynomials, duality and association schemes, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 13, 656663.
Lepowsky, J. (1982). Ane Lie algebras and combinatorial identities, Lie Algebras and
Related Topic, Lecture Notes in Math. 933, Springer, New York, 130156.
Lepowsky, J. and Milne, S. (1978). Lie algebraic approaches to classical partition identities,
Adv. in Math. 29, 1559.
Lepowsky, J. and Wilson, R. L. (1982). A Lie theoretic interpretation and proof of the
Rogers-Ramanujan identities, Adv. in Math. 45, 2172.
Lewis, R. P. (1984). A combinatorial proof of the triple product identity, Amer. Math.
Monthly 91, 420423.
Lilly, G. M. and Milne, S. (1993). The C Bailey transform and Bailey lemma, Constr.
Approx. 9, 473500.
Littlewood, J. E. (1907). On the asymptotic approximation to integral functions of zero
order, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 5, 361410.
References
399
Liu, Zhi-Guo (2001). On the representation of integers as sums of squares, Contemp. Math.
291, 163176.
Lubinsky, D. S. and Sa, E. B. (1987). Convergence of Pade approximants of partial theta
functions and the Rogers-Szeg
o polynomials, Constr. Approx. 3, 331361.
Luke, Y. L. (1969). The Special Functions and Their Approximations, Vols. I and II, Academic Press, New York.
Macdonald, I. G. (1972). Ane root systems and Dedekinds -function, Invent. Math. 15,
91143.
Macdonald, I. G. (1982). Some conjectures for root systems, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 13,
9881007.
Macdonald, I. G. (1990). Orthogonal polynomials associated with root systems, NATO Adv.
Sci. Inst. Ser. C Math. Phys. Sci. 294, 311318.
Macdonald, I. G. (1995). Symmetric Functions and Hall Polynomials, Second edition, Oxford University Press, New York.
Macdonald, I. G. (1998a). Symmetric functions and orthogonal polynomials, University
Lecture Series 12, American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI.
Macdonald, I. G. (1998b). Constant term identities, orthogonal polynomials, and ane
Hecke algebras, Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians (Berlin,
1998), Doc. Math., Extra Vol. I, 303317.
MacMahon, P. A. (1916). Combinatory Analysis, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge;
reprinted by Chelsea, New York, 1960.
McCoy, B. M. (1999). Quasi-particles and the generalized Rogers-Ramanujan identities, XII
th International Congress of Mathematical Physics (ICMP 97) (Brisbane), Internat.
Press, Cambridge, MA, 350356.
Masuda, T., Mimachi, K., Nakagami, Y., Noumi, M. and Ueno, K. (1991). Representations
of quantum group SUq (2) and the little q-Jacobi polynomials, J. Funct. Anal. 99,
357386.
Menon, P. K. (1965). On Ramanujans continued fraction and related identities, J. London
Math. Soc. 40, 4954.
Milin, I. M. (1977). Univalent Functions and Orthogonal Systems, Transl. Math. Monographs, Vol. 29, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I.
Miller, W. (1968). Lie Theory and Special Functions, Academic Press, New York.
Miller, W. (1970). Lie theory and q-dierence equations, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 1, 171188.
Milne, S. C. (1980a). A multiple series transformation of the very well poised 2k+42k+4 ,
Pacic J. Math. 91, 419430.
Milne, S. C. (1980b). Hypergeometric series well-poised in SU (n) and a generalization of
Biedenharns G-functions, Adv. in Math. 36, 169211.
Milne, S. C. (1985a). An elementary proof of the Macdonald identities for A(1)
, Adv. in

Math. 57, 3470.
Milne, S. C. (1985b). A new symmetry related to SU (n) classical basic hypergeometric
series, Adv. in Math. 57, 7190.
Milne, S. C. (1985c). A q-analogue of hypergeometric series well-poised in SU (n) and invariant G-functions, Adv. in Math. 58, 160.
Milne, S. C. (1985d). A q-analogue of the 5 F4 (1) summation theorem for hypergeometric
series well-poised in SU (n), Adv. in Math. 57, 1433.
400
References
Milne, S. C. (1986). A U (n) generalization of Ramanujans 1 1 summation, J. Math. Anal.

Appl. 118, 263277.
Milne, S. C. (1987). Basic hypergeometric series very-well-poised in U (n), J. Math. Anal.
Appl. 122, 223256.
Milne, S. C. (1988a). Multiple q-series and U (n) generalizations of Ramanujans 1 1 sum,
Milne, S. C. (1988b). A q-analog of the Gauss summation theorem for hypergeometric series
in U (n), Adv. in Math. 72, 59131.
Milne, S. C. (1989). The multidimensional 1 1 sum and Macdonald identities for A(1)
, Proc.

Sympos. Pure Math. 49, Part 2, 323359.
Milne, S. C. (1992). Classical partition functions and the U (n+) Rogers-Selberg identity,
Discrete Math. 99, 199246.
Milne, S. C. (1993). A q-analog of the balanced 3 F2 summation theorem for hypergeometric
series in U (n), Adv. in Math. 99, 162237.
Milne, S. C. (1994a). A q-analog of Whipples transformation for hypergeometric series in
U (n), Adv. in Math. 108, 176.
Milne, S. C. (1994b). The C Rogers-Selberg Identity, SIAM Jour. Math. Anal. 25, 571595.
Milne, S. C. (1996). New innite families of exact sums of squares formulas, Jacobi elliptic
functions, and Ramanujans tau function, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93, 15004
15008.
Milne, S. C. (1997). Balanced 3 2 summation theorems for U (n) basic hypergeometric series,
Adv. in Math. 131, 93187.
Milne, S. C. (2000). A new U (n) generalization of the Jacobi triple product identity, Contemp. Math. 254, 351370.
Milne, S. C. (2001). Transformations of U (n+) multiple basic hypergeometric series, Physics
and combinatorics 1999 (Nagoya), World Sci. Publishing, River Edge, NJ, 201243.
Milne, S. C. (2002). Innite families of exact sums of squares formulas, Jacobi elliptic
functions, continued fractions, and Schur functions, Ramanujan J. 6, 7149.
Milne, S. C. and Bhatnagar, G. (1998). A characterization of inverse relations, Discrete
Math. 193, 235245.
Milne, S. C. and Lilly, G. M. (1992). The A and C Bailey transform and lemma, Bull.
Amer. Math. Soc. 26, 258263.
Milne, S. C. and Lilly, G. M. (1995). Consequences of the Al and Cl Bailey transform and
Bailey lemma, Discrete Math. 139, 319346.
Milne, S. C. and Newcomb, J. W. (1996). U (n) very-well-poised
10
9 transformations, J.
Milne, S. C. and Schlosser, M. (2002). A new An extension of Ramanujans 1 1 summation

with applications to multilateral An series, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 32, 759792.
Mimachi, K. (1989). Connection problem in holonomic q-dierence system associated with
a Jackson integral of Jordan-Pochhammer type, Nagoya math. J. 116, 149161.
Minton, B. M. (1970). Generalized hypergeometric function of unit argument, J. Math.
Phys. 11, 13751376.
Misra, K. C. (1988). Specialized characters for ane Lie algebras and the Rogers-Ramanujan
identities, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New
York, 85109.
References
401
Moak, D. S. (1980a). The q-gamma function for q > 1, Aequationes Math. 20, 278285.
Moak, D. S. (1980b). The q-gamma function for x < 0, Aequationes Math. 21, 179191.
Moak, D. S. (1981). The q-analogue of the Laguerre polynomials, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 81,
2047.
Mordell, L. J. (1917). On the representation of numbers as the sum of 2r squares, Quart. J.
Pure and Appl. Math. 48, 93104.
Morris, W. (1982). Constant term identities for nite and ane root systems, Ph.D. Thesis,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Narukawa, A. (2003). The modular properties and the integral representations of the multiple elliptic gamma functions, to appear.
Nassrallah, B. (1982). Some quadratic transformations and projection formulas for basic
hypergeometric series, Ph.D. Thesis, Carleton University, Ottawa.
Nassrallah, B. (1990). A q-analogue of Appells F1 function, its integral representation and
transformations, Pacic J. Math. 142, 121134.
Nassrallah, B. (1991). Basic double series, quadratic transformations and products of basic
series, Canad. Math. Bull. 34, 499513.
Nassrallah, B. and Rahman, M. (1981). On the q-analogues of some transformations of
nearly-poised hypergeometric series, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 268, 211229.
Nassrallah, B. and Rahman, M. (1985). Projection formulas, a reproducing kernel and a
generating function for q-Wilson polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 16, 186197.
Nassrallah, B. and Rahman, M. (1986). A q-analogue of Appells F1 function and some
quadratic transformation formulas for non-terminating basic hypergeometric series,
Rocky Mtn. J. of Math. 16, 6382.
Needham, J. (1959). Science and Civilization in China, Vol. 3, Mathematics and the Sciences
of the Heavens and the Earth, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Nelson, C. A. and Gartley, M. G. (1994). On the zeros of the q-analogue exponential function,
J. Phys. A 27, 38573881.
Nelson, C. A. and Gartley, M. G. (1996). On the two q-analogue logarithmic functions:
lnq (w ), ln{eq (z )}, J. Phys. A 29, 80998115.
Nevai, P. G. (1979). Orthogonal polynomials, Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. 213.
Nikiforov, A. F. and Suslov, S. K. (1986). Classical orthogonal polynomials of a discrete
variable on nonuniform lattices, Lett. Math. Phys., II, 2734.
Nikiforov, A. F., Suslov, S. K. and Uvarov, V. B. (1991). Classical orthogonal polynomials
of a discrete variable, Translated from the Russian, Springer Series in Computational
Physics, Springer, New York.
Nikiforov, A. F. and Uvarov, V. B. (1988). Special Functions of Mathematical Physics: A
Unied Introduction with Applications, Translated from the Russian by R. P. Boas,
Birkh
auser, Boston, Mass.
Nishizawa, M. (2002). Multiple gamma function, its q- and elliptic analogue, Rocky Mtn. J.
Math. 32, 793811.
OHara, K. M. (1990). Unimodality of the Gaussian coecients: a constructive proof, J.
Comb. Thy. Ser. A 53, 2952.
Opdam, E. M. (1989). Some applications of hypergeometric shift operators, Invent. Math.
98, 118.
402
References
Orr, W. McF. (1899). Theorems relating to the product of two hypergeometric series, Trans.
Camb. Phil. Soc. 17, 115.
Pastro, P. I. (1985). Orthogonal polynomials and some q-beta integrals of Ramanujan, J.
Paule, P. (1985a). On identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan type, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 107,
255284.
Paule, P. (1985b). Ein neuer Weg zur q-Lagrange Inversion, Bayreuther Math. Schriften 18,
137.
Paule, P. and Riese, A. (1997). A Mathematica q-analogue of Zeilbergers algorithm based
on an algebraically motivated approach to q-hypergeometric telescoping, Fields Inst.
Commun. 14, 179210.
Perron, O. (1929). Die Lehre von den Kettenbr
uchen, 2nd edition, Teubner, Leipzig.
Petkovsek, M., Wilf, H. S. and Zeilberger, D. (1996). A = B, A. K. Peters Ltd., Wellesley,
MA.
Pfa, J. F. (1797). Observationes analyticae ad L. Euler Institutiones Calculi Integralis, Vol.
IV, Supplem. II et IV, Historia de 1793, Nova acta acad. sci. Petropolitanae 11 (1797),
3857.
Phragmen, E. (1885). Sur un theor`
eme concernant les fonctions elliptiques, Acta. Math. 7,
3342.
Pitre, S. N. and Van der Jeugt, J. (1996). Transformation and summation formulas for
Kamp
e de F
eriet series F::3
(1,1), J. Math. Anal. Appl. 202, 121132.
P
olya, G. (1927). Uber
die algebraisch-funktionentheoretischen Untersuchungen von J. L. W.
V. Jensen, Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Math.-Fys. Medd. 7, 333; reprinted
in Collected Papers, Vol. II, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass., 278308.
P
olya, G. (1970). Gaussian binomial coecients and the enumeration of inversions, Proceedings of the Second Chapel Hill Conference on Combinatorial Mathematics and its
Applications (Aug. 1970), Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 381384.
P
olya, G. and Alexanderson, G. L. (1970). Gaussian binomial coecients, Elemente der
Mathematik 26, 102108.
Potter, H. S. A. (1950). On the latent roots of quasi-commutative matrices, Amer. Math.
Monthly 57, 321322.
Qazi, Tariq M. and Rahman, M. (2003). Linearization formula for the product of associated
q-ultraspherical polynomials, Ramanujan J., to appear.
Rademacher, H. (1973). Topics in Analytic Number Theory, Springer, New York.
Rahman, M. (1981). The linearization of the product of continuous q-Jacobi polynomials,
Canad. J. Math. 33, 255284.
Rahman, M. (1982). Reproducing kernels and bilinear sums for q-Racah and q-Wilson
polynomials, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 273, 483508.
Rahman, M. (1984). A simple evaluation of Askey and Wilsons q-beta integral, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc. 92, 413417.
Rahman, M. (1985). A q-extension of Feldheims bilinear sum for Jacobi polynomials and
some applications, Canad. J. Math. 37, 551576.
Rahman, M. (1986a). Another conjectured q-Selberg integral, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17,
12671279.
Rahman, M. (1986b). An integral representation of a 10 9 and continuous bi-orthogonal
10 9 rational functions, Canad. J. Math. 38, 605618.
References
403
Rahman, M. (1986c). q-Wilson functions of the second kind, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17,
12801286.
Rahman, M. (1986d). A product formula for the continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, J. Math.
Anal. Appl. 118, 309322.
Rahman, M. (1987). An integral representation and some transformation properties of
q-Bessel functions, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 125, 5871.
Rahman, M. (1988a). A projection formula for the Askey-Wilson polynomials and an application, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 103, 10991107.
Rahman, M. (1988b). Some extensions of Askey-Wilsons q-beta integral and the corresponding orthogonal systems, Canad. Math. Bull. 33 (4), 111120.
Rahman, M. (1988c). An addition theorem and some product formulas for q-Bessel functions,
Canad. J. Math. 40, 12031221.
Rahman, M. (1989a). A simple proof of Koornwinders addition formula for the little
q-Legendre polynomials, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 107, 373381.
Rahman, M. (1989b). Some innite integrals of q-Bessel functions, Ramanujan International
Symposium on Analysis (Pune, 1987), Macmillan of India, New Delhi, 117137.
Rahman, M. (1989c). A note on the biorthogonality of q-Bessel functions, Canad. Math.
Bull. 32, 369376.
Rahman, M. (1989d). Some cubic summation formulas for basic hypergeometric series,
Utilitas Math. 36, 161172.
Rahman, M. (1991). Biorthogonality of a system of rational functions with respect to a
positive measure on [-1, 1], SIAM J. Math. Anal. 22, 14301441.
Rahman, M. (1992a). Askey-Wilson functions of the rst and second kinds: series and
2
2
(x; |q )+Dn
(x; |q ), J. Math. Anal. Appl. 164, 263284.
integral representations of Cn
Rahman, M. (1992b). A cubic and a quintic summation formula, Ganita 43, 4561.
Rahman, M. (1993). Some quadratic and cubic summation formulas for basic hypergeometric
series, Canad. J. Math. 45, 394411.
Rahman, M. (1996a). An integral representation of the very-well-poised 8 8 series, CRM
Proc. Lecture Notes 9, 281287.
Rahman, M. (1996b). Some generating functions for the associated Askey-Wilson polynomials, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 68, 287296.
Rahman, M. (1997). Some cubic summation and transformation formulas, Ramanujan J. 1,
299308.
Rahman, M. (1999). A q-extension of a product formula of Watson, Quaest. Math. 22,
2742.
Rahman, M. (2000a). A q-analogue of Weber-Schafheitlin integral of Bessel functions, Ramanujan J. 4, 251265.
Rahman, M. (2000b). A q-analogue of a product formula of Bailey and related results,
Special functions (Hong Kong, 1999), World Sci. Publishing, River Edge, NJ, 262281.
Rahman, M. (2001). The associated classical orthogonal polynomials, Special Functions
2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S.
K. Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 255279.
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1993). Classical biorthogonal rational functions, Lecture
Notes in Math. 1550, Springer, New York, 131146.
404
References
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1994a). The Pearson equation and the beta integrals, SIAM
J. Math. Anal. 25, 646693.
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1994b). Barnes and Ramanujan-type integrals on the q-linear
lattice, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 25, 10021022.
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1996a). A unied approach to the summation and integration
formulas for q-hypergeometric functions. I, J. Statist. Plann. Inference 54, 101118.
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1996b). Singular analogue of the Fourier transformation for
the Askey-Wilson polynomials, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 9, 289302.
Rahman, M. and Suslov, S. K. (1998). A unied approach to the summation and integration
formulas for q-hypergeometric functions. II, III, Methods Appl. Anal. 5, 399412, 413
424.
Rahman, M. and Tariq M. Qazi (1997a). Poisson kernel for the associated continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials, Methods Appl. Anal. 4, 7790.
Rahman, M. and Tariq M. Qazi (1997b). A projection formula and a reproducing kernel for
the associated Askey-Wilson polynomials, Int. J. Math. Stat. Sci. 6, 141160.
Rahman, M. and Tariq M. Qazi (1999). Addition formulas for q-Legendre-type functions,
Rahman, M. and Verma, A. (1986a). A q-integral representation of Rogers q-ultraspherical
polynomials and some applications, Const. Approx. 2, 110.
Rahman, M. and Verma, A. (1986b). Product and addition formulas for the continuous
q-ultraspherical polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17, 14611474.
Rahman, M. and Verma, A. (1987). Innite sums of products of continuous q-ultraspherical
functions, Rocky Mtn. J. Math. 17, 371384.
Rahman, M. and Verma, A. (1991). Positivity of the Poisson kernel for the Askey-Wilson
polynomials, Indian J. Math. 33, 287306.
Rahman, M. and Verma, A. (1993). Quadratic transformation formulas for basic hypergeometric series, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 335, 277302.
Rains, E. (2003a). BCn -symmetric polynomials, to appear.
Rains, E. (2003b). Transformations of elliptic hypergeometric integrals, to appear.
Rainville, E. D. (1960). Special Functions, Macmillan, New York.
Ramanujan, S. (1915). Some denite integrals, Messenger of Math. 44, 1018; reprinted in
Ramanujan [1927, pp. 5358].
Ramanujan, S. (1919). Proof of certain identities in combinatory analysis, Proc. Camb. Phil.
Soc. 19, 214216; reprinted in Ramanujan [1927, pp. 214215].
Ramanujan, S. (1927). Collected Papers (G. H. Hardy et al., eds.), Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge; reprinted by Chelsea, New York, 1962.
Ramanujan, S. (1957). Notebooks (2 volumes), Tata Institute of Fundamental Research,
Bombay; reprinted by Narosa, New Delhi, 1984.
Ramanujan, S. (1988). The lost notebook and other unpublished papers (Introduction by G.
E. Andrews), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
Riese, A. (2003). QMultiSum a package for proving q-hypergeometric multiple summation
identities, J. Symbolic Comput. 35, 349376.
Rogers, L. J. (1893a). On a three-fold symmetry in the elements of Heines series, Proc.
References
405
Rogers, L. J. (1893b). On the expansion of some innite products, Proc. London Math. Soc.
24, 337352.
Rogers, L. J. (1894). Second memoir on the expansion of certain innite products, Proc.
Rogers, L. J. (1895). Third memoir on the expansion of certain innite products, Proc.
Rogers, L. J. (1917). On two theorems of combinatory analysis and some allied identities,
Rogers, L. J. and Ramanujan, S. (1919). Proof of certain identities in combinatory analysis
(with a prefatory note by G. H. Hardy), Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 19, 211216.
Rogov, V.-B. K. (2000). q 2 -Convolution and its q 2 -Fourier transform, Czechoslovak J. Phys.
50, 13471352.
Rosengren, H. (1999). Multivariable orthogonal polynomials and coupling coecients for
discrete series representations, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 30, 232272.
Rosengren, H. (2000a). A new quantum algebraic interpretation of the Askey-Wilson polynomials, Contemp. Math. 254, 371394.
Rosengren, H. (2000b). A non-commutative binomial formula, J. Geom. Phys. 32, 349363.
Rosengren, H. (2001a). A proof of a multivariable elliptic summation formula conjectured
by Warnaar, Contemp. Math. 291, 193202.
Rosengren, H. (2001b). Multivariable q-Hahn polynomials as coupling coecients for quantum algebra representations, Int. J. Math. Math. Sci. 28, 331358.
Rosengren, H. (2003a). Reduction formulas for Karlsson-Minton-type hypergeometric functions, Constr. Approx., to appear.
Rosengren, H. (2003b). Karlsson-Minton type hypergeometric functions on the root system
Cn , J. Math. Anal. Appl. 281, 332345.
Rosengren, H. (2003c). Elliptic hypergeometric series on root systems, Adv. in Math., to
appear.
Rosengren, H. (2003d). New transformations for elliptic hypergeometric series on the root
system An , Ramanujan J., to appear.
Rosengren, H. (2003e). A bilateral series involving basic hypergeometric functions, to appear
in Theory and Applications of Special Functions. A volume dedicated to Mizan Rahman
(M. E. H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev. Math., Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht.
Rosengren, H. (2003f). Duality and self-duality for dynamical quantum groups, Algebr.
Represent. Theory, to appear.
Rosengren, H. (2003g). An elementary approach to j-symbols (classical, quantum, rational,
trigonometric, and elliptic) to appear.
Rosengren, H. and Schlosser, M. (2003a). Summations and transformations for multiple basic
and elliptic hypergeometric series by determinant evaluations, Indag. Math. (N.S.) 14,
483513.
Rosengren, H. and Schlosser, M. (2003b). On Warnaars elliptic matrix inversion and
Karlsson-Minton-type elliptic hypergeometric series, to appear.
Rota, G.-C. and Goldman, J. (1969). The number of subspaces of a vector space, Recent
Progress in Combinatorics (W. T. Tutte, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 7583.
Rota, G.-C. and Mullin, R. (1970). On the foundations of combinatorial theory, III: Theory
of binomial enumeration, Graph Theory and Its Applications (B. Harris, ed.), Academic
Press, New York, 167213.
406
References
Rothe, H. A. (1811). Systematisches Lehrbuch der Arithmetik, Leipzig.

Ruijsenaars, S. N. M. (1997). First order analytic dierence equations and integrable quantum systems, J. Math. Phys. 38, 10691146.
Ruijsenaars, S. N. M. (1999). A generalized hypergeometric function satisfying four analytic
dierence equations of Askey-Wilson type, Comm. Math. Phys. 206, 639690.
Ruijsenaars, S. N. M. (2001). Special functions dened by analytic dierence equations,
Special Functions 2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E.
H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 281333.
Saalsch
utz, L. (1890). Eine Summationsformel, Zeitschr. Math. Phys. 35, 186188.
Sahai, V. (1999). On models of Uq (sl(2)) and q-Appell functions using a q-integral transformation, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 127, 32013213.
Sauloy, J. (2003). Galois theory of fuchsian q-dierence equations, to appear.
Schilling, A. and Warnaar, S. O. (2000). A generalization of the q-Saalsch
utz sum and the
Burge transform, Progress in Mathematics 191, 163183.
Schlosser, M. (1997). Multidimensional matrix inversions and Ar and Dr basic hypergeometric series, Ramanujan J. 1, 243274.
Schlosser, M. (1998). Multidimensional matrix inversions and multiple basic hypergeometric
series associated to root systems, Special functions and dierential equations (Madras,
1997), Allied Publ., New Delhi, 2530.
Schlosser, M. (1999). Some new applications of matrix inversions in Ar , Ramanujan J. 3,
405461.
Schlosser, M. (2000a). Summation theorems for multidimensional basic hypergeometric series by determinant evaluations, Discrete Math. 210, 151169.
Schlosser, M. (2000b). A new multidimensional matrix inversion in Ar , Contemp. Math.
254, 413432.
Schlosser, M. (2001). Multilateral transformations of q-series with quotients of parameters
that are nonnegative integral powers of q, Contemp. Math. 291, 203227.
Schlosser, M. (2003a). Inversion of bilateral basic hypergeometric series, Electron. J. Comb.
10, #R10. 27 pp.
Schlosser, M. (2003b). Elementary derivations of identities for bilateral basic hypergeometric
series, Selecta Math. (N.S.) 9, 119159.
Schlosser, M. (2003c). A multidimensional generalization of Shukas 8 8 summation, Constr.
Approx. 19, 163178.
Schlosser, M. (2003d). A nonterminating 8 7 summation for the root system Cr , J. Comput.
Appl. Math. 160, 283296.
Schlosser, M. (2003e). Abel-Rothe type generalizations of Jacobis triple product identity,
to appear in Theory and Applications of Special Functions. A volume dedicated to
Mizan Rahman (M. E. H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev. Math., Kluwer Acad.
Publ., Dordrecht.
Schur, I. J. (1917). Ein Beitrag zur additiven Zahlentheorie und zur Theorie der Kettenbr
uche, Sitz. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Phys.-Math. Kl., 302321.
Sch
utzenberger, M.-P. (1953). Une interpretation de certaines solutions de lequation fonctionnelle: F (x+y ) = F (x)F (y ), C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 236, 352353.
Schweins, Ferd. F. (1820). Analysis, Mohr und Winter, Heidelberg.
References
407
Sears, D. B. (1951a). Transformations of basic hypergeometric functions of special type,

Sears, D. B. (1951b). On the transformation theory of hypergeometric functions and cognate
trigonometric series, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 53, 138157.
Sears, D. B. (1951c). On the transformation theory of basic hypergeometric functions, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 53, 158180.
Sears, D. B. (1951d). Transformations of basic hypergeometric functions of any order, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 53, 181191.
Sears, D. B. (1952). Two identities of Bailey, J. London Math. Soc. 27, 510511.
Selberg, A. (1944). Bemerkninger om et multiplet integral, Norske Mat. Tidsskr. 26, 7178.
Shohat, J. and Tamarkin, T. (1950). The Problem of Moments, Mathematical Surveys 1,
Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I.
Sills, A. V. (2003a). Finite Rogers-Ramanujan type identities, Electron. J. Comb. 10, #R13.
Sills, A. V. (2003b). On identities of Rogers-Ramanujan type, Ramanujan. J., to appear.
Sills, A. V. (2003c). RRtoolsa Maple package for aiding the discovery and proof of nite
Rogers-Ramanujan type identities, to appear.
Singh, V. N. (1959). The basic analogues of identities of the Cayley-Orr type, J. London
Math. Soc. 34, 15-22.
Slater, L. J. (1951). A new proof of Rogers transformations of innite series, Proc. London
Math. Soc. (2) 53, 460475.
Slater, L. J. (1952a). Further identities of the Rogers-Ramanujan type, Proc. London Math.
Soc. (2) 54, 147167.
Slater, L. J. (1952b). General transformations of bilateral series, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford)
(2) 3, 7380.
Slater, L. J. (1952c). Integrals representing general hypergeometric transformations, Quart.
J. Math. (Oxford) (2) 3, 206216.
Slater, L. J. (1952d). An integral of hypergeometric type, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 48,
578582.
Slater, L. J. (1954a). A note on equivalent product theorems, Math. Gazette 38, 127128.
Slater, L. J. (1954b). Some new results on equivalent products, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 50,
394403.
Slater, L. J. (1954c). The evaluation of the basic conuent hypergeometric functions, Proc.
Camb. Phil. Soc. 50, 404413.
Slater, L. J. (1955). Some basic hypergeometric transforms, J. London Math. Soc. 30,
351360.
Slater, L. J. (1963). Wilfrid Norman Bailey (obituary), J. London Math. Soc. 37, 504512.
Slater, L. J. (1966). Generalized Hypergeometric Functions, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Slater, L. J. and Lakin, A. (1956). Two proofs of the 6 6 summation theorem, Proc. Edin.
Math. Soc. 9, 116121.
Spiridonov, V. P. (1999). q-Special functions: dierential-dierence equations, roots of unity,
and all that, CRM Proc. Lecture Notes 22, 257265.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2000). Solitons and Coulomb plasmas, similarity reductions and special
functions, Special functions (Hong Kong, 1999), World Sci. Publishing, River Edge,
NJ, 324338.
408
References
Spiridonov, V. P. (2001a). An elliptic beta integral, Proc. Fifth International Conference

on Dierence Equations and Applications (Temuco, Chile, January 37, 2000), Taylor
and Francis, London, 273282; On the elliptic beta function, Russian Math. Surveys
56 (1), 185186.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2001b). Elliptic beta integrals and special functions of hypergeometric
type, NATO Sci. Ser. II Math. Phys. Chem. 35, 305313.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2001c). The factorization method, self-similar potentials and quantum algebras, Special Functions 2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz,
M. E. H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 3352364.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2002a). Theta hypergeometric series, Proc. NATO ASI Asymptotic Combinatorics with Applications to Mathematical Physics (St. Petersburg, July 922, 2001)
(V. A. Malyshev and A. M. Vershik, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 307327.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2002b). An elliptic incarnation of the Bailey chain, Int. Math. Res. Not.
37, 19451977.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2003a). Modularity and total ellipticity of some multiple series of hypergeometric type, Teor. Mat. Fiz. 135, 462477 (translated in Theor. Math. Phys. 135,
836848).
Spiridonov, V. P. (2003b). Theta hypergeometric integrals, Algebra i Analiz (St. Petersburg
Math. J.), to appear.
Spiridonov, V. P. (2003c). A Bailey tree for integrals, Theor. Math. Phys. , to appear.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (1995). Discrete Darboux transformations, the
discrete-time Toda lattice, and the Askey-Wilson polynomials, Methods Appl. Anal.
2, 369398.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (1996). q-Ultraspherical polynomials for q a root of
unity, Lett. Math. Phys. 37, 173180.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (1997). Zeros and orthogonality of the Askey-Wilson
polynomials for q a root of unity, Duke Math. J. 89, 283305.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (2000a). Spectral transformation chains and some
new biorthogonal rational functions, Comm. Math. Phys. 10, 4983.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (2000b). Classical biorthogonal rational functions on
elliptic grids, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Soc. R. Can. 22, 7076.
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (2001). Generalized eigenvalue problem and a new
family of rational functions biorthogonal on elliptic grids, Special Functions 2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov,
Spiridonov, V. P. and Zhedanov, A. S. (2003). To the theory of biorthogonal rational functions, RIMS Kokyuroku 1302, 172192.
Srivastava, B. (1995). A note on certain bibasic q-Appell and Lauricella series, Glas. Mat.
Ser. III 30(50), 2936.
Srivastava, H. M. (1982). An elementary proof of Baileys bilinear generating function for
Jacobi polynomials and of its q-analogue, IMA J. Appl. Math. 29, 275280.
Srivastava, H. M. (1984). Certain q-polynomial expansions for functions of several variables.
II, IMA J. Appl. Math. 33, 205209.
Stanton, D. (1977). Some basic hypergeometric polynomials arising from nite classical
groups, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
References
409
Stanton, D. (1980a). Product formulas for q-Hahn polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 11,
100107.
Stanton, D. (1980b). Some q-Krawtchouk polynomials on Chevalley groups, Amer. J. Math.
102, 625662.
Stanton, D. (1980c). Some Erd
os-Ko-Rado theorems for Chevalley groups, SIAM J. Alg.
Disc. Meth. 1, 160163.
Stanton, D. (1981a). A partially ordered set and q-Krawtchouk polynomials, J. Comb. Thy.
A 30, 276284.
Stanton, D. (1981b). Three addition theorems for some q-Krawtchouk polynomials, Geometriae Dedicata 10, 403425.
Stanton, D. (1983). Generalized n-gons and Chebychev polynomials, J. Comb. Thy. A 34,
1527.
Stanton, D. (1984). Orthogonal polynomials and Chevalley groups, Special Functions:
Group Theoretical Aspects and Applications (R. Askey et al., eds.), Reidel, Boston,
Mass., 87128.
Stanton, D. (1986a). Harmonics on posets, J. Comb. Thy. A 40, 136149.
Stanton, D. (1986b). Sign variations of the Macdonald identities, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 17,
14541460.
Stanton, D. (1986c). t-designs in classical association schemes, Graphs and Combinatorics
2, 283286.
Stanton, D. (1988). Recent results for the q-Lagrange inversion formula, Ramanujan Revisited (G. E. Andrews et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 525536.
Stanton, D. (1989). An elementary approach to the Macdonald identities, IMA Volumes in
Mathematics and its Applications 18, 139149.
Stanton, D. (2001a). The Bailey-Rogers-Ramanujan group, Contemp. Math. 291, 5570.
Stanton, D. (2001b). Orthogonal polynomials and combinatorics, Special Functions 2000:
Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S. K. Suslov,
Starcher, G. W. (1931). On identities arising from solutions of q-dierence equations and
some interpretations in number theory, Amer. J. Math. 53, 801816.
Stembridge, J. R. (1988). A short proof of Macdonalds conjecture for the root systems of
type A, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 102, 777786.
Stokman, J. V. (1997a). Multivariable big and little q-Jacobi polynomials, SIAM J. Math.
Anal. 28, 452480.
Stokman, J. V. (1997b). Multivariable BC type Askey-Wilson polynomials with partly
discrete orthogonality measure, Ramanujan J. 1, 275297.
Stokman, J. V. (2000). On BC type basic hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials, Trans.
Amer. Math. Soc. 352, 15271579.
Stokman, J. V. (2001). Multivariable orthogonal polynomials and quantum Grassmannians,
Dissertation, University of Amsterdam, 1998, CWI Tract 132, Centrum voor Wiskunde
en Informatica, Amsterdam.
Stokman, J. V. (2002). An expansion formula for the Askey-Wilson function, J. Approx.
Theory 114, 308342.
Stokman, J. V. (2003a). Askey-Wilson functions and quantum groups, to appear in Theory
and Applications of Special Functions. A volume dedicated to Mizan Rahman (M. E.
H. Ismail and E. Koelink, eds.), Dev. Math., Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht.
410
References
Stokman, J. V. (2003b). Hyperbolic beta integrals, Adv. in Math., to appear.

Stokman, J. V. (2003c). Vertex-IRF transformations, dynamical quantum groups and harmonic analysis, Indag. Math. (N.S.) 14, 545570.
Stokman, J. V. and Koornwinder, T. H. (1998). On some limit cases of Askey-Wilson
polynomials, J. Approx. Theory 95, 310330.
Stone, M. H. (1932). Linear Transformations in Hilbert Spaces, Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq.
Publ. 15, Providence, R. I.
Subbarao, M. V. and Verma, A. (1999). Some summations of q-series by telescoping, Pacic
J. Math. 191, 173182.
Subbarao, M. V. and Vidyasagar, M. (1970). On Watsons quintuple product identity, Proc.
Amer. Math. Soc. 26, 2327.
Sudler, C. (1966). Two enumerative proofs of an identity of Jacobi, Proc. Edin. Math. Soc.
15, 6771.
Suslov, S. K. (1982). Matrix elements of Lorentz boosts and the orthogonality of Hahn
polynomials on a contour, Sov. J. Nucl. Phys. 36, 621622.
Suslov, S. K. (1984). The Hahn polynomials in the Coulomb problem, Soviet J. Nuclear
Phys. 40, 7982.
Suslov, S. K. (1987). Classical orthogonal polynomials of a discrete variable continuous
orthogonality relation, Lett. Math. Phys. 14, 7788.
Suslov, S. K. (1997). Addition theorems for some q-exponential and q-trigonometric functions, Methods Appl. Anal. 4, 1132.
Suslov, S. K. (1998). Multiparameter Ramanujan-type q-beta integrals, Ramanujan J. 2,
351369.
Suslov, S. K. (2000). Another addition theorem for the q-exponential function, J. Phys. A
33, L375L380.
Suslov, S. K. (2001a). Basic exponential functions on a q-quadratic grid, Special Functions
2000: Current Perspective and Future Directions (J. Bustoz, M. E. H. Ismail and S.
K. Suslov, eds.), Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 411456.
Suslov, S. K. (2001b). Some orthogonal very-well-poised 8 7 -functions that generalize AskeyWilson polynomials, Ramanujan J. 5, 183218.
Suslov, S. K. (2001c). Completeness of basic trigonometric system in Lp , Contemp. Math.
291, 229241.
Suslov, S. K. (2002). Some expansions in basic Fourier series and related topics, J. Approx.
Theory 115, 289353.
Suslov, S. K. (2003). An Introduction to Basic Fourier Series, Dev. Math. 9, Kluwer Acad.
Publ., Dordrecht.
Suslov, S. K. (2003a). Asymptotics of zeros of basic sine and cosine functions, J. Approx.
Th. 121, 292335.
Swarttouw, R. F. (1992). The Hahn-Exton q-Bessel function, Ph.D. Thesis, Delft University
of Technology, Delft.
Swarttouw, R. F. and Meijer, H. G. (1994). A q-analogue of the Wronskian and a second
solution of the Hahn-Exton q-Bessel dierence equation, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 120,
855864.
Sylvester, J. J. (1878). Proof of the hitherto undemonstrated fundamental theorem of invariants, Philosophical Magazine V, 178188; reprinted in Collected Mathematical Papers
3, 117126; reprinted by Chelsea, New York, 1973.
References
411
Sylvester, J. J. (1882). A constructive theory of partitions in three acts, an interact and

an exodion, Amer. J. Math. 5, 251330 (and ibid. 6 (1884), 334336); reprinted in
Collected Mathematical Papers 4, 183; reprinted by Chelsea, New York, 1974.
Szeg
o, G. (1926). Ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Thetafunktionen, Sitz. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.
Phys.-Math. Kl, 242252; reprinted in Collected Papers 1, 793805.
Szeg
o, G. (1968). An outline of the history of orthogonal polynomials, Proc. Conf. on Orthogonal Expansions and their Continuous Analogues (1967) (D. Haimo, ed.), Southern
Illinois Univ. Press, Carbondale, 311; reprinted in Collected Papers 3, 857865, also
see the comments on pp. 866869.
Szeg
o, G. (1975). Orthogonal Polynomials, 4th edition, Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq. Publ. 23,
Providence, R. I.
Szeg
o, G. (1982). Collected Papers (R. Askey, ed.), Vols. 13, Birkh
auser, Boston, Mass.
Tak
acs, L. (1973). On an identity of Shih-Chieh Chu, Acta. Sci. Math. (Szeged) 34, 383391.
ements de la th
Tannery, J. and Molk, J. (1898). El
eorie des fonctions elliptiques (French),
Tome III, Reprinted by Chelsea Publishing Co., Bronx, N. Y., 1972.
Tarasov, V. and Varchenko, A., (1997). Geometry of q-hypergeometric functions, quantum
ane algebras and elliptic quantum groups, Ast
erisque No. 246.
Temme, N. M. (1996). Special Functions: An Introduction to the Classical Functions of
Mathematical Physics, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Terwilliger, P. (2003). Leonard pairs and the q-Racah polynomials, to appear.
Thomae, J. (1869). Beitr
age zur Theorie der durch die Heinesche Reihe ..., J. reine angew.
Math. 70, 258281.
Thomae, J. (1870). Les series Heineennes superieures, ou les series de la forme ..., Annali di
Matematica Pura ed Applicata 4, 105138.
Thomae, J. (1879). Ueber die Funktionen, welche durch Reihen von der Form dergestellt
werden ... , J. reine angew. Math. 87, 2673.
Toeplitz, O. (1963).
Chicago.
The Calculus: A Genetic Approach, University of Chicago Press,
Tratnik, M. V. (1989). Multivariable Wilson polynomials, J. Math. Phys. 30, 20012011.

Tratnik, M. V. (1991a). Some multivariable orthogonal polynomials of the Askey tableau
continuous families, J. Math. Phys. 32, 20652073.
Tratnik, M. V. (1991b). Some multivariable orthogonal polynomials of the Askey tableau
discrete families, J. Math. Phys. 32, 23372342.
Trjitzinsky, W. J. (1933). Analytic theory of linear q-dierence equations, Acta Math. 61,
138.
Upadhyay, M. (1973). Certain transformations for basic double hypergeometric functions of
higher order, Indian J. Pure Appl. Math. 4, 341354.
Van Assche, W. and Koornwinder, T. H. (1991). Asymptotic behaviour for Wall polynomials
and the addition formula for little q-Legendre polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 22,
302311.
Van der Jeugt, J., Pitre, S. N. and Srinivasa Rao, K. (1994). Multiple hypergeometric
functions and 9-j coecients, J. Phys. A 27, 52515264.
Vandermonde, A. T. (1772). Memoire sur des irrationnelles de dierens ordres avec une
application au cercle, M
em. Acad. Roy. Sci. Paris, 489498.
412
References
Verma, A. (1966). Certain expansions of the basic hypergeometric functions, Math. Comp.
20, 151157.
Verma, A. (1972). Some transformations of series with arbitrary terms, Instituto Lombardo
(Rend. Sc.) A 106, 342353.
Verma, A. (1980). A quadratic transformation of a basic hypergeometric series, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 11, 425427.
Vilenkin, N. Ja. (1968). Special Functions and the Theory of Group Representations, Amer.
Math. Soc. Transl. of Math. Monographs 22, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I.
Vinet, L. and Zhedanov, A. (2001). Generalized little q-Jacobi polynomials as eigensolutions
of higher-order q-dierence operators, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 129, 13171327
Wallisser, R. (1985). Uber

ganze Funktionen, die in einer geometrischen Folge ganze Werte
annehmen, Monatsh. f
ur Math. 100, 329335.
Warnaar, S. O. (1999). Supernomial coecients, Baileys lemma and RogersRamanujantype identities. A survey of results and open problems, S
em. Lothar. Combin. 42, Art.
B42n.
Warnaar, S. O. (2001a). The generalized Borwein conjecture I. The Burge transform, Contemp. Math. 291, 243267.
Warnaar, S. O. (2001b). 50 Years of Baileys lemma, Algebraic Combinatorics and Applications (G
oweinstein, 1999), Springer, New York, 333347.
Warnaar, S. O. (2002a). Partial-sum analogues of the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 99, 143161.
Warnaar, S. O. (2002b). Summation and transformation formulas for elliptic hypergeometric
series, Constr. Approx. 18, 479502.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003a). Partial theta functions. I. Beyond the lost notebook, Proc. London
Math. Soc. 87, 363395.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003b). The generalized Borwein conjecture II. Rened q-trinomial coecients, Discrete Math., to appear.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003c). Extensions of the well-poised and elliptic well-poised Bailey lemma,
Indag. Math. (N.S.) 14, 571588.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003d). q-Hypergeometric proofs of polynomial analogues of the triple product identity, Lebesgues identity and Eulers pentagonal number theorem, to appear.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003e). The Bailey lemma and Kostka polynomials, to appear.
Warnaar, S. O. (2003f). Summation formulae for elliptic hypergeometric series, Proc. Amer.
Math. Soc., to appear.
Watson, G. N. (1910). The continuations of functions dened by generalized hypergeometric
series, Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc. 21, 281299.
Watson, G. N. (1922). The product of two hypergeometric functions, Proc. London Math.
Soc. (2) 20, 189195.
Watson, G. N. (1924). The theorems of Clausen and Cayley on products of hypergeometric
functions, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 22, 163170.
Watson, G. N. (1929a). A new proof of the Rogers-Ramanujan identities, J. London Math.
Soc. 4, 49.
Watson, G. N. (1929b). Theorems stated by Ramanujan. VII: Theorems on continued fractions, J. London Math. Soc. 4, 3948.
References
413
Watson, G. N. (1931). Ramanujans notebooks, J. London Math. Soc. 6, 137153.

Watson, G. N. (1936). The nal problem: an account of the mock theta functions, J. London
Math. Soc. 11, 5580.
Watson, G. N. (1937). The mock theta functions (2), Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 42,
274304.
Watson, G. N. (1952). A Treatise on the Theory of Bessel Functions, 2nd edition, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
Whipple, F. J. W. (1926a). On well-poised series, generalized hypergeometric series having
parameters in pairs, each pair with the same sum, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 24,
247263.
Whipple, F. J. W. (1926b). Well-poised series and other generalized hypergeometric series,
Whipple, F. J. W. (1927). Algebraic proofs of the theorems of Cayley and Orr concerning
the products of certain hypergeometric series, J. London Math. Soc. 2, 8590.
Whipple, F. J. W. (1929). On a formula implied in Orrs theorems concerning the product
of hypergeometric series, J. London Math. Soc. 4, 4850.
Whittaker, E. T. and Watson, G. N. (1965). A Course of Modern Analysis, 4th edition,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Wilf, H. S. and Zeilberger, D. (1990). Towards computerized proofs of identities, Bull. Amer.
Math. Soc. (N. S.) 23, 7783.
Wilson, J. A. (1978). Hypergeometric series, recurrence relations and some new orthogonal
functions, Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison.
Wilson, J. A. (1980). Some hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials, SIAM J. Math. Anal.
11, 690701.
Wilson, J. A. (1985). Solution to problem 84-7 (A q-extension of Cauchys beta integral, by
R. Askey), SIAM Review 27, 252253.
Wilson, J. A. (1991). Orthogonal functions from Gram determinants, SIAM J. Math. Anal.
22, 11471155.
Wintner, A. (1929). Spektraltheorie der unendlichen Matrizen, Einf
uhrung in den analytischen Apparat der Quantenmechanik, Hirzel, Leipzig.
Wright, E. M. (1965). An enumerative proof of an identity of Jacobi, J. London Math. Soc.
40, 5557.
Wright, E. M. (1968). An identity and applications, Amer. Math. Monthly 75, 711714.
Yang, K.-W. (1991). Partitions, inversions, and q-algebras, Graph theory, combinatorics,
algorithms, and applications (San Francisco, CA, 1989), SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 625
635.
Zaslavsky, T. (1987). The M
obius function and the characteristic polynomial, Combinatorial
Geometries (N. White, ed.), Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 114138.
Zeilberger, D. (1987). A proof of the G2 case of Macdonalds root system-Dyson conjecture,
SIAM J. Math. Anal. 18, 880883.
Zeilberger, D. (1988). A unied approach to Macdonalds root-system conjectures, SIAM J.
Math. Anal. 19, 9871013.
Zeilberger, D. (1989a). Identities, IMA Vol. Math. Appl. 18, 3544.
Zeilberger, D. (1989b). Kathy OHaras constructive proof of the unimodality of the Gaussian
polynomials, Amer. Math. Monthly 96, 590602.
414
References
Zeilberger, D. (1990a). A Stembridge-Stanton style elementary proof of the Habsieger-Kadell

q-Morris identity, Discrete Math. 79, 313322.
Zeilberger, D. (1990b). A holonomic systems approach to special functions identities, J.
Zeilberger, D. (1994). Proof of a q-analog of a constant term identity conjectured by Forrester, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 66, 311312.
Zeilberger, D. and Bressoud, D. M. (1985). A proof of Andrews q-Dyson conjecture, Discrete
Math. 54, 201224.
Symbol index
(a)n
(a; q)n
(a; q)
(a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q)n
(a; q)
(a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q)
(a; q, p)n , (a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q, p)n
(a; p, q)r,s
a, a
[a]q
[n]q !
[a]q,n
[a1 , a2 , . . . , am ]q,n
[a; ]
[n; ]!
[a; ]n
[a; , ]
[n; , ]!
[a; , ]n , [a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; , ]n
[a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; , ]n
an (, |q)
A(z)
bk,j
b(k, n; )
bn (, ; q)
B(z)
B()
B(x, y)
Bq (x, y)
2, 5
3, 6
208
6
6
6
304
112
205
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
17
312
312
312
192
185
195
185
192
189
265
23
23
Bn (x; k)
BE (t; q, p)
cosq (x)
ck,n
205
344
28
195
cj (|q)
cn (x; a; q)
cn (x; k)
C
CN (Contour)
Cj,k,m,n (Contour)
C()
Cosq (x)
Cq (x; )
Cn (x; |q)
Cn (x; |q)
Cn (x)
C.T.
Dq
Dq
Dn (x; |q)
r+1 er
r es
eq (z)
expq (z)
187
202
204
312
126
345
265
28
212
31
255
2
171
27
197
212
312
316, 319
11
12
Eq (z)
Eq
r+1 Er
r Es
Eq (x; )
Eq (x; a, b)
Eq (x, y; )
F (a, b; c; z)
r Fs
F1 , F2 , F3
F4
F (x, t)
F (x, y|q)
F1 (x, y|q), F2 (x, y|q)
11
197
304
309
12
12
111
2
3
283
219, 283
259
265
266
415
416
Symbol index
A:B;C
FD:E;F
r gs
r Gr
r Gs
g0 (a, b, c, d, f )
G(x, t)
G1 (x, y|q)
G2 (x, y|q)
Gt (x; a, b, c, d|q)
Gt (x; a, c|q)
h(x; a), h(x; a; q)
h(x; a1 , a2 , . . . , am )
h(x; a1 , a2 , . . . , am ; q)
hn (q), hn (a, b, c, N ; q)
ht (a)
hn (a, b, c; q)
hn (a, b, c, d|q)
hn (a, b, c, d, f )
hn (|q)
hn (x; q)
Hn (x)
Hn (x|q)
Hn (x; q)
Ht (x), Ht (x; a, b, c, d|q)
H(x, y, t)
idem (b; c)
idem (a1 ; a2 , . . . , ar+1 )
I(a, b, c, d)
Im
J (x)
(1)
(2)
(3)
283
316, 319
309
310
159
260
269
270
262
264
154
154
154
180
261
182
190
256
186
209
4
31
209
263
259
69
121
156
125
4
J (x; q), J (x; q), J (x; q)

30
J(a, b, c, d, f, g)
157
kn
265
K (Contour)
125
K(x, y, z)
225
K(x, y, z; |q)
223
201
Kn (x; a, N ; q)
201
Kn (x; a, N |q)
227, 261
Kt (x, y)
227
Kt (x, y; |q)
A
202
Kn (x; a, N ; q)
164
Lm (a; b, c, d)
227
Lt (x, y; |q)
Lt (x, y; a, b, c, , , M, N ; q)
231
(x)
4
L
n
(x;
q)
210
L
n
202
Mn (x; a, c; q)

291
M (x, y), M (x, y; a, b, c, c ; q)
p(n)
239
240
pN (n), pe (n), pdist (n), p0 (n)
241
peven (n), podd (n)
175
pn (x)
195
pn (x; , )
32, 181
pn (x; a, b; q)
194
pn (cos( + ); a, b|q)
59, 189
pn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
253
p (q x ; a, b; q)
P (z)
125
2
Pn (x)
182
Pn (x; a, b, c; q)
255
Pn (x|q)
255
Pn (x; a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)
(,)
Pn
(x)
(,)
Pn
(x; q)
191
(,)
Pn
(x|q)
191
229
229
180
273
189
243
265
254
333
181
257
345
216
28
28
315
294
61
214
257
Pz (x, y)
Pz (x, y; a, b, c, , , K, M, N ; q)
Qn (x), Qn (x; a, b, N ; q)
Qn (x; a, b|q)
Qn (z; a, b, c, d|q)
r2k (n)
224,
rn (x; a, b, c, d|q), rn (x)
rn (x), rn (x; a, b, c, d|q)
RN
Rn ((x)), Rn ((x); b, c, N ; q)
Rm (x), Rm (x; a, b, c, d, f )
Rm,j (z)
sn (x)
sinq (x)
Sinq (x)
SL(2, Z)
S(a, b, c, d, f, g; , )
S(, , , p)
Sn (x; p, q)
Sn (x), Sn (x; a, b, c, d, f )
Symbol index
Sq (x; )
r ts
T
Tn
Tn (x)
Tn,k (z)
Un (x)
(a)
Un (x; q)
vn
r+1 vr
v(x; a, b, c, d, f )
V (ei )
r+1 Vr
wj
w(x)
w(x; a, b, c, d)
w(x; a, b, c, d|q)
w(; q)
wk (a, b, c, d|q)
W ()
W (ei ), W (ei , a, b, c, d|q)
W (x|q)
Wn (x; b, q)
Wn (x; q), Wn (x; a, b, c, N ; q)
r+1 Wr
x+
z, zq k
Z
2Z
Z
+ Z
f (t) dq t
f (n) g(n)
n
ak
nk=m
a
k
k=m

n
,
k q
q

n
k1 , . . . , km q

n
,
k q,p
k q,p
212
7
344
347
2
345
2
209
176
312
159
198
306
175, 179
175
157
190
192
191
194
198
185
214
59, 180
39
114
331
312
320
312
23
185
81
325
24
25
311
417

q,p
(x)
(x)
q (x)
(z; q, p)
(z1 , . . . , zn ; q, p)
q, p)
(z;
312
175
21
20, 29
311, 338
345
m,n
11,
q
f (z), f (z)
uk
b f (z)
(z), (zq k )
(z; p), n (z; p)
E (z; t; q, p)
E (z; t)
(x; p), (x1 , . . . , xm ; p)
1 (x, q), 2 (x, q), 3 (x, q), 4 (x, q)
(a, b, c, d|q)
j
n (q)
n (a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)
(x)
n
n
(x; q), (x; a, b, c, N ; q)
n (a, b|q)
(x|q)
(x; a, b, c, d, a2 , a3 , . . . , as |q)
(a, b; c; q, z)
2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)
r s
[ ]
338
42
197
11
80
32
331
333
344
345
303
16
190
180
156
156
181
269
270
180
194
156
156
3
3
4
95
(1) , (2) , (3) , (4)

1 (; , ; ; q; x, y)
D (a; b1 , . . . , br ; c; q; x1 , . . . , xr )
283
294
300
A:B;C
D:E;F
283
r s
137
315
r1 r2
Author index
Adams, C. R., 36
Adiga, C., 35, 67, 152
Agarwal, A. K., 111, 257
Agarwal, N., 112
Agarwal, R. P., 3436, 68, 111, 112, 119,
122, 124, 136, 301
Aigner, M., 35
Alder, H. L., 257
Alexanderson, G. L., 35
Alladi, K., 35, 67
Allaway, Wm. R., 204, 205, 214, 216
Al-Salam, W. A., 35, 36, 52, 83, 86, 204,
205, 209, 214216, 273
Andrews, G. E., 9, 15, 21, 26, 29, 3337,
52, 53, 59, 65, 67, 68, 111, 112, 138, 141,
147, 149, 152, 174, 181, 182, 184, 213,
215, 216, 241243, 245, 257, 296, 297,
300, 341, 342
Aomoto, K., 174
Appell, P., xv, 282
Artin, E., 36
Askey, R., 2, 9, 17, 21, 26, 29, 31, 3335,
52, 53, 59, 67, 84, 99, 113, 125, 129, 136,
138, 141, 149, 152, 154, 165, 170172,
174, 177, 180182, 185, 188, 191, 193,
195, 197, 198, 200, 204206, 214, 215,
232, 236, 242, 257, 273, 274, 281
Atakishiyev, M. N., 215, 257
Atakishiyev, N. M., 12, 35, 195, 213215,
257
Atkin, A. O. L., 152
Atkinson, F. V., 176
Bailey, W. N., xxiii, 5, 9, 18, 41, 46, 47,
50, 53, 54, 57, 58, 60, 61, 64, 67, 73, 96
100, 112, 140, 148150, 152, 219, 236,
261, 287290, 293, 298, 299
Baker, M., 35
Baker, T. H., 68
Bannai, E., 213
Barnes, E. W., 113, 117
418
Bateman, H., 221, 222

Baxter, R. J., 35, 67, 302, 307
Beckmann, P., 257
Beerends, R. J., 301
Bellman, R., 35
Bender, E. A., 34
Berg, C., 214
Berkovich, A., 35, 67, 341, 342
Berman, G., 35
Berndt, B. C., 35, 67, 152, 257
Bhargava, S., 35, 67, 152
Bhatnagar, G., 257, 258, 325, 349, 350
Biedenharn, L. C., 213
Bohr, H., 29
B
oing, H., 34
Borwein, J. M., 67
Borwein, P. B., 67
Bowman, D., 36
de Branges, L., xv, 84, 232, 237, 257
Bressoud, D. M., 35, 36, 67, 68, 83, 111,
112, 213, 226, 257, 301
Bromwich, T. J. IA., 5
Brown, B. M., 214, 216
Burchnall, J. L., 111, 112, 291
Burge, W. H., 67
Bustoz, J., 36, 213, 273, 280, 281
Carlitz, L., 28, 31, 35, 36, 58, 64, 111, 152,
209, 210, 215, 216, 275, 281
Carlson, B. C., 34
Carmichael, R. D., 36
Carnovale, G., 35
Cauchy, A.-L., 9, 112, 132
Cayley, A., 112
Charris, J., 215
Chaundy, T. W., 111, 291
Cheema, M. S., 35
Chen, Y., 216
Cherednik, I., 68
Chihara, L., 213215
Author index
Chihara, T. S., 34, 176, 209, 213216, 259,

273
Chu Shih-Chieh, 2
Chu, W., 111, 151, 152, 257, 325, 349, 350
Chudnovsky, D. V., xv, 232
Chudnovsky, G. V., xv, 232
Chung, W. S., 258
Ciccoli, N., 215
Cigler, J., 33, 35, 112, 216
Clausen, T., xiv, 103, 232
Cohen, H., 258
Comtet, L., 258
Coon, D., 35
Cooper, S., 68, 258
Crippa, D., 34
Date, E., 302, 307
Daum, J. A., 18
Dehesa, J. S., 216
Delsarte, P., 181, 202, 213, 215
Denis, R. Y., 301, 350
D`
esarmenien, J., 112, 216
Dickson, L. E., 243
van Diejen, J. F., 258, 302, 317, 347, 349
Di Vizio, L., 36
Dixon, A. C., 38
Dobbie, J. M., 67
Dougall, J., 38
Dowling, T. A., 35
Dunkl, C. F., 35, 181, 202, 259
Duren, P. L., 257
Dyson, F. J., 67, 68, 242, 257
Edwards, D., 112
Eichler, M., 307
Erd
elyi, A., 34, 66, 111, 174, 236, 249, 265,
284, 287, 302
Euler, L., 3, 62, 239, 241
Evans, R. J., 68, 174
Evans, W. D., 214
Ewell, J. A., 35
Exton, H., 36, 283
Faddeev, L. D., 36
Fairlie, D. B., 34
Favard, J., 176
Feinsilver, P., 33
Felder, G., 312, 338, 339, 350
Feldheim, E., 281
Fields, J. L., 84, 86
Fine, N. J., 67, 112, 242
Floreanini, R., 215, 301
419
Floris, P. G. A., 258

Foata, D., 36, 112
Foda, O., 67
Forrester, P. J., 67, 68, 257
Fox, C., 19
Frenkel, I. B., 7, 17, 258, 302, 307, 315
Freud, G., 176
Fryer, K. D., 35
F
urlinger, J., 112
Gangolli, R., 195
Garoufalidis, S., 34
Garrett, K., 67, 148
Garsia, A. M., 67, 112
Gartley, M. G., 12
Garvan, F. G., 34, 35, 67, 174
Gasper, G., 19, 3234, 36, 58, 61, 6567,
74, 78, 80, 81, 8385, 88, 91, 93, 94, 105
107, 109111, 130, 135, 136, 172, 174,
186, 195, 207, 208, 213, 215, 217, 223,
226, 227, 229, 232, 233, 235, 236, 238,
239, 248, 250, 251, 256258, 279, 300,
302, 326, 327, 329, 343, 344, 349, 350
Gauss, C. F., xiv, 1
Gegenbauer, L., 225, 249
Geronimo, J. S., 258
Gessel, I., 83, 93, 112, 258, 349, 350
Goethals, J. M., 181, 215
Goldman, J., 35, 258
Gonnet, G. H., 34, 174
Gordon, B., 152
Gosper, R. Wm., 21, 34, 36, 81, 93, 111,
148
Goulden, I. P., 37, 68, 257
Greiner, P. C., 19
Grosswald, E., 243
Gupta, D. P., 215
Gustafson, R. A., 35, 152, 173, 258, 349,
350
Habsieger, L., 174
Hahn, W., 28, 30, 36, 138, 180, 181
Hall, N. A., 72
Handa, B. R., 35
Hardy, G. H., 44, 45, 138, 240242
Heine, E., xviii, 3, 9, 13, 14, 21, 2628
Henrici, P., 32, 34
Hickerson, D., 242, 257
Hilbert, D., 243
Hirschhorn, M. D., 152, 245, 258
Hodges, J., 215
Hofbauer, J., 112
420
Author index
Hou, Q.-H., 216

Hua, L. K., 243
Ihrig, E., 35
Ismail, M. E. H., 12, 22, 30, 31, 3537, 61,
65, 67, 68, 86, 111, 138, 141, 148, 152,
155, 172174, 177, 184, 185, 204, 209,
212216, 251, 254, 257259, 261, 272
277, 280, 281, 301
Ito, M., 174, 349
Ito, T., 213
Jackson, D. M., 37
Jackson, F. H., 14, 18, 2123, 28, 30, 32,
35, 36, 43, 58, 87, 103, 111, 112, 136,
138, 232, 282284, 311, 338
Jackson, M., 144, 146, 152
Jacobi, C. G. J., 15, 34
Jain, V. K., 36, 60, 61, 63, 78, 97, 98, 101,
111, 112, 152, 232, 242, 301
Jimbo, M., 35, 302, 307
Joichi, J. T., 34, 35
Joshi, C. M., 68
Lakin, A., 141

Lam, H. Y., 258
Lapointe, L., 301
Lascoux, A., 216
Lassalle, M., 174, 201
Le, T. T., 34
Leininger, V., 258, 349
Leonard, D. A., 213
Lepowsky, J., 35, 68
LeTourneux, J., 215
Lewis, R. P., 35
Li, X., 215
Libis, C. A., 215
Lilly, G. M., 258, 349
Littlewood, J. E., 118
Liu, Zhi-Guo, 258
Lorch, L., 22
Louck, J. D., 213
Lubinsky, D. S., 216
Luke, Y. L., 34, 88
Kac, V. G., 35, 152

Kadell, K. W. J., 36, 68, 152, 174, 258
Kairies, H.-H., 36
Kajihara, Y., 302, 346
Kajiwara, K., 302
Kalnins, E. G., 135, 214, 257, 258
Kamp
e de F
eriet, J., xv, 282
van Kampen, N. G., 35
Kaneko, J., 68, 174
Karlsson, Per W., 18
Kashaev, R. M., 36
Kendall, M. G., 35
Kirillov, A. N., 258
Klein, F., xv
Klimyk, A. U., 215, 257
Knopfmacher, A., 34
Knuth, D., 35, 36
Koekoek, R., 259, 273
Koelink, H. T., 213215, 252, 256, 258,
274, 279, 280, 302
Koepf, W., 34
Koornwinder, T. H., 21, 3335, 101, 172,
202, 210, 213216, 257, 258, 349
Krattenthaler, C., 34, 83, 111, 112, 258,
301, 346, 349
Kummer, E. E., xv
Kuniba, A., 302, 307
Macdonald, I. G., 35, 68, 174

MacMahon, P. A., 35
Masson, D. R., 36, 173, 213, 215, 275, 276,
280, 281
Masuda, T., 37, 302
McCoy, B. M., 67, 68
Meijer, H. G., 36
Menon, P. K., 35
Merkes, E., 36
Milin, I. M., 257
Miller, W., 34, 36, 135, 214, 258
Milne, S. C., 35, 67, 152, 174, 213, 257,
258, 303, 325, 331, 333, 335, 349, 350
Mimachi, K., 36
Minton, B. M., 18, 19
Misra, K. C., 68
Miwa, T., 302, 307
Moak, D. S., 21, 29, 211, 216
Mohanty, S. G., 35
Molk, J., 151, 331
Mollerop, J., 29
Monsalve, S., 215
Mordell, L. J., 258
Morris, W., 68, 174
Mu, Y.-P., 216
Muldoon, M. E., 22, 36
Mulla, F. S., 257
Mullin, R., 258
Muttalib, K. A., 216
Laine, T. P., 216
Nakagami, Y., 37
Author index
Narukawa, A., 350

Nassrallah, B., 96, 104, 105, 112, 158, 163,
232, 295, 301, 341
Needham, J., 2
Nelson, C. A., 12
Nevai, P. G., 186, 190, 215, 259
Newcomb, J. W., 258, 350
Nikiforov, A. F., 34, 135, 136, 213
Nishizawa, M., 350
van Norden, Y., 302
Noumi, M., 258, 302, 346
OHara, K. M., 35
Ohta, Y., 302
Okado, M., 302, 307
Onofri, E., 257
Opdam, E. M., 68
Orr, W. McF., 112
Pastro, P. I., 216
Paule, P., 34, 67, 68, 112
Pearce, P. A., 35, 67
Perline, R., 37
Perron, O., 176
Petkovsek, M., 34
Pfa, J. F., xiv, 17
Phragmen, E., 302
Pitman, J., 301
Pitre, S. N., 301
P
olya, G., 35
Potter, H. S. A., 33
Qazi, Tariq M., 214, 254, 255, 257
Quano, Y.-H., 67
Rademacher, H., 241
Rahman, M., 34, 36, 58, 61, 65, 74, 78, 81,
9194, 96, 104, 108112, 136, 152, 153,
155, 158, 159, 161, 163, 169, 171174,
185, 191, 207, 208, 211217, 223, 225
229, 232, 235, 248, 249, 251, 253258,
269, 274279, 281, 295, 341, 342, 350
Rains, E., 174, 302, 347, 349
Rainville, E. D., 34
Rakha, M. A., 258, 349
Ramanujan, S., 68, 138, 152, 172, 232,
236, 240
Ramanathan, K. G., 67
Rankin, R. A., 67
Remmel, J., 112
Reshetikhin, N. Yu, 258
Riese, A., 34
421
Rogers, L. J., xviii, 31, 68, 184, 226

Rogov, V.-B. K., 35
Rosengren, H., 258, 281, 301303, 331, 332,
335, 337, 346350
Rota, G.-C., 35, 258
Rothe, H. A., 9
Roy, R., 9, 113, 125, 129, 172
Ruedemann, R. W., 213
Ruijsenaars, S. N. M., 311, 338
Saalsch
utz, L., 17, 113
Sa, E. B., 216
Sahai, V., 301
Sauloy, J., 36
Schempp, W., 257
Schilling, A., 67, 68
Schlosser, M., 152, 174, 257, 258, 302, 326,
327, 329, 343, 344, 347, 349, 350
Schur, I. J., 68
Sch
utzenberger, M.-P., 33
Schwartz, A. L., 257
Schweins, Ferd. F., 9
Sears, D. B., 15, 49, 51, 61, 64, 70, 71, 74,
130, 131, 136, 152
Selberg, A., 174
Shohat, J., 214
Sills, A. V., 34, 68
Simon, K., 34
Singh, V. N., 99, 105, 232
Slater, L. J., 5, 9, 32, 36, 68, 125, 126, 128,
130, 141144, 151, 152, 242, 331
Spiridonov, V. P., 215, 302306, 309, 310,
313, 316, 317, 320, 338, 341, 345, 347,
349
Srinivasa Rao, K., 301
Srivastava, B., 301
Srivastava, H. M., 84, 107, 232, 283
Stanton, D., 3436, 65, 67, 68, 83, 93, 111,
112, 148, 155, 174, 181, 201, 213, 215,
216, 258, 276, 277, 280, 349, 350
Starcher, G. W., 36
Stembridge, J. R., 68
Stevens, L., 350
Stokman, J. V., 174, 215, 253, 258, 279
Stone, M. H., 176
Stuart, A., 35
Styer, D., 36
Subbarao, M. V., 152, 349
Sudler, C., 35
Suslov, S. K., 12, 3436, 111, 135, 136,
152, 153, 195, 213, 214, 216, 257, 258,
274276, 280, 281
422
Author index
Swarttouw, R. F., 36, 258, 259, 273

Swinnerton-Dyer, P., 152
Sylvester, J. J., 35
Szeg
o, G., 31, 34, 35, 176, 177, 213, 216,
249, 259, 260, 265
Tak
acs, L., 2
Tamarkin, T., 214
Tannery, J., 151, 331
Tarasov, V., 174
Temme, N., 259
Terwilliger, P., 213
Thomae, J., xviii, 21, 23, 24, 69, 70
Toeplitz, O., 35
Touhami, N., 258
Tratnik, M. V., 213, 215, 258
Trebels, W., 257
Trjitzinsky, W. J., 36
Trutt, D., 257
Turaev, V. G., 7, 17, 258, 302, 307, 315
Ueno, K., 37
Upadhyay, M., 301
Uvarov, V. B., 34, 136, 213
Valent, G., 213
Vandermonde, A. T., 2
Van Assche, W., 258
Van der Jeugt, J., 252, 258, 280, 301
Varchenko, A., 174, 312, 339, 350
Verma, A., 36, 52, 61, 63, 65, 68, 78, 83,
86, 97, 98, 111, 112, 185, 207, 214, 216,
225, 228, 242, 249, 257, 342, 349
Vidyasagar, M., 152
Viennot, G., 67, 216
Vilenkin, N. Ja., 34
Vinet, L., 215, 301
Volkov, A. Yu., 36
Wallisser, R., 36
Warnaar, S. O., 34, 67, 68, 302304, 306,
323, 325, 329, 339342, 346, 347, 349
Watson, G. N., xv, 16, 17, 21, 34, 35, 42,
67, 68, 112, 114, 115, 117, 119, 124, 151,
152, 220, 317
Whipple, F. J. W., 49, 68, 112
Whittaker, E. T., 16, 17, 21, 34, 151
Wilf, H. S., 34
Wilson, J. A., 59, 99, 132, 152, 154, 165,
177, 180, 188, 191, 193, 195, 197, 198,
200, 206, 214, 215, 259, 261, 272, 274,
317
Wilson, R. L., 68
Wimp, J., 37, 84
Wintner, A., 176
Wright, E. M., 35, 241, 242
Wu, M.-Y., 34
Xu, Y., 259
Yamada, Y., 302
Yang, K.-W., 33
Yoon, G. J., 213
Zagier, D., 307
Zaslavsky, T., 35
Zeilberger, D., 34, 35, 68, 174
Zhang, R., 12, 204, 251
Zhedanov, A. S., 215, 302
Zimmermann, B., 34
Subject index
Addition formula for

continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials,
249
Eq functions, 111
little q-Jacobi polynomials, 210
little q-Legendre functions, 254
Ane q-Krawtchouk polynomials, 202
Al-SalamChihara polynomials, 273
Almost-poised series, 111
Analytic continuation of
2 1 series, 117
r +1 r series, 120
Andrews q-Dyson conjecture, 68
Appell functions and series, 282, 283
Askey-Gasper inequality, 232
q-analogues of, 236238
Askey-Wilson polynomials, 59, 188
multivariable extension of, 255
Askey-Wilson q-beta integral, 154,
163168
Associated Askey-Wilson polynomials, 254
Associated q-ultraspherical polynomials, 255
Bailey-Daum summation formula, 18, 354
Baileys four-term transformation formulas for balanced very-well-poised 10 9 series, 5558, 64, 365
Baileys identity, 61
Baileys lemma, 41
Baileys product formulas, 219, 236
Baileys sum of a very-well-poised 6 6 series, 140, 357
Baileys summation formula, 54, 124, 356
Baileys three-term transformation formula
for a very-well-poised 8 7 series, 53, 364
Baileys transformation formulas for
2 2 series, 150
terminating 5 4 and 7 6 series, 4547,
363
terminating 10 9 series, 47, 263
limiting cases of, 4853, 360362
423
Baileys 3 3 and 6 6 summation formulas,

149, 150, 357
Balanced series (and k-balanced), 5
Barnes beta integral, 114
Barnes contour integral, 113
Barnes rst and second lemmas, 113
q-analogues of, 119
Base modular parameter, 304
Basic contour integrals, 113
Basic hypergeometric functions, 5
Basic hypergeometric series, 14
Basic integrals, 23
Basic number, 4
Batemans product formula, 221, 222
Bessel function, 4
Beta function, 22
Beta function integral, 23
Bibasic
expansion formulas, 8487
series, 8087
summation formulas, 8083, 328, 358
transformation formulas, 105107
Big q-Jacobi polynomials, 181, 182
Bilateral basic hypergeometric series, 137
Bilateral bibasic series, 82
Bilateral q-integral, 23
Bilateral theta hypergeometric series, 309,
316
Bilinear generating functions, 227, 259, 281
Binomial theorem, 8
q-analogue of, 8, 354
Biorthogonal rational functions, 35, 173,
213, 257, 258, 345
Cauchys beta integral, 132
Christoel-Darboux formula, 200
Chu-Vandermonde formula, 3
Clausens formula, 103, 232
q-extensions of, 232, 235, 236, 251, 261
Connection coecients, 33, 195197
424
Subject index
Continuous q-Hahn polynomials, 193

in base q 1 , 279
Continuous q-Hermite polynomials, 31
Continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, 191
Continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials,
31, 184
Contour integral representations of
2 F1 series, 113
2 1 series, 115
very-well-poised series, 121124
Convergence of
basic hypergeometric series, 5
bilateral basic series, 137
hypergeometric series, 5
Cubic summation and transformation formulas, 93, 108110
Darbouxs method, 259

Discrete q-Hermite polynomials, 209
Dixons formula, 38
Double product theta function, 303
Dougalls summation formulas, 38, 39
q-analogues of, 43, 44, 356
Dual orthogonality, 176
Dual q-Hahn polynomials, 181
Dysons conjecture, 68
Elliptic analogue of Baileys transformation formula for a terminating 10 9 series, 307, 323
Elliptic analogue of Jacksons 8 7 summation formula, 307, 321
Elliptic balancing conditions (E-balanced),
305, 309, 313, 314
Elliptically balanced series, see Elliptic balancing conditions
Elliptic beta function, 344
Elliptic Cn Jackson sum, 347
Elliptic Dn Jackson sum, 348
Elliptic gamma function, 311, 338
Elliptic hypergeometric series, 302, 305
Elliptic integrals, 344, 345, 347
Elliptic numbers, 17
Elliptic shifted factorials, 304, 312
Erd
elyis formula, 174
Eulers identity, 62
Eulers integral representation, 24
Eulers partition identity, 240
Eulers transformation formulas, 13, 86
Expansion formulas (also see Addition formula, Connection coecients, Linearization formula, Nonnegativity, Product formulas, and Transformation formulas),
basic series, 19, 40, 41, 6267, 8487,
107, 143
elliptic and theta hypergeometric series,
329331, 337
multibasic series, 9597
Fields-Wimp expansion, 84
q-extensions of, 8487
q ,p -extensions of, 329331
Gamma function, 2, 21, 22
q-analogues of, 20, 29, 353
Gauss hypergeometric series, 1, 2
Gauss multiplication formula, 22
Gauss summation formula, 3
Gegenbauers addition formula, 249
q-extension of, 249
Gegenbauer polynomials, 2
Gegenbauers product formula, 225
General basic contour integral formulas,
126
General transformations for r r series,
138145
Generalized hypergeometric series, 3
Generalized Stieltjes-Wigert polynomials,
214
Generating functions for
orthogonal polynomials, 31, 184, 203,
259281
partitions, 239, 240
q-Bessel functions, 31
Gospers sums, 81, 93, 358
extensions, 81, 82, 93, 358
Halls formula, 72
Heines series, 3
Heines summation formula, 14
Heines transformation formulas, 13, 14,
359
Hermite polynomials, 4
q-analogues of, 31
Hypergeometric functions, 5
Identities involving q-shifted factorials, 6,
24, 25, 351353
Indenite summation formulas, 8083, 322,
324329, 342344
Innite products, 6, 2023, 352, 353
sums of, 61, 150152, 304310, 312349
Subject index
Integral representations of
2 F1 series, 24
2 1 series, 24
associated Askey-Wilson polynomials, 255
very-well-poised 8 7 series, 157, 158
very-well-poised 10 9 series, 159161
Integral representations for q-Appell series, 284, 286, 288, 289, 294
Inversion in the base of a
basic series, 25
theta hypergeometric series, 337
Jacksons product formula, 93
Jacksons summation formulas, 43, 355,
356
Jacobi polynomials, 2
Jacobis triple product identity, 15, 357
Jains transformation formula, 60
Jain and Vermas transformation formulas, 63, 78
Jump function, 175
Kamp
e de F
eriet series, 284
Karlsson-Minton summation formulas, 18,
19
q-extensions of, 19, 20
Kummers formula, 18
Laguerre polynomials, 4
Legendre polynomials, 2
Level basic series, 111
Linearization formula for Cn (x;|q ), 226
inverse of, 249
Linearization formula for
continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, 253
associated q-ultraspherical polynomials,
255
Little q-Jacobi polynomials, 32, 181, 182,
245
Little q-Legendre function, 253
Milnes fundamental theorem, 331
Rosengrens elliptic extension of, 331, 332
Modular balancing conditions (M-balanced),
315317
Modular group, 315
Modular hypergeometric function, 315
Modular invariant, 316
Modular parameters, 304, 312
Modular series, 316
Modular symmetry relations, 317
Moments, 175
425
Multibasic hypergeometric series, 9597,

105107, 112
Multibasic summation and transformation
formulas for theta hypergeometric series,
325331
Multinomial coecients, 68
Multivariable sums, 331336, 345350
Nearly poised series, 38, 39

of the rst and second kinds, 38, 39
Nome modular parameter, 304
Nonnegativity of
3 F2 series, 232, 237
4 F3 series, 239
5 4 series, 237
6 5 series, 238, 239
7 6 series, 238
connection coecients, 197, 215
linearization coecients, 226, 227, 257
Poisson and other kernels, 229232, 257
Orthogonality relations for

ane q-Krawtchouk polynomials, 201
Al-SalamCarlitz polynomials, 209
Askey-Wilson polynomials, 190, 191,
206208
big q-Jacobi polynomials, 182
continuous q-Hermite polynomials, 31,
204
continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, 191, 192
31, 184187
discrete q-Hermite polynomials, 209
dual q-Hahn polynomials, 181
little q-Jacobi polynomials, 182
q-Charlier polynomials, 202
q-Hahn polynomials, 180
q-Krawtchouk polynomials, 201, 203
q-Laguerre polynomials, 210
q-Meixner polynomials, 202
q-Racah polynomials, 180
sieved orthogonal polynomials, 204, 205
Orthogonal system of polynomials, 175
in several variables, 213, 255, 258
Partial sums, 58, 63, 8083, 106, 358

Partitions, 239242
Pentagonal numbers, 241
Pfa-Saalsch
utz summation formula, 17
426
Subject index
Poisson kernels for

continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials, 227229
Product formulas for
2 F1 series, 103, 219221, 232, 236
Askey-Wilson polynomials, 222
balanced 4 3 polynomials, 218223
basic hypergeometric series, 103105,
232236, 251, 361
continuous q-Jacobi polynomials, 253
223, 227, 236, 249
Gegenbauer polynomials, 225
hypergeometric series, 103, 219221, 232,
236
Jacobi polynomials, 220, 222
little q-Jacobi polynomials, 210, 245
q-Hahn polynomials, 221, 246
q-Racah polynomials, 221, 246, 247
Projection formulas, 195
q-analogue of F1 (a;b,b ;c;x,y ), 283285,

294296
q-analogue of F4 (a,b;c,c ;x(y ),y (x)),
219, 220, 283, 290294
q-Appell functions, 282, 283
q-Bessel functions, 30, 104
q-beta function, 22, 23
q-beta integrals of
Andrews and Askey, 53
Askey, 170, 171
Askey and Roy, 129
Askey and Wilson, 154, 155
Gasper, 130
Nassrallah and Rahman, 158, 295
Ramanujan, 172
Wilson, 132
q-binomial theorem, 8, 354
q-binomial coecients, 24, 353
q-Cayley-Orr type formulas, 105, 112
q-Charlier polynomials, 202
q-Clausen formulas, 232235, 361
q-contiguous relations for
4 3 polynomials, 200
Heines series, 27
q-Cosine functions, 28
q-deformation, 7
q-derivative operators, 27, 197, 208, 251
q-dierence equations, 32, 199
q-dierence equations for Askey-Wilson

polynomials, 199
q-dierence operators, 32
forward and backward, 11
symmetric, 11
q-dierential equations, 27
q-Dixon sums, 44, 58, 355
q-Dougall sum, 44, 356
q-exponential functions, 11, 12, 33, 34, 111,
354
q-extension, 7
q-gamma functions, 2022, 29, 353
q-Gauss sum, 14, 354
q-generalization, 7
q-Hahn polynomials, 180, 181
q-integral representations of
2 1 series, 24
185
very-well-poised 8 7 series, 52
q-integrals, 23, 24, 5255, 57, 58, 65, 76,
149, 156158, 162, 163, 166, 171, 172,
183, 185, 203, 207
q-Kampe de F
eriet series, 284
q-Karlsson-Minton sums, 19, 20, 357
q-Krawtchouk polynomials, 201, 202
q-Kummer sum, 18, 354
q-Lagrange inversion theorem, 107
q-Laguerre polynomials, 210
q-Lauricella function, 300, 301
q-Leibniz formula, 27
q-Mehlers formula, 275
q-Meixner polynomials, 202
q-multinomial coecients, 25, 68
q-multinomial theorem, 25
q-number, 7
q-number factorial, 7
q-number shifted factorial, 7
q-quadratic lattice, 12, 294
q-Racah polynomials, 59, 197180
q-Saalsch
utz sum, 17, 355
q-series, 4, 8, 282
q-shifted factorial, 3, 351
q-sine functions, 28
q-trigonometric functions, 28, 212
q-ultraspherical function of the second kind,
211
q-Vandermonde sum, 14, 354
q-Watson sum, 61, 355
q-Whipple sum, 61, 355
q ,p -binomial coecient, 311
Subject index
q ,p -shifted factorial, 304

Quadratic elliptic transformation formula,
341
Quadratic summation and transformation
formulas, 6990, 91, 92, 96100, 162, 163,
341, 361, 362
Quartic summation and transformation formulas, 94, 111, 109
Quasi-periodicity relations, 317
Quintuple product identity, 147
Ramanujans identities, 171, 172
Ramanujans summation formula, 52, 138,
357
Recurrence relations for
continuous q-ultraspherical polynomials, 203, 204
discrete q-Hermite polynomials, 209
little q-Jacobi polynomials, 204, 205
orthogonal polynomials, 175, 200
sieved orthogonal polynomials, 201, 202
Reduction formulas for q-Appell series, 282,
284289, 299
Reversal of terminating
basic series, 25
theta hypergeometric series, 338
Rodrigues-type formula for the Askey-Wilson
polynomials, 199
Rogers linearization formula, 226
inverse of, 249
Rogers-Ramanujan identities, 44, 241
Rogers-Szeg
o polynomials, 210
Saalsch
utzian series, 5
Saalsch
utzs formula, 17
Sears 4 3 transformation formula, 49, 360
Sears nonterminating extension of the
q-Saalsch
utz sum, 51, 356
Sears transformations of well-poised
series, 130, 131
Sears-Carlitz transformation formulas, 64,
75, 360
Selbergs integral, 174
Shifted factorial, 2
Sieved ultraspherical polynomials of the
rst kind, 204
second kind, 205
Singhs quadratic transformation, 99, 361
j-coecients, 180, 302, 307
427
Split-poised series, 106

Squares of
2 F1 series, 232
2 1 series, 232, 234
4 3 series, 232, 234, 251, 261
8 7 series, 235
Stieltjes-Wigert polynomials, 216
Summation formulas (selected):
2 2 sum, 141, 357
3 3 sums, 149, 150, 357
4 4 sum, 141, 357
6+2k 5+2k sum, 152
10 v9 sum, 313
10 V9 sum, 307
6+2k W5+2k sum, 65
Bailey-Daum 2 1 sum, 18, 354
Baileys 8 7 sum, 54, 356
Baileys 6 6 sum, 140, 357
bibasic sums, 8083, 328, 358
cubic summation formulas, 93, 108110
Gauss 2 F1 sum, 3
Gospers indenite bibasic sum, 81, 358
Heines 2 1 sum, 13, 354
Jacksons 8 7 sum, 43, 356
Jacobis triple product, 15, 357
Karlsson-Minton sum, 18, 19
q-binomial theorem, 8, 354
q-Dixon sums, 44, 58, 355
q-Dougall sum, 43, 356
q-Gauss sum, 14, 354
q-Karlsson-Minton sums, 19, 20, 357
q-Kummer sum, 18, 354
q-Saalsch
utz sum, 17, 355
q-Vandermonde sum, 14, 354
q-Watson sum, 61, 355
q-Whipple sum, 61, 355
quadratic summation formulas, 61, 92,
98
quartic summation formulas, 94, 109
Ramanujans 1 1 sum, 138, 357
Sears 3 2 summation formula, 51, 356
very-well-poised 4 3 sum, 41, 42, 355
very-well-poised 6 5 sum, 42, 356
Tchebichef polynomials, 2, 203
Theta functions, 16, 303
Theta hypergeometric series and functions,
304310, 312324
Thomaes 3 F2 transformation formulas, 69
Three-term recurrence relation, see Recurrence relations
Totally elliptic hypergeometric series, 320
428
Subject index
Transformation formulas (selected):

r +1 r series, 33, 121, 127, 128
2 2 series, 148, 150
Baileys very-well-poised 10 9 transformation, 47, 5557, 363
bibasic, 105107, 330
cubic transformations, 93, 109
multibasic, 106, 343, 344
Heines 2 1 transformations, 13, 359
Jacksons 2 1 , 2 2 , and 3 2 transformations, 14, 28, 359, 360
nearly-poised 5 4 and 7 6 series, 46, 47
q-extensions of Clausens formula,
232236, 251, 361
q-series, 33, 121, 127, 128, 130134
quadratic transformations, 7680, 91, 92,
96100, 361364
quartic transformations, 94, 110
Sears 3 2 transformations, 71, 72, 359,
360
Sears 4 3 transformations, 49, 360
Sears transformations of well-poised
series, 130, 131
Sears-Carlitz transformation, 64, 360
, -shifted factorials, 312
Singhs quadratic transformation, 99, 361
three-term transformations, 26, 27, 50,
51, 53, 61, 63, 7375, 77, 78, 102, 117,
363365
very-well-poised 5 4 series with arbitrary
argument, 75
very-well-poised 8 7 series, 4850, 53, 360,
361
very-well-poised 2r+2 2r+1 series, 134
very-well-poised 8 8 and 10 10 series
144, 148, 365, 366
very-well-poised 2r 2r and 2r1 2r1

series, 143145
Watsons transformations, 42, 360
well-poised 3 2 series with arbitrary
argument, 74, 75, 364
Whipples 4 F3 transformation, 49
Trigonometric deformation, 7
Trigonometric hypergeometric series, 7
Trigonometric number, 7
Triple product identity, 15, 357
Truncated series, see Partial sums
Tur
an-type inequality, 210
Ultraspherical polynomials, 2
Unilateral theta hypergeometric series, 316
Vandermondes formula, 2, 3
Very-well-poised series, 3840, 138, 306
Very-well-poised (VWP)
VWP-balanced series, see VWP-balancing
conditions
VWP-balancing conditions, 39, 138, 308,
314
Wall polynomials, 214
Watsons transformations, 42, 43, 360
Weight function, 175
Well-poised (WP)
WP-balanced series, see WP-balancing
conditions
WP-balancing conditions, 3840, 138, 306,
308, 309, 313
Whipples 4 F3 transformation formula, 49

(George Gasper, Mizan Rahman) Basic Hypergeometric Series

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(George Gasper, Mizan Rahman) Basic Hypergeometric Series

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

R. S. Doran, P. Flajolet, M. Ismail, T.-Y. Lam, E. Lutwak

Basic Hypergeometric Series

Jan Krajicek Bounded Arithmetic, Propositional Logic, and Complex Theory

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

BASIC HYPERGEOMETRIC SERIES

PUBLISHED BY THE PRESS SYNDICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE

The Pitt Building, Trumpington Street, Cambridge, United Kingdom

The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK

Typeface Computer Modern 10/12 pt.

System TEX [TB]

1 Basic hypergeometric series

1.3 The q -binomial theorem

1.4 Heines transformation formulas for 2 1 series

1.5 Heines q -analogue of Gauss summation formula

1.7 A q -analogue of Saalsch

1.8 The BaileyDaum summation formula

1.9 q -analogues of the KarlssonMinton summation formulas

1.10 The q -gamma and q -beta functions

1.11 The q -integral

2 Summation, transformation, and expansion formulas

2.1 Well-poised, nearly-poised, and very-well-poised hypergeometric and

2.2 A general expansion formula

2.3 A summation formula for a terminating very-well-poised 4 3 series

2.4 A summation formula for a terminating very-well-poised 6 5 series

2.5 Watsons transformation formula for a terminating very-well-poised

2.6 Jacksons sum of a terminating very-well-poised balanced 8 7 series

2.8 Baileys transformation formulas for terminating 5 4 and 7 6 series

2.10 Limiting cases of Baileys

2.11 Baileys three-term transformation formula for VWP-balanced 8 7 series

3 Additional summation, transformation, and

3.3 Three-term transformation formulas for 3 2 series

3.4 Transformation formulas for well-poised 3 2 and very-well-poised 5 4

3.5 Transformations of series with base q to series with base q

3.6 Bibasic summation formulas

3.8 Quadratic, cubic, and quartic summation and transformation formulas

3.9 Multibasic hypergeometric series

3.10 Transformations of series with base q to series with base q

4 Basic contour integrals

4.3 Analytic continuation of 2 1 (a, b; c; q, z)

4.4 q -analogues of Barnes rst and second lemmas

4.5 Analytic continuation of

4.6 Contour integrals representing well-poised series

4.7 A contour integral analogue of Baileys summation formula

4.8 Extensions to complex q inside the unit disc

4.9 Other types of basic contour integrals

4.10 General basic contour integral formulas

4.11 Some additional extensions of the beta integral

4.12 Sears transformations of well-poised series

5 Bilateral basic hypergeometric series

5.1 Notations and denitions

5.3 Baileys sum of a very-well-poised 6 6 series

5.4 A general transformation formula for an r r series

5.5 A general transformation formula for a very-well-poised

6 The AskeyWilson q-beta integral and

6.2 Proof of formula (6.1.1)

6.3 Integral representations for very-well-poised 8 7 series

6.4 Integral representations for very-well-poised

6.5 A quadratic transformation formula for very-well-poised balanced

7 Applications to orthogonal polynomials

7.4 An absolutely continuous measure: the continuous q -ultraspherical

8.3 Product formulas for q -Racah and AskeyWilson polynomials

8.4 A product formula in integral form for the continuous q -ultraspherical

8.5 Rogers linearization formula for the continuous q -ultraspherical